AWI Ed2 Wchanges 2016 PDF

Copyrighted material licensed to Joseph Eklund on 2018-01-15 for licensee's use only. No further reproduction or networking is permitted.
d. Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

EDITION222
EDITION
EDITION
tAndArdS
oodWork
rchitecturAl
StAndArdS
WoodWork
ArchitecturAl
Includes all Errata through April 29, 2016

W
S
A
Copyrighted material licensed to Joseph Eklund on 2018-01-15 for licensee's use only.
IMPORTANT PRODUCT ADVISORY REGARDING
DIMENSIONAL CHANGE PROBLEMS IN
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
This advisory concerns prevention of dimensional prob- Oxidation is a reaction of acids in wood (e.g., tannic acid),
lems in architectural woodwork products as the result of with iron, oxygen, and moisture, whether this be relative
uncontrolled relative humidity. It is further intended as a humidity or direct moisture. Control of moisture is a simple
reminder of the natural dimensional properties of wood way to protect wood products from stains as a result of
and wood-based products such as plywood, particle- oxidation.
board, and high pressure decorative laminate (HPDL)
and of the routine and necessary care and responsibilities Together with proper design, fabrication, and installa-
which must be assumed by those involved. tion, humidity control is obviously the important factor in
preventing dimensional change problems.
For centuries, wood has served as a successful material
No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

for architectural woodwork, and as history has shown Architectural woodwork products are manufactured as
wood products perform with complete satisfaction when designed from wood that has been kiln dried to an ap-
correctly designed and used. Problems directly or indi- propriate average moisture content and maintained at this
rectly attributed to dimensional change of the wood are condition up to the time of delivery. Subsequent dimen-
usually, in fact, the result of faulty design, or improper hu- sional change in wood is and always has been an inher-
midity conditions during site storage, installation, or use. ent natural property of wood. These changes cannot be
the responsibility of the manufacturer or products made
Wood is a hygroscopic material, and under normal use IURPLW6SHFL¿FDOO\
and conditions all wood products contain some moisture.
Responsibility for dimensional change problems in
Wood readily exchanges this molecular moisture with the
wood products resulting from design rests with the
water vapor in the surrounding atmosphere according to
Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

GHVLJQHUDUFKLWHFWVSHFL¿HU
the existing relative humidity. In high humidity, wood picks
up moisture and swells. In low humidity, wood releases Responsibility for dimensional change problems in
PRLVWXUHDQGVKULQNV$VQRUPDOPLQRUÀXFWXDWLRQVLQ wood products resulting from improper relative humid-
humidity occur, the resulting dimensional response in ity exposure during site storage and installation rests
SURSHUO\GHVLJQHGFRQVWUXFWLRQZLOOEHLQVLJQL¿FDQW7R with the general contractor.
reduce humidity related problems, the appropriate recom-
Responsibility for dimensional change problems in
mendations from Section 2 of the AWS should be consid-
wood products resulting from humidity extremes after
ered. Uncontrolled extremes can likely cause problems.
occupancy rests with engineering and maintenance.
AWS 2nd Edition Cover
TS AWI_Cover.indd 4-6
Architectural Woodwork Standards
2nd Edition
$6SHFL¿FDWLRQRI4XDOLWLHV0HWKRGVDQG:RUNPDQVKLS
5HTXLVLWHWRWKH3URGXFWLRQDQG,QVWDOODWLRQRI$UFKLWHFWXUDO0LOOZRUN
$GRSWHGDQG3XEOLVKHG-RLQWO\(IIHFWLYH2FWREHU
$VWKH6XFFHVVRU5HSODFHPHQWDQG/DWHVW(GLWLRQRIWKH
$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
%\WKH)ROORZLQJ6SRQVRU$VVRFLDWLRQV

Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI)
:HVWODNH'ULYH6XLWH3RWRPDF)DOOV9$
3KRQH)D[
ZZZDZLQHWRUJ
Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers

Association of Canada (AWMAC)
8QLW$&HQWUH6WUHHW1:&DOJDU\$OEHUWD7(=&DQDGD
3KRQH
ZZZDZPDFFRP

Woodwork Institute (WI)
32%R[:HVW6DFUDPHQWR&$
3KRQH)D[
ZZZZRRGZRUNLQVWLWXWHFRP
-RLQW6WDQGDUGV&RPPLWWHH0HPEHUV
0\URQ-RQ]RQ&KDLUM0LNH%HOO9LFH&KDLUM&ODUH6PLWK6HFUHWDU\
$:, :, $:0$&
0LFKDHO%HOO)ORULGD %LOO)HQVWHUPDFKHU&DOLIRUQLD .HUU\'H3DSH6DVNDWFKHZDQ
5DQG\-HQVHQ$ODEDPD 0LNH+DQVHQ&DOLIRUQLD 0\URQ-RQ]RQ$OEHUWD
:LOOLDP0XQ\DQ1RUWK&DUROLQD %UXFH+XPSKUH\&DOLIRUQLD -LP7D\ORU%ULWLVK&ROXPELD
6KRZV/HDU\1HZ<RUN 'HQQLV0LOVWHQ:DVKLQJWRQ 0DUWLQ%RXWHW4XHEHF
([HFXWLYH(GLWRU
6WDQOH\55RE*XVWDIVRQ&$(&6,
&(2:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH
©MRLQWO\E\WKH$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH$:,$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN0DQXIDFWXUHUV$VVRFLDWLRQRI&DQDGD$:0$&DQG

:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH:,$OOULJKWVUHVHUYHGXQGHU3DQ$PHULFDQDQG,QWHUQDWLRQDO&RS\ULJKW&RQYHQWLRQV
3ULFH86'
Including Errata Through April 29, 2016

I INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT DISCLAIMERS ,IDFRQIOLFWLVIRXQGLQWKHVHVWDQGDUGVLWVKDOO

/LNHDOODUFKLWHFWXUDOFRPSRQHQWVRIWKH 7KH6SRQVRU$VVRFLDWLRQVVKDOOQRWEHUHVSRQVLEOH EHEURXJKWWRWKHDWWHQWLRQRIWKH-RLQW6WDQGDUGV
FRQVWUXFWLRQSURFHVVZRRGZRUNGHVLJQDQG WRDQ\RQHIRUWKHXVHRIRUUHOLDQFHXSRQWKHVH &RPPLWWHH-6&E\ZD\RIWKH$:6,PSURYHPHQW
FRQILJXUDWLRQSRVVLELOLWLHVDUHOLPLWHGRQO\E\WKH VWDQGDUGV7KH6SRQVRU$VVRFLDWLRQVVKDOOQRW 6XJJHVWLRQ)RUPIRXQGDWHQGRI8VHUV*XLGH
FUHDWLYLW\RIWKHGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDO:HKDYH LQFXUDQ\REOLJDWLRQQRUOLDELOLW\IRUGDPDJHV DQGWKH,QVLGH%DFN&RYHUDQGXQWLOVSHFLILFDOO\
LQFOXGHGDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGSURGXFWVZKLFK LQFOXGLQJFRQVHTXHQWLDOGDPDJHVDULVLQJRXWRI DGGUHVVHGWKHOHDVWUHVWULFWLYHUHTXLUHPHQWVKDOO
WKURXJKHYROXWLRQKDYHEHFRPHIL[WXUHVRIRXU RULQFRQQHFWLRQZLWKWKHXVHLQWHUSUHWDWLRQRIRU SUHYDLO
GDLO\OLYHVDQGKDYHGHYHORSHGDPHDVXUDEOH UHOLDQFHXSRQWKHVHVWDQGDUGV
JXLGHOLQHWRHQVXUHWKHVHSURGXFWVPHHWWKHVH
VWDQGDUGV 7KHVHArchitectural Woodwork Standards$:6
SURYLGHWKHPLQLPXPFULWHULDIRUWKHFRQFHSW
:KLOHWKHVH$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV GHVLJQIDEULFDWLRQILQLVKLQJDQGLQVWDOODWLRQ
$:6DUHWREHDSSOLHGWRWKHSURGXFWLRQ RIDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN3URYLVLRQVIRU
DQGLQVWDOODWLRQRIDOODUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRG PHFKDQLFDODQGHOHFWULFDOVDIHW\KDYHQRWEHHQ

SURGXFWVWKHSHUIRUPDQFHRIZRRGSURGXFWV LQFOXGHG5HIHUHQFHVWROLIHVDIHW\UHTXLUHPHQWV
RQFHLQVWDOOHGRXWVLGHRIDFOLPDWHFRQWUROOHG DUHLQFOXGHGIRULQIRUPDWLRQRQO\*RYHUQPHQWDO
LQWHULRUHQYLURQPHQWDVLGHQWLILHGLQ6HFWLRQ DJHQFLHVRURWKHUQDWLRQDOVWDQGDUGVVHWWLQJ
RIWKHVHVWDQGDUGVFDQQRWEHPHDVXUHGE\ RUJDQL]DWLRQVSURYLGHWKHVWDQGDUGVIRUOLIHVDIHW\
WKHVHVWDQGDUGV:RRGSURGXFWVLQVWDOOHGLQ UHTXLUHPHQWV
QRQFOLPDWHFRQWUROOHGHQYLURQPHQWVZLOOKDYH
YDU\LQJGHJUHHVRISHUIRUPDQFHDQGVKRXOGEH :KLOHWKH$:6GRHVHVWDEOLVK$VVHPEO\DQG
JRYHUQHGE\FRQWUDFWXDODJUHHPHQWVEHWZHHQWKH ,QVWDOODWLRQVWDQGDUGVIRUDOOZRRGSURGXFWVWKH
PDQXIDFWXUHUVDQGWKHEX\HUV MRLQWIOXVKQHVVDQGJDSWROHUDQFHSHUIRUPDQFHIRU
ZRRGSURGXFWVRQFHLQVWDOOHGRXWVLGHRIFOLPDWH
,WLVWKHLQWHQWRIWKHVHVWDQGDUGVWRDVVLVWWKH FRQWUROOHGLQWHULRUHQYLURQPHQWVDVLGHQWLILHGLQ
GHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOWRVSHFLI\DYDULHW\RIPLOOZRUN 6HFWLRQRIWKHVHVWDQGDUGVFDQQRWEHJRYHUQHG
SURGXFWVZKLFKPHHWWKHIXQFWLRQDODQGHVWKHWLF E\WKHVH6WDQGDUGV
UHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHLUFOLHQWV(QFRPSDVVLQJDOO
SURGXFWVLQWKHVHVWDQGDUGVLVQRWSRVVLEOHEXW ,OOXVWUDWLRQVDUHLQWHQGHGWRDVVLVWLQXQGHUVWDQGLQJ

E\XQGHUVWDQGLQJDQGDSSO\LQJWKHVHVWDQGDUGV WKHVWDQGDUGVDQGPD\QRWLQFOXGHDOO
DQGLPSOHPHQWLQJWKHVHUYLFHVSURYLGHGE\WKH UHTXLUHPHQWVIRUDVSHFLILFSURGXFWRUXQLWQRU
VLJQDWRU\6SRQVRU$VVRFLDWLRQVWKHGHVLJQ GRWKH\VKRZWKHRQO\PHWKRGRIIDEULFDWLRQ
SURIHVVLRQDOZLOOEHVWVHUYHWKHLUFOLHQWQHHGV 6XFKSDUWLDOGUDZLQJVVKDOOQRWEHXVHGWRMXVWLI\
DQGFDQEHFRQILGHQWWKHLUTXDOLW\FULWHULDZLOOEH LPSURSHURULQFRPSOHWHGHVLJQDQGRUFRQVWUXFWLRQ
DFKLHYHG
7KHDSSHQGL[LVSURYLGHGDVDQDGGLWLRQDO
:KHQGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOVUHIHUHQFHWKH$:6IRU UHVRXUFHWRWKHPDQXIDFWXUHUGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDO
WKHLUSURMHFWVWKH\DOVRDVVXPHWKHREOLJDWLRQWKDW HGXFDWRUXVHURUFHUWLI\LQJRUJDQL]DWLRQ7KH
WKHTXDOLW\VWDQGDUGVDUHPHW $SSHQGL[LVRQO\SDUWRIWKHVWDQGDUGVZKHQ
UHIHUHQFHG
7KLV$:6LQFOXGHVFLWDWLRQVDQGTXRWHVIURPRWKHU
LQGXVWU\6WDQGDUGVWKDWDUHQHLWKHUGHYHORSHG
QRUSXEOLVKHGE\WKH6SRQVRU$VVRFLDWLRQV7KH
UHIHUHQFHWRDQGXVDJHRILVQRWDYDOLGDWLRQRI
WKHVHFLWDWLRQVDQGTXRWDWLRQVRXWVLGHWKHFRQWH[W
RIWKH$:62QO\ZKHQWKHVHFLWDWLRQVDQGSDUWLDO
TXRWDWLRQVDUHDSSOLHGLQFRQFHUWZLWKDOORWKHU
UHODWHGSURYLVLRQVRIWKLV$:6DUHWKHVHFLWDWLRQV
DQGSDUWLDOTXRWDWLRQVUHFRJQL]HGIRUDSSOLFDWLRQWR
DUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN
2 Architectural Woodwork Standards ©2014 AWI | AWMAC | WI 2nd Edition, October 1, 2014, including Errata through, April 29, 2016
SPONSOR ASSOCIATIONS I
Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI)

7KH$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWHLVD )RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQDERXW$:,SOHDVHYLVLW 25WKHFRQWUDFWRUXSRQDZDUGRIWKHZRUNVKDOO
QRQSURILWLQWHUQDWLRQDOWUDGHDVVRFLDWLRQRI WKH$:,ZHEVLWHZZZDZLQHWRUJRUFDOOWKH UHJLVWHUWKHZRUNXQGHUWKLV6HFWLRQZLWKWKH$:,
DUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNPDQXIDFWXUHUVLQGXVWU\ $:,1DWLRQDO2IILFHDW 4XDOLW\&HUWLILFDWLRQ3URJUDPDWZZZDZLTFSRUJ
VXSSOLHUVDQGGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOV$:,ZDV The AWI Quality Certification Program RUE\FDOOLQJ4&&WROOIUHH
HVWDEOLVKHGLQDVDQH[SDQVLRQRIWKH ,QIXOILOOLQJLWVPLVVLRQWRLQVSHFWUHSRUWHQIRUFH
0LOOZRUN&RVW%XUHDXDQGLVGHGLFDWHGWRJRDOV ,Q$:,¶V%RDUGRI'LUHFWRUVHVWDEOLVKHG
WKH4XDOLW\&HUWLILFDWLRQ3URJUDP4&3WRJLYH DQGDVVLVWLQDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVWDQGDUGV
WKDWLQFOXGH FRPSOLDQFHWKH$:,4XDOLW\&HUWLILFDWLRQ
PHDVXUDEOHFRQILUPDWLRQWKDWWKHDUFKLWHFWXUDO
8SGDWLQJPDLQWDLQLQJDQGSURPRWLQJWKH ZRRGZRUNVSHFLILHGDVD4&3&HUWLILHG3URMHFW 3URJUDPUHWDLQVDWHDPRIH[SHULHQFHG
$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV PHHWVWKHTXDOLW\JUDGHUHTXLUHGDQGHVWDEOLVKHG FRPSOLDQFHLQVSHFWRUVHDFKRIZKRPKDYH
LQWKH$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV DWOHDVWILIWHHQ\HDUVRIH[SHULHQFHLQWKH
3URYLGLQJQHWZRUNLQJLQGXVWU\VSHFLILF
DUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNLQGXVWU\(DFKLQVSHFWRU
HGXFDWLRQDQGOHDUQLQJRSSRUWXQLWLHVIRU 6LQFHWKH$:,4XDOLW\&HUWLILFDWLRQ KDVSDVVHGWKHLQLWLDOTXDOLILFDWLRQWHVWLQJ
ERWKPHPEHUVDQGWKHGHVLJQFRPPXQLW\ &RUSRUDWLRQ$:,4&&DQLQGHSHQGHQW UHFHLYHVRQJRLQJWUDLQLQJE\WKH4&&DQGKDV

5HVHDUFKLQJLQQRYDWLYHPDWHULDOVDQG LQWHUQDWLRQDOFUHGHQWLDOLQJERG\KDVEHHQWKH DJUHHGWRDGKHUHWRWKH4&&FRQIOLFWRILQWHUHVW
PHWKRGVRIFRPSOLDQFHHQJLQHHULQJ VROHDGPLQLVWUDWRURIWKH$:,4XDOLW\&HUWLILFDWLRQ SROLF\
IDEULFDWLRQILQLVKLQJDQGLQVWDOODWLRQ 3URJUDP7RIXOILOOLWVPLVVLRQWRLQVSHFWUHSRUW
HQIRUFHDQGDVVLVWLQDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN 7KH4&3OLFHQVHVHOLJLEOHZRRGZRUNLQJILUPV
$QGWKURXJK$:,¶VQHWZRUNRIRYHUWZHQW\ WRFHUWLI\WKDWDSURMHFW¶VZRUNFRPSOLHVZLWKWKH
VWDQGDUGVFRPSOLDQFHWKH4&3DQQXDOO\
ILYHFKDUWHUHG$:,FKDSWHUVRSHUDWLQJ SURMHFWFRQWUDFWGRFXPHQWVDQGWKH$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SHUIRUPVPRUHWKDQLQVSHFWLRQVRIILUPVDQG
UHJLRQDOO\RQSULQFLSOHVRIVKDULQJ :RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV$:64&3YHULILHV
SURMHFWVWKURXJKRXW1RUWK$PHULFD$VLD$IULFD
NQRZOHGJHHGXFDWLRQDQGQHWZRUNLQJ FRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHFRQWUDFWGRFXPHQWVDQGWKH
DQG(XURSH
AWI’s education and networking events include: VWDQGDUGVWKURXJKWKHLQVSHFWLRQSURFHVV
7KHGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDO¶VUHSXWDWLRQGHSHQGVRQ
)DFHWRIDFHDQGRQOLQHEDVHGVHPLQDUV RWKHUVZKHQWKH\VSHFLI\DUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN &RPSOLDQFHLQVSHFWLRQVDUHSHUIRUPHGIRUHDFK
DQGZRUNVKRSVIRU$:,PHPEHUV 7KH4XDOLW\&HUWLILFDWLRQ3URJUDP4&3SURYLGHV QHZ4&3/LFHQVHH¶VILUVWWZRUHJLVWHUHGFHUWLILHG
WKHFRQVWUXFWLRQLQGXVWU\DQGGHVLJQ WKHPHDQVWRPHDVXUHFRQILUPDQGUHSRUWWKDW SURMHFWVRUDQ\UHJLVWHUHGSURMHFWZKHUHUHTXHVW
SURIHVVLRQDOVLQFOXGLQJ$,$&RQWLQXLQJ WKHTXDOLW\VSHFLILHGLVWKHTXDOLW\SURYLGHG KDVEHHQPDGHWR4&3DGPLQLVWUDWLRQIRUD
(GXFDWLRQ6\VWHP&(6FUHGLWV FRPSOLDQFHLQVSHFWLRQE\WKHSURMHFW¶VGHVLJQ
4&3SURYLGHVGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOVDQGRZQHUV

SURIHVVLRQDOWKHJHQHUDOFRQWUDFWRURUSURMHFW
%HVW3UDFWLFHV*URXSVIRURZQHUVDQGWRS DPHDQVRIYHULI\LQJWKHVNLOOVDQGFRPSHWHQFH RZQHU(DFK\HDU4&3SHUIRUPVFRPSOLDQFH
PDQDJHPHQWRIPDQXIDFWXULQJPHPEHU RIWKHDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNPDQXIDFWXUHUVRQ LQVSHFWLRQVRQGR]HQVRIUDQGRPO\FKRVHQ
FRPSDQLHV DSURMHFWVSHFLILFEDVLV,QVSHFWLRQVUHSRUWVDQG UHJLVWHUHG4&3SURMHFWVWKURXJKRXW1RUWK
)DOO$QQXDO0HHWLQJDQG&RQYHQWLRQ GRFXPHQWDWLRQJLYHWKHGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDODQG $PHULFD
RZQHUFOHDUMXVWLILFDWLRQWRUHMHFWDQ\ZRRGZRUN
6SULQJ0HHWLQJ /HDGHUVKLS&RQIHUHQFH WKDWGRHVQRWPHHWFRQWUDFWGRFXPHQWV$PDMRU :RRGZRUNLQJILUPVHDUQWKHLUOLFHQVHH
FHUWLILFDWLRQFUHGHQWLDOVE\VXFFHVVIXOO\
AWI’s Publications and web content, include: EHQHILWRI4&3LVWKDWLWSURYLGHVWKHPHDQV
WRSUHYHQWQRQFRPSOLDQWZRRGZRUNIURPEHLQJ FRPSOHWLQJFRPSUHKHQVLYHWHVWLQJULJRURXV
'HVLJQ6ROXWLRQV±$:,¶VTXDUWHUO\MRXUQDO LQVSHFWLRQVDQGE\VXEPLWWLQJQROHVVWKDQWHQ
LQVWDOOHGRQWKHMREVLWH
ZLWKFLUFXODWLRQRIRYHUDUFKLWHFWVDQG WUDGHUHIHUHQFHV0RUHRYHU4&3/LFHQVHHV
GHVLJQHUV 'HVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOVDUHHQFRXUDJHGWRLQFOXGH PXVWGHPRQVWUDWHWKHDELOLW\WRIDEULFDWHILQLVK
4&3¶VVXJJHVWHGVSHFLILFDWLRQODQJXDJHLQWKHLU DQGRULQVWDOOZRUNLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHTXDOLW\
$:,H&RVW%RRNDZHEEDVHG
FRQWUDFWGRFXPHQWV JUDGHFULWHULDVHWIRUWKLQWKH$UFKLWHFWXUDO
PDQXIDFWXULQJODERUKRXUFDOFXODWLRQV\VWHP
4XDOLW\6WDQGDUG8QOHVVRWKHUZLVHLQGLFDWHG :RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV$:6
/(('® 5HVRXUFHV±6LPSOLILHVWKHNH\SRLQWV
FRPSO\ZLWK³$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV´ 7KH$:,4XDOLW\&HUWLILFDWLRQ3URJUDPLV
WRDVVLVWZRRGZRUNHUVZLWK/(('® point
IRUJUDGHVRILQWHULRUDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN HQGRUVHGE\OHDGLQJFRQVWUXFWLRQRUJDQL]DWLRQV
UHSRUWLQJSURFHVV
FRQVWUXFWLRQILQLVKHVDQGRWKHUUHTXLUHPHQWV WKDWYDOXHVTXDOLW\LQFOXGLQJWKH86*HQHUDO
1XPHURXVPHPEHUFHQWHUHGHGXFDWLRQ 6HUYLFHV$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ*6$DQGWKH$PHULFDQ
4XDOLW\$VVXUDQFH3URYLGH$:,4XDOLW\
UHVRXUFHVDQGQHWZRUNLQJDFWLYLWLHV 6XEFRQWUDFWRUV$VVRFLDWLRQ$6$)RUPRUH
&HUWLILFDWLRQ3URJUDP4&3>ODEHOV@>FHUWLILFDWHV@
$:,¶V6DIHW\6ROXWLRQV±DZHEEDVHG LQGLFDWLQJWKDWZRRGZRUN>LQFOXGLQJLQVWDOODWLRQ@ LQIRUPDWLRQDERXWWKH$:,4&3SOHDVHYLVLWWKH
UHVRXUFHIRUVDIHW\DQG26+$FRPSOLDQFH FRPSOLHVZLWKUHTXLUHPHQWVRIJUDGHVVSHFLILHG 4&3ZHEVLWHZZZDZLTFSRUJRUFDOOWKH4&3
LQIRUPDWLRQ 7KLVSURMHFWKDVEHHQUHJLVWHUHGDV$:,4&3 1DWLRQDO2IILFHWROOIUHHDW
$:,¶VDQQXDO&RVWRI'RLQJ%XVLQHVV5HSRUW 1XPEHUBBBBBBBB &RQVXOWWKHDZLTFSRUJZHEVLWHIRUDGGLWLRQDO
±SURYLGHVPDQXIDFWXULQJPHPEHUVZLWK LQVSHFWLRQVHUYLFHV
ILQDQFLDOSHUIRUPDQFHEHQFKPDUNVZDJH
DQGFRPSHQVDWLRQGDWDDQGEXVLQHVVWUHQGV
©2014 AWI | AWMAC | WI 2nd Edition, October 1, 2014, including Errata through, April 29, 2016 Architectural Woodwork Standards 3
I SPONSOR ASSOCIATIONS
Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers

Association of Canada (AWMAC)
7KH$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN0DQXIDFWXUHUV GUARANTEE AND INSPECTION SERVICE (GIS) GIS WORDING FOR SPECIFICATIONS
$VVRFLDWLRQRI&DQDGD$:0$&$VVRFLDWLRQGHV $:0$&UHJLRQDOFKDSWHUVPDQDJHWKH*,6 $UFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVKDOOEHPDQXIDFWXUHG
0DQXIDFWXULHUVGHOD0HQXLVHULH$UFKLWHFWXUDOH PRQLWRULQJSURJUDPLQLWLDWHGLQ$:0$& DQGRULQVWDOOHGWRWKHFXUUHQW$:0$&
GX&DQDGDKDVLWVURRWVLQWKHVPLOOZRUN *,6&HUWLILHG,QVSHFWRUVUHYLHZLQVSHFWDQG $UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGVDQGVKDOO
LQGXVWU\LQ9DQFRXYHU&DQDGD(YROYLQJIURP UHSRUWRQSUHWHQGHUVSHFLILFDWLRQVLIUHTXHVWHG EHVXEMHFWWRDQLQVSHFWLRQDWWKHIDFWRU\DQG
UHJLRQDODVVRFLDWLRQVLWKDVEHFRPHDQRQSURILW VDPSOHXQLWVZKHQVSHFLILHGDQGVKRSGUDZLQJV RUVLWHE\DQDSSRLQWHG$:0$&&HUWLILHG
QDWLRQDOUHJLVWHUHGDVVRFLDWLRQ$:0$&¶V ,QVSHFWRUVDOVRSHUIRUPDFRPSUHKHQVLYHILQDO ,QVSHFWRU,QVSHFWLRQFRVWVVKDOOEHLQFOXGHGLQ
VWUHQJWKLVWKHOLQNDJHEHWZHHQWKHQDWLRQDO LQVSHFWLRQRIWKHDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNIRUWKH WKHWHQGHUSULFHIRUWKLVSURMHFW&RQWDFW\RXU
DVVRFLDWLRQWKHUHJLRQDO$:0$&&KDSWHUVDQG SURMHFWRZQHU7KH$:0$&*,6SURJUDPRIIHUV ORFDO$:0$&&KDSWHUIRUGHWDLOVRILQVSHFWLRQ
WKHPDQXIDFWXUHUVXSSOLHUHGXFDWLRQDODVVRFLDWH WKURXJKLWVPHPEHUVLQJRRGVWDQGLQJDWZR\HDU FRVWV6KRSGUDZLQJVVKDOOEHVXEPLWWHGWR
DQGGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOPHPEHUV7RGD\$:0$& $:0$&*XDUDQWHH&HUWLILFDWHRQSURMHFWVZKLFK WKH$:0$&&KDSWHURIILFHIRUUHYLHZEHIRUH
LVWKHQDWLRQDOYRLFHRIWKH&DQDGLDQDUFKLWHFWXUDO KDYHWKHUHFRPPHQGHG*,6ZRUGLQJVSHFLILHGLQ ZRUNFRPPHQFHV:RUNWKDWGRHVQRWPHHWWKH

ZRRGZRUNLQGXVWU\DQGLVFRPPLWWHGWR WKHWHQGHUGRFXPHQWV $:0$&$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
3DUWQHULQJZLWKRWKHUDVVRFLDWLRQVWRGHILQHDQG DVVSHFLILHGVKDOOEHUHSODFHGUHZRUNHGDQG
LPSURYHDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVWDQGDUGV GIS MANDATE RUUHILQLVKHGE\WKHDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN
,QRUGHUWRHQVXUHWKDWWKHTXDOLW\RIPDWHULDOV FRQWUDFWRUWRWKHDSSURYDORI$:0$&DWQR
&ROODERUDWLQJZLWKHGXFDWLRQDOLQVWLWXWLRQVWR
DQGZRUNPDQVKLSRIWKHDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN DGGLWLRQDOFRVWWRWKHRZQHU
HQKDQFHWKHDSSUHQWLFHDQGWHFKQLFDOSURJUDPV
DQGWRHQVXUHDTXDOLW\KXPDQUHVRXUFHIRUWKH VSHFLILHGDUHLQFRPSOLDQFHZLWKWKHFXUUHQW
$:0$&$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV ,IWKHZRRGZRUNFRQWUDFWRULVDQ$:0$&
DUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNLQGXVWU\
$:6WKH$:0$&*XDUDQWHHDQG,QVSHFWLRQ 0DQXIDFWXUHUPHPEHULQJRRGVWDQGLQJD
&RPPXQLFDWLQJWKHWUDGLWLRQDOQHZDQG 6HUYLFHSURJUDP*,6PXVWEHVSHFLILHGDQGEH WZR\HDU$:0$&*XDUDQWHH&HUWLILFDWH
LQQRYDWLYHDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNDVVHPEO\ FRQVLGHUHGDQLQWHJUDOFRPSRQHQWRIWKHVFRSH ZLOOEHLVVXHG7KH$:0$&*XDUDQWHHVKDOO
PHWKRGVDQGPDWHULDOVWRJRYHUQPHQWV RIZRUN FRYHUUHSODFLQJUHZRUNLQJDQGRUUHILQLVKLQJ
LQGXVWU\GHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOVDQGWKHLU GHILFLHQWDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNGXHWRIDXOW\
DVVRFLDWLRQV GIS OBJECTIVE ZRUNPDQVKLSRUGHIHFWLYHPDWHULDOVVXSSOLHGDQG
7KHREMHFWLYHVRIWKH*XDUDQWHHDQG,QVSHFWLRQ RULQVWDOOHGE\WKHZRRGZRUNFRQWUDFWRUZKLFK

3XEOLVKLQJ7KH6RXQGLQJ%RDUGDQHZVOHWWHU
DQGWKH6DODU\%XVLQHVV&RQGLWLRQV6XUYH\ 6HUYLFHDUH PD\DSSHDUGXULQJDWZR\HDUSHULRGIROORZLQJ
7RDVVLVWWKHGHVLJQDXWKRULW\LQ WKHGDWHRILVVXDQFH
,QFRQMXQFWLRQZLWK$:0$&$:0$&&KDSWHUV DFKLHYLQJ³JRRGDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN´
SURYLGH 7RRIIHUWKHRZQHUFXVWRPHUGHVLJQ ,IWKHZRRGZRUNFRQWUDFWRULVQRWDQ$:0$&
6HPLQDUVIURPUDZ³JUHHQ´SURGXFWV DXWKRULW\DQGZRRGZRUNFRQWUDFWRUDQ 0DQXIDFWXUHUPHPEHUWKH\VKDOOSURYLGHWKH
WRLQVWDOOHGDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNIRU DVVXUDQFHWKDWVWULFWPRQLWRULQJRIWKH RZQHUZLWKDWZR\HDUPDLQWHQDQFHERQGLQ
DUFKLWHFWVGHVLJQHUVDQGPHPEHUV DUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNUHTXLUHPHQWVRQ OLHXRIWKH$:0$&*XDUDQWHH&HUWLILFDWHWRWKH
DJLYHQSURMHFWZLOOPHHWWKHVSHFLILHG IXOOYDOXHRIWKHDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNFRQWUDFW
$QQXDO$ZDUGVWKDWFHOHEUDWHWKH
$:0$&VWDQGDUGV
EHVWLQTXDOLW\VHUYLFHDQGGHVLJQIRU
CONTACT
PDQXIDFWXUHUVDVVRFLDWHVDQGGHVLJQ
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQDERXW$:0$&DQGWKH*,6
SURIHVVLRQDOV
3URJUDPYLVLWRXUZHEVLWHDWZZZDZPDFFRP
$GPLQLVWUDWLRQRIWKH*XDUDQWHHDQG DQGFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO$:0$&&KDSWHURIILFH
,QVSHFWLRQ6HUYLFH*,6LQLWLDWHGLQ
WKH*,63URJUDPZKHQVSHFLILHG
E\WKHGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOPRQLWRUVDQG
JXDUDQWHHVSURMHFWVWKDWVSHFLI\$:0$&
VWDQGDUGV
SPONSOR ASSOCIATIONS I
Woodwork Institute (WI)

(VWDEOLVKHGLQDVDQRWIRUSURILWWUDGH CERTIFIED COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (CCP) (YLGHQFHRIFRPSOLDQFHLVSURYLGHGE\LVVXDQFH
RUJDQL]DWLRQGHGLFDWHGWRWKHSUHVHUYDWLRQRIWKH 7KH&HUWLILHG&RPSOLDQFH3URJUDPLVDGLVFLSOLQH RID0RQLWRUHG&RPSOLDQFH&HUWLILFDWHOLVWLQJWKH
XVHRIZRRGDVDEXLOGLQJPDWHULDO:RRGZRUN RITXDOLW\FRQWUROXVHGLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWKWKH LWHPVFHUWLILHGWKHDSSOLFDEOH$:6*UDGHVDQG
,QVWLWXWH:,KDVJURZQWRDQDWLRQDORUJDQL]DWLRQ $:6ZKLFKSURYLGHVDQXQELDVHGPHDQVRI ZKHWKHULQVWDOODWLRQLVLQFOXGHG$GGLWLRQDOO\LIVR
ZKRVHSULPDU\SXUSRVHLVWRDVVXUHH[FHOOHQFH HQVXULQJFRQIRUPDQFHWRDSURMHFW¶VSODQVDQG VSHFLILHGVKRSGUDZLQJVDQGHDFKHOHYDWLRQRI
DQGFUDIWVPDQVKLSLQZRRGZRUN VSHFLILFDWLRQV&&3WRJHWKHUZLWKWKHXVHRIWKH FDVHZRUNDQGRUFRXQWHUWRSVDUHODEHOHGZLWKDQ
GHVLUHG*UDGHVLQWKHVSHFLILFDWLRQVLQIRUPVDOO LQGLYLGXDOO\VHULDOQXPEHUHG³&RPSOLDQFH/DEHO´
$VWKH,QVWLWXWHKDVJURZQVRWRRKDVLWV4XDOLW\ SDUWLHVRIWKHGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDO¶VH[SHFWDWLRQV
&RQWURO2SWLRQV$VDPHDQVRIHVWDEOLVKLQJ ZLWKRXWELGGHUGLVFULPLQDWLRQ CERTIFIED SEISMIC INSTALLATION
TXDOLW\FRQWURO:,DORQJZLWK$:,DQG$:0$& PROGRAM (CSIP)
KDVFROODERUDWHGRQWKH$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN %\VSHFLI\LQJ&&3IRUERWKVKRSGUDZLQJVDQG &HUWLILHG6HLVPLF,QVWDOODWLRQ3URJUDPLV

6WDQGDUGV$:67KLVERRNLVWKHHVVHQFHRI IDEULFDWLRQLQVWDOODWLRQRIPLOOZRUNSURGXFWVWKH :,¶VPRVWUHFHQWFHUWLILFDWLRQSURJUDP,WLV
EXLOGLQJDQGLQVWDOOLQJTXDOLW\SURGXFWV GHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOLVDVVXUHGWKDWDOOLWHPV DVWDQGDORQH4XDOLW\&RQWURODQG6HLVPLF
FRQIRUPWRWKHFRQWUDFWGRFXPHQWVDQGWKH &RPSOLDQFH2SWLRQEXWFDQEHVSHFLILHGLQ
8QLTXHWR:,DUHLWVFHUWLILFDWLRQSURJUDPVZKLFK UHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKH$:6 FRQMXQFWLRQZLWK&&3RU0&3&6,3RIIHUV
LQFOXGHWKH&HUWLILHG&RPSOLDQFH3URJUDP&&3 GHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOVDQGSURSHUW\RZQHUV
WKH0RQLWRUHG&RPSOLDQFH3URJUDP0&3DQG &&3GRHVQRWUHVWULFWELGGLQJRUELGGHUV$Q\RQH VSHFLILHGXVHRI:,¶VVHLVPLFFDVHZRUNSUH
WKH&HUWLILHG6HLVPLF,QVWDOODWLRQ3URJUDP&6,3 PD\XVHWKH&&3LQVSHFWLRQVHUYLFHZLWKRXWWKH DSSURYDOVIURPWKH2IILFHRI6WDWHZLGH+HDOWK
UHTXLUHPHQWRIEHLQJDPHPEHURUOLFHQVHH 3ODQQLQJDQG'HYHORSPHQW26+3'ZLWKRXW
$VZHOO:,SURYLGHV,QGHSHQGHQW,QVSHFWLRQ DGGLWLRQDOHQJLQHHULQJFRVWVDQGRUUHTXLUHPHQWV
6HUYLFHV,,6IRUSURMHFWVDQG([SHUW:LWQHVV (YLGHQFHRIFHUWLILFDWLRQLVSURYLGHGE\LVVXDQFH ,WIXUWKHUDVVXUHV
6HUYLFHV(:6ZKHQUHTXHVWHGE\DSDUW\WR RID&HUWLILHG&RPSOLDQFH&HUWLILFDWHOLVWLQJWKH
WKHFRQWUDFW LWHPVFHUWLILHGWKHDSSOLFDEOH$:6*UDGHDQG 3URSHUEDFNLQJKDVEHHQLQVWDOOHGLQWKH
ZKHWKHULQVWDOODWLRQLVLQFOXGHG$GGLWLRQDOO\LI ZDOOVZKHQDQGZKHUHUHTXLUHG
DIRECTORS OF ARCHITECTURAL SERVICE VRVSHFLILHGVKRSGUDZLQJVDQGHDFKHOHYDWLRQ
&HUWLILHGDFNQRZOHGJHPHQWWKDWWKHSURMHFW¶V
(DAS) RIFDVHZRUNDQGRUFRXQWHUWRSVDUHODEHOHG

VHLVPLFFDVHZRUNLQVWDOODWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWV
2XU'LUHFWRU¶VRI$UFKLWHFWXUDO6HUYLFHVSURYLGH ZLWKDQLQGLYLGXDOO\VHULDOQXPEHUHG³&HUWLILHG
PHHW26+3'DQGRUWKH'LYLVLRQRI6WDWH
DZHDOWKRINQRZOHGJHWRWKHDUFKLWHFWXUDO &RPSOLDQFH/DEHO´
$UFKLWHFW'6$FRPSOLDQFHUHTXLUHPHQWV
FRPPXQLW\DQGWKHFRQVWUXFWLRQLQGXVWU\
7KHLUSULPDU\IRFXVLVFRPSOLDQFHYHULILFDWLRQ MONITORED COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (MCP)
INDEPENDENT INSPECTION SERVICE (IIS)
LQVSHFWLRQVHUYLFHVWKURXJK&&30&3DQG 7KH0RQLWRUHG&RPSOLDQFH3URJUDPLV
7KH,QGHSHQGHQW,QVSHFWLRQ6HUYLFHLVDYDLODEOH
&6,3 DGLVFLSOLQHRITXDOLW\DIILUPDWLRQXVHGLQ
RQDIHHEDVLVZLWKUHVSHFWWRLVVXHVSHUWDLQLQJ
FRQMXQFWLRQZLWKWKH$:6ZKLFKSURYLGHV
WRWKHDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNLQGXVWU\DVGHILQHG
&RQFHQWUDWLQJRQWKHGHVLJQFRPPXQLW\WKH RQJRLQJUHYLHZVLQVSHFWLRQVRIDSURMHFWIURPLWV
ZLWKLQRUFRYHUHGE\WKH$:6
'$6DUHDYDLODEOHWRUHYLHZVSHFLILFDWLRQV EHJLQQLQJWKURXJKFRPSOHWLRQ
DQVZHUPLOOZRUNUHODWHG5HTXHVWVIRU,QIRUPDWLRQ EXPERT WITNESS SERVICE (EWS)
FRQVXOWRQGHVLJQLVVXHVDQGSUHVHQWVHPLQDUV 7KHGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOLQVSHFLI\LQJ0&3LV
([SHUW:LWQHVV6HUYLFHLVDYDLODEOHRQDIHH
IRUFRQWLQXLQJHGXFDWLRQXQLWVDVUHTXLUHGE\ HQVXULQJWKDWVWULFWFRQIRUPDQFHWRKLVKHUGHVLJQ
EDVLVZLWKUHVSHFWWRLVVXHVSHUWDLQLQJWRWKH
WKH$UFKLWHFWXUDO,QVWLWXWHRI$PHULFD$,$$V LQWHQWLVDGKHUHGWRWKURXJKRXWWKHPLOOZRUN
DUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNLQGXVWU\DVGHILQHGZLWKLQ
ZHOOWKH'$6DUHDYDLODEOHWRDVVLVWDGHVLJQ IDEULFDWLRQDQGLQVWDOODWLRQSURFHVV
RUFRYHUHGE\WKH$:6
SURIHVVLRQDOVKRXOGWKH\QHHGDQLPSDUWLDO
RSLQLRQDERXWPLOOZRUNIDEULFDWHGRULQVWDOOHGRQ 6KRSGUDZLQJVPLOOZRUNSURGXFWVILQLVKLQJ
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQSOHDVHYLVLW:,¶VZHEVLWH
DSURMHFW DQGLQVWDOODWLRQRIDOOLQYROYHGSDUWLHVZLOOEH
DWZZZZRRGZRUNLQVWLWXWHFRPRUFDOOWKH
SURJUHVVLYHO\LQVSHFWHGIRUFRPSOLDQFHWRWKH
DGPLQLVWUDWLYHRIILFHDW
)RFXVLQJRQIDEULFDWRUVDQGLQVWDOOHUVWKH'$6 FRQWUDFWGRFXPHQWVDQGWKHVSHFLILHG$:6
DUHDYDLODEOHIRUIUHHDQGXQELDVHGFRQVXOWDWLRQ *UDGHV5HSRUWVZLOOEHLVVXHGWRDOOLQYROYHG
UHJDUGLQJVSHFLILFDWLRQLQWHUSUHWDWLRQFRPSOLDQFH SDUWLHVDWHDFKUHYLHZLQVSHFWLRQ
LVVXHVVKRSGUDZLQJSURWRFROVWDQGDUGV
LQWHUSUHWDWLRQDQGRWKHUPDWWHUV
I CONTRIBUTING ASSOCIATIONS
7KH)ROORZLQJ$VVRFLDWLRQV$UH*UDWHIXOO\$FNQRZOHGJHG
$PHULFDQ,QVWLWXWHRI$UFKLWHFWV$,$
$PHULFDQ1DWLRQDO6WDQGDUGV,QVWLWXWH$16,
$PHULFDQ6RFLHW\RI,QWHULRU'HVLJQHUV$6,'
$PHULFDQ6RFLHW\IRU7HVWLQJDQG0DWHULDOV$670
%XLOGHUV+DUGZDUH0DQXIDFWXUHUV$VVRFLDWLRQ%+0$
&RPSRVLWH3DQHO$VVRFLDWLRQ&3$

&RQVWUXFWLRQ6SHFLILFDWLRQV&DQDGD&6&
&RQVWUXFWLRQ6SHFLILFDWLRQV,QVWLWXWH&6,
7KH(QJLQHHUHG:RRG$VVRFLDWLRQ$3$
+DUGZRRG3O\ZRRG 9HQHHU$VVRFLDWLRQ+39$
,QWHULRU'HVLJQRI&DQDGD,'&
,QWHUQDWLRQDO6ROLG6XUIDFH)DEULFDWRUV$VVRFLDWLRQ,66)$

,QWHUQDWLRQDO:RRG3URGXFWV$VVRFLDWLRQ,:3$
/DPLQDWLQJ0DWHULDOV$VVRFLDWLRQ/0$
1DWLRQDO(OHFWULFDO0DQXIDFWXUHUV$VVRFLDWLRQ1(0$
1DWLRQDO)LUH3URWHFWLRQ$VVRFLDWLRQ1)3$
1DWLRQDO+DUGZRRG/XPEHU$VVRFLDWLRQ1+/$
5R\DO$UFKLWHFWXUDO,QVWLWXWHRI&DQDGD5$,&
6FLHQWLILF(TXLSPHQW )XUQLWXUH$VVRFLDWLRQ6()$
6WDLU0DQXIDFWXUHU$VVRFLDWLRQ60$
:HVWHUQ:RRG3URGXFWV$VVRFLDWLRQ::3$
:LQGRZDQG'RRU0DQXIDFWXUHUV$VVRFLDWLRQ:'0$
:RRG0RXOGLQJDQG0LOOZRUN3URGXFHUV$VVRFLDWLRQ:003$
Copyrighted material licensed to Joseph Eklund on 2018-01-15 for licensee's use only. No further reproduction or networking is permitted. Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.
USER’S GUIDE
Woodwork Standards
Architectural
U USER’S GUIDE
Sponsored by the Architectural Woodwork Product, covering minimum Section 2 - Care & Storage - Addresses
Institute, the Architectural Woodwork manufacturing (material, machining, and minimum care and storage (environmental
Manufacturers Association of Canada, and the assembly) requirements. condition) requirements to be maintained
Woodwork Institute (hereinafter called the Sponsor before, during, and after the delivery,
Installation, minimum installation
Associations), these joint standards represent the storage, and installation of product and is
requirements (not applicable to Sections
best of what all three organizations have to offer in further subdivided as follows:
1-5).
defining the minimum requirements of material and
Test - covers the ways of verifying Table of Contents
workmanship for the fabrication and installation
compliance with the standards (not Introductory Information
of architectural woodwork in a climate controlled
applicable to Sections 1-4). Specify Requirements For
interior environment. The joint standards are
Recommendations
based on three definitive levels of materials and
THE FOLLOWING ARE NOT PART OF THE Compliance Requirements
workmanship: Economy, Custom, and Premium
AWS FOR COMPLIANCE PURPOSES: GENERAL
Grade.
Basic Considerations
Introduction Grades

These standards are both a voluntary and a
Industry Practices
definitive document, intended to spell out the Table of Contents
PRODUCT
requirements for satisfactory performance when Introductory Information Portion of Each Scope
referenced as part of contract documents. Material or Product/Installation Section Default Stipulation
Sections in the document are interrelated and
Design Ideas Rules
are intended to be used together, not in part.
Basic Rules
For example, if a project specification requires Index
compliance with Section 10, then compliance with Section 3 - Lumber - Addresses the
Sections 1-5 along with the Appendix and the THE AWS IS SUBDIVIDED AS FOLLOWS: minimum acceptable performance and
Glossary are also required, as applicable. appearance characteristics of lumber to be
Introduction - Provides an Introductory
used within the standards’ product Sections
The INSIDE FRONT COVER provides an Statement, Disclaimers and a brief
6-12. This section does not attempt to
important PRODUCT ADVISORY regarding description about the Sponsor Associations.
establish raw material grades. It defines the
dimensional change problems in architectural User’s Guide - Provides a tool to enhance minimum characteristics for lumber when

woodwork and its review and consideration is your understanding of the philosophy behind used in a product governed by Sections
recommended by the Sponsor Associations. the layout of these standards. 6-12 based on the specified Grade of work
Table of Contents (Economy, Custom, or Premium) and is
The INSIDE BACK COVER provides reference further subdivided as follows:
for access to an AWS IMPROVEMENT Preface - Provides information in areas
SUGGESTION FORM which can be filled out of importance that should be reviewed in Table of Contents
and submitted online through any of the Sponsor advance of using the standards. Introductory Information
Associations web sites. Specify Requirements For
Section 1 - Submittals - Addresses Recommendations
minimum submittal requirements, including Compliance Requirements
Each SECTION is organized into two distinct shop drawings, samples, etc., and is further
elements, that of: GENERAL
subdivided as follows: Basic Considerations
Introductory Information - Consisting of Table of Contents Grades
educational materials and resources relevant Introductory Information Industry Practices
to the Section that are not standards or Specify Requirements For PRODUCT
compliance requirements, and: Recommendations Scope
Specific specification requirements. Compliance Requirements Default Stipulation
General recommendations. GENERAL Rules
Compliance Requirements - Consisting of Basic Considerations Basic Rules
the standards requirements (rules) which are Grades Hardwood Material Rules
further organized into: Industry Practices Softwood Material Rules
PRODUCT
Basic Considerations, including grades,
Scope
general subject matter and industry
Default Stipulation
practices applicable to the scope of work.
Rules
Basic Rules
Section 6-12 Rules
USER’S GUIDE U
Section 4 - Sheet Products - Addresses Compliance Requirements Section 7 - Stairwork & Rails - Addresses
the minimum acceptable performance GENERAL the minimum acceptable millwork fabrication
and appearance characteristics of panel Basic Considerations and installation requirements for wood stairs,
materials to be used within the standards’ Grades integral trim, handrails and guardrails based
product Sections 6-12. This section does Industry Practices on the specified Grade of work (Economy,
not attempt to establish raw material grades. PRODUCT Custom, or Premium) and is further
It defines the minimum characteristics for Scope subdivided as follows:
panels when used in a product governed by Default Stipulation Table of Contents
Sections 6-12 based on the specified Grade Rules Introductory Information
of work (Economy, Custom, or Premium) Basic Rules Specify Requirements For
and is further subdivided as follows: Application Rules Recommendations
Table of Contents TESTS Compliance Requirements
Introductory Information Basic Considerations GENERAL

Specify Requirements For Basic Considerations
Section 6 - Millwork - Addresses the
Recommendations Grades
minimum acceptable millwork fabrication
Compliance Requirements Industry Practices
and installation requirements for standing
GENERAL PRODUCT
and running trim, door frames, window
Basic Considerations Scope
frames, sashes, blinds and shutters,
Grades Default Stipulation
screens, ornamental and miscellaneous
Industry Practices Rules
millwork based on the specified Grade of
PRODUCT Basic Rules
work (Economy, Custom, or Premium) and is
Scope Material Rules
further subdivided as follows:
Default Stipulation Machining Rules
Rules Table of Contents Assembly Rules
Basic Rules Introductory Information INSTALLATION
Hardwood Veneer Material Rules Specify Requirements For Preparation and Qualification
Softwood Veneer Material Rules Recommendations Requirements
HPDL Material Rules Compliance Requirements Rules

LPDL Material Rules GENERAL Basic Rules
Vinyl Film Material Rules Basic Considerations TESTS
MDO Material Rules Grades Basic Considerations
HDO Material Rules Industry Practices
Hardboard Material Rules PRODUCT Section 8 - Wall/Ceiling Surfacing &
Balance Sheet Material Rules Scope Partitions - Addresses the minimum
Backer Material Rules Default Stipulation acceptable millwork fabrication and
Epoxy Material Rules Rules installation requirements for wood veneer,
Natural Stone Material Rules Basic Rules solid wood, stile and rail wood, decorative
Engineered Stone Material Rules Material Rules laminate, solid surface and solid phenolic
Solid Surface Material Rules Machining Rules wall/ceiling and partition surfacing, based
Solid Phenolic Material Rules Assembly Rules on the specified Grade of work (Economy,
INSTALLATION Custom, or Premium) and is further
Section 5 - Finishing - Addresses the
Preparation and Qualification subdivided as follows:
minimum acceptable performance and
Requirements Table of Contents
appearance characteristics for factory and
Rules Introductory Information
field finishing used within the standards’
Basic Rules Specify Requirements For
product Sections 6-12 and is further
Product Specific Rules Recommendations
subdivided as follows:
TESTS
Table of Contents Basic Considerations
Introductory Information
Specify Requirements For
Recommendations
U USER’S GUIDE
THE AWS IS SUBDIVIDED (continued) INSTALLATION Table of Contents

Preparation and Qualification Introductory Information
Section 8 - Wall/Ceiling Surfacing & Requirements Specify Requirements For
Partitions (continued) Rules Recommendations
Compliance Requirements Basic Rules Compliance Requirements
GENERAL TESTS GENERAL
Basic Considerations Basic Considerations Basic Considerations
Grades Grades
Section 10 - Casework - Addresses the Industry Practices
Industry Practices
minimum acceptable millwork fabrication PRODUCT
PRODUCT
and installation requirements for wood, Scope
Scope
decorative laminate and solid phenolic faced Default Stipulation
Default Stipulation
casework, based on the specified Grade of Rules
Rules
work (Economy, Custom, or Premium). This

Basic Rules Basic Rules
section is further subdivided as follows: Material Rules
Material Rules
Machining Rules Table of Contents Machining Rules
Assembly Rules Introductory Information Assembly Rules
INSTALLATION Specify Requirements For INSTALLATION
Preparation and Qualification Recommendations Preparation and Qualification
Requirements Compliance Requirements Requirements
Rules GENERAL Rules
Basic Rules Basic Considerations Basic Rules
TESTS Grades TESTS
Basic Considerations Industry Practices Basic Considerations
PRODUCT
Section 9 - Doors - Addresses the Section 12 - Historic Restoration Work -
Scope
minimum acceptable millwork fabrication Addresses the minimum acceptable millwork
Default Stipulation
and installation requirements for passage fabrication and installation requirements for

Rules
doors of flush and stile & rail construction historic restoration work, including stripping,
Basic Rules
with wood and HPDL faces, based on repairs and finishing. This section is further
Material Rules
the specified Grade of work (Economy, subdivided as follows:
Machining Rules
Custom, or Premium). This section is further Assembly Rules Table of Contents
subdivided as follows: INSTALLATION Introductory Information
Table of Contents Preparation and Qualification Specify Requirements For
Introductory Information Requirements Recommendations
Specify Requirements For Rules Compliance Requirements
Recommendations Basic Rules GENERAL
Compliance Requirements TESTS Basic Considerations
GENERAL Basic Considerations Grades
Basic Considerations Industry Practices
Section 11 - Countertops - Addresses the
Grades
minimum acceptable millwork fabrication
Industry Practices
and installation requirements for tops, wall
PRODUCT
caps, splashes and sills of high pressure
Scope
decorative laminate, wood, solid surface,
Default Stipulation
solid phenolic, epoxy resin and natural/
Rules
engineered stone, based on the specified
Basic Rules
Grade of work (Economy, Custom, or
Material Rues
Premium). This section is further subdivided
Machine/Assembly Rules
as follows:
USER’S GUIDE U
THE AWS IS SUBDIVIDED (continued) FORMAT WITHIN EACH SECTION:
Historic Restoration Work (continued) The Introductory Information portion is in triple

column, text book format with a non-shaded
PRODUCT
header including Section number, title, and
Scope
Introductory Information statement recognizing
Default Stipulation
that the included text is non-compliant in nature.
Rules
There is also a black edge tab with Section
Basic Rules
number for ease of navigation.
Material Rules
Machining Rules
Assembly Rules 6(&7,21
6WDLUZRUN 5DLOV
Repair Rules
Stripping Rules LQWURGXFWRU\LQIRUPDWLRQ

Finishing Rules
,1752'8&7,21 &RVWHIIHFWLYH&XVWRPZRRGZRUNFRPSHWHV 7<3,&$/67$,55816
INSTALLATION IDYRUDEO\ZLWKPDVVSURGXFHGPLOOZRUNDQG
6HFWLRQLQFOXGHVLQIRUPDWLRQRQZRRGVWDLUV RIIHUVSUDFWLFDOO\OLPLWOHVVYDULDWLRQVRIGHVLJQ 675$,*+7
Preparation and Qualification LQWHJUDOWULPKDQGUDLOVDQGJXDUGUDLOVDQGWKHLU DQGPDWHULDO0RVWZRRGZRUNODVWVWKHOLIHRI
UHODWHGSDUWV
Requirements WKHEXLOGLQJTXDOLW\FRXQWV
Rules 4XDOLW\DVVXUDQFHFDQEHDFKLHYHGE\DGKHUHQFH
WRWKH$:6DQGZLOOSURYLGHWKHRZQHUDTXDOLW\
1RUHVWULFWLRQV&XVWRPDUFKLWHFWXUDO
ZRRGZRUNSHUPLWVFRPSOHWHIUHHGRPRI
Basic Rules SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOLILHG
6SRQVRU0HPEHUILUPWRSURYLGH\RXUZRRGZRUN
VHOHFWLRQRIWKHQXPHURXVKDUGZRRGVDQG
VRIWZRRGVDYDLODEOHIRUWUDQVSDUHQWRURSDTXH
ZLOOKHOSHQVXUHWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VXQGHUVWDQGLQJ ILQLVK2WKHUXQLTXHPDWHULDOVDYDLODEOHIURP
Appendix - Provides additional resources RIWKHTXDOLW\OHYHOUHTXLUHG,OOXVWUDWLRQVLQWKLV
6HFWLRQDUHQRWLQWHQGHGWREHDOOLQFOXVLYH2WKHU
ZRRGZRUNPDQXIDFWXUHUVUHTXLUHQRIXUWKHU
ILQLVKLQJDWDOOVXFKDVSODVWLFODPLQDWHVDQG
to the manufacturer, design professional, HQJLQHHUHGVROXWLRQVDUHDFFHSWDEOH,QWKH
DEVHQFHRIVSHFLILFDWLRQVPHWKRGVRIIDEULFDWLRQ
GHFRUDWLYHRYHUOD\V7KHVHPDWHULDOVFDQEH
IDVKLRQHGLQWRDZLGHYDULHW\RISURILOHVVL]HV
educator, user, or certifying organization and VKDOOEHWKHRSWLRQRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU7KH DQGFRQILJXUDWLRQV7KHGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDO
GHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDOE\VSHFLI\LQJFRPSOLDQFHWR KDVWKHEHVWRIERWKZRUOGVKLJKTXDOLW\DQG
is only part of these standards when WKH$:6LQFUHDVHVWKHSUREDELOLW\RIUHFHLYLQJWKH IUHHGRPRIFKRLFH
)LJXUH
referenced. For your convenience SURGXFWTXDOLW\H[SHFWHG
a
$'9,625<
where the APPENDIX is referenced '(6,*16800$5<

&RQWUDFWGRFXPHQWVIXUQLVKHGE\WKHGHVLJQ
it is flagged by the following icon: 7KLVVKRUWVXPPDU\LVDFROOHFWLRQRIRSWLRQVDQG
LOOXVWUDWLRQVDERXWWKHFKDOOHQJHVRIGHVLJQLQJDQG
SURIHVVLRQDOVKRXOGFOHDUO\LQGLFDWHRUGHOLQHDWH
PDWHULDOIDEULFDWLRQLQVWDOODWLRQDQGDSSOLFDEOH

EXLOGLQJFRGHUHJXODWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWV
EXLOGLQJVDIHVWDLUV7KH$:6FDQQRWDQGGRHV
Design Ideas - Provides additional QRWRIIHUWKLVGDWDDVDGYLFHRQFRGHFRPSOLDQFH

6DIHVWDLUVDQGGHVLJQDQGHQJLQHHULQJWRPHHW &URVVJUDLQLQEDQGVDZQRUODPLQDWHGPHPEHUV
resources to the design professional, ORFDOFRGHVUHPDLQVWKHUHVSRQVLELOLW\RIWKH
GHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDO
PLJKWFDXVHREMHFWLRQDEOHFRORUYDULDWLRQZKHQ
ILQLVKHG
educator, or user. For your
Example: User’s Guide - 001
convenience where DESIGN IDEAS Each page also includes a footer stating the page
is referenced it is flagged by the
following icon:
di number, document name, edition, and effective
publication date.
DFWXDOIDEULFDWLRQLIUHTXLUHGE\MREFRQGLWLRQV
Glossary - Provides definitions of terms 6SHFLDOVLWXDWLRQVVXFKDVGHVLJQLQJIRUWKH
GLVDEOHGFDQUHDGLO\EHDFFRPPRGDWHGE\WKH
used throughout these standards. FXVWRPDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNPDQXIDFWXUHU
)LJXUH
)LJXUH
Index
$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV $:,_$:0$&_:,QG(GLWLRQ2FWREHU

However in the Compliance Requirements portion
the footer also includes an Errata statement
advising “As may be updated by errata at
awinet.org, awmac.com or aws-errata.com.”
$:,_$:0$&_:,QG(GLWLRQ6HSWHPEHU $UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV

$VPD\EHXSGDWHGE\HUUDWDDWDZLQHWRUJDZPDFFRPRUDZVHUUDWDFRP
U USER’S GUIDE
FORMAT WITHIN EACH SECTION (continued) All text is laid out in two column or table numerical, Otherwise, within the Product or
outline format, wherein each statement, issue, or Installation portions, when a rule applies
The Compliance Requirement Sections have a rule becomes a specific, uniquely referenced item. specifically to a particular Grade or Grades
grey shaded header with Section number, title, and Additional discussion or qualifications to an item of work, it is shown by a bold E, C, and/or
compliance requirements statement recognizing are indented to the right, immediately below, or P in the corresponding right-hand columns
that the included text is part of the standards for listed subsequently. to indicate Economy, Custom, or Premium
compliance purposes. There is also a grey shaded Grade, respectively. If there are no columns
edge tab with Section number for your ease of The following is an example of the “General”
portion: or letters, it applies to all grades.
navigation.
Headers or footers are used on a column-by-
column and page to page basis to indicate
where there is additional coverage of a topic
6(&7,21
:KHUHWKH(&RU3LFRQLVQRWLQGLFDWHG
( & 3
WKHUXOHDSSOLHVWRDOO*UDGHVHTXDOO\ on a previous or a subsequent page.
6WDLUZRUN 5DLOV

FRPSOLDQFHUHTXLUHPHQWV *(1(5$/352'8&7,167$//$7,217(67 0DWHULDO5XOHV
S)URPSUHYLRXVFROXPQ
,QFOXGLQJ:RRG6WDLUV,QWHJUDO7ULP+DQGUDLOV %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216FRQWLQXHG )RU23$48(),1,6+
DQG*XDUGUDLOV 0HGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG0')LVSHUPLWWHG
7R35(9(177(/(*5$3+,1*LQVHWVROLGZRRGHGJLQJZKHQ
XVHGPXVWKDYHVLPLODUPRLVWXUHFRQWHQWDVSDQHOFRUHEHJOXHG 9HQHHULVSHUPLWWHGKRZHYHU
VHFXUHO\DQGFDOLEUDWHGZLWKSDQHOFRUHWKLFNQHVVSULRUWREHLQJ
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 63(&,(6VKDOOEHRIPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHFORVHGJUDLQ
ODPLQDWHGZLWKDZRRGYHQHHURQERWKIDFHV
KDUGZRRGFRQIRUPLQJWR+39$GH¿QLWLRQVDQGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRU
*5$'(
,1'8675<35$&7,&(6 *UDGH' ( & 3
7KHVHVWDQGDUGVDUHFKDUDFWHUL]HGLQWKUHH*UDGHVRITXDOLW\ *UDGH& ( & 3
WKDWPD\EHPL[HGZLWKLQDVLQJOHSURMHFW/LPLWOHVVGHVLJQ 6758&785$/0(0%(56JURXQGVLQZDOOEORFNLQJ
EDFNLQJIXUULQJEUDFNHWVRURWKHUDQFKRUDJHWKDWEHFRPHV *UDGH% ( & 3
SRVVLELOLWLHVDQGDZLGHYDULHW\RIOXPEHUDQGYHQHHUVSHFLHV
DORQJZLWKRYHUOD\VKLJKSUHVVXUHGHFRUDWLYHODPLQDWHV DQLQWHJUDOSDUWRIWKHEXLOGLQJ¶VZDOOVIORRUVRUFHLOLQJVWKDW
IDFWRU\ILQLVKHVDQGSURILOHVDUHDYDLODEOHLQDOOWKUHH*UDGHV DUHUHTXLUHGIRUWKHLQVWDOODWLRQRIDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN
)RU75$163$5(17),1,6+9(1((5
DUHQRWIXUQLVKHGRULQVWDOOHGE\WKHDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN
63(&,(6RIPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHKDUGZRRGFRQIRUPLQJWR+39$
GH¿QLWLRQVDQGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRU
*UDGH% ( & 3
The Product and Installation portions add an *UDGH$ ( & 3
additional table format to express particular *UDGH$$ ( & 3
requirements that are applicable only to a particular 6/,&,1*RI

0DQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH ( & 3
Grade or Grades of work. 3ODLQVOLFHG ( & 3
The Product portion is divided into Basic, 0$7&+,1*$'-$&(17/($9(6EH

0DQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH ( & 3
Material, Machining, and Assembly sub- %RRNPDWFKHG ( & 3
sections. They are intended to be read with 0$7&+,1*:,7+,13$1(/)$&(EH
the understanding that the more general rules 5XQQLQJ ( & 3

%DODQFH ( & 3
are listed first in the Basic sub-section with 0$7&+,1*%(7:((1$'-$&(173$1(/6EH
the more specific or detailed rules following in 0DQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH ( & 3
other sub-sections. &RPSDWLEOHIRUFRORUDQGJUDLQ ( & 3
:HOOPDWFKHGIRUFRORUDQGJUDLQDQG ( & 3
The concept of “Unless Specified Otherwise”
(1'6(48(1&(DQG%/8(35,170$7&+,1*VKDOOEH
VSHFL¿HG
is a significant aspect of these standards.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQT
When referenced in contract documents,
these standards shall establish the minimum Example: User’s Guide - 005
contractual compliance requirements for Unique to Sections 10 and 11, additional

materials, fabrication, installation, and specific material, fabrication, and installation
workmanship - in the absence of any specific requirements have been provided for
contractual requirement to the contrary. If there casework and/or countertops to be used in a
is a conflict between the contract documents laboratory-type setting. These requirements
and these standards, the contract documents are only applicable if a project’s contract
shall prevail. documents specifically require compliance
As a rule of thumb, unless otherwise noted, to such.
the statements or rules contained within the For further clarification or explanation, call your
General, Product, Installation and Test local Sponsor Association.
portions of each section are equally applicable
to all Grades of work.
&217(176
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
7$%/(
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
2)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7
table of contents
INTRODUCTION SECTION 3 - Lumber
Introductory Statement & Disclaimers ..................................................2 Table of Contents ................................................................................44
Sponsor Associations ...........................................................................3 Introductory Information ......................................................................46
Contributing Association Acknowledgements .......................................6 Compliance Requirements .................................................................58
General ......................................................................................58
USER’S GUIDE
Product.......................................................................................60
Product Advisory ....................................................... Inside Front Cover
SECTION 4 - Sheet Products
AWS Improvement Suggestion Access .....................Inside Back Cover
Table of Contents ................................................................................70
Section Organization ............................................................................8
Introductory Information ......................................................................73
Non-Compliance Portions .....................................................................8
Compliance Requirements .................................................................89

AWS Subdivision ..................................................................................8
General ......................................................................................89
Format Within Each Section ............................................................... 11
Product.......................................................................................90
PREFACE
Architectural Woodwork Standards ....................................................18 SECTION 5 - Finishing
Variations in Natural Wood Products ..................................................19 Table of Contents ..............................................................................108
Moisture and Architectural Woodwork ................................................20 Introductory Information .................................................................... 110
Architectural Woodwork Specifications...............................................20 AWS Finishing Systems ........................................................... 112
Architectural Woodwork Drawings ......................................................21 Compliance Requirements ............................................................... 117
Systems of Measurement ...................................................................22 General .................................................................................... 117
Forest Management Certification........................................................22 Product..................................................................................... 118

Casework Refinishing/Refacing/Refurbishing.....................................22 Tests.........................................................................................125
Warranty/Guarantee Language ..........................................................22

SECTION 6 - Millwork
SECTION 1 - Submittals Table of Contents ..............................................................................128
Table of Contents ................................................................................24 Guide Specifications .........................................................................131
Introductory Information ......................................................................25 Introductory Information ....................................................................132
Compliance Requirements .................................................................27 Compliance Requirements ...............................................................145
General ......................................................................................27 General ....................................................................................145
Product.......................................................................................28 Product.....................................................................................147
Installation ................................................................................160
SECTION 2 - Care & Storage Tests.........................................................................................164
Table of Contents ................................................................................36
Introductory Information ......................................................................37
Compliance Requirements .................................................................41
General ......................................................................................41
Product.......................................................................................41
$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV $:,_$:0$&_:,QG(GLWLRQ2FWREHULQFOXGLQJ(UUDWDWKURXJK$SULO
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7
table of contents
SECTION 7 - Stairwork & Rails SECTION 11 - Countertops
Table of Contents ..............................................................................168 Table of Contents ..............................................................................336
Guide Specifications .........................................................................171 Guide Specifications .........................................................................341
Introductory Information ....................................................................172 Introductory Information ....................................................................342
Compliance Requirements ...............................................................175 Compliance Requirements ...............................................................350
General ....................................................................................175 General ....................................................................................350
Product.....................................................................................176 Product.....................................................................................352
Installation ................................................................................183 Installation ................................................................................364
Tests.........................................................................................187 Tests.........................................................................................370
SECTION 8 - Wall/Ceiling Surfacing and Partitions SECTION 12 - Historic Restoration Work

Table of Contents ..............................................................................190 Table of Contents ..............................................................................374
Guide Specifications .........................................................................194 Guide Specifications .........................................................................376
Introductory Information ....................................................................195 Introductory Information ....................................................................377
Compliance Requirements ...............................................................212 Compliance Requirements ...............................................................379
General ....................................................................................212 General ....................................................................................379
Product.....................................................................................214 Product.....................................................................................380
Installation ................................................................................225 Installation ................................................................................382
Tests.........................................................................................231
APPENDIX
SECTION 9 - Doors Table of Contents ..............................................................................386

Table of Contents ..............................................................................234 Reference Source Directory .............................................................387
Guide Specifications .........................................................................238 Reference Source Listings................................................................388
Introductory Information ....................................................................239 Preservative & Water-Repellent Treatments.....................................390
Compliance Requirements ...............................................................251 Fire-Retardant Coatings ...................................................................390
General ....................................................................................251 Fire Codes ........................................................................................390
Product.....................................................................................254 ADA Requirements ...........................................................................390
Installation ................................................................................270 Rated Fire Door Assemblies .............................................................390
Tests.........................................................................................274 Building Code Requirements ............................................................390
Seismic Fabrication and Installation Requirements ..........................390
SECTION 10 - Casework
Adhesive Guidelines .........................................................................391
Table of Contents ..............................................................................278
Specific Gravity & Weight of Hardwoods ..........................................392
Guide Specifications .........................................................................284
Joinery Details ..................................................................................394
Introductory Information ....................................................................285
SEFA Chemical and Stain Resistance ..............................................396
Compliance Requirements ...............................................................295
Casework Integrity ............................................................................398
General ....................................................................................295
Casework Refinishing/Refacing/Refurbishing Guidelines.................403
Product.....................................................................................301
Fractional/Decimal/Millimeter Conversion Table ...............................404
Installation ................................................................................327
Miscellaneous Conversion Factors ...................................................405
Tests.........................................................................................333
$:,_$:0$&_:,QG(GLWLRQ2FWREHULQFOXGLQJ(UUDWDWKURXJK$SULO $UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7
table of contents
'(6,*1,'($6
Table of Contents ..............................................................................408
Introduction .......................................................................................408
Base and Base Cap Patterns ...........................................................409
Picture Mold Patterns .......................................................................412
Casing Patterns ................................................................................413
Panel Mold Patterns .........................................................................416
Crown Mold Patterns ........................................................................417
Bed Mold Patterns ............................................................................419
Handrail Patterns ..............................................................................420

Chair Rail Patterns............................................................................421
Architectural Ornamentation .............................................................423
Stile & Rail Door Design Examples ..................................................436
Casework Design Examples .............................................................440
Cabinet Design Series (CDS) ...........................................................469
GLOSSARY
INDEX

SECTIONS 1 - 12,the APPENDIXandDESIGN IDEAS
have further detailed Tables of Content..
35()$&(
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
PREFACE
3 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS These standards are not restrictive; they merely These standards provide the minimum criteria for
establish the minimum rules by which all parties the concept, design, fabrication, finishing, and
PURPOSE shall conform. Issues not clearly defined in the installation of architectural woodwork.
Provide design professionals with logical and contract documents or in these standards will be Provisions for mechanical and electrical safety
simple means to comprehensively specify resolved by selection, fabrication, finishing, and/ have not been included. References to life-safety
elements of architectural woodwork for use in or installation at the option of the manufacturer or requirements are included for information only.
climate controlled environments. installer.
Governmental agencies or other national
Provide compliance criteria to ensure that FIRST-CLASS WORKMANSHIP standards-setting organizations provide the
manufacturers/installers bidding on a project It is intended that architectural woodwork specified standards for life-safety requirements.
compete on an equal basis and are obligated to to meet these standards will conform to “First-
perform work of equal quality. Class Workmanship” as defined within these Illustrations are intended to assist in
standards and the glossary. understanding these standards and might not
Provide industry information, terminology, and test

include all requirements for a specific product
criteria to properly determine compliance. DEFAULT STIPULATION or unit, nor do they show the only method of
When these standards are referenced as a part of fabrication. Such partial drawings shall not be
OVERVIEW the contract documents and no Grade is specified, used to justify improper or incomplete design and/
These standards are based on three Grades of Custom Grade will be the default stipulation. In or construction.
quality that may be mixed within a single project. the absence of material specifications, it will be
Limitless design possibilities and a wide variety of the manufacturer’s option to select materials APPENDIX
lumber and veneer species, along with overlays, suitable for opaque finish. Is provided as additional resources to
high-pressure decorative laminates, factory
finishes, and profiles are available in all three EXCEPTION
the manufacturer, design professional,
educator, user, or certifying organization
a
Grades. These standards are a guide from which the and is only part of these standards
design professional is free to deviate. when referenced. For your convenience where
ECONOMY GRADE defines the minimum referenced it is flagged by the following icon:
quality requirements for a project’s When the design professional, as part of the
workmanship, materials, or installation and contract documents, deviates from these DESIGN IDEAS

is typically reserved for woodwork that is not standards, the contract document takes Are provided as additional resources to
in public view, such as in mechanical rooms
and utility areas.
precedence over the Standards. Such deviations
cannot be adjudicated using the Standards as a
the design professional, educator, or user.
For your convenience where referenced it
di
basis. is flagged by the following icon:
CUSTOM GRADE is typically specified for
and adequately covers most high-quality
These standards are intended for typical CITATIONS and QUOTES
architectural woodwork, providing a well-
commercial, institutional and/or residential Other industry standards, neither developed nor
defined degree of control over a project’s
applications and environments and might published by the Sponsor Associations, are used
quality of materials, workmanship, or
not perform as expected in abusive or other within the Architectural Woodwork Standards. The
installation.
environments where special design considerations reference to and usage of is not a validation of
PREMIUM GRADE is selectively used should be taken. these citations and quotations outside the context
in the most visible and high-profile areas of the AWS. Only when these citations and partial
of a project, such as reception counters, DISCLAIMERS quotations are applied in concert with all other
boardrooms, and executive areas, providing The sponsors of these standards shall not be related provisions of this Architectural Woodwork
the highest level of quality in materials, responsible to anyone for the use of or reliance Standard are these citations and partial quotations
workmanship, or installation. upon these standards. recognized for application to architectural
woodwork.
These standards cannot address every The sponsors of these standards shall not incur
contingency; however, this document is the any obligation nor liability for damages, including CONFLICT
most comprehensive architectural woodworking consequential damages, arising out of or in If found in these standards, it shall be brought to
standard available. connection with the use, interpretation of, or the attention of the Joint Standards Committee
reliance upon these standards. (JSC) by way of the AWS Improvement
When these standards are referenced, the client Suggestion Form (for which access is referenced
is protected, and the manufacturer/installer has a on the inside back cover) and until specifically
clear direction for what is required. addressed, the least restrictive requirement shall
prevail.
PREFACE
IMPROVEMENT IMPORTANT PRODUCT ADVISORY Architectural woodwork products should be 3

The Sponsor Associations encourage your REGARDING DIMENSIONAL CHANGE manufactured as designed from wood that has
suggestions for changes, revisions, and/ PROBLEMS IN ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK been dried to an appropriate average moisture
or improvements to these standards. Access content and maintained at this condition up to the
reference to the AWS Improvement Suggestion This advisory concerns prevention of dimensional time of delivery. Subsequent dimensional change
Form can be found on the inside back cover or problems in architectural woodwork products in wood is and always has been an inherent
on each of the Sponsor Associations’ websites as the result of uncontrolled relative humidity. It natural property of wood. These changes cannot
(www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www. is further intended as a reminder of the natural be the responsibility of the manufacturer or
woodworkinstitute.com). Simply follow the form’s dimensional properties of wood and wood-based SURGXFWVPDGHIURPLW6SHFL¿FDOO\
products such as plywood, particleboard, and high
instructions. Responsibility for dimensional change
pressure decorative laminate (HPDL) and of the
problems in wood products resulting from
routine and necessary care and responsibilities
TOLERANCES design rests with the designer/architect/
which must be assumed by those involved.
The tolerances found within the AWS fall into two specifier.

categories in Sections 6 – 11:
For centuries, wood has served as a successful
Responsibility for dimensional change
material for architectural woodwork, and as
Factory fabricated joinery, assembly and problems in wood products resulting from
history has shown wood products perform with
construction - found in the Product portion improper relative humidity exposure during
complete satisfaction when correctly designed
and used. Problems directly or indirectly site storage and installation rests with the
Field installation joinery and assembly - general contractor.
found in the Installation portion attributed to dimensional change of the wood
are usually, in fact, the result of faulty design, or
Responsibility for dimensional change
Specific locations where the tolerances apply are improper humidity conditions during site storage,
problems in wood products resulting from
found in the Tests portion of each Section. installation, or use.
humidity extremes after occupancy rests
Wood is a hygroscopic material, and under with engineering and maintenance.
Most fabrication and installation assemblies
include solid wood to solid wood joints, solid wood normal use and conditions all wood products
VARIATIONS IN NATURAL WOOD PRODUCTS
contain some moisture. Wood readily exchanges
to wood veneer joints, solid wood to wood based
this molecular moisture with the water vapor Wood is a natural material with variations in
products (HPDL, LPDL, Solid Phenolic and panel
in the surrounding atmosphere according to

products), solid wood to non-wood based products color, texture, and figure. These variations are
the existing relative humidity. In high humidity,
(which can be drywall, glass, metal, stone, influenced by the natural growing process and are
wood picks up moisture and swells. In low
acrylics, and other surfaces), and non-wood to uncontrollable by the manufacturer.
humidity, wood releases moisture and shrinks.
non-wood joints. $VQRUPDOPLQRUÀXFWXDWLRQVLQKXPLGLW\RFFXU
The color of wood within a tree varies between
the resulting dimensional response in properly
Tolerances found in the AWS include: the “sapwood” (the outer layers of the tree that
GHVLJQHGFRQVWUXFWLRQZLOOEHLQVLJQL¿FDQW7R
Flatness of wood based panel products reduce humidity related problems, the appropriate continue to transport sap), which is usually lighter
recommendations from Section 2 of the AWS in color, and the “heartwood” (the inner layers in
Solid wood to solid wood joints and which the cells have become filled with natural
should be considered. Uncontrolled extremes can
assemblies deposits).
likely cause problems.
Solid wood to wood veneer joints and
assemblies Oxidation is a reaction of acids in wood (e.g., Various species, veneer cuts, and/or lumber
tannic acid), with iron, oxygen, and moisture, milling options produce different grain patterns
Wood veneer to wood veneer joints and
whether this be relative humidity or direct (figures) which influence the selection process.
assemblies
moisture. Control of moisture is a simple way to There will be variations of grain patterns within
Solid wood to wood based product joints and protect wood products from stains as a result of any selected species.
assemblies oxidation.
Solid surface to solid surface joints and The manufacturer cannot select solid lumber
assemblies Together with proper design, fabrication, and cuttings within a species by grain and color in the
installation, humidity control is obviously the same manner in which veneers might be selected.
Because of the differences of expansion and important factor in preventing dimensional change
contraction of non-wood products compared to problems. Color, texture, and grain variations may occur in
solid wood and wood based products, the AWS architectural woodworking.
does not apply tolerances regarding flatness or
joinery to these non-wood based products.
PREFACE
3 MOISTURE AND ARCHITECTURAL To reduce the risk of moisture damage, the U.S. Requiring compliance to Example A AND
WOODWORK Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, Forest Example B means that the end result will
Products Laboratory recommends in their General be in full compliance with both.
The moisture content of wood is crucial. If wood Technical Report 113 that: Requiring compliance to Example A OR
is not properly dried and/or seasoned, the best
Large assemblies, such as ornamental Example B means that compliance to
of workmanship cannot prevent moisture-related
beams, cornices, newel posts, stair stringers, either is acceptable.
defects such as surface checks, cracking, bowing,
and handrails, should be built up from
twisting, and glue-line failure that might occur Enforce your contract documents and
comparatively small pieces.
during production and afterward. In severe cases, their intent; however, be open-minded
a product can even be destroyed; unfortunately, to proposed changes and cost savings.
Wide door and window casing and base
most moisture defects are irreversible. Materials and their availability are in
molding should be hollow-backed.
constant flux; therefore, listen and be open
Wood is a hygroscopic material, expanding when
it takes on moisture, shrinking when it loses Backband trim, if mitered at the corners, to change when it does not affect your
design intent.

moisture. How much moisture will be absorbed or should be glued and splined before erection.
how fast lumber will dry depends upon the present Pre-qualify your bidders to ensure their
moisture content of the wood, the wood species, Large solid pieces, such as wood stile performance ability. Seek out and take
the relative humidity, and the temperature of the and rail paneling, should be designed and advantage of our industry’s knowledge and
surrounding air. The drying process of lumber has installed so that the panels are free to experience.
to be slow enough to avoid stress between the move across the grain. Narrow widths are
preferable. Guide specifications for some and/or all
surface and the core because too much stress
of the AWS Product Sections are offered by
results in surface checks, cracks, split ends, and
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK the Sponsor Associations on an individual
other drying effects.
SPECIFICATION GUIDELINES association basis:
If wet and dry pieces of wood are placed in an
The ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
area, they will absorb or lose moisture until all Specifications, along with the architectural
INSTITUTE (AWI) offers an online
pieces have the same final moisture content drawings, are the road map for a project’s
specification writing guide tool –
(Equilibrium Moisture Content or EMC). For success. Use of these standards will greatly
AWI Build-a Spec to provide design
instance, if you make furniture, cabinets, picture reduce the text of your specifications and their
professionals and specification writers

frames, or clocks for inside a home, an office, development time. They eliminate the need to
with the ability to author architectural
or other heated live-in area, all wooden parts worry about every fabrication and material detail.
woodwork specifications that are
will eventually dry to approximately 6-12% wood
complete and accurate in reference to
moisture (extreme climate zones might have Budget constraints should be
the Architectural Woodwork Standards.
slightly higher or lower values). communicated up front so that all parties
Building a specification that reflects the
can work together toward a successful
For lasting quality and beauty, use only wood with exact project has never been easier and
resolution.
a moisture content between 6-12%. Moisture- empowers the author to leverage their
related defects might occur if only one piece Requirements for each GRADE are specification with the full power of the
has a higher or lower moisture content than specifically defined within these standards; AWS. This allows upfront clarification of
6-12%. Without control of the moisture content, however, VSHFLDOUHTXLUHPHQWV or design intent while generating enforceable
occurrences of moisture related defects increases XQXVXDODSSOLFDWLRQV will need to be Architectural Woodwork specifications.
dramatically. noted. This is not meant to compete with other
Many manufacturers reduce the occurrences of Compliance programs, which all Sponsor specification writing tools, but rather
moisture problems by buying only kiln-dried wood. Associations offer, are cost-effective and supplement them with an enhanced
Kiln-dried wood should have a moisture content help enforce your contract documents. They application of detailed fine woodworking
between 6-12%. Even though the wood might be ensure the performance and compliance standards.
dried properly when it leaves the dry kiln, it can of your architectural woodwork project’s This specification writing guide tool can
change in moisture content during manufacturing, contract documents. With some, written be found at www.awinet.org
transportation, or storage. Manufacturers might status reports are issued during the project’s
inadvertently further complicate the problem by progression, affording you timely notification
assembling a project with materials that have of noncompliant findings.
dissimilar moisture contents. Avoid conflict in your specifications that
might allow for interpretation other than what
was envisioned. Use of certain words can
make a big difference:
PREFACE
The ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK DRAWINGS - Shelf location and whether fixed or 3
MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION OF GUIDELINES adjustable.
CANADA (AWMAC) offers Construction Material and load capacity required.
Specifications Canada (CSC) / Devis For design professionals, the proper use of these
de Construction Canada (DCC) Master standards will greatly reduce drafting time. It is not Type of countertop.
Formatted, guide specifications in digital, necessary to produce standard joinery details on
interactive, Word file formats .doc (Word your drawings. Requirements for each GRADE STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM
2003) and .docx (Word 2007). are defined throughout these standards; however, Elevations should indicate the placement of
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS or UNUSUAL standing and running trim, including cross
Included in the guide specifications is section details along with overall dimensions
APPLICATIONS need to be noted and detailed.
wording for AWMAC’s national quality should be shown for all trim types. If a finish
control program, the Guarantee and schedule is used in lieu of elevations, it should be
CASEWORK AND COUNTERTOPS:
Inspection Service (GIS) which is comprehensive enough to clearly indicate all of
Indicate the CONSTRUCTION TYPE desired:
administered locally in Canada by the above.

AWMAC’s chapters. FRAMELESS construction.
The Master Format sections covered by ARCHITECTURAL WALL AND CEILING
FACE FRAME construction (not
the guide specifications are: SURFACING
recommended for decorative laminate faced
Elevations should indicate the placement of
064100 Architectural Wood Casework or solid phenolic casework, and standards
architectural wall surfacing, including each panel
are not provided for such).
064200 Wood Paneling size, along with edge, corner, reveal, ceiling, and
These standards define the following basic base treatments.
064600 Wood Trim
casework CONSTRUCTION TYPES:
081400 Wood Doors Door and/or other woodwork matching should be
123553 Laboratory Casework Wood Faced - FRAMELESS so indicated. Reveals, dimensions and locations
should be as specified; however, a minimum of
Downloads are available at: http://www. Wood Faced - FACE FRAME
1/4” (6.4 mm) wide reveal is recommended. If
awmac.com/aws-guide-specifications Decorative Laminate Faced - FRAMELESS a finish schedule is used in lieu of elevations, it
Solid Phenolic Constructed - FRAMELESS should clearly indicate all of the above.
The WOODWORK INSTITUTE (WI) offers

CSI (Construction Specifications Institute)
Casework elevations are not necessary if the DOORS
Master Formatted, guide specifications
CASEWORK DESIGN SERIES (CDS) numbers, Include a comprehensive door and hardware
in digital, interactive, Word and plain text
which can be found in DESIGN IDEAs schedule indicating the location, type, size, and
formats. Word file formats include .rtf (rich
text format), .doc (Word 2003) and .docx are utilized; however, a floor plan
indicating each design number selection
di handling of each door, along with applicable
requirements for:
(Word 2007). Specifically, WI offers guide
specifications, including CCP, MCP and and relative dimensions is required. Pair and/or transom matching
CSIP quality control options, for: Room and/or panel matching
When casework elevations are shown, they
Wood Standing and Running Trim should indicate: Transom panel or Dutch door edge and/or
Wall Paneling The basic overall dimensions. shelf treatment
Wood Passage Doors Dimensions of items required to be of Special core blocking
Casework, including Green and predetermined or controlled size. Glass and louver cutouts
Laboratory Dimensions required for installation of items Undercut tolerances
Countertops of equipment.
Flame spread, acoustical, x-ray, and/or other
Downloads are available at: http://www. Whether sliding or hinged doors are desired, ratings/requirements
woodworkinstitute.com/publications/ including swing if hinged.
Hardware
aws_guide_specs.asp. Thickness of cabinet doors if other than
nominal 3/4” (19 mm) is required. Include elevations of typical door types to indicate
If and where locks are required. glass and louver cutout sizes and locations.
Required details not shown in these

standards or those that involve installation of
unusual equipment.
PREFACE
3 SYSTEMS OF MEASUREMENT Global consensus has not been reached CAUTION: You might use the following language
regarding the scope and viability for as a starting point; however, the sponsors of
These standards are written with the U.S. any single system of certification to be these standards assume no liability whatsoever
Customary System of Measurement followed by appropriate for all locations and conditions. from its use. It is advised that warranty language
the metric system in brackets. Efforts are being made to develop an be reviewed by competent counsel for the state or
international framework of mutual recognition province in which it is intended.
The system of measurement used in the original between credible and market-oriented Architectural woodwork is guaranteed to be of
design of a project’s architectural drawings will sustainable forest management standards good material and workmanship and free from
dictate which system of measurement within these and certification systems. defects that render it unserviceable for the use for
standards is used for verification of compliance. which it is intended. Natural variations in the color
The development of a mutual recognition process
or texture of the wood are not to be considered
should ensure that these various certification or
The metric number is typically a “soft” conversion defects. The quality of architectural woodwork
verification systems:
of the U.S. Customary System of measurement. is safeguarded while it is in the manufacturer’s
In order to make the metric number more Do not discriminate against different forest

possession. To be protected by this guarantee,
conceptually coherent and consistent, most types. products must not be stored in damp warehouses
conversions for less than 3” (76 mm) in dimension Should be regularly reviewed and or placed in moist or freshly plastered buildings.
are “soft” converted to the nearest 0.1 mm; for updated. The woodwork must not be subjected to abnormal
measurements above 3” (76 mm), the “soft” value heat or dryness. Permanent-type heat and air
is converted to the nearest 1 mm. Should be transparent. conditioning must be in operation a sufficient
Should be cost-effective. length of time to “cure” the building before any
Exceptions to this convention will occur as, for woodwork or doors are delivered to the site.
example, 1220 mm is commonly used for 48”, as We strongly endorse the development of a mutual (Temporary-type heat sources might either add
opposed to 1219 mm. recognition system and support any and all excessive moisture or create excessive dryness,
efforts that will further enhance management of depending upon the type of fuel. Thus, temporary
FOREST MANAGEMENT CERTIFICATION: the world’s forests and the growth of global and heating can be a source of woodwork problems
sustainable trade in wood products. and should be avoided).
The Sponsor Associations acknowledge and
have adopted the International Wood Products CASEWORK REFINISHING/REFACING/ Adhere to the requirements in Section 2 for range

Association’s (IWPA) Statement on Certification as REFURBISHING and maintenance of relative humidity. Acclimatize
modified below. delivered woodwork to the job site for a minimum
We acknowledge the interest in certified Is typically required to be done in the field and of 72 hours before installation.
timber products and verification of good is not covered by these standards;
forest management. however, guidelines can be found in the
APPENDIX.
a Woodwork must be inspected upon arrival, and all
A number of certification and verification claims or complaints must be filed before painters’
systems are in operation or in development finish is applied. Doors must be properly sealed
WARRANTY/GUARANTEE LANGUAGE on all surfaces, including top and bottom edges, to
today, and we make no judgment against or
endorsement of any single plan. prevent absorption of moisture. The manufacturer
There have been repeated requests for “industry
will not be responsible for defects resulting from
Certification can serve as an audit of work standard” warranty or guarantee language, both
neglect of these precautions.
already being done toward improved forest on the part of design professionals and woodwork
management. An absence of certification, manufacturers. It is not the purpose or intent of
The manufacturer agrees, within a period
however, does not mean there is a lack of this publication to give legal advice with regard to
of (insert year) year(s) after delivery date,
quality forest management. warranties. Such language varies from governing
to repair or replace (in the white, unfinished,
body to governing body.
We wish to recognize the efforts that many if so furnished originally) without charge any
countries and companies are making with woodwork that is defective within the meaning
regard to improved forest management of this guarantee. The manufacturer does not
practices. Further, we strongly endorse the agree to be responsible for any work that was not
right of individual countries and companies originally performed by them. The manufacturer
that become involved with certification or (insert does or does not) agree to pay charges
the verification of forest management to for finishing or installing replaced woodwork. This
pursue the development of their own internal guarantee is not effective if goods are repaired or
auditing system or the selection of one that replaced without first obtaining the manufacturer’s
is already established. written consent.
68%0,77$/6
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION1
Submittals
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Section Rules...........................................................................30
Section 6 ...........................................................................30
Introduction ...........................................................................................25
Listing .........................................................................30
What to Expect......................................................................................25
Drawings.....................................................................30
Purpose.................................................................................................25
Section 7 ...........................................................................30
Level of Detail .......................................................................................25
Listing .........................................................................30
Approvals ..............................................................................................25
Drawings.....................................................................30
Scheduling ............................................................................................25
Section 8 ...........................................................................31
The Process ..........................................................................................25
Listing .........................................................................31
Specify Requirements For ....................................................................26
Drawings.....................................................................31

Recommendations ................................................................................26
Section 9 ...........................................................................31
Listing .........................................................................31
Drawings.....................................................................31
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS Section 10 .........................................................................32
Listing .........................................................................32
GENERAL
Drawings.....................................................................32
Basic Considerations......................................................................27
Section 11..........................................................................32
Grades .....................................................................................27
Listing .........................................................................32
Range of Color.........................................................................27
Drawings.....................................................................32
Industry Practices ....................................................................27
Section 12 .........................................................................33

Submittals .........................................................................27
Listing .........................................................................33
Compliance .......................................................................27
Drawings.....................................................................33
PRODUCT Samples and Mock-ups ..............................................33
Scope .............................................................................................28
Default Stipulation ..........................................................................28
Rules ..............................................................................................28
Errata .......................................................................................28
Basic Rules ..............................................................................28
Submittals .........................................................................28
Rules .................................................................................28
Drawing Sheets .................................................................28
Cover or Title Sheet ..........................................................28
Material List .......................................................................29
Drawings ...........................................................................29
Samples ............................................................................29
Mock-ups...........................................................................29
First Class Workmanship ..................................................29
SECTION1
Submittals
introductory information
INTRODUCTION LEVEL OF DETAIL to the information given and the design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents.
Section 1 begins the Architectural Woodwork The level of detail required on shop drawings
Standards. At the beginning of every woodwork is established by the complexity of the project. The four common levels of approval are:
project is the submittal stage. This section deals 7KHVSHFL¿HULVDWOLEHUW\WRVSHFLI\DQ\OHYHO
of detail as a requirement of the project and of Approved
with the various items that are the foundation
of every project – Shop Drawings, Approvals, the contract documents. It should be noted that Approved As Noted
Samples and Scheduling. Each of the Product UHTXLUHPHQWVIRUORFDOFRGHVDQGXWLOL]DWLRQRI¿UH
Revise and Resubmit
Sections (6 through 12) have criteria pertaining to retardant wood products is to be researched and
WKHLUVSHFL¿FSURGXFWV directed by the design professional and are not the Rejected
responsibility of the manufacturer. Approvals are generally indicated by a stamp
Quality assurance can be achieved by adherence on the cover sheet of the shop drawings. When
to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality What constitutes the minimum expectation for a selecting “Approved As Noted” rather than “Revise
SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOL¿HG set of shop drawings is not simple, since there are and Resubmit,” the design professional can

6SRQVRU0HPEHU¿UPWRSURYLGH\RXUZRRGZRUN many variables as to the complexity, quality and often save weeks of production time provided the
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding W\SHRIZRUNEHLQJVSHFL¿HG concept and all changes are clearly marked on the
of the quality level required. Illustrations in this drawings.
Section are not intended to be all inclusive, other APPROVALS
engineered solutions may be acceptable. In the SCHEDULING
For the design professional, the approval stage
DEVHQFHRIVSHFL¿FDWLRQVPHWKRGVRIIDEULFDWLRQ
provides an opportunity, prior to fabrication, Most projects are encumbered by a tight
are the manufacturer’s choice. The design
to review the manufacturer’s proposed shop SURGXFWLRQVFKHGXOHHVSHFLDOO\IRUWKH¿QLVK
professional, by specifying compliance to the AWS
drawings. Shop drawings, however, are not an trades such as woodworking, painting, carpeting
increases the probability of receiving the product
H[WHQVLRQRIWKHGHVLJQGHYHORSPHQWSURFHVV and wall coverings. Prompt review of shop
quality expected.
therefore, changes by either party of intent or drawings and accurate coordination of multiple
concept made during shop drawing review may trades can save weeks of time and eliminate
WHAT TO EXPECT
result in a change of cost and/or time. problems before construction begins.
The key to achieving a detailed and useful During the review process the design professional
set of shop drawings is concise and continual The design professional should work with the

should consider the following:
communication between design professional and manufacturer through the contractor to determine
manufacturer. Unless noted otherwise, two copies are the maximum “approval-to-fabrication” timeline
necessary for checking purposes. After needed to keep the job on schedule (e.g., “Shop
The manufacturer shall submit samples, product being reviewed, one marked copy should be drawings must be returned approved to fabricate
GDWDDQGVKRSGUDZLQJVRIVXI¿FLHQWGHWDLODQG returned to the contractor or manufacturer. seven (7) days after submittal”).
scale to demonstrate compliance with the AWS
*UDGHVSHFL¿HG Those charged with review of shop drawings Schedules vs Drawings - In some cases shop
should be familiar with woodwork fabrication, drawings are not required to communicate the
PURPOSE and have an understanding or working necessary quality, type, quantity and details of
knowledge of the referenced standards as an item. Tabular schedules are used instead,
Shop drawings are the means by which the well as design concept. generally for such items as doors, frames, stock
design concept is turned into reality, serving as factory cabinets, closet shelves, and furniture
the primary instructions for woodwork engineering Deviations from the contract documents are items.
and fabrication, and as a guide for other trades. As often recommendations for improvement,
the primary communication among manufacturer, and not necessarily a criticism of design. It is THE PROCESS
general contractor and design professional, as wrong for a reviewer to arbitrarily stamp
shop drawings serve a valuable coordinating “Revise and Resubmit” on a shop drawing It is the responsibility of the contractor to
function. Shop drawings should indicate methods that proposes a change, as it is wrong to coordinate the manufacturer’s shop drawings with
of construction, exact material selections, automatically accept shop drawings because work of all other trades and to ensure that hold-to/
¿QLVKHVPHWKRGRIDWWDFKPHQWDQGMRLQHU\H[DFW they contain duplicates of the original plans. guaranteed dimensions are actually enforced.
dimensions and should include the manufacturer’s
technical suggestions. For the manufacturer, shop drawings are It is the responsibility of the design professional
drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data or contractor, depending on contract relationships,
VSHFL¿FDOO\SUHSDUHGWRLOOXVWUDWHWKHLUSRUWLRQRI to communicate design and field changes to all
the work. Their purpose is to demonstrate the way parties so that if dimensions are changed, each
by which the manufacturer proposes to conform subcontractor can be held responsible for their
work.
SECTION1
Submittals
SPECIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR RECOMMENDATIONS
MOCK-UPS That only TWO SETS of shop drawings are

HARDWARE SAMPLES required to be submitted for initial design
professional review.
MOLDING SAMPLES
If the review is Approved or Approved
Unless a catalog item, samples are as Noted, the design professional keeps
typically not furnished until full-size one copy, and a marked set is returned
details (in the shop drawings) have been to the manufacturer with a request for the
approved. required number of final copies.
),1,6+6$03/(6 If the review is not Approved or Approved
Design professionaL shall provide a as Noted, the design professional returns

sample (suggested minimum of 5” x one set requesting correction and
8” {122 mm x 196 mm}) indicating the resubmittal. The other set is kept by the
desired color, sheen and/or transparency design professional to check against the
as applicable. resubmittal.
SECTION1
Submittals
compliance requirements GENERAL/PRODUCT
Includes: Shop Drawings, Profile and Veneer Flitch

Samples, Finish Samples, Hardware Samples

1.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS
1 GRADES
1.1 1RQHVKRSGUDZLQJUHTXLUHPHQWVDUHWKHVDPHIRUDOO
architectural woodwork projects regardless of Grade specified.
2 RANGE OF COLOR shall be expected on finished wood

products due to variance in wood color within the same species
and even within the same log.

3 INDUSTRY PRACTICES
3.1 68%0,77$/6 are submitted to the contractor, design

professional, and/or owner for review prior to fabrication, and:
3.1.1 Are the property of the manufacturer, and the manufacturer

is not responsible for errors caused by their unauthorized
use by others.
3.1.2 The manufacturer is encouraged to make technical

suggestions and raise questions based upon working
H[SHULHQFHKRZHYHU
3.1.2.1 Changes incorporated within shop drawings, in

themselves, are not a request for approval.
3.1.2.2 Changes to material or design must be specifically

identified in separate written documentation within
the submittal package, requesting approval of the
suggested changes.
3.1.2.2.1 Means and methods such as joinery details are not

considered material changes.
3.2 RESPONSIBILITY OF:
3.2.1 CODE/REGULATION research, and compliance direction

is that of the design professional, not of the manufacturer
and/or installer.
3.2.2 COORDINATION of manufacturer’s shop drawing with

work of all other trades and assurance that hold-to/
guaranteed dimensions are actually enforced is that of the
general contractor, not of the manufacturer and/or installer.
3.2.3 COMMUNICATION of design and field changes to

all parties so that if dimensions are changed, each
subcontractor can be held responsible for their work, is
that of the design professional or contractor, depending on
contract relationships.
SECTION1
Submittals
GENERAL/PRODUCT compliance requirements
SCOPE
1.4.4 Basic Rules
1 All materials and products covered under the scope of these
standards. SFrom previous column
4 &29(5 or TITLE SHEET is required and shall include as applicable:
DEFAULT STIPULATION
4 Project name and address.
1 Not used or applicable for this section. 'HVLJQSURIHVVLRQDO¿UPDQGFRQWDFWLQIRUPDWLRQLQFOXGLQJSKRQH
4
fax and email.
RULES
&RQWUDFWRU¿UPDQGFRQWDFWLQIRUPDWLRQLQFOXGLQJSKRQHID[DQG
4
1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract email.
documents require otherwise. 0DQXIDFWXUHU¿UPDQGFRQWDFWLQIRUPDWLRQLQFOXGLQJSKRQHID[DQG
4
email.
2 These rules are intended to provide a well-defined degree of

4 ,QVWDOOHU¿UPDQGFRQWDFWLQIRUPDWLRQLQFOXGLQJSKRQHID[DQGHPDLO
control over a project’s quality of submittals.
4 )LQLVKHU¿UPDQGFRQWDFWLQIRUPDWLRQLQFOXGLQJSKRQHID[DQGHPDLO
3 (55$7$, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites 4 AWS Grade requirement if same throughout, or:
at www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com,
If multiple grades apply Cover or Title Sheet shall indicate the
VKDOOWDNHSUHFHGHQFHRYHUWKHVHUXOHV, subject to
4 7 1 applicable Grades and scope, and the drawings shall individually
their date of posting and a project’s bid date.
indicate which Grade.
A Table of Contents listing all items in the woodworker’s submittal
4
1.4.4 Basic Rules package including:
4 1 Number and title of each shop drawing page.
1 SUBMITTALS shall:
4 2 Names of material, hardware, etc. lists.
Be submitted to the contractor, design professional, and/or owner for
1 1 4 3 'HVFULSWLRQRI¿QLVKVDPSOHVVXSSOLHG
review prior to fabrication, and:
1 2 If applicable, note project phasing on shop drawings. Description of substitution and/or change requests, which shall be
4 4

itemized separately from the shop drawings, and shall:
1 3 %HVSHFL¿FDOO\FUHDWHGLOOXVWUDWLQJWKHSURMHFWUHTXLUHPHQWV
Be submitted as soon as possible, and no later than the time of
Allow reuse of a portion of the Contract Documents in the creation 4 4 1
1 4 of shop drawings if permitted by the design professional prior to the
shop drawing submittal.
original shop drawing submittal, and: 4 4 2 Include the reason for the request.
1 4 1 Copies with notations are not acceptable. Include a comparison of the requested product or design to that
4 4 3 VSHFL¿HGRUVKRZQLQFOXGLQJWHFKQLFDOGDWDIURPWKHSURGXFW
1 4 2 Be in compliance with the following rules.
manufacturers and/or detailed drawings as applicable.
2 RULES shall apply to all Grades equally. Include a statement of the cost impact and possible impact to
4 4 4
other trades.
3 DRAWING SHEETS shall: 4 4 5 Include a statement of possible schedule impact.
3 1 Be of size required to convey design concept. When contract documents are in variance to these standards, a
4 5 listing of all variant items with reference to the contract document
3 2 A minimum of 11” x 17” (279 x 432 mm), except:
and the AWS citation.
3 2 1 Door submittals may be a minimum 8.5” x 11” (216 x 279 mm).
Continues next column T
3 3 Numbered.
3 4 Dated.
Be electronic submittals if requested and/or approved by the design
3 5
professional, and:
3 5 1 Are in Portable Document Format (PDF) only.
SECTION1
Submittals
1.4.4 Basic Rules 1.4.4 Basic Rules

SFrom previous column SFrom previous column
5 MATERIAL LIST shall include as applicable: 6 DRAWINGS (continued)
Items to be used for exposed, semi-exposed, and/or concealed Internal blocking, where required, for woodwork installation, showing
5 6 2
surfaces, including: center line height or horizontal location and materials, for:
5 1 1 /XPEHUVSHFLHVDQGFXWIRUWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKKRZHYHU Side or back wall runs of all countertops not otherwise supported
6 2 1
Cut is not relevant for items exposed on several sides such as by casework or support brackets.
5 1 1 1
turnings, railings, and some moldings. 6 2 2 Wall or ceiling applied surfacing and/or standing and running trim.
Veneer species, cut, leaf match/balance, panel match, and room 6 2 3 Wall mounted shelf standards.
5 1 2
PDWFKIRUWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKDQG 6 2 4 Door and window frames.

5 1 2 1 ,IVSHFL¿HGÀLWFKQXPEHUDQGVXSSOLHU Wood or wood product blocking is required where nails are
6 2 5
5 1 3 /XPEHUDQGYHQHHUVSHFLHVRQO\IRURSDTXH¿QLVK allowed for woodwork attachment.
Panel core type and thickness with any special compliance 6 2 6 Casework by a standard convention such as:
5 1 4
requirements, such as: Center Line
xx”
xx”
xx”
5 1 4 1 Moisture resistant.
5 1 4 2 Fire retardant.
NAUF (No Added Urea Formaldehyde) or ULEF (Ultra Low
5 1 4 3 xx”
Emitting Formaldehyde). xx”
xx”
5 1 4 4 CARB (California Air Resources Board).
5 1 5 Laminates, including applicable NEMA grade and thickness. xx”
5 1 6 Solid phenolic core.

5 1 7 Solid surface.

xx”
5 1 8 Speciality work, such as metal, glass, fabric, etc.
5 1 9 All adhesive types being used, including:
Where they are being used and indication of the adhesive type 7 SAMPLES, if required, for:
5 1 9 1
used at detail drawings. HARDWARE shall include one sample of each decorative and
7 1
+DUGZDUHH[FHSWIDVWHQHUVZLWKPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VVSHFL¿FDWLRQ functional hardware item.
5 1 10
sheet. 7 2 FINISHING shall:
Finishing requirements, including AWS System number, sheen Be a minimum of 12” x 12” (304 mm x 304 mm) for panel prod-
5 1 11 7 2 1
and required application steps. ucts.
Be as wide as practical if on lumber by a minimum of 12” (304
6 DRAWINGS shall show: 7 2 2
mm) in length.
Each item of woodwork in plan, elevation and section as needed to 7 2 3 Be on material representative of that to be used for the project.
6 1 clearly indicate what is provided, its location, and its method(s) of
Bear a label identifying the date, job name, the design profes-
construction and attachment, and: 7 2 4 sional, the contractor, the manufacturer, the finisher and the finish
Provide a reference plan drawn in minimum 1/4” = 1’-0” (1:50) system name and number and steps used.
6 1 1
scale showing location(s) of all work to be provided. At Transparent finish, require a minimum of three (3) sets, bound
Plan and elevation views shall be drawn in minimum 3/8” = 1’-0” 7 2 5 together, of three (3) samples each, indicating the range of color
6 1 2
(1:20) scale. and grain to be expected for each finish selection.
Detailed section views shall be drawn in minimum 1-1/2” = 1’-0” At Opaque finish, require a minimum of three (3) samples for each
6 1 3 7 2 6
(1:10) scale as required within each product section below. color selection.
%HVXI¿FLHQWLQGHWDLOVFDOHPLQLPXP´ ¶´VFDOHWR
6 1 4
clearly indicate unique features in construction. 8 MOCK-UPS shall be provided as required by contract documents.

FIRST-CLASS WORKMANSHIP is required in compliance with these
9
standards.
SECTION1
Submittals
1.4.5 Section 6 - 12 Rules 1.4.5 Section 6 - 12 Rules

1 SECTION 6 - MILLWORK:
SFrom previous column
1 1 LISTING requirements shall additionally include:
1 SECTION 6 (continued)
Related material requirements and specifications, and if 1 2 DRAWINGS (continued)
1 1 1
applicable:
1 2 6 DETAILED SECTIONS, minimum 1-1/2” = 1’-0” (1:10) scale, of:
1 1 1 1 Wood treatments.
1 2 6 1 Corners, inside and outside.
1 1 1 2 Adhesive.
1 2 6 2 Joints within the woodwork item.
1 1 2 Trim schedule for each room or area, including as applicable:
1 2 6 3 Joints between the woodwork item and other trim.
1 1 2 1 Detail section reference.
1 2 6 4 Woodwork item meeting features provided by other trades.
1 1 2 2 Blocking requirements.
1 2 6 5 Attachment.

Column, pilaster, cornice, finial, and/or pediment for each location,
1 1 3 1 2 6 6 Relationships to adjacent trim members or features.
including:
1 1 3 1 Opening number.
2 SECTION 7 - STAIRWORK & RAILS:
1 1 3 2 Location.
LISTING requirements shall additionally include related material
1 1 3 3 Elevation reference. 2 1
requirements and specifications.
1 1 3 4 Section reference.
2 2 DRAWINGS requirements shall additionally include as applicable:
Frame, sash, screen, blind, and/or shutter schedule for each room Professional Engineer seals if required of the manufacturer in the
1 1 4
or area, including as applicable: 2 2 1
contract documents.
1 1 4 1 Opening number and location.
2 2 2 Rails and trim members, shown in full-size profile.
1 1 4 2 Elevation and/or section references.
Plan and elevation views drawn to a minimum 3/4” = 1’-0” (1:20)
2 2 3
1 1 4 3 Opening size. scale for each:
1 1 4 4 Handing and premachining requirements. 2 2 3 1 Rise and run of stair.

1 1 4 5 Hardware types and locations. 2 2 3 2 Section of balustrade.
1 1 4 6 Screen specifications. 2 2 4 DETAILED SECTIONS, minimum 1-1/2” = 1’-0” (1:10) scale, of:
1 2 DRAWINGS requirements shall additionally include as applicable: 2 2 4 1 Joinery.
Frame, sash, screen, blind, and/or shutter members, drawn in full 2 2 4 2 Attachment.
1 2 1
(1:1) scale profile, except: 2 2 4 3 Relationships to adjacent features.
Members too large to fit on a single sheet may be drawn in 2 2 4 4 Handrail brackets and other hardware.
1 2 1 1
segments, or at half scale, 1:2 ratio.
/RFDWLRQRI¿HOGMRLQWVDWDOOPXOWLOHQJWKSLHFHVRIVWULQJHUVULVHU
Frame, sash, screen, blind, and/or shutter construction details 2 2 5 and treads if such pieces cannot be made out of one piece of
1 2 2
drawn to a minimum 3” = 1’-0” (1:5) scale. material in length.
Frames in section detail with elevations as necessary for
1 2 3 Continues next column T
coordination with other trades.
1 2 4 Sash, screen, blind, and/or shutter in elevation.
Column, pilaster, cornice, finial, and/or pediment construction
1 2 5
details minimum 1-1/2” = 1’-0” (1:10 mm) scale, except:
Be sufficient in detail scale, minimum 3” = 1’-0” (1:5) scale, to
1 2 5
clearly indicate unique features in construction.
SECTION1
Submittals

3 SECTION 8 - WALL/CEILING SURFACING & PARTITIONS: 4 SECTION 9 - DOORS:
3 1 LISTING requirements shall additionally include: 4 1 LISTING requirements shall additionally include:
3 1 1 Cut, match, and balance of veneer leaves within the panel. 4 1 1 Panel core type and thickness for slab door.
3 1 2 Match and balance of panels to adjacent panels. 4 1 2 Solid or veneer edgebanding, including:
3 1 3 Match and balance of panels within an elevation. 4 1 2 1 Adhesive type.
3 1 4 Match and balance of panels within a room. 4 1 2 2 Any fire rated components.
3 1 5 Match and balance of panels to adjacent doors or casework. 4 1 3 Match and/or balance of door veneer leaves, including:
3 1 6 Panel core type and thickness. 4 1 3 1 Within door face.

Backing or balance sheet, including thickness and material 4 1 3 2 To adjacent paneling.
3 1 7
description. 4 1 4 Stile and rail construction, including:
3 1 8 Edgebanding, including thickness and material description. 4 1 4 1 Solid or veneered core.
3 1 9 Related material specifications, such as: 4 1 4 2 Core type and thickness.
3 1 9 1 Reveals. 4 1 5 Frame schedule, including as applicable:
3 1 9 2 Metal panels or accents. 4 1 5 1 Opening number and location.
3 1 9 3 Plastic resin materials. 4 1 5 2 Elevation and/or section references.
3 1 9 4 Adhesive types. 4 1 5 3 Handing and premachining requirements.
3 1 10 Orientation of veneer grain and/or directional pattern. 4 1 5 4 Hardware types and locations.
3 2 DRAWINGS requirements shall additionally include as applicable: 4 1 5 5 Glass lite openings with size, type and location.
3 2 1 Trim members, shown in full-size profile. 4 1 5 6 Louver openings with size, type and location.

3 2 2 Plan and elevation views for each panel location. 3 1 6 Orientation of veneer grain and/or directional pattern.
3 2 3 DETAILED SECTIONS, including: 4 2 DRAWINGS requirements shall additionally include as applicable:
3 2 3 1 Vertical and horizontal sections. 4 2 1 Trim members, shown in full-size profile.
3 2 3 2 Corner joints, both inside and outside. 4 2 2 Manufacturer’s specifications or cut sheet showing construction.
3 2 3 3 Panel to panel joints. 4 2 3 DETAILED SECTIONS, minimum 1-1/2” = 1’-0” (1:10) scale, of:
3 2 3 4 Panel to base or floor joint. &RQVWUXFWLRQ7\SHRUSO\IRUVODEGRRUVVROLGRU
4 2 3 1
3 2 3 5 Panel to crown or ceiling joint. veneered for stile and rail.
3 2 3 6 Attachment. 4 2 3 2 Panel core type and thickness.
3 2 3 7 Hardware. 4 2 3 3 Diagram of hardware blocking locations at slab doors.
Continues next column T Stile and rail construction, including that of stiles, rails, raised
4 2 3 4
panels, and moldings.
4 2 3 5 Stile and rail joints.
4 2 3 6 Louvers and/or lites.
4 2 3 7 Flame spread rating.
SECTION1
Submittals

5 SECTION 10 - CASEWORK: 5 SECTION 10 (continued)
5 1 LISTING requirements shall additionally include: 5 2 DRAWINGS (continued)
5 1 1 Exposed surface materials and if HPDL, its thickness. 5 2 3 Casework (continued)
5 1 2 Semi-exposed surface materials and if HPDL, its thickness. Blocking or strapping requirements and their locations
5 1 3 Concealed surface materials. 5 2 3 12 (blocking to be furnished by others) shown on cabinet
elevations with dimensions off finished floor.
5 1 4 Inside face of cabinet door material and if HPDL, its thickness.
5 1 5 Panel core type and thickness.
6 SECTION 11 - COUNTERTOPS:
5 1 6 Edgebanding material and thickness.

6 1 LISTING requirements shall include, as applicable:
5 1 7 Drawer box material and construction.
6 1 1 Panel core type and thickness.
5 1 8 Drawer slides or guides.
6 1 2 Exposed material(s) description and thickness.
5 1 9 Hinges including finish.
Backing sheet material(s) and thickness at countertop and/or
5 1 10 Adjustable shelf pins, brackets, and/or standards including finish. 6 1 3
splash.
5 1 11 Miscellaneous finish hardware, including finish.
6 1 4 Adhesive type.
5 1 12 Glass type(s) and thickness.
6 1 5 Sealing compound type used at sink cutouts and/or splashes.
5 1 13 Special metal work and/or specialty items.
6 1 6 Orientation of veneer grain and/or directional pattern .
5 1 14 Adhesive type(s).
6 2 DRAWINGS shall include, as applicable:
5 1 15 Other materials such as plastic resin or acrylic.
07/31/15
Each countertop, including indication of field joints, if applicable,

5 1 16 Orientation of veneer grain and/or directional pattern. 6 2 1
and:
5 2 DRAWINGS requirements shall include additionally, as applicable: 6 2 1 1 Type, quantity and layout of joint fasteners.

5 2 1 Reference plan, so work areas can be located in building. Sink size, type, mounting and location if provided to manufacturer
6 2 2
5 2 2 Trim and/or scribe shown in full-size profile. prior to shop drawing submittal.
Casework, shown in plan, elevation, and section view, minimum 6 2 3 Support brackets with notation, if furnished by others.
5 2 3
½” = 1’-0” (1:30) scale, including: 6 2 4 ,QHOHYDWLRQYLHZDQG
Countertops, per the specific requirements for countertops 6 2 4 1 Interface to casework and support brackets.
5 2 3 1
listed below.
6 2 5 In section detail, minimum 3” = 1’-0” (1:5) scale, showing:
Details need not be drawn if properly referenced to a
5 2 3 2 6 2 5 1 Front and/or end overhang.
supplementary provided document.
6 2 5 2 Front and/or end edge types.
5 2 3 3 Dimensions necessary to construct cabinets.
6 2 5 3 Splash type and height.
5 2 3 4 Dimensions and attachment method of face-frame members.
6 2 5 4 Drip groove.
Type and thickness of drawer members, including heights and
5 2 3 5 6 2 5 5 End splash return.
depths.
5 2 3 6 Type and thickness of cabinet doors. Attachment of casework, including fastener type, quantity and
6 2 6
layout.
5 2 3 7 Section of each cabinet type or configuration.
5 2 3 8 Details of all joinery and connections. Continues next column T
Specification and location of special metal work and/or
5 2 3 9
specialty items.
5 2 3 10 Provision for field dimensions.
Section details showing method of cabinet attachment to walls,
5 2 3 11
floors, and ceilings.
SECTION1
Submittals

7 SECTION 12 - HISTORIC RESTORATION WORK: 7 SECTION 12 (continued)
The above AWS basic and specific section shop drawing 7 4 DRAWINGS (continued)
7 1
requirements shall prevail for specific product types. 7 4 4 Section details in minimum 1-1/2” = 1’-0” (1:10) scale, of:
A written Restoration and Conservation Program shall be developed 7 4 4 1 Trim members in full scale.
7 2 with a qualified wood conservator and submitted for each phase of
7 4 4 2 Fabrication.
the restoration process, outlining:
7 4 4 3 Joinery.
Where existing wood materials will need to be removed, repaired,
7 2 1 7 4 4 4 Attachment.
and retained, including.
7 5 SAMPLES and MOCK-UPS shall include:

The means and methods to catalog the wood members, remove,
7 2 2
crate and protect, store, and reinstall. Design professional’s written acceptance of all representative
7 5 1
A plan for protection of surrounding materials, including interface visual qualities before proceeding with work, including:
7 2 3
with other trades. Any altered or modified methods and techniques used, as
7 5 1 1
A plan to retain toxic and/or offensive off-gassing and provide required, to achieve intended results.
7 2 4
adequate ventilation. Acceptable samples, suitably marked, during the restoration
7 5 2
A plan to date-stamp all new work in letters minimum 1/4” process as a standard for work to be performed.
(6.4 mm) high noting the month, year, and the installer’s or For new work, prepare and have approved samples
7 2 5 7 5 3
manufacturer’s name in an area not exposed to view as a record representative of all:
of when the work was installed. 7 5 3 1 New molding and/or decorative profiles.
7 3 LISTING requirements shall include, as applicable: Panel, frame, stile and rail door, railing, and/or otherwise
7 5 3 2
Items to be repaired, including description, location, original unique millwork assemblies.
7 3 1
material, and material to be used in repair. 7 5 3 3 Typical trim joinery and casework construction.

Items to be replaced, including description, location, material to be 7 5 3 4 Fasteners.
7 3 2
used, and basis for design. For restoration work, perform sample restoration work of
7 3 3 Specific restoration requirements for: the following general processes on existing materials in an
7 3 3 1 Removal. 7 5 4 area directed by the design professional, of sufficient scope
7 3 3 2 Storage. to demonstrate the effectiveness of proposed materials and
techniques of each process:
7 3 3 3 Repair or patching.
7 5 4 1 To remove existing finishes.
7 3 3 4 Replacement criteria.
7 5 4 2 Of patching, plugging, and/or cut-ins.
7 3 3 5 Stripping.
7 5 4 3 Of refinishing.
7 3 3 6 Refinishing.
7 3 3 7 Installation.
7 3 3 8 Adhesive type(s).
7 3 4 Material requirements, see:
7 3 4 1 Applicable AWS Sections above, if not otherwise specified.
DRAWINGS shall include plan, elevation, and section views, as
7 4
applicable, of:
7 4 1 See applicable AWS Section(s) above.
Reference plan showing location of each item to be repaired or
7 4 2
replaced.
Relationship of items to be repaired or replaced to building and
7 4 3
architectural features.
$:,_$:0$&_:,QG(GLWLRQ2FWREHULQFOXGLQJ(UUDWDWKURXJK$SULO
notes
SECTION1
Submittals

&$5( 6725$*(
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION2
Care & Storage
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS
Introduction ...........................................................................................37 GENERAL
Important Product Advisory regarding Dimensional Change ................37 Basic Considerations......................................................................41
Care ......................................................................................................37 Grades .....................................................................................41
Relative Humidity and Moisture Content (Table: 2-001) .......................38 Dimensional Change Responsibility ........................................41

Equilibrium Moisture Content Values (Table: 2-002) .............................39 Industry Practices ....................................................................41
Recommendations ...................................................................40 Off Gas Reduction .............................................................41
Climate Control Maintenance ............................................40 PRODUCT
Cleaning ............................................................................40 Scope .............................................................................................41

Avoid .................................................................................40 Default Stipulation ..........................................................................41
Use ....................................................................................40 Rules ..............................................................................................41
Errata .......................................................................................41
Basic Rules ..............................................................................41
Delivery .............................................................................41
Handling ............................................................................41
Storage..............................................................................41
Installation .........................................................................42
After Install and Acceptance..............................................42
Severe Damage ................................................................42
SECTION2
Care & Storage
INTRODUCTION $VQRUPDOPLQRUÀXFWXDWLRQVLQKXPLGLW\RFFXU should be used to clean woodwork surfaces.
the resulting dimensional response in properly Routine cleaning is best accomplished with a
Section 2 handles one of the most important GHVLJQHGFRQVWUXFWLRQZLOOEHLQVLJQL¿FDQW7R soft, lint-free cloth lightly dampened with water
aspects of preserving a good woodworking reduce humidity related problems, the appropriate or an inert household dust attractant. Allowing
installation. Storage, jobsite conditions and relative recommendations from Section 2 of the AWS airborne dust, which is somewhat abrasive, to
humidity requirements before, during and after should be considered. Uncontrolled extremes can build up will tend to dull a finish over time.
installation are covered here. likely cause problems. Remove oil or grease deposits with a mild flax
Quality assurance can be achieved by adherence soap, following the directions for dilution on the
Together with proper design, fabrication, and
to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality container.
installation, humidity control is obviously the
SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOL¿HG Impact - Avoid excessive or repetitive impact,
important factor in preventing dimensional change
6SRQVRU0HPEHU¿UPWRSURYLGH\RXUZRRGZRUN however lightly applied. The cellular structure
problems.
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding of the wood will compact under pressure. Many
of the quality level required. Illustrations in this
PRGHUQ¿QLVKHVDUHÀH[LEOHDQGZLOOVKRZ

Section are not intended to be all inclusive, other Architectural woodwork products are manufactured
as designed from wood that has been kiln dried evidence of impact and pressure applied to
engineered solutions may be acceptable. In the
to an appropriate average moisture content. them.
are the manufacturer’s choice. The design Subsequent dimensional change in wood is and
always has been an inherent natural property of Heat - Avoid localized high heat, such as a hot
wood. These changes cannot be the responsibility pan or plate, or a hot light source, close to or
of the manufacturer or products made from it. LQFRQWDFWZLWKWKH¿QLVKHGVXUIDFH([SRVXUH
quality expected.
6SHFL¿FDOO\Uesponsibility for dimensional change to direct sunlight will alter the appearance of
problems in wood products resulting from: woodwork over time.
IMPORTANT PRODUCT ADVISORY
REGARDING DIMENSIONAL CHANGE Design rests with the designer/architect/ Humidity - Maintain the relative humidity
PROBLEMS IN ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK specifier. around the woodwork in accordance with
the guidelines published in these standards,
This advisory concerns prevention of dimensional Improper relative humidity exposure during every hour of every day, to minimize wood
problems in architectural woodwork products site storage and installation rests with the movement.
as the result of uncontrolled relative humidity. It

general contractor. Moisture - Architectural woodwork, when
is further intended as a reminder of the natural
SURSHUO\¿QLVKHGLVUHODWLYHO\GXUDEOHDQG
dimensional properties of wood and wood-based Humidity extremes after occupancy rests
resistant to moisture. Prevent direct contact
products such as plywood, particleboard, and high with engineering and maintenance.
with moisture, and wipe it dry immediately
pressure decorative laminate (HPDL) and of the
should any occur. Allowing moisture to
routine and necessary care and responsibilities
CARE accumulate on, or stay in contact with, any
which must be assumed by those involved.
ZRRGVXUIDFHQRPDWWHUKRZZHOO¿QLVKHGZLOO
All construction related products, regardless cause damage.
For centuries, wood has served as a successful of material, have particular care and storage
material for architectural woodwork, and as requirements. Woodwork is not unique in this Oxidation - Is a reaction of acids in wood (e.g.,
history has shown wood products perform with respect. tannic acid), with iron, oxygen, and moisture,
complete satisfaction when correctly designed whether this be relative humidity or direct
and used. Problems directly or indirectly $UFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVKRXOGEHWUHDWHGOLNH¿QH moisture. Control of moisture is a simple way to
attributed to dimensional change of the wood furniture, particularly that which is constructed of protect wood products from stains as a result
are usually, in fact, the result of faulty design, or ZRRG¿QLVKHGZLWKDWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKV\VWHP of oxidation.
improper humidity conditions during site storage, 0RGHUQFRPPHUFLDO¿QLVKHVDUHGXUDEOHDQG Abuse - 8VHWKHWULPVFDELQHWVDQG¿[WXUHV
installation, or use. resistant to moisture. paneling, shelving, ornamental work, stairs,
Finish Maintenance - With the exception of frames, windows, and doors as they were
Wood is a hygroscopic material, and under normal intended. Abuse of cabinet doors and drawers,
use and conditions all wood products contain WUXHRLOUXEEHGVXUIDFHVPRGHUQ¿QLVKHVGR
not need to be polished, oiled, or waxed. In for example, may result in damage to them as
some moisture. Wood readily exchanges this well as to the cabinet parts to which they are
molecular moisture with the water vapor in the fact, applying some polishing oils, cleaning
waxes, or products containing silicone may joined.
surrounding atmosphere according to the existing
relative humidity. In high humidity, wood picks impede the effectiveness of touch-up or Refinishing - Contact a local Sponsor
up moisture and swells. In low humidity, wood UH¿QLVKLQJSURFHGXUHVLQWKHIXWXUH Association member, to explore the options for
releases moisture and shrinks. No abrasives, chemical or ammonia cleaners UHSDLURUUH¿QLVKLQJ,WLVRIWHQFRVWHIIHFWLYHWR
replace damaged woodwork elements rather
WKDQDWWHPSWLQJODUJHVFDOHRQVLWHUH¿QLVKLQJ
SECTION2
Care & Storage
is the lack of controls for maintaining a consistent, outside the range shown on Table 2-001 below
RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND MOISTURE year round, appropriate relative humidity in a for the respective region is particularly harmful to
CONTENT building or building space. Wood is susceptible to wood and wood products.
movement, shrinkage, expansion and warpage The table and map that follow (adapted from
The space in which architectural woodwork is to ZKHQH[SRVHGWRDLUWKDWKDVQRWEHHQKXPLGL¿HG USDA’s The Wood Handbook (latest edition),
be installed should be engineered with appropriate Without considerations made to properly regulate published by their Forest Products Laboratory)
humidity controls to maintain its optimum relative the relative humidity in any space containing
humidity. Wood for architectural woodwork architectural woodwork, some degree of failure of
shows the Optimum Moisture Content and the
Indoor Relative Humidity required to hold such MC
manufacturing use needs a moisture content the woodwork can be expected. within the general areas of the United States and
within an optimum range.
The range of relative humidity change should not Canada.
A major cause for failure in architectural woodwork exceed 30 percentage points. Relative humidity
Some of these areas have additional micro-
climates not shown or referenced.

TABLE: 2-001 - RELATIVE HUMIDITY and OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT
Optimum Moisture Content

Optimum Climate
Geographical Location Non-Climate Controlled Climate Controlled Controlled
Interior or Exterior Environment Relative Humidity
Environment
Most of U.S. and Canada 9-15% 5-10% 25-55%
Damp Southern Coastal areas of the U.S.
10-15% 8-13% 43-70%
and Canadian Eastern Coastal Provinces
Dry Southwestern U.S. 7-12% 4-9% 20-50%
Alberta, Saskatchewan, and
10-15% 4-9% 20-50%
Manitoba in Canada

20-50% Rel. Hum.
43-70%
Rel. Hum.
25-55% Rel. Hum.
20-50%
Rel. Hum.
43-70% Rel. Hum.
SECTION2
Care & Storage
TABLE: 2-002 - EQUILIBRIUM MOISTURE CONTENT VALUES AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES AND HUMIDITIES
The following table indicates relative humidity must average between 25% and 55% to maintain wood moisture content between 5-10%. This range is best
suited for most of the U.S. and Canada. While temperature has an impact on relative humidity, temperature alone has little effect on wood products if the
relative humidity is maintained within recommended ranges.
Wet bulb lowering in degrees Fahrenheit

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

83 75 68 60 52 45 37 29 22 15 8
40
17.6 14.8 12.9 11.2 9.9 8.6 7.4 6.2 5.0 3.5 1.9
85 78 72 64 58 51 44 37 31 25 19 12 6
45
18.3 15.6 13.7 12.0 10.7 9.5 8.5 7.5 6.5 5.3 4.2 2.9 1.5
86 80 74 68 62 56 50 44 38 32 27 21 16 10 5
50
19.0 16.3 14.4 12.7 11.5 10.3 9.4 8.5 7.6 6.7 5.7 4.8 3.9 2.8 1.5

88 82 76 70 65 60 54 49 44 39 34 28 24 19 14 9 5
55
19.5 16.9 15.1 13.4 12.2 11.0 10.1 9.3 8.4 7.6 6.8 6.0 5.3 4.5 3.6 2.5 1.3
Dry bulb temperature in degrees Fahrenheit
89 83 78 73 68 63 58 53 48 43 39 34 30 26 21 17 13 9 5 1
60
19.9 17.4 15.6 13.9 12.7 11.6 10.7 9.9 9.1 8.3 7.6 6.9 6.3 5.6 4.9 4.1 3.2 2.3 1.3 0.2
90 84 80 75 70 66 61 56 52 48 44 39 36 32 27 24 20 16 13 8 6 2
65
20.3 17.8 16.1 14.4 13.3 12.1 11.2 10.4 9.7 8.9 8.3 7.7 7.1 6.5 5.8 5.2 4.5 3.8 3.0 2.3 1.4 0.4
91 86 81 77 72 68 64 59 55 51 48 44 40 36 33 29 25 22 19 15 12 9 6 3
70
20.9 18.2 16.5 14.9 13.7 12.5 11.6 10.9 10.1 9.4 8.8 8.3 7.7 7.2 6.6 6.0 5.5 5.6 4.3 3.7 2.9 2.3 1.5 0.7
91 86 82 78 74 70 66 62 58 54 51 47 44 41 37 34 31 28 24 21 18 15 12 10 7 4 1
75
21.0 18.5 16.8 15.2 14.0 12.9 12.0 11.2 10.5 9.8 9.3 8.7 8.2 7.7 7.2 6.7 6.2 5.6 5.1 4.7 4.1 3.5 2.9 2.3 1.7 0.9 0.2
92 87 83 79 75 72 68 64 61 57 54 50 47 44 41 38 35 32 29 26 23 20 18 15 12 10 7 5
80
21.2 18.7 17.0 15.5 14.3 13.2 12.3 11.5 10.9 10.1 9.7 9.1 8.6 8.1 7.7 7.2 6.8 6.3 5.8 5.4 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.4 1.8 1.1
92 88 84 80 76 73 70 66 63 59 56 53 50 47 44 41 38 36 33 30 28 25 23 20 18 15 13 11
85
21.3 18.8 17.2 15.7 14.5 13.5 12.5 11.8 11.2 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.5 8.1 7.6 7.2 6.7 6.3 6.0 5.6 5.2 4.8 4.3 3.9 3.4 3.0 2.4
92 89 85 81 78 74 71 68 65 61 58 55 52 49 47 44 41 39 36 34 31 29 26 24 22 19 17 15
90
21.3 18.9 17.3 15.9 14.7 13.7 12.8 12.0 11.4 10.7 10.2 9.7 9.3 8.8 8.4 8.0 7.6 7.2 6.8 6.5 6.1 5.7 5.3 4.9 4.6 4.2 3.8 3.3

92 89 85 82 79 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 55 52 49 46 44 42 39 37 34 32 30 28 26 23 22 20
95
21.3 19.0 17.4 16.1 14.9 13.9 12.9 12.2 11.6 11.0 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.1 8.7 8.2 7.9 7.5 7.1 6.8 6.4 6.1 5.7 5.3 5.1 4.8 4.4 4.0
93 89 86 83 80 77 73 70 68 65 62 59 56 54 51 49 46 44 41 39 37 35 33 30 28 26 24 22
100
21.3 19.0 17.5 16.1 15.0 13.9 13.1 12.4 11.8 11.2 10.6 10.1 9.6 9.2 8.9 8.5 8.1 7.8 7.4 7.0 6.7 6.4 6.1 5.7 5.4 5.2 4.9 4.6
93 90 87 84 81 78 75 73 70 67 65 62 60 57 55 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28
110
21.4 19.0 17.5 16.2 15.1 14.1 13.3 12.6 12.0 11.4 10.8 10.4 9.9 9.5 9.2 8.8 8.4 8.1 7.7 7.5 7.2 6.8 6.6 6.3 6.0 5.7 5.4 5.2
94 91 88 85 82 80 77 74 72 69 67 65 62 60 58 55 53 51 49 47 45 43 41 40 38 36 34 33
120
21.3 19.0 17.4 16.2 15.1 14.1 13.4 12.7 12.1 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.0 9.7 9.4 9.0 8.7 8.3 7.9 7.7 7.4 7.2 6.8 6.6 6.3 6.1 5.8 5.6
13% moisture 10% moisture 5% moisture
EXAMPLES OF MOISTURE EQUILIBRIUM +HUHWKHXSSHU¿JXUHVLQWKHVDPHVTXDUHVVKRZ TO USE TABLE

TABLE USE that ideally a relative humidity of between 44%
and 40% should be maintained in order to achieve Obtain wet and dry bulb readings. Subtract wet
The above may be used as a guide in determining dimensional equilibrium. After the woodwork bulb reading from dry bulb reading. Find dry bulb
whether or not the conditions in a construction LVSDLQWHGRU¿QLVKHGPRLVWXUHFKDQJHVLQWKH on left margin of table and follow across to the
area are suitable for receiving woodwork. For wood are retarded so that maintenance of relative column where the value at the top corresponds
example: if woodwork with an 8% average humidity between the practical limits shown on with the difference between wet and dry readings.
moisture content is to be installed and the average the curve (between 5%-10% m.c.) of the humidity $WSRLQWRILQWHUVHFWLRQWKHXSSHU¿JXUHLQWKH
temperature in the building will be maintained at table, i.e., 25%-55% relative humidity, is usually square gives relative humidity in percent and the
70°F, it can be determined by following the 70°F satisfactory. ORZHU¿JXUHJLYHVHTXLOLEULXPPRLVWXUHFRQWHQWRI
column horizontally to the right until the lower the woodwork.
PRLVWXUHFRQWHQW¿JXUHVRIDQGDUH
reached.
SECTION2
Care & Storage
RECOMMENDATIONS
CLIMATE CONTROL MAINTENANCE of

relative humidity every hour of every day,
within the ranges shown previously in this
section is important. Uncontrolled extremes
such as those listed below will likely cause
problems:
Relative humidity, above or below the
ranges shown previously in this section.
Sudden changes in the allowable relative
humidity, especially when it is repetitive.

CLEANING should be routine and
accomplished with a soft, lint-free cloth
lightly dampened with water or an inert
household dust attractant. Allowing airborne
dust, which is somewhat abrasive, to build
up will tend to dull a finish over time.
Remove oil or grease deposits with a
mild flax soap, following its directions for
dilution.
Do not use abrasives, chemical or
ammonia cleaners on fine architectural
woodwork surfaces.
AVOID:

Excessive or repetitive impact, however
lightly applied. The cellular structure of
the wood will compact under pressure.
Many modern finishes are flexible and will
show evidence of impact and pressure
applied to them.
Localized high heat, such as a hot pan
or plate, or a hot light source, close to
or in contact with the finished surface.
Exposure to direct sunlight will alter the
appearance of fine woodwork over time.
USE trims, cabinets and fixtures, paneling,
shelving, ornamental work, stairs, frames,
windows, and doors as they were intended.
Abuse of cabinet doors and drawers, for
example, may result in damage to them
as well as to the cabinet parts to which
they are joined.
SECTION2
Care & Storage
Including: Care and Moisture Considerations Before,

During, and After Installation
2.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS
1 GRADES - None
1.1 Care and storage requirements are the same for all
architectural woodwork projects, regardless of Grade specified
or required.
2.1 DIMENSIONAL CHANGE RESPONSIBILITY in wood products

resulting from:

2.1.1 Improper design rests with the design professional.
2.1.2 Improper relative humidity exposure during site storage and

installation rests with the contractor.
2.1.3 Humidity extremes after occupancy rests with the owner.
3.1 OFF GAS REDUCTION by raising the temperature in a

building for a sustained period is unacceptable and will
negatively affect the appearance and performance of
architectural millwork.

3.1.1 Open joints, warped paneling/doors, and other defects
caused by such are not to be considered a defect.
SECTION2
Care & Storage
2.2 SCOPE
2.4.4. Basic Rules
standards. S From previous column
3 STORAGE (continued)
2.3 DEFAULT STIPULATION
3 5 For climate controlled applications:
1 Not used or applicable for this section.
3 5 1
In a clean, closed building or area with operational HVAC system,
and:
2.4 RULES
3 5 1 1 Relative humidity between 25-55% inclusive.
1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract Maintained Optimum Moisture Content between 5 - 10%
3 5 1 2
documents require otherwise. inclusive, except in:
The damp Southern Coastal areas of the U.S. and
2 These rules are intended to provide a well-defined degree of

3 5 1 2 1 Canadian Eastern Coastal Provinces shall be between 8 -
control over a project’s quality of finishing.
13% inclusive.
3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at The dry Southwestern U.S., and Alberta, Saskatchewan,
3 5 1 2 2
www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, and Manitoba in Canada shall be between 4 - 9% inclusive.
their date of posting and a project’s bid date. INSTALLATION shall only occur after materials have been
4
acclimatized for a minimum of 72 hours, and:
2.4.4. Basic Rules 4 1 For climate controlled applications, that:
Is between 60 - 90 degrees Fahrenheit (15.5 - 32 degrees
1 DELIVERY shall be: 4 1 1
Celsius) inclusive.
Made in accordance with a progress schedule furnished by the Has a maintained Relative Humidity between 25 - 55% inclusive,
1 1 4 1 2
contractor, and: except in:
1 1 1 For climate controlled applications, in an area in which: 12/31/14 The damp Southern Coastal areas of the U.S. and Canadian

1 1 1 1 Wet work is dry. 4 1 2 1 Eastern Coastal Provinces shall be between 43 - 70%
1 1 1 2 Overhead work is complete. inclusive.
1 1 1 3 Area is broom clean. 01/01/15 The dry Southwestern U.S., and Alberta, Saskatchewan, and
4 1 2 2
Manitoba in Canada shall be between 20 - 50% inclusive.
For non-climate controlled interior or exterior applications, in an
1 1 2
area which is:
5 AFTER INSTALL and ACCEPTANCE:
1 1 2 1 Clean.
5 1 At climate controlled applications:
1 1 2 2 Protected from direct moisture.
Woodwork shall be maintained in the same environmental
1 1 2 3 Protected from direct sunlight. 5 1 1
conditions as during its storage and/or installation.
2 HANDLING shall:
Temperature in a building or area of a building shall not be
raised or lowered for a sustained period (more than 24 hours)
2 1 Be with clean hands or gloves. 5 1 2
for any reason as it may negatively affect the appearance and
2 2 Include protection from marks or damage. performance of architectural woodwork.
At non-climatic controlled interior or exterior applications woodwork
3 STORAGE shall be: 5 2
shall:
3 1 Flat on a level surface. Have its finish maintained, refinishing as necessary (especially
5 2 1
3 2 Clean. oiled finishes).
3 3 At least 4” (101.6 mm) off the floor or ground. 5 2 2 Be protected from excessive moisture and standing water.
3 4 Protected from:
6 SEVERE DAMAGE can result from not adhering to the above rules:
Sunlight, wide swings in relative humidity, and/or abnormal heat
3 4 1
or cold. Fabricator/Installer shall not be held responsible for the damage
6 1
3 4 2 Moisture. caused by not adhering to the above.
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
/80%(5
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION 3
Lumber
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Pine, Southern Yellow ....................................................................51
Pine, Sugar.....................................................................................51
Introduction ...........................................................................................46
Poplar, Yellow .................................................................................51
Lumber ..................................................................................................46
Redwood ........................................................................................52
Architectural Woodwork Standards.......................................................46
Teak ................................................................................................52
Wood as a Plant....................................................................................46
Walnut, American Black..................................................................52
Annual Rings.........................................................................................46
Other Species .......................................................................................52
Softwoods and Hardwoods ...................................................................46
Heartwood.............................................................................................46
Endangered Species.............................................................................52
Use of Reclaimed Timber......................................................................52
Sapwood ...............................................................................................47
Engineered Products ............................................................................53

Medullary Rays .....................................................................................47
Aesthetic Characteristics ......................................................................53
Photodegradation..................................................................................47
Color ...............................................................................................53
Oxidation ...............................................................................................47
Sapwood and Heartwood ...............................................................53
Comparative Table of Wood Species ....................................................47
Grain...............................................................................................53
Specie Descriptions
Open Grain and Closed Grain ........................................................53
Alder, Red.......................................................................................49
Figure .............................................................................................53
Anigre .............................................................................................49
Finishing Characteristics ................................................................53
Ash, White ......................................................................................49
Methods of Sawing ...............................................................................53
Basswood .......................................................................................49
Plain Sawn .....................................................................................53
Beech, American ............................................................................49
Quarter Sawn .................................................................................54

Beech, European............................................................................49
Rift Sawn ........................................................................................54
Birch, Yellow ...................................................................................49
Availability and Size Limitations ............................................................54
Cedar, Western Red .......................................................................49
Veneered Construction .........................................................................54
Cherry, American Black ..................................................................50
Dimension Stability, Relative Humidity and Moisture Content ..............54
Cypress, Yellow ..............................................................................50
Adaptability for Exterior Use .................................................................55
Fir, Douglas ....................................................................................50
Preservative Treatments .......................................................................55
Hickory, Pecan Group ....................................................................50
Flame Spread Classification .................................................................55
Hickory, True Group .......................................................................50
Fire Retardant Wood.............................................................................56
Mahogany, African ..........................................................................50
Mahogany, American ......................................................................50
Makore ...........................................................................................50
Maple, Soft Group ..........................................................................50
Maple, Hard Group .........................................................................50
Oak, English Brown ........................................................................51
Oak, Red ........................................................................................51
Oak, White......................................................................................51
Pecan .............................................................................................51
Pine, Ponderosa .............................................................................51
Pine, Eastern White........................................................................51
SECTION 3
Lumber
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS Basic Material Rules ................................................................60
Finished Thickness............................................................61
GENERAL
Finished Width ..................................................................61
Basic Considerations......................................................................58
Machine Sanded ...............................................................61
Grades .....................................................................................58
Hardwood Material Rules ........................................................61
Lumber Association Grades.....................................................58
Applying To ........................................................................61
Lumber Rules ..........................................................................58
Gluing for Thickness..........................................................61
Contract Documents ................................................................58
Transparent Finishes ...............................................................58
Gluing for Width ................................................................61
Oak, Rift Grain ..................................................................62
Engineered Wood ....................................................................58
Natural Ash, Birch and Maple............................................62

Reconstituted Wood ................................................................58
Maximum Length...............................................................62
Special and Unusual Characteristics .......................................58
Opaque Finish ...................................................................63
Mahogany, American ...............................................................58
Not Matching for Color ..................................................63
Lauan, Tanguile .......................................................................58
Filling ............................................................................63
Cherry, Walnut .........................................................................58
Quantity, Spacing and Distribution of
Natural Characteristics .................................................63
Gluing ................................................................................59
Natural Characteristics (permitted) ...............................63
Specification ......................................................................59
Transparent Finish ............................................................64
Species .............................................................................59
Matching .......................................................................64
PRODUCT Filling ............................................................................64

Scope .............................................................................................60 Quantity, Spacing and Distribution of
Default Stipulation ..........................................................................60 Natural Characteristics .................................................64
Rules ..............................................................................................60 Natural Characteristics (permitted) ...............................64
Errata .......................................................................................60 Softwood Material Rules ..........................................................66
Basic Rules ..............................................................................60 Applying To ........................................................................66
Aesthetic ...........................................................................60 Gluing for Width ................................................................66
Visible Surfaces.................................................................60 Gluing for Thickness..........................................................66
Board.................................................................................60 Maximum Length...............................................................66
Member .............................................................................60 Opaque Finish ...................................................................66
Lumber ..............................................................................60 Filling ............................................................................66
Moisture Content ...............................................................60 Quantity, Spacing and Distribution of

Natural Characteristics .................................................66
Exterior ..............................................................................60
Gluing ................................................................................60
Transparent Finish ............................................................67
Adhesive ...........................................................................60
Filling ............................................................................67
Philippine Mahogany .........................................................60
Species Not Specifically Covered .....................................60
Natural Characteristics (size) ........................................67
SECTION3
Lumber
INTRODUCTION Lumber grades should always be referenced when ANNUAL RINGS
specifying architectural woodwork. Selection of
6HFWLRQLVWKH¿UVWRIWZR³PDWHULDO´VHFWLRQVDQG an AWS Grade (Economy, Custom, or Premium) Most species grown in temperate climates
covers hardwood and softwood lumber. Included is IRUWKH¿QLVKHGSURGXFWZLOOGH¿QHERWKPDWHULDOV SURGXFHZHOOGH¿QHGDQQXDOJURZWKULQJVZKLFK
a basic primer identifying wood characteristics and and workmanship for that product. Lumber grades are formed by the difference in density and
considerations. Basic rules pertaining to all solid GH¿QHGE\WKHOXPEHUPDQXIDFWXUHUV¶DVVRFLDWLRQV color between wood formed early and late in the
ZRRGDVZHOODVVSHFL¿F+DUGZRRG5XOHVDQG allow some defects which the manufacturer must growing season. The inner part of the growth ring
Softwood Rules make up most of this section. remove (cut out), or otherwise work around (by IRUPHG¿UVWLVFDOOHG³VSULQJZRRG´DQGWKHRXWHU
gluing, etc.). part formed later in the growing season is called
Quality assurance can be achieved by adherence ³VXPPHUZRRG´
to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality The architect and designer may make his selection
SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOL¿HG from a large variety of foreign and domestic Spring wood is characterized by cells having
6SRQVRU0HPEHU¿UPWRSURYLGH\RXUZRRGZRUN species, now commercially available. The unique relatively large cavities and thin walls. Summer
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding wood cells have smaller cavities and thicker

quality that wood imparts to design is that each
of the quality level required. Illustrations in this species has its own distinguishing characteristics. walls, and consequently are more dense than
Section are not intended to be all inclusive, other Once the species is chosen, its effectiveness may spring wood. The growth rings, when exposed
engineered solutions may be acceptable. In the vary according to the manner in which it is sawn, by conventional methods of sawing, provide the
DEVHQFHRIVSHFL¿FDWLRQVPHWKRGVRIIDEULFDWLRQ VOLFHGDVYHQHHUWUHDWHGDQG¿QLVKHG grain or characteristic pattern of the wood. The
are the manufacturer’s choice. The design This Section is designed to advise the architect distinguishing features of the various species are
professional, by specifying compliance to the AWS and designer in the comparisons, considerations, thereby enhanced by the differences in growth ring
increases the probability of receiving the product and species which should be evaluated before formation.
quality expected. GHFLVLRQVDUHPDGHDQGVSHFL¿FDWLRQVDUHZULWWHQ
This Section will help you correlate and tabulate Some tropical species, on the other hand,
LUMBER the information needed. An informed choice experience year long even growth which may
will reward the owner with the best possible result in less obvious growth rings.
Lumber used in architectural woodwork is divided performance by a natural building material.
into two groups: SOFTWOODS and HARDWOODS
Hardwoods: Lumber obtained from WOOD AS A PLANT

angiosperms, usually deciduous trees (broad Native species of trees and the wood produced
leaf trees). There are more angiosperms The trunk and its branches: The cross section of by these trees are divided into two botanical
on Earth than any other plant group, over DWUHHVKRZVWKHIROORZLQJZHOOGH¿QHGIHDWXUHV FODVVHVKDUGZRRGVZKLFKKDYHEURDGOHDYHV
200,000 species. About 900 of those species in succession from the outside to the center: (1) and softwoods, which have needle-like or
are commonly available for lumber or veneer bark and cambium layer, (2) wood, which in most VFDOHOLNHOHDYHV7KLVERWDQLFDOFODVVL¿FDWLRQLV
species is clearly differentiated into sapwood and sometimes confusing, because there is no direct
throughout the world.
heartwood, and (3) pith, the small central core. correlation between calling a species a hardwood
Softwoods: Lumber obtained from The pith and bark, of course, are excluded from or softwood and the hardness or softness of the
gymnosperms, about 600 of which are ¿QLVKHGOXPEHU wood itself. Generally, hardwoods are more dense
coniferous trees such as pine, spruce and fir. than softwoods, but some hardwoods are softer
The gymnosperms are among the largest and Most branches originate at the pith, and their than many softwoods. If hardness is a desired
oldest living plants. bases are inter-grown with the wood of the trunk characteristic, refer to the Comparative Table of
The above groups have no relationship to the as long as they are alive. These living branch Wood Species later in this section.
GHQVLW\RU³KDUGQHVV´ZLWKLQRUEHWZHHQYDULRXV bases constitute inter-grown or tight knots. After
species. Some softwoods are harder than some the branches die, their bases continue to be HEARTWOOD
hardwoods, and hardness varies greatly between surrounded by the wood of the growing trunk and
species within each group. therefore loose or encased knots are formed. Heartwood consists of inactive cells formed
After the dead branches fall off, the stubs become by changes in the living cells of the inner
overgrown, and subsequently clear wood is sapwood rings, presumably after their use for
ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS
formed. sap conduction and other life processes of the
(AWS)
tree have largely ceased. The cell cavities of
The selection of the proper wood species Growth in thickness takes place in the cambium heartwood may also contain deposits of various
for an architectural design can be the end layer by cell division. No growth in either diameter materials that frequently provide a much darker
result of a number of contributing factors and RUOHQJWKWDNHVSODFHLQZRRGDOUHDG\IRUPHGQHZ color. Not all heartwood, however, is darker.
conditions. Intended use, costs, hardness, and growth is purely the addition of new cells, not the
relative stability are among many important further development of existing cells.
considerations.
SECTION3
Lumber
7KHLQ¿OWUDWLRQVRIPDWHULDOGHSRVLWHGLQWKHFHOOV OXIDATION COMPARATIVE TABLE OF WOOD SPECIES
of heartwood usually make lumber cut from there
more durable when exposed to weather. All wood, Oxidation is the effect on the appearance of In order to simplify species selection, the following
with the possible exception of the heartwood exposed wood faces caused by exposure to Comparative Table of Wood Species has been
of Redwood and Western Red Cedar, should atmosphere. This is analogous to browning prepared showing pertinent characteristics of
be preservative-treated when used for exterior UHDFWLRQVLQIUHVKO\FXWIUXLWIRULQVWDQFHDSSOHV some species of domestic and foreign woods used
applications. Hardwoods can develop deep yellow to reddish by the architectural woodwork industry. The table
brown discolorations on the surface of the wood can aid a design professional in proper species
SAPWOOD when exposed to air immediately after sawing or selection after studying the characteristics.
peeling.
Sapwood contains living cells and Careful analysis of the table will make it possible
performs an active role in the life Cambium layer Bark Heartwood Medullary Rays IRUDQDUFKLWHFWGHVLJQHURUVSHFL¿FDWLRQZULWHUV
processes of the tree. It is located Pith
Sapwood (who may have only a limited knowledge of
next to the cambium and functions architectural wood species) to make an informed

in sap conduction and storage selection. It is our intent that this tool will enhance
of food. Sapwood commonly understanding between the manufacturer of the
UDQJHVIURP´WR´ woodwork you have designed and your profession,
50 mm) in thickness. thereby enabling the building industry to better
The Maples, Hickories, service the client.
Ashes, and some of the
Southern Yellow Pines Cost has been broken into Low, Moderate,
and Ponderosa Pine may High, and Very High (V. High). The cost
KDYHVDSZRRG´WR´ of lumber, as with other commodities, is
(76-152 mm) in thickness, influenced by supply and demand, both of
especially in second which are constantly changing.
growth trees.
Hardness is broken into Soft, Medium, Hard
MEDULLARY RAYS and Very Hard and takes into consideration the

DELOLW\RIWKHOXPEHUVSHFLHVWRVXVWDLQVWUHVV
Medullary rays extend radially Springwood UHVLVWLQGHQWDWLRQDEXVHDQGZHDUDQGWRFDUU\
from the pith of the log toward its anticipated load in applications such as
Summer- shelving and structural members.
the circumference. The rays serve wood
primarily to store food and transport it
horizontally. They vary in height from a few Dimensional stability is helpful in selecting
Annual rings
cells in some species to four or more inches in woods for use where humidity conditions may
WKH2DNVDQGSURGXFHWKHÀHFNVRPHWLPHVFDOOHG These Figure: 3-001 vary widely and where design or fabrication of
ÀDNHHIIHFWFRPPRQWRWKHTXDUWHUVDZQOXPEHU a wood product does not allow free movement
discolorations are
in these species. or the use of sheet products. The column
especially noticeable on Cherry, Birch, Red Alder,
figures indicate extreme conditions and show
Sycamore, Oak, Maple, and Sweet Gum. Some
PHOTODEGRADATION the maximum amount of movement possible
species, such as Alder, Oak, Birch, and Maple,
LQD´PPZLGHSLHFHRIXQILQLVKHG
develop these discolorations during air-seasoning.
Photodegradation is the effect on the appearance wood where its moisture content increases
A related gray stain on several varieties of
of exposed wood faces caused by exposure to or decreases from 10% to 5%. The possible
Southern Oaks also appears to be oxidative in
ERWKVXQDQGDUWL¿FLDOOLJKWVRXUFHV,IDQHQWLUH change in dimension demonstrates that
QDWXUH3URSHUVHOHFWLRQVDQGLQJDQG¿QLVKLQJ
face is exposed to a light source, it will photo- unfinished interior woodwork must be carefully
can minimize the effects of oxidation. Care should
degrade somewhat uniformly and hardly be protected prior to finishing by keeping it in
EHWDNHQZKHQXVLQJ¿OOHUDVLWPLJKWQRWFKDQJH
noticeable, whereas partially exposed surfaces rooms where relative humidity is between 25%
the same as the wood.
or surfaces with shadow lines might show and 55%. The column also shows the variation
nonuniform photodegradation. Some woods, such between species, and between flat grain and
as American Cherry, Fir and Walnut, are more edge grain where such cuts are available
susceptible than others, and extra care should be commercially.
taken to protect against the effects of nonuniform
photodegradation.
SECTION3
Lumber
Table: 3-002 - COMPARATIVE WOOD SPECIE VALUES
Practical Size Limits (2) Dimensional
Species Costs (1) Hardness
Thickness Width Length Stability (3)
Alder, Red Low 1-1/2" 5-1/2" 10’ Soft 10/64"
Anigre High 1-1/2´ 5-1/2´ 12’ Very Hard No data
Ash, White Moderate 2-1/2" 5-1/2" 12’ Hard 10/64"
Basswood Low 2-1/2" 5-1/2" 10’ Soft 10/64"
Beech, American Low 1-1/2" 5-1/2" 12’ Hard 14/64"
Beech, European Moderate 2- /2´
1
7-1/2´ ’16’ Hard No data

Birch, Yellow - natural Moderate 1-1/2" 5-1/2´ 12 Hard 12/64"
Birch, Yellow - select red Moderate 1- /2´
1
4-1/2´ 11 Hard ´

Birch, Yellow - select white Moderate 1-1/2" 4" 11’ Hard 12/64"
Cedar, Western Red High 3-1/4" 11" 16’ Soft 10/64"
Cherry, American Black High 2-1/2" 4" 7’ Hard 9/64"
1
Fir, DouglasÀDWJUDLQ High 3- /4" 11" 16’ Medium 10/64"
Fir, Douglas - vertical grain High 1-1/2" 11" 16’ Medium 6/64"
1 1
Hickory, True Group Low 1- /2" 4- /2" 12’ Very Hard 11/64"
Mahogany, African - plain sawn High 2-1/2" 9" 15’ Medium 7/64"
1 1
Mahogany, African - quarter sawn V. High 2- /2" 5- /2" 15’ Medium 5/64"
Mahogany, American High 2-1/2" 11" 15’ Medium 6/64"
Makore High 1-1/2´ 5-1/2´ 12’ Very Hard No data
Maple, Hard - natural Moderate 3-1/2" 7-1/2" 12’ Very Hard 12/64"
1 1
Maple, Hard - select white Moderate 2- /2" 5- /2" 12’ Very Hard 12/64"

Maple, Soft - natural Moderate 3-1/2" 7-1/2" 12’ Medium 9/64"
1 1
Oak, English Brown V. High 1- /2" 4- /2" 8’ Hard No data
Oak, Red - plain sawn Moderate 2-1/2" 7-1/4" 12’ Hard 11/64"
1 1
Oak, Red - rift sawn High 1- /16" 3- /2" 8’ Hard 7/64"
Oak, Red - quarter sawn High 1-1/16" 5-1/2" 8’ Hard 7/64"
1 1
Oak, White - plain sawn Low 1- /2" 5- /2" 10’ Hard 11/64"
3
Oak, White - rift sawn High /4 " 3" 8’ Hard 7/64"
3
Oak, White - quarter sawn High /4 " 4" 8’ Hard 7/64"
Pecan Group, Hickory Low 1-1/2" 4-1/2" 12’ Hard 11/64"
Pine, Eastern or Northern White Moderate 1-1/2" 9-1/2" 14’ Soft 8/64"
1
Pine, Ponderosa Moderate 1- /2" 9-1/2" 16’ Soft 8/64"
1 1
Pine, Southern Yellow Low 1- /2" 7- /2" 16’ Medium 10/64"
Pine, Sugar Moderate 3-1/4" ´ 16’ Soft 7/64"
1 1
Poplar, Yellow Low 2- /2" 7- /2" 12’ Medium 9/64"
RedwoodÀDWJUDLQKHDUWZRRG Moderate 2-1/2" 11" 16’ Soft 6/64"
1
Redwood, vert. grain heartwood Moderate 2- /2" 11" 16’ Soft 3/64"
7HDN V. High 1-1/2" 5-1/2" 8’ Hard 6/64"
1
Walnut, American Black Moderate 2- /2" 4" 6’ Hard 10/64"
(1) Market conditions will cause these relationships to vary. These are raw costs without consideration of labor.
(2) Maximum practical sizes without lamination/gluing. Only 10% of any order is required to be at maximum sizes.
7KHVH¿JXUHVUHSUHVHQWSRVVLEOHZLGWKFKDQJHLQDPPERDUGZKHQPRLVWXUHFRQWHQWLVUHGXFHGIURPWR)LJXUHVWDNHQDUHIRUSODLQVDZQXQOHVVLQGLFDWHGRWKHUZLVHLQWKHVSHFLHVFROXPQ
SECTION3
Lumber
ALDER, RED (Alnus rubra) BASSWOOD (Tilia americana) BIRCH, YELLOW - natural, select red, select
white (Betula alleghaniensis)
5HG$OGHUDOVRNQRZDV2UHJRQ3DFL¿F&RDVW Basswood is well suited to woodcarving and
and Western Alder) has become an important pattern making. Its critical quality is there being Yellow Birch has been and continues to be one of
utility lumber. Stable, economical and plentiful, it is no contrast between early wood and late wood. the prominent wood species used for architectural
used as a core for veneer and in the solid for mass This is unusual in wood, as normally the late woodwork. This is due not only to its attractive
produced furniture. The inner bark turns a reddish wood would tear as you attempt to work against appearance but also to its general availability
orange when exposed to the air, hence the name. its natural bias. Otherwise basswood is almost both as lumber and as veneered products, its
Sourced predominately from the states of Oregon featureless. Creamy white to light tan in color with DGDSWDELOLW\WRHLWKHUSDLQWRUWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVK
and Washington. Varies in color from almost DSLQNKXH\HOORZVZKHQD¿QLVKLVDSSOLHG+DVD and its abrasion resistance. The heartwood of
white to pale pinkish brown and there is no visible VWUDLJKWJUDLQZLWK¿QHDQGHYHQWH[WXUH6KULQNDJH the tree varies in color from medium to dark
boundary between heartwood and sapwood. LQZLGWKDQGWKLFNQHVVGXULQJGU\LQJLVKLJK brown or reddish brown while its sapwood, which
Moderately light in weight and intermediate in most however, seldom warps in use. comprises a better than average portion of the
strength properties with relatively low shrinkage. tree, is near white. Despite its wide usage some

BEECH, AMERICAN (Fagus grandfolia) confusion exists as to the common terms used
ANIGRE (Aningeria poteria) to describe Birch lumber and/or veneer. Virtually
Beech grows in Eastern U.S. and adjacent all commercially used Birch is cut from the Yellow
Anigre grows in Africa and is most common in the Canadian Provinces. Color varies from nearly Birch tree, not from the White Birch tree, which
tropical areas of east Africa. The color varies from ZKLWHVDSZRRGWRUHGGLVKEURZQKHDUWZRRG ERWDQLFDOO\LVDGLVWLQFWVSHFLHV7KHWHUP³1DWXUDO´
light yellowish brown with a pinkish tinge in the however, sometimes there is no clear demarcation RU³8QVHOHFWHG´%LUFKPHDQVWKDWWKHOXPEHU
heartwood to golden brown. The grain is straight between them. Heavy in weight with hard and or veneer may contain both the sapwood, or
with uniform texture but can be wavy producing a strong properties that are highly suitable for white portion, as well as the heartwood, or dark
mottled figure. Overall working characteristics are steam bending. Machines smoothly, wears well, portion, of the tree in unrestricted amounts. The
fair. Good nailing, screwing, gluing and staining is well suited for turning and is easily treated with WHUP³6HOHFW5HG´%LUFKGHVFULEHVWKHOXPEHU
properties. Used for cabinetwork and furniture. SUHVHUYDWLYHV8VHGIRUÀRRULQJIXUQLWXUHYHQHHU or veneer produced from the heartwood portion
woodenware and when treated, for railroad ties. RIWKHWUHHDQGWKHWHUP³6HOHFW:KLWH´%LUFK
ASH, WHITE (Fraxinus americana) describes the lumber or veneer produced from
BEECH, EUROPEAN (Fagus sylvatica) WKHVDSZRRGSRUWLRQRIWKHWUHH7RREWDLQ³5HG´

While White Ash has always enjoyed widespread RU³:KLWH´%LUFKH[FOXVLYHO\UHTXLUHVVHOHFWLYH
use for industrial products where hardness, shock European Beech grows from the southern parts of
cutting with corresponding cost premium as well
resistance, stability and strength were important, Scandinavia to Sicily and from the French Atlantic
as considerable restriction on the width and length
its acceptance for architectural woodwork is coast to Poland. The color varies from pale pink
availability in lumber form. Birch, in veneer form,
increasing. It is open grained and has a strong brown heartwood to reddish brown tone when
LVUHDGLO\DYDLODEOHLQDOO³VHOHFWLRQV´DQGLVXVXDOO\
and pronounced grain pattern. The heartwood is steamed and may have some dark veining. The
rotary cut. While some sliced veneer is produced
light tan or brown and its sapwood creamy white. grain is straight and fine with an even texture. The
which simulates the same grain effect as lumber,
Color contrast between the two is minor and its steam bending properties are exceptionally good.
LWVDYDLODELOLW\DQGFRVWUHÀHFWWKHVDPHFXWWLQJ
blonde effect makes it particularly appealing when Stains well and is permeable for preservation
restrictions that are incurred in producing the
DOLJKWRUQHDUQDWXUDO¿QLVKLVGHVLUHG)LQLVKHG treatment. Used for cabinetwork, furniture,
³VHOHFWÍRUPVRI%LUFKOXPEHU
with darker tones it presents a bold effect. Its cost flooring, heavy construction and marine piling
is moderate and it is readily available in lumber (when pressure treated).
CEDAR, WESTERN RED (Thuja plicata)
form. In veneered form some size limitation may
be experienced but it can be easily produced on )RXQGLQWKH3DFL¿F1RUWKZHVWDQGDORQJWKH
special order. 3DFL¿F&RDVWWR$ODVND:LWKQHDUO\ZKLWH
sapwood which is typically narrow, its heartwood
runs reddish or pinkish brown to dull brown. It is
generally straight grained with uniform coarse
grain. With very low shrinkage, its lightweight,
PRGHUDWHO\VRIWORZLQVWUHQJWKKRZHYHUYHU\
resistant to decay. Principally used for shingles,
exterior siding, decks, standing and running trim,
sash and doors.
SECTION3
Lumber
CHERRY, AMERICAN BLACK (Prunus serotina) HICKORY, TRUE GROUP (Carya ovata, glabra, MAKORE (Tieghemella heckelii, Tieghemella
and lacinosa) africana)
:LOG%ODFN$PHULFDQ&KHUU\LVD¿QHDQG
especially stable close grained cabinet and veneer Harvested typically in the Middle to Southern Makore grows in Western and Middle Africa. The
wood. Its heartwood color ranges from light to Atlantic and Central U.S. The sapwood is white color varies from pink to reddish brown. The grain
medium reddish brown. Its sapwood, which is a and usually quite wide with reddish heartwood. has a fine texture with closed pores and can be
light creamy color, is usually selectively eliminated It is extremely tough, heavy, hard, strong and straight, interlocked or wavy. Generally easy to
from the veneer and lumber. In some respects experiences considerable shrinkage in drying. work, although sections with interlocked grain
it resembles Red Birch, but has a more uniform Typically used for implement handles, ladder can cause tear out during planing. Suitable for
grain and is further characterized by the presence UXQJVIXUQLWXUHDQGÀRRULQJ turning and is easy to glue and finish. Used for
of small dark gum spots which, when sound, are cabinetwork, furniture, flooring, boat building and
not considered as defects but add to its interest. MAHOGANY, AFRICAN - (Khaya ivorensis) turned objects.
Cherry is available in moderate supply as lumber
and architectural paneling and is usually plain This, one of the true Mahoganies, is perhaps MAPLE, SOFT GROUP (Acer saccharinum,

sawn or sliced. Exceptionally rich appearance is the most widely used of the several Mahogany rubrum, negundo and macrophyllum)
DFKLHYHGZLWKWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKHVZKLFKWRJHWKHU species. This is due to its excellent cutting and
ZLWKLWVPDFKLQLQJFKDUDFWHULVWLFVMXVWL¿HVLWV working characteristics and versatility. While its Typically found in Eastern U.S. with some in the
identity with Early American cabinetry and furniture use has been largely for interior purposes, its 2UHJRQ3DFL¿F&RDVW6LPLODULQDSSHDUDQFHWR
manufacturing, thus adding to its prestige as one innate stability and moderate decay resistance hard Maple, heartwood is somewhat lighter in
of our most desirable native woods. MXVWL¿HVLWVFRQVLGHUDWLRQIRUVHOHFWHGDQG color than sapwood and wider. Soft Maple is not
demanding exterior applications. It has a very as heavy, heard or strong as Hard Maple. Typically
FIR, DOUGLAS - (Pseudotsuga taxifolla) pleasing open grain, with its heartwood ranging used for railroad ties, furniture, veneer and
in color from light to medium dark reddish brown. wooden ware.
Douglas Fir is a large, fast growing species and In lumber form it is more readily available as
is native to the northwest. It accounts for much of plain sawn and selectively so as quartersawn. MAPLE, HARD GROUP - natural or select white
the lumber produced in North America. While the ,QYHQHHUIRUPWKHTXDUWHURU³ULEERQVWULSHG´FXW (Acer saccharum and nigrum)
preponderance of its production is developed for predominates, but plain sliced, as well as many
structural and construction type products, some of RIWKHH[RWLF³¿JXUH´FXWVFDQEHSURGXFHGRQ Hard Maple is very similar in general

its upper grades are used for stock millwork and special order. characteristics to Yellow Birch. It is heavy, hard,
specialized woodwork. Its heartwood is reddish strong, and resistant to shock and abrasion.
tan while its sapwood is creamy yellow. Since MAHOGANY, AMERICAN (Swietenia macrophylla The heartwood of the tree is reddish brown and
its growth rings are conspicuous, a rather bold - CITES listed) its sapwood is near white with a slight reddish
grain pattern develops when either plain sawn for brown tinge. Another natural characteristic is the
lumber or rotary cut as is common in plywood. This Mahogany species is commonly known as prevalence of dark mineral streaks (predominantly
Some lumber and veneer is cut edge or vertical ³+RQGXUDV0DKRJDQ\ÉXWDFWXDOO\HQFRPSDVVHV in the heartwood), which can be minimized in
grain, producing a superior form of the product all of this species that grow throughout Mexico, the sapwood by selective cutting. Like Birch,
VLQFHWKHWHQGHQF\WR³JUDLQUDLVH´LVJUHDWO\ Brazil, Peru, and Central America. Its traditional common usage of descriptive terms does
reduced. LGHQWLW\ZLWKFDVHZRUNDQGIXUQLWXUHMXVWL¿HV RFFDVLRQVRPHFRQIXVLRQ7KHWHUP³1DWXUDO´RU
LWVSRVLWLRQDVRQHRIWKH¿QHVWZRRGVIRU ³8QVHOHFWHG´0DSOHLQGLFDWHVWKDWWKHOXPEHURU
HICKORY, PECAN GROUP (Carya cordiformis, this purpose. Its stability, workability, warm veneer may contain both the white sapwood and
illinoensis, aquatica and myristiciformis) DSSHDUDQFHDQG¿UPJUDLQPDNHLWDIDYRULWHRI WKHGDUNHUKHDUWZRRG7KHWHUP³:KLWH´0DSOH
all woodworking craftsmen. It is a semi open grain means that the lumber or veneer is selected
Harvested typically in the Eastern half of the wood, with its heartwood color ranging from light and separated from the pieces containing the
U.S. Sapwood is white to nearly white and tan to a rich golden brown depending to some dark heartwood. Unlike Birch, the heartwood is
relatively wide with somewhat darker heartwood. extent on the country of its origin. Its outstanding so low in content that no comparable selection
Predominately used for implement handles, stability and decay resistance expands its potential is available. Maple’s close identity with furniture
furniture and decorative paneling. WRLQFOXGHH[WHULRUDSSOLFDWLRQVIRU³PRQXPHQWDO´ and specialized industrial use overshadows its
projects. It is most generally available as plain potential for architectural woodwork. Its modest
sawn lumber and plain sliced veneer with different cost, and pleasing, mild grain pattern warrants its
veneer cuts available on special order. consideration, especially on items subject to hard
usage.
SECTION3
Lumber
OAK, ENGLISH BROWN (Quercus robur) OAK, WHITE (Quercus alba) PINE, SOUTHERN YELLOW - short leaf (Pinus
echinata)
The English Brown Oak, or Pollard Oak is a tree White Oak, like Red Oak, is perhaps one of the
which varies in height from 60’-130’ (18-40 m) best known hardwoods in the world, and its use Southern Yellow Pine, commonly called Short
depending on soil conditions. It varies in color for architectural woodwork is widespread. It is hard Leaf Pine, is commercially important in Arkansas,
from a light tan to a deep brown with occasional and strong. Its heartwood has good weathering Virginia, Missouri, Louisiana, Mississippi, Texas,
black spots. It produces burls and swirls which characteristics, making its use for selected exterior and South and North Carolina, and is found in
are very brittle and fragile, but beautiful work can applications appropriate. It is open grained varying abundance from New York and south
be obtained with their use. English Brown Oak is DQGLQLWVSODLQVDZQIRUPLVKLJKO\¿JXUHG7KH central Pennsylvania, south and westerly to
FRQVLGHUHGRQHRIWKH¿QHVWZRRGVLQXVHWRGD\ heartwood varies considerably in color from light eastern Texas and Oklahoma. The yellowish wood
English Brown Oak is obtained from trees which grayish tan to brown, making the maintenance is noticeably grained, moderately hard, strong, and
have had their tops cut out before reaching RIFRORUFRQVLVWHQF\GLI¿FXOW,WVVDSZRRGLV stiff. A cubic foot of air dried Southern Yellow Pine
maturity. This pruning leads to the production of much lighter in color, is fairly prevalent, and its weighs 36 to 39 pounds. It is used extensively
a number of new branches around the cut, and elimination is accomplished by selective ripping. in house building, including framing, ceiling,

if these are subsequently lopped off, more new White Oak is often rift sawn or sliced, producing weather boarding, panels, window and door
EUDQFKHVDUHIRUPHG7KLVZRRGLVGLI¿FXOWWR a very straight grained effect or frequently quarter frames, casing, and carved work. The grain shows
season and to work, tending to warp and twist sawn or sliced, producing straight grain, but ZHOOLQQDWXUDO¿QLVKRUZKHQVWDLQHG)UDPHVRI
LQGU\LQJDQGWRWHDULQZRUNLQJ7KHEHVW¿JXUH ZLWKWKHÀHFNVRPHWLPHVFDOOHGÀDNHRIWKH overstuffed furniture, chairs, desks, agricultural
is obtained from trees which have been cut out medullary ray greatly pronounced. The special machinery, wood pulp, mine props, barrels, and
regularly every few years, the branches never cuts mentioned are more readily attained in veneer crates are also made of this Pine.
EHLQJOHIWVXI¿FLHQWO\ORQJIRUWKHSURGXFWLRQRI form since the solid lumber cutting techniques
large knots. The constant exposure of freshly cut greatly restrict its width and length potential. PINE, SUGAR (Pinus lambertiana)
surfaces promotes attack from parasites, the result
being that a considerable portion of these trees PECAN - (see Hickory, Pecan Group) The world’s largest species of pine typically found
become decayed sooner or later. This has made in California and South Western Oregon. It’s
the timber relatively scarce and costly. heartwood is buff to light brown and sometimes
PINE, PONDEROSA (Pinus ponderosa)
tinged with red. It’s straight grained with fairly
OAK, RED - (Quercus rubra) Ponderosa Pine is said to be the softwood species uniform texture, low shrinkage and dimensionally

most commonly used for exterior and interior stable, lightweight, soft, and moderately low in
Red Oak is one of the most abundant of our woodwork components. Its heartwood is tannish strength and stiffness. Used almost exclusively for
domestic hardwoods. Its moderate cost, strength, pink, while its sapwood is a lighter creamy pink. Its boxes, sashes, doors, frames, general millwork
wearability, and appealing grain characteristics VXSSO\LVH[WHQVLYHIRXQGLQFRPPHUFLDOTXDQWLWLHV and foundry patterns.
make its use widespread. It is open grained in every state west of the Great Plains. Ponderosa
and in its plain sawn or sliced form expresses a Pine grows in pure stands and is abundant in POPLAR, YELLOW (Liriodendron tulipfera)
YHU\VWURQJ³FDWKHGUDO´W\SHJUDLQSDWWHUQ7KH mixed stands. Also, like most Pines, the proportion
heartwood is reddish tan to brown and very of sapwood is high and its heartwood has only a Yellow Poplar, sometimes incorrectly called
uniform in color. Its sapwood is lighter in color moderate natural decay resistance. Fortunately, its ³:KLWHZRRG´LVDQH[WUHPHO\YHUVDWLOHDQG
and minimal in volume, making its elimination receptivity to preservative treatment is high, and moderately priced hardwood that is well adapted
by selective cutting very easy. Red Oak is since all Pines should be so treated when used on to general interior woodwork usage. It is even
also available in rift sawn or sliced form, which the exterior, it can be used interchangeably with textured, close grained, stable, of medium
produces a very uniform straight grained effect. them. hardness, and has an inconspicuous grain pattern.
Less frequently it is quarter sawn or sliced, still The heartwood is pale greenish yellow while
SURGXFLQJDVWUDLJKWJUDLQEXWZLWKWKHÀHFN PINE, EASTERN WHITE (Pinus strobus) the sapwood is white. Occasional dark purple
VRPHWLPHVFDOOHGÀDNHRIWKHPHGXOODU\UD\ streaks also occur. The tight, close grain results
DFFHQWHG6RPHVDFUL¿FHLQZLGWKDQGOHQJWK Found from Maine to Northern Georgia and LQRXWVWDQGLQJSDLQWDELOLW\ZKLOHLWVPRGHVW¿JXUH
availability occurs when producing either rift or the Great Lake States, it is typically called and even texture permits staining to simulate
quarter sawn lumber. White Pine. Heartwood light brown, often with more expensive hardwood. Due to its indistinct
a reddish tinge and turns darker when exposed JUDLQ¿JXUH3RSODULVVHOGRPXVHGIRUGHFRUDWLYH
to air. Has relatively uniform texture, straight veneered products. Its white sapwood is not
grain, low shrinkage and high stability. It’s light appropriate for use in exterior applications.
weight, moderately low in strength and stiffness.
Extensively used in patterns, sash, doors,
furniture, interior woodwork, knotty paneling and
caskets.
SECTION3
Lumber
REDWOOD - heartwood (Sequoia sempervirens) WALNUT, AMERICAN BLACK (Juglans nigra) USE OF RECLAIMED TIMBER AND LUMBER
Redwood is the product of one of nature’s most American Black Walnut is perhaps our most highly Interest in timber reclaimed from old logs cut from
impressive accomplishments. The enormous prized domestic wood species. Its grain pattern old growth forests and lumber salvaged from old
size and unique inherent characteristics of variations are extensive and in veneered form structures has increased recently.
this tree produce a material ideally suited for produces, in addition to its normal plain sliced cut,
exterior applications. Its heartwood color is a TXDUWHUHGRU³SHQFLOVWULSHG´DVZHOODVVSHFLDOW\ Sources and types of reclaimed materials coming
fairly uniform brownish red, while its very limited cuts such as crotches, swirls, burls, and others. from underwater salvage as well as demolished
sapwood is lemon colored. In its plain sawn form Its heartwood color varies from gray brown to buildings and structures vary greatly in their
PHGLXP³FDWKHGUDO´W\SH¿JXUHGHYHORSVZKLOH dark purplish brown. The sapwood, which is very type, quality, availability. aesthetics and cost. A
LQWKHYHUWLFDOJUDLQDORQJLWXGLQDOVWULSHG¿JXUH prevalent in solid lumber, is cream colored and its sample of the material used for selection may not
UHVXOWV,WVDYDLODELOLW\LQ³DOOKHDUWZRRGÍRUP complete elimination by selective cutting is very match actual available material in species, color,
with its outstanding natural resistance to decay costly. Fortunately, if this natural effect is felt to be texture, surface quality or structural composition
accounts for its wide usage for exterior purposes. undesirable, its appearance can be neutralized by when it comes time to make a purchase. Design

It is considered a very stable wood and its paint VDSVWDLQLQJLQWKH¿QLVKLQJSURFHVV7KHJURZWK SURIHVVLRQDOVDQGVSHFL¿HUVVKRXOGEHDZDUH
retention qualities are excellent. Redwood’s FRQGLWLRQVRI:DOQXWUHVXOWLQVLJQL¿FDQWZLGWKDQG of the limitations of availability of species, cut,
principal identity with painted exterior application length limitations in its lumber form. Its potential is quantity, lead time, waste factor and cost of
should not preclude its consideration for either best expressed in veneered products. PDWHULDO7KHVHPDWHULDOVDUHQRUPDOO\VROG³DVLV´
H[WHULRURULQWHULRUXVHZLWKWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVK,WV and are not returnable.
pleasing and uniform color lends to a variety of OTHER SPECIES
VXFK¿QLVKHVVXJJHVWLQJWKHZDUPWKDQGKRQHVW\ Design professionals need to be aware that
of wood in its natural state. The size of the trees There are many other species, both domestic there is no NHLA Grade for reclaimed materials,
yields lumber of unusually character free widths and imported, used in woodworking. Nearly all therefore there are no measurable characteristics
and lengths. are ecologically sound and appropriate for use. and defects established by which to reject
Using hardwoods for architecture gives value unsuitable materials once they are delivered.
TEAK (Tectona grandis) to the species, encouraging improved forest It is advisable that the design professional and
management techniques and the continuation of woodworker see the material at the supplier to
Teak is one of the most versatile and valuable the species. determine the availability and suitability for the

woods and has attained great prestige value. The intended use.
¿JXUHYDULDWLRQVDUHH[WHQVLYHDQGLWLVDYDLODEOH ENDANGERED SPECIES
in both lumber and veneered products. Adding to Logs harvested over 100 years ago and
its appeal is its distinctive tawny yellow to green to For a current list of endangered species see the transported by water often sank en route to mills.
dark brown color, often with light and dark accent Convention on International Trade in Endangered 7KHUHVXOWLQJ³ORVWXQGHUZDWHUIRUHVWÓD\RQWKH
streaks. It is perhaps most appealing in plain sawn Species (CITES) Appendix I restricted table at bottoms of rivers and lakes until recently as proper
or sliced cuts. While it has unique stability and www.cites.org. environmental and mechanical procedures for
weathering properties, making it ideal for exterior retrieving them have been developed.
applications, its high cost usually limits its use to
decorative interior woodwork, most often in veneer Reclaimed submerged materials are utilized in all
form. Its great beauty and interest dictate it being aspects of construction of furniture, architectural
¿QLVKHGLQLWVQHDU³QDWXUDOVWDWH´ woodwork and musical instruments. Submerged
lumber is generally processed in both solid lumber,
plain sliced and rotary veneer.
The uniqueness of the harvesting procedures, the

high quality of the material and unusual aesthetic
qualities are a few of desirable traits associated
with this special material.
SECTION3
Lumber
ENGINEERED PRODUCTS *UDLQ - The appearance produced by the METHODS OF SAWING
arrangement of wood fibers and pores of the
Structural Composite Lumber (SCL) — A man species. Lumber grain may not match veneer Lumber is typically furnished plain sawn unless
made composite that utilizes grain oriented wood grain. RWKHUZLVHVSHFL¿HG6DZLQJPHWKRGVDQGWKH
strands from a variety of tree species, providing selection of boards after sawing the log, as shown
an alternative to dimension lumber. The material 2SHQ*UDLQ and &ORVHG*UDLQ - Open below, produce the following types of lumber:
is engineered for strength and stability. While SCL grain woods are said to be ring porous and
Plain Sawn
LVQRWUHDOO\³OXPEHU´LWLVPDUNHWHGDVDOXPEHU usually show a distinct grain pattern. Close Tangential grain
VXEVWLWXWH6&/FDQEHVSHFL¿HGDVFRUHVWLOH grain woods are said to be diffuse-porous
backers, and core for stiles and rails, so long as with even grain. The size and distribution of
all other criteria of the AWS are met in relation to the cellular structure of the wood influences
its use. the appearance and uniformity. Open grain
Radial grain
hardwoods, such as Elm, Oak, Ash, and
Quarter Sawn ±60(-90(
Chestnut are ring-porous species. These

AESTHETIC CHARACTERISTICS
“Rift” Characteristics ±30(-60(
species have distinct figure and grain patterns.
One of the qualities which contributes to the Close grain hardwoods, such as Cherry, Maple,
Figure: 3-003
widespread use of wood is the option offered for Birch, and Yellow Poplar, are diffuse-porous
aesthetic selection. It varies between species, species. Most North American diffuse-porous
Plain Sawn - Plain sawing, the most common
between two logs of the same species, and woods have small, dense pores resulting in
type of lumber sawing, yields broad grain, the
between two boards from the same log. Aesthetic less distinct figure and grain. Some tropical
widest boards and least waste. The annular
FRQVLGHUDWLRQVLQVSHFLI\LQJZRRGDUHLQÀXHQFHG diffuse-porous species (e.g., Mahogany) have
rings are typically 30 degrees or less to the
by the following characteristics: rather large pores.
face of the board.
Color - The basic hue of the species, which Figure - Various species produce different
may be further enhanced by the finishing grain patterns (figures), which influence the
process employed. selection process. There will be variations of
Sapwood and heartwood - The color of wood grain patterns within any selected species.
ZLWKLQDWUHHYDULHVEHWZHHQWKH³VDSZRRG´ The manufacturer cannot select solid lumber

(the outer layers of the tree that continue cuttings within a species by grain and color in
to transport sap), which is usually lighter in the same manner in which veneers may be
FRORUWKDQWKH³KHDUWZRRG´WKHLQQHUOD\HUV selected.
in which the cells have become filled with
natural deposits). If desired, sapwood may Finishing Characteristics - The many species
Figure: 3-004
be stained in the finishing process to blend of wood vary considerably in their receptivity
with the heartwood. This difference in color to the multitude of finishing processes on the
is so pronounced in certain species that market. Some woods, because of their open
the sapwood is marketed under a different pores, will accept fillers while tighter grained
nomenclature from the heartwood. woods will not. Some will show greater contrast
EHWZHHQWKH³HDUO\ZRRG´DQGWKH³ODWHZRRG´
Some examples are: when stained than others. Design professionals
should take into consideration the finish that
Select White Birch - sapwood of Yellow or
will be applied when selecting a particular
Paper Birch
species. Consult with a Sponsor Association
Select Red Birch - heartwood of Yellow Birch member about finishing prior to selection or
Natural Birch - both sapwood and heartwood specification. Providing large samples of the
of any Birch desired finish to manufacturers during the
design phase and bidding process will assure
Select White Ash - sapwood of White or the designer of obtaining an acceptable final
Green Ash product, while enabling the manufacturer to
Select Brown Ash - heartwood of Black Ash be aware of exactly what is required. Lumber
might not accept transparent finishes in the
Natural Ash - both sapwood and heartwood
same manner as veneer and special finishing
of any Ash
techniques may be required.
Select White Maple - sapwood of the Sugar
Maple
SECTION3
Lumber
METHODS OF SAWING (continued) AVAILABILITY and SIZE LIMITATIONS DIMENSIONAL STABILITY, RELATIVE
HUMIDITY, and MOISTURE CONTENT
Quarter Sawn- Most often cut as Rift and 7KHVXSSO\RIOXPEHULVLQFRQVWDQWÀX[WKURXJKRXW
Quartered, and then sorted for appearance, the world. It is affected by many factors such $OOZRRGVDUHDIIHFWHGVLJQL¿FDQWO\E\PRLVWXUH
quarter sawn lumber is available in certain as current demand, export regulations of the and to a lesser degree by heat. Lumber swells and
species, yields a straight grain, narrow boards, FRXQWU\RIRULJLQQDWXUDOIRUFHVRIZHDWKHU¿UH shrinks primarily in two directions: thickness and
and fleck (sometimes called flake) or figure disease, political situations, etc. Certain trees ZLGWK7KHUHLVLQVLJQL¿FDQWFKDQJHLQOHQJWK7KH
which runs across the grain in some species (species) naturally grow larger, thus producing changes in dimension due to moisture vary with
(notably the Oaks). Dimensional stability across longer and wider lumber. Other trees are smaller GLIIHUHQWVSHFLHVWKXVLQÀXHQFLQJWKHVHOHFWLRQRI
the grain is the best. The annular rings run and produce narrow and shorter boards. The lumber to use and the design elements.
approximately 60 to 90 degrees to the face of manufacturer must work with the available lumber,
the board, with the optimum being 90 degrees. which must be considered when selecting any Prevention of dimensional problems in
Quartered lumber is generally narrower and species. Consult a Sponsor Association member architectural woodwork products as a result of
more expensive than plain sawn of the same before specifying an uncommon species, or uncontrolled relative humidity is possible. Wood

species. thickness, and/or long lengths which may not products perform, as they have for centuries,
typically be available. If available, the cost may be with complete satisfaction when correctly
substantially higher. Economies can be realized designed and used. Problems directly or indirectly
by detailing and specifying thicknesses and widths attributed to dimensional change of the wood
ZLWKLQWKH¿QLVKVL]HVRIWKHVHVWDQGDUGV are usually, in fact, the result of faulty design or
improper humidity conditions during site storage,
VENEERED CONSTRUCTION installation, or use.
Lumber can be used to secure wide and thick Wood is a hygroscopic material, and under
members in species with limited cutting potential. normal conditions all wood products contain
An acceptable technique is to apply thin lumber some moisture. Wood readily exchanges this
Figure: 3-005 or veneer to the faces and edges of a compatible moisture with the water vapor in the surrounding
density lumber, structural composite lumber (SCL), atmosphere according to the relative humidity.
Rift Sawn - Rift sawing produces small flecks RUDPHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUGFRUH In high humidity, wood picks up moisture and

caused by cutting through the wood rays. Only swells. In low humidity, wood releases moisture
certain species produce these flecks, primarily Lumber or Veneer Face and shrinks. As normal minor changes in humidity
Red and White Oak. Rift cutting reduces occur, the resulting dimensional response in
Lumber edges
yield and increases cost. The annular rings SURSHUO\GHVLJQHGFRQVWUXFWLRQZLOOEHLQVLJQL¿FDQW

run about 30 to 60 degrees to the face of the Core To avoid problems, it is recommended that the
board, with the optimum being 45 degrees. appropriate recommendations from Section 2 of
the AWS be maintained. Uncontrolled extremes
are likely to cause problems. Together with proper
Figure: 3-007
design, fabrication, and installation, humidity
control is the important factor in preventing
dimensional change problems. The book
Understanding Wood by Bruce Hoadley contains
excellent data of wood and moisture.
EXPANSION
Due to Moisture in the Air
(1 7-1
7- 1 m
(1
84 /4
1/ m
8
m "
8" )
Figure: 3-006 m
)
25% relative humidity 85% relative humidity
Figure: 3-008
SECTION3
Lumber
ADAPTABILITY FOR EXTERIOR USE PRESERVATIVE TREATMENTS
SHRINKAGE
Due to Drying
WIDTH Years of performance have shown certain species Modern technology has developed methods of
(Tangential)
LENGTH 5%-10%
to be more durable for exterior applications. treating certain species to extend their life when
(Longitudinal) Heartwood shall be furnished when these species exposed to the elements. Some lumber species
0.1%-0.2%
are designated for external use, excluding used for exterior architectural woodwork may
the sapwood. The following is a list of species be treated with an industry tested and accepted
generally considered acceptable for exterior use, formulation. One such formulation is a liquid
THICKNESS
(Radial) from USDA’s The Wood Handbook (latest edition), containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate
2%-5%
published by their Forest Products Laboratory: (IPBC) as its active ingredient, which must be
Cherry, Black
used according to manufacturer’s directions.
Shrinkage of 1" x 8" x 10' (25.4 x 203 x 3,048 mm)
Dried from Green to Oven Dry Chestnut The Window & Door Manufacturers Association
Approximates: 3/64” (1.2 mm) in thickness
(WDMA), through the treatments and coatings

3/4” (19 mm) in width Douglas, Fir
1/8” (3.2 mm) in length
committee, has reviewed information from third
Figure: 3-009
Eastern and Western Red Cedar party testing laboratories which indicates that
Locust, Black the number of formulations at the stated in use
Wood is anisotropic in its shrinkage
concentration meet the requirements of WDMA
characteristics. It shrinks most in the direction Mahogany, American
I.S.4 (latest edition). The formulations are
of the annual rings when it loses moisture from
Oak, White acceptable for use under the WDMA Hallmark
the cell walls. This illustration from USDA’s The
Redwood, heartwood Water Repellent Non Pressure Preservative
Wood Handbook (latest edition), published by their
7UHDWPHQW&HUWL¿FDWLRQ3URJUDPDQGDUHDGRSWHG
Forest Products Laboratory, shows the typical Spanish Cedar to meet all requirements.
distortion of cuts from various parts of a log.
Teak, old growth
)/$0(635($'&/$66,),&$7,216
Baldcypress (Taxodium distichum) has a long
tradition as a species resistant to decay, but This is the generally accepted measurement for
beware! There are at least nine other species of ¿UHUDWLQJRIPDWHULDOV,WFRPSDUHVWKHUDWHRI

four different genus which are marketed under ÀDPHVSUHDGRQDSDUWLFXODUVSHFLHVZLWKWKHUDWH
the common name cypress. Only the heartwood RIÀDPHVSUHDGRQXQWUHDWHG2DN0RVWDXWKRULWLHV
of Baldcypress, often marketed as Tidewater or DFFHSWWKHIROORZLQJFODVVHVIRUÀDPHVSUHDG
Red Cypress, is decay resistant. Sinker Cypress,
that is old trees which have been brought up from Class I or A. 0-25
below water in which they have been submerged
Class II or B. 26-75
for some time and properly cured and dried, is
Figure: 3-010 also resistant. None of this Cypress will come Class III or C. 76-200
from new cutting, but as salvaged wood.
Moisture can also cause iron stain (oxidation)
in wood, also referred to as blue/black stain.
Iron stain is a natural reaction of acids with iron,
oxygen, and moisture (either high relative humidity
or direct moisture) in wood. Control of moisture is
a simple way to protect wood products from iron
stain.
SECTION3
Lumber
Table: 3-011 - )/$0(635($' and FIRE RETARDANT WOOD According to the traditional model codes in the
602.( '(9(/23(',1'(;(6 86$DQGVXEMHFWWRORFDOFRGHPRGL¿FDWLRQV
7KHQDWXUDO¿UHUHWDUGDQWTXDOLWLHVDQG untreated wood and wood products can usually
Common woods species, adapted from USDA’s acceptability of treatments vary among the be used in up to 10% of the combined surface
The Wood Handbook (latest edition), published by species. Where items of architectural woodwork area of the walls and ceiling. Casework,
their Forest Products Laboratory, and based on DUHUHTXLUHGWRKDYHDÀDPHVSUHDGFODVVL¿FDWLRQ IXUQLWXUHDQG¿[WXUHVDUHUDUHO\¿UHUDWHGDQG
´PPWKLFNVROLGOXPEHU: to meet applicable building and safety codes, the can be built of combustible materials.
choice of lumber species must be a consideration.
Flame Smoke Most treated species are structural softwoods.
Species Spread Developed
Index Index Following are some references to assist in
SOFTWOODS making these choices. Additional data on various
species may be available from USDA’s The Wood
Yellow Cedar 78 90 Handbook (latest edition), published by their

Baldcypress 145 - 150 --- Forest Products Laboratory.
Cedar, Western Red 70 213
Built-up construction to Improve Fire Rating:
Fir, Douglas 70 - 100 ---
In lieu of solid lumber, it is often advisable,
Fir, Pacific Silver 69 58 where a fire rating is required, to build up
Hemlock, Western 60 - 75 --- members by using treated cores clad with
XQWUHDWHGYHQHHUVQRWWKLFNHUWKDQ´
Pine, Eastern White 85 - 215 ---
(1 mm). Some existing building codes, except
Pine, Ponderosa 105 - 230 --- where locally amended, provide that facing
Pine, Red 142 229 PDWHULDOV´PPRUWKLQQHUILQLVKHG
Pine, Southern 130 - 195 --- dimension are not considered in determining
the flame spread rating of the woodwork.
Pine, Western White 75 ---
Redwood 70 --- In localities where basic model building codes

have been amended, it is the responsibility
Spruce, Eastern 65 ---
of the specifier to determine whether the
Spruce, Sitka 74 - 100 --- application of the facing material specified will
meet the code.
HARDWOODS
Fire retardant treatments (FRT): Some
Birch, Yellow 105 - 110 --- species may be treated with chemicals to
Cottonwood 115 --- reduce flammability and retard the spread of
flame over the surface. This usually involves
Maple 104 ---
impregnating the wood, under pressure, with
Poplar, Yellow 170-185 --- salts suspended in a liquid. The treated wood
Oak, Red / White 100 100 must be re-dried prior to fabrication. FRT wood
Sweetgum 140-155 --- may exude chemicals in relative humidity
above 85%, damaging finishes and corroding
Walnut 130 - 140 --- metals in contact with the FRT surface. Consult
with a manufacturer about the resulting
appearance and availability of treated woods
prior to specification.
Hardwoods currently being treated (Flame

spread less than 25) include 4/4 Red Oak,
and 4/4 to 8/4 Poplar. These woods can be
machined after treatment, although machining
PD\YRLGWKHODEHOFODVVL¿FDWLRQ)LUHUHWDUGDQW
WUHDWPHQWGRHVDIIHFWWKHFRORUDQG¿QLVKLQJ
characteristics of the wood.
SECTION3
Lumber
SPECIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR If none of the above species is specified,
these standards require exterior woodwork
81,)250&2/25VSHFLDOILQLVKLQJWHFK- to be treated with an industry-tested and
niques might be required (see Section 5). accepted preservative formulation listed by
:'0$.
63(&,$/&+$5$&7(5,67,&6 such
as sapwood, heartwood, ribbon stripe, quar-
ter sawn, rift sawn, or vertical grain are only
required if so specified.
1DWXUDO as a type selection of a species

allows an unlimited amount of heartwood
or sapwood within a face and is the default
selection.

6HOHFW5HG or :KLWH means all heart-
wood or sapwood, respectively for Birch and
Maple.
6HOHFW%URZQ means all heartwood for

Ash.
EXTERIOR$33/,&$7,216 where spe-

cies selection should take decay resistance
into consideration. The following species, when
selected for KHDUWZRRGRQO\, exhibit the
listed decay resistance adapted from USDA’s
The Wood Handbook (latest edition) pub-
lished by their Forest Products Laboratory:

DECAY RESISTANT WOODS:
VERY RESISTANT:
Domestic:
Locust, Black Yew, Pacific
Import:
Goncalo Alves Lignumvitae
Ipe (Iapacho) Purpleheart
Jarrah Teak (Old Growth)
RESISTANT:
Domestic:
Baldcypress (Old Growth) Juniper
Cedar Oak, White
Cherry, Black Redwood (Old Growth)
Chestnut Walnut, Black
Cypress, Arizona
Import:
Mahogany, American Spanish Cedar
MODERATELY RESISTANT:
Domestic:
Baldcypress (Young Growth) Redwood (Young Growth)
Fir, Douglas Tamarack
Larch, Western
Import:
Avodire Mahogany, African
Benge Meranti, Dark Red
Bubinga Sapele
Keruing Teak (Young Growth)
SECTION3
Where the E, C, or P icon is not indicated,
the rule applies to all Grades equally E C P
Lumber
Including: Hardwood and Softwood 3.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS (continued)
4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall govern if in conflict with these

3.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS standards.
1 GRADES 5 TRANSPARENT FINISHES in lumber may not be accepted in

WKHVDPHPDQQHUDVSO\ZRRGVSHFLDOILQLVKLQJWHFKQLTXHV might
1.1 GRADE CLASSIFICATIONS ECONOMY, CUSTOM, and be required (see Section 5).
PREMIUM are used within these standards only in reference
to the acceptable quality of workmanship, material, or 6 RECONSTITUTED LUMBER is typically manufactured from
sliced wood veneer, which in some cases are dyed, then
installation in a completed architectural woodwork product
glued up and sawn in such a manner as to imitate dimensional
covered in sections 6 - 12.
lumber species. Use of these engineered products are allowed
1.1.1 In this section, the use of these classifications is only only if specified and/or approved by the owner and/or design

for the purpose of identifying lumber that can be used in professional.
finished products meeting those Grades.
7 SPECIAL and UNUSUAL CHARACTERISTICS, for example
1.1.2 These classifications are not intended to be used as HICKORY, PECAN, BUTTERNUT, KNOTTY PINE, WORMY
Grades of raw material or to judge a stand alone board or CHESTNUT, PECKY CYPRESS, and WATTLED WALNUT are
member. not covered by these standards, and:
2 LUMBER ASSOCIATION RULES shall not be used, since even 7.1 If their use is contemplated, individual ranges of
their highest Grades permit defects unacceptable in architectural characteristics and availability should be investigated and
woodwork and are not based upon the use of the whole piece, specified accordingly.
but rather on a percentage of the piece.
8 MAHOGANY, AMERICAN varies in color from a light pink to a
2.1 The appearance of a piece in the end product is of impor- light red, reddish brown to a golden brown or yellowish tan, and:
tance, not whether it is cut from a larger board that contained
defects that can be eliminated. 8.1 Figure or grain includes plain sliced, plain to broken stripe,

mottled, fiddleback, swirl and crotches.
Clear Cut 8.2 It can turn darker or lighter in color after machining.
Checks
9 LAUAN, TANGUILE, and other species are native to the
Philippine Islands and are sometimes referred to as Philippine
Defect 0DKRJDQ\KRZHYHUWKH\DUHQRWDWUXH0DKRJDQ\
Figure: 3-012
9.1 0$+2*$1< is a generic term and should not be speci-
3 LUMBER RULES fied without further definition, such as American or African
Mahogany.
3.1 Apply only to surfaces visible after manufacture and installa-
tion. 10 CHERRY, WALNU7, and certain other hardwood species are
required to be specified by origin, such as American Cherry,
3.2 Establish criteria as to which, if any, natural or seasoning
American Walnut, or English Brown Oak, because they can be
characteristics are acceptable.
significantly different in color and texture.
3.3 Limit the extent of characteristics that will be permitted based
on an exposed area’s size and proximity of characteristics to
one another.
3.4 Do not apply to special varieties of species that display

unusual characteristics desirable for aesthetic and design rea-
sons.
SECTION3
E C P
the rule applies to all Grades equally
Lumber
3.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS (continued)
11.1 Lumber is furnished plain sawn unless otherwise specified.
11.2 Hardwood is typically not recommended for exterior use.
11.2.1 Exceptions include Apitong, American Mahogany, White

Oak, Teak, and Tanguile.
11.3 Lumber is dimensioned in the following conventional order:

thickness, followed by width (across the grain direction),
IROORZHGE\OHQJWKZLWKWKHJUDLQGLUHFWLRQVHHGUDZLQJ

Thickness gth
Len
Width
Figure 3-013
11.4 */8,1* for thickness and/or width is permitted as governed

E\WKHVHVWDQGDUGVVHHGUDZLQJ

Figure 3-014

Figure 3-015
11.5 SPECIFICATION:
11.5.1 Of PHILIPPINE MAHOGANY permits the use of Lauan,

Tanguile, and other natural Philippine species.
11.5.2 By the generic term MAHOGANY means genuine

Mahogany, such as American or African.
11.6 SPECIES not specifically covered by these standards shall

be as agreed to between owner/design professional and
manufacturer/installer as to length requirements and size/
exposed area of permitted natural characteristics.
SECTION3
Lumber
3.2 SCOPE
%DVLF5XOHV
standards. AESTHETIC Grade rules apply only to exposed and semi-exposed
1
surfaces visible after installation.
VISIBLE SURFACES shall be sound lumber, free of decay, shake, pith,
1 Not used or applicable for this section 2
wane and warp.
3.4 RULES
³BOARD´ refers to a piece of lumber before gluing for width or
3
1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract thickness.
documents require otherwise.
³MEMBER´ refers to a piece of lumber after gluing for width or
2 These rules are intended to provide a well-defined degree of 4

thickness.
control over a project’s quality of materials and workmanship.
3 ERRATA, published on the Associations’ websites at www.awinet. 5 LUMBER shall be plain sawn.
org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall TAKE
PRECEDENCE OVER THESE RULES, subject to their date of Lumber is DIMENSIONED by thickness, followed by width (across the
6
posting and a project’s bid date. grain direction), followed by length (with the grain direction).
SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS, such as sapwood, heartwood, ribbon

7 stripe, quarter sawn, rift sawn, and vertical grain are not required
unless specified.
8 MOISTURE CONTENT of lumber shall be in compliance with Section 2.

EXTERIOR use of lumber for architectural millwork requires the lumber
to be preservative treated in accordance with WDMA I.S. 4 (latest
9 HGLWLRQXQOHVVWKHOXPEHULVFODVVL¿HGDV³5HVLVWDQWRU9HU\5HVLVWDQW´
in accordance with USDA’s The Wood Handbook (latest edition),
published by the Forest Products Laboratory.
GLUING for thickness and/or width is permitted as governed by this

10
Section.
ADHESIVE used to glue for thickness, width, or lay-up of veneered

11 construction shall be for the intended purpose, applied in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions, and be:
Type I when intended for non-climate controlled interior or exterior
11 1
use.
11 2 Type II when intended for climate controlled use.
PHILIPPINE MAHOGANY shall permit the use of Lauan, Tanguille, and

12
other natural Philippine species.
SPECIES NOT specifically COVERED by these standards shall be

as agreed to between design professional and manufacturer/installer
13
as to length requirements and size/exposed area of permitted natural
characteristics.
SECTION3
E C P
Lumber
%DVLF0DWHULDO5XOHV +DUGZRRG0DWHULDO5XOHV
1 Minimum FINISHED THICKNESSRI66DQGSUR¿OHGPHPEHUV APPLYING to only the following species:
1 1 1RPLQDORU´PP ´PP ALDER MAPLE, HARD & SOFT
1 2 1RPLQDORU´PP ´PP ASH OAK, RED
1 3 1RPLQDORU´PP ´PP 1 BIRCH OAK, WHITE
CHERRY, AMERICAN POPLAR
1 4 1RPLQDORU´PP ´PP
LAUAN TEAK
1 5 1RPLQDORU´PP ´PP MAHOGANY, AFRICAN WALNUT, AMERICAN
1 6 1RPLQDORU´PP ´PP MAHOGANY, AMERICAN
1 7 1RPLQDORU´PP ´PP For SPECIES NOT LISTED, length requirements and size/exposed
1 1 area of permitted natural characteristics shall be as agreed to

Nominal Thickness between owner/design professional and manufacturer/installer.
Finished
Thickness
1 8
GLUING for THICKNESSLVSHUPLWWHGZKHQ¿QLVKHGGLPHQVLRQV
2
H[FHHG´PP
2 Minimum FINISHED WIDTHRI66DQGSUR¿OHGPHPEHUV 3 GLUING for WIDTH is permitted when:

2 1 1RPLQDO´PP ´PP 3 1 )LQLVKHGGLPHQVLRQVH[FHHG´PPRU
2 2 1RPLQDO´PP ´PP ´PPDW5LIWVDZQ:KLWH5HG2DNTXDUWHUVDZQ:KLWH
2 3 1RPLQDO´PP ´PP 3 1 1 5HG2DN0DSOHDQG:DOQXWDQGVHOHFW:KLWH5HG%LUFK:KLWH
2 4 1RPLQDO´PP ´PP Ash, Alder and Cherry.
2 5 1RPLQDO´PP ´PP Direction of the end grain of boards glued for width shall be
3 2
alternated, see example:
2 6 1RPLQDO´PP ´PP

2 8 1RPLQDO´PP ´PP 3 2 1
1RPLQDO´PP ´PPOHVVWKDQ
2 10
nominal size Lumber of the SAME SPECIES but of DIFFERENT ORIGINS shall not
4
Nominal Width be mixed on a project (example: American and European Cherry).
Finished
2 11 Width If only the generic term MAHOGANY is specified, it shall mean African
5
or American Mahogany.
Specifications calling for PHILIPPINE MAHOGANY shall permit the use

6
When MACHINE SANDEDDUHGXFWLRQRI´PPRIIWKHDERYH of Lauan, Tanguile, and other natural Philippine species of wood.
3
thicknesses or widths is permitted.
OAK, RIFT GRAIN, shall permit twenty-five percent (25%) of the
7
exposed surface area of each board to contain medullary ray flake.
NATURAL ASH, BIRCH, and MAPLE shall permit both sapwood and
8
heartwood in any board.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
SECTION3
Lumber
+DUGZRRG0DWHULDO5XOHV +DUGZRRG0DWHULDO5XOHV
S From previous column S From previous column
9 MAXIMUM LENGTH requiredIRUWKLFNQHVVXSWR´PP 9 MAXIMUM LENGTH (continued)
Boards required to be longer than those listed may be glued and 9 9 MAPLE, NATURAL:
9 1
joined for length or furnished in multiple pieces, and: 01/01/15 9 9 1 ´WR´PPWRPPLQZLGWK ¶´PP
Boards wider than stated widths shall default to the next greatest 9 9 2 ´PPLQZLGWK ´PP
9 1 1
width and length requirement. 01/01/15
9 9 3 ´PPLQZLGWK ¶´PP
9 2 $/'(5
9 9 4 ´WR´PPWRPPLQZLGWK ¶´PP
9 10 MAPLE, WHITE:

9 2 5 ´PPRUZLGHULVQRWXVXDOO\DYDLODEOH
9 3 ASH, NATURAL:
9 11 OAK, RED or WHITE (except Rift or Quarter Sawn):
9 4 ASH, SELECT BROWN or WHITE:

9 12 OAK, RED or WHITE, RIFT or QUARTER SAWN:
9 4 4 ´WR´WRPPLQZLGWK ¶´PP
9 5 BIRCH, NATURAL:
9 13 POPLAR:
9 6 BIRCH, SELECT RED or WHITE:
9 14 TEAK:
9 7 CHERRY, AMERICAN:
9 8 LAUAN; MAHOGANY, AMERICAN and AFRICAN:
SECTION3
E C P
Lumber
9 MAXIMUM LENGTH (continued) 10 OPAQUE FINISH (continued)
9 15 WALNUT, AMERICAN: 10 5 The following NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)
9 15 1 ´PPLQZLGWK ¶´PP 10 5 4 BURL6RXQG
9 15 2 ´WR´PPWRPPLQZLGWK ¶´PP 10 5 4 1 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
9 15 3 ´PPLQZLGWK ¶´PP 10 5 4 2 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
9 15 4 ´PPLQZLGWK ¶´PP 10 5 5 CHECK, Filled:
9 15 5 ´PPRUZLGHULVQRWXVXDOO\DYDLODEOH 10 5 5 1 ´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
10 5 5 2 ´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3

10 OPAQUE FINISH allows: 10 5 5 3 ´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
10 1 NOT MATCHING for COLOR when glued for thickness or width. 10 5 6 HONEYCOMB - None:
NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS if they are inconspicuous after two 10 5 7 KNOT, Sound and Tight:
10 2
coats of finish.
10 5 7 1 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
FILLING of checks, splits, or other open characteristics which is the
10 3 10 5 7 2 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
responsibility of the millwork manufacturer.
10 5 7 3 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
QUANTITY, SPACING and DISTRIBUTION of NATURAL
10 4 10 5 8 KNOT, Checked and Filled:
CHARACTERISTIC in any one board’s exposed face of:
NONE in any face smaller than 200 square inches 10 5 8 1 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
10 4 1 ( & 3
(129,032 square mm), with: 10 5 8 2 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
ONE permitted for each additional 100 square 10 5 8 3 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
10 4 1 1 ( & 3
inches (64,516 square mm). 10 5 9 KNOT, Open and Filled:

10 4 1 2 A maximum of ),9( in any board. ( & 3 10 5 9 1 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
NO knots, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets within 10 5 9 2 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
10 4 1 3 ( & 3
´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU 10 5 9 3 ´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
NONE in any face smaller than 300 square inches 10 5 10 MINERAL STAIN - Unlimited
10 4 2 ( & 3
(193,548 square mm), with:
10 5 11 PATCH <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ
ONE permitted for each additional 150 square
10 4 2 1 ( & 3 10 5 12 PITCH POCKET or STREAK, Filled:
inches (96,774 square mm).
10 4 2 2 A maximum of FOUR in any board. ( & 3 ´PPZLGH[´PPORQJRU
10 5 12 1 ( & 3
´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ
NO knots, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets within
10 4 2 3 ( & 3 ´PPZLGH[´PPORQJRU
´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU 10 5 12 2 ( & 3
´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ
10 4 3 NONE in any face smaller than 400 square inches ( & 3
10 5 13 SAPWOOD - Unlimited.
10 4 3 1 ( & 3 10 5 14 SHAKE, Filled:
10 4 3 2 A maximum of THREE in any board. ( & 3 10 5 14 1 <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
12 knots, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets within 10 5 14 2 <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
10 4 3 3 ( & 3 10 5 14 3 <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU
10 5 The following NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS: 10 5 15 SPLIT, Filled:
10 5 1 BARK POCKET - None. 10 5 15 1 <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
10 5 2 BIRDSEYE, Sound - Unlimited. 10 5 15 2 <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
10 5 3 BIRDSEYE, Checked and Filled - Unlimited. 10 5 15 3 <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
10 5 16 STICKER BOARD DISCOLORATION - Unlimited.
SECTION3
Lumber
10 OPAQUE FINISH (continued) TRANSPARENT FINISH (continued)
10 5 The following NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) QUANTITY, SPACING and DISTRIBUTION of NATURAL

10 5 17 :250+2/(, Filled: CHARACTERISTIC (continued)
10 5 17 1 <´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 For: ALDER
10 5 17 2 <´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 NONE in any face smaller than 600 square
( & 3
10 5 17 3 No worm holes allowed. ( & 3
inches (387,096 square mm), with:
( & 3
TRANSPARENT FINISH allows:

For: ASH, Select Brown
MATCHING, when glued for thickness or width or when veneered
BIRCH, Select Red & White
construction is utilized, shall be:
MAPLE, Select White
Not required. ( & 3
NONE in any face smaller than 200 square
Compatible for color and grain. ( & 3 ( & 3
Well matched for color and grain. ( & 3 ONE permitted for each additional 100 square
FILLING of checks, splits, or other open characteristics is the
( & 3
responsibility of the finisher. NONE in any face smaller than 350 square
( & 3
CHARACTERISTIC in any one board’s exposed face of: ONE permitted for each additional 150 square
FOUR with: ( & 3
( & 3
NO knots, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets within NONE in any face smaller than 500 square
( & 3 ( & 3
´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU inches (322,580 square mm), with:

THREE with: ( & 3 ONE permitted for each additional 200 square
( & 3
12 knots, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets within inches (129,032 square mm).
( & 3
´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU For: &+(55<, American
TWO with: ( & 3 5(' :+,7(2$.Rift/Quarter Sawn
:$/187, American
( & 3 NONE in any face smaller than 150 square
´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU ( & 3
For: ALDER MAHOGANY, African
ASH, Natural MAPLE, Hard or Soft, Natural ONE permitted for each additional 75 square
( & 3
BIRCH, Natural POPLAR inches (48,387 square mm).
LAUAN RED & WHITE OAK NONE in any face smaller than 200 square
( & 3
MAHOGANY, American TEAK inches (129,032 square mm), with:
NONE in any face smaller than 300 square ONE permitted for each additional 100 square
( & 3 ( & 3
inches (193,548 square mm), with: inches (64,516 square mm).
ONE permitted for each additional 100 square NONE in any face smaller than 300 square
( & 3 ( & 3
inches (64,516 square mm). inches (193,548 square mm), with:
NONE in any face smaller than 400 square ONE permitted for each additional 150 square
( & 3 ( & 3
inches (258,064 square mm), with: inches (96,774 square mm).
ONE permitted for each additional 150 square The followingNATURAL CHARACTERISTICS:
( & 3
inches (96,774 square mm). BARK POCKET - None.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T BIRDSEYE, Sound - Unlimited.
SECTION3
E C P
Lumber
TRANSPARENT FINISH (continued) TRANSPARENT FINISH (continued)
The followingNATURAL CHARACTERISTICS: The followingNATURAL CHARACTERISTICS:
BIRDSEYE, Checked: SAPWOOD, in unselected species - Unlimited.
Unlimited. ( & 3 SAPWOOD, in select Red Birch and Brown Ash - None.
< 10% of face. ( & 3 SAPWOOD in Cherry, and Walnut:
None. ( & 3 Unlimited. ( & 3
BURL, Sound: < 10% of face. ( & 3
Unlimited. ( & 3 < 5% of face. ( & 3

<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 SHAKE:
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
CHECK: None. ( & 3
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3 SPLIT:
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3 <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
HEARTWOOD, in Select White Ash, Birch, and Maple - None. <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
HONEYCOMB - None. STICKER BOARD DISCOLORATION:
KNOT, Sound and Tight: < 10% of face. ( & 3
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 None. ( & 3
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 WORM HOLE, Filled:

<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 <´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
KNOT, Checked: <´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 No worm holes allowed. ( & 3
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
None. ( & 3
KNOT, Open - None.
MINERAL STAIN:
Unlimited. ( & 3
< 10% of face. ( & 3
None. ( & 3
PATCH:
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ
( & 3
DQGLQFRQVSLFXRXVIURP´
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ
( & 3
None. ( & 3
PITCH POCKETorSTREAK:
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJRU
( & 3
´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ
None. ( & 3
SECTION3
Lumber
6RIWZRRG0DWHULDO5XOHV 6RIWZRRG0DWHULDO5XOHV
APPLYING only to the following species: S From previous column
CEDAR, WESTERN RED HEMLOCK
OPAQUE FINISH (continued)
PINE, SUGAR FIR, DOUGLAS
PINE, PONDEROSA REDWOOD QUANTITY, SPACING and DISTRIBUTION of NATURAL

For SPECIES NOT LISTED, length requirements and size/exposed CHARACTERISTIC in any one board’s exposed face of:
area of permitted natural characteristics shall be as agreed to NONE in any face smaller than 200 square inches
( & 3
between owner/design professional and manufacturer/installer. (129,032 square mm), with:

( & 3
GLUING for WIDTHLVSHUPLWWHGZKHQILQLVKHGGLPHQVLRQVH[FHHG´ inches (64,516 square mm).

(178 mm). ),9( in any board. ( & 3

Direction of the end grain of boards glued for width shall be NO knots, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets within
( & 3
alternated. ´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU
NONE in any face smaller than 400 square inches
( & 3

( & 3
)285 in any board. ( & 3
GLUING for THICKNESS is permitted when finished dimensions NO knots, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets within

H[FHHG´PP ( & 3
´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU
NONE in any face smaller than 600 square inches
VERTICAL GRAIN shall have a minimum average of 5 growth rings per ( & 3
inch at exposed surfaces.
( & 3

MAXIMUM LENGTH required IRUWKLFNQHVVXSWR´PP
7+5(( in any board. ( & 3
DOUGLAS FIR, HEMLOCK, & WESTERN RED CEDAR:
´WR´PPWRPPLQZLGWK ¶´PP ( & 3
´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU
´PPLQZLGWK ¶´PP
The following NATURAL CHARACTERISTIC:
´PPLVQRWXVXDOO\DYDLODEOH
BARK POCKET- None.
PONDEROSAorSUGAR PINE:
BIRDSEYE, Sound - Unlimited.
´WR´PPWRPPLQZLGWK ¶´PP
BIRDSEYE, Checked and Filled - Unlimited.
REDWOOD:
BURL, Sound:
´WR´PPWRPPLQZLGWK ¶´PP
BOARDS required to be WIDER than those listed above may be
glued for width.
CHECK, Filled:
BOARDS required to be LONGER than those listed as available
above may be glued and joined or furnished in two pieces for length <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
at the option of the manufacturer. <´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
OPAQUE FINISH allows: HONEYCOMB - None.
NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS only if they are inconspicuous after
two coats of finish are applied.
FILLING of checks, splits, or other open characteristics which is the

responsibility of the millwork manufacturer.
SECTION3
E C P
Lumber
OPAQUE FINISH (continued) TRANSPARENT FINISH allows:
The following NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) MATCHING, when glued for thickness or width or when veneered

KNOT, Sound and Tight: construction is utilized, shall be:
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 Not required. ( & 3
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 Compatible for color and grain. ( & 3
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 Well matched for color and grain. ( & 3
KNOT, Checked and Filled: FILLING of checks, splits, or other open characteristics which is the

responsibility of the finisher.

CHARACTERISTIC in any one board’s exposed face of:
NONE in any face smaller than 400 sq. in. (258,064
KNOT, Open and Filled: ( & 3
sq. mm), with:
´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 21( permitted for each additional 200 sq. in.
´PPLQGLDPHWHU
( & 3
( & 3 (129,032 sq. mm).
´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 FOUR, with: ( & 3
MINERAL STAINUnlimited. 12 knots, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets within
( & 3
PATCH<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU
PITCH POCKETorSTREAK: NONE in any face smaller than 600 sq. in. (387,096
( & 3
´PPZLGH[´PPORQJRU´ sq. mm), with:
( & 3 21( permitted for each additional 300 sq. in.
PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3
(193,548 sq. mm).

´PPZLGH[´PPORQJRU´
( & 3
PPZLGH[´PPORQJ THREE, with: ( & 3
SAPWOOD - Unlimited. 12 knots, pitch streaks, or pitch pockets within
( & 3
SHAKE, Filled: ´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3 NONE in any face smaller than 900 sq. in. (580,644
( & 3
sq. mm), with:
ONE permitted for each additional 400 sq. in.
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3 ( & 3
(258,064 sq. mm).
SPLIT, Filled:
TWO, with: ( & 3
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3 ( & 3
´PPRIRQHDQRWKHU
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3 The following NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS:
STICKER BOARD DISCOLORATION - Unlimited. BARK POCKET - None.
WORM HOLESFilled: BIRDSEYE, Sound - Unlimited.
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 BIRDSEYE, Checked:
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 Unlimited. ( & 3
No worm holes allowed. ( & 3 < 10% of face. ( & 3
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T None. ( & 3
SECTION3
Lumber
TRANSPARENT FINISH (continued) TRANSPARENT FINISH (continued)
The following NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) The following NATURAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued)
BURL, Sound: SHAKE:
CHECK: SPLIT:

<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ ( & 3 None. ( & 3
HONEYCOMB - None. STICKER BOARD DISCOLORATION:
KNOT, Sound and Tight: < 10% of the face. ( & 3
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 WORM HOLES:
KNOT, Checked: <´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
<´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3 <´PPLQGLDPHWHU ( & 3
None. ( & 3

KNOT, Open - None.
MINERAL STAIN:
Unlimited. ( & 3
< 10% of face. ( & 3
None. ( & 3
PATCH:
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ

( & 3 Applicable TESTS, may be found in

<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJ
( & 3
Sections 6 - 11; however, these tests are only
applicable to the exposed and semi-exposed
None. ( & 3
PITCH POCKET or STREAK:
portions of installed millwork products.
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJRU´
( & 3
PPZLGH[´PPORQJ
<´PPZLGH[´PPORQJRU´
( & 3
PPZLGH[´PPORQJ
None. ( & 3
SAPWOOD, in unselected species - Unlimited.
SAPWOOD, in All Heart Redwood - None.
6+((7352'8&76
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION4
Sheet Products
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Species...........................................................................................76
Reconstituted Veneers ...................................................................76
Introduction ...........................................................................................73
Speciality Sheet Products .....................................................................77
Plywood ................................................................................................73
Panel Adhesive .....................................................................................77
Types of Panel ......................................................................................73
Fire Retardance ....................................................................................77
Industrial Grade Particleboard........................................................73
Photodegradation..................................................................................77
Moisture Resistant Particleboard ...................................................73
Oxidation ...............................................................................................77
Fire Retardant Particleboard ..........................................................73
Types of Veneer Cuts............................................................................77
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) ................................................73
Plain Slicing ....................................................................................77
Moisture Resistant MDF .................................................................73
Quarter Slicing................................................................................77

Veneer Core ...................................................................................73
Rift Slicing ......................................................................................78
Hardboard ......................................................................................74
Rotary Slicing .................................................................................78
Lumber Core ..................................................................................74
Common Hardwood Veneer Species and Cuts Table ...........................78
Staved ........................................................................................74
Wood Veneer Species Table .................................................................79
Full Length .................................................................................74
Product Advisory ...................................................................................80
Banded.......................................................................................74
Matching Adjacent Wood Veneer Leaves .............................................81
Agrifiber / Agrofiber.........................................................................74
Book Matching................................................................................81
Combination ...................................................................................74
Slip Matching ..................................................................................81
Forming ..........................................................................................74
Random Matching ..........................................................................81
Solid Phenolic.................................................................................74
End or Butt Matching ......................................................................81

Other Panel Material ......................................................................74
Matching Within Individual Panel Faces ...............................................82
Engineered Wood/Panels ........................................................74
Running Match ...............................................................................82
Bamboo ...................................................................................75
Balance Match................................................................................82
Characteristics of Core Performance Table ..........................................75
Balance and Center Match .............................................................82
Decorative Face Material and Construction Balance ............................75
Slip, Center, Book Match ................................................................82
Types of Plywood Panels ......................................................................76
Speciality or Sketch Matches of Wood Veneers ...................................83
Particleboard Core .........................................................................76
Sunburst Match ..............................................................................83
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) Core .......................................76
Box Match ......................................................................................83
Veneer Core ...................................................................................76
Reverse or End Grain Box Match...................................................83
Lumber Core ..................................................................................76
Herringbone or V Book Match ........................................................83
Combination Core ..........................................................................76
Diamond Match ..............................................................................83
Wood Veneers ......................................................................................76
Reverse Diamond Match ................................................................84
Hardwood .......................................................................................76
Parquet Match ................................................................................84
Softwood ........................................................................................76
Swing Match ...................................................................................84
Veneer Grain ..................................................................................76
Book and Butt Match ......................................................................84
Figure .............................................................................................76
Matches Between Panels .....................................................................84
Special Characteristics ...................................................................76
Not Matched ...................................................................................84
Natural ............................................................................................76
Sequence Matched ........................................................................84
Select Red or White .......................................................................76
SECTION4
Sheet Products
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION (continued) COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS
Sequence Matched & Custom Width .............................................84 GENERAL
Blueprint Matched ..........................................................................84 Basic Considerations......................................................................89
Decorative Laminate Overlays and Prefinished Panel Products ..........85 Grades .....................................................................................89
Medium Density Overlay (MDO) ....................................................85 Classifications ..........................................................................89
High Density Overlay (HDO) ..........................................................85 Panel Association Grades........................................................89
Thermoplastic Sheet ......................................................................85 Sheet Product Requirements...................................................89
Vinyl Films ......................................................................................85 Contract Documents ................................................................89
High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL)..................................85 Low Density Fiberboard ...........................................................89

Low Pressure Decorative Laminate (LPDL) ...................................85 Continuous Pressure Laminates..............................................89

Melamine .................................................................................85 Industry Practices ....................................................................89
Polyester ..................................................................................85 Panel Grain Direction ........................................................89
Common HPDL Types ..........................................................................85
PRODUCT
General Purpose ............................................................................85
Scope .............................................................................................90
Vertical............................................................................................85
Default Stipulation ..........................................................................90
Postforming ....................................................................................85 Rules ..............................................................................................90
Cabinet Liner ..................................................................................85
Errata .......................................................................................90
Backing Sheet ................................................................................85
Basic Rules ..............................................................................90
Flame Retardant.............................................................................86 Aesthetic ...........................................................................90
Color Through Laminates .....................................................................86

Grain Direction ..................................................................90
Solid Phenolic Core (SPC)....................................................................86
Species .............................................................................90
Static Dissipative Laminates .................................................................86
Reference Standards ........................................................90
Chemical Resistant Decorative Laminates ...........................................87
Panel Layup ......................................................................90
Metal Faced Laminates.........................................................................87 Thickness Tolerance..........................................................91
Flame Spread Rating of Laminates ......................................................87
Squareness Tolerance.......................................................91
Natural Wood Laminates ......................................................................87
Straightness Tolerance ......................................................91
Specialty Sheet Products ......................................................................87 Cathedral...........................................................................91
Solid Surfaces .......................................................................................88
Hardwood Veneer Material Rules ............................................91
Other Core Products .............................................................................88 Applies To ..........................................................................91
Core ..................................................................................91
Recommendations ................................................................................88
Veneer ...............................................................................91
Edges ................................................................................91
Backing Species................................................................91
Figure ................................................................................91
Natural...............................................................................91
Grain .................................................................................91
Rift Grain Oak ...................................................................91
SECTION4
Sheet Products
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Engineered Material Rules ....................................................105
Solid Surface Material Rules .................................................106
PRODUCT (continued)
Solid Phenolic Material Rules ................................................106
Rules (continued)
Hardwood Veneer Material Rules (continued)
Veneer Face Grade Requirements ...................................91
Veneer Face Grade Descriptions ......................................92
Terminology Definitions .....................................................93
Allowable Face Grade Characteristics Tables ...................94
Ash, Beech, Birch, Maple, and Poplar ........................95

Mahogany (African or American), Anigre,

Makore, and Sapele ...................................................96
Red and White Oak ....................................................97
Pecan and Hickory .....................................................98
Walnut and Cherry ......................................................99
Softwood Veneer Material Rules ...........................................100
Applies To ........................................................................100
Type I Adhesive ...............................................................100
Core ................................................................................100
Vertical Grain...................................................................100
Transparent Finish ..........................................................100

Face Grade Descriptions ................................................100
Allowable Face Grade Characteristics Tables .................100
Western Red Cedar, White Pine, Vertical Grain
Douglas Fir/Redwood ...............................................101
Rotary Cut Douglas Fir .............................................102
HPDL Material Rules .............................................................103
LPDL Material Rules ..............................................................104
Vinyl Film Material Rules .......................................................104
MDO Material Rules ..............................................................104
HDO Material Rules ...............................................................104
Hardboard Material Rules ......................................................104
Particleboard Material Rules..................................................105
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) Material Rules ...............105
Balance Sheet Material Rules ...............................................105
Backer Material Rules............................................................105
Epoxy Resin Material Rules...................................................105
Natural Stone Material Rules .................................................105
SECTION4
Sheet Products
INTRODUCTION Architectural panels with applied decorative Fire Retardant Particleboard - Some Medium
surface materials are made up of a variety of core Density Industrial Particleboard has been
Section 4 is the second “material” section. This types including: Particleboard, Medium Density treated during manufacture to carry a UL stamp
section includes a wide range of sheet goods, Fiberboard (MDF), Veneer, Hardboard, Lumber, for Class I flame spread rating (Flame spread
Hardwood and Softwood Veneers, High Pressure Combination and Agrifiber/Agrofiber. 20, Smoke developed 450). Fire retardant
Decorative Laminate, Overlays, Backers, Solid Medium Density Fiberboard is also available.
Surface, Solid Phenolic, Epoxy Resin, and Natural PRIMARY CORE MATERIALS
DQG0DQXIDFWXUHG6WRQH7KLVVHFWLRQLGHQWL¿HV Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) -
common panel cores and panel surfaces referred Industrial Grade Particleboard - Sometimes Sometimes referenced as composite core, is
to in subsequent product sections. It contains referenced as composite core, is made of made of wood particles reduced to fibers in a
PDWHULDOUXOHVVSHFL¿FWRDOORIWKHVKHHWSURGXFWV wood particles of various sizes that are bonded moderate pressure steam vessel, combined
the section covers. together with a synthetic resin or binder under with a resin, and bonded together under heat
heat and pressure. and pressure.
Quality assurance can be achieved by adherence

to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality Medium Density Industrial Particleboard is used Due to the finer texture of the fibers used in
in the broadest applications of architectural manufacturing Medium Density Fiberboard
SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOL¿HG
woodwork. It is especially well suited as a core (MDF) it is smoother than Medium Density
6SRQVRU0HPEHU¿UPWRSURYLGH\RXUZRRGZRUN
for veneers and decorative laminates. Particleboard. The uniform texture and density
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding
of the fibers create a homogenous panel that
When used as panels without surface plies, is very useful as a core for paint, thin overlay
Section are not intended to be all inclusive, other
the product is referred to as particleboard. materials, veneers and decorative laminates.
engineered solutions may be acceptable. In the
When used as an inner core with outer wood MDF is among the most stable of the mat
veneers, the panel is referred to as particle formed panel products. When used as an inner
are the manufacturer’s choice. The design
core plywood. core with outer wood veneers, the panel is
referred to as MDF core plywood.
quality expected. Industrial particleboard is commercially
classified by “density,” which is measured by
PLYWOOD the weight per cubic foot of the panel product.

7KHWHUP³SO\ZRRG´LVGH¿QHGDVDSDQHO Medium Density (M series) = generally
manufactured of three or more layers (plies) of between 40-50 pounds per ft3 (640-800 kg rd
oa
wood or wood products (veneers or overlays and/ per m3). iberb
F
ity
or core materials), generally laminated into a ns
De
single sheet (panel). High Density (H series) = generally above 50 diu
m
pounds per ft3 (800 kg per m3). Me
Figure: 4-002
TYPES OF PANELS
Moisture Resistant Mdf - Can be
There are a wide range of panel materials
manufactured to meet the ANSI A-208.2 (latest
available for the fabrication of architectural
edition) reduced thickness swell criteria.
woodwork.
Veneer - Is separated into two groups
according to materials and manufacturing:
Property and performance characteristics are ard
lebo
LQÀXHQFHGE\WKHSDQHOJUDGHSDQHOWKLFNQHVV rtic Hardwood Veneer - Panels manufactured of
Pa
and materials used for the core: hardwood veneers.
Figure: 4-001 Softwood Veneer - Panels manufactured of
Surface uniformity has a direct relationship to
softwood veneers.
the performance of the face veneers. Moisture resistant particleboard - Some
Medium Density Industrial Particleboard is Hardwood or Softwood Veneers used as a core
Dimensional stability relates to the effect of
bonded with resins more resistant to swelling is not recommended in many areas of the AWS
exposure to wide swings in temperature and
when exposed to moisture. The most common due to poor stability, but do have many other
relative humidity.
grades are ANSI A-208.1 (latest edition) Type structural characteristics. It is recommended
Screw holding and bending strength are M-2-Exterior Glue and M-3-Exterior Glue. that veneer core panels be used only when
influenced by and should be considered in they can be housed or in areas where warping
design engineering. in not a significant issue.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
PRIMARY CORE MATERIALS (continued) Lumber - Is where the center ply, called the Typically these products result in stronger,
“core” is composed of strips of lumber edge lighter weight, dimensionally stable panels with
Veneer (continued) glued into a solid slab. This type is usually increased screw holding ability, and superior
5-ply, 3/4” (19 mm) thick, but other thickness surface flatness. Combination panels shall
from 1/2” (12.7 mm) to 1-1/8” (28.6 mm) are meet the standards of particleboard or MDF as
manufactured for special uses. There are three stated in this manual, density excepted.
main types:
Staved - is where the core strips are random

length and butt joined.
re
Co
eer
Ve
n Full Length - is where the core strips are one
piece in length.
ds
Figure: 4-003 Ban
oss

F Cr
Banded - is where the outside strips run full
OSB
Core
w/ MD
What many think of as traditional “plywood”, length and the others are random length.
is a panel core made up of an odd number Banding may be the same species of lumber Figure: 4-006
of plies, 3 or more (except when the center as the rest of the core, but it is usually
Forming (Bendable) - Assembled and/or
is constructed of two unidirectional plies), matched to the face and might include all
machined cores made of hardboard, veneer,
alternating layers of veneers, all less than four edges. Banded plywood is typically
particleboard and/or MDF for radius work are
1/4” (6.4 mm) thick, pressed and glued into a produced for special uses, such as furniture,
manufactured under various trade names.
single sheet. The two outside veneer layers desk tops, and cabinet doors.
When used for freestanding work these
are the Face and Back. The interior veneer Forming Cores must be a balanced panel but if
bands are cross bands and parallel bands. bound (restrained) the panel is not required to
The latter is sometimes referenced as centers. be balanced.
Veneer bands are layered at right angles to the
adjoining veneer layer. Solid Phenolic (SP) - A composite of solid
phenolic resins molded with a homogeneous

Hardboard - Is defined as inter felted fibers FRUHRIRUJDQLF¿EHUUHLQIRUFHGSKHQROLFDQG
re
consolidated under heat and pressure to a Co one or more integrally cured surfaces of
ber
density of 500 kg per m3 (31 pounds per cubic m
Lu compatible thermoset nonabsorbent resins.
foot) or greater. SP has seen some use in recent years as wall
Figure: 4-005
surfacing, casework parts, and countertops.
Hardboard is available with either one side
(S1S) or two sides (S2S) smooth. $JULÀEHU$JURÀEHU - Panel products made Other Panel Material - Shall meet the
IURPVWUDZDQGVLPLODU¿EHUDUHDSSHDULQJ minimum performance characteristics of ANSI
There are typically two types of hardboard core in the marketplace. Panels shall meet the A208.1, ANSI A208.2 or ANSI/HPVA HP-1
used by architectural manufacturers: performance characteristics of ANSI A208.1 or (latest edition) standards.
ANSI A208.2 standards.
Standard (untempered). Engineered Wood/Panel - Is a general
The characteristics of agrifiber/agrofiber core term used to describe any wood or plant
Tempered, which is standard hardboard material performance vary by manufacturer, fiber composite panel. Such products as
subjected to a curing treatment increasing its and are not included in the following table. Particleboard, MDF, SCL and LVL are
stiffness, hardness, and weight.
described as an engineered wood or plant
Combination - A balanced hybrid blend of fiber. Typically they are made from wood or
veneer and composition core materials offering plant fiber or wood pieces and have specific
some of the properties of both. Typically esthetic and physical attributes.
these cores have internal layers which are
constructed of three or five plies of veneer
or a center layer of wafer board (randomly
oriented wafers) or other wood fiber which
are sandwiched between thin laminations of
rd
boa
Hard a composite product like MDF, particleboard,
Figure: 4-004 hardboard, etc.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
PRIMARY CORE MATERIALS (continued) a grass product and not a true wood product. not cover or endorse the use of bamboo
Due to its relatively new emergence in use and encourages the design professional to
Other Panel Material (continued) as a building material, the performance consult with Bamboo manufacturers and
evaluation as a stable and viable building distributors as to its characteristics and
Bamboo is a building material attracting material has not been established. The viability as an architectural millwork product.
much attention due to its quick replenishing Architectural Woodwork Standards does
and growing cycles as a green product. It is
Table: 4-007 - CHARACTERISTICS OF CORE PERFORMANCE
,WLVLPSRUWDQWIRUWKHUHDGHUWRXQGHUVWDQGWKHGLIIHUHQFHEHWZHHQ³ÀDWQHVV´DQG³GLPHQVLRQDOVWDELOLW\´FKDUDFWHULVWLFV
3DUWLFOHERDUGDQG0')DUHWKHUHFRPPHQGHGFRUHVIRUKLJKSUHVVXUHGHFRUDWLYHODPLQDWHDQGZRRGYHQHHUZRUNEHFDXVHRIWKHLU
H[FHOOHQWÀDWQHVV)DLUGLPHQVLRQDOVWDELOLW\H[SDQVLRQFRQWUDFWLRQLQSDQHOVL]HLVDFFHSWDEOHXQOHVVWKHSURGXFWLVH[SRVHGWR

ZLGHVZLQJVLQUHODWLYHKXPLGLW\JHQHUDOO\EHORZRUDERYHZLWKVZLQJVRIPRUHWKDQSRLQWV

Flatness Screw
Visual Edge Surface Dimensional Bending
Core Type (Warp Holding
Quality Uniformity Stability Strength
Resistance) Face
Particleboard, Medium Density Excellent Good Excellent Fair Fair Good
Particleboard, Moisture Resistant Excellent Good Good Fair Fair Good
Particleboard, Fire Retardant Excellent Fair Good Fair Fair Good
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Good Good
MDF, Moisture Resistant Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Good Good
MDF, Fire Retardant Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Good Good

Veneer Fair Good Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent
Lumber Good Good Good Good Excellent Excellent
Combination Good Fair Excellent Good Excellent Excellent
Various characteristics above are influenced by the grade and thickness of the core and specific gravity of the core species. Visual Edge Quality is rated
before treatment with edgebands or fillers and Visual Edge Quality of lumber core assumes the use of “clear edge” grade. Surface Uniformity has a direct
relationship to the performance of veneers placed over the surface. Dimensional Stability is usually related to exposure to wide swings in relative humidity.
Screw Holding and Bending Strength are influenced by proper design and engineering.
DECORATIVE FACE MATERIAL AND A ply may consist of a single veneer, particleboard,
CONSTRUCTION BALANCE PHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUGRUKDUGERDUG(DFK
pair of inner plies should be of the same thickness
All panels may be used as cores for the and direction of grain at 90 degrees. Each ply
application of decorative faces (e.g. veneer, of each pair is placed on opposite sides of the
plastic laminate) to the face and back. The whole innermost ply or layer, alternating grain directions
is referred to as a panel. The parts being a core ce
from the center out. (Particleboard and MDF do Fa
covered by a face and a balancing back. To QRWKDYHDVSHFL¿FJUDLQRULHQWDWLRQ
achieve balanced construction, panels must be an The thinner the facing material, the less force it re
odd number of layers (plies) symmetrical from the can generate to cause warping. The thicker the Co
FHQWHUOLQHHJLQQHUSOLHVH[FHSWWKHLQQHUPRVW ck
core, the more it can resist a warping movement
g Ba
middle ply, should occur in pairs, using materials or force. cin
and adhesives on both sides that contract and alan
B Figure: 4-008
expand, or are moisture permeable, at the same
rate.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
TYPES OF PLYWOOD PANELS: Lumber Core Softwood Veneer - Species: Most common
LV'RXJODV)LU3LQHVDUHDYDLODEOHRWKHU
Particleboard Core softwoods in limited supply. Most softwood
veneer is Rotary cut. Plain sliced softwood
veneer and “vertical grain” (quarter sliced)
softwood veneer are limited in availability with
long lead times and higher prices associated
ce with special orders.
Fa and
sb
ce Cr
os Rotary-cut softwood sheets are typically
Fa
ore manufactured in various grades referring to
e rC
mb the appearance of the face, back, and interior
ard Lu an
d
le bo sb plies of the sheet and are intended for exterior
c os
rti C r
ck (with a fully waterproof glue line) or interior

Pa Ba
ck (with a moisture resistant, but not waterproof,
Ba
glue line). Clear faces, free of patches, are not
Figure: 4-012
Figure: 4-009 typically available.
Combination Veneer Grain might not match the grain of

Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) Core Core solid stock, and it might not accept transparent
ILQLVKHVLQWKHVDPHPDQQHUDGGLWLRQDO
finishing steps might achieve similar aesthetic
value.
Figure is not a function of a species grade, and

special desires must be so specified.
ce
Fa e
Fac Special Characteristics, such as sapwood,

nds heartwood, ribbon stripe, birdseye and comb
ross Ba
F /MDF C grain, must be so specified.
MD Core w
OSB Bac
k
ck Natural as a type of wood species selection,
Ba
allows an unlimited amount of heartwood and/
Figure: 4-013 or sapwood within a face and is the default
Figure: 4-010
selection, unless specified otherwise.
Veneer Core WOOD VENEERS
Select RedRUWhite simply means all
Wood veneer is produced by veneer heartwood or all sapwood, respectively, and
manufacturers in a variety of “industry standard” must be so specified.
thicknesses. The slicing process is controlled by
a number of variables. The thickness of the raw Species, such as Hickory, Pecan, Butternut, or
veneer has little bearing on the ultimate quality Maple, may exhibit special character or figure
of the end product so long as show-through and and users are advised to thoroughly investigate
ce the expected grain and color of these species.
Fa sand-through is avoided.
Hardwood Veneer - Species: Available in Reconstituted Veneersare logs that are

ore first sliced into veneer leaves, the leaves
rC many domestic and imported wood species.
nee
Ve may be dyed, then glued under pressure in a
Normally cut as plain sliced. Rift sliced and
ck quarter sliced available in certain species at mold to produce a large laminated block. The
Ba
additional cost. laminated block is then sliced across the glue
Figure: 4-011 line to create a faux grain with a designed
appearance that is highly repeatable. Not all
pre-dyed veneers are colorfast, consult with
manufacturer.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
SPECIALTY SHEET PRODUCTS OXIDATION
Plywood with textured faces, prefinished plywood, The effect on the appearance of exposed wood
overlaid plywood, composition sheets, flame faces caused by exposure to atmosphere is
spread rated plywood, moisture resistant plywood, called oxidation. This is analogous to browning
lead lined sheets, projectile resistant armor (bullet UHDFWLRQVLQIUHVKO\FXWIUXLWIRULQVWDQFHDSSOHV
proofing), reconstituted veneers, bamboo sheets, Hardwoods can develop deep yellow to reddish
acrylic sheets, or PVC sheets are the products of brown discolorations on the surface of the wood
the individual manufacturer, and are covered by when exposed to air immediately after sawing
their manufacturer’s specification - not by these or peeling. These discolorations are especially
standards. noticeable on Cherry, Birch, Red Alder, Sycamore,
Oak, Maple, and Sweet Gum. Some species, such Figure: 4-014
PANEL ADHESIVES as Alder, Oak, Birch, and Maple, develop these
discolorations during air-seasoning. A related

Are defined as: gray stain on several varieties of Southern Oaks
Quarter Slicing (or Quarter Cut) - Quarter
slicing simulates the quarter sawing process
Type I Waterproof bond for limited exterior also appears to be oxidative in nature. Proper of solid lumber, roughly parallel to a radius
use (2 Cycle Boil Test plus Shear Test). selection, sanding, and finishing can minimize the line through the log segment. In many species
Type II Water resistant bond for interior use (3 effects of oxidation. the individual leaves are narrow as a result. A
Cycle Soak Test). series of stripes is produced, varying in density
VENEER CUTTING and thickness from species to species. “Fleck”
FIRE RETARDANCE (sometimes called flake) is a characteristic of
The manner in which a log segment is cut with
this slicing method in Red and White Oak.
Sheets are available with various types of fire relation to the annual rings will determine the
retardant treated core, such as veneer, lumber, appearance of the veneer. When sliced, the
particleboard, and mineral core. individual pieces of veneer, referred to as leaves,
are kept in the order in which they are sliced,
Flame-spread rating will vary for different species thus permitting a natural grain progression when
of untreated face veneers on treated cores, assembled as veneer faces. The group of leaves

directly with the density of the untreated face IURPRQHVOLFLQJLVFDOOHGDÀLWFKDQGLVXVXDOO\
YHQHHUVWKHKLJKHUWKHGHQVLW\WKHKLJKHUWKH LGHQWL¿HGE\DÀLWFKQXPEHUDQGWKHQXPEHURI
flame spread rating. gross square feet of veneer it contains. The faces
of the leaves with relation to their position in the
Refer to the latest edition of the Underwriters’ ORJDUHLGHQWL¿HGDVWKHWLJKWIDFHWRZDUGWKH
Laboratories listings for various flame-spread outside of the log) and the loose face (toward the
ratings available bearing U.L. Labels. inside or heart of the log). During slicing the leaf is
Figure: 4-015
stressed on the loose face and compressed on the
PHOTODEGRADATION tight face. When this stress is combined with the
natural variation in light refraction caused by the
The effect on the appearance of exposed wood pores of the wood, the result is a difference in the
faces caused by exposure to both sun and human perception of color and tone between tight
artificial light sources is called photodegration. and loose faces.
If an entire face is exposed to a light source,
it will photodegrade somewhat uniformly and FOUR COMMON VENEER CUTS
hardly be noticeable, whereas partially exposed
surfaces or surfaces with shadow lines might Plain Slicing (or Flat Slicing) - This is the
show nonuniform photodegradation. Some woods, slicing method most often used to produce
such as American Cherry and Walnut, are more veneers for architectural woodwork. Slicing
susceptible than others, and extra care should be is done parallel to a line through the center
taken to protect against the effects of nonuniform of the log. A combination of cathedral and
photodegradation. straight grain patterns results, with a natural
progression of pattern from leaf to leaf.
Figure: 4-016
SECTION4
Sheet Products
Rift Slicing (or Rift Cut) - Rift veneers are Rotary Slicing - The log is center mounted on 6RPHVSHFLHVPD\SRVVHVVDVSHFLDO¿JXUHIRU
produced most often in Red and White Oak. a lathe and “peeled” along the general path of example birds eye, which is achieved by rotary
Note that rift veneers and rift sawn solid lumber the growth rings like unwinding a roll of paper, slicing.
are produced so differently that a “match” providing a generally bold random appearance.
between rift veneers and rift sawn solid lumber &DUHIXOFRQVLGHUDWLRQVSHFL¿FDWLRQDQG
is highly unlikely. In both cases the cutting is :KHQWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKLVVSHFL¿HGURWDU\ communication are recommended when rotary
done slightly off the radius lines minimizing the sliced hardwood veneers are sometimes cut is contemplated.
“fleck” (sometimes called flake) associated with VSHFL¿HGIRU
quarter slicing.
Wall Surfacing: Institutional panel faces.
Doors: Institutional flush door faces.
Cabinets: Semi-exposed (interior) surfaces

and used in a limited way for exposed
surfaces.
Figure: 4-018
Figure: 4-017
Table: 4-019 - COMMON HARDWOOD VENEER SPECIES and CUTS

PLAIN QUARTER
SPECIES ROTARY RIFT
SLICED SLICED

Anigre M M
Ash M M
Beech M M
Birch M M
Cherry M M
Hickory M
Lauan M M
Mahogany, African M M
Mahogany, American M M
Makore M M
Maple M M M
Oak, Red M M M M
Oak, White M M M
Pecan M
Poplar M M
Sapele M M
Walnut M M
SECTION4
Sheet Products
Table: 4-020 - WOOD VENEER SPECIES - General characteristics of selected species:
WOOD VENEER SPECIES - General characteristics of selected species:

SPECIES CUT (1) WIDTH TO LENGTH FLITCH SIZE COST (2) AVAILABILITY
Alder Plain Sliced 12" (305 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Medium Moderate Moderate
Plain Sliced 12" (305 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Large Moderate Good
Anigre
Quarter Sliced 8" (203 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Medium High Good
Anigre, Figured Quarter Sliced 8" (203 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Medium Very High Limited
Plain Sliced 12" (305 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Large Moderate Moderate
Ash, American
Quarter Sliced 6" (153 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Medium High Moderate
Plain Sliced 10" (254 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Medium Moderate Limited
Ash, European
Quarter Sliced 6" (153 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Small Moderate Moderate

Beech, European
Quarter Sliced 6" (153 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Medium High Good
Rotary 36" (914 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Large Low Good
Birch, Natural
Plain Sliced 8" (203 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Small Medium Limited
Birch, Select Rotary 36" (914 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Large Moderate Good
Red and White Plain Sliced 8" (203 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Small High Limited
Plain Sliced 18" (457 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Medium Moderate Limited
Cedar, Western Red
Quarter Sliced 8" (203 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Medium Moderate Limited
Plain Sliced 12" (305 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Medium Moderate Good
Cherry, American (3)
Quarter Sliced 6" (153 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Small High Moderate
Ebony Plain Sliced 6" (153 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Very Small Extreme Very Limited

Fir, Douglas (Vertical Grain) Quarter Sliced 18" (457 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Large Moderate Good
Hickory
Jatoba Plain Sliced 12" (305 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Medium Moderate Good
Lacewood Quarter Sliced 6" (153 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Small High Very Limited
Lauan (4)
Mahogany, African (5)
Mahogany, American (5) Plain Sliced 18" (457 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Large Moderate Very Limited
(Swietenia macrophylla
CITES listed (6)) Quarter Sliced 10" (254 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Medium High Very Limited
Plain Sliced 15" (381 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Large Moderate Moderate
Makore
Quarter Sliced 8" (203 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Medium High Limited
Rotary 36" (914 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Large Low Good
Maple, American Plain Sliced 12" (305 mm) 12' (3658 mm) Medium Moderate Good (2)
Quarter Sliced 6" (153 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Small High Limited
Maple, Birds Eye Rotary 24" (610 mm) 10' (3048 mm) Medium Very High Limited
Meranti
SECTION4
Sheet Products
Table: 4-020 - WOOD VENEER SPECIES (continued)
SPECIES CUT (1) WIDTH TO LENGTH FLITCH SIZE COST (2) AVAILABILITY
3ODLQ6OLFHG PP
PP 0HGLXP +LJK /LPLWHG
Oak, English Brown
4XDUWHU6OLFHG PP
PP 6PDOO 9HU\+LJK /LPLWHG
5RWDU\ PP
PP /DUJH /RZ *RRG
3ODLQ6OLFHG PP
PP /DUJH /RZ *RRG
Oak, Red
4XDUWHU6OLFHG PP
PP 0HGLXP 0RGHUDWH *RRG
5LIW PP
PP 0HGLXP 0RGHUDWH *RRG
3ODLQ6OLFHG PP
PP 0HGLXP /RZ *RRG
Oak, White 4XDUWHU6OLFHG PP
PP 6PDOO 0RGHUDWH *RRG
5LIW PP
PP 6PDOO 0RGHUDWH *RRG

Poplar 3ODLQ6OLFHG PP
PP 0HGLXP /RZ *RRG
Rosewood, American 3ODLQ6OLFHG PP
PP 6PDOO 9HU\+LJK 9HU\/LPLWHG
3ODLQ6OLFHG PP
PP /DUJH 0RGHUDWH *RRG
Sapele
4XDUWHU6OLFHG PP
PP 0HGLXP 0RGHUDWH 0RGHUDWH
3ODLQ6OLFHG PP
PP 0HGLXP +LJK 0RGHUDWH
Sycamore
4XDUWHU6OLFHG PP
PP 6PDOO +LJK /LPLWHG
3ODLQ6OLFHG PP
PP 0HGLXP +LJK 0RGHUDWH
Teak
4XDUWHU6OLFHG PP
3ODLQ6OLFHG PP
PP /DUJH 0RGHUDWH *RRG
Walnut (3)
4XDUWHU6OLFHG PP
PP 6PDOO +LJK 0RGHUDWH
Wenge 3ODLQ6OLFHG PP

(1) When only Plain Sliced is listed, the width dimension for quartered Cut is narrower.
(2) Seasonal factors may affect availability.
(3) Cherry, Walnut and certain other hardwood species are required to be specified by origin, such as American Cherry, American Walnut, or English Brown Oak, because they
can be significantly different in color and figure.
/DXDQ:KLWHDQG5HG7DQJXLOHDQGRWKHUVSHFLHVDUHQDWLYHWRWKH3KLOLSSLQH,VODQGVDQGDUHVRPHWLPHVUHIHUUHGWRDV3KLOLSSLQH0DKRJDQ\KRZHYHUWKH\DUHQRWDWUXH
Mahogany The generic term Mahogany should not be specified without further definition.
(5) Mahogany, American and African vary in color from a light pink to a light red, reddish brown to a golden brown or yellowish tan. Some Mahogany turns darker or lighter in
color after machining. The figure or grain runs from plain sliced, plain stripe to broken stripe, mottled, fiddleback, swirl, and crotches.
(6) CITES, Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species or Wild Fauna and Flora.
PRODUCT ADVISORY:
Due to adverse reaction of some veneers

ODPLQDWHGWR¿UHUDWHG)5XOWUDORZHPLWWLQJ
formaldehyde (ULEF or NAUF), medium density
¿EHUERDUGPGIFDXVLQJGLVFRORUDWLRQRIWKHZRRG
veneer even months after installation, major core
manufacturers have issued disclaimers in the use
of FR cores. They strongly suggest that use of
FR ULEF mdf and particleboard cores should be
done after testing compatibility of adhesives, wood
veneer and cores. Any resulting discoloration with
the use of these cores may be exempt in their
warranties. Use of FR ULEF cores should only
be considered after consultation with the board
supplier.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
MATCHING ADJACENT WOOD VENEER Barber Pole Effect in Book Match - Because Random Matching - Veneer leaves are placed
LEAVES the tight side and loose side of the veneer leaf next to each other in a random order and
faces alternate in adjacent pieces of veneer, orientation, producing a “board by board” effect
It is possible to achieve certain visual effects by they may accept stain differently, and this may in many species.
the manner in which the leaves are arranged. result in a noticeable color variation. Book
Matching of adjacent wood veneer leaves, as matching also accentuates cell polarization, Visual Effect - Casual or rustic appearance, as
with the effect of different veneer cuts, can alter causing the perception of different colors. These though individual boards from a random pile
the appearance of a given panel or an entire natural characteristics are often called barber were applied to the product. Conscious effort is
installation. To create a particular appearance, the pole, and are not a manufacturing defect. made to mismatch grain at joints.
YHQHHUOHDYHVRIDÀLWFKDUHHGJHJOXHGWRJHWKHU
in patterns. Degrees of contrast and variation may change
IURPSDQHOWRSDQHO7KLVPDWFKLVPRUHGLI¿FXOW
,QGLYLGXDOOHDYHVRIYHQHHULQDVOLFHGÀLWFK to obtain than book or slip match, and should be
increase or decrease in width as the slicing FOHDUO\VSHFL¿HGDQGGHWDLOHG

progresses. Thus, if a number of panels are
PDQXIDFWXUHGIURPDSDUWLFXODUÀLWFKWKHQXPEHU
of veneer leaves per panel face will change as the
ÀLWFKLVXWLOL]HG7KHPDQQHULQZKLFKWKHVHOHDYHV
DUH³ODLGXS´ZLWKLQWKHSDQHOUHTXLUHVVSHFL¿FDWLRQ
5RWDU\FXWYHQHHUVDUHGLI¿FXOWWRPDWFKWKHUHIRUH
most matching is done with sliced veneers. The
Figure: 4-022
matching of adjacent veneer leaves must be
VSHFL¿HG6SHFLDODUUDQJHPHQWVRIOHDYHVVXFK
Slip Matching - Often used with quarter
as “diamond” and “box” matching are available.
sliced and rift sliced veneers. Adjoining leaves
Consult your manufacturer for choices.
are placed (slipped out) in sequence without
Figure: 4-024
turning, resulting in the same face sides being
Book Matching - A common match used in the
exposed.

industry. Every other piece of veneer is turned End or Butt Matching - Often used to extend
over so adjacent pieces (leaves) are opened the apparent length of available veneers for
9LVXDO(IIHFW*UDLQ¿JXUHUHSHDWVEXWMRLQWVGR
like the pages of a book. high wall panels and long conference tables.
not show visual grain match.
Leaves are individually book (or slip) matched,
first end to end and then side to side,
alternating end and side.
Visual Effect - Yields best continuous grain

patterns for length as well as width. Minimizes
misalignment of grain pattern.
2 4 6 8
Figure: 4-021
Figure: 4-023
Visual Effect - Veneer joints match, creating
a symmetrical pattern. Yields maximum The lack of grain match at the joints can
continuity of grain. When sequenced panels are be desirable. The relatively straight grain
VSHFL¿HGSURPLQHQWFKDUDFWHULVWLFVZLOODVFHQG patterns of quartered and rift veneers generally
or descend across the match as the leaves produce pleasing results and a uniformity of
progress from panel to panel. color because all faces have the same light
refraction.
1 3 5 7
Figure: 4-025
SECTION4
Sheet Products
MATCHING WITHIN INDIVIDUAL PANEL FACES Balance Match - Each panel face is Slip, Center, Book Match - Each panel face is
assembled from veneer leaves of uniform assembled of an even (four or more) number
7KHLQGLYLGXDOOHDYHVRIYHQHHULQDVOLFHGÀLWFK width before edge trimming. Panels may of veneer leaves. The veneer leaves are laid
increase or decrease in width as the slicing contain an even or odd number of leaves, and RXWDVDVOLSPDWFKHGSDQHOIDFHWKHQDWWKH
progresses. Thus, if a number of panels are distribution may change from panel to panel center, one half of the leaves are booked to
PDQXIDFWXUHGIURPDSDUWLFXODUÀLWFKWKHQXPEHU within a sequenced set. While this method is the other half. Quarter and rift sliced veneers
of veneer leaves per panel face will change as the the default for Premium Grade, it must be are generally used for this match, which allows
ÀLWFKLVXWLOL]HG7KHPDQQHULQZKLFKWKHVHOHDYHV specified for other Grades, and it is the most for a pleasing balance of sweep and character
DUH³ODLGXS´ZLWKLQWKHSDQHOUHTXLUHVVSHFL¿FDWLRQ common assembly method at moderate cost. marks.
DQGLVFODVVL¿HGDVIROORZV
CL
Running Match - The panel face is made
Slip Left Slip Right
from components running through the flitch
consecutively. Any portion of a component

left over from a face is used as the beginning
component or leaf in starting the next panel.
This method is the default for Custom
Grade.
Figure: 4-027
Remainders
Balance and Center Match - Each panel face

is assembled of an even number from veneer
leaves of uniform width before edge trimming.
Thus, there is a veneer joint in the center of
the panel, producing horizontal symmetry. A
small amount of figure is lost in the process.
Considered by some to be the most pleasing
assembly at a modest increase in cost over Figure: 4-029

Figure: 4-026 Balance Match.
Figure: 4-028
SECTION4
Sheet Products
SPECIALTY OR SKETCH MATCHES OF WOOD Box Match - is made of four leaves with the Herringbone or V Book Match - is one or
VENEERS grain running parallel to the perimeter of the more pairs of assembled slipped or booked
panel. The leaves are cut at the appropriate leaves. Each assembled set of leaves is cut
There are regional variations in the “names” of angle and end matched. at generally 45 degrees to one edge of the
the following veneer leaf matching techniques, panel. The assembled set of leaves is then
drawn as squares for simplicity. It is strongly end matched to the adjoining assembled set of
recommended that the design professional use leaves.
ERWKQDPHVDQGGUDZLQJVWRGH¿QHWKHGHVLUHG
effect, using a rectangle, polygon, circle, ellipse,
or other shape. Rift sliced, quarter sliced, and
KLJKO\¿JXUHGYHQHHUVDUHJHQHUDOO\XVHGIRU
these speciality matches. The different matches
RIYHQHHUFDXVHWKHUHÀHFWLRQRIOLJKWWRYDU\IURP
adjoining leaves, bringing “life” to the panel. Due to

the inherent nature of the layup process, alignment
at corners might vary.
Sunburst Match - is made of six or more

veneer leaves cut at the appropriate angle
with the grain radiating from the center.
Figure: 4-031
These veneer leaves are then book matched,
assembled, and trimmed for final size.
Reverse or End Grain Box Match - is made
of four leaves with the grain running at right Figure: 4-033
angles to the perimeter of the panel. The

leaves are cut at the appropriate angle and Diamond Match - is made of four leaves with
book matched. the grain running 45 degrees to the perimeter
of the panel and surrounding the center. The
leaves are cut at the appropriate angle and end

matched.
Figure: 4-030
Figure: 4-032
Figure: 4-034
SECTION4
Sheet Products
Reverse Diamond Match - is made of four Swing Match - is made by dividing the panel MATCHES BETWEEN PANELS
leaves with the grain running 45 degrees to the into multiple paired sets. For each paired set,
perimeter of the panel and radiating from the two leaves of veneer are cut at half the width Not Matched - Veneered panels are generally
center. The leaves are cut at the appropriate of the set. One of these two veneer leaves is manufactured without matching and may or
angle and book matched. rotated 180 degrees and joined to the other. may not be similar in grain and color.
This pair is then adjoined to the other pairs
assembled in the same way. Sequence Matched - Veneered panels may
be sourced and/or manufactured in sequence.
These panels will be well matched for grain
and color.
Sequence Matched & Custom Width

Generally veneered panels are manufactured
in 4’x 8’ and occasionally in 4’x 10’ panels.

The design professional may specify veneered
sequence panels in custom width for the
specific project and/or elevation. These panels
will be well matched for grain and color.
Blueprint Matched - The design professional

may specify blueprint matched panels which
Figure: 4-035 will be custom sized height and width as well
as sequencing for the specific project and/or
Parquet Match - is made by dividing the panel Figure: 4-037 elevation. These panels will be matched for
into multiple equal sized pieces and cutting the grain and color.
veneer to the same size. Each veneer leaf is Book and Butt Match - is made by book
joined at right angles to the adjoining piece of matching highly figured veneer leaves (such
veneer. as burl) 1, 3, 5, and 7 (set A) of the 8 leaf
sequence. The remaining leaves 2, 4, 6, and

8 (set B) are also book matched. Set B is
then flipped up and over the top end of set A,
resulting in an end match.
2 4 6 8
Figure: 4-036
1 3 5 7
Figure: 4-038
SECTION4
Sheet Products
DECORATIVE LAMINATES, OVERLAYS, and The assembly offers resistance to wear and COMMON HPDL TYPES
PREFINISHED PANEL PRODUCTS many common stains and chemicals. Common
uses include casework exteriors, countertops, The basic types form the majority of applications
Decorative surfacing materials are often applied and wall paneling. of high pressure decorative laminate in North
to wood product cores such as industrial America are:
SDUWLFOHERDUG¿EHUERDUGKDUGERDUGHWF Kraft Papers (With Phenolic Resin)
7HUPLQRORJ\DQGGH¿QLWLRQVRIWKHVHRYHUOD\ General Purpose (HGS and HGL) Used for
Decorative Sheet
products follow, broadly grouped as: (Melamine) most horizontal applications, such as desk
tops and self-edged kitchen countertops, “HG”
Medium Density Overlay (MDO) - Pressed laminates offer durability, resistance to stains,
resin impregnated paper overlays, highly Transparent
Overlay Sheet and resistance to heat.
resistant to moisture, applied to suitable
cores for both interior and exterior uses. The Vertical (VGS and VGL) A slightly thinner
seamless panel face and uniform density material, “VG” laminates are produced for

furnishes a sound base for opaque finishes and areas which will receive less wear and impact
paint. than typical horizontal materials. They are an
excellent choice for cabinet doors, the sides of
High Density Overlay (HDO) - Is a casework, primarily decorative display shelves
thermosetting phenolic resin impregnated, and vertical panels.
Figure: 4-039
cellulose fiber overlay that provides a hard,
smooth, uniformly textured surface of such Some decorative laminates utilize a white Post-forming (HGP and VGP) Specifically
character that further finishing is not necessary. background paper to achieve the high fidelity, for applications where a radiused surface
Some evidence of underlying grain may contrast, and depth of color in their printed is desirable, “P” laminates offer strong
appear. patterns, which leaves a white line at the performance in both horizontal and vertical
exposed edges of the laminate and can be applications.
Thermoplastic Sheet - Semi rigid sheet or extremely noticeable in darker colors.
roll stock extruded from a nonporous acrylic/ A major advantage of formed surfaces on the
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) alloy solid color Low Pressure Decorative Laminate (LPDL) - exposed corners of casework and service

throughout. Withstands high impact. Minor Decorative thermally fused panels flat pressed counters is the edge’s resistance to chipping
scratches and gouges are less conspicuous from a thermoset polyester or melamine damage. Most chip damage occurs at sharp
due to the solid color. resin impregnated web. Most products are 90° corners. Surfaces are thermoformed under
prelaminated to Industrial Particleboard or controlled temperature and pressure.
Vinyl Films - Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) film, Medium Density Fiberboard cores when they
either clear or solid color, used extensively for arrive at the woodwork fabricator. Performance Cabinet Liner (CLS) A thin vertical sheet,
decorative vertical surfaces in mobile homes, characteristics are similar to High Pressure this type is designed for areas where the
recreational vehicles, commercial panels and decorative laminate except for the impact test. surface, which is not considered decorative,
movable walls. Some films are available with generally white or off white in color, but will
scuff resistant top coatings. Thermally fused papers and foils are similar need to withstand less wear, such as the inside
to that used in the manufacture of decorative surfaces of cabinets and closets.
High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL) - laminate. Saturated with reactive resins and
Is a stand alone product that can be laminated partially cured during manufacture to allow for Backing Sheet (BKL) Backing materials
onto a core as the face of a sheet product storage and handling, the papers achieve final are essential in the fabrication of decorative
or directly onto a structure as a covering. curing when they are hot press laminated to a laminate clad surfaces to prevent warping
Decorative laminate is produced in a one core, providing a hard, permanent thermoset and to protect against dimensional instability
step process by fusing together, under heat bond between the paper and the core. of both laminate and core in conditions of
and pressure, multiple layers of kraft paper changing temperature and humidity. Backing
saturated with phenolic resin, together with Melamine - Impregnated papers, the most sheets are non decorative, and both econom-
a layer of melamine saturated decorative paper. common, are noted for their hardness, ical and effective in the creation of a successful
scratch resistance, and color stability. application. Produced without a decorative face
and available as standard (slightly thinner than
Polyester - Impregnated papers are noted decorative) or regrind (reclaimed decorative
for their chemical, stain, water, and impact laminate with decorative sheet sanded off).
UHVLVWDQFHFRORUFODULW\DQGPDFKLQDELOLW\
SECTION4
Sheet Products
COMMON HPDL TYPES (continued) COLOR THROUGH DECORATIVE LAMINATES STATIC-DISSIPATIVE LAMINATES
Flame Retardant (HGF) Some of these The interest in specifying solid color decorative High pressure decorative laminate is a good
laminates are capable of providing flame laminates and the resurgence of interest in very HOHFWULFDOLQVXODWRU²LQIDFWLWZDVIRUWKHVSHFL¿F
retardant characteristics as determined by pale pastels and neutral shades have caused purpose of electrical insulation that the product
test methods required by the authority having increasing concern with the brown line visible at was originally developed.
jurisdiction. HGF is the most common type glued decorative laminate edges.
used. HPDL does not store static electricity, and it is
Color through decorative laminates were therefore a suitable material for use in hospital
In summary, these common decorative laminate IRUPXODWHGVSHFL¿FDOO\WRSURYLGHOLJKWFRORUV areas, i.e.: operating rooms, X-ray rooms, and
types have the limitations of high pressure without this brown line. computer room controlled environments where
decorative laminate: the accumulation and retention of static electricity
They are for interior use only, and will not be Color through decorative laminate may be applied must be avoided.
successfully used outdoors or under heavy to cores in three basic ways:

exposure to the ultraviolet rays of the sun. As sheets, to form a decorative face with a true
However, the growing need for work surfaces
in areas such as electronic clean rooms,
They should not be used as cutting surfaces, PRQROLWKLFORRN
where electrostatic charges must be actively,
because knives and other sharp tools will As edge trims, to match a face of conventional continuously channeled away, has triggered
readily deface the surface and lower its decorative laminate or to accent a natural WKHGHYHORSPHQWRIVSHFL¿FDOO\FRQGXFWLYH
other performance capabilities. PDWHULDOVXFKDVZRRGRUOHDWKHU (static-dissipative) laminates such as: Anti Static,
They should not be exposed to caustic Static Dissipative and Conductive.
As decorative inlays.
chemicals, such as drain and toilet bowl
cleaners, which can permanently etch the Color through decorative laminate is produced These HPDL sheets have a conductive layer
surface. with multiple layers of decorative papers, rather enclosed in, or backing, the sheet. Connected
than the decorative plus kraft composition of to suitable grounding, they create a decorative,
While they offer outstanding heat resistance,
conventional laminate. As a result, this material is sturdy, practical work surface. Applications include
exposure to constant heat from a curling
VOLJKWO\VWLIIHUDQGVOLJKWO\PRUHEULWWOHZKHQÀH[HG electronic workbench tops and work areas around
iron, an electric skillet or coffee pot, for
instrument monitoring devices, in lab testing
example can harm the surface and may

Selection of adhesive should take into environments, around photo equipment and on
cause it to delaminate, discolor or blister.
consideration that a visible glue line may detract. computer desktops.
Adhesive should be untinted.
Antistatic laminates are produced in a number of
SOLID PHENOLIC LAMINATES (SP). compositions, thicknesses, colors and patterns.
Consult manufacturers’ literature for details.
High pressure decorative laminates are produced
by several manufacturers in thicknesses adequate
to preclude the use of a core (minimum 1/8”
(3.2 mm).
Unlike conventional sheets, they may be drilled

DQGWDSSHGDQGRIIHUVLJQL¿FDQWVFUHZKROGLQJ
capacity.
Depending on thickness, these laminates may be

XVHGIRUPDQ\ÀDWDSSOLFDWLRQVVXFKDVWRLOHWDQG
dressing room partitions, workbenches, shelving,
and table tops.
Panels are heavy for their size—an asset in

sturdiness of the end application, but a factor
which must be considered when planning for time
and cost of labor and transportation as well as for
support structures.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT DECORATIVE FLAME SPREAD RATING of DECORATIVE NATURAL WOOD LAMINATES
LAMINATES LAMINATES
An excellent example of the ongoing evolution of
Chemical resistant HPDL offers the familiar Safer materials for interiors are a primary the high pressure decorative laminate process.
advantages of HPDL: resistance to wear, concern for commercial and institutional design Presently, natural wood laminates may be
FRQGXFWLYHDQGUDGLDQWKHDWDQGLPSDFWDV professionals across North America. The threat VSHFL¿HGLQWZRIRUPDWVERWKIHDWXUHWKLQYHQHHUV
well as ease in cleaning, color fastness, and RI¿UHDQGLWVFRQFRPLWDQWKD]DUGRIVPRNHKDV of woods bonded under high pressure and heat
relatively light weight. Although this product may created a critical need for interior materials that to a core of kraft papers and phenolic resins. One
resist some chemicals, depending on the testing DGGUHVVWKLVFRQFHUQZLWKRXWDHVWKHWLFVDFUL¿FH process leaves the face of the wood untreated,
methods of the individual manufacture’s, it is the DQGUHDG\WR¿QLVK7KHRWKHUDGGVDSURWHFWLYH
design professional’s responsibility to select the Manufacturers of decorative laminate materials face of melamine resin.
appropriate material for the chemical resistance RIIHU¿UHDQGVPRNHUHWDUGDQWJUDGHVIRULQWHULRU
required. DSSOLFDWLRQ7KHDGGLWLRQRI¿UHUHWDUGDQWGRHV Performance characteristics vary with the
not affect the performance characteristics of presence or absence of the melamine resin.

These laminates may be applied on vertical as GHFRUDWLYHODPLQDWHZHDUDQGVWDLQUHVLVWDQFH In both cases, the ease of cutting and bonding,
well as horizontal surfaces, to extend protection to ease of maintenance, and color stability remain as well as the wear resistance, improve in
cabinet doors and sides. And they may be post- very strong. comparison to raw wood veneer. With the
formed for seamless edges. melamine face, the natural wood assumes much
Rated high pressure decorative laminates are of the easy care and long wear properties of
$GKHVLYHVVKRXOGEHVSHFL¿HGFDUHIXOO\(GJHV HYDOXDWHGDQGFHUWL¿HGDFFRUGLQJWR$670( conventional high pressure decorative laminate.
which may be exposed to chemical attack should test procedures (cataloged as ASTM-E-84
be glued with chemical-resistant adhesives. 7XQQHO7HVWDQGDV7HVW1RE\8QGHUZULWHUV Sequence matching of natural wood laminate
Formulation of chemical-resistant decorative Laboratories, Inc. Similar Canadian testing is SDQHOVLVH[WUHPHO\OLPLWHGFRQVXOWWKHODPLQDWH
laminate differs from producer to producer. Consult cataloged as CAN4-512-79). manufacturer.
product literature to make sure the material you
specify meets the needs of your projects. With appropriate choices of core and adhesive, SPECIAL SHEET PRODUCTS
SDQHOVFODGZLWK¿UHUDWHGGHFRUDWLYHODPLQDWH
They are available in varying thicknesses and may be produced to comply with Class 1, I, or A, ,QFOXGHGLQWKLVFODVVL¿FDWLRQDUHVSHFLDOSDQHO

a number of color and patterns depending on ¿UHFRGHV)LQLVKHGSDQHOVDOUHDG\FHUWL¿HGPD\ products such as lead lined panels for X-ray areas,
manufacturer. DOVREHVSHFL¿HGIURPVRPHGHFRUDWLYHODPLQDWH bullet resistant panels, honeycomb core panels
manufacturers. when light weight is a consideration, etc.
METAL-FACED LAMINATES Lead Lined Panels - Usually a sheet of
Major applications of rated decorative laminate lead of a specified thickness, to meet X-ray
High pressure decorative laminates are produced include door, wall, and wainscot cladding in shield requirements, is laminated between 2
with metal veneers and a backer of kraft paper and FRUULGRUVVWDLUZHOOVHQWULHVDQGHOHYDWRUVDV layers of core material. A decorative overlay
phenolic resin. ZHOODVVXUIDFLQJRQ¿[WXUHVDQGFDVHZRUN and balancing sheet can then be applied as
These materials are supplied in both horizontal required.
The material used for much of the metal laminates and vertical types, in a wide range of colors and
is interior-type anodized aluminum. Other patterns. Bullet Resistant Panels - Available as steel
materials, including copper and nickel alloys may plate, glass, polycarbonate, acrylic or fiberglass
EHVSHFL¿HGLQYDULRXVIRUPDWVKRZHYHUVRPH reinforced material which can offer protection
7KH\PD\QRWEHSRVWIRUPHGWKHVSHFLDO against many available small arms fire,
metals, such as stainless steel or plated metal,
IRUPXODWLRQWKDWSURGXFHV¿UHUHWDUGDQWLVQRW depending upon the thickness specified. These
are not conducive to machining with woodworking
compatible with heat forming. panels are usually built into the interior of the
equipment.
structure of the counter, teller’s lines, judge’s
$GKHVLYHFKRLFHIRU¿UHUDWHGGHFRUDWLYH benches, etc.
ODPLQDWHLVLPSRUWDQW$VZLWKPDQ\W\SHVRI¿UH
retardant particleboard, some PVA adhesives
DUHLQFRPSDWLEOHZLWKWKH¿UHUHWDUGDQWFKHPLFDO
composition of the decorative laminate material.
Resorcinol adhesives are best for both chemical
FRPSDWLELOLW\DQGÀDPHVSUHDGUDWLQJRIWKH
end product. Contact adhesives do surprisingly
well in some cases. Verify test ratings with your
decorative laminate manufacturer.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
SOLID SURFACE SPECIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR 5(&200(1'$7,216
Is a manufactured, filled cast polymeric resin UNIFORM COLOR, certain finishing techniques VENEER CORE PANELS should not be used
panel. The fillers enhance both its performance might be required to achieve uniformity (see for cabinet doors because they are likely to
properties and aesthetics. With a homogeneous Section 5). warp, and:
composition throughout its thickness, solid surface
requires no finish coat and is capable of being CHARACTERISTICS, such as sapwood, Rotary cut softwood sheets with clear faces,
fabricated with inconspicuous seams and repaired heartwood, ribbon stripe, quarter sawn, rift free of patches, are not typically available.
to its original finish. Products (and manufacturer’s sawn, or vertical grain.
warranties) vary and should be fabricated Formaldehyde emission regulations should
according to manufacturer’s recommendations, Natural, Sapwood and Heartwood are color be carefully researched before shipping
including the use of unique fasteners and and cut subsets of Ash, Beech, Birch, Maple, product into an unfamiliar area.
adhesives. Many decorative inlays are available. and Poplar. (see HPVA table).
CHECKING RU WARPAGE of wood veneered
Consult your manufacturer about performance

Natural as a type of wood species selection, sheets can be avoided by proper environmental
issues, materials, colors, and patterns. To ensure
allows an unlimited amount of heartwood maintenance, such as being:
color and pattern match it is suggested to use
and/or sapwood within a face.
same batch material at adjacent sheets. Protected from extremes in relative humidity
Sapwood is all sapwood and is generally and temperature.
OTHER PANEL PRODUCTS referred to for example as Select White for
Maple and Birch. Finished on both surfaces to retard moisture
Many new panel products are available, from movement in and out of the panel.
recycled glass and epoxy impregnated metal Heartwood is all heartwood and is generally
shavings to plastic or acrylic panels created from referred to for example as Select Red for Placed in locations that avoid directly facing
a variety of natural and recycled materials. The Birch. air vents and/or radiant heat sources.
options are wide spread and the sheer volume
RISURGXFWVPDNHLWGLI¿FXOWWRTXDQWLI\7KH$:6 SPECIAL FIGURE characteristics. LAMINATION OVER EXISTING OVERLAYS
acknowledges these products and encourages
design professionals to verify with individual TYPE I WATERPROOF BOND for limited The application of any thickness of HPDL

product manufacturers that their products meet non climate controlled interior or exterior use over the top of existing HPDL is not
required performance standards. The AWS does (compliant with 2 Cycle Boil and Shear Tests). permitted. Experience shows that the
not at present address these products. adhesion of the new laminate to the existing
FLAME SPREAD and/or smoke development surface is very low, often resulting in
ratings. delamination and failure of the glue line.
SPECIALITY SHEET PRODUCTS, such Likewise, the application of HPDL over

as plywood with textured faces, prefinished existing thermoset decorative overlay
plywood, overlaid plywood, composition (melamine) is strongly discouraged. Some
sheets, flame spread rated plywood, moisture fabricators report success by aggressively
resistant plywood, lead lined sheets, projectile sanding the melamine surface, followed by
resistant armor (bullet resistant), reconstituted applying sufficient contact adhesive and
veneers, bamboo sheets, acrylic sheets, or adequate pressure. Delamination is a defect.
PVC sheets which are the products of an The risk of delamination is high. Specify or
individual manufacturer, are covered by their use this procedure with care.
manufacturer’s specification - not by these
standards.
SECTION4
E C P
Sheet Products
compliance requirements GENERAL/PRODUCT/TEST
Including: Hardwood and Softwood Veneer, 4.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS (continued)

High Pressure Decorative Laminate, 5 LOW DENSITY FIBERBOARD (LDF) sheets have distinct weight
Thermally Fused Overlays, Vinyl Film, DGYDQWDJHVKRZHYHUWKH\W\SLFDOO\RIIHUVXEVWDQWLDOO\OHVVLQ
Medium and High Density Overlays, performance characteristics. LDF is permitted in general paneling
products and/or woodwork fabrication, with the exception of
Hardboard, Backers, Solid Surface, Solid Phenolic, casework.
(SR[\5HVLQDQG1DWXUDO0DQXIDFWXUHG6WRQH
5.1 LDF may be used for casework construction, provided its
performance characteristics meet or exceed those required
4.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS of particleboard.
1 GRADE CLASSIFICATIONS ECONOMY, CUSTOM, and 6 CONTINUOUS PRESSURE LAMINATES (melamine or polyester
PREMIUM are used within these standards only in reference to based) are an alternative to and may be used in lieu of HPDL,

the acceptable quality of workmanship, material, or installation in provided they conform to the same standards as HPDL.
a completed architectural woodwork product.

1.2 This material section deals with sheet products, which are a
component of finished products covered in Sections 6 - 12. 7.1 PANEL GRAIN DIRECTIONLVLQGLFDWHGE\LWVVL]HOLVWLQJIRU
example, 48” x 96” (1219 mm x 2438 mm) means the grain
1.2.1 In this section, the use of Grade classifications is only for direction runs with the 96” (2438 mm) direction, whereas a 96”
the purpose of identifying sheet products that can be used x 48” (2438 mm x 1219 mm) panel’s grain direction runs with
in finished products meeting those Grades. the 48” (1219 mm) dimension.
1.2.2 These Grade classifications are not intended to be used as

Grades of raw material or to judge a stand alone sheet.
PANEL ASSOCIATION GRADES, by themselves, should not

be used for architectural woodwork, because even their highest

grades might permit unacceptable defects, and:
The appearance of a piece in the end product is of primary

importance, not whether it is cut from a larger sheet that
contained characteristics which can be eliminated.
3 SHEET PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Apply only to surfaces visible after manufacture and

installation.
3.2 Establish criteria as to which, if any, natural characteristics are

acceptable.
3.3 Limit the extent of characteristics that will be permitted based

on an exposed area’s size and the proximity of characteristics
to one another.
3.4 Do not apply to special varieties of species that display

unusual characteristics desirable for aesthetic and design
reasons.
4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTSVKDOOJRYHUQLILQFRQIOLFWZLWK
WKHVHVWDQGDUGV
SECTION4
Sheet Products
GENERAL/PRODUCT/TEST compliance requirements
4.2 SCOPE
4.4.4 Basic Rules
1 All sheet products used for the fabrication or production of the
architectural woodwork covered by these standards. AESTHETIC grade rules apply only to exposed and semi-exposed
1
2 GRAIN DIRECTION is indicated by a panel’s size listing.
1 If not otherwise specified or indicated in the contract documents,
sheet products shall match the default stipulation of the
applicable product portion of these standards. SPECIES not covered by these standards shall be as agreed to
between owner/design professional and manufacturer/installer as
3
4.4 RULES to length requirements and size/exposed area of permitted natural
characteristics.
1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract

documents require otherwise. REFERENCE STANDARDS, adopted for the performance, fabrication,
4 and appearance of face veneers, laminates, overlays, backers, and
2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of cores are as follows:
4 1 Hardwood Plywood - ANSI/HPVA HP-1 (latest edition).
3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at 4 2 Softwood Plywood - US Plywood Standard APA PS-1 (latest edition).
www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall Medium-Density Overlay (MDO) - US Plywood Standard APA PS-1
WDNHSUHFHGHQFHRYHUWKHVHUXOHV, subject to their date 4 3
(latest edition).
of posting and a project’s bid date.
High-Density Overlay (HDO) - US Plywood Standard APA PS-1 (lat-
4 4
est edition).
Thermally Fused Overlay (Melamine or Polyester ) - NEMA - LD-3
4 5
(latest edition) for face characteristic only.
4 6 High-Pressure Laminate (HPDL) - NEMA - LD-3 (latest edition).

4 7 Hardboard - ANSI A135.4 (latest edition).
4 8 Particleboard - ANSI A208.1 (latest edition) - Grade M2 or better.
4 9 Medium-Density Fiberboard (MDF) - ANSI A208.2 (latest edition).
4 10 Oriented Strand Board (OSB) - APA PS-2 (latest edition).
Agrifiber – shall meet or exceed the performance properties of
4 11
particleboard or MDF as stated in this manual.
Combination Core – shall meet or exceed the performance
4 12
characteristics of ANSI A208.1 or ANSI A208.2 standards.
5 Additional REQUIREMENTS, if so specified:

FIRE RETARDANT CORE shall be color tinted or otherwise docu-
5 1
mented.
MOISTURE RESISTANT CORE shall be color tinted or otherwise
5 2
documented.
5 3 WATERPROOF ADHESIVE.
6 PANEL LAYUP: 01/01/15

6 1 Shall be for interior use, unless specified otherwise.
6 2 Shall be constructed with an odd number of plies.
Requires BALANCED CONSTRUCTION of faces, thickness, and
6 3 moisture content to produce a warp-free panel suitable for its
intended use.
SECTION4
E C P
Sheet Products
4.4.4 Basic Rules 4.4.5 Hardwood Veneer Material Rules

S From previous column APPLIES to the following common species:
ANIGRE HICKORY OAK, Red & White
6 PANEL LAYUP (continued) ASH LAUAN PECAN
6 4 Shall have a rigid glue line, and: 1
BEECH MAHOGANY, American POPLAR
6 4 1 DELAMINATION or SEPARATION is not allowed. BIRCH MAKORE SAPELE
Shall NOT USE CONTACT ADHESIVE unless otherwise indicated CHERRY MAPLE WALNUT
6 5
in these standards.
2 CORE shall be manufacturer’s choice.
Requires CORES of veneer, lumber, particleboard, MDF, or a
6 6
combination thereof, and:
VENEER shall be of sufficient thickness so as not to permit show

Veneer core shall not be used for cabinet door or drawer front 3
6 6 1
components. through of cross banding after sanding or finishing.
SURFACE distortions or defects, such as bubbling, blistering,
4 EDGES of multi leaf faces shall appear parallel.
6 7 cracking, crazing or ridges in the exposed face veneer, shall not
occur.
5 BACKING SPECIES shall be manufacturer’s choice.
Except as indicated in Section 9 for wood doors only,
6 8 TELEGRAPHING shall not exceed 0.004” (0.10 mm) in any 3” (76.2
mm) span. FIGURE is not a function of a species grade, and special requirements
6
shall have been so specified.
When VENEER WITH BACKER SHEET is specified, it shall be
pressed using hard setting glues that develop a rigid glue line (not
6 9 7 NATURAL allows unlimited heartwood and/or sapwood within a face.
a contact adhesive) on appropriate core material, and if required,
panel to be balanced with appropriate balance material.
6 10 LAMINATION OVER EXISTING HPDL is not permitted. GRAIN direction shall be manufacturer’s choice unless otherwise
8
specified in the contract documents or required within Sections 6 - 12.

THICKNESS TOLERANCE shall be as established by ANSI/HPVA
7 RIFT GRAIN OAK shall allow up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the
HP-1 and equal to: 9
exposed surface area to contain medullary ray flake.
7 1 +0/-1/32” (0 / 0.8 mm) for nominal thickness less than 1/4” (6 mm).
+0/-3/64” (0 / 1.2 mm) for nominal thickness of 1/4” (6 mm) or
7 2 VENEER FACE GRADE REQUIREMENTS (based on the following
greater. 10
ANSI/HPVA HP-1 definitions and characteristics) shall be for:
10 1 OPAQUE FINISH:
SQUARENESS TOLERANCE shall be as established by ANSI/HPVA
8 10 1 1 Grade - D. E C P
HP-1 and equal to:
3/32” (2.4 mm) for panels 48” x 48” (1220 mm x 1220 mm) or 10 1 2 Grade - C. E C P
8 1
greater. 10 1 3 Grade - B. E C P
1/16” (1.6 mm) for panels smaller than 48” x 48” (1220 mm x 10 2 TRANSPARENT FINISH:
8 2
1220 mm). 10 2 1 Grade - B. E C P
10 2 2 Grade - A. E C P
STRAIGHTNESS TOLERANCE shall be as established by ANSI/HPVA 10 2 3 Grade - AA.
9 E C P
HP-1 and equal to:
9 1 1/16” (1.6 mm) for edges less than 96” (2440 mm) in length. &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
9 2 3/32” (2.4 mm) for edges 96” (2440 mm) or greater.
10 CATHEDRAL type figure shall be achieved by:

10 1 A single component in “AA” Face Grade.
10 2 The split heart method in Face Grades “A - D”, and:
Each half of a split heart shall be subject to the minimum
10 2 1
component width requirements for Face Grade “B.”
SECTION4
Sheet Products
4.4.5 Hardwood Veneer Material Rules 4.4.5 Hardwood Veneer Material Rules
10 VENEER FACE GRADE REQUIREMENTS (continued) 11 VENEER FACE GRADE DESCRIPTIONS (continued)
For PRESELECTED FLITCHES, the following characteristics are GRADE - A - Veneer shall be smooth, tight cut, and full length.
10 3
applicable only when: When the face consists of more than one veneer component or
Design professional has determined, in advance of bid, which piece, the edges shall appear parallel and be edge matched. All
10 3 1 characteristics and/or defects are acceptable or are to be components of a book or slip matched face shall be from the same
eliminated for the total face appearance. flitch. Rotary cut faces may be whole piece or multi piece with
HGJHMRLQWVWLJKWKRZHYHUQRVKDUSFRORUFRQWUDVWVDUHSHUPLWWHG
Yield and leaf width/length are directly related to this
at the joints, and the face will provide a good general appearance.
10 3 1 1 determination and therefore there may be waste/yield
Species specified for natural color will allow color contrasts, but

implications.
shall be book matched or conform to the type of matching as
VENEER FACE GRADE DESCRIPTIONS - Range from AA through specified. The components of plain sliced (flat cut) and multi piece
11 D, primarily based on appearance features with fewer natural rotary faces will be book matched, unless otherwise specified
characteristics allowed in higher grades. with a running, balanced, or center matched arrangement. Unless
GRADE - AAVeneer shall be smooth, tight cut, and full length. 11 2 otherwise specified, components in plain sliced faces will have a
When the face consists of more than one veneer component or matching arrangement selected by the manufacturer. Plain sliced
piece, the edges shall appear parallel and be edge matched. All faces will consist of two or more components with no component
components of a book or slip matched face shall be from the same less than 5” (127 mm) wide except for outside components, which
flitch. Rotary cut faces may be whole piece or multi piece with may be less than 5” (127 mm) to allow for certain types of matching
edge joints tight and no sharp color contrast at the joints. Species or panel edge trim loss. Split heart is permitted if manufactured
specified for natural color will allow color contrasts but shall be cathedral is achieved. No full quarter cut is allowed in plain sliced
book matched or conform to the type of matching as specified. The faces. The width of any single component in quarter cut, rift cut,
components of plain sliced (flat cut) and multi piece rotary faces or comb grain faces shall not be less than 3” (76 mm) except for
will be book matched unless otherwise specified with a running, outside components, which may be less than 3” (76 mm) to allow

balanced, or center matched arrangement. Unless otherwise for certain types of matching or panel edge trim loss. In some
11 1
specified, components in plain sliced faces will have a matching VSHFLHVVDSZRRGLVSHUPLWWHGKRZHYHULQRWKHUVSHFLHVLWPD\EH
arrangement selected by the manufacturer. Plain sliced faces will permitted by agreement between buyer and seller.
consist of two or more components with no component less than 6” GRADE - B - 9eneer shall be smooth, tight cut, and full length as
(152 mm) wide except for outside components, which may be less described for the various species. All components of a book or slip
than 6” (152 mm) to allow for certain types of matching or panel matched face shall be from the same flitch. Slip or book matched
edge loss. No plain sliced components will have a split heart. No veneers are available if specified by the buyer. If not specified, multi
full quartered cut is allowed in plain sliced faces. The width of any piece faces will be pleasingly matched. Sharp color contrasts at the
single component in quarter cut, rift cut faces shall not be less than joints are not permitted. Species specified for natural color will allow
3” (76 mm) except for outside components, which may be less than 11 3 color contrasts, but shall be book matched or conform to the type
3” (76 mm) to allow for certain types of matching or panel edge trim of matching as specified. Plain sliced faces will consist of two or
loss. more components with no component less than 4” (102 mm) wide
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T to allow for certain types of matching or panel edge trim loss. Some
full quarter cut is permitted in plain sliced faces. For some species,
unlimited sapwood is allowed, and in other species, a percentage of
sapwood is allowed.
SECTION4
E C P
Sheet Products
11 VENEER FACE GRADE DESCRIPTIONS (continued) TERMINOLOGY DEFINITIONS for use with following ANSI/HPVA HP-1
12
GRADE - C - Permits unlimited color streaks and spots and color (latest edition) Characteristic charts:
variation. An unlimited number of small burls and pin knots are 12 1 BARK POCKET: Bark around which normal wood has grown.
allowed with no restrictions on the size of the dark pin knot centers, BRASHNESS: Condition of wood characterized by low resistance to
as long as the diameter of pin knots does not exceed 1/4” (6.4 mm) 12 2
shock and by abrupt failure across the grain without splintering.
11 4 in diameter. The size of sound and repaired knotholes and similar
BURL, BLENDING: A swirl, twist, or distortion in the grain of
shaped openings cannot exceed 1/2” (9.5 mm) in diameter, with a
the wood which usually occurs near a knot or crotch but does
specified number allowed based on individual species. Faces shall
12 3 not contain a knot and does not contain abrupt color variation. A
provide a sound face, free of open defects, with only minimal areas

of rough grain.
blending burl is detectable at 1.8 m to 2.4 m (6 feet to 8 feet) as a
swirl or roundel.
GRADE - D - Permits unlimited color streaks and spots and color
BURL, CONSPICUOUS: A swirl, twist, or distortion in the grain of
variation. An unlimited number of small burls and pin knots are
the wood which usually occurs near a knot or crotch. A conspicuous
permitted with no restrictions on the size of dark pin knot centers, 12 4
burl is associated with abrupt color variation and/or a cluster of small
as long as the diameter of pin knots does not exceed 1/4” (6.4 mm)
dark piths caused by a cluster of adventitious buds.
in diameter. The size of repaired and sound knotholes and similar
11 5 COMB GRAIN: A quality of rift cut veneer with exceptionally
shaped openings cannot exceed 3/4” (19 mm) (repaired) and 1”
(25.4 mm) (sound) diameters, with a specified number based on 12 5 straight grain and closely spaced growth increments resembling the
individual species. Faces shall provide a sound face, free of open appearance of long strands of combed hair.
defects. The size or percentage of rough grain on the panel surface CROSS BAR: Irregularity of grain resembling a dip in the grain
12 6
depends on the species. running at right angles, or nearly so, to the length of the veneer.
OTHER SPECIES - May be covered by these standards, provided 12 7 FLAKE: See Fleck, Ray.
the buyer and seller agree to a species grouping as a basis for FLECK, RAY: Portion of a ray as it appears on the quartered or rift
12 8

11 6 the evaluation and grade of the unlisted species. It is obviously cut surface. Fleck is often a dominant appearance feature in Oak.
not workable to try to develop and include the individual grade
GUM POCKETS: Well defined openings between rings of annual
requirements for every known species. 12 9
growth, containing gum or evidence of prior gum accumulations.
SPECIALTY GRADES - $pplicable to veneer in which the features
GUM SPOTS AND STREAKS: Gum or resinous material or color
of greatest significance are unusual characteristics that are not
12 10 spots and streaks caused by prior resin accumulations sometimes
covered within grades AA-D. Characteristics shall be as agreed
11 7 found on panel surfaces.
upon between buyer and seller. Species such as Wormy Chestnut,
Birds Eye Maple, and English Brown Oak, which have unusual HAIRLINE: A thin, perceptible line showing at the joint of two pieces
12 11
decorative features, are considered a Speciality Grade. of wood.
NOTE - Variance from these standards might invalidate certain HEARTWOOD: The non active or dormant center of a tree,
11 8 12 12 generally distinguishable from the outer portion (sapwood) by its
criteria and tests.
darker color, sometime referred to as heart.
Example - Strong color contrasts will occur when rotary natural
11 8 1
Birch leaves are slip matched. &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
SECTION4
Sheet Products
12 TERMINOLOGY DEFINITIONS (continued) 12 TERMINOLOGY DEFINITIONS (continued)
KNOT: Cross section of tree branch or limb with grain usually 12 23 WORMHOLES: Holes resulting from infestation of worms.
12 13 running at right angles to that of the piece of wood in which it occurs, WORM TRACKS: Marks caused by various types of wood attacking
further defined as: larvae. Often appear as sound discolorations running with or across
CONSPICUOUS PIN: Sound knots 6.4 mm (1/4 inch) or less in 12 24 the grain in straight to wavy streaks. Sometimes referred to as “pith
12 13 1
diameter containing dark centers. flecks” in certain species of Maple, Birch and other hardwoods
HOLES: Openings produced when knots drop from the wood in because of a resemblance to the color of pith.
12 13 2
which they were embedded.
OPEN: Opening produced when a portion of the wood substance SUMMARY TABLES of ALLOWABLE WOOD VENEER FACE GRADE

12 13 3 of a knot has dropped out or where cross checks have occurred 13
CHARACTERISTICS, printed with permission from the Hardwood
to produce an opening. Plywood and Veneer Association and their ANSI/HPVA HP1 (latest
edition), are as follows:
SOUND TIGHT:.QRWVWKDWDUHVROLGDFURVVWKHLUIDFHDQG¿[HG
12 13 4 13 1 Tables for STAND ALONE DOOR FACES are in Section 9.
by growth to retain their place.
12 13 5 SPIKE: Knots cut from 0º to 45º to the long axis of limbs. 13 2 Table: 4-040- ASH, BEECH, BIRCH, MAPLE, and POPLAR.
REPAIRS: A patch, shim, or filler material inserted and/or glued into Table: 4-041- MAHOGANY (African or American), ANIGRE,
12 14 13 3
veneer or a panel to achieve a sound surface. MAKORE, and SAPELE.
RIFT CUT: A straight grain appearance achieved through the 13 4 Table: 4-042- RED and WHITE OAK.
process of cutting at a slight angle to the radial on the half round stay 13 5 Table: 4-043- PECAN and HICKORY.
12 15
log or through the use of veneer cut in any fashion that produces a 13 6 Table: 4-044- WALNUT and CHERRY.
straight grain with minimal ray fleck.
The following tables are not intended to create a face grade,
ROUGH CUT: Irregular shaped areas of generally uneven they are INTENDED ONLY TO ESTABLISH THE ACCEPTABLE
corrugation on the surface of veneer, differing from the surrounding 13 7
5(48,5(0(176$1'25&+$5$&7(5,67,&6$)7(57+(

12 16
smooth veneer and occurring as the veneer is cut by the lathe or
WOODWORK IS COMPLETED OR INSTALLED.
slicer.
RUPTURED GRAIN: A break or breaks in the grain or between
springwood and summerwood caused or aggravated by excessive
pressure on the wood by seasoning, manufacturing, or natural
12 17 processes. Ruptured grain appears as a single or series of distinct
separations in the wood such as when springwood is crushed
leaving the summerwood to separate in one or more growth
increments.
SAPWOOD: The living wood of lighter color occurring in the outer
12 18
portion of a tree, sometimes referred to as sap.
SLIGHT: Visible on observation, but does not interfere with the
12 19 overall aesthetic appearance with consideration of the applicable
grade of the panel.
12 20 SPLITS: Separations of wood fiber running parallel to the grain.
STREAKS, MINERAL: Sharply contrasting elongated discolorations
12 21
of the wood substance.
VINE MARK: Bands of irregular grain running across or diagonally
12 22 to the grain which are caused by the growth of climbing vines around
the tree.
SECTION4
E C P
Sheet Products
Table: 4-040- ASH, BEECHa, BIRCH, MAPLE, and POPLAR (ANSI/HPVA HP- 1 (latest edition))
Cut Plain Sliced (Flat Cut), Quarter Cut, Rotary Cut
Grade Description AA A B C D
Color and Matching Sap Heart Nat. Sap Heart Nat. Sap Heart Nat.
Sapwood Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes
Heartwood No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Slight Slight Yes Yes Yes Yes
Color Variation Slight Yes Slight Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes if Slip, Plank, or Yes if Slip, Plank, or Yes if Slip, Plank, or
Sharp Color Contrast at Joints Yes Yes
Random matched Random matched Random matched
Type of Matching,
Book Matched Yes Yes Specify -- --
Slip Matched Specify Specify Specify -- --

Pleasing Matched -- -- Yes -- --
Nominal Minimum Plain Sliced 6" (152 mm) 5" (127 mm) 3" (76 mm)
Width of Face Quarter 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm) No Limit No Limit
Components b Rotary 6" (152 m) 5" (127 mm) 4" (102 mm)
Natural Characteristics
1 per 5 sq ft 1 per 3 sq ft 1 per 2 sq ft
Small Conspicuous Burls & Pin Knots
(2 per 1 m2) (4 per 1 m2) (6 per 1 m2) No Limit No Limit
Combined Average Number
Conspicuous Burls, Maximum Size 1/4" (6.4 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) No Limit No Limit
1 per 8 sq ft 1 per 4 sq ft
Conspicuous Pin Knots,
(4 per 3 m2) (3 per 1 m2)
Average Number
No 4 per 32 sq ft 8 per 32 sq ft No Limit No Limit
Maximum Size, Dark Part
1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm)
Total
1/4" (6.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm)

Scattered, Sound and Repaired Knots,
(4 per 3 m2) (3 per 1 m2) (4 per 1 m2)
Maximum Size - Sound
No No 3/8" (9.5 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) 1" (25.4 mm)
Maximum Size - Repaired
1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) 3/4" (19 mm)
Average Number - Repaired
(4 per 3 m2) (4 per 3 m2) (2 per 1 m2)
Mineral Streaks 1R Maple, Slight Slight Slight Yes Yes
Few to 1/8" x 1" Few to 1/4" x 2" 1/4" x 2"
Bark Pockets No No
(3.2 mm x 25.4 mm) (6.4 mm x 50.8 mm) (6.4 mm x 50.8 mm)
Worm Tracks Slight Slight 6OLJKW$VK<HV Yes Yes
Vine Marks Slight Slight Slight Yes Yes
Cross Bars Slight Slight Yes Yes Yes
Manufacturing Characteristics
Two 8" (203 mm)dia.
Rough Cut/Ruptured Grain No No Slight 5% of panel
areas or equivalent
Two 1/32" x 3"
Two 1/16" x 6" Four 1/8" x 8" Four 3/16" x 8" Six 1/4" x 10"
Blended Repaired Tapering Hairline Splits (0.8 mm x 76 mm)
(1.6 mm x 152 mm) (3.2 mm x 203 mm) (4.8 mm x 203 mm) (6.4 mm x 203 mm)
on panel ends only
Repairs Very small blending Small blending Blending Yes Yes
Special Characteristics
Quartered LQPPLQPPPD[LPXPJUDLQVORSHLQPPLQPPPD[LPXPJUDLQVZHHS
Open splits, open joints, open bark pockets, or doze not allowed in above grades.
a
American or European
b
Outside components will be different size to allow for edge trim loss and certain types of matching.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
Table: 4-041- MAHOGANY (African or American), ANIGRE, MAKORE, and SAPELE (ANSI/HPVA HP- 1 (latest edition))
Color and Matching
Sapwood No No No Yes Yes
Heartwood Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Slight Slight Occasional Yes Yes
Color Variation Slight Slight Moderate Yes Yes
Type of Matching

Nominal Minimum Plain Sliced 6" (152 mm)
5" (127 mm)3" (76 mm)
3" (76 mm)
Width of Face Quarter 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm) No Limit No Limit
5" (127 mm)
Components a Rotary 6" (152 m) 4" (102 mm)
Small Conspicuous Burls & Pin Knots,
(4 per 3 m2) (3 per 1 m2)
Average Number
1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm)
Total
1/4" (6.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm)
Scattered Sound and Repaired Knots, (4 per 3 m2) (3 per 1 m2) (4 per 1 m2)

Combined Average Number 4 per 32 sq ft 8 per 32 sq ft 10 per 32 sq ft
Maximum Size - Sound No No 3/8" (9.5 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) 1" (25.4 mm)
Maximum Size - Repaired 1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) 3/4" (19 mm)
Average Number - Repaired 1 per 8 sq ft 1 per 8 sq ft 1 per 6 sq ft
(4 per 3 m2) (4 per 3 m2) (2 per 1 m2)
Mineral Streaks No Slight Occasional Yes Yes
Few to 1/8" x 1" Few to 1/4" x 2" 1/4" x 2"
Bark Pockets No No
Worm Tracks No No Slight Few Yes
Vine Marks Slight Slight Yes Yes Yes
Cross Bars Occasional Occasional Yes Yes Yes
Two 8" dia. areas or
Rough Cut/Ruptured Grain No No Slight Slight
equivalent
Two 1/32" x 3" on
Blended Repaired Tapering Hairline Two 1/16" x 6" Four 1/8" x 8" Four 3/16" x 8" Six 1/4" x 10"
(0.8 mm x 76 mm)
Splits (1.6 mm x 152 mm) (3.2 mm x 203 mm) (4.8 mm x 203 mm) (6.4 mm x 254 mm)
panel ends only
Repairs Very Small Blending Small Blending Blending Yes Yes
1/16" (1.6 mm) 1/16" (1.6 mm)
Unfilled Worm Holes No No No
max. dia. max. dia.
Open splits, open joints, open bark pockets, or doze not allowed in above grades.
a
SECTION4
E C P
Sheet Products
Table: 4-042 - RED and WHITE OAK (ANSI/HPVA HP- 1 (latest edition) as modified by notes ‘d’ and ‘e’)
Red White Red White Red White
Color and Matching
Sapwood No 5% a Yes a 10-20% b Yes Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Color Variation Slight Slight Yes Yes Yes
Type of Matching

Nominal Minimum Plain-Sliced 6" (152 mm) 5" (127 mm) 3" (76 mm)
Width of Face Quarter 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm) No Limit No Limit
Components c Rotary 6" (152 mm) 5" (127 mm) 4" (102 mm)
1 per 4 sq ft 1 per 2-2/3 sq ft 1 per 1-1/3 sq ft
Conspicuous Burls, Maximum Size 1/4" (6.4 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm) 1/2" 12.7 mm) No Limit No Limit
(4 per 1 m2) (6 per 1 m2)
Average Number
1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm)
Total
1/4" (6.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm)

(4 per 3 m2) (4 per 3 m2) (2 per 1 m2)
Few to 12"
Mineral Streaks No Slight, Blending Yes Yes
(305 mm)
Few to 1/8" x 1" Few to 1/4" x 2" 1/4" x 2"
Bark Pockets No No
Vine Marks No Slight Yes Yes Yes
Cross Bars Slight Slight Yes Yes Yes
Two 8" (203 mm) dia.
Rough Cut/Ruptured Grain No No Slight Slight
areas or equivalent
Two 1/32" x 3" on
Blended Repaired Two 1/16" x 6" Four 1/8" x 8" Four 3/16" x 8" Six 1/4" x 10"
(0.8 mm x 76 mm)
Tapering Hairline Splits (1.6 mm x 152 mm) (3.2 mm x 203 mm) (4.8 mm x 203 mm) (6.4 mm x 254 mm)
panel ends only
Ray Fleck d Slight, Blending Slight, Blending Slight, Blending Yes Yes
Rift permits 1" in 12" (25.4 mm in 305 mm) max. grain slope, 2-1/2" in 12" 63.5 mm in 305 mm) max. grain sweep, fleck not to
exceed 3/8" (9.5 mm) in width.
Rift and Comb Grain
Comb permits 1/2" in 12" (1`2.7 mm in 305 mm) max. grain slope, 1/2" in 12" (1`2.7 mm in 305 mm) max. grain sweep, fleck not to
exceed 3/32" (2.4 mm) in width.
Unfilled worm holes, open splits, open joints, open bark pockets, or doze not allowed in above grades.
a
Sap allowed in rotary only unless otherwise specified. b VDSDOORZHGLQULIWFRPEDQGSODLQVOLFHGVDSDOORZHGLQURWDU\
c
d
Unless otherwise specified, quartered permits unlimited fleck.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
Table: 4-043- PECAN and HICKORY (ANSI/HPVA HP- 1 (latest edition))
Cut Plain-Sliced (Flat Cut), Quarter-Cut, Rotary Cut
Color and Matching
Sapwood Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Color Variation Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Type of Matching
Book-Matched Yes Yes Specify -- --
Slip-Matched Specify Specify Specify -- --
Pleasing-Matched -- -- Yes -- --

Nominal Minimum
Width of
Plain-S.
Quarter
6" (152 mm)
3" (76 mm)
5" (127 mm)
3" (76 mm)
3" (76 mm)
3" (76 mm) No Limit No Limit
Face Components a Rotary 6" (152 mm) 5" (127 mm) 4" (102 mm)
Small Conspicuous Burls & Pin Knots- 1 per 1 sq ft 2 per 1 sq ft
(11 per 1 m2) (22 per 1 m2) No Limit No Limit No Limit
Combined Avg. Number 32 per 32 sq ft 64 per 32 sq ft
Conspicuous Burls - Max. Size 1/4" (6.4 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) No Limit No Limit
Conspicuous Pin Knots b 1 per 2 sq ft 2 per 1 sq ft
(6 per 1 m2) (22 per 1 m2)
No Limit
Avg. Number 16 per 32 sq ft 64 per 32 sq ft No Limit No Limit
1/8" (3.2 mm)
Max. Size: Dark Part 1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm)
1/4" (6.4 mm)"
Total 1/4" (6.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm)"
Scattered Sound and Repaired
(4 per 3 m2) (4 per 1 m2) (6 per 1 m2)
Knots-Combined Avg. Number

No No 3/8" (9.5 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) 1" (25.4 mm)
Max. Size - Sound
1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/2" (12.7 mm) 3/4" (19 mm)
Max. Size - Repaired
Avg. No. - Repaired
(4 per 3 m2) (2 per 1 m2) (3 per 1 m2)
Mineral Streaks Slight Slight Yes Yes Yes
Few to 1/4" x 2" Few to 3/8" x 4" To 1/2" wide
Bark Pockets No Small, Occasional
(6.4 mm x 50.8 mm) (9.5 mm x 102 mm) (12.7 mm)
Worm Tracks No Slight Few Yes Yes
Vine Marks Slight Occasional Yes Yes Yes
Cross Bars Slight Occasional Yes Yes Yes
Rough Cut/Ruptured Grain No No Slight areas or 5% of panel
equivalent
Two 1/32" x 3" on
Blended Repaired Two 1/16" x 6" Four 1/8" x 8" Four 3/16" x 8" Six 1/4" x 10"
(0.8 mm x 76 mm)
Tapering Hairline Splits (1.6 mm x 152 mm) (3.2 mm x 203 mm) (4.8 mm x 203 mm) (6.4 mm x 254 mm)
panel ends only
Bird Peck c No Slight Yes Yes Yes
Knife Marks Knife marks might occur in these dense species.
Unfilled worm holes, open splits, open joints, open bark pockets, or doze are not allowed in above grades.
a
Outside components will be a different size to allow for edge trim loss and certain types of matching.
b
For Pecan and Hickory, conspicuous pin knots mean sound knots 1/4" (6.4 mm) or less in diameter with dark centers larger than 1/16" (1.6 mm). Blending pin
knots are sound knots1/4" (6.4 mm) or less in diameter with dark centers 1/16" (1.6 mm) or less and are allowed in all Grades.
c
To achieve a more rustic appearance, bird peck shall be specified.
SECTION4
E C P
Sheet Products
Table: 4-044 - WALNUT and CHERRY (ANSI/HPVA HP- 1 (latest edition))

Cut Plain-Sliced (Flat Cut), Quarter-Cut, Rotary Cut
Color and Matching
Sapwood a No No a No a Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Slight Slight Yes Yes Yes
Color Variation Slight Slight Yes Yes Yes
Random Match Random Match Random Match
Type of Matching:
Book-Matched Yes Yes Specify -- --
Slip-Matched Specify Specify Specify -- --
Pleasing-Matched -- -- Yes -- --

Nominal Minimum
Width of Face
Plain Sliced
Quarter
6" (152 mm)
3" (76 mm)
5" (127 mm)
3" (76 mm)
3" (76 mm)
3" (76 mm) No Limit No Limit

Components: b Rotary 6" (152 mm) 5" (127 mm) 4" (102 mm)
1 per 4 sq ft 1 per 1-1/3 sq ft 2 per 1 sq ft
c 1 per 5 sq ft 1 per 2 sq ft 1 per 1 sq ft
(3 per 1 m2) (6 per 1 m2) (11 per 1 m2)
Average Number
6 per 32 sq ft 16 per 32 sq ft 32 per 32 sq ft No Limit No Limit
1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm)
Total
1/4" (6.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm)

(4 per 3 m2) (4 per 3 m2) (2 per 1 m2)
Mineral Streaks Slight Slight Yes Yes Yes
Few to 1/8" x 1" Few to 1/4" x 2" 1/4" x 2"
Bark Pockets No No
Vine Marks Slight Occasional Yes Yes Yes
Cross Bars Slight Occasional Yes Yes Yes
Rough Cut/Ruptured Grain No No Slight Slight areas or
equivalent
Two 1/32" x 3"
Blended Repaired Tapering Hairline Two 1/16" x 6" Four 1/8" x 8" Four 3/16" x 8" Six 1/4" x 10"
(0.8 mm x 76 mm) on
Splits (1.6 mm x 152 mm) (3.2 mm x 203 mm) (4.8 mm x 203 mm) (6.4 mm x 254 mm)
panel ends only
Gum Spots and Streaks, Cherry only Occasional Spots Gum Spots and Streaks in Cherry
Unfilled worm holes, open splits, open joints, open bark pockets, or doze are not allowed in above grades.
a
6DSZRRGLVDOORZHGLQ*UDGHV$DQG%KRZHYHUWKHSHUFHQWDJHVKDOOEHDJUHHGXSRQEHWZHHQEX\HUDQGVHOOHU
b
c
For Walnut and Cherry, conspicuous pin knots mean sound knots 1/4" (6.4 mm) or less in diameter with dark centers larger than 1/16" (1.6 mm). Blending pin
knots are sound knots 1/4" (6.4 mm) or less in diameter with dark centers 1/16" (1.6 mm) or less and are allowed in all Grades.
SECTION4
Sheet Products
4.4.6 Softwood Veneer Material Rules 4.4.6 Softwood Veneer Material Rules
Applies only to the following species: DOUGLAS FIR, REDWOOD, S From previous column
1
WESTERN RED CEDAR, and WHITE PINE.
SUMMARY TABLES of ALLOWABLE WOOD VENEER FACE
7
GRADE CHARACTERISTICS are as follows:
TYPE I ADHESIVE is required at non climatic controlled interior or
2 Table: 4-045- WESTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE PINE, and
exterior applications. 7 1
9(57,&$/*5$,1'28*/$6),55(':22', was:
CORE shall be manufacturer’s choice, within the provisions of these Reprinted with permission from the Hardwood Plywood Veneer
3 7 1 1
standards. Association and their ANSI/HPVA HP-1 (latest edition).
7 2 Table: 4-046- DOUGLAS FIR, was:
VERTICAL GRAIN shall have over 90% of the visible face, a minimum Reprinted with permission from the US Plywood Standard APA
4 7 2 1

average of: PS-1 (latest edition).

4 1 5 annual growth rings per 1” (24.4 mm) in width. E C P &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
4 2 10 annual growth rings per 1” (24.4 mm) in width. E C P
4 3 15 annual growth rings per 1” (24.4 mm) in width. E C P
For TRANSPARENT FINISH, boat, router, and/or sled

patches shall be limited to 12 in any 4’ x 8’ (1239 mm x
5 E C P
2438 mm) panel and proportionately reduced for smaller
size panels.
FACE GRADE REQUIREMENTS (based on the following Voluntary

6 Product Standard - PS1 (latest edition) and ANSI/HPVA HP-1 (latest
edition) definitions and characteristics as indicated) for:

WESTERN RED CEDAR and WHITE PINE, rotary, and knotty
6 1
sliced (ANSI/HPVA HP-1 (latest edition)) are as follows:
6 1 1 Grade - B. E C P
6 1 2 Grade - A. E C P
DOUGLAS FIR and REDWOOD, vertical grain sliced (ANSI/HPVA
6 2
HP-1 (latest edition)) are as follows:
6 2 1 Grade - A.
DOUGLAS FIR, rotary sliced (Voluntary Product Standard - PS1
6 3
(latest edition)) for:
6 3 1 OPAQUE FINISH are:
6 3 1 1 Grade - B. E C P
6 3 1 2 Grade - A. E C P
6 3 2 TRANSPARENT FINISH are:
6 3 2 1 Grade - A.

SECTION4
E C P
Sheet Products
Table: 4-045- WESTERN RED CEDAR, WHITE PINE, and 9(57,&$/*5$,1'28*/$6),55(':22' (ANSI/HPVA HP-1 (latest edition))
Species Western Red Cedar White Pine Douglas Fir Redwood
Cut Plain Sliced (Flat Cut), Quarter Cut, Rotary Cut Sliced Vertical Grain
Grade Description A B A B A A
Color and Matching
Limited - No
Sapwood Yes Yes
Bright Sapwood
Heartwood a Yes Yes a
Color Streaks or Spots Slight Yes Slight Yes No No
Color Variation No Slight No Yes Slight Slight
Stain, Blue or Brown No Slight No Slight No No

Type of Matching

Yes - Matched for color and grain
Book Match Not Applicable
at the joints
Random Match Yes, for pleasing appearance Not Applicable
Slip Match Not Applicable Yes, for color
End Match Specify - Not readily available Specify - Not readily available
Burls Yes Small
Pin Knots Yes No Yes
Sound Knots, maximum size 2" (50.8 mm) 3-1/2" (89 mm) No
Spike Knots, maximum size 2" (50.8 mm) 3-1/2" (89 mm) 2" (50.8 mm) 3-1/2" (89 mm) No

Repaired Knot Holes,
3/4" (19 mm) 1-1/2" (38 mm) 3/4" (19 mm) 1-1/2" (38 mm) No
maximum size
Pitch Streaks Small Small No
Few to 1/8" x 1" Few to 1/8" x 2" Few to 1/8" x 1" Few to 1/8" x 2"
Pitch Pockets (3.2 mm x 25.4 (3.2 mm x 50.8 (3.2 mm x 25.4 (3.2 mm x 50.8 No
mm) mm) mm) mm)
Crow's Foot Slight Occasional Slight Yes No
Rough Cut No Slight No Slight No
Blended, Repaired,
Yes Yes
Tapering, Hairline Splits
Repairs Blending Blending
Cross Bar Not Applicable No
Unfilled worm holes, open splits, open joints, or doze are not allowed in above Grades.
a
Heartwood must have 6 or more annual rings per 1" (25.4 mm).

SECTION4
Sheet Products
Table: 4-046- ROTARY CUT DOUGLAS FIR (US Plywood Standard APA PS-1 (latest edition))
Species Douglas Fir
Cut Rotary Cut
Grade Description N A B
Color and Matching
Sapwood Yes - 100% Yes Yes
Heartwood Yes - 100% Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots No Yes Yes
Color Variation Well Matched Yes Yes
Stain No Yes Yes

Type of Matching
Rotary Sliced Yes
Less than 1/8" x 1/4" Less than 1/2" x 2" Less than 1/2" x 2"
Chipped or Depressed Areas
Cracks or Checks Less than 1/32" (0.8 mm) wide Less than 3/16" (4.8 mm) wide Less than 3/16" (4.8 mm) wide
Knots, tight No No Yes, maximum 1" (25.4 mm) dia.
Average 3/8" (9.5 mm) wide and Average 3/8" (9.5 mm) wide and Average 1" (25.4 mm) wide and
Pitch Streaks
blended in color with wood blended in color with wood blended in color with wood
Pitch Pockets No No No
Repaired - less than 1/16" x 2" Repaired - less than 1-1/4" (31.8
Splits Open - less than 1/32" (0.8 mm)
(1.6 mm x 50.8 mm) mm) x unlimited

Worm or borer holes No No Yes
Rough Cut No No Yes, maximum 5% of face
Repairs Maximum 6, well matched Maximum 18, excluding shims Unlimited
Maximum 3 "Router Patches" Boat, Router, or Sled, maximum
Patches Maximum 4" (102 mm) wide
1" x 3-1/2" (25.4 mm x 88.9 mm) 2-1/4" x 4-1/2" (57.2 mm x 114 mm)
Maximum 3/16" x 12"
Shims Yes Yes
(4.8 mm x 305 mm)

SECTION4
E C P
Sheet Products
4.4.7 HPDL Material Rules 4.4.7 HPDL Material Rules

SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED (in conformance with NEMA LD3 (latest S From previous column
edition)) of multiple layers of phenolic resin saturated kraft paper in
CORE shall be manufacturer’s choice, within the provisions of these
8 combination with a layer of decorative melamine saturated paper, 9
standards.
fused together under heat and pressure with the following minimum
performance properties, and:
10 IfFLAME SPREADrequired, it shall:
Laminate types are abbreviated as “HGS/L” and “VGS/L” for
KRUL]RQWDODQGYHUWLFDOJHQHUDOSXUSRVH³+*3´DQG³9*3ÍRUSRVW 10 1 Be CLASS 1.
8 1
IRUPLQJ³+*)ÍRUILUHUDWHG³&/6ÍRUFDELQHWOLQHUDQG³%./ÍRU 10 2 Have minimum 0.028” (0.71 mm) thick BACKING SHEET.
backer in accordance with latest NEMA usage. See Table below: 10 3 Be BONDED with a Class 1, rigid set adhesive.

11 Shall be within the THICKNESS range indicated below in Table 4-047:

Table: 4-047 - HPDL TYPES and MINIMUM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
HGS HGL VGS VGL HGP VGP HGF CLS BKL
1RPLQDOWKLFNQHVVLQFKPP 0.048" 0.039" 0.028" 0.020" 0.039" 0.028" 0.048" 0.020" 0.020"
(1.2) (1.0) (0.7) (0.5) (1.0) (0.7) (1.2) (0.5) (0.5)
7KLFNQHVVWROHUDQFHLQFKPP 0.005" 0.005" 0.004" 0.004" 0.005" 0.004" 0.005" 0.004" 0.004"
(0.12) (0.12) (0.10) (0.10) (0.12) (0.10) (0.12) (0.10) (0.10)
Wear (cycles, min.) 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 n/a
% Dim change (cross-direction) 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4 0.9 2.0 n/a
Moderate
Stain (variety of agents) No effect 1-10 n/a
effect 1-15

Moderate effect 11-15
Cleanability (cycles, maximum) 20 n/a
Light Slight effect Moderate effect n/a
High temperature Slight effect Moderate effect n/a
Radiant heat (seconds, minimum) 125 100 80 60 100 80 75 n/a n/a
Boiling water No effect Slight effect No effect Moderate effect n/a
Impact (inches, min.) 50 35 20 15 30 20 45 10 n/a
Test procedures and minimum requirements shall comply with NEMA-LD3 (latest edition) for HPDL.
DIMENSIONAL BEHAVIOR - LVVLPLODUWRWKDWRIZRRG Expands in High

Relative Humidity
when humidity varies, the width of a laminate (cross-
direction) undergoes greater dimensional changes than 0
3
the length by a ratio of nearly two to one.

20
Low Relative Humidity

High Pressure Decorative
Laminate Sheet
50
Contracts in Low
60
Relative Humidity
High Relative Humidity
Figure: 4-048

SECTION4
Sheet Products
4.4.8 LPDL Material Rules 4.4.10 MDO Material Rules

Shall be melamine, polyester, or foil resin impregnated paper thermally Shall be (in conformance with APA PS1 (latest edition)) a thermosetting
fused under pressure to an approved core, conforming to the following 1 phenolic resin impregnated cellulose fiber sheet or sheets containing
minimum performance properties taken in part from NEMA LD3 (latest not less than 34% phenolic resin after pressing.
edition):
PROPERTY MINIMUM PERFORMANCE CORE shall be manufacturer’s choice, within the provisions of these
2
Wear Solid Color, 400 Cycles standards.
Wood Grain, 125 Cycles
1 Scuff No Effect 3 Shall have BALANCE SHEET.
Stain No Effect on Agents 1-23
Moderate on Agents 24-29
Cleanability No Effect (Cleaned in 20

or Fewer Strokes)
Light Slight
High Temperature Slight
4.4.11 HDO Material Rules
Radiant Heat No Effect (After 60 Seconds)
Shall be (in conformance with APA PS1 (latest edition)) a thermosetting
Boiling Water No Effect
Impact 15” (380 mm) Without Fracture 1 phenolic resin impregnated cellulose fiber sheet or sheets, not less
than 0.012” (0.30 mm) in thickness after pressing.
2 2 Shall be allowed in lieu of paint grade wood veneer for opaque finish.
standards.
3 Shall have BALANCE SHEET. CORE shall be manufacturer’s choice, within the provisions of these
3
standards.
4 Shall have Balance sheet.
4.4.9 Vinyl Film Material Rules

1 Shall be a minimum of 2 mils in THICKNESS.
4.4.12 Hardboard Material Rules
2 Shall be (in conformance with CAP/ANSI A135.4 (latest edition)) a
standards.
panel manufactured of interfelted lignocellulosic fibers, consolidated
1 under heat and pressure to a density of 31 lb/ft3 or greater with the
3 Shall be opaque or reverse printed.
following minimum performance properties based on 1/4” (6.4 mm)
thickness, as follows for:
Shall conform to the following average property requirements:
1 1 STANDARD GRADE:
3523(57< 9$/8( 7(67352&('85( PROPERTY PERFORMANCE
Mil Thickness 2 Minimum Caliper Gauge Water Absorption 25% Maximum
Light Stability 300 hrs with no change ASTM-E-42-64 Thickness Swelling 20% Maximum
Flame Retardance Self Extinguishing 1 1 1
Modulus of Rupture 4500 psi
E C P
4 (free film) ASTM E-82-67 Tensile Strength - Parallel 2200 psi
Gloss Level 10-45 Gardner Glossmeter Tensile Strength - Perpendicular 90 psi
Abrasion Resistance Opaque 25-60 MG loss - 1000 Cyc., CS 10
1 2 TEMPERED GRADE:
Reverse Prints 30-45
Reverse Prints PROPERTY PERFORMANCE
6000-11000 Cycles to Print Failure, CS 17 Water Absorption 20% Maximum
Thickness Swelling 15% Maximum
1 2 1
Modulus of Rupture 6000 psi
E C P
Shall not have SURFACE APPEARANCE affected when exposed to Tensile Strength - Parallel 3000 psi
the following agents: Tensile Strength - Perpendicular 130 psi
Water Coffee Olive Oil
5 Beet Juice Vinegar Alcohol
Mustard Shoe Polish Mercurochrome
Washable Inks Crayon Tea
Household Detergents and Soaps

SECTION4
E C P
Sheet Products
4.4.13 Particleboard Material Rules 4.4.16 Backer Material Rules

Shall be (in conformance with ANSI A208.1 (latest edition)) a generic 1 Where required within the Product Sections, shall include:
term for a composite panel primarily composed of cellulosic materials Brown colored, minimum 0.002” (0.05 mm) thick,
(usually wood), generally in the form of discrete pieces or particles, as factory applied, hot-melt coating of blended wax
1
distinguished from fibers, bonded together with a bonding system, and 1 1 E C P
petroleum, copolymer resins, and anti oxidants with
which may contain additives to a density between 40-50 lb/ft3 (640-800 swipe controlling agents.
kg/m3), requiring:
1 2 Polyester or melamine overlay. E C P
1 1 GRADE M2 or better with the following minimum properties:
Man made wood fiber veneers, impregnated with
PROPERTY VALUE 1 3 acrylic melamine, fortified, high load resin system, a E C P
Thickness Swelling 5.5% Maximum
1 1 1 minimum of 0.020” (0.51 mm).
Modulus of Rupture (M-2) 1885 psi
Modulus of Rupture (M-3) 2393 psi Synthetic polymer treated backing sheet 0.017” (0.43

1 4 mm) - 0.019” (0.48 mm) nominal thickness, designed E C P
for use with HPDL.
Dark brown colored, 0.015” (0.38 mm) nominal
1 5 E C P
4.4.14 Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) Material thickness, phenolic resin impregnated kraft paper.
Rules Thermoset resin treated wood fiber, brown colored,
1 6 3-ply construction, a minimum of 0.020” (0.51 mm) in E C P
Shall be (in conformance with ANSI A208.2 (latest edition)) a panel thickness. 01/01/15
composed of cellulosic fibers and a bonding system cured under heat
Minimum 0.020” (0.51 mm) thick laminate, conforming
and pressure. MDF density is typically between 31 lbs/ft3 (500 kg/m3) 1 7 E C P
1 to NEMA LD3 (latest edition).
and 62 lbs/ft3 (1000 kg/m3). For formaldehyde emission limits, thin MDF
is defined as MDF with a thickness less than or equal to 0.315 inches
(8 mm), requiring:
1 1 GRADE 130 or better with the following minimum properties:
4.4.17 Epoxy Resin Material Rules

PROPERTY VALUE
Thickness Swelling 11% Maximum
1 1 1 Shall be a panel produced from a composite of epoxy resin, silica, inert
Modulus of Rupture (Grade 130) 3130 psi
Modulus of Rupture (Grade 155) 4050 psi fillers, and organic hardeners, cast and cured in ovens at elevated
1
temperatures, homogenous throughout, and nonabsorbent, with the
following minimum performance properties:
PROPERTY VALUE TEST PROCEDURE 1
Compressive Strength 30, 000 psi minimum ASTM-D-695
4.4.15 Balance Sheet Material Rules Density 120 lbs./ft3 ASTM-D-792
1 1 Flexural Strength 11,000 psi minimum ASTM-D-790
1 Where required within the Product Sections, shall include: Hardness (Rockwell M) 100(Min.) ASTM-D-785
01/01/15
1 1 WOOD VENEER of the same thickness and compatible species, or: Water Absorption 0.05% minimum ASTM-D-570
1
Latest edition
Any independently tested material that maintains panel flatness
1 1 1
as set forth in this standard. 01/01/15
1 2 HPDL of the same material and thickness.
4.4.18 Natural Stone Material Rules
1 3 OVERLAY of the same material and thickness. Shall not be subject to minimum performance properties established by
1
these standards, because it is a natural product.
4.4.19 Engineered Stone Material Rules

Shall be as specified and subject to the manufacturer’s instructions and
1
these standards.

SECTION4
Sheet Products
4.4.20 Solid Surface Material Rules 4.4.21 Solid Phenolic Material Rules
Shall be a manufactured, filled cast polymeric resin panel. Fillers may Shall be a panel composed of melamine impregnated decorative
be used to enhance both its performance properties and aesthetics. surface papers superimposed over a varying number of kraft phenolic
1
With a homogeneous composition throughout its thickness, solid core sheets to achieve a desired thickness, with the following minimum
1
surface requires no finish coat and is capable of being fabricated performance properties:
with inconspicuous seams and the following minimum performance PROPERTY VALUE TEST PROCEDURE 1
properties: Compressive Strength 24, 000 psi minimum ASTM-D-695
PROPERTY VALUE TEST PROCEDURE 1 Density 90 lbs./ft3 ASTM-D-792
Abrasion Resistance Pass ANSI-Z124.7 Flame Test Self-Extinguishing ASTM-D-635
Bacterial Resistance Pass ASTM-G-22 Flexural Strength 15,000 psi minimum ASTM-D-790
Boiling Water Surface High Temp. Resistance No Visible Effect NEMA LD-3-3.06
Resistance No visible effect NEMA LD3-3.05 Impact Resistance No Effect NEMA LD-3-3.08

(1/2 lb. Ball at 120”)
Color Stability (200 Hrs.) No visible effect NEMA LD-3
Modulus of Elasticity 1,400,000 psi minimum ASTM-D-790
Fungal Resistance Pass ASTM-G-22, or
ISO.846 Screw Pull Out 2 340 lbs. (154 kg) minimum
1 1 at 3/8” (9.5 mm penetration
Gloss (60o Gardner) 5-20 minimum NEMA LD-3
Hardness (Rockwell M) 90 minimum ASTM-D-785 680 lbs. (308 kg) minimum
50 minimum Barcol at 3/4” (19 mm) penetration
High Temp. Resistance No visible effect NEMA LD-3-3.06 Shear Strength 2,000 psi minimum
Impact Resistance No failure NEMA LD-3-3.08 Tensile Strength 15,000 psi minimum ASTM-D-638
Izod Impact 0.25 ft.-lbs./in. of notch ASTM-D-256 Thickness Tolerance + 1/32” (0.8 mm) minimum
Radiant Heat Resistance No visible effect NEMA LD-3-3.010 Water Absorption 3% maximum ASTM-D-570
Specific Gravity 2 1.5 gram/cm3 minimum
1
Stain Resistance Pass ANSI-Z-124 Latest edition
2
1 1 Surface Flammability Meet or exceed applicable Resistance based on 1/4” (6.4 mm) machine screw
code and regulations
Tensile Strength 4,000 psi minimum ASTM-D-638
Tensile Modulus 500,000 psi minimum, or ASTM-D-638
25,000 psi minimum at

1/8” nominal material
Tensile Elongation 1% maximum, or 10% ASTM-D-638
maximum at 1/8”
nominal material
Thermal Expansion 2.3 x 10-5 in./in./Fo max. ASTM-D696
Water Absorption 1% maximum, 24 hr ASTM-D-570
1
Latest edition
2
Approximate weight per 12” x 12” (305 x 305 mm):
1/8” (3 mm) 1.02 lbs. (0.544 kg),
Applicable TESTS, may be found in
1/4” (6 mm) 2.10 lbs. (0.953 kg), Sections 6 - 11; however, these tests are only
1/2” (13 mm) 4.20 lbs. (1.905 kg),
3/4” (19 mm) 6.20 lbs. (2.812 kg). applicable to the exposed and semi-exposed
1 2
Shall be COLORandPATTERN MATCHED,use of same batch portions of installed millwork products.
materials is required for adjacent sheets.
1 3 REPAIRSwhile fully functional might be visible.

),1,6+,1*
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION5
Finishing
table of contents
Introduction ......................................................................................... 110 GENERAL
Purpose............................................................................................... 110 Basic Considerations.................................................................... 117
Factory / Field Finishing ...................................................................... 110 Grade ..................................................................................... 117
Important Considerations .................................................................... 110 Classifications ................................................................. 117
Specifications ............................................................................... 110 Compliance Requirements .................................................... 117
Varying Costs ............................................................................... 110 Contract Documents .............................................................. 117
Intermixing Systems ..................................................................... 110 Aesthetic Compliance ............................................................ 117
Application .................................................................................... 110 Listing .................................................................................... 117

Curing ........................................................................................... 110 Factory or Field ...................................................................... 117
Prefinished Wood Panels ............................................................. 110 Industry Practices .................................................................. 117
Panel Products ............................................................................. 111 Door Manufacturer .......................................................... 117
Barber Pole .................................................................................. 111 Finisher of Wood Components ........................................ 117
Grain............................................................................................. 111 Finishing Systems ........................................................... 117
Open ........................................................................................ 111 PRODUCT
Closed ...................................................................................... 111 Scope ........................................................................................... 118
Color and Grain Enhancement ..................................................... 111 Typical Inclusions................................................................... 118
Color Match and Consistency ...................................................... 111 Typical Exclusions ................................................................. 118
Sheen ........................................................................................... 111 Default Stipulation ........................................................................ 118

Transparent .................................................................................. 111 Rules ............................................................................................ 118
Blotchy Appearance ..................................................................... 111 Errata ..................................................................................... 118
Techniques to Consider ...................................................................... 111 Basic Rules ............................................................................ 118
Sanding ........................................................................................ 111 Finisher ........................................................................... 118
Wash Coat .................................................................................... 112 Samples .......................................................................... 118
Blue Stain............................................................................................ 112 Aesthetic Rules ............................................................... 119
Fire Retardant Treated Wood and Coatings ....................................... 112 Overall Appearance......................................................... 119
AWS Finishing Systems ...................................................................... 112 Application Techniques.................................................... 119
General Performance Characteristics Table. ...................................... 113 Incompatibility ................................................................. 119
Specific Performance Characteristics Table. ...................................... 114 Paneling .......................................................................... 119
Usage and Performance Score Comparison Table ............................ 115 Trim and Frames ............................................................. 119
Specify Requirements For ................................................................. 116 Doors............................................................................... 119
Recommendations ............................................................................. 116 Casework ........................................................................ 119
Defects and Workmanship .............................................. 119
First Class Workmanship ................................................120

SECTION5
Finishing
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) TESTS
Basic Considerations....................................................................125
PRODUCT (continued)
Visual Testing.......................................................................125
Material Rules ........................................................................120
Testing for Consistency .......................................................125
Priming and Sealing ........................................................120
Sheen Testing ......................................................................125
Flow Properties ...............................................................120
Chemical Resistance ......................................................120
Application Rules ...................................................................121
Sanding ...........................................................................121
Factory Priming ...............................................................121

Ventilation........................................................................121
Over spray.......................................................................121
Removal ..........................................................................121
Cleaning ..........................................................................121
Scratches ........................................................................121
Consistency.....................................................................121
Film Thickness ................................................................121
Filler ................................................................................121
Thoroughly Dry................................................................121
Sapwood .........................................................................121

Staining ...........................................................................121
Generic Coating Schedule ..............................................121
System Coating Schedule ...............................................122
System 1...................................................................122
System 2...................................................................122
System 3...................................................................122
System 4...................................................................122
System 5...................................................................122
System 6...................................................................123
System 7...................................................................123
System 8...................................................................123
System 9...................................................................123
System 10.................................................................123
System 11 .................................................................124
System 12.................................................................124
System 13.................................................................124
After Finishing .................................................................124
Touch up..........................................................................124

SECTION5
Finishing
INTRODUCTION The listing of a finish system in the AWS does Varying costs of finish systems typically relate
not imply an endorsement of the materials and/ directly to their performing characteristics.
6HFWLRQSHUWDLQVWRVKRSDQG¿HOG¿QLVKLQJRI or methods or compliance with federal and/or
DUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUN7KLUWHHQ¿QLVKLQJV\VWHPV local Environmental Protection Agency or other Intermixing systems will likely cause quality
are outlined with application rules and methods of requirements. DQGRUSHUIRUPDQFHSUREOHPVWKH\DUHXVXDOO\
testing. not compatible with each other.
FACTORY or FIELD FINISHING
Quality assurance can be achieved by adherence Examples include the over specification of
to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality Both are permitted, provided there is no violation polyurethane or polyester topcoats when they
SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOL¿HG of applicable codes or regulations. are neither necessary or available from a
6SRQVRU0HPEHU¿UPWRSURYLGH\RXUZRRGZRUN custom fabricator.
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding Factory finishing is usually specified for high
Application of finish material in excess of
of the quality level required. Illustrations in this quality work where superior appearance and
manufacturer’s film thickness recommendations
Section are not intended to be all inclusive, other performance of the finish is desired. Benefits

can cause the finish to fail.
engineered solutions may be acceptable. In the of factory finishing include consistency, control
DEVHQFHRIVSHFL¿FDWLRQVPHWKRGVRIIDEULFDWLRQ of film thickness, environmental compliance, Brush applied finishes are not recommended
are the manufacturer’s choice. The design and curing/drying of the finish in a controlled for factory finished architectural woodwork, and
professional, by specifying compliance to the AWS atmosphere. Its use assumes a maximum are not covered by the AWS.
increases the probability of receiving the product degree of manufacturer prefabrication so Application techniques and other variances
quality expected. that site installation can be performed with make the execution of the finish system difficult
a minimum amount of cutting, fitting, and to determine. These standards provide the
PURPOSE adjustment to facilitate project completion. minimum requirements. The desired end result
is to provide a finish that is both durable and
The purpose of finishing woodworking is twofold. Field finishing is typically specified when
achieves the desired appearance.
First, the finish is used traditionally as a means to there is not a demand or specific need for a
enhance or alter the natural beauty of the wood. superior appearance and is not necessarily part CURING of finish systems have a wide range
Second, the finish shall offer protection to the of the woodwork contract. This would normally of variance. Shortest cure time is UV cured
wood from damage by moisture, contaminants, be specified in the painting specification coatings, and longest being water based air dry

and handling. It is important to understand that a section. The finisher/painter is responsible coatings. Heat and air movement will speed
quality finish must offer acceptable performance for examining and accepting the woodwork the recoat and cure time.
and also meet the aesthetic requirements of the as supplied prior to the commencement of
project. finishing. The finisher/painter is responsible For the most part the method should not
for meeting or exceeding the control sample concern the design professional or specification
The AWS illustrates a number of finishing for surface performance characteristics (such writer. It is the performance of the topcoat
systems. The finishing system provides a as color, texture, and sheen), including proper which is important.
protective surface for the product. Some of these surface preparation, shading, and blending of
V\VWHPVDUHLQJHQHUDOXVHRWKHUVDUHLQWHQGHG color, and other requirements as defined in this UV (ultraviolet light) is typically used for
for special conditions and can only be applied standard when so referenced. high volume, repetitive applications, and
under a strictly controlled environment. The requires special reactors to cure. A number
cost of the systems vary, the higher performing Wood parts on decorative laminate of prefinished panel products are coated with
finishes usually being more costly than the lower cabinets: finish is required on all wood pulls, materials designed specifically for UV curing. A
performing finishes. Unnecessary cost could be trims, applied molding, edge bands, drawer wide range of UV cured roll coat flat line panel
added to a project through over specification. boxes, and interior wood parts of decorative finishes are available. Just as there are in the
laminate casework. conventional spray/air cured coatings. Consult
When specifying, use the system name as with the fabricator for performance tests and
set forth in the AWS. Involve your woodwork IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS: details
manufacturer early in the design process to
Specifications too often, call for finishes based Prefinished Wood Panels and decorative
evaluate the systems in relation to your project
on samples or guide language from a specialty overlays have aesthetic and performance
requirements. Choose performance characteristics
manufacturer. characteristics which meet or exceed the
which meet, but do not exceed, the needs of your
project in the interest of value engineering. AWS, and should be evaluated, approved and
Select the performance criteria which best
specified by the design professional when
meets the needs of your client from the finish
desired.
tables. Finish chemistry, performance, value to
performance ratio, and your finisher’s abilities
should be considered.

SECTION5
Finishing
Panel products and/or wood doors require Color and grain enhancement of some finishes Transparent finishes are applied in varying
balanced coats of finishing materials for require the build of one color step on another. operations, typically consisting of some
stability and to remain free of warp. This will sometimes require an additional combination of hand sanding to remove job
protective wash coat between color steps. handling marks, staining, filling, sealing,
Barber pole effect is most evident when Generally, this procedure adds to the depth and sanding, and surface coating. Some exotic
veneer leaves are book matched. Because beauty of the finish. Each added step increases species have a high natural oil content and do
book matched veneer panels or door faces costs and shall be specified. QRWDFFHSWILQLVKHVVLPLODUWRRWKHUKDUGZRRGV
are made up by turning every other piece because of this, the most common finish used
(leaf) of veneer over, like the pages of a book, Color match and consistency is often is penetrating oil without any filling or sealing
the face of one leaf and the back of the next misleading. The best case achievable using a dyes or pigments in a stain.
leaf is exposed. This exposes the “tight” and natural product like wood in a wide variety of
“loose” face of the leaves. One of the most lighting conditions is a good “blend” of color Blotchy appearance occurs because some
striking examples of Barber Pole effect can be and tone throughout the project area. The wood species exhibit an uneven distribution of
seen in book matched rift and quarter cut Oak. large and small pores in their structure. The

natural color of the wood product is altered by
Check with your manufacturer when you are the application of even a clear topcoat. Further occurrence of this is readily apparent in such
considering specifying rift or quartered veneers. alteration is achieved through the use of stains, hardwood species as Maple and Birch and,
JOD]HVEOHDFKHVHWF:RRGFKDQJHVFRORU to a lesser degree, in Cherry. This irregular
Grain can significantly impact a finish’s visual especially Cherry, Fir, American and African distribution of pores usually causes an uneven
appearance and smoothness. If a filled finish Mahogany, Walnut, Teak, and others. Filled nail absorption of stain, hence, an apparent blotchy
is required it must be so specified. As a rule, holes will not change with wood. The apparent appearance in the finish. Reduction of the
close grain woods do not require filler. See consistency of the color is a combination of blotching condition can sometimes be achieved
Table. light reflectance, cellular structure, natural by proper sanding, wash coating (prior to
characteristics, applied colors, and sheen. staining) or by choosing non penetrating
For finishing purposes, the following woods are pigments, such as dyes, alcohol stains or
classified as: Color and “matching” of a sample are often glaze. When these steps are required or
highly subjective. Individual perception, ambient desired, they shall be specified in addition to
Open Grain lighting, and reflectivity influence judgement. finish system selection.
Ash Mahogany, Design professionals are encouraged to consult

directly with a manufacturer during the design TECHNIQUES TO CONSIDER
Butternut Philippine
Chestnut Oak, Red and selection phase of each project.
While a blotchy appearance and the “barber
Mahogany, African Oak, White pole effect” may occur in any species, due to the
Sheen is the result of many factors, including
Mahogany, American Walnut natural characteristics of wood, there are steps
finishing techniques, processes, stains,
topcoats and the wood itself. Coating that can be taken to reduce these effects. The
Close Grain manufacturers use a variety of names for following are two of the techniques that are of
Alder, Red Gum different sheens. An untrained eye can see a particular importance.
Beech Maple 10 point or greater difference in sheen.
Birch Pine Sanding - While the selection of species,
Cherry Poplar The following sheen ranges were developed cut and match are major factors in the final
Fir by measuring the reflectance of a direct light appearance of a project, the first step, in
source at a 60 degree angle with a gloss meter: controlling the quality of finished appearance, is
Color and grain enhancement of a system, proper sanding.
from the addition of a single stain, to a multiple Flat = 8 - 14
An important element of this standard is the
step build of one color on another with wash
Satin = 15 - 25 statement “just prior to staining.” Specifications
coats in between for enhanced appearance is
that indicate “factory shall finish sand prior to
not included in the basic systems and needs to Satin Gloss = 26 - 49 shipment” do not provide a correct solution for
be specified.
proper surface preparation. Such a directive
Semi gloss = 50 - 70 fails to take into account the length of time
Aesthetically, systems may vary from no stain,
panels will be stored at the job site, potential
to a single stain, to a multiple step application. Gloss = 71 - 90
Some samples will require multiple color and damage from handling and the effects of
finish steps in order to meet the architect’s changes in the relative humidity. Proper
requirements. The system specified may sanding can only be done, just prior to staining/
not include all steps necessary to match the finishing.
architect’s example or requirements.

SECTION5
Finishing
TECHNIQUES TO CONSIDER (continued) To remove the oxalic acid, use a sponge and a The need for, and effectiveness of, fire retardant
bucket filled with lukewarm water. Squeeze the and fire resistant finishes depends on the type
Sanding (continued) sponge to remove excess water and wipe the of construction, nature of occupancy, and other
entire surface of the Oak wood to remove the technical features of the building. Because
The successful sanding of panels, or flush acid residue. Rinse the sponge frequently in these finishes are considerably more expensive
doors, is best accomplished with a hand clean lukewarm water as you wipe. Pour out the and have reduced durability, their use should be
block, powered pad sander, wide belt sander water and add 1 qt. of fresh lukewarm water to carefully limited to those areas where confining
or stroke sander, exerting uniform pressure the bucket. Add 2 tbsp. baking soda to the water ILUHVSUHDGLVWKHRYHUZKHOPLQJFRQVLGHUDWLRQIRU
over the entire surface. Depending upon the and stir with a spoon to dissolve. Insert a fresh example, interior entrances, hallways, stairwells
condition of the surface it may be necessary sponge into the solution and squeeze out the and ceilings.
to use successively finer grits of abrasive to excess water. Wipe the entire surface of the Oak
properly prepare the surface, brushing off the to neutralize any remaining acid residue and stop AWS FINISHING SYSTEMS
surface between grits. The AWS sets forth the the bleaching process. Allow the surface to dry
smoothness requirement for all Grades of work. Apply to both transparent or opaque applications,

and sand with 150 to 180 grit sandpaper. The
Proper and complete surface preparation is the entire surface should be treated to avoid spotting. unless otherwise indicated: Specification
key factor in the successful finish procedure. Failure to rinse the treated area adequately may of a system requires listing both the system
have a damaging effect on the finish subsequently number and the name, along with any desired
Wash Coat - A wash coat is a thin coat of
material, usually clear lacquer or vinyl sealer (6
applied, or may cause damage to nearby glass, enhancements.
porcelain or other surfaces in confined areas.
to 10 parts thinner to one part sealer, topcoat). SYSTEM - 1, LACQUER, NITROCELLULOSE
Damage may not result immediately, but may
A wash coat can fulfill several purposes such
result during storage or after installation.
as: to stiffen the small wood fibers that are SYSTEM - 2, LACQUER, PRE CATALYZED
raised by the staining operation, so they can
FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD and
be cut off easily with fine sandpaper (320 grit), SYSTEM - 3, LACQUER, POST CATALYZED
COATINGS
to seal the stain, particularly if it is a bleeding
type, to aid in the wiping and clean up of filler, Fire retardant treatments may affect the finishes SYSTEM - 4, LATEX ACRYLIC, WATER BASED
and to minimize excessive penetration of stain intended to be used on the wood, particularly if
or filler to minimize blotchiness. As with any transparent finishes are planned. The compatibility SYSTEM - 5, VARNISH, CONVERSION

finish process, samples should always be of finishes should be tested before they are
prepared to ensure that the desired finish is applied. SYSTEM - 6, OIL, SYNTHETIC PENETRATING (available
achieved. in transparent only)
“Fire retardant” coatings usually are of the
IRON STAIN
intumescent type. They may be water based or SYSTEM - 7, VINYL, CATALYZED
Iron stain occurs in some species of veneers solvent based, but both contain ingredients which,
when natural tannic acid in the wood comes under the influence of heat, produce gases and SYSTEM - 8, ACRYLIC CROSS LINKING, WATER-BASED
in contact with iron and or moisture. Enough char like products, resulting in the formation of a
moisture may occur during heavy rains or thick nonflammable crust that effectively insulates SYSTEM - 9, UV CURABLE, ACRYLATED EPOXY,
high humidity in buildings not yet temperature combustible cores from heat and flame. However, POLYESTER OR URETHANE
controlled. these ingredients are for the most part water
sensitive and therefore reduce durability and SYSTEM - 10, UV CURABLE, WATER BASED
To prevent iron stain, never use steel wool on the range of usage of the coatings.
bare wood. Fine particles of the wool will cling SYSTEM - 11, POLYURETHANE, CATALYZED
to the wood and cause trouble later. If you use These coatings only delay the spread of fire and
shellac (a solvent for iron), it should not be stored help contain it to its origin. To be of appreciable SYSTEM - 12, POLYURETHANE, WATER BASED
in iron containers. To remove iron stain prior to value, fire retardant coatings must be applied
finishing, we recommend a solution of oxalic in strict conformance with the manufacturer’s SYSTEM - 13, POLYESTER, CATALYZED
acid crystals. The solution is made by dissolving instructions. These finishes are not particularly
12 ounces of crystals in one gallon of lukewarm durable and their use should be restricted to
water. Use a plastic or rubber container. Wear application over interior surfaces.
rubber gloves while working with the solution.
Apply it to the stained areas with a brush or
sponge.

SECTION5
Finishing
Table: 5-001- GENERAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS of AWS FINISHING SYSTEMS:
SYSTEM NUMBER and DESCRIPTION
UV CURABLE, ACRYLATED EPOXY,

(available in transparent only)
POLYURETHANE, WATER BASED

LATEX ACRYLIC, WATER BASED
OIL, SYNTHETIC PENETRATING
UV CURABLE, WATER BASED

LACQUER, POST CATALYZED
LACQUER, NITROCELLULOSE
POLYURETHANE, CATALYZED
LACQUER, PRE CATALYZED
POLYESTER OR URETHANE
ACRYLIC CROSS LINKING,
POLYESTER, CATALYZED
VARNISH, CONVERSION
VINYL, CATALYZED
WATER-BASED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

General Durability 2 2 3 2 4 1 4 2 5 5 5 3 5
Repairability 5 4 3 3 3 5 4 4 1 3 2 4 1
Abrasion Resistance 2 4 4 3 4 1 4 4 5 4 5 4 5
Finish Clarity 5 4 5 2 3 5 3 4 5 5 3 4 4
Yellowing in Time 1 2 3 5 4 2 1 4 3 5 4 4 3
Finish Flexibility 1 2 3 3 4 5 4 3 2 3 4 4 1
Moisture Resistance 3 3 4 1 4 1 5 3 5 4 5 4 5
Solvent Resistance 1 2 4 1 5 1 5 3 5 5 5 4 5
Stain Resistance 2 4 5 3 5 1 5 4 5 5 5 4 5
Heat Resistance 1 2 5 1 5 1 5 3 5 5 5 4 5
Household Chemical Resistance 3 4 5 3 5 2 5 4 5 5 5 4 5

Build/Solids 2 3 3 3 4 1 4 3 5 4 4 3 4
Drying Time 5 5 5 2 4 2 5 4 5 5 3 5 2
5 = Excellent to 1 = Poor. The numerical ratings are subjective judgments based on the general performance of generic products. Special formulations and facilities will influence
some of the performance characteristics.
NOTES for Table: 5-002 on following page.

7HVWLQJZDVHYDOXDWHGLQDQ,62FHUWL¿HGODERUDWRU\XVLQJWKHIROORZLQJ$670WHVWFULWHULD&KHPLFDO5HVLVWDQFH7HVWLQJ$670'ODWHVWHGLWLRQ:HDU,QGH[$EUDVLRQ5HVLVWDQFH7HVWLQJ$670'ODWHVWHGLWLRQ&ROG
Check Resistance - ASTM D1211 (latest edition), Cross Hatch Adhesion - ASTM D3359 (latest edition).
Baseline data for application prior to testing: $KXPLGLW\DWGHJUHHV)DKUHQKHLW%:DWHUERUQHFRDWLQJVPXVWEHFXUHGLQDGHKXPLGL¿HGDWPRVSKHUHDQGFDQEHDVVLVWHGZLWKLQIUDUHGOLJKWDQGJRRGDLUPRYHPHQW
3HUIRUPDQFHLQGLFDWRUQXPEHUVDUHXVHGZLWKWKHIROORZLQJGH¿QLWLRQV
For chemical resistance and wear index - abrasion resistance:
5 - No effect from the test.
4 - Minimal effect or slight change and little repair required.
6RPHHIIHFWQRWLFHDEOHFKDQJHDQGWKHFRDWLQJZLOOUHFRYHUZLWKPLQLPDOUHSDLUV
2 - Moderate effect, performance adversely affected and repairs required.
3RRUSHUIRUPDQFHDQG¿OPIDLOXUHLVLPPLQHQWDQGUHSDLUVGLI¿FXOW
For cross-hatch adhesion:
(GJHVRIWKHFXWVDUHFRPSOHWHO\VPRRWKQRQHRIWKHVTXDUHVRIWKHODWWLFHDUHGHWDFKHG
6PDOOÀDNHVRIWKHFRDWLQJDUHGHWDFKHGDWLQWHUVHFWLRQVOHVVWKDQRIWKHDUHDLVDIIHFWHG
6PDOOÀDNHVRIWKHFRDWLQJDUHGHWDFKHGDORQJWKHHGJHVDQGDWWKHLQWHUVHFWLRQVRIFXWVWRRIWKHDUHDLVDIIHFWHG
&RDWLQJKDVÀDNHGDORQJWKHHGJHVDQGRQSDUWVRIWKHVTXDUHVWRRIWKHDUHDLVDIIHFWHG
&RDWLQJKDVÀDNHGDORQJWKHHGJHVRIWKHFXWVLQODUJHULEERQVDQGZKROHVTXDUHVKDYHGHWDFKHGWRRIWKHDUHDLVDIIHFWHG

SECTION5
Finishing
Table: 5-002 - SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS for AWS FINISHING SYSTEMS for TRANSPARENT and OPAQUE TOPCOATS:
SYSTEM NUMBER and DESCRIPTION
UV CURABLE, ACRYLATED EPOXY,

POLYURETHANE, WATER BASED

LATEX ACRYLIC, WATER BASED
OIL, SYNTHETIC PENETRATING
UV CURABLE, WATER BASED

LACQUER, POST CATALYZED
LACQUER, NITROCELLULOSE
POLYURETHANE, CATALYZED
LACQUER, PRE CATALYZED
POLYESTER OR URETHANE
ACRYLIC CROSS LINKING,
POLYESTER, CATALYZED
VARNISH, CONVERSION
VINYL, CATALYZED
WATER-BASED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Vinegar 3 4 5 4 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Lemon Juice 3 4 5 4 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Orange Juice 3 4 5 4 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Catsup 3 4 5 4 5 2 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Coffee 3 4 5 4 5 2 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Olive Oil 2 3 5 3 5 2 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Boiling Water 3 4 5 4 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Cold Water 5 5 5 5 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Nail Polish 1 2 3 2 4 1 2 2 5 5 4 3 4
Remover
Household
Ammonia 3 4 5 4 5 2 4 2 5 5 5 4 5

VM&P Naphtha 3 4 5 4 5 1 4 5 5 5 5 4 5
Isopropyl Alcohol 1 2 3 1 5 2 4 3 5 5 5 4 5
Wine 3 4 5 4 5 2 4 5 5 5 5 5 5
Windex™ 3 3 4 3 5 2 3 4 5 4 5 4 5
409 Cleaner™ 3 3 4 4 5 1 4 4 5 5 5 4 5
Lysol™ 3 5 5 4 5 2 4 3 5 5 5 4 5
33% Sulfuric Acid 3 4 5 3 5 1 4 5 5 5 5 4 5
77% Sulfuric Acid 1 2 3 1 1 1 2 1 4 3 4 3 4
28% Ammonium 1 2 3 1 5 1 4 2 5 5 5 3 5
Hydroxide
Gasoline 1 2 5 2 5 1 4 5 5 5 5 4 4
Murphy’s Oil Soap™ 5 5 5 5 5 2 4 4 5 5 5 5 5
Vodka 100 Proof 3 4 5 4 5 2 4 3 5 5 5 4 5
1% Detergent 3 4 5 4 5 3 4 5 5 5 5 5 5
10% TSP 3 4 5 4 4 1 5 2 5 5 5 5 5
SUBTOTAL 65 86 110 82 114 46 100 95 119 117 118 97 117
Wear 2 3 4 2 5 1 4 4 5 5 5 5 4
Cold Check 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Adhesion 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
TOTAL SCORE 77 99 124 94 129 57 114 109 134 132 133 112 131
NOTES are on previous page.

SECTION5
Finishing
The following system overview tables are intended Differences between systems of 10 points or compliance with applicable codes and regulations.
to give an overview of and help identify the correct fewer are not generally considered significant Due to changing environmental regulations and
VWDQGDUGRUVSHFLDOW\¿QLVKLQJV\VWHPWRPHHWD enough to justify the typical added expense of a finish technologies, design professionals need to
SURMHFW¶VQHHGVKRZHYHUWKH\DUHRQO\UHODWLYH higher-rated system. This systems listing does discuss finish options with a manufacturer located
WRWKHWRSFRDWQRWDQ\SULRUFRORURU¿OOHUFRDWV not imply an endorsement of the materials or in the area of the project.
Table: 5-003 - USAGE and PERFORMANCE SCORE COMPARISONS for AWS FINISHING SYSTEMS for TRANSPARENT and OPAQUE TOPCOATS:
TYPICAL USAGE SCORE WHY AND WHY NOT
:K\5HSDLUDEOHZLGHO\DYDLODEOHTXLFNGU\LQJ
1 - LACQUER, Use in climate controlled environment for trims, furniture, paneling,
77 Why not - Lack of durability and resistance to most solvents and
NITROCELLULOSE and ornamental work.
ZDWHU\HOORZVRYHUWLPH
Use in climate controlled environment for furniture, casework,
2 - LACQUER, :K\5HSDLUDEOHVWDLQDEUDVLRQFKHPLFDOUHVLVWDQFH
paneling, ornamental work, stair parts (except treads), frames, 99

PRECATALYZED windows, blinds, shutters, and doors.
:K\QRW6RPH\HOORZLQJPRGHUDWHEXLOG
Use in climate controlled environment for furniture, casework, :K\5HSDLUDEOHILQLVKFODULW\VWDLQKHDWDEUDVLRQFKHPLFDO

3 - LACQUER,
paneling, ornamental work, stair parts (except treads), frames, 124 resistance.
POSTCATALYZED windows, blinds, shutters, and doors. :K\QRW6RPH\HOORZLQJPRGHUDWHEXLOG

:K\/RZ92&VILQLVKFODULW\VRPHIRUPXODWLRQVVWDLQUHVLVWDQFH
4 - LATEX ACRYLIC, yellowing resistance.
paneling, ornamental work, stair parts (except treads), frames, 94
WATER BASED windows, blinds, shutters, and doors.
:K\QRW/RZGXUDELOLW\VROYHQWDQGKHDWUHVLVWDQFHVORZGU\LQJ
time.
5 - VARNISH, :K\'XUDEOHZLGHO\DYDLODEOHJRRGEXLOG
paneling, ornamental work, stair parts, frames, windows, blinds, 129
CONVERSION shutters, and doors.
Why not - Occasional lack of finish clarity.
6 - OIL, :K\&ORVHWRZRRGDQWLTXHORRNORZVKHHQ
Use in climate controlled environment on furniture or trims requiring Why not - Labor-intensive to apply and maintain, refreshing finish
SYNTHETIC a close-to-the-wood look or very low sheen.
57 UHTXLUHGIURPWLPHWRWLPHORZUHVLVWDQFHSURSHUWLHVWRPRVW
PENETRATING substances.

7 - VINYL, Use in climate controlled environment, often on kitchen, bath, office :K\'XUDEOHZLGHO\DYDLODEOHIDVWGU\LQJ
114
CATALYZED furniture, and laboratory casework. Why not - Occasional lack of finish clarity.
8 - ACRYLIC CROSS Use in climate controlled environment for furniture, casework, :K\)LQHGXUDELOLW\H[FHOOHQWDEUDVLRQVROYHQWVWDLQDQG
LINKING, WATER- paneling, ornamental work, stair parts, frames, windows, blinds, 109 FKHPLFDOUHVLVWDQFHPRGHUDWHO\IDVWGU\LQJUHVLVWVPRLVWXUH
BASED shutters, and doors. Why not - Possibility of discoloration over time.
9 - UV CURABLE, :K\/RZ92&VGXUDEOHQHDUVROLGVXVDJHTXLFNGU\LQJ
ACRYLATED EPOXY, Use in climate controlled environment, doors, paneling, flooring, stair (cure), may qualify as Green Guard.
SDUWVDQGFDVHZRUNZKHUHDSSOLFDEOHFRQVXOW\RXUILQLVKHUEHIRUH 134 Why not - Difficult to repair with UV finish, as this requires a
POLYESTER OR specifying. KDQGKHOG89ODPSDYDLODELOLW\YDULHVHDV\UHSDLUZLWKODFTXHUVRU
URETHANE conversion varnish.
10 - UV :K\/RZ92&VTXLFNGU\LQJFXUHPD\EH*UHHQ*XDUG

Use in climate controlled environment, doors, paneling, flooring, stair
Why not - Difficult to repair with UV finish, requires handheld UV
CURABLE, SDUWVDQGFDVHZRUNZKHUHDSSOLFDEOHFRQVXOW\RXUILQLVKHUEHIRUH 132 ODPSDYDLODELOLW\YDULHVHDV\UHSDLUZLWKODFTXHUVRUFRQYHUVLRQ
WATER BASED specifying.
varnish.
11 - 8VHLQFOLPDWHFRQWUROOHGHQYLURQPHQWVRPHIRUPXODVDYDLODEOHIRU
Why'XUDEOHJRRGEXLOG
H[WHULRUHQYLURQPHQWVIORRUVVWDLUVKLJKLPSDFWDUHDVVRPHGRRUV
POLYURETHANE, generally not good for casework, paneling, windows, blinds, and
133 :K\QRW6ORZGU\LQJYHU\GLIILFXOWWRUHSDLUVRPHIRUPXODWLRQV
CATALYZED shutters.
hazardous to spray-personnel without air make-up suits.
12 - :K\,PSURYHGGXUDELOLW\H[FHOOHQWDEUDVLRQVROYHQWVWDLQDQG
FKHPLFDOUHVLVWDQFHPRGHUDWHO\IDVWGU\LQJUHVLVWVPRLVWXUH
Polyurethane, paneling, ornamental work, stair parts, frames, windows, blinds, 112 Why not - Tannins in some wood species may cause
Water Based shutters, and doors.
discoloration over time.
:K\'XUDEOHJRRGEXLOGFDQEHSROLVKHG
13 - POLYESTER, Use in climate controlled environment for furniture, casework,
131 :K\QRW1RWZLGHO\DYDLODEOHVORZFXULQJUHTXLUHVVSHFLDOIDFLOLWLHV
CATALYZED paneling, ornamental work, blinds, shutters, and some doors.
DQGVNLOOVYHU\GLIILFXOWWRUHSDLUEULWWOHILQLVKIOH[LELOLW\

SECTION5
Finishing
SPECIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR RECOMMENDATIONS SEFA’s chemical listing, methods
FIRE RESISTANCE If FIELD FINISHED, include in Division 09 of

of testing, and minimum acceptable
results can be found in APPENDIX.
a
the specifications:
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE FIRE-RETARDANT or RESISTANT FINISHES
“Before finishing, all exposed portions of are subject to applicable codes and regula-
Use of FILLER, WASH COAT, or STAIN woodwork shall have handling marks or tions, the use of fire-rated cores in lieu of fire-
effects of exposure to moisture removed with retardant finishes is recommended.
FILLED FINISH a thorough, final sanding over all surfaces
of the exposed portions, using appropriate Some PRE-FINISHED wood panels or decora-
AWS finishing system for transparent or
grit sandpaper, and shall be cleaned before tive overlays have aesthetic and performance
opaque application:
applying sealer or finish.” characteristics that meet or exceed these stan-
SYSTEM - 1, LACQUER, NITROCELLULOSE dards without using a listed or recommended
“Concealed surfaces of all architectural finish system.

SYSTEM - 2, LACQUER, PRE CATALYZED woodwork that might be exposed to mois-
ture, such as those adjacent to exterior Such products should be evaluated and/or
SYSTEM - 3, LACQUER, POST CATALYZED concrete walls, shall be primed.” specified by the design professional.
SYSTEM - 4, LATEX ACRYLIC, WATER-BASED REVIEW the GENERAL portion of Sections
3 and 4 for an overview of the characteristics
SYSTEM - 5, VARNISH, CONVERSION and the minimum acceptable requirements of
lumber and/or sheet products that might be
SYSTEM - 6, OIL, SYNTHETIC PENETRATING used herein.
Avoid BRUSH-APPLIED finishes for architec-
SYSTEM - 7, VINYL, CATALYZED WXUDOZRRGZRUNWKH\DUHQRWFRYHUHGE\WKHVH
standards.
SYSTEM - 8, ACRYLIC CROSS LINKING, WATER-
BASED Avoid BLEACHED VENEERS because of

potential finishing problems.
SYSTEM - 9, UV CURABLE, ACRYLATED EPOXY,
POLYESTER OR URETHANE Avoid JOBSITE FINISHING because a factory-
controlled finishing environment offers a supe-
SYSTEM - 10, UV CURABLE, WATER-BASED
ULRUILQLVKHGSURGXFWKRZHYHUMREVLWHILQLVKLQJ
SYSTEM - 11, POLYURETHANE, CATALYZED is permitted, provided there is no violation of
applicable codes and regulations.
SYSTEM - 12, POLYURETHANE, WATER-BASED
Avoid EXTERIOR WOOD DOORS finished in a
SYSTEM - 13, POLYESTER, CATALYZED dark color that will absorb heat when exposed
to direct sunlight or without adequate overhead
soffit protection.
For CHEMICAL RESISTANCE, these

standards have adapted SEFA’s (Scientific
Equipment and Fixture Association) standard
list of 49 chemicals/concentrations, their
required methods of testing, and their minimum
acceptable results as the minimum acceptable
chemical-resistance requirement for finishes
used at exposed and semi-exposed surfaces,
when such is required by specification.

SECTION5
E C P
Finishing
Including: Factory and Field Finishing 5.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS (continued)
7 FACTORY or FIELD finishing are permitted, provided there is no

5.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS violation of applicable codes or regulations.
1 GRADE 7.1 FACTORY finishing is usually specified for high-quality work

where superior appearance and performance of the finish is
1.1 CLASSIFICATIONS of ECONOMY, CUSTOM, and PREMIUM desired.
are used within these standards only in reference to the
acceptable quality of workmanship, material, or installation in 7.2 FIELD finishing is typically specified when there is not a
a completed architectural woodwork product. demand or specific need for a superior appearance and is not
necessarily part of the woodwork contract.
1.2 Section deals with finish application, which is a component of
finished products covered in Sections 6 - 12. 7.2.1 The finisher is responsible for examining and accepting

the woodwork as supplied prior to the commencement of
1.2.1 Grade classifications are only for the purpose of identifying finishing.
finish applications that can be used in finished products
meeting those Grades. 7.2.2 The finisher is responsible for meeting or exceeding the
control sample for surface performance characteristics
1.2.2 They are not intended to be used as a Grade or to (such as color, texture, and sheen), including proper sur-
judge a particular finish system. face preparation, shading, and blending of color, and other
requirements as defined in this standard when so refer-
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS enced.
2.1 Apply only to surfaces visible after fabrication and 8 INDUSTRY PRACTICES
installation.
8.1 DOOR MANUFACTURERS typically offer only their
2.2 Establish criteria as to which, if any, application own standard finishes. If one or more acceptable door
characteristics are acceptable. manufacturers are listed in a project’s specifications, it

indicates that each manufacturer’s standard finish system is
2.3 Address priming, when required. acceptable.
3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall govern if in conflict with these 8.2 FINISHING of WOOD COMPONENTS on DECORATIVE
standards. LAMINATE casework (including pulls, trims, moldings, and
edgebanding) is included in the manufacturer’s scope of work.
4 AESTHETIC COMPLIANCE requirements apply only to surfaces
visible after manufacturing, installation and finishing. 8.3 FINISHING SYSTEMS are applied per the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
5 LISTING of a finish system in these standards does not imply an
endorsement of such or compliance with applicable codes and
regulations.

SECTION5
Finishing
5.2 SCOPE 5.4 RULES
1 All factory finishing of architectural woodwork. 1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract
2 TYPICAL INCLUSIONS
2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of
2.1 7KHDSSOLFDWLRQRIWUDQVSDUHQWRURSDTXH¿QLVKRQDll control over a project’s quality of finishing.
architectural woodwork specified to be factory prefinished
and/or jobsite finished within the architectural woodwork 3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at
contract. www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com,
2.2 The application of primer prior to delivery to the jobsite for their date of posting and a project’s bid date.
final paint finish to be applied later by others.

2.3 Raw wood parts on decorative laminate cabinets, except as 5.4.4 Basic Rules
specified in the contract documents, such as wood finger
pulls or wood drawer bodies incorporated into the assembly. 1 FINISHER shall:
1 1 Determine and report in writing before the start of finishing, and:
2.4 All preparatory work, labor, equipment, materials, and related
Material or finish system requirements in violation of applicable
supplies to produce the specified finish. 1 1 1
codes or regulations, and:
3 TYPICAL EXCLUSIONS It shall NOT be the responsibility of the finisher to comply with
a specification requirement or finishing system that is illegal or
1 1 1 1
3.1 All painting or priming of building surfaces not specified within otherwise disallowed in a particular area by some regulatory
the architectural woodwork contract. agency.
1 1 2 Any condition that might affect proper finish application.
3.2 All finishing of architectural woodwork specified within the
painting specifications. Moisture content of product and/or surrounding wall surfaces,
1 1 3
such as drywall or plaster, above 12%.
3.3 Jobsite touch up after delivery or installation.

1 1 4 FILLED FINISH is only required if so specified.
3.4 Brush applied topcoat finishes, except as called out under the
2 SAMPLES shall
scope of work for the custom woodwork manufacturer, such
as faux finishes. 2 1 Be submitted and approved before finishing of product, and:
Due to variance in wood color within the same species and
3.5 Items to receive subsequent coats of finish materials by 2 1 1 even within the same log, a range of color shall be expected on
others. finished wood products, and:
To establish an acceptable sheen and color range, a minimum
3.6 Exterior painting or priming. 2 1 1 1
of three samples shall be submitted.
5.3 DEFAULT STIPULATION Shall be at least 12” x 12” (305 mm x 305 mm) if on a panel
2 1 2
product, and:
1 If not otherwise specified or indicated in the contract documents, 2 1 2 1 Protected from light.
all work under this section shall meet the same Grade as the
item being finished, and/or the finishing system selected shall be Be as wide as practical if on lumber by a minimum of 12” (305
2 1 2 2
the choice of the finishing contractor. mm) in length.
Shall be on material representative of that to be used for the
2 1 3
project.
Shall each bear a label identifying the job name, the design
2 1 4
professional, the contractor, and the finish system number.

SECTION5
E C P
Finishing
5.4.4 Basic Rules 5.4.4 Basic Rules

AESTHETIC RULES apply only to exposed and semi-exposed surfaces 11 DEFECTS and WORKMANSHIP:
3
visible after installation. Regardless of requirements otherwise stated in these standards,
11 1 final sanding prior to the application of finishing materials is the
4 OVERALL APPEARANCE shall be: responsibility of the finisher.
4 1 Compatible in color and grain. E C P 11 2 HANDLING, MACHINING, or TOOL MARKS are not allowed.
4 2 Well matched for color and grain. E C P 11 3 INDENTATIONS and SCRAPES shall be for:
11 3 1 Opaque - Filled or patched. E C P
APPLICATION TECHNIQUES and other variances make the execution 11 3 2 Transparent - Filled or patched. E C P

of the finish system difficult to determine. These standards provide the
5 11 3 3 Transparent - Steamed out. E C P
minimum requirements. The desired end result is to provide a finish
that is both durable and achieves the desired appearance. MOISTURE EFFECTS, such as raised grain or blue stain, shall be
11 4
removed.
6 INCOMPATIBILITY of finish to wood shall be prevented, and: 11 5 PARTICLES and DUST shall be removed.
6 1 It is the responsibility of the finisher to: 11 6 At finish, SANDING SCRATCHES shall be:
Conduct, as applicable, a test sample to check for species of 11 6 1 Inconspicuous beyond 72” (1830 mm). E C P
6 1 1
wood that reacts unfavorably with certain finishes. 11 6 2 Inconspicuous beyond 36” (915 mm). E C P
Apply a sealer, if required, before finishing to nullify such a 11 6 3 Not permitted. E C P
6 1 2
chemical reaction. ORANGE PEEL (slight depressions in the surface similar to the skin
11 7
of an orange) shall be:
7 PANELING requires: 11 7 1 Inconspicuous beyond 72” (1830 mm). E C P
Adjacent panels to be finished together to achieve maximum 11 7 2 Inconspicuous beyond 36” (915 mm). E C P
7 1

uniformity of color, and:
11 7 3 Not permitted. E C P
7 1 1 If possible, entire elevations shall be finished together.
11 8 RUNS (running of wet finish film in rivulets) shall be:
11 8 1 Inconspicuous beyond 36” (915 mm). E C P
TRIM and FRAMES require only the exposed faces and edges to be
8 11 8 2 Not permitted. E C P
topcoated.
SAGS (partial slipping of finish film creating a curtain effect) shall
11 9
9 DOORS require: be:
9 1 Two faces and two vertical edges to be finished and: 11 9 1 Inconspicuous beyond 72” (1830 mm). E C P
The top/bottom edges and hardware preparation areas at hinges 11 9 2 Inconspicuous beyond 36” (915 mm). E C P
9 1 1
and lock edges to be sealed. 11 9 3 Not permitted. E C P
9 2 An equal number of coats of the same material applied to each side. BLISTERING (small, swelled areas like water blisters on human
11 10
Pairs of doors and openings with sidelights and transoms finished skin) shall be:
9 3
together to achieve maximum uniformity of color. 11 10 1 Inconspicuous beyond 36” (915 mm). E C P
FINISHES, other than those furnished by a door manufacturer, be 11 10 2 Not permitted. E C P
9 4
specified to be applied by the woodwork finisher. 11 11 BLUSHING (whitish haze, cloudy) shall be:
10 CASEWORK requires:
All exposed exterior, exposed interior and semi-exposed surfaces
10 1 &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
be finished.
All six faces of cabinet doors receive the same number of coats to
10 2
prevent warping and/or twisting.

SECTION5
Finishing
5.4.4 Basic Rules 5.4.5 Material Rules

S From previous column 1 BACK PRIMING/SEALING: OF CONCEALED SURFACES 07/31/15
1 1 Is required when factory finishing is required, and:
11 DEFECTS and WORKMANSHIP (continued)
CHECKING or CRAZING (crowfeet or irregular line separation) shall Shall be of a compatible material and conform to the following
1 1 1
11 12 application requirements:
be:
11 12 1 Inconspicuous beyond 36” (915 mm). E C P STANDING and RUNNING TRIM shall be sealed
1 1 2 E C P
at 1 mil dry.
BACKS of wood wall and ceiling surfacing shall be
11 13 CRACKING (formation like dried mud) shall be: 1 1 3 E C P
sealed at 2 mil dry.
11 13 1 Inconspicuous beyond 36” (915 mm). E C P 1 1 4 CASEWORK shall be sealed at 1 mil dry. E C P

DECORATIVE LAMINATE faced woodwork shall
11 14 PARTICLES shall be: 1 1 5 E C P
be sealed at 1 mil dry.
11 14 2 Not permitted. E C P FLOW PROPERTIES requires capability of drying and/or curing free of
11 15 ADHESIVE SPOTS shall be:
2
streaks, sags, or mottle.
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE, if so specified, at exposed horizontal
surfaces shall pass a 24 hour exposure test, whereas exposed vertical
11 16 FILLED NAIL HOLES shall be: 3
surfaces and semi-exposed surfaces shall pass a 1 hour exposure test
11 16 1 Inconspicuous beyond 108” (2745 mm). E C P (ASTM 1308, latest edition).
11 17 FIELD REPAIRS and TOUCH UPS shall be:

FIRST CLASS WORKMANSHIP is required in compliance with these

12
standards.

SECTION5
E C P
Finishing
5.4.6 Application Rules 5.4.6 Application Rules

1 Requires SANDING before and during all finishing procedures and: S From previous column
Exposed surfaces being block sanded parallel with the grain FILLER (including paste types) when specified shall be
1 1 direction and the appropriate grit paper to prevent unacceptable 10 E C P
applied before sealers or topcoats.
blotchy and/or nonuniform appearance after staining or finishing.
1 2 Removal of handling marks or effects of exposure to moisture.
THOROUGHLY DRY each coat before sanding or applying additional
11
1 3 Steaming out of deep scratches. coats.
1 4 Easing of sharp edges with a light sanding.
Removal of all raised grain, cross sanding, burnishing and 12 SAPWOOD treatment:
1 5
machining marks, sanding inconsistencies, and/or defects. 12 1 At EXPOSED SURFACES:

1 6 Light sanding between coats per manufacturer's recommendations. 12 1 1 Blending is not required. E C P
Sapwood must be blended in the final finish
FACTORY PRIMING with one coat of primer applied to appropriate
12 1 2 E C P
2 appearance.
surfaces is required, however: 12 2 At SEMI-EXPOSED SURFACES, blending is not required.
2 1 Factory sanding of the primed surfaces, after priming is not required.

13 STAINING at:
VENTILATION, adequate and continuous, is required with sufficient 13 1 Dark stain finishes, the surface shall be wash coat sealed.
3 heat to maintain temperatures above 65° F for 24 hours before, during,
13 2 Oil stain shall be wipe applied in small areas at a time.
and 48 hours after application of finishes.
13 3 Non grain raising dye stains can be spray applied.
OVER SPRAY protection is required to prevent spray or droppings 13 4 Open grain species shall be stained before applying sealer.
4
from fouling surfaces not being finished, as is:
4 1 Repair of damage as a result of inadequate or unsuitable protection. 14 GENERIC COATING SCHEDULE:
CONCEALED CASEWORK SURFACES that abut

REMOVAL of electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings, and 14 1 walls, floors, and ceilings, require a sanding sealer or E C P
5
fastenings prior to finishing operation is required, and: self seal system.
Removed items are to be carefully stored, cleaned, and replaced on SEMI-EXPOSED surfaces, including wood drawer sides and cabinet
5 1 14 2
completion of work in each area, and: interiors DQG>EUDFNHWHGLWHPVLIVSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHV
Use of solvent for cleaning that might remove permanent finish is 14 2 1 [Wash coat@ RQO\DWVWDLQHG¿QLVKRQFORVHJUDLQ 07/31/15
5 2
not allowed. 14 2 2 >6WDLQ@
14 2 3 Sanding sealer.
CLEANING of surfaces with a dry brush or a tack cloth before applying 14 2 4 Sand.
6
sealer, stain, or primer is required.
14 2 5 First topcoat. E C P
14 2 6 Second topcoat. E C P
SCRATCHES, dents, marks, screw and nail holes, and rough edges
7
shall be properly repaired before finishing. &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
CONSISTENCY of each coat shall be as recommended by the

8
manufacturer.
FILM THICKNESS shall conform to manufacturer’s data or

9
recommendation.

SECTION5
Finishing

14 GENERIC COATING SCHEDULE (continued) 15 SYSTEM COATING SCHEDULE (continued)
14 3 EXPOSED surfaces ZLWK>EUDFNHWHGLWHPVLIVSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHV SYSTEMS - 2 and 3, LACQUER, PRE AND POST CATALYZED
15 2
14 3 1 [Wash coat@ RQO\DWVWDLQHG¿QLVKRQFORVHJUDLQ 07/31/15 LQFOXGLQJ>EUDFNHWHGLWHPVLIVSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHVDW
14 3 2 >6WDLQ@ 15 2 1 CLOSE GRAIN woods:
14 3 3 Sanding sealer. 15 2 1 1 [Wash coat, vinyl@ RQO\DWVWDLQHG¿QLVK 07/31/15

14 3 4 Sand. 15 2 1 2 >6WDLQ@
14 3 5 First topcoat. 15 2 1 3 Sealer, vinyl.
14 3 6 Second topcoat. E C P 15 2 1 4 First topcoat.

14 3 7 Third topcoat. E C P 15 2 1 5 Second topcoat. E C P
01/01/15
And INCLUDES wood components on decorative laminate 15 2 2 OPEN GRAINZRRGVLQFOXGLQJ¿OOHG¿QLVK

14 3 7
casework. 15 2 2 1 [Washcoat, vinyl@ (only at filled finish). 07/31/15 E C P
15 2 2 2 >6WDLQ@
15 SYSTEM COATING SCHEDULE: 15 2 2 3 )LOOHURQO\DW¿OOHG¿QLVK E C P
SYSTEM - 1, LACQUER, NITROCELLULOSE including [bracketed 15 2 2 4 Sealer, vinyl.
15 1
LWHPVLIVSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHVDW
15 2 2 5 First topcoat.
15 1 1 CLOSE GRAIN woods:
15 2 2 6 Second topcoat. E C P
[Wash coat, nitrocellulose@ (only at stained
07/31/15
15 1 1 1 E C P SYSTEM - 4, LATEX ACRYLIC, WATER BASED including

¿QLVK 07/31/15 15 3
>EUDFNHWHGLWHPVLIVSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHVDW
15 1 1 2 [Wash coat, vinyl@ RQO\DWVWDLQHG¿QLVK E C P
15 3 1 CLOSE and OPEN GRAINZRRGV
15 1 1 3 >6WDLQ@
15 3 1 1 >6WDLQ@

15 1 1 4 Sealer, nitrocellulose. E C P
15 3 1 2 Sealer, water reduced.
15 1 1 5 Sealer, vinyl. E C P
15 3 1 3 First topcoat, water reducible acrylic.
15 3 1 4 Second topcoat, water reducible acrylic. E C P
SYSTEM - 5, VARNISH, CONVERSION including [bracketed items if
15 1 2 OPEN GRAINZRRGVLQFOXGLQJ¿OOHG¿QLVKUHTXLUHV 15 4
VSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHVDW
07/31/15
15 1 2 1 [Wash coat, nitrocellulose@RQO\DW¿OOHG¿QLVK E C P 15 4 1 CLOSE GRAIN woods:

15 1 2 2 [Wash coat, vinyl@ (only at filled finish). 07/31/15 E C P [Wash coat, reduced conversion varnish@ (only at
07/31/15
15 4 1 1 E C P
15 1 2 3 >6WDLQ@ VWDLQHG¿QLVK 07/31/15
15 1 2 4 Filler (only at filled finish). E C P 15 4 1 2 [Wash coat, vinyl@ RQO\DWVWDLQHG¿QLVK E C P
15 1 2 5 Sealer, nitrocellulose. E C P 15 4 1 3 >6WDLQ@
15 1 2 6 Sealer, vinyl. E C P 15 4 1 4 Sealer, reduced conversion varnish. E C P
15 1 2 7 First topcoat. 15 4 1 5 Sealer, vinyl. E C P
15 1 2 8 [Second topcoat@ (only at filled finish). 07/31/15 E C P 15 4 1 6 First topcoat.
15 1 2 9 Second topcoat. E C P 15 4 1 7 Second topcoat. E C P
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T

SECTION5
E C P
Finishing

15 SYSTEM COATING SCHEDULE (continued) 15 SYSTEM COATING SCHEDULE (continued)
15 4 SYSTEM - 5, VARNISH, CONVERSION (continued) 15 6 SYSTEM - 7, VINYL, CATALYZED (continued)
15 4 2 OPEN GRAIN ZRRGVLQFOXGLQJ¿OOHG¿QLVK 15 6 2 OPEN GRAINZRRGVLQFOXGLQJ¿OOHG¿QLVK
>:DVKFRDWUHGXFHGFRQYHUVLRQYDUQLVK@RQO\DW 15 6 2 1 >:DVKFRDWYLQ\O@RQO\DWILOOHGILQLVK E C P
15 4 2 1 E C P
¿OOHG¿QLVK >:DVKFRDWYLQ\OFDWDO\]HG@RQO\DWILOOHG
15 6 2 2 E C P
15 4 2 2 >:DVKFRDWYLQ\O@RQO\DWILOOHGILQLVK E C P finish).
15 4 2 3 >6WDLQ@ 15 6 2 3 >6WDLQ@
15 4 2 4 [Filler@ (only at filled finish). 07/31/15 E C P 15 6 2 4 Sealer, vinyl. E C P

15 4 2 5 Sealer, reduced conversion varnish. E C P 15 6 2 5 [Filler@ (only at filled finish). 07/31/15 E C P
15 4 2 6 Sealer, vinyl. E C P 15 6 2 6 Sealer, vinyl, catalyzed. E C P
15 4 2 7 First topcoat. 15 6 2 7 First topcoat.
15 4 2 8 Second topcoat. E C P 15 6 2 8 Second topcoat. E C P

SYSTEM - 6, OIL, PENETRATING including [bracketed items if SYSTEM - 8, ACRYLIC CROSS LINKING, WATER BASED
15 5 15 7
VSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHVDW LQFOXGLQJ>EUDFNHWHGLWHPVLIVSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHVDW
15 5 1 CLOSE and OPEN GRAIN woods: 15 7 1 CLOSE GRAIN woods:
07/31/15
15 5 1 1 >6LPXODWHGRLOILQLVK@ E C P 15 7 1 1 [Wash coat, acrylic@ (only at stained finish). E C P

15 5 1 2 First coat, penetrating oil. 15 7 1 2 >6WDLQ@
15 5 1 3 Sealer, catalyzed vinyl. E C P 15 7 1 3 Sealer, acrylic.
15 5 1 4 Scuff sand with appropriate grit. E C P 15 7 1 4 First topcoat.
15 5 1 5 Brass wool rubdown. E C P 15 7 1 5 Second topcoat. E C P

15 5 1 6 Second coat, penetrating oil. E C P 15 7 2 OPEN GRAINZRRGVLQFOXGLQJ¿OOHG¿QLVK
15 5 1 7 Wax coat. E C P 15 7 2 1 >:DVKFRDWDFU\OLF@RQO\DWILOOHGILQLVK E C P
SYSTEM - 7, VINYL, CATALYZED including [bracketed items if 15 7 2 2 >6WDLQ@
15 6
VSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHVDW 15 7 2 3 Sealer, acrylic.
15 6 1 CLOSE GRAIN woods: 15 7 2 4 [Filler@ (only at filled finish). 07/31/15 E C P
15 6 1 1 [Wash coat, vinyl@ (only at stained finish). E C P
07/31/15
[Wash coat, vinyl, catalyzed@ (only at stained 15 7 2 6 Second topcoat. E C P
15 6 1 2 E C P
finish). 07/31/15
SYSTEM - 9 and 10, UV CURABLE, ACRYLATED EPOXY,
15 6 1 3 >6WDLQ@ 15 8 POLYESTER, URETHANE, applicable only to PREMIUM GRADE
15 6 1 4 Sealer, vinyl. E C P DQGLQFOXGLQJ>EUDFNHWHGLWHPVLIVSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHVDW
15 6 1 5 Sealer, vinyl, catalyzed. E C P 15 8 1 CLOSE and OPEN GRAIN woods:
15 6 1 6 First topcoat. 15 8 1 1 >6WDLQ@ P
15 6 1 7 Second topcoat. E C P 15 8 1 2 Sealer with B-stage curing. P
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T 15 8 1 3 Sealer with full cure. P
15 8 1 4 First topcoat with B-stage curing. P
15 8 1 5 Second topcoat with full cure. P

SECTION5
Finishing
5.4.6 Application Rules

S From previous column
15 SYSTEM COATING SCHEDULE (continued)
SYSTEM - 11 and 12, POLYURETHANE, CATALYZED, or WATER
15 9
BASEDLQFOXGLQJ>EUDFNHWHGLWHPVLIVSHFL¿HG@UHTXLUHVDW
15 9 1 CLOSE GRAIN woods:
07/31/15
15 9 1 1 [Wash coat, reduced vinyl sealer@ RQO\DWVWDLQHG¿QLVK

15 9 1 2 >6WDLQ@
15 9 1 3 Sealer, vinyl.

15 9 2 OPEN GRAINZRRGVLQFOXGLQJ¿OOHG¿QLVK
>:DVKFRDWUHGXFHGYLQ\OVHDOHU@RQO\DWILOOHG
15 9 2 1
finish).
E C P
15 9 2 2 >6WDLQ@
15 9 2 3 [Filler@ (only at filled finish). 07/31/15 E C P
15 9 2 4 Sealer, vinyl.
SYSTEM - 13, POLYESTER, CATALYZED, applicable only to
15 10 PREMIUM GRADEDQGLQFOXGLQJ>EUDFNHWHGLWHPVLIVSHFL¿HG@
requires at:

15 10 1 CLOSE and OPEN GRAIN woods:
15 10 1 1 >6WDLQ@ E C P
15 10 1 2 First sealer, polyester. E C P
15 10 1 3 Second sealer, polyester. E C P
15 10 1 4 Sand with appropriate grit. E C P
15 10 1 5 Topcoat, polyester. E C P
15 10 1 6 Rub and polish, mechanical. E C P
16 AFTER FINISHING:
16 1 Remove all spilled, splashed, or spattered finish materials.
16 2 Remove all fingerprints or other marks.
Provide a final dusting of all exterior and interior surfaces, including
16 3
drawers.
Provide properly labeled touch up materials to allow for minor touch
16 4
up.
17 TOUCH UP of:
Factory finished materials are the responsibility of the installation
17 1
contractor.
Jobsite finished materials are the responsibility of the finishing
17 2
contractor.

SECTION5
E C P
Finishing
5.5 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS 5.5 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS (continued)
1 The tolerances typically found within the Architectural Woodwork 6 TESTING for CONSISTENCY of GRAIN and COLOR:
Standards fall into two categories:
6.1 Compliance with standards for color and grain are highly
1.1 Factory fabricated joinery, assembly and construction - found subjective, and:
in the PRODUCT portion.
6.1.1 Each person’s perception of color is unique.
1.2 Field installation joinery and assembly - found in the
INSTALLATION portion. 6.1.2 The apparent color of a finished wood species is affected
by many variables, such as:
2 Most fabrication and installation assemblies include solid wood
to solid wood joints, solid wood to wood veneer joints, solid 6.1.2.1 Ambient lighting.
wood to wood based products (HPDL, LPDL, Solid Phenolic and
6.1.2.2 Cellular structure of the individual piece of wood.

panel products), solid wood to non-wood based products (which
can be drywall, glass, metal, stone, acrylics, and other surfaces),
6.1.2.3 Cutting or slicing of the wood.
and non-wood to non-wood joints.
6.1.2.4 Machining and sanding of the surface.
3 Tolerances found in the AWS include:
6.1.2.5 Orientation of the surface to the viewer.
3.1 Flatness of wood based panel products.
6.2 Compliance shall be evaluated (by comparison to an
3.2 Solid wood to solid wood joints and assemblies.
DSSURYHGSDQHOPLQLPXP´[´>[PP@WKDWKDV
3.3 Solid wood to wood veneer joints and assemblies. been signed and dated and protected from light) based on the
following conditions:
3.4 Wood veneer to wood veneer joints and assemblies.
6.2.1 Viewing of the surfaces in the lighting and orientation in
3.5 Solid wood to wood based product joints and assemblies. which they will be installed.

3.6 Solid surface to solid surface joints and assemblies. 6.2.2 Observing a color and tone blending that is not significantly
lighter than the lightest of the range, nor darker than the
4 Because of the differences of expansion and contraction of darkest of the range.
non-wood products compared to solid wood and wood based
products, the AWS does not apply tolerances regarding flatness 6.2.3 Because of natural variations in color and grain, it cannot
or joinery to these non-wood based products. be expected that all panels will match one particular
VDPSOHH[DFWO\KRZHYHUVKDOOPDWFKZLWKLQWKHVDPSOH
5 VISUAL TESTING is only applicable to exposed surfaces: range submitted.
5.1 View finished surfaces in the ambient conditions in which 7 SHEEN TEST
they will be installed and used.
7.1 Compliance shall be evaluated by comparison to the approved
5.1.1 Perception of color varies with the light source and range of sample panels, that has been signed and dated and
between individuals. protected from light based on the following conditions:
5.2 Tests apply only to new work at the time of installation. 7.1.1 Testing of the surfaces with a gloss meter, parallel to the
grain, in identical lighting conditions:
5.2.1 They shall not be applied to refinishing conditions, except
as agreed in advance between buyer and seller. 7.1.1.1 When comparisons of sheen tests between the
approved sample panels and the installed work show
sheen readings within 10 points of each other they shall
be considered to be in compliance.

notes
SECTION5
Finishing

0,//:25.
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION6
Millwork
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Ornamental Woodwork .......................................................................142
Typical Sources ..............................................................................142
Guide Specifications ...........................................................................131
Fire Retardant Solid Lumber ..........................................................143
Introduction .........................................................................................132
Sources for Wood Ornamentation ..................................................143
Methods of Production ........................................................................132
Working with an Artisan ..................................................................143
Flat Surfaces ................................................................................132
Design Ideas .......................................................................................144
Molded Surfaces ..........................................................................132
Specify Requirements For ..................................................................144
Smoothness of Flat and Molded Surfaces ..........................................132
Recommendations ..............................................................................144
Design and Use of Resources ............................................................132
Examples of Standing and Running Trim and Rail Parts ....................133

Examples of Standing and Running Trim............................................134
Examples of Standing and Running Trim and Rails............................135
Radius Moldings .................................................................................136
Solid Machined .............................................................................136
Core Veneered .............................................................................136
Laminated Plies ............................................................................136

Block Laminated ...........................................................................136
Kerfed ...........................................................................................136
Cross Grain ..................................................................................136
Solid Lumber Paneling Patterns .........................................................137

Built up Moldings for Larger Profiles ...................................................138
Ceilings.........................................................................................138
Chair Rails ....................................................................................138
Fireplaces .....................................................................................139
Doors and Windows .....................................................................139
Base .............................................................................................139
Design Ideas .......................................................................................139
Built up Cornice and Wall Trim Examples ...........................................140
Door Frame and Jamb Examples .......................................................141
Frame Joinery Examples ....................................................................141
Window Sash and Frame Examples ...................................................141
Sash Joinery Examples ......................................................................141
Glazing Examples ...............................................................................141
Thermal Integrity .................................................................................141
Blinds and Shutters .............................................................................142
Screens ...............................................................................................142

SECTION6
Millwork
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS Multiple Options ..............................................................148
Frame Spread Ratings ....................................................149
GENERAL
Specific Profile ................................................................149
Special Ornamental Detail ..............................................149
Grades .....................................................................................145
Cathedral.........................................................................149
Economy ...........................................................................145
Exterior Application .........................................................149
Custom ..............................................................................145
Gluing and Laminating ....................................................149
Premium ............................................................................145
Cutouts ............................................................................149
Contract Documents ................................................................145
Acceptable Compliance Requirements ....................................145
Material Rules ........................................................................149

Aesthetics Compliance Requirements .....................................145
Lumber, Veneered Profile and Sheet Products ...............149
Exposed Surfaces ....................................................................145
Natural and Manufactured Defects .................................149
Semi-Exposed Surfaces ..........................................................145
Figure ..............................................................................149
Concealed Surfaces.................................................................145
Warp ................................................................................149
Prevent Telegraphing ...............................................................145
Radius Woodwork ...........................................................149
Opaque Finish .................................................................150

Flame Spread Rated Wood Door Frames .........................145
Structural Members ...........................................................145
Exposed Surfaces ...........................................................150
Wall, Ceiling and/or Opening Variations ............................145
For Transparent Finish .............................................150
Priming ..............................................................................145
Semi-Exposed Surfaces..................................................151

Radius Moldings ................................................................146
Concealed Surfaces ........................................................151
Method of Fabrication .................................................146
Door and Window Frames ..............................................151
PRODUCT
Sash ................................................................................151
Scope ...........................................................................................147
Blinds and Shutters .........................................................152
Typical Inclusions...................................................................147
Screens ...........................................................................152
Typical Exclusions .................................................................147
Closet and Utility Shelving ..............................................152
Default Stipulation ........................................................................148
Glass ...............................................................................153
Rules ............................................................................................148
Factory Finishing .............................................................153
Errata .....................................................................................148
Machining Rules ....................................................................153
Basic Rules ............................................................................148
Aesthetics........................................................................148
Smoothness..............................................................153
Woodwork .......................................................................148
HPDL, PVC, and Prefinished Wood .........................153
Lumber ............................................................................148
Trim .................................................................................154
Sheet Products................................................................148
Solid Machined and Block Laminated .............................154
Intersections ....................................................................154
Semi-Exposed Surfaces..................................................148
Dadoes ............................................................................154
Standing and Running Trim.............................................154

SECTION6
Millwork
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Repairs ............................................................................161
PRODUCT (continued) Installer Modifications......................................................161
Rules (continued) Woodwork .......................................................................161
Machining Rules (continued) These Standards .............................................................161
Window Frames ..............................................................154 Gaps Tests I ....................................................................161
Sash ................................................................................154 Flushness Tests J ............................................................162
Screens ...........................................................................154 Fastening and Fasteners ................................................162
Blinds and Shutters .........................................................155 Glue.................................................................................162
Ornamental Woodwork....................................................155 Equipment Cutouts..........................................................163
Assembly Rules .....................................................................155 Hardware.........................................................................163

Joints at Assembled Woodwork ......................................155 Areas of Installation.........................................................163
Flushness Test D ......................................................155 First Class Workmanship ................................................163
Gap Test A ................................................................156 Product Specific Rules...........................................................163
Gap Test B ................................................................156 Standing and Running Trim.............................................163
Gap Test C ................................................................156 Closet Rods.....................................................................163
Flatness or Warp Test E ..................................................156 Door & Window Frames .................................................163
Applied Moldings .............................................................156 Blinds and Shutters .........................................................163
Miter Joints and Caps .....................................................156 Screens ...........................................................................163
Stile and Rail Assemblies ................................................156 Ornamental Millwork .......................................................163
Sheet Products................................................................156
TESTS

Built up Items ..................................................................156
Fabricated and Installed ........................................................164
Door Frames ...................................................................157
Smoothness ....................................................................164
Window Frames ..............................................................157
KCPI ................................................................................164
Sash ................................................................................158
Sanding ...........................................................................164
Blinds and Shutters .........................................................158
Gaps, Flushness, Flatness and Alignment ............................164
Screens ...........................................................................158
Illustrations ......................................................................165
Ornamental Millwork .......................................................158
Miscellaneous Millwork ...................................................159
INSTALLATION
Care, Storage and Building Conditions ........................................160
Contractor is Responsible for .......................................................160
Installer is Responsible for ...........................................................160
Rules ............................................................................................160
Errata .....................................................................................160
Basic Rules ............................................................................161
Aesthetics........................................................................161
Transparent Finished ......................................................161

SECTION6
Millwork
*XLGH6SHFLÀFDWLRQV

$UHDYDLODEOHWKURXJKWKH6SRQVRU$VVRFLDWLRQVLQLQWHUDFWLYHGLJLWDOIRUPDW
LQFOXGLQJXQLTXHDQGLQGLYLGXDOTXDOLW\FRQWURORSWLRQV
7KH*XLGH6SHFLÀFDWLRQVDUHORFDWHGDW

$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH$:,
ZZZDZLQHWRUJ

$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN0DQXIDFWXUHUV$VVRFLDWLRQRI&DQDGD$:0$&
KWWSDZPDFFRPDZVJXLGHVSHFLÀFDWLRQV
:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH:,
ZZZZRRGZRUNLQVWLWXWHFRPSXEOLFDWLRQVDZVBJXLGHBVSHFVDVS

SECTION6
Millwork
INTRODUCTION To achieve the smooth surfaces generally smoothed by sanding. Sandpapers come in grits
required, the rough sawn boards are further IURPFRDUVHWR¿QHDQGDUHDVVLJQHGDVFHQGLQJ
Section 6 includes information on standing surfaced by the following methods: grit numbers. The coarser the grit, the faster the
& running trim, door frames, window frames, stock removal. The surface will show the striations
sashes, blinds & shutters, screens, ornamental & Planing - Sawn lumber is passed through a caused by the grit. Sanding with progressively
miscellaneous millwork composed of solid wood planer or jointer, which has a revolving head ¿QHUJULWSDSHUVZLOOSURGXFHVPRRWKHUVXUIDFHV
and/or sheet products and their related parts. with projecting knives, removing a thin layer of
wood to produce a relatively smooth surface. DESIGN AND USE OF RESOURCES
to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality Abrasive Planing - Sawn lumber is passed Moldings should be cut from lumber approximately
SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOL¿HG through a powerful belt sander with tough, WKHVDPHVL]HDVWKH¿QLVKHGSLHFHWRPDNHWKH
6SRQVRU0HPEHU¿UPWRSURYLGH\RXUZRRGZRUN coarse belts, which remove the rough top best use of our natural resources. Designing
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding surface. moldings with the size of typical boards in mind
of the quality level required. Illustrations in this has several advantages.

0ROGHG6XUIDFHV
Section are not intended to be all inclusive. Other Sawn lumber is passed through a molder or
engineered solutions are acceptable. In the shaper that has knives ground to a pattern which The typical 1” x 4” (25.4 mm x 101.6 mm) will yield
DEVHQFHRIVSHFL¿FDWLRQVPHWKRGVRIIDEULFDWLRQ SURGXFHVWKHPROGHGSUR¿OHGHVLUHG a very nice 3/4” (19 mm) thick molding, but will
are the manufacturer’s choice. The design not be thick enough to develop a molding which
professional, by specifying compliance to the AWS LVDIXOO´PPWKLFNLQ¿QLVKGLPHQVLRQ
SMOOTHNESS OF FLAT AND MOLDED
increases the probability of receiving the product The typical 2” x 4” (50.8 mm x 101.6 mm) piece of
SURFACES
quality expected. lumber can be made into moldings about 1-3/4”
(44.5 mm) thick in a similar manner.
Planers and Molders: The smoothness of surfaces
METHODS OF PRODUCTION which have been machine planed or molded is
)ODW6XUIDFHV determined by the closeness of the knife cuts. The Deep or large moldings are often best cut from
closer the cuts to each other (i.e., the more knife more than one piece and built up to make the
Sawing - This produces relatively rough ¿QDOSUR¿OH-XVWDVLQWKHPDQXIDFWXULQJRIVLQJOH
cuts per inch [KCPI]) the closer the ridges, and
surfaces that are not utilized for architectural moldings, this process minimizes waste and
therefore the smoother the resulting appearance.
woodwork except where a “rough sawn” UHGXFHVWKHWHQGHQF\RIWKH¿QLVKHGSUR¿OHVWR
Sanding and Abrasives: Surfaces can be further

texture or finish is desired for design purposes. twist, warp, cup, or bow as a result of removing too
much material from either side of the initial board.
3/4" X 3-1/4"
(19 mm x 82.5 mm)
1"
1-3/4" x 3 1/2"
(44.5 mm x 89 mm)
2"
4"
Figure: 6-001
2"
Figure: 6-002
4"
2"
1"
4"
Figure: 6-003

SECTION6
Millwork
EXAMPLES OF STANDING and RUNNING TRIM and RAIL PARTS

6
8
4
7

5
9
1

9 Newel Post
(see Section 7)
1 Spindle or Baluster
(see Section 7)
3 Crown 4 Handrail
Running Trim
5 Base Combination
2 Crown (Cove, board, shoe)
Running Trim 6 Window Casing Running Trim
Standing Trim
7 Wall Molding Combination 8 Chair Rail Combination

(Cove, board, cove) (Cap, cove & rail)
Standing Trim Running Trim Figure: 6-004

SECTION6
Millwork
EXAMPLES OF STANDING and RUNNING TRIM
1
4
5
4

2
3


2 Chair Rail
3 3-piece Base
1 Cornice 4 Casing 5 Panel Molding Figure: 6-005

SECTION6
Millwork
EXAMPLES OF STANDING and RUNNING TRIM and RAIL
1
2

4 4
3 3

2 Crown
1 Skylight Cornice
3 Panel Molding 4 Handrail

Figure: 6-006

SECTION6
Millwork
RADIUS MOLDINGS &RUH9HQHHUHG (Illustration B) woodwork .HUIHG (Illustration E) woodwork consists of
consists of core machined from lumber or panel lumber with repeated saw cuts on the back
Both traditional and nontraditional architectural product to which finish material is laminated face of the piece, perpendicular to the bend.
styles often call for radius standing and as an exposed face. This technique is limited The tightness of the radius determines the
running trim either in plan, elevation, or both. WRFHUWDLQSURILOHVKRZHYHULWRIIHUVWKHDELOLW\ spacing and depth of the kerfs. Kerfing allows
In situations where the size of the molding and to minimize glue joints and control grain the piece to be bent to the required radius and
the radius to which it is to be formed is such that directions. then secured in place to hold the bend. Kerfing
a straight molding will not conform to the core, could result in “flats” on the face, which show
the architectural manufacturer can use several /DPLQDWHG3OLHV (Illustration C) woodwork in finishing. When dealing with a large radius, it
methods to fabricate radius moldings. Moldings consists of thin, bendable plies of lumber in is sometimes possible to stop the kerf prior to
applied to radii can be segmented, (typically a form that will hold its shape without having going through an exposed edge. In most cases,
RQO\E\GLUHFWVSHFL¿FDWLRQEHQWRUVWHDPEHQW to be secured to another surface. The curved however, the kerf runs through, and the edge
laminated and formed, preshaped, or machined piece can then be milled to the desired profile. must be concealed.
to the radius. Manufacturers will fabricate the The glue lines follow the edge grain and the

moldings in the longest practical lengths, with the curve, thus minimizing their visibility. The &URVV*UDLQ in band sawn or laminated members
SXUSRVHRIPLQLPL]LQJWKH¿HOGMRLQWV species of wood and the tightness of the radius and edges in veneer laminated members or where
determine the maximum thickness of each ply. multiple layers are exposed by shaping may
6ROLG0DFKLQHG (Illustration A) woodwork cause objectionable color variation when finished.
typically starts with a large, often glued up %ORFN/DPLQDWHG (Illustration D) woodwork
piece of material, from which several nested is made of solid machined pieces, glued 8QOHVVVSHFL¿FDOO\FDOOHGRXWWKHDUFKLWHFWXUDO
pieces can be machined. Characteristically, this up typically in a staggered fashion for width manufacturer will have the option of which
method limits the length of pieces that can be and length. When dealing with some cross method to use for fabricating radius molding.
developed without a joint. It also yields a piece sections, it can be advantageous to combine 6LQFHWKHIDEULFDWLRQPHWKRGGHWHUPLQHVWKH¿QDO
of material with the grain straight on the face, EDQGVDZLQJDQGODPLQDWLQJKRZHYHULWPXVW appearance of the pieces, especially regarding
not following the curve. Profiles with a flat face be limited to certain profiles. It does, however, the direction of grain and visibility of glue joints,
can be machined from sheet products with an offer the ability to minimize glue joints, is used the architect or designer may wish to specify the
edgeband applied, yielding larger pieces with in radius jambs and often becomes the core for method. It is recommended that an architectural
more consistent grain. core veneered woodwork. ZRRGZRUN¿UPEHFRQVXOWHGEHIRUHPDNLQJD

selection. Mockups may be required to visualize
the end product.
A B C
D E
Chord Segmentation is the process of cutting short lengths

of straight molding and joining them around a curved
substrate and is NOT permitted unless specified.
Figure: 6-007

SECTION6
Millwork
SOLID LUMBER PANELING PATTERNS 9LUWXDOO\DQ\PDFKLQDEOHSUR¿OHFDQEHFXVWRP allowing the design professional to determine the
PDQXIDFWXUHG7KHIROORZLQJSUR¿OHVDUHVRPHRI scale and proportions most appropriate for the
The variety of solid lumber paneling is only limited the traditional patterns associated with solid board project.
by the imagination of the design professional. paneling. They are not dimensioned intentionally,
Single Bead Beaded Ceiling or Wainscot

Pickwick Paneling
Reveal Detail Options
Tongue and Groove “V” Joint

Beaded Siding Rough Sawn w/ Lap Reveal
Simulated Lap Siding Bevel Siding
Drop/Lap Siding Molded Insert
Beaded Bevel Siding Coved Paneling

Figure: 6-008

SECTION6
Millwork
04/29/16
BUILT UP MOLDINGS FOR LARGER PROFILES A series of “built up” moldings would have a &KDLU5DLOV are a very traditional method of
tendency to make a low ceiling appear even breaking up walls, adding both interest and
Used with permission of the Wood Molding and lower. But if your ceilings are high (10’ [3048 protection. They prevent the wall from being
Millwork Producers Association. mm] or higher), there is no limit to the rich bumped or scuffed by chairs and can also
three dimensional elegance you can add to the be used to separate two types of decorating
&HLOLQJV are the most obvious area for “built room’s appearance with the creative application material such as paneling, wallpaper, and paint.
up” moldings. This is primarily true of rooms of moldings. Below are several suggested Following are some variations of “built up” chair
with high ceilings. In low ceiling rooms (8’ [2438 combinations. Let your imagination create your rail combinations.
PP@VLQJOHPROGLQJSUR¿OHVXVXDOO\ZRUNEHVW own combinations and designs.

base cove
cove cap
base base base
base cap cap
base caps mullion
shingles
casing
bed
crown s4s cove

picture base cap picture
astragal half
round s4s
casing coves
s4s coves
base cove
crown crown
cove
dentil dentil wainscot
base base cap
base cap
crown
s4s cove s4s half
base s4s cove round
base cap
Figure: 6-010
bed
stop drip cap
cove s4s
crowns
base cove base cap
Figure: 6-009

SECTION6
Millwork
)LUHSODFHV highlighted or framed with “built up” 'RRUV and :LQGRZV are most commonly done %DVH the elaborate look of elegance can even
moldings is an excellent way to add depth and with single molding profiles, but by adding be carried through to base moldings where
richness. Below are a few creative but simple other patterns, the basic trim can easily be the wall meets the floor, as illustrated in the
to install profile combinations. transformed into a window or door casing of following variations.
classical depth and beauty. Installing plinth
blocks at the bottom of casing further enhances
the traditional look. base
base base cap
half
round
base shoe stop base + shoe s4s base

shoe

base base cove bed
s4s
base shoe shingle s4s cove base shoe

Figure: 6-015
DESIGN IDEAS di
Include molding illustrations such as:

Base and base cap patterns
Figure: 6-011 Figure: 6-013
Casing patterns
back base Panel mold patterns

casing casing cap
band
Crown mold patterns
base
shoe
Bed mold patterns
casing
base
casing Handrail patterns
cap half rounds
Figure: 6-012
Chair rail patterns
Figure: 6-014

SECTION6
Millwork
%8,/783&251,&(and:$//75,0(;$03/(6
Example 4

Example 3
Example 1 Example 2

Example 5
Example 6 Example 7
Example 11
Example 10
Example 8 Example 9
Figure: 6-016

SECTION6
Millwork
DOOR FRAME and JAMB EXAMPLES: :,1'2:SASH and FRAME EXAMPLES
1 2 3
Split Jamb Single Rabbet Double Rabbet Half-Lapped Figure: 6-036
GLAZING EXAMPLES

Fixed Figure: 6-032
4 5 6 Head Jamb
Applied Stop Cased Opening Ploughed-in Stop Brick Mold Blind Stop
Parting Bead
Figure: 6-030 6LQJOH*OD]H Figure: 6-037
Casing
FRAME -2,1(5<(;$03/(6
Head Section Stop

Top Rail
Check Rail Check Rail

Section
Bottom Rail


1 2 Sill Section Stool
Rabbet Dado Apron
Sill 'RXEOH*OD]HG Figure: 6-038
7+(50$/,17(*5,7<
Operable Figure: 6-033
Wood is a natural insulator that retains heat

SASH JOINERY EXAMPLES
in winter without a thermal break, resists
conductance of cold temperatures 2000 times
3 4 better than aluminum, and is approximately
Dowel Splined
30% more thermally efficient than comparable
Figure: 6-031
aluminum windows. Wood’s minimal conduction
/DEHOHG (flame spread-rated) jamb assemblies keeps the inside wood surface of windows
are typically available in 20-, 45-, 60-, and warm in the winter and cool in the summer.
90-minute classifications of limited design/ Coped and Mortised Figure: 6-034
Wood windows are available in single-, double-,
VSHFLHVKRZHYHUnew designs/ratings are in and triple-glazing systems, increasing thermal
ongoing development. 2QO\¿UPVUHFRJQL]HGE\ efficiency.
DSSOLFDEOHFRGHRI¿FLDOVDUHDXWKRUL]HGWRODEHO
a frame assembly. If a label will be required by 3HUIRUPDQFH7HVWLQJ is applicable only to
WKHDSSOLFDEOHFRGHRI¿FLDOVLWLVWKHREOLJDWLRQ complete exterior window units and, if required,
of the design professional to so specify, and PXVWEHVSHFL¿HGDQGPD\LQFOXGHDOORUSDUWRI
the obligation of the manufacturer to assure a $670($LU,Q¿OWUDWLRQ(/RDGLQJDQG
properly licensed assembly. These standards do Coped and Nailed Figure: 6-035
or E 547, Water Penetration. ASTM tests must be
not cover labeled frames. VSHFL¿HGIRUWKHFXUUHQW$670*UDGH/HYHO

SECTION6
Millwork
BLINDS and SHUTTERS Typical bead detail examples:
Optional Detail
+DUGZDUH must be specified, as it dictates the
details of construction.
0DQXIDFWXUHUdoes not typically supply,

machine for, or install operating hardware,
locking devices, pulls, lifts, etc.
Figure: 6-040

Flat Panel Raised Panel
251$0(17$/:22':25.

7\SLFDO6RXUFHV of wood ornamentation
are either mass-produced or custom carved
and tooled.
Mass-produced product is often limited

in available species, sizes, and design,
and is often a variety of historical styles,
ZKLFKPLJKWODFNGHWDLOKRZHYHUFDQEH
appropriate for many applications.
Custom carved or tooled work has a

special appearance, with depth and
clarity or crispness that machine tooling
often cannot achieve. There will be
Louvered Figure: 6-039
slight irregularities because it is done
E\DVNLOOHGDUWLVDQKRZHYHUWKLVLV
6&5((16
deemed desirable as it lends character
+DUGZDUH must be specified, as it dictates the and credence to the work, including tool-
details of construction. marked surface, which can be sanded
smooth or left as a texture.
0DQXIDFWXUHUdoes not typically supply,
machine for, or install operating hardware,
locking devices, pulls, lifts, etc.
Figure: 6-041

SECTION6
Millwork
251$0(17$/:22':25.FRQWLQXHG stained glass, ceramic tiles, mosaic, fabric, plaster When small quantities are specified which
or composition ornament, faux finishes, metal are impractical or too expensive to fabricate
There are four methods of depicting a design in hardware and stone inlays. by computerized methods.
wood:
,QFLVHG: Designs are simply made by shallow Excludes standing and running trim except as When there is a need to replicate missing
grooves in the surface of the material. incorporated as integral parts of elements. (hand carved) elements for restoration or
renovation.
5HOLHI: Most architectural carving is carved in Unless required by the details and/or woodwork
relief. The degree to which the design is lifted specifications, the manufacturer shall not: When elements of specified dimensions are
off the surface is described as low or high required and unavailable otherwise.
relief. Provide or prepare for electrical, telephone,
When a particular wood species is required.
PHFKDQLFDORUSOXPELQJHTXLSPHQW
Pierced: Some voids in the design are literally
cut through the material and are termed When customized logos or lettering is
Install woodwork or furnish common in wall

pierced carvings. desired.
blocking, furring or hanging devices for the
VXSSRUWRUDWWDFKPHQWRIWKHZRRGZRUN When patterns are required for casting in
6FXOSWXUH: Carving in-the-round or sculptural
works are incorporated into architectural another material such as plaster, metal, or
Supply exposed materials other than wood or
surroundings. glass.
SODVWLFODPLQDWH
Ornamental woodwork can be considered any When uniqueness is valued by the customer.
)DFWRU\ILQLVKRU
addition to the purely functional and may partly
rely on context for its aesthetic appeal. Among Hand tooled and carved work has a special
Supply “stock” or specialty products. If they
various definitions, the one pertinent here is: appearance. It has a depth and clarity or
are to be supplied, they must be specified by a
³6RPHWKLQJWKDWOHQGVJUDFHRUEHDXW\DPDQQHU crispness which machine tooling often cannot
brand name or manufacturer.
or quality that adorns.” Ornamentation is defined achieve. Because it is done by a skilled artisan
as a decorative device or embellishment. A good )LUH5HWDUGDQW6ROLG/XPEHU may affect the there will be slight irregularities, but this is
example is the molding which can have functional finishes intended to be used on the wood, deemed desirable as it lends character and
uses such as covering joints, or with a profile, can particularly if transparent finishes are planned. credence to the work. Whether the surface is

be a design element. The profile can be further The compatibility of finishes should be tested sanded smooth or the texture of tool marks is left,
embellished or enriched by decorative carving. before they are applied. is one of the points of discussion between the
millwork company and carver.
Architectural carving combines the flat surfaces 6RXUFHVIRU:RRG2UQDPHQWDWLRQ
and clearly defined lines of geometry with the There are two possible sources for wood :RUNLQJZLWKDQ$UWLVDQ
interpretive modeling of naturalistic forms. ornamentation, machine-produced elements and The custom carver usually works by him- or
the custom carver. herself in a studio situation, but this does not
Historic preservation, conservation and restoration The mass-produced product is often limited necessarily indicate limitations either in quality,
disciplines are extensions of ornamental in available species, sizes and design, which production time or fabrication capability. Work is
woodwork. Aspects of this work include, but are is often a variety of historic styles which may done on a commission basis, so it is common to
not limited to, stripping, repair, reconstruction, lack detail, however can be appropriate for expect reasonable lead times.
reuse of historic material, addition of new material, many applications. Often the detail lacks clarity
and special documentation for the work. because of the tooling, sanding or finish. What the woodcarver will need to know (from
However, the product is relatively inexpensive, millwork specifier or customer):
The United States Department of the Interior consistent in appearance and appropriate for
Type of element - molding, capital, bracket, etc.
(www.doi.gov/), the National Park Service (www. many applications.
nps.gov/), and the Historic Sites and Monuments Sizes - drawings showing elevations and
Board of Canada (www.parkscanada.gc.ca/) On the other hand, there are a number of
Sections are absolutely necessary for accurate
publish documents related to work under their reasons to contact a custom carver.
cost estimates, whether provided by the
jurisdiction. The most recent publications from millwork company or drawn by the carver. Often
these entities will provide valuable information When the pieces required are impractical or
impossible to shape on conventional factory the carver will redraw computer-generated
for the design professional and the woodwork designs or ones not full sized.
fabrication, finishing, and installation. machinery. Examples are tapering profiles as
in keystones, acute (interior) corners such as
There are a number of related arts which are in Gothic tracery and compound curves as in
incorporated into wood constructions, such as stair handrails.

SECTION6
Millwork
251$0(17$/:22':25.FRQWLQXHG DESIGN IDEAS RECOMMENDATIONS
:RUNLQJZLWKDQ$UWLVDQ (continued) Includes illustrations of base, picture,

di If FIELD FINISHED, include in Division 09 of
Species of wood and who will supply the casing, panel, crown, bed, handrail and the specifications:
“blanks”. Finishes (paint grade, gilding, faux FKDLUUDLOPROGLQJVDORQJZLWKDODUJHQXPEHURI
finish) should also be discussed. historic ornamental woodwork illustrations. These %()25(),1,6+,1*, exposed portions
design ideas are not exhaustive and are for the of woodwork shall have handling marks or
Context and/or installed location should be reader to use as a starting guide. effects of exposure to moisture, removed
made clear in order to understand lighting and
with a thorough, final sanding over all
the degree of detail necessary. SPECIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR: surfaces of the exposed portion and shall be
Intended schedule or completion date. cleaned before applying sealer or finish.
Flame spread ratings or special code
Budget if available as the carver can propose compliance. At CONCEALED SURFACES - Architectural
subtle changes in order to oblige a tight budget. woodwork that may be exposed to moisture,

Window performance testing and/or labeling such as those adjacent to exterior concrete
The millwork company should make reasonable and hardware.
efforts to provide as much information as possible walls, etc., shall be primed.
as to design, and material. If providing blanks, Glass type and thickness. 5(9,(: the GENERAL portion of Sections
effort should be made to fabricate them as
accurately as possible. Material should be straight Wood species for exterior sash, shutters, or
and the minimum acceptable requirements of
grained and contain a minimum of glue lines and screens and frame parts, exposed, semi- lumber and/or sheet products that might be
therefore, grain directional changes. Consultation exposed or concealed shall be of any species
concerning what should be provided (sizes, listed in Section 3, suitable for exterior use as
used herein.
species, special fabrication such as turning) with being resistant, moderately resistant, or very STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, grounds, in wall
the carver is essential. resistant. blocking, backing, furring, brackets, or other
anchorage which becomes an integral part
What to expect from the carver: Closet and utility shelving shelf size, thickness,
of the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings,
and support system needed to meet the load-
The carver provides skill and knowledge required for the installation of architectural
FDUU\LQJUHTXLUHPHQWVRIWKHSURMHFWRWKHUZLVH
woodwork are not to be furnished or installed

through experience. The majority of the cost the minimal requirements of the standards shall
may be in the labor. Carving is a unique by the architectural woodwork manufacturer or
SUHYDLO6KHOIGHÀHFWLRQLQIRUPDWLRQFDQEH
product which adds immeasurably to the installer.
found in Section 10.
character and attractiveness of the overall
project. At :22'6$6+ and :,1'2:6, the finish
ADA or barrier-free compliance design and
coats will be flowed onto the glass area
The carving should closely resemble what requirements.
approximately 1/16” (1.6 mm) to properly
is represented in drawings and verbal seal against weather, wind, and rain. It is not
descriptions. recommended to use a razor blade to scrape
The product should be cleanly carved without the glass, as it might break the seal. A broad-
distracting irregularities and chips or fuzz in the blade putty knife is recommended to be used
recesses. The agreed upon surface treatment: to protect the seal between the glass and the
sanded, tool textured, primed or gilded, etc. wood members.
should be consistent throughout.
FABRICATION METHODS can affect the
Work should be done in a timely manner as final appearance, especially regarding the
agreed upon. direction of the grain and the visibility of the
Quality in artistic handwork is often a glue joints. As a design professional, you may
subjective matter, but proper communication ZLVKWRVSHFLI\WKHPHWKRGKRZHYHULWLV
and agreement among parties should reduce recommended that an architectural woodwork
variance of interpretation. firm be consulted before making a particular
selection. Mock-ups may be required to
visualize the end product.

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
compliance requirements GENERAL/PRODUCT/INSTALLATION/TEST
,QFOXGLQJ6WDQGLQJ 5XQQLQJ7ULP'RRU)UDPHV %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)

:LQGRZ)UDPHV6DVKHV%OLQGV 6KXWWHUV 6 6(0,(;326('685)$&(6,1&/8'(
6FUHHQV2UQDPHQWDO 0LVFHOODQHRXV0LOOZRUN
6.1 Top horizontal surfaces 80” (2032 mm) or more above the
&RPSRVHGRI6ROLG:RRGDQGRU6KHHW3URGXFWV
finished floor, unless visible from above.
6.2 Bottom horizontal surfaces 42” (1067 mm) or less above the
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 finished floor.
1 GRADE 7 &21&($/('685)$&(6,1&/8'(
These standards are characterized in three Grades of quality 7.1 Non visible surfaces attached to and/or covered by another.
that may be mixed within a single project. Limitless design
possibilities and a wide variety of lumber and veneer species, 7.2 Non visible blocking, spacers, etc., used for attachment.

along with overlays, high pressure decorative laminates,
factory finishes, and profiles are available in all three Grades. 8 To 35(9(177(/(*5$3+,1*, inset solid wood edging when
used must have similar moisture content as panel core, be glued
1.2 ECONOMY GRADE defines the minimum quality securely and calibrated with panel core thickness prior to being
requirements for a project’s workmanship, materials, or laminated with a wood veneer on both faces.
installation and is typically reserved for woodwork that is not
in public view, such as in mechanical rooms and utility areas. 9 INDUSTRY PRACTICES

1.3 &86720*5$'( is typically specified for and adequately 9.1 FLAME SPREAD5$7(':22''225)5$0(6 shall
covers most high quality architectural woodwork, providing be of the manufacturer’s standard design and construction,
a well defined degree of control over a project’s quality of conforming to the requirements of their applicable labeling
materials, workmanship, or installation. service.
1.4 PREMIUM GRADE is typically specified for use in those 9.1.1 These standards do not cover labeled frames.
areas of a project where the highest level of quality, materials,

workmanship, and installation is required. 9.1.1.1 2QO\¿UPVUHFRJQL]HGE\DSSOLFDEOHFRGHRI¿FLDOVDUH
authorized to label a frame assembly. If a label will
2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTSVKDOOJRYHUQLILQFRQIOLFWZLWK EHUHTXLUHGE\WKHDSSOLFDEOHFRGHRI¿FLDOVLWLVWKH
WKHVHVWDQGDUGV obligation of the design professional to so specify, and
the obligation of the manufacturer to assure a properly
3 ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENTS of lumber and/or sheet licensed assembly.
products used within this woodwork product section are
established by Sections 3 and 4, unless otherwise modified 9.2 STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, grounds, in wall blocking,
herein. backing, furring, brackets, or other anchorage that becomes
an integral part of the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings, that
4 AESTHETIC COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS apply only to are required for the installation of architectural woodwork
surfaces visible after fabrication and installation. are not furnished or installed by the architectural woodwork
manufacturer or installer.
5 (;326('685)$&(6,1&/8'(
9.3 :$//&(,/,1* and/or 23(1,1*9$5,$7,216 in excess
5.1 Visible surfaces of standing/running trim, door/window of 1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in
frames, sashes, screens, blinds, shutters, and miscellaneous 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb, level, flat, straight, square,
woodwork, excluding: or of the correct size are not acceptable for the installation
of architectural woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the
5.1.1 Top horizontal surfaces 80” (2032 mm) or more above the
installer to scribe or fit to tolerances in excess of such.
9.4 PRIMING of architectural woodwork is not the responsibility of
5.1.2 Bottom horizontal surfaces 42” (1067 mm) or less above
the manufacturer and/or installer, unless the material is being
the finished floor.
furnished prefinished.

SECTION6
Millwork
GENERAL/PRODUCT/INSTALLATION/TEST compliance requirements
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
9 INDUSTRY PRACTICES (continued)
9.5 RADIUS MOLDINGS are laminated and formed, preshaped,

or machined to the radius and fabricated in the longest
practical lengths to minimize installer joints.
9.5.1 The 0(7+2'RI)$%5,&$7,21, unless specified

otherwise, is the manufacturer’s choice.


SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
6&23( 6&23( (continued)
1 All exposed interior and exterior standing and running wood 2 TYPICAL INCLUSIONS (continued)
trim members, door frames, window frames, sashes, blinds and
shutters, screens, and ornamental and miscellaneous millwork 2.17 Wood caps, pediments, casing, stucco molds, or stops for
that are not structural in nature. exterior door frames.
2 TYPICAL INCLUSIONS,Interior or Exterior: 2.18 Columns, pilasters, brackets, corbels, paneling, and moldings
integral to a frame’s design.
%DVHVKRHFDVLQJSLFWXUHFHLOLQJDSURQDQGVWRROPROGV
2.19 Elliptical, segment, or full circle head, arched, peaked, gothic,
2.2 Wood thresholds, plinth, corner blocks, and other exposed irregular, and divided entrance specialty units.
wood trim.
2.20 Frames and sash for double hung, hopper, tilt/turn, casement,

2.3 Wood wainscoting and caps, wall, ceiling, soffit, or decorative awning, sidelights, clerestory, and fixed windows.
paneling.
*ODVVDQGJOD]LQJXQOHVVVSHFLILHGRWKHUZLVHRSHQVDVKPD\
2.4 Decorative turned or boxed wood columns, pilasters, false be included by agreement.
beams, screens, or louvers, including brackets, corbels,
pedestals, finials, drops, and lookouts. 2.22 Ornamental woodwork making use of molded, shaped, and
carved elements to create a decorative appearance.
2.5 Band sawn, scrolled, turned, or carved ornamental woodwork.
3 7<3,&$/(;&/86,216
2.6 Solid, paneled, or veneered wood door jambs/frames with
sidelights, louvers, transoms, and borrowed lights, including 3.1 Any structural wood framing, timbers or sheet products,
extensions, linings, stops, mullions, transom bars, sills, other sheathing, siding, decking, or planking and S4S boards or
components, and flame spread ratings. battens.
2.7 Mill built sliding door and sash pockets, including operating 3.2 Any composition or plaster wallboards or coverings, lath,
shingles, or shakes.

hardware.
2.8 Cleat and standards/bracket supported shelves, including 3.3 Any bucks, grounds, stripping, furring, in wall blocking,
hook strips, cleats, rods, and required hardware. reglets, cant strips, or waste molding.
2.9 Cornice moldings, corner and edge boards, fascia and soffits, 3.4 Any wood members not exposed.
water tables, and casing.
3.5 Non wood, carved, or embossed moldings, including paper,
2.10 Metal sash surrounds. vinyl, or foil wrapped.
2.11 Wood belt and base courses, verge boards, and 3.6 Commodity frames not governed by these standards.
miscellaneous moldings.
3.7 Machining of frames for hardware supplied by others.
2.12 Decorative sun screens, trellises, louvers, blinds, and window/
3.8 Any metal stops, frames, or wood cores for metal frames.
porch screens.
3.9 Hardware, except as noted above.
2.13 Board and cleat, louvered, or paneled blinds or shutters, fixed
or active. 3.10 Priming or painting, glass and glazing, weather stripping,
operating hardware, and/or sash balances.
2.14 Seat and bench parts, duck boards, and similarly worked
wood members. 3.11 Flush or stile and rail doors.
2.15 Sheet products applied in the form of multiple boards, 3.12 Premanufactured or stock window units.
including decorative laminate or other sheet products.
3.13 Fence posts or fence material where standard stock lumber
2.16 Staff moldings, blind stops, and parting beads, attached yard material is indicated.
flashing, sill pans, inside/back linings, and balances.

SECTION6
Millwork
6&23( (continued) 58/(6
3 TYPICAL (;&/86,216 (continued) 1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract
3.14 Metal sash, skylights, screens, or weather stripping/milling for
same. 2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of
3.15 Cabinet sash and hardware.
3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at
3.16 Roller screens and hardware. www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com,
3.17 Factory assembled shelving units. their date of posting and a project’s bid date.
3.18 In wall or ceiling blocking.
%DVLF5XOHV

3.19 Premanufactured or stock screen units.
AESTHETIC grade rules apply only to exposed and semi-exposed
3.20 Providing or preparing for electrical, telephone, mechanical, or
plumbing equipment.
3.21 Supplying exposed materials other than those covered herein :22':25. not addressed herein shall be manufactured from solid

or specified to be included. stock, laminated stock, veneered stock, or a combination thereof.
3.22 Factory finish. LUMBER shall conform to the requirements established in Section 3.
DEFAULT STIPULATION

SHEET PRODUCTS shall conform to the requirements established in

1 If not otherwise specified or indicated in the contract documents, Section 4.
work shall be unfinished, Custom Grade, solid stock softwood
intended for opaque finish. 5 EXPOSED SURFACES include:

Visible surfaces of standing/running trim, door/window frames,
5 sashes, screens, blinds, shutters, and miscellaneous woodwork,
including:
Top horizontal surfaces less than 80” (2032 mm) above the
5
Bottom horizontal surfaces 42” (1067 mm) or more above the
5
finished floor.
6 6(0,(;326('685)$&(6include:
Top horizontal surfaces 80” (2032 mm) or more above the finished
6
floor, unless visible from above.
Bottom horizontal surfaces less than 42” (1067 mm) above the
6
finished floor.
7 CONCEALED SURFACES include:

7 Non visible surfaces attached to and/or covered by another.
7 Non visible blocking, spacers, etc., used for attachment.
STANDING and RUNNING TRIM shall be furnished as material only,

8
not assembled.

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
%DVLF5XOHV 0DWHULDO5XOHV
S From previous column /80%(59(1((5('352),/(or SHEET PRODUCTS shall be of

WKHVSHFLHVDQG*UDGHVSHFL¿HGDQG
Where MULTIPLE OPTIONS are permitted, it shall be the
9 6KDOOFRQIRUPLQ¿QLVKZLGWKWKLFNQHVVDQGOHQJWKRIOXPEHU
PDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHXQOHVVVSHFL¿HGRWKHUZLVH
Shall not have defects, either natural or manufactured, exceeding

FLAME SPREAD RATING, if required, shall be so specified. those permitted, however:
3HUPLWVXQOLPLWHG¿QJHUMRLQWV E C P
SPECIFIC PROFILE, if required, shall be so specified or drawn. Finger joints not permitted. E C P
If solid lumber, requires plain sawn lumber.
SPECIAL ORNAMENTAL DETAIL or joinery, if required, shall be so $WYHQHHUHGSUR¿OHIDFHYHQHHUVKDOOEHRIVXI¿FLHQWWKLFNQHVVWR

specified or drawn.

prohibit show through with:
&RUHVRIVROLGRUODPLQDWHGZRRGPHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUGRU
CATHEDRAL type figure shall be achieved by:
other suitable material.
A single component in “AA” Face Grade. Fleece backing.
The split heart method in Face Grades “A - D”, and: Use of PVA or PUR adhesive.

component width requirements for Face Grade “B.” NATURAL and MANUFACTURED DEFECTS are permitted, if covered

by adjoining members or otherwise concealed when installed.

EXTERIOR APPLICATION requires:
Type I, waterproof adhesive. FIGURELVQRWDIXQFWLRQRIDVSHFLHVJUDGHDQGPXVWEHVSHFL¿HGLQ

Sheet products be of exterior type. the contract document.
Nails and screws be corrosion resistant.
:$53WKDWFDQEHKHOGÀDWDQGVWUDLJKWZLWKQRUPDODWWDFKPHQWLV
Preservative treatment of exposed and concealed exterior frame

permitted.
members in accordance with Section 3.
5$',86:22':25. requires construction of solid machined, block

Where GLUING or LAMINATION occurs:
laminated, laminated plies, core veneered, or kerfed solid stock:
Delamination or separation shall not occur beyond that which is

allowed in Sections 3 & 4.
Use of &217$&7$'+(6,9( is not permitted unless otherwise

indicated, and if used shall:
Comply with the Heat Resistance Test listed in the
$33(1',; a 5
Solid machined Laminated Plies
Not be allowed at non phenolic backed wood veneer applications.
CUTOUTS require:
At SOLID SURFACE or HPDL exposed surfaces have a minimum Core veneered Block laminated Kerfed Solid Stock

1/4” (6.4 mm) radius at inside corners. Chord segmentation is not permitted.
),567&/$66:25.0$16+,3 is required in compliance with these

5
standards.

SECTION6
Millwork
0DWHULDO5XOHV 0DWHULDO5XOHV
5 5$',86:22':25. (continued) 8 EXPOSED SURFACES:
Members of solid stock or block laminations shall be furnished in 8 Require end grain be kept to a minimum. E C P
5 such sections as to avoid pronounced cross grain and reduce joints Require ends be self returned with no end grain
to a minimum, and: showing.
5 Glue shall be selected for color to avoid a prominent glue line. 8 E C P
6 )RU23$48(),1,6+
6 0HGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG0')LVSHUPLWWHG
Require sheet product edges to be edgebanded with

6 9HQHHULVSHUPLWWHGKRZHYHU 8 E C P
the same species as the face:
SPECIES of manufacturer’s choice, closed grain hardwood 8 For TRANSPARENT FINISH:
6 FRQIRUPLQJWR$16,+3+$+3ODWHVW(GLWLRQGH¿QLWLRQVDQG
8 Permits hardwood or softwood. E C P
characteristics for:
8 Permits only one species for the entire project. E C P
6 Grade' E C P
8 3URKLELWV¿QJHUMRLQWV E C P
6 Grade& E C P
Requires adhesive, used for laminating, to be
6 Grade% E C P 8
selected for color to avoid a prominent glue line.
E C P
7 )RU75$163$5(17),1,6+ 9(1((5:
Requires lumber (including block segments or
8 5 veneer of laminated material) and sheet products to E C P
SPECIES of manufacturer’s choice, hardwood conforming to ANSI/ be compatible in color and grain.
7
+3+$+3ODWHVW(GLWLRQGH¿QLWLRQVDQGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRU
Requires lumber (including block segments or
7 Grade% E C P veneer of laminated material) to be well matched for
7 Grade$ E C P 8 6 FRORUDQGJUDLQVKHHWSURGXFWVVKDOOEHFRPSDWLEOH E

C P
7 Grade$$ E C P in color with solid stock, and adjacent sheet
7 SLICING of: products shall be well matched for color and grain.
7 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P Requires radius frames to be constructed of
laminated plies or core veneered.
7 Plain sliced. E C P
7 MATCHING $'-$&(17/($9(6 be: 8 7 E C P
7 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P
7 Book matching. E C P
7 0$7&+,1*:,7+,13$1(/)$&( be:
Requires INTERSECTIONS of radius and straight
7 Running. E C P 8 8 members to be splined or half lapped, securely E C P
7 Balance. E C P glued, and mechanically fastened.
7 5 0$7&+,1*%(7:((1$'-$&(173$1(/6 be: 8 9 At %/2&./$0,1$7,21
7 5 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P Requires segments to be cut from the same
8 9 E C P
7 5 Compatible for color and grain. E C P board, when practical.
7 5 Well matched for color and grain. E C P 8 9 Requires segment joints to be staggered.
END, SEQUENCE, and BLUE PRINT MATCHING shall be Requires adjacent segment ends to have a
7 5 8 9 E C P
VSHFL¿HG similar grain angle.

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
8 EXPOSED SURFACES (continued) DOOR and :,1'2:)5$0(6 (continued)
8 For TRANSPARENT FINISH (continued) PLOUGHED STYLE with T-stop, shall be:
8 At 9(1((5/$0,1$7,216 Minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness. E C P
Requires exposed layers to be resawn from the Minimum of 1-1/16” (27 mm) in thickness. E C P
8 E C P
same or matched boards. Stops shall be minimum 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness
E C P
Requires veneer layers to be reassembled in the set in 1/4” (6 mm) groove.
8 E C P
same order and orientation as cut. SPLIT STYLE with T-stop, shall be:
Have visible EDGES, 5(9($/6, and/or SPLINES, when Minimum of 11/16” (17 mm) in thickness at thin
8

appropriate, that are: E C P
member.
8 Full length. Minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness. E C P
8 Manufacturers’ choice. E C P 5 9(1((5('&216758&7,21
8 Match species of panel face. E C P 5 Shall be of the same species.
8 Compatible for color and grain. E C P Is permitted for use only in climate controlled environments,
8 5 Well matched for color and grain. E C P
A minimum of 0.020” (0.5 mm) nominal thickness
5
8 6 E C P
that precludes show through of core. and face veneer shall:
9 6(0,(;326('685)$&(6 5 %HRIVXI¿FLHQWWKLFNQHVVWRSURKLELWVKRZWKURXJK
OPAQUE¿QLVKSHUPLWVQDWXUDODQGPDQXIDFWXULQJGHIHFWVSURYLGHG Extend over the edgebands when edgebands
9
WKHVXUIDFHLV¿OOHGVROLG exceed 1/8” (3.2 mm) in thickness.
5 E C P

&21&($/('685)$&(6
3HUPLWVYRLGVZDQHDQGXQ¿OOHGNQRWV
Requires blocking or shims to be of a compatible material.
FLAME SPREAD RATING shall be of the manufacturer’s permitted
6 design and construction in conforming with the requirements of their
DOOR and :,1'2:)5$0(6 applicable labeling service.
FLAT STYLE cased opening or with applied stop, shall be:
Minimum of 11/16” (17 mm) in thickness. E C P SASH:
Minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness. E C P LUMBER SPECIES shall be:
Minimum of 1-1/16” (27 mm) in thickness at cased Pine, Fir, Hemlock, or Larch. E C P
E C P
opening. 01/01/15 Idaho White Pine, Northern White Pine, American
E C P
Stops shall be 3/8” (9 mm) in thickness. E C P or African Mahogany, or Douglas Fir.
5 Stops shall be 1/2” (13 mm) in thickness. E C P Ponderosa and Sugar Pine,Teak (except at
RABBETED STYLE shall be: opaque finish), American Mahogany, White Oak, or E C P
Western Red Cedar.
Minimum of 1-1/16” (27 mm) in thickness. E C P
Shall be a minimum of 1-3/8” (35 mm) in thickness. E C P
Shall be a minimum of 1-3/4” (44 mm) in thickness. E C P
May require the minimum thickness to be different than this standard
in consideration of the size of the window and the applicable codes.

SECTION6
Millwork
%/,1'6DQG6+877(56 6&5((16
LUMBER SPECIES shall be: Shall be solid lumber.
Pine, Fir, Hemlock, or Larch. E C P LUMBER SPECIES shall be:
Idaho White Pine, Northern White Pine, American Pine, Fir, Hemlock, or Larch. E C P
E C P
or African Mahogany, or Douglas Fir. Idaho White Pine, Northern White Pine, American
E C P
Ponderosa and Sugar Pine,Teak (except at or African Mahogany, or Douglas Fir.
opaque finish), American Mahogany, White Oak, or E C P Ponderosa and Sugar Pine,Teak (except at
Western Red Cedar. opaque finish), American Mahogany, White Oak, or E C P

STILES and RAILS shall be: Western Red Cedar.
Solid stock. FRAME THICKNESS shall be:
Minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness. Manufacturers’ choice. E C P
PANELS: Minimum of 3/4” (19 mm). E C P
FLAT shall be: Minimum of 1” (25 mm). E C P
62/,':22' FRAME PARTS shall be coped:
Minimum 1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness and Not required. E C P
maximum 23-3/4” (603 mm) across the grain E C P With mortise and tenon, slot mortise and tenon, or
in width. E C P
doweled joinery.
Minimum 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness and With haunched blind mortise and tenon or doweled
maximum 13-3/4” (350 mm) across the grain E C P E C P
joinery.
in width.
With half lap joints permitted at intersecting
E C P

Not permitted. E C P muntins.
SHEET352'8&7 SCREEN MOLD shall be of sufficient thickness and width to cover

Minimum 1/4” (6.4 mm) in thickness. E C P wire edges.
Minimum 1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness. E C P 5 :,5(&/27+ shall be:
RAISED shall be: 5 Nylon or fiberglass mesh. E C P
62/,':22' 5 Aluminum or bronze wire (18 x 14 mesh). E C P
Permitted in any dimension. E C P 5 Bronze wire (18 x 14 mesh). E C P
Minimum 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness and 5 Secured
maximum in width 13-3/4” (350 mm) across E C P 5 At manufacturers’ option. E C P
the grain.
At a maximum of 3” (76 mm) on center with
Not permitted. E C P 5 E C P
staples.
9(1((5(' By force into a kerf by use of a spline or a
5 E C P
Minimum 1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness. E C P projecting bead.
Minimum 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness. E C P
CLOSET and UTILITY 6+(/9,1*
Shall be one type of material for each project:
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF), particleboard,
E C P
or veneer core product.
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF), particleboard
E C P
with UV filled coating, or veneer core product.
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF), thermoset
E C P
overlay on particleboard, or veneer core product.

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
0DWHULDO5XOHV 0DFKLQLQJ5XOHV
S From previous column EXPOSED SURFACES shall comply with:
CLOSET and UTILITY 6+(/9,1* (continued) SMOOTHNESS REQUIREMENTS (see SMOOTHNESS in TESTS),

and:
Shelf thickness shall be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm).
Sharp edges shall be eased with a fine abrasive. E C P
Wood shelf rods shall be a minimum of 1-3/8” (34.9 mm) in
723)/$7:22' surfaces, those that can be sanded with a
diameter.
drum or wide belt sander, with:
Ends and back cleats shall be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) thick by:
Minimum 15 KCPI or 100 grit sanding. E C P
3-1/2” (89 mm) wide when receiving a clothes rod or hooks.
120 grit sanding. E C P

PROFILED and/or 6+$3(':22' surfaces require:
1-1/2” (38 mm) wide when not receiving a clothes rod or hooks. 120 grit sanding. E C P
7851(':22' surfaces require:
5 CROSS SANDING, excluding turned surfaces, require:
GLASS:
5 Is not a defect. E C P
6KDOOFRQIRUPWRDSSOLFDEOHFRGHVDQGUHJXODWLRQVWKHVHVWDQGDUGV
5 Is not allowed. E C P
shall not supersede such regulations.
TEAR OUTS, knife nicks, or hit or miss machining is not

Safety type, shall conform to the Consumer Product Safety 6
permitted.
Commission’s Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials.
7 KNIFE MARKS are not permitted where sanding is required.
3XWW\VKDOOFRQIRUPWR)HGHUDO6SHFL¿FDWLRQ773D
GLUE or FILLER, if used, shall be inconspicuous and match the
Clear, single strength, shall be furnished within the appropriate size 8
adjacent surface for smoothness.
OLPLWDWLRQKRZHYHU
When required because of limitations, double strength shall be
HPDL, 39&, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges shall be machined
furnished.
ÀXVKDQG¿OHGVDQGHGRUEXIIHGWRUHPRYHPDFKLQHPDUNVDQG
Obscure type, shall be roll figured sheet glass, 1/8” (3.2 mm) in sharp edges, and:
5 thickness, of standard pattern set with the smooth side facing the
29(5/$3 (See Test F illustrations in TESTS) such as
exterior or corridor, unless otherwise specified.
Wire type, whether polished or obscure, shall be 1/4” (6.4 mm) in F
6
thickness.
F
7 Float type, shall be 1/4” (6.4mm) in thickness.
shall not exceed:
Beveled type, at exterior openings, shall be set with the beveled
8 0.005” (0.13 mm) for a maximum length of 2”
face to the outside. E C P
(50.8 mm) in any 12” (305 mm) run.
Leaded or zinc cane installation, shall have the individual light
0.005” (0.13 mm) for a maximum length of 1”
carefully fitted together with cane intersections neatly soldered and E C P
9 (25.4 mm) in any 24” (610 mm) run.
the whole assembly watertight. Reinforcing bars shall be provided
where necessary. 0.003” (0.08 mm) for a maximum length of 1”
E C P
(25.4 mm) in any 48” (1220 mm) run.
Insulating units shall have the panes hermetically sealed and

separated by a dehydrated air space. &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
When FACTORY FINISHING is specified, concealed

E C P
surfaces shall be factory sealed at 1 mil dry.

SECTION6
Millwork
0DFKLQLQJ5XOHV 0DFKLQLQJ5XOHV
EXPOSED SURFACES (continued) SOLID MACHINED and BLOCK LAMINATED members shall be
divided to minimize the exposure of cross grain in the face of the
HPDL, 39&, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges (continued)
member, and:
CHIP OUT (See Test G illustrations in TESTS) such as
Angle of grain at the face of the curved member shall
G not exceed 30 degrees, unless a small part size
requires otherwise.
o
30
E C P
90
o

Unacceptable Acceptable
shall be inconspicuous when viewed at: INTERSECTIONS at radius and straight members shall be splined or

72” (1829 mm). E C P half lapped, securely glued, and mechanically fastened.
48” (1220 mm). E C P

DADOES shall completely house the male member throughout the
24” (610 mm). E C P 5
entire length of the joint.
29(50$&+,1('(See Test H illustrations in TESTS) removal of
color or pattern of face material such as,
6 67$1',1* 5811,1*75,0
For EXTERIOR application, 5-1/4” (133.4 mm) and wider shall
6 require kerfing, 1/8” (3.2 mm) wide by 1/4” (6.4 mm) deep, a

maximum of 1-1/2” (38.1 mm) on center.

H 7 :,1'2:)5$0(6
7 Shall have a drip groove on the underside of the sill.
Shall have stiles and/or rails machined for cords, balances, and
7
shall be limited to: other operating hardware as required, and:
3/32” x 6” (2.4 mm x 152 mm) and may not occur 7 Stop profile shall be of manufacturer’s choice.
E C P
within 48” (1220 mm) of a similar occurrence.
1/32” x 4” (0.8 mm x 102 mm) and may not occur 8 SASH:
E C P
within 60” (1524 mm) of a similar occurrence. 8 Stile and rail profile shall be of manufacturer’s choice.
1/32” x 1-1/2” (0.8 mm x 38.1 mm) and may For awning type, stiles and rails shall be machined to accommodate
8
not occur within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar E C P the type of hardware specified and shall be prefit, ready to install.
occurrence. For circle, gothic, or irregular type, conform to square head
8
construction with irregular joints splined, slot mortised, or doweled.
TRIMDSSOLHGRQÀDWVXUIDFHVVKDOOKDYHWKHUHYHUVHVLGH 8 Shall have bottom rails beveled to fit slope of sill.
E C P
backed out.
Door and window trim over 2” (50.8 mm) in width with 9 SCREENS shall
E C P
non exposed ends shall be backed out.
9 Be of mortise and tenon, slot mortise, or doweled construction.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T Have wire cloth stretched taut and securely attached to the frame or
9
rolled into a kerf rabbeted frame.

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
0DFKLQLQJ5XOHV $VVHPEO\5XOHV
S From previous column 7KHVHVWDQGDUGVGRQRWHVWDEOLVK*UDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVVDQG
or gap tolerances for woodwork products installed in a non climate
9 SCREENS (continued) FRQWUROOHGHQYLURQPHQWKRZHYHU
9 Have molds neatly mitered and securely attached to the frame.
3ULRUWRLQVWDOODWLRQWKHÀXVKQHVVDQGRUJDSWROHUDQFHVRIZRRGZRUN
9 Be of manufacturer’s choice frame width and profile. products intended for non climate controlled environments shall meet
the test requirements herein.
BLINDS and SHUTTERS:
Shall be of mortise and tenon, or doweled construction. JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. shall:
Slats shall overhang each other a minimum of 1/8” (3.2 mm), and: Be neatly and accurately made.
STATIONARY SLATS shall be mortised into stiles and set at an Be securely glued, with:

angle 45 to 60 degrees from horizontal, and: Adhesive residue removed from exposed and semi-exposed

Round edge slats shall be set in routed slot. surfaces.
Be reinforced with glue blocks where essential.
Utilize clamp nail, biscuit spline, butterfly, scarf, or

E C P
dowel joinery.
5 Utilize biscuit spline, butterfly, scarf, or dowel joinery. E C P
Be MECHANICALLY FASTENED with nails or screws, where
6
practical, with fasteners:
Flat edge slats shall be set in dado slot. E C P 6 Countersunk.
Flat edge slats shall be set in dado slot with 6 Located in molding quirks or reliefs where possible. E C P
molding applied to face rails to cover dado.
NOT PERMIT visible fasteners at exposed surfaces of sheet
7
products.

E C P Require )/86+1(669$5,$7,216 at exposed surfaces (See Test
D illustrations in TESTS), when mitered or butted, such as
8 D D
D
029$%/(6/$76 shall pivot on a wood, metal, or nylon dowel,
and:
not to exceed at:
8 Wood to wood:

8 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P
8 0.007” (0.18 mm). E C P
8 0.005” (0.13 mm). E C P
8 Non wood to non wood:
Pivot pins for damp coastal climates shall be nylon, stainless 8 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P

steel, or brass. 8 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
Have a vertical control bar set to movable slats with curved 8 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P

staples to allow movement.
251$0(17$/0,//:25.
Permits cut sawn edges at scroll work.
Requires turnings to be clean, cut, sanded, and well matched for

alignment.

SECTION6
Millwork
$VVHPEO\5XOHV $VVHPEO\5XOHV
JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. (continued) JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. (continued)
Allow GAPS at exposed surface (see Test A illustrations in TESTS), Allows use of FILLER:
when mitered or butted, such as, If inconspicuous when viewed at 36” (914 mm). E C P
If inconspicuous when viewed at 24” (610 mm). E C P
127$//2:(' E C P
9 A
A
FLATNESS or :$53 of installed and removable sheet products (see
Test E illustrations in TESTS) such as

not to exceed:
9 0.025” (0.64 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P
9 0.015” (0.38 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P E E

Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints of parallel members (See Test
B illustrations in TESTS), such as

shall not to exceed grade tolerance listed for 12” (303 mm) diagonal,
width and/or length or as lineal ratio (not geometric ratio) thereof.
B Example, twice the grade tolerance listed for 24” (610 mm), three times
the tolerance for 36” (914 mm):
B
0.045” (1.1 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P
not to exceed:

0.025” x 9” (0.64 mm x 229 mm) shall not occur 0.020” (0.5 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P
within 48” (1219 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P
joint.
APPLIED MOLDINGS shall be spot glued and mechanically fastened.
0.015” x 6” (0.38 mm x 152 mm) shall not occur
within 60” (1524 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P
5 MITER JOINTS and CAPSVKDOOEHZHOO¿WWHGDQGFOHDQHG
joint.
STILE and RAIL ASSEMBLIES shall be built up in units as large as
within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P 6
practical, and:
joint.
Members shall be mortised and tenoned, doweled, or
Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints (See Test C illustrations in 6 E C P
splined.
TESTS) when mitered or butted, such as
C SHEET and LAMINATED LUMBER PANELS shall be allowed to move,

7
ÀRDWH[SDQGRUFRQWUDFWLQUHDFWLRQWRDPELHQWKXPLGLW\FKDQJHV

BUILT UP ITEMS shall be soundly fabricated with half lapped, mitered,

8
C shoulder mitered, tongued, or equivalent construction.
not to exceed at: &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P
0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork

:,1'2:)5$0(6
9 67$1',1* 5811,1*75,0 shall require:
Radius moldings to be glued up for length in the With molded edges, other than square or with 1/16”
9 E C P
E C P
longest practical lengths. (1.6 mm) or more in radius, shall have mitered joints.
With transom bars shall have them dadoed into side jambs.
([WHULRUWULPWREHIXUQLVKHGDVPDWHULDORQO\LWHPVUHTXLUHGWREH
9
assembled shall be so specified. With square edge members shall have the heads and sills dadoed to

receive side jambs, or vice versa.
DOOR FRAMES With glazed openings shall be trimmed on both sides with wood
VWRSVKRZHYHURQHVLGHVKDOOEHUHPRYDEOHDQGWKHremovable stop
Flame spread rated shall be of the manufacturer’s standard design
shall be on exterior side of exterior frames, with:

and construction, conforming to the requirements of their applicable
labeling service. Stops shipped loose as material only. E C P
With molded edges, other than square or with 1/16” Stops shipped in properly labeled sets, cut to size. E C P
E C P
(1.6 mm) or more in radius, shall have mitered joints. Stops tacked in place. E C P
With square heads shall have: 5 Shall include sills and applied exterior trim.
Jambs furnished machined KD (knocked down). Shall have stiles and/or rails machined for cords, balances, and
6
6WRSVFXWWRDSSUR[LPDWHOHQJWKKRZHYHUQRWPLWHUHGRUFRSHG other operating hardware as required.

Heads and sills dadoed to receive side jambs, or vice versa. Shall have, at opaque finished exterior applications,
7 E C P
With side jambs shall be dadoed into the sills and heads. the sill and jamb dadoes coated with mastic.
5 With transom bars shall have them dadoed into side jambs. 8 Shall include machining for:
6 With mullions shall have them dadoed into sills and heads. Operating hardware (if templates or a physical sample is provided
8 SULRUWRVKRSGUDZLQJSUHSDUDWLRQKRZHYHULWLVQRWUHTXLUHGWR
For exterior opaque finished applications, shall have
7 E C P be furnished or installed.

sill and jamb dadoes coated with mastic.
Weather stripping (provided templates or a physical sample is
8 Shall be shipped:
8 SURYLGHGSULRUWRVKRSGUDZLQJSUHSDUDWLRQKRZHYHULWLVQRW
8 As oversize material for installer cutting and joinery. E C P required to be furnished or installed.
As appropriately labeled pre-sized sets with Sash balances (provided templates or a physical sample is
8 E C P
premachined joinery. 8 SURYLGHGSULRUWRVKRSGUDZLQJSUHSDUDWLRQKRZHYHULWLVQRW
As pre-sized, built up assemblies in as large as required to be furnished or installed.
8 practical sections for safe transportation and E C P Shall not include machining for non operating hardware, such as
installation, with: 9 locking devices, pulls, lifts, etc., nor is it required to be furnished or
8 Joints glued and fit tight, true, and secure. E C P installed.
9 At radius heads When glass is furnished and installed, it shall be bedded in a glazing
9 Jambs shall be furnished assembled. E C P compound prior to the installation of a face compound or wood bead,
and:
9 Curved stops and casing shall be attached to frame. E C P
Glazing materials and the method of glazing are optional.
Joints at intersection of radius and straight
9 E C P Glass shall be cut slightly scant to prevent binding and set so as
members shall be splined or half lapped.
to prevent shifting.
Glazier’s points shall be spaced a maximum of 16” (406 mm) on

center with a minimum of one on each edge of each light.
Bedding of glass is required. E C P
When putty (excluding primeless putty or glazing compound)
5 is used, glass rabbets shall be primed with linseed oil before
glazing.

SECTION6
Millwork
SASH At251$0(17$/0,//:25. (continued)
Half lap joints are permitted at intersecting muntins, and: SHEET PRODUCTS (continued)
Bar and muntin alignment shall: With LOOSE JOINTS between sections require:
Be at right angles to each other and to the sash member. No preparation. E C P
Align with each other vertically and horizontally. Manufacturer preparation, utilizing mortise and
E C P
Align with similar members on the adjoining sash. tenon, dowel, or spline joinery.
Mullions shall be dadoed into heads and sills. Manufacturer assembly (if practical), utilizing
E C P
mortise and tenon, dowel, or spline joinery.
At double glazed units requires one stop to be left loose for

5 With OUTSIDE CORNERS require:
finishing.
If glass is furnished and installed, it shall conform to the 5 No preparation. E C P

requirements set herein. Manufacturer prepared and shipped loose for
5 E C P
installer fitting.
BLINDS and SHUTTERS: Manufacturer prepared, glued, and braced (if
5 E C P
Require dadoed or equivalent joinery. practical).
6 With INSIDE CORNERS require:
SCREENS require: 6 No preparation. E C P
They be assembled under pressure and pinned. 6 Shipped oversize for installer fitting. E C P
With APPLIED MOLDINGS, contained wholly within an individual
7
251$0(17$/0,//:25. item or used as rim or panel retention members, require:
Woodwork shall be manufacturer sized except where installer 7 Mitered corners.


adjustments are required. 7 No preparation. E C P
Column fabrication for opaque finish shall allow finger joints, with:
Manufacturer application with spot glue and
Maximum of one per 96” (2400 mm) or portion thereof in any
7 E C P

finish nails.
individual member. Manufacturer application with spot glue, finish
Joints offset a minimum of 3” (76 mm) from adjacent joints.
7 E C P
nails, and:
Joints perpendicular to the face of the column resulting in the 7 Filled and sanded.

appearance of a single horizontal line with column upright. 8 With +,6725,&:25. requires:
Compliance Tests C and Flushness shall apply to such joints.
Repairs to be of the same machining, joinery, and assembly
8
SHEET PRODUCTS methods as original, reversible adhesives, etc.
Of SOLID LUMBER shall be: New work match existing, except when hand made non
Edge glued for width. E C P 8 uniform profiles occur, a similar profile shall be selected by the
Maximum 10” (254 mm) in width. E C P design professional.
Not permitted. E C P &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
With RAISED PANEL RIMS:
Mitered and glued to sheet product body. E C P
Mitered, splined, or doweled to sheet product
E C P
body.
With PANEL PRODUCT CENTERS require:
No edge treatment. E C P
Edge covered by veneer or concealed by
E C P
molding.

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
At0,6&(//$1(2860,//:25. such as: At0,6&(//$1(2860,//:25. (continued)
'(&25$7,9(6816&5((16 or /289(56 shall be soundly con- 5 &/26(7 87,/,7<6+(/9,1* (continued)

structed, with: Exposed edges of sheet good cleats and shelves are defined as
5
All members dadoed together and, where design permits, assem- visible in normal use position, and:

bled in the mill. 5 Do not require edge work. E C P
BOXED BEAMS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, SEATS, BENCHES, Shall be edgebanded to match face with edges
5 E C P
and overhead TRELLISES shall be soundly constructed, with: eased, and:
Tongued, shoulder mitered, mortised and tenoned, or doweled 5 Sequence of lamination is optional. E C P

MRLQWVVHFXUHO\JOXHGQDLOHGDQGUHLQIRUFHGZLWKJOXHEORFNVRU
5 Adjoining adjustable shelves shall have ends edgebanded.
metal brackets, as appropriate.
5 When miter folded, shall have no open gaps, and:
67$9('&2/8016 or 1(:(/6 shall be of lock joint, tongue, or
5 Shall be filed or sanded just enough to remove sharpness.
spline construction and securely glued with:
Caps and bases furnished loose. Gaps between the end of the shelf and the wall
up to 1/4” (6.4 mm) are allowed.
HANDRAILS and CROOKS shall be furnished mill cut and doweled

unless jobsite conditions dictate otherwise.
5 &/26(7 87,/,7<6+(/9,1* shall have:

5 5 E C P
5 Shelves and dividers furnished:
5 Unassembled.
5 &XWWRZLGWKLQOHQJWKVVXLWDEOHIRULQVWDOOHU¿WWLQJ
5 Cleats furnished as lineal footage.

5 Shelves with unsupported length exceeding 36” (914 mm) shall: Ends of shelves held more than 1/4” (6.4 mm)
5 Be a minimum of 1” (25.4 mm) in thickness, or: away from a wall shall be edgebanded.
Have a minimum 3/4” x 2” (19 mm x 51 mm) applied
frontdrop edge.
5 5 6 E C P

SECTION6
Millwork
35(3$5$7,21and QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS PREPARATION and QUALIFICATION (continued
&$5(6725$*(and BUILDING CONDITIONS shall be in ,167$//(5,65(63216,%/()25

compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 2 of these
standards. 3.1 Having adequate equipment and experienced craftsmen to
complete the installation in a first class manner.
1.1 Severe damage to the woodwork can result from
noncompliance. The manufacturer and/or installer of the 3.2 &KHFNLQJDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVSHFL¿HGDQGVWXG\LQJWKH
woodwork shall not be held responsible for damage that might appropriate portions of the contract documents, including
develop by not adhering to the requirements. these standards and the reviewed shop drawings to
familiarize themselves with the requirements of the Grade
&2175$&725,65(63216,%/()25 VSHFL¿HGXQGHUVWDQGLQJWKDW
2.1 Furnishing and installing structural members, grounds, in 3.2.1 Appearance requirements of Grades apply only to surfaces

wall blocking, backing, furring, brackets, or other anchorage visible after installation.
required for architectural woodwork installation that
becomes an integral part of walls, floors, or ceilings to which 3.2.2 For transparent finish, special attention needs to be given
architectural woodwork, such as wall applied surfacing, to the color and the grain of the various woodwork pieces
standing and running trim, wall mounted shelf standards and to ensure they are installed in compliance with the Grade
door/window frames shall be installed. specified.
2.1.1 In the absence of contract documents calling for the 3.3 Verification that installation site is properly ventilated,
contractor to supply the necessary in wall blocking/backing protected from direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture,
in the wall or ceilings, either through inadvertence or and that the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the
otherwise, the architectural woodwork installer shall not appropriate relative humidity and temperature.
proceed with the installation until such time as the in wall
blocking/backing is installed by others. 3.4 Verification that required priming of woodwork has been
completed by others before woodwork is installed.
2.1.2 Preparatory work done by others shall be subject to

inspection by the architectural woodwork installer and may 3.5 Verification that woodwork has been acclimated to the field
be accepted or rejected for cause prior to installation. conditions for a minimum of 72 hours before installation is
commenced.
2.1.2.1 :$//&(,/,1* and/or opening variations in
excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of 3.6 Woodwork specifically built or assembled in sequence for
1/2” (12.7 mm) in 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb, match of color and grain is installed to maintain that same
level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size are sequence.
not acceptable for the installation of architectural
woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the installer to
scribe or fit to tolerances in excess of such.
2.1.3 Installation site being properly ventilated, protected from 58/(6
direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture, and that
the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the 1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract
appropriate relative humidity and temperature. documents require otherwise.
2.2 Priming the architectural woodwork in accordance with the 2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of
contract documents prior to its installation: control over a project’s quality of installation.
2.2.1 If the architectural woodwork is factory finished, priming by 3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at
the factory finisher is required. www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall
7$.(35(&('(1&(29(57+(6(58/(6, subject to their
date of posting and a project’s bid date.

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
%DVLF5XOHV %DVLF5XOHV
AESTHETIC grade rules apply only to exposed and semi-exposed S From previous column

5 :22':25. (continued)
TRANSPARENT FINISHED woodwork shall be: 5 Installed free of:
Installed with consideration for color and grain. E C P 5 Warp, twisting, cupping, and/or bowing that cannot be held true.
Compatible in color and grain. E C P Open joints, visible machine marks, cross sanding, tear outs,
5
nicks, chips, and/or scratches.
Well matched for color and grain, and: E C P
1DWXUDOGHIHFWVH[FHHGLQJWKHTXDQWLW\DQGRUVL]HOLPLWVGH¿QHG
Sheet products shall be compatible in color with 5
E C P in Sections 3 & 4.
solid stock.
Smooth and sanded without cross scratches in conformance to the

Adjacent sheet products shall be well matched for 5
E C P product portion of this section.
color and grain.
5 Scribed at:
REPAIRS are allowed, provided they are made neatly and are 5 Flat surfaces. E C P

inconspicuous when viewed at: 5 Shaped surfaces. E C P
72” (1830 mm). E C P
48” (1219 mm). E C P THESE STANDARDSGRQRWHVWDEOLVK*UDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVV
24” (610 mm). E C P
6 and or gap tolerances for woodwork products installed in a non climate
controlled environment, however:
INSTALLER MODIFICATIONS shall comply to the material, machining,

GAPS DW¿HOGMRLQWV(see Test I illustrations in TESTS) such as,
and assembly rules within the PRODUCT portion of this section and, if
applicable, the finishing rules in Section 5. I
I

5 :22':25. shall be: 7
I
5 6HFXUHO\IDVWHQHGDQGWLJKWO\¿WWHGZLWKÀXVKMRLQWVDQG I
5 Joinery shall be consistent throughout the project.
5 Of maximum available and/or practical lengths. E C P and:
5 Trimmed equally from both sides when fitted for width. E C P Not be considered a defect or the responsibility of the installer if
Splined or doweled when miters are over 4” (100 mm) caused by excessive deviations in the building’s walls and ceilings
5 E C P 7 being in excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm])in 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb,
long.
level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size, or 1/2” (12.7 mm)
5 5 3UR¿OHGRUVHOIPLWHUHGZKHQWULPHQGVDUHH[SRVHG E C P
IRUÀRRUV
5 6 Self mitered when trim ends are exposed. E C P
7 Not exceed 30% of a joint’s length and:
5 7 Mitered at outside corners.
7 Be allowed if filled or caulked, and: E C P
5 8 Mitered or butted for S4S at inside corners. E C P
7 If color compatible. E C P
5 9 Coped at inside corners, except S4S shall be mitered. E C P
7 At :22' to :22' shall not exceed:
,QVWDOOHGSOXPEOHYHOVTXDUHDQGÀDWZLWKLQ´PPLQ´
5 7 At FLAT surfaces:
(2438 mm), and when required:
7 0.030” (0.76 mm) in width. E C P
5 Grounds and hanging systems set plumb and true. E C P
7 0.020” (0.51 mm) in width. E C P
7 0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. E C P

SECTION6
Millwork
7 GAPS (see Test I illustrations in TESTS) (continued) 8 FLUSHNESS of joinery (continued)
7 At :22' to :22' (continued) 8 Of :22' to 121:22' shall not exceed:
7 At SHAPED surfaces: 8 At FLAT and SHAPED surfaces:
7 0.040” (1.02 mm) in width. E C P 8 0.075" (1.91 mm). E C P
7 0.025” (0.64 mm) in width. E C P 8 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P
7 At :22' to 121:22' shall not exceed: Of 121:22' to 121:22' and/or ALL ELEMENTS shall not
8
7 At FLAT and SHAPED surfaces: exceed:

7 0.075" (1.91 mm) in width. E C P 8 At FLAT surfaces: 01/01/15
7 0.035" (0.89 mm) in width. E C P 8 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P
At 121:22' to 121:22' and/or ALL ELEMENTS shall not 8 0.035" (0.89 mm). E C P
7 5
exceed: 8 At SHAPED surfaces: 01/01/15
7 5 At FLAT surfaces: 8 0.120" (3.05 mm). E C P

7 5 0.075" (1.91 mm) in width. E C P 8 0.075” (1.91 mm) E C P
7 5 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P 8 0.050" (1.27 mm). E C P
7 5 0.035" (0.89 mm) in width. E C P
7 5 At SHAPED surfaces: 9 FASTENING and FASTENERS shall:
7 5 0.120" (3.05 mm) in width. E C P ,QFOXGHWKHXVHRIFRQVWUXFWLRQDGKHVLYH¿QLVKQDLOVWULPVFUHZV

9
pins and/or staples, except:

7 5 0.075” (1.91 mm) in width. E C P
9 Staples with a crown exceeding 3/16” (4.8 mm) are not permitted.
7 5 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P
9 Not permit the use of drywall or bugle head screws.
FLUSHNESS of field joinery (see Test J illustrations in TESTS) such as, 9 Require exposed fasteners to be countersunk.
Require exposed fasteners to be set in quirks and
J 9 E C P
reliefs where possible.
8
Require exposed fasteners to be inconspicuous when
J 9 5
viewed at 24” (610 mm).
E C P
and: 9 6 Allow use of construction adhesive for inconspicuous fastening.

8 Of :22' to :22' shall not exceed: 9 7 Not permit exposed fastening through decorative laminate.
8 At FLAT surfaces: 9 8 REQUIRE allowable fastener holes, when:
8 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P 3UH¿QLVKHGPDWHULDOVWREH¿OOHGE\WKHLQVWDOOHUZLWKPDWFKLQJ
9 8
8 0.015" (0.38 mm). E C P ¿OOHUIXUQLVKHGE\WKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
8 0.010" (0.25 mm). 9 8 8Q¿QLVKHGPDWHULDOVWREH¿OOHGE\WKHSDLQWFRQWUDFWRURURWKHUV
E C P
8 At SHAPED surfaces:
GLUE and filler residue is not permitted on exposed faces.
8 0.040” (0.97 mm). E C P
8 0.025” (0.65 mm). E C P &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
8 0.020” (0.51 mm). E C P

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
%DVLF5XOHV 3URGXFW6SHFLÀF5XOHV
EQUIPMENT CUTOUTS, including electrical and plumbing, shall be cut CLOSET RODS shall be supported at a minimum of 48” (1219 mm) on

out by the installer, provided templates are furnished prior to installa- center.
tion, and:
Shall be neatly cut and properly sized to be covered by standard '225 :,1'2:FRAMES shall:

cover plates or rosettes. Have rough wood bucks secured at openings.
Cutouts in HPDL shall have radiused inside corners. Be set plumb.
+$5':$5( shall be: %HVHDWHGRQWKHÀRRU
Installed neatly without tear out of surrounding stock. E C P Be securely fastened through shims into the framing.

Installed per manufacturer’s instructions. 5 Have LEGS set square with header and parallel to each other within:
Installed using furnished fasteners and fasteners’ provisions. When 5 3/16” (4.8 mm). E C P

fastener provisions are countersunk, fasteners shall be countersunk. 5 1/8” (3.2 mm). E C P
Adjusted for smooth operation, within limits of the specified 5 1/16” (1.6 mm).
E C P
hardware.
6 Allow horns to be removed before installation.
AREAS OF INSTALLATION shall be left broom clean. 5HTXLUH¿UHGRRUIUDPHVWREHLQVWDOOHGSHUWKHPDQXIDFWXUHUV¶EDVLF

7
instructions.
Debris shall be removed and dumped in containers provided by the
Not permit prehung and pre-cased door/jamb
contractor. 8 E C P
assemblies that are fastened only through the casing.
Items installed shall be cleaned of pencil or ink marks.
BLINDS and SHUTTERS

If installed in a frame, screen, blind, or shutter, shall have a
standards.

maximum clearance of 1/8” (3.2 mm) at all sides and be set
uniformly within 1/8” (3.2 mm) of the frame face.
5 SCREENS
If installed in a frame, screen, blind, or shutter, shall have a
3URGXFW6SHFLÀF5XOHV 5 maximum clearance of 1/8” (3.2 mm) at all sides and be set
uniformly within 1/8” (3.2 mm) of the frame face.
STANDING and RUNNING TRIM shall require:
Running joints be diagonal scarf or butted, if butted
E C P 6 251$0(17$/0,//:25.
must use a dowel biscuit spline or spline.
Wood filler strip to cover a maximum of 1-1/2” (38
Running joints on multimember trim be staggered from 6 E C P
E C P mm).
adjacent members.
6 Scribe/fillers securely fastened with trim screws. E C P
Large, one piece or multimember moldings be installed with back
Scribe/fillers securely fastened with sheet goods
blocking as needed. 6 E C P
adhesive, face nails, or pins.
MULTIPLE JOINTS in running trim shall not be within:
Exposed surface scribed to the wall with a scribe strip,
24” (609 mm). E C P 6 E C P
1/32” (0.8 mm) maximum gap.
36” (914 mm). E C P
48” (1220 mm). E C P
5 Base be scribed to the floor, only if so specified: however:
5 If not scribed it shall be caulked. E C P
Miters over 4” (102 mm) long be joined with spline,
6 E C P
dowel, or biscuit spline.

SECTION6
Millwork
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
1 The tolerances typically found within the AWS fall into two 5.1.1 KCPI (Knife Cuts Per Inch) is determined by holding the
categories: surfaced board at an angle to a strong light source and
counting the visible ridges per inch, usually perpendicular
1.1 Factory fabricated joinery, assembly and construction - found to the profile.
1.2 Field installation joinery and assembly - found in the

INSTALLATION portion.
2 Most fabrication and installation assemblies include solid wood Knife Cuts
to solid wood joints, solid wood to wood veneer joints, solid wood
to wood based products (HPDL, LPDL, Solid Phenolic and panel

products), solid wood to non-wood based products (which can
be drywall, glass, metal, stone, acrylics, and other surfaces), and
non-wood to non-wood joints. Figure: 6-054
5.1.2 6$1',1* is checked for compliance by sanding a

3 Tolerances found in the AWS include: sample piece of the same species with the required grit of
abrasive, and:

5.1.2.1 Observation with a hand lens of the prepared sample
and the material in question will offer a comparison of
3.3 Solid wood to wood veneer joints and assemblies. the scratch marks of the abrasive grit.
3.4 Wood veneer to wood veneer joints and assemblies. 5.1.2.2 Reasonable assessment of the performance of the
finished product will be weighed against absolute
3.5 Solid wood to wood based product joints and assemblies. compliance with the standard.

3.6 Solid surface to solid surface joints and assemblies. 5.1.2.3 A product is sanded sufficiently smooth when knife cuts
are removed and remaining sanding marks are or will
4 Because of the differences of expansion and contraction of be concealed by applied finishing coats.
products, the AWS does not apply tolerances regarding flatness 5.1.2.4 Grain raise at unfinished wood, due to moisture or
or joinery to these non-wood based products. humidity in excess of the ranges set forth in this
standard, shall not be considered a defect and must be
5 FABRICATED and INSTALLED woodwork shall be tested for sanded prior to finishing.
compliance to these standards as follows:
6 GAPS, FLUSHNESS, FLATNESS, and ALIGNMENT of product
5.1 SMOOTHNESS of exposed surfaces: and installation require:
6.1 Maximum gaps between exposed components shall be tested

with a feeler gauge at points designed to join where members
contact or touch.
6.2 Joint length shall be measured with a ruler with minimum

1/16” (1 mm) divisions and calculations made accordingly.
6.3 Reasonable assessment of the performance of the finished

product will be weighed against absolute compliance with the
standards.

SECTION6
E C P
Millwork
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
6 GAPS, FLUSHNESS, FLATNESS, and (continued)
6.4 The following is intended to provide examples of how and

where compliance testing is measured:

E
C
J
I
A
Measured on the concave face
J D

A
I
D
I
A D I

B
I
C G
F
H
F
Figure: 6-055
A - Fabrication Gaps When Surfaces Are Mitered Or Butted F - Overlap (Flushness Of Laminate)
B - Fabrication Gaps When Parallel Pieces Are Joined G - Chip Out
C - Fabrication Gaps When Edges Are Mitered Or Butted H - Over Machining
D - Fabrication Flushness Between Two Surfaces I - Installation Gaps
E - Flatness Of Panel Product J - Installation Flushness

notes
SECTION6
Millwork

:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
67$,5:25.
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
5$,/6
SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails
table of contents
Guide Specifications ...........................................................................171 GENERAL
Introduction .........................................................................................172 Basic Considerations....................................................................175
Design Summary ................................................................................172 Grades .....................................................................................175
Critical Steps in Stair Designer .......................................................172 Economy ...........................................................................175
Custom Designed Stairs .................................................................172 Custom ..............................................................................175
Design Flexibility ......................................................................172 Premium ............................................................................175
Cost Effective ...........................................................................172 Contract Documents ................................................................175
No Restrictions.........................................................................172 Acceptable Requirements ........................................................175

Advisory ..............................................................................................172 Aesthetic Compliance ..............................................................175
Contract Documents.....................................................................172 Exposed Surfaces ....................................................................175
Cross Grain ..................................................................................172 Concealed Surfaces.................................................................175
Edges ...........................................................................................172 Solid Wood Edges ...................................................................175
Curved Members ..........................................................................172 Industry Practices ....................................................................175
Run and Riser Dimension Points .................................................172 Structural Members ...........................................................175
Typical Stair Runs ...............................................................................172 Wall, Ceiling and Floor ......................................................175
Straight .........................................................................................172 Priming ..............................................................................175
Turning .........................................................................................172 Radius Molding..................................................................175
Winding ........................................................................................173 PRODUCT ..........................................................................................176

Stair and Handrail/guardrail Nomenclature .........................................173 Scope ...........................................................................................176
Handrail/guardrail Component Nomenclature.....................................174 Typical Inclusions...................................................................176
Handrail/guardrail Fabrication .............................................................174 Typical Exclusions .................................................................176
Handrail/guardrail Joinery ...................................................................174 Default Stipulation: .......................................................................176
Specify Requirements For ..................................................................174 Rules ............................................................................................176
Recommendations ..............................................................................174 Errata .....................................................................................176
Basic Rules ............................................................................176
Aesthetic .........................................................................176
Lumber ............................................................................176
Sheet Products................................................................176
Woodwork .......................................................................176
Backing Sheet .................................................................176
Multiple Options ..............................................................176
Flame Spread Rating ......................................................176
Special Ornamental Detail ..............................................176

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Intersections ....................................................................180
Dadoes ............................................................................180
PRODUCT (continued)
Profile ..............................................................................180
Basic Considerations (continued)
Face Stringers .................................................................180
Basic Rules (continued)
Shoe Rail.........................................................................180
Radius Moldings..............................................................176
Scotia or Cove Mold ........................................................180
Closed Stringers..............................................................180
Cathedral.........................................................................177
Treads .............................................................................180
Stairwork .........................................................................177
Risers ..............................................................................181
Gluing or Lamination .......................................................177
Rails ................................................................................181

Cut outs ...........................................................................177
Newel Posts ....................................................................181
Priming ............................................................................177
Assembly Rules .....................................................................181
These Standards .............................................................181
Material Rules ........................................................................177
Joints at Assembled Woodwork ......................................181
Species ...........................................................................177
Handrail/Guardrail ....................................................181
Dimensions .....................................................................177
Mechanically Fastened .............................................181
Defects ............................................................................177
Gap, Test A ...............................................................182
Treads .............................................................................177
Closed Stringers..............................................................177
Gap, Test B ...............................................................182
Gap, Test C ...............................................................182
Figure ..............................................................................177
Filler ..........................................................................182

Warp ................................................................................177
Flatness or Warp, Test E .................................................182
Soffit and Spandrel Panels ..............................................177
Applied Moldings .............................................................182
Opaque Surfaces ............................................................178
Miter Joints ......................................................................182
Built up Items ..................................................................182
Stairwork .........................................................................182
Boxed or Curbed Stringers..............................................179 INSTALLATION
Stringer Turnouts.............................................................179 Care, Storage and Building Conditions ........................................183
Glue up............................................................................179 Contractor is Responsible for .......................................................183
Risers ..............................................................................179 Installer is Responsible for ...........................................................183
Factory Finishing .............................................................179 Rules ............................................................................................184
Machining Rules ....................................................................179 Errata .....................................................................................184
Exposed Surfaces ...........................................................179 Basic Rules ............................................................................184
Smoothness..............................................................179 Aesthetics........................................................................184
Edges .......................................................................179 Transparent Finished ......................................................184
Overlap, Test F ...................................................179 Installer Modifications......................................................184
Chip out, Test G .................................................180 Repairs ............................................................................184
Over Machined, Test H.......................................180 Woodwork .......................................................................184
Band Sawn of Blocked Members ....................................180 These Standards .............................................................184

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
INSTALLATION (continued)
Rules (continued)
Gaps, Tests I ...................................................................185
Flushness, Tests J ...........................................................185
Fastening and Fasteners ................................................186
Glue.................................................................................186
Equipment Cutouts..........................................................186

Hardware.........................................................................186
Areas of Installation.........................................................186
TESTS
Smoothness ...........................................................................187
KCPI ................................................................................187
Sanding ...........................................................................187
Illustrations ......................................................................188

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails
*XLGH6SHFLÀFDWLRQV

ZZZDZLQHWRUJ

:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH:,

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails
INTRODUCTION &RVWHIIHFWLYH Custom woodwork competes 7<3,&$/67$,55816
favorably with mass produced millwork, and
Section 7 includes information on wood stairs, offers practically limitless variations of design STRAIGHT
integral trim, handrails,and guardrails and their and material. Most woodwork lasts the life of
related parts. the building, quality counts.
Quality assurance can be achieved by adherence 1RUHVWULFWLRQV Custom architectural

to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality woodwork permits complete freedom of
product at competitive pricing. Use of a qualified selection of the numerous hardwoods and
Sponsor Member firm to provide your woodwork softwoods available for transparent or opaque
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding finish. Other unique materials available from
of the quality level required. Illustrations in this woodwork manufacturers require no further
Section are not intended to be all inclusive. Other finishing at all, such as plastic laminates and
engineered solutions are acceptable. In the decorative overlays. These materials can be

absence of specifications; methods of fabrication fashioned into a wide variety of profiles, sizes, 1 2 3 4 5
shall be the option of the manufacturer. The and configurations. The design professional
design professional, by specifying compliance to has the best of both worlds, high quality and
the AWS increases the probability of receiving the freedom of choice.
Figure: 07-002
product quality expected.
ADVISORY
DESIGN SUMMARY
&RQWUDFWGRFXPHQWV, furnished by the design
This short summary is a collection of options and professional, should clearly indicate or delineate
illustrations about the challenges of designing and material, fabrication, installation, and applicable
building code/regulation requirements.
building safe stairs. The AWS cannot and does
not offer this data as advice on code compliance.
Safe stairs and design and engineering to meet &URVVJUDLQ in band sawn or laminated members
local codes remains the responsibility of the might cause objectionable color variation when
1 2 3 4 5

design professional. finished.
&ULWLFDOVWHSVLQVWDLUGHVLJQ (GJHV in veneer laminated members or where

multiple layers are exposed by shaping might Figure: 07-003
Check local code. cause objectionable color variation when finished.
Consult with an experienced stair builder to TURNING
&XUYHGPHPEHUV, depending on the Grade, can be
double check your geometry.
band sawn, block laminated, or veneer laminated at
Pre clear your stair design with the local the option of the manufacturer.
building officials.
5XQand5LVH'LPHQVLRQ3RLQWV
Custom designed stairs offer:
Run
'HVLJQIOH[LELOLW\The use of custom
designed stairs in a building allows the design
professional freedom of expression while
meeting the functional needs of the client.
Rise 6
Since custom woodwork is normally produced
by a specialty architectural woodwork firm, 5 8 7 6 5
dimensions can easily be changed prior to 4
actual fabrication, if required by job conditions.
Special situations such as designing for the 1 2 3 4
disabled can readily be accommodated by the 1 2 3
custom architectural woodwork manufacturer. Figure: 07-004
Figure: 07-001

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails
TYPICAL STAIR RUNS (continued) STAIR and +$1'5$,/*8$5'5$,/120(1&/$785(
:,1',1*
Landing
Newel Landing
Rail
Balusters
Butt base moldings to stringer

at top and bottom

Starting
Newel
Routed Housing
Closed
Stringer
Open Stringer
Wedges
Return
Nosing
Nosing and Cove

Tread
Cove Molding

Riser
Miter Riser and Stringer

Figure: 07-006
Figure: 07-005

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails
+$1'5$,/*8$5'5$,/ COMPONENT +$1'5$,/*8$5'5$,/ FABRICATION SPECIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR
NOMENCLATURE
Large dimension rail fabrication techniques Flame Spread rating.
are typically the option of the manufacturer.
Special code or regulation compliance.
Lamination on a radius depends on many factors:
Typical lamination orientations: RECOMMENDATIONS
If FIELD FINISHED, include in Division 09 of

the specifications:
Volute Goose Neck BEFORE FINISHING, exposed portions
of woodwork shall have handling marks or
effects of exposure to moisture, removed
with a thorough, final sanding over all sur-

faces of the exposed portions, and shall be
Laminated cleaned before applying sealer or finish.
At CONCEALED SURFACES, architec-

Quarter Turn, Rake to Level tural woodwork that might be exposed to
Figure: 07-007 moisture, such as those adjacent to exterior
concrete walls, shall be primed.
5(9,(: the GENERAL portion of Sections

Butcherblock used herein.
Figure: 07-010
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, grounds, in wall

Half Turn Starting Easement
+$1'5$,/*8$5'5$,/ JOINERY blocking, backing, furring, brackets, or other
required for the installation of architectural
Rail Bolt
by the architectural woodwork manufacturer or
installer.
Easement Rake to Level
Figure: 07-008
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS - Stairs, rails, and
Scarf handrail/guardrails are subject to building code
requirements. Code restrictions apply to rise,
run, handrail, and guardrail heights, structural
strength and other issues. It is the responsibility
of the design professional to comply with
Dowel applicable building code(s) and regulations,
and:
Turn Out Easement Level Quarter Turn
CONSULTATION with an experienced stair
builder is strongly recommended.
Miter
Figure: 07-011
*XDUG+DQGUDLOLOOXVWUDWLRQVPD\QRWEH
Half Turn, Double Rake
Figure: 07-009
FRPSOLDQWZLWKFXUUHQWRUDSSOLFDEOHFRGHV

SECTION7
E C P
Stairwork & Rails

,QFOXGLQJ:RRG6WDLUV,QWHJUDO7ULP+DQGUDLOV 7.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS (continued)

DQG*XDUGUDLOV
7 To PREVENT TELEGRAPHING, inset solid wood edging when
7.1 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS securely and calibrated with panel core thickness prior to being
laminated with a wood veneer on both faces.
1 GRADE
1.1 These standards are characterized in three Grades of quality
that may be mixed within a single project. Limitless design 8.1 STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, grounds, in wall blocking,
possibilities and a wide variety of lumber and veneer species, backing, furring, brackets, or other anchorage that becomes
along with overlays, high pressure decorative laminates, an integral part of the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings, that
factory finishes, and profiles are available in all three Grades. are required for the installation of architectural woodwork
are not furnished or installed by the architectural woodwork

1.2 ECONOMY GRADE defines the minimum quality manufacturer or installer.
requirements for a project’s workmanship, materials, or
installation and is typically reserved for woodwork that is not 8.2 :$//&(,/,1*, and/or opening variations in excess of
in public view, such as in mechanical spaces and utility areas. 1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in
144” (3658 mm) of being plumb, level, flat, straight, square,
1.3 CUSTOM GRADE is typically specified for and adequately or of the correct size are not acceptable for the installation
covers most high quality architectural woodwork, providing of architectural woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the
a well defined degree of control over a project’s quality of installer to scribe or fit to tolerances in excess of such.
materials, workmanship, or installation.
1.4 PREMIUM GRADE is typically specified for use in those

workmanship, and installation is required.
8.4 RADIUS MOLDINGS are laminated and formed, pre shaped,

2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall govern if in conflict with these or machined to the radius and fabricated in the longest
standards. practical lengths to minimize installer joints.
3 ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENTS of lumber and/or sheet prod-

ucts used within this woodwork product section are established
by Sections 3 and 4, unless otherwise modified herein.
4 AESTHETIC COMPLIANCE requirements apply only to surfaces

visible after fabrication and installation.
5 (;326('685)$&(6,1&/8'(
5.1 All visible surfaces of stringers, skirt boards, treads, risers,

and balustrades.
6 &21&($/('685)$&(6,1&/8'(
6.1 All non visible surfaces attached to and/or covered by another.
6.2 All non visible in wall blocking or spacers used for attachment.

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails

7.2 SCOPE
%DVLF5XOHV
1 Wood stairs and allied wood stair material.
1
1.1 7<3,&$/,1&/86,216 surfaces visible after installation.
1.1.1 Wood stringers of skirt boards. 2 LUMBER shall conform to the requirements established in Section 3.
1.1.2 Treads, risers, nosing, and scotia.
3
1.1.3 Starting steps. Section 4.
1.1.4 All wedges and glue blocks. :22':25. not addressed herein shall be manufactured from solid
4
stock, laminated stock, veneered stock, or a combination thereof.
1.1.5 Newels, balusters, handrails, guardrails, and crooks.

1.1.6 Well hole trim. %$&.,1*6+((7 shall conform to the requirements established in
5
Section 4.
1.1.7 Shoe rail, fillet, and spandrels.
6 EXPOSED SURFACES include:
1.1.8 All other wood parts of a stair.
All visible surfaces of stringers, skirt boards, treads, risers, and
6 1
1.1.9 Installation; if uninstalled, stair materials shall be furnished balustrades.
machined KD (knocked down).
7 CONCEALED SURFACES include:
1.2 7<3,&$/(;&/86,216
7 1 All non visible surfaces attached to and/or covered by another.
1.2.1 Any rough horses, structural wood framing, or timbers. 7 2 All non visible blocking or spacers used for attachment.
1.2.2 Any metal handrail/guardrail brackets or safety nosing.

STANDING and RUNNING TRIM shall be furnished as material only,

8
1.2.3 Any flooring. not assembled.
1.2.4 Priming and/or finishing of any kind. Where MULTIPLE OPTIONS are permitted, it shall be the
9
PDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHXQOHVVVSHFL¿HGRWKHUZLVH
10 FLAME SPREAD RATING, if required, shall be so specified.
all work shall be unfinished, Custom Grade, solid stock softwood
intended for opaque finish. 11 SPECIFIC PROFILE, if required, shall be so specified or drawn.
7.4 RULES SPECIAL ORNAMENTAL DETAIL or joinery, if required, shall be so

12
specified or drawn.
RADIUS MOLDINGS are laminated and formed, pre shaped, or
2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of 13 machined to the radius and fabricated in the longest practical lengths to
control over a project’s quality of materials and workmanship. minimize installer joints.
3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at TRANSPARENT FINISHLIVSHFLHVLVQRWVSHFL¿HGWKHXVHRIHLWKHU

www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, 14 hardwood or softwood (plywood or solid stock) of one species for the
VKDOOWDNHSUHFHGHQFHRYHUWKHVHUXOHV, subject to entire job is permitted at the manufacturer’s option.

SECTION7
E C P
Stairwork & Rails

S From previous column SPECIES and AWS Grade of lumber or sheet products shall be as
1
VSHFL¿HGDQG
1 1 Plain sawn lumber is required.
15 1 A single component in “AA” Face Grade.
15 2 The split heart method in Face Grades “A - D”, and:
2 DIMENSIONSRI¿QLVKHG lumber shall conform to Section 3.
15 2 1
component width requirements for Face Grade “B.” DEFECTS, natural or manufactured, shall not exceed those permitted,
3
except:
67$,5:25., including handrail/guardrails, shall conform to applicable 3 1 Unlimited finger joints are permitted. E C P
16
codes and requirements, and:
Are permitted if covered by adjoining members or otherwise

16 1 Nothing in these standards shall overrule such. 3 2
concealed when installed.
17 Where GLUING or LAMINATION occurs:

4 TREADS shall be a minimum of 1” (25.4 mm) in thickness.
17 1 Delamination or separation shall not occur.
Use of contact adhesive is not permitted, unless otherwise indicated, CLOSED STRINGERS shall be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in
17 2 5
and: thickness.
Shall comply with the Heat Resistance Test listed in the
17 2 1 APPENDIX. a 6
FIGURELVQRWDIXQFWLRQRIDVSHFLHVJUDGHDQGPXVWEHVSHFL¿HGLQ
the contract document.
18 CUT OUTS require: :$53ZKLFKFDQEHKHOGÀDWDQGVWUDLJKWZLWKQRUPDODWWDFKPHQWLV

7
That at HPDL exposed surfaces have a minimum 1/4” (6.4 mm) permitted.
18 1
radius at inside corners.

5$',86:22':25. shall be constructed of solid machined, block
PRIMING is not the responsibility of the manufacturer and/or installer, laminated, laminated plies, core veneered, or kerfed solid stock,
19
XQOHVVWKHPDWHULDOLVIXUQLVKHGSUH¿QLVKHG

20
standards.
8 Solid machined Block laminated Laminated Plies

Core veneered Kerfed Solid Stock
and:
Solid stock or block lamination members shall be furnished in such
8 1 sections as to avoid pronounced cross grain and reduce joints to a
minimum.
8 2 glue shall be selected for color to avoid a prominent glue line.
9 SOFFIT and SPANDREL PANELS shall conform to Section 8.

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails

10 )RU23$48(),1,6+ 12 EXPOSED SURFACES
10 1 0HGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG0')LVSHUPLWWHG 12 1 End grain shall be kept to a minimum. E C P
10 2 Veneer is permitted; however: Ends to be self returned with no end grain showing.
SPECIES shall be of manufacturer’s choice, closed grain
12 2 E C P
10 2 1 hardwood conforming to ANSI/HPHA HP-1 (latest Edition)
10 2 1 1 Grade - D. E C P 12 3 0HGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG0')LVSHUPLWWHGIRURSDTXH¿QLVK
10 2 1 2 Grade - C. E C P Sheet product edges shall be edgebanded with the

10 2 1 3 Grade - B. E C P
12 4 E C P
same species as the face.
12 5 Plain sliced veneer is required for transparent finish.
11 )RU75$163$5(17),1,6+ VENEER:
12 6 Manufacturers’ choice veneer is permitted for opaque finish.
SPECIES of manufacturer’s choice, hardwood conforming to ANSI/ 12 7 75$163$5(17),1,6+
11 1
+3+$+3ODWHVW(GLWLRQGH¿QLWLRQVDQGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRU
12 7 1 Hardwood or softwood is permitted.
11 1 1 1 Grade - B. E C P
12 7 2 Only one species is permitted for the entire project. E C P
11 1 1 2 Grade - A. E C P
12 7 3 Finger joints are prohibited. E C P
11 1 1 3 Grade - AA. E C P
Adhesive used for laminating shall be selected for
11 1 2 SLICING of: 12 7 4 E C P
color to avoid a prominent glue line.
11 1 2 1 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P
Lumber (including block segments or veneer of
11 1 2 2 Plain sliced. E C P 12 7 5 laminated material) and sheet products are to be E C P
11 1 3 MATCHING ADJACENT LEAVES be: compatible in color and grain.

11 1 3 1 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P Lumber (including block segments or veneer of
11 1 3 2 Book matched. E C P laminated material) are to be well matched for color
12 7 6 and grain; sheet products shall be compatible in E C P
11 1 4 0$7&+,1*:,7+,13$1(/)$&( be:
color with solid stock, and adjacent sheet products
11 1 4 1 Running. E C P shall be well matched for color and grain.
11 1 4 2 Balance. E C P Intersections of radius and straight members are
11 1 5 0$7&+,1*%(7:((1$'-$&(173$1(/6 be: 12 7 7 to be splined or half lapped, securely glued, and E C P
11 1 5 1 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P mechanically fastened.
11 1 5 2 Compatible for color and grain. E C P 12 7 8 %/2&./$0,1$7,21
11 1 5 3 Well matched for color and grain, and: E C P 12 7 8 1 Segments shall be cut from the same board. E C P
END, SEQUENCE, and BLUEPRINT MATCHING shall be 12 7 8 2 Segment joints shall be staggered.
11 1 5 4
VSHFL¿HG Adjacent segment ends shall have similar grain
12 7 8 3 E C P
angle.
12 7 9 9(1((5/$0,1$7,216
Exposed layers shall be sawn from the same or
12 7 9 1 E C P
matched boards.
Veneer layers shall be reassembled in the same
12 7 9 2 E C P
order and orientation as cut.

SECTION7
E C P
Stairwork & Rails

S From previous column 1 EXPOSED SURFACES shall comply with:
12 EXPOSED SURFACES (continued) SMOOTHNESS REQUIREMENTS (see SMOOTHNESS in TESTS)

1 1
and:
12 7 TRANSPARENT FINISH (continued)
1 1 1 SHARP EDGES are to be eased with fine abrasive. E C P
Visible panel edges, reveals, and/or splines, when appropriate,
12 7 10 723)/$7:22' surfaces; those that can be sanded with a
shall be: 1 1 2
drum or wide belt sander, requires:
12 7 10 1 Full length.
1 1 2 1 Minimum 15 KCPI or 100 grit sanding. E C P
12 7 10 2 Manufacturers’ choice. E C P
1 1 2 2 120 grit sanding. E C P
12 7 10 3 Same species as panel face. E C P
12 7 10 4 Compatible for color and grain. E C P

1 1 3 PROFILED and 6+$3(':22' surfaces require:
12 7 10 5 Well matched for color and grain. E C P
12 7 10 6 E C P 1 1 3 2 Minimum 20 KCPI or 120 grit sanding. E C P
that precludes show through of core.
13 &21&($/('685)$&(6 1 1 4 7851(':22' surfaces require:
13 1 $OORZVGHIHFWVVXFKDVYRLGVZDQHRUXQ¿OOHGNQRWV 1 1 4 1 Minimum 15 KCPI or 100 grit sanding. E C P
13 2 Required blocking or shims shall be of a compatible material. 1 1 4 2 120 grit sanding. E C P
14 BOXED or CURB STRINGERS, shall be of two or more members. 1 1 5 CROSS SANDING, excluding turned surfaces, is:
1 1 5 1 Not a defect. E C P
STRINGER TURNOUTS, including quarter turns, half turns, and the
15 1 1 5 2 Not allowed. E C P
like, shall be of laminated or veneered face construction, and:
TEAR OUTS, .1,)(1,&.6, or HIT OR MISS machining are not

Such turns shall be a continuous part of the straight stringer, where 1 1 6
15 1 permitted.
feasible.
1 1 7 .1,)(0$5.6 are not permitted where sanding is required.
GLUE UP is permitted of handrails, guardrails, newel posts, and GLUE or FILLER, if used, shall be inconspicuous and match
16 1 1 8
balusters adjacent surface for smoothness.
HPDL, PVC, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges shall be machined
RISERS, bull nosed or radius, shall be veneered construction with one 1 2 ÀXVKDQG¿OHGVDQGHGRUEXIIHGWRUHPRYHPDFKLQHPDUNVDQG
17
piece face. sharp edges, and:
OVERLAP (See Test F illustrations in TESTS) such as,
FACTORY FINISHING, when specified, shall have F
18 E C P
concealed surfaces factory sealed at 1 mil dry.
1 2 1
F
shall not exceed:
1 2 1 1 E C P
(50.8 mm) in any 12” (305 mm) run.
1 2 1 2 E C P
(25.4 mm) in any 24” (610 mm) run.
1 2 1 3 E C P
(25.4 mm) in any 48” (1220 mm) run.

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails

1 EXPOSED SURFACES (continued): %$1'6$:1 and %/2&./$0,1$7(' members shall be divided to
3
1 2 HPDL, PVC, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges (continued) minimize the exposure of cross grain in the face of the member, and:
CHIP OUT (See Test G illustrations in TESTS) such as, Grain angle at the face of curved members shall not
exceed 30 degrees, unless a small part size requires
G
otherwise.
o
30
3 1 E C P
1 2 2 90
o


Acceptable Unacceptable
shall be inconspicuous when viewed at:
1 2 2 1 72” (1829 mm). E C P INTERSECTIONS at radius and straight members shall be splined or
4
1 2 2 2 48” (1220 mm). E C P half lapped, securely glued, and mechanically fastened.
1 2 2 3 24” (610 mm). E C P
OVER MACHINED (See Test H illustrations in TESTS) removal of DADOES shall completely house the male member
5 E C P
color or pattern of face material such as, throughout the entire length of the joint.
PROFILE for items such as nosing, handrail/guardrail, or balusters, if

6
not indicated, shall be manufacturer’s choice.
1 2 3 H
FACE STRINGERS at open end stairs shall be cut and mitered to
7

receive treads and risers.
SHOE RAIL shall include them being plowed to receive balusters and
8
shall be limited to: ¿OOHWXQOHVVRWKHUZLVHLQGLFDWHG
3/32” x 6” (2.4 mm x 152 mm) and may not occur
1 2 3 1 E C P SCOTIA or COVE MOLD, if indicated, shall be provided for each riser;
within 48” (1220 mm) of a similar occurrence. 9
1/32” x 4” (0.8 mm x 102 mm) and may not occur and for open string stairs, shall be mitered with the end returned.
1 2 3 2 E C P
CLOSED STRINGERS shall include machining to receive
1/32” x 1-1/2” (0.8 mm x 38.1 mm) and may 10 E C P
1 2 3 3 not occur within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar
the treads, risers, and wedges.
E C P
occurrence.
11 TREADS at open string stairs shall include:
TRIMWREHDSSOLHGRQÀDWVXUIDFHVVKDOOKDYHWKHUHYHUVH 11 1 Boring or cutting required to receive balusters. E C P

2 side backed out, except at those members that have E C P 11 2 Exposed ends of treads shaped to match nosing. E C P
exposed ends, and: Exposed ends of treads shall have a mitered return
11 3 E C P
Trim over 2” (50.8 mm) in width with unexposed ends nosing, and:
2 1 E C P
shall be backed out. Leading corner of the tread return shall be mitered
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T 11 3 1 to the leading edge of the tread with a shoulder E C P
miter, and:
11 3 1 1 Doweled or biscuit spline joined. E C P

SECTION7
E C P
Stairwork & Rails

S From previous column 7+(6(67$1'$5'6do not establish Grade rules for joint
1 ÀXVKQHVVDQGRUJDSWROHUDQFHVIRUZRRGZRUNSURGXFWVLQVWDOOHGLQD
12 RISERS shall be rabbeted to receive the back edge of the tread, and:
non climate controlled environment: however:
12 1 At open string stairs shall be mitered.
1 1 products intended for non climate controlled environments shall meet
RAILS to receive balusters with square or rectangular heads shall be the test requirements herein.
13
plowed on under side and provided with fillet.
2 JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. shall be:
1(:(/32676, when built up, shall be of shoulder miter, lock joint, 2 1 Neatly and accurately made.
14
tongues, or splined construction.
Securely glued with residue removed from exposed and semi-

2 2
exposed surfaces, and:
2 2 1 Reinforced with glue blocks where essential.
2 3 Assembled at stringer aprons, fascias, and flat base with:
Clamp nail, biscuit spline, spline, butterfly, scarf, or
2 3 1 E C P
dowel joinery.
Biscuit spline, spline, butterfly, scarf, or dowel
2 3 2 E C P
joinery.
2 4 +$1'5$,/6*8$5'5$,/S shall utilize:
2 4 1 Clamp nails or stair bolts. E C P
2 4 2 Stair bolts. E C P
2 4 3 Stair bolts and dowels. E C P
2 4 4 When mitered, screws if stair bolts are impractical, and

2 4 5 Have holes plugged, unless covered by fillet, and shall be:
2 4 5 1 Compatible for color and grain. E C P
2 4 5 2 Well matched for color and grain. E C P
2 4 5 3 Aligned with handrail/guardrail grain. E C P
MECHANICALLY FASTENED with nails or screws, where practical,
2 5
and at solid wood:
2 5 1 Countersunk.
2 5 2 In molding quirks or reliefs where possible. E C P
FREE of exposed fasteners at exposed surfaces of decorative
2 6
laminate sheet products.
Require FLUSHNESS VARIATIONS at exposed surfaces (See Test
D illustrations in TESTS), when mitered or butted, such as,
2 7
D
not to exceed at:
2 7 1 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P
2 7 2 0.007” (0.18 mm). E C P
2 7 3 0.005” (0.13 mm). E C P

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails

2 JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. (continued) 2 JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. (continued)
Allow GAPS at exposed surface (see Test A illustrations in TESTS), 2 11 FILLER is permitted:
when mitered or butted, such as, 2 11 1 If inconspicuous when viewed at 36” (914 mm). E C P
2 11 2 If inconspicuous when viewed at 24” (610 mm). E C P
2 8 A 2 11 3 Not allowed. E C P
A FLATNESS or :$53 of installed and removable sheet products (see

Test E illustrations in TESTS) such as

not to exceed:
2 8 1 0.025” (0.64 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P
E E
Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints of parallel members (See Test 3
B illustrations in TESTS), such as
B
2 9 shall not to exceed grade tolerance listed for 12” (303 mm) diagonal,
width and/or length or as lineal ratio (not geometric ratio) thereof.
Example, twice the grade tolerance listed for 24” (610 mm), three times
the tolerance for 36” (914 mm):
not to exceed: 3 1 0.045” (1.1 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P

0.025” x 9” (0.64 mm x 229 mm) shall not occur 3 2 0.030” (0.8 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P
2 9 1 within 48” (1219 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P 3 3 0.020” (0.5 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P
joint.
0.015” x 6” (0.38 mm x 152 mm) shall not occur 4 APPLIED MOLDINGS shall be spot glued and mechanically fastened.
2 9 2 within 60” (1524 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P
joint. 5 MITER JOINTSVKDOOEHZHOO¿WWHGDQGFOHDQHG
2 9 3 within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P BUILT UP ITEMS shall be soundly fabricated with half lapped, mitered,
joint. 6
shoulder mitered, tonged, or equivalent construction.
Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints (See Test C illustrations in
TESTS) when mitered or butted, such as SHEET and LAMINATED LUMBER PANELS shall be allowed to move,
7
ÀRDWH[SDQGRUFRQWUDFWLQUHDFWLRQWRDPELHQWKXPLGLW\FKDQJHV
2 10 8 67$,5:25. shall be furnished KD (knocked down), with:

C 8 1 TRIM MEMBERSFXWWRUHTXLUHGOHQJWKSOXVDOORZDQFHIRU¿WWLQJ
8 2 STARTING STEPS with return riser assembled ready for installation.
8 3 SCOTIA and SHOE MOLDS temporarily attached.
not to exceed at:
BALUSTERS for open string stairs shall be provided with dowel or
2 10 1 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P 8 4
WHQRQWR¿WLQWRWUHDGV
2 10 2 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P &522.6 and RETURNS shall be doweled and provided with rail
2 10 3 0.010” (0.25 mm). 8 5
E C P bolts ready for assembly.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T */8(%/2&.S shall be provided at a minimum of 12” (305 mm) on
78 6
center for each riser. 01/01/15

SECTION7
E C P
Stairwork & Rails

7.5 PREPARATION and QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (unless 7.5 PREPARATION and QUALIFICATION (continued)
otherwise specified)
,167$//(5,65(63216,%/()25
1 CARE, STORAGE, and BUILDING CONDITIONS shall be in
compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 2 of these 3.1 Having adequate equipment and experienced craftsmen to
standards. complete the installation in a first class manner.
1.1 Severe damage to the woodwork can result from 3.2 &KHFNLQJDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVSHFL¿HGDQGVWXG\LQJWKH
noncompliance. The manufacturer and/or installer of the appropriate portions of the contract documents, including
woodwork shall not be held responsible for any damage that these standards and the reviewed shop drawings to
might develop by not adhering to the requirements. familiarize themselves with the requirements of the Grade
VSHFL¿HGXQGHUVWDQGLQJWKDW
&2175$&725,65(63216,%/()25
3.2.1 Appearance requirements of Grades apply only to surfaces

2.1 Furnishing and installing structural members, grounds, in visible after installation.
wall blocking, backing, furring, brackets, or other anchorage
required for architectural woodwork installation that 3.2.2 For transparent finish, special attention needs to be given
becomes an integral part of walls, floors, or ceilings to which to the color and the grain of the various woodwork pieces
architectural woodwork shall be installed. to ensure they are installed in compliance with the Grade
specified.
2.1.1 In the absence of contract documents calling for the
contractor to supply the necessary in wall blocking/backing 3.3 Verification that installation site is properly ventilated,
in the wall or ceilings, either through inadvertence or protected from direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture,
otherwise, the architectural woodwork installer shall not and that the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the
proceed with the installation until such time as the in wall appropriate relative humidity and temperature.
blocking/backing is installed by others.
3.4 Verification that required priming of woodwork has been
2.1.2 Preparatory work done by others shall be subject to completed by others before woodwork is installed.
inspection by the architectural woodwork installer, and

shall be accepted or rejected for cause prior to installation. 3.5 Verification that woodwork has been acclimated to the field
conditions for a minimum of 72 hours before installation is
2.1.2.1 :$//&(,/,1*, and/or OPENING VARIATIONS commenced.
in excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of
1/2” (12.7 mm) in 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb, 3.6 Woodwork specifically built or assembled in sequence for
level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size are match of color and grain is installed to maintain that same
not acceptable for the installation of architectural sequence.
woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the installer to
2.1.3 Installation site being properly ventilated, protected from

the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the
appropriate relative humidity and temperature.
2.1.4 Priming the architectural woodwork in accordance with the

contract documents prior to its installation, and:
2.1.4.1 If the architectural woodwork is factory finished, priming

by the factory finisher is required.

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails

7.6 RULES
%DVLF5XOHV
documents require otherwise. S From previous column
control over a project’s quality of installation. PROFILEDRUSELF MITERED when trim ends are
5 5 E C P
exposed.
3 ERRATA, published on the Associations’ websites at www.awinet. 5 6 SELF MITERED when trim ends are exposed. E C P
org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, VKDOOWDNH
5 7 MITERED at outside corners.
SUHFHGHQFHRYHUWKHVHUXOHV, subject to their date of
posting and a project’s bid date. 5 8 MITERED at inside corners. E C P
5 9 COPED at inside corners. E C P
INSTALLEDSOXPEOHYHOVTXDUHDQGÀDWZLWKLQ´PPLQ´
%DVLF5XOHV

5 10
AESTHETICGrade rulesDSSO\RQO\WRH[SRVHGDQGVHPL GROUNDS and HANGING SYSTEMS set plumb
1 5 10 1 E C P
H[SRVHGVXUIDFHVYLVLEOHDIWHULQVWDOODWLRQ and true.
5 11 Installed FREE of:
2 TRANSPARENT finished woodwork shall be installed with: 5 11 1 Warp, twisting, cupping, and/or bowing that cannot be held true.
2 1 CONSIDERATION of color and grain. E C P Open joints, visible machine marks, cross sanding, tears, nicks,
5 11 2
01/01/15
2 1 2 COMPATIBLE in color and grain. E C P chips, and/or scratches.

2 2 3 :(//0$7&+(' for color and grain, and: E C P 1DWXUDOGHIHFWVH[FHHGLQJWKHTXDQWLW\RUVL]HOLPLWVGH¿QHGLQ
5 11 3
Sheet products shall be compatible in color with Sections 3 & 4.
2 23 1 E C P
solid stock.
5 12
SMOOTH and SANDED without CROSS SCRATCHES in
Adjacent sheet products shall be well matched for conformance to the PRODUCT portion of this section.
2 23 2 E C P
color and grain. 5 13 SCRIBED at:

5 13 1 Flat surfaces. E C P
INSTALLER MODIFICATIONS shall comply to the material, machining, 5 13 2 Shaped surfaces. E C P
3 and assembly rules within the PRODUCT portion of this section and, if
applicable, the finishing rules in Section 5.
THESE STANDARDSGRQRWHVWDEOLVK*UDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVV
REPAIRS are allowed, provided they are neatly made and controlled environment.
4
inconspicuous when viewed at:
4 1 72” (1830 mm). E C P &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
4 2 48” (1219 mm). E C P
4 3 24” (610 mm). E C P
5 :22':25. shall be:

5 1 SECURELYIDVWHQHGDQGWLJKWO\¿WWHGZLWKÀXVKMRLQWVDQG
5 1 1 Joinery shall be consistent throughout the project.
5 2 Of maximum available and/or practical length. E C P
TRIMMED EQUALLY from both sides when fitted for
5 3 E C P
width.
SPLINE or '2:(/(' when miters are over
5 4 E C P
4” (100 mm) long.

SECTION7
E C P
Stairwork & Rails

GAPS DW¿HOGLQVWDOODWLRQ (see Test I illustrations in TESTS) such as, 7 GAPS (continued)
7 2 Shall not exceed (continued)
I
Of 121:22' to N21:22' and/or ALL ELEMENTS
7 2 4
(continued):
I 7 2 4 2 At SHAPED surfaces:
7 2 4 2 1 0.120" (3.05 mm). E C P
7 7 2 4 2 2 0.075” (1.91 mm). E C P
7 2 4 2 3 0.050" (1.27 mm). E C P

I
FLUSHNESS of field joinery (see Test J illustrations in TESTS), such

I as,
and:
CAUSED by EXCESSIVE DEVIATIONS (deviations in excess of J
8
1/4” (6.4 mm) in 144” [3658 mm] of being plumb, level, flat, straight,
7 1 square, or of the correct size) in the building’s walls and ceilings,
RU´PPIRUÀRRUVVKDOOQRWEHFRQVLGHUHGDGHIHFWRUWKH
responsibility of the installer.
Shall not exceed 30% of a joint’s length, and FILLER or &$8/.,1* and:

7 2
is allowed: 8 1 At :22' to :22' shall not exceed:
7 2 1 If color compatible: E C P 8 1 1 At FLAT surfaces:

7 2 2 At :22' to :22' shall not exceed: 8 1 1 1 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P
7 2 2 1 At FLAT surfaces: 8 1 1 2 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
7 2 2 1 1 0.030” (0.76 mm) in width. E C P 8 1 1 3 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P
7 2 2 1 2 0.020” (0.51 mm) in width. E C P 8 1 2 At SHAPED surfaces:
7 2 2 2 At SHAPED surfaces: 8 1 2 2 0.025” (0.65 mm). E C P
7 2 2 2 2 0.025” (0.64 mm) in width. E C P 8 2 At :22' to 121:22' shall not exceed:
7 2 2 2 3 0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. E C P 8 2 1 At FLAT and SHAPED surfaces:
7 2 3 Of :22' to 121:22' shall not exceed: 8 2 1 1 0.075” (1.91 mm). E C P
7 2 3 1 At FLAT and SHAPED surfaces: 8 2 1 2 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P
7 2 3 1 1 0.075" (1.91 mm) in width. E C P 8 2 1 3 0.035” (0.89 mm). E C P
7 2 3 1 2 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P
7 2 3 1 3 0.035" (0.89 mm) in width. E C P
Of 121:22' to 121:22' and/or ALL ELEMENTS shall not
7 2 4
exceed:
7 2 4 1 $W)/$7VXUIDFHV
7 2 4 1 1 0.075" (1.91 mm) in width. E C P
7 2 4 1 2 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P
7 2 4 1 3 0.035" (0.89 mm) in width. E C P

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails

At 121:22' to 121:22' and/or ALL ELEMENTS shall not 12 +$5':$5( shall be installed:
8 3
exceed: 12 1 Neatly without tear out of surrounding stock. E C P
8 3 1 At FLAT surfaces: 12 2 Per manufacturer’s instructions.
8 3 1 1 0.075” (1.91 mm). E C P Using all furnished fasteners and fasteners’ provisions and when
12 3
8 3 1 2 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P fastener provisions are countersunk, fasteners shall be countersunk.
8 3 1 3 0.035” (0.89 mm). E C P 12 4 And adjusted for smooth operation.
8 3 2 At SHAPED surfaces:
8 3 2 1 0.120” (3.05 mm). E C P 13 AREAS of INSTALLATION shall be left broom clean, with:

8 3 2 2 0.075” (1.91 mm). E C P Debris removed and dumped in containers provided by the
13 1
contractor.
8 3 2 3 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P
13 2 Items installed cleaned of pencil or ink marks.
9 FASTEN,1*DQG)$67(1(56 shall:
,QFOXGHWKHXVHRIFRQVWUXFWLRQDGKHVLYH¿QLVKQDLOVWULPVFUHZV 14
9 1 standards.
and/or pins, and:
9 2 Not permit the use of drywall, bugle head, or case hardened screws.
9 3 Be countersunk when through an exposed surface, and:
9 3 1 Set in quirks and reliefs where possible. E C P
9 3 2 ,QFRQVSLFXRXVDVGH¿QHGLQWKH*ORVVDU\ E C P
9 4 Allow use of construction adhesive for inconspicuous fastening.
9 5 Not permit exposed fastening through decorative laminate.

9 6 REQUIRE allowable fastener holes, when:
3UH¿QLVKHGPDWHULDOVWREH¿OOHGE\WKHLQVWDOOHUZLWKPDWFKLQJ
9 6 1
¿OOHUIXUQLVKHGE\WKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
9 6 2 8Q¿QLVKHGPDWHULDOVWREH¿OOHGE\WKHSDLQWFRQWUDFWRURURWKHUV
10 GLUE and filler residue is not permitted on exposed faces.
EQUIPMENT CUTOUTS, including electrical and plumbing, shall be cut

11 out by the installer, provided any needed templates are furnished prior
to installation, and:
Shall be neatly cut and properly sized to be covered by standard
11 1
cover plates or rosettes.
11 2 Cutouts in HPDL shall have radiused inside corners.

SECTION7
E C P
Stairwork & Rails

7.7 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS 7.7 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS (continued)
1 The tolerances typically found within the Architectural Woodwork 5.1.2 SANDING is checked for compliance by sanding a
Standards fall into two categories: sample piece of the same species with the required grit of
abrasive.
1.1 Factory fabricated joinery, assembly and construction found
in the PRODUCT portion. 5.1.2.1 Observation with a hand lens of the prepared sample
1.2 Field installation joinery and assembly found in the the scratch marks of the abrasive grit.
5.1.2.2 Reasonable assessment of the performance of the
2 Most fabrication and installation assemblies include solid wood finished product will be weighed against absolute
to solid wood joints, solid wood to wood veneer joints, solid compliance with these standards.

panel products), solid wood to non wood based products (which 5.1.2.3 A product is sanded sufficiently smooth when knife cuts
can be drywall, glass, metal, stone, acrylics, and other surfaces), are removed and any remaining sanding marks are or
and non wood to non wood joints. will be concealed by applied finishing coats.
3 Tolerances found in the AWS include: 5.1.2.4 Grain raise at unfinished wood, due to moisture or
humidity in excess of the ranges set forth in these
3.1 Flatness of wood based panel products. standards, shall not be considered a defect and must
be sanded prior to finishing.
6 GAPS, FLUSHNESS, FLATNESS and ALIGNMENT of product
3.3 Solid wood to wood veneer joints and assemblies. and installation:
3.5 Solid wood to wood based product joints and assemblies.
contact or touch.

3.6 Solid surface to solid surface joints and assemblies.
4 Because of the differences of expansion and contraction of 1/16” (1 mm) divisions and calculations made accordingly.
non wood products compared to solid wood and wood based
products, the AWS does not apply tolerances regarding flatness
product will be weighed against absolute compliance with
or joinery to these non wood based products.
these standards.
5 FABRICATED and INSTALLED woodwork shall be tested for
5.1 SMOOTHNESS of exposed surfaces:
5.1.1 .&3, (Knife Cuts Per Inch) is determined by holding the

surfaced board at an angle to a strong light source and
to the profile.
Knife Cuts
Figure: 07-012

SECTION7
Stairwork & Rails

6.7 BASIC CONSIDERATIONS (continued)
6 GAPS, FLUSHNESS, FLATNESS and ALIGNMENT (continued):

where compliance testing is measured:

A E E
I
A
I
J
C
I Measured on the concave face
D

I
G
F
H
F
Figure: 07-013
A - Fabrication Gaps When Surfaces Are Mitered Or Butted F - Overlap

B - Fabrication Gaps When Parallel Pieces Are Joined G- Chip Out
C - Fabrication Gaps When Edges Are Mitered Or Butted H - Over Machined
D - Fabrication Flushness Between Two Surfaces I - Installation Gaps
E - Flatness Of Panel Product J - Installation Flushness

:$//&(,/,1*685)$&,1*
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
3$57,7,216
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION8
Wall/Ceiling Surfacing and Partitions
table of contents

Wall and Ceiling Surfacing ..................................................................195 Grades .....................................................................................212
Opaque.........................................................................................195 Economy ...........................................................................212
Transparent ..................................................................................195 Custom ..............................................................................212
Contract Documents ...........................................................................195 Premium ............................................................................212
Product Advisory .................................................................................195 Grade Limitations ..............................................................212
Panel Sequence..................................................................................196 Contract Documents ................................................................212

Sequencing of Panels Within a Room ................................................197 Acceptable Requirements ........................................................212
Premanufactured Sequenced Sets ..............................................198 Aesthetic Compliance ..............................................................212
Full Width Panel Utilization ....................................................198 Exposed Surfaces ....................................................................213
Selectively Reduced Panel Utilization ...................................200 Concealed Surfaces.................................................................212
Made to Order Sequenced Matched Panels ................................201 Solid Surface............................................................................212
Made to Order Blueprint Matched Panels and Components ........202 Solid Phenolic ..........................................................................212
Flitch Selection....................................................................................203 HPDL Backed Wood Veneers ..................................................212
Variations in Natural Wood Products ..................................................203 Continuous Pressure Laminates ..............................................212
High Pressure Decorative Laminates (HPDL) ....................................203 Furring......................................................................................212
Standing and Running Trim ................................................................203 Bleached Veneers ....................................................................212


Smoothness of Flat and Molded Surfaces ..........................................204 High Gloss HPDL .....................................................................212
Installation ...........................................................................................204 To Prevent Telegraphing ..........................................................212
Finishing..............................................................................................204 Industry Practices ....................................................................212
Fire Retardance and Treatment ..........................................................204 Structural Members ...........................................................212
Fire Retardant Panel Products............................................................204 Wall, Ceiling and Floor ......................................................212
Examples ............................................................................................205 Priming ..............................................................................213
Edgebanding ................................................................................205 Radius Molding..................................................................213
Field Cut Corner and Transition ...................................................205 Wainscot ............................................................................213
Reveals and Reveal Joint.............................................................205 Wall Surfacing ...................................................................213
Factory Prepared Corner and Transition ......................................206 PRODUCT
Factory Prepared Transition .........................................................206 Scope ...........................................................................................214
Wall Panels with Millwork .............................................................207 Typical Inclusions...................................................................214
Stile and Rail Paneling .................................................................208 Typical Exclusions .................................................................214
Flat Paneling with Reveals within a Niche....................................209 Default Stipulation ........................................................................214
Paneling for Reception Wall with Factory Built Structures ...........210
Wood .....................................................................................214
Specify Requirements For ............................................................ 211 HPDL .....................................................................................214
Recommendations ....................................................................... 211 Solid Surface .........................................................................214
Solid Phenolic ........................................................................214

SECTION8
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Matching ...................................................................217
Opaque .....................................................................217
PRODUCT (continued)
Transparent ..............................................................217
Rules ............................................................................................215
Edge Reveals ...........................................................217
Errata .....................................................................................215
Bleed Through ..........................................................217
Basic Rules ............................................................................215
Flame Spread Rated ................................................217
Aesthetic .........................................................................215
Solid Stile and Rail ..........................................................217
Lumber ............................................................................215
Lumber .....................................................................217
Sheet Products................................................................215
Veneer ......................................................................217
Backing Sheet .................................................................215
Opaque .....................................................................217

Transparent ..............................................................217
Panels.......................................................................217
Wainscot..........................................................................215
Solid Wood Surfacing ......................................................218
Furring .............................................................................215
Decorative Laminate .......................................................218
Defined Grain ..................................................................215
Conformance to NEMA LD-3 ....................................218
Multiple Options ..............................................................215
Adjacent Sheets .......................................................218
Flame Spread Rating ......................................................215
Flame Spread ...........................................................218
Patterned or Wood Grain ..........................................218
If no species is specified for transparent finish ...............215
Cores ........................................................................218
Where Gluing or Lamination ...........................................215
Backing Sheet ..........................................................218


Cut outs ...........................................................................215
Visible Splines and Reveals .....................................218
Cathedral.........................................................................215
Edgebanding ............................................................219
Single Source ..................................................................215
Solid Surface ...................................................................219
Solid Phenolic .................................................................219
Material Rules ........................................................................216
Priming ............................................................................219
Species ...........................................................................216
Machining Rules ....................................................................219
Lumber, Veneered Profile or Sheet Products ..................216
Defects ............................................................................216
Sharp Edges .............................................................219
Figure ..............................................................................216
Top Flat Surfaces......................................................219
Warp ................................................................................216
Profiled and Shaped Wood .......................................219
Partition Cores ................................................................216
HPDL, PVC and Prefinished Wood ..........................219
Opaque Finish .................................................................216
Overlap, Test F ...................................................219
Transparent Finish Veneer ..............................................216
Chip out, Test G .................................................219
Over Machined, Test H.......................................220
Transparent Finish ....................................................216
Turned Wood ............................................................220
Cross Sanding ..........................................................220
Wood Veneer...................................................................216
Tear out, Knife Nicks.................................................220
Cores ........................................................................217
Knife Marks...............................................................220

SECTION8
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Solid Stile and Rail Wood ................................................223
Paneling....................................................................223
PRODUCT (continued)
Field Joints .........................................................223
Rules (continued)
Machining Rules (continued)
Alignment Variations .................................................223
Exposed Surfaces (continued)
Plumbness ................................................................223
Glue or Filler .............................................................220
Gap Test M ...............................................................223
Solid Surface. Solid Phenolic, Epoxy Resin .............220
Flushness Test N ......................................................223
Assembly Rules .....................................................................220
Retention Moldings ...................................................223
These Standards .............................................................220
Vertical Horizontal Joints ..........................................223

Joints at Assembled Woodwork ......................................220
Panels.......................................................................224
Securely Glued .........................................................220
Butt Joints .................................................................224
Reinforced ................................................................220
Reveal Joints and Corners .......................................224
Mechanically Fastened .............................................220
Inside Corners ..........................................................224
Visible Fasteners ......................................................220
Mitered Outside Corners ..........................................224
Flushness Variations.................................................220
Solid Surface ...................................................................224
Gap Test A ................................................................221
Butt Joint...................................................................224
Gap Test B ................................................................221
Vertical Joints ...........................................................224
Gap Test C ................................................................221
Expansion .................................................................224
Miter Joints ...............................................................221
Solid Phenolic .................................................................224


Built Up Items ...........................................................221
Joint Width ................................................................224
Flatness or Warp, Test E .................................................221
Joints ........................................................................224
Wood Veneer...................................................................222
Trims or Gaskets ......................................................224
Panels.......................................................................222
INSTALLATION
Veneer Sequence .....................................................222
Butt Joints .................................................................222
Reveal Joints and Corners .......................................222
Inside Corners ..........................................................222
Rules ............................................................................................226
Mitered......................................................................222
Errata .....................................................................................226
Field Joinery .............................................................222
Basic Rules ............................................................................226
Exposed Corners ......................................................222
Aesthetics........................................................................226
Moldings ...................................................................222
Transparent Finished ......................................................226
Veneer Joints ............................................................222
Repairs ............................................................................226
Veneer Loss, Side ....................................................223
Installer Modifications......................................................226
Veneer Loss, End .....................................................223
Woodwork .......................................................................226
End Matched Veneer Misalignment ..........................223
These Standards .............................................................226
Figure .......................................................................223

SECTION8
table of contents
Gaps Test I ......................................................................227
Flushness Test J.............................................................227
Reveals at Adjoining Panel Gaps Test K .........................227
Flushness at Adjoining Panel Flushness Test L .............228
Fastening ........................................................................228
Reveal Strips ...................................................................228
Expansion Joints .............................................................228
Paneling ..........................................................................228
Joints ...............................................................................228
Backs ..............................................................................228

Flatness of Panels Test E ................................................228
Glue.................................................................................229
Hardware.........................................................................229
Specific Rules ........................................................................229
Veneered Panels .............................................................229
Solid Wood Surfacing ......................................................230


Solid Surface ...................................................................230
Solid Phenolic .................................................................230
TESTS
Smoothness ...........................................................................231
KCPI ................................................................................231
Sanding ...........................................................................231
Illustrations ......................................................................232

SECTION8
*XLGH6SHFLÀFDWLRQV

ZZZDZLQHWRUJ


:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH:,

SECTION8
,1752'8&7,21 0$7(5,$/6(/(&7,216 &2175$&7'2&80(1766+$//,1&/8'(
Section 8 includes information on wood veneer, For OPAQUE ¿QLVKHV Species, Slicing and Matching of individual leaves
solid wood, stile and rail wood, decorative Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) is are reviewed and governed by Section 4, Sheet
laminate, solid surface and solid phenolic products suggested for cost savings and an optimum 3URGXFWV1RWHXQOHVVRWKHUZLVHVSHFL¿HGSODLQ
and their related parts. paintable surface. sliced and bookmatch are the default standards).
Quality assurance can be achieved by adherence Medium Density Overlay (MDO) which may be 6SHFLHV7KHUHDUHQXPHURXVIRUHLJQDQG
to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality machined and detailed with little loss of quality domestic species available. Involve your
SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOL¿HG surface characteristics, requires a seal coat manufacturer early in the design and selection
6SRQVRU0HPEHU¿UPWRSURYLGH\RXUZRRGZRUN prior to application of finish coats with no sheen process.
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding limitation.
6OLFLQJ6HOHFWHLWKHUURWDU\SODLQVOLFHGTXDUWHU
Medium Density Overlay (MDO) - This sliced, or (in the case of Oak only) rift sliced.
Section are not intended to be all inclusive. Other

provides a paintable surface for panels. The
engineered solutions are acceptable. In the 0DWFKLQJRILQGLYLGXDOOHDYHV6HOHFWHLWKHU
thermosetting resin overlay is designed to take
DEVHQFHRIVSHFL¿FDWLRQVPHWKRGVIDEULFDWLRQ book matched (most appropriate for plain
and hold paint. Opaque finish sheens above 40
shall be at the option of the manufacturer. The sliced), slip matched (most appropriate for
Satin require special finishing procedures.
design professional, by specifying compliance to quartered and rift sliced), or random matched
the AWS increases the probability of receiving the Close Grain Hardwood - Although allowed, (for a rustic look, usually more expensive).
product quality expected. extra preparation may be required by
the finisher as there may be grain show- 0DWFKLQJRQHDFKSDQHOIDFH6HOHFWHLWKHU
:$//and&(,/,1*685)$&,1* running match, balance match, or balance and
through, split veneer joints, and other wood
characteristics. center match. Specify type of end matching for
Includes wood veneered panels, solid wood, tall elevations.
decorative plastic laminate, solid surface, solid Manufacturers’ option - Face materials are
phenolic panels and factory built framing for determined by the manufacturer. Sequence matching between full width pre
surfacing. manufactured panel sets.
For TRANSPARENT ¿QLVKHV


Contract documents, furnished by the design Selection starts by looking at “hand samples,”
pieces of veneer or lumber representing a 352'8&7$'9,625<
professional, shall clearly indicate or delineate
material, fabrication, installation, and applicable particular species, but not necessarily a particular Due to adverse reaction of some veneers
building code/regulation requirements. tree or log. Wood is a natural material (unlike ODPLQDWHGWR¿UHUDWHG)5XOWUDORZHPLWWLQJ
a manufactured product), which varies from formaldehyde (ULEF or NAUF), medium density
Shop drawings, engineering, listings and mockups tree to tree in its color and texture. Rather than ¿EHUERDUG0')FDXVLQJGLVFRORUDWLRQRIWKH
are the means by which the design intent is simply choosing an appropriate wood for its wood veneer even months after installation, major
turned into reality. They shall indicate methods color, consider the size and availability of the core manufacturers have issued disclaimers in the
of construction, exact material selections, grain species. A species that grows in smaller diameter, use of FR cores. They strongly suggest that use of
direction(s), methods of attachment and joinery, with shorter logs, lends itself to furniture and FR ULEF MDFand particleboard cores should be
and exact dimensions. They should also include smaller projects, whereas an abundant species done after testing compatibility of adhesives, wood
the manufacturer’s technical suggestions. Listings that grows in large diameter lends itself more to veneer and cores. Any resulting discoloration with
(schedules) are sometimes used to list core, larger public spaces. Many projects have run into the use of these cores may be exempt in their
edge and face materials, adhesives etc. when not GLI¿FXOWLHVEHFDXVHWKHVSHFLHVDYDLODELOLW\ZDVQRW warranties. Use of FR ULEF cores should only
included on the shop drawings. Mockups may be compatible with the project’s needs. be considered after consultation with the board
VSHFL¿HGIRUUHYLHZDVDIXOOVFDOHPRGHOVKRZLQJ supplier.
PDWHULDOVMRLQHU\DQG¿QLVKHVDQGDUHRIWHQXVHG
as the project control sample.

SECTION8
3$1(/6(48(1&,1*
5XQQLQJ0DWFK (cannot be end matched) - Each panel face is assembled from as many veneer leaves as necessary. This often results in a non-
symmetrical appearance, with some veneer leaves of unequal width. Often the most economical method at the expense of aesthetics.
Remainders

FIGURE: 8-001
%DODQFH0DWFK - Each panel face is assembled from veneer leaves of uniform width before edge trimming. Panels may contain an even (balance and
center) or odd (balanced) number of leaves and may change from panel to panel within a sequenced set.

1A 1B 1C 1D
Balance and Center Matched
FIGURE: 8-002
2A 2B 2C 2D
Balance Matched
FIGURE: 8-003

SECTION8
Balanced End Match
2B 2D 1D 1C


2A 2C 1A 1B
Balance and Center Matched, Balance Matched,
Requires Multiple of 2 Requires Multiple of 4
FIGURE: 8-005
FIGURE: 8-004
SEQUENCING of 3$1(/6:,7+,1$5220
6HOHFWLRQVLQFOXGHQRVHTXHQFHSUHPDQXIDFWXUHGVHWVIXOOZLGWKSUHPDQXIDFWXUHGVHWVVHOHFWLYHO\UHGXFHGLQZLGWKHTXDOO\VL]HGVHTXHQFHGXQLIRUP

size set(s), or blueprint sequenced panels and components.
Although many panel distributors maintain a panel inventory of pre-manufactured sets of different species and grades, only a limited quantity of species, cut
and grades will be available.
Sequenced custom sized and blueprint sequenced panels offer variables of veneer leaf match and panel width there for panel sequencing shall not be tried
with pre-manufactured panel sets therefore premanufactured sets shall not be used for sequenced custom sized and blueprint sequenced panels.
01/01/15
6HTXHQFHGSDQHOVDQGH[DPSOHVRIWKHLUURRPOD\RXWDUHDVIROORZV

SECTION8
SEQUENCING of 3$1(/6:,7+,1$5220(continued)
PREMANUFACTURED SEQUENCED SETS
Full width utilization is composed of a specific quantity of sequenced and numbered panels based on a per room basis for net footage selected from
available inventory. They are usually only available in 48” x 96” or 120” (1219 mm x 2438 mm or 3048 mm) sheets in sets varying from 6-12 panels. If more
than one set is required, sequencing between sets cannot be expected. Similarly, doors or components cannot be fabricated from the same set.
)8//:,'7+3$1(/87,/,=$7,21with running matched panels.
Mismatch at corner or flitch change

14” )
mm 46”
(356 (116
)

mm 8m
9 m)
8” (121 142
” (3
4 607
m) 48” m
013m (121 m)
”( 4 ) 9m
158 219 mm m)
(1
48”
48”
(121
m) 9m
219m tch
m)
(1 ma e
48” o
N th
h
wit or
h
flus rail
nd
tile a or


s do
Typical Remainders
158”
(4013 mm)
142”
Plan View (3607 mm)
FIGURE: 8-006

SECTION8
SEQUENCING of 3$1(/6:,7+,1$5220 (continued)
35(0$18)$&785('SEQUENCED SETS (continued)
)8//:,'7+3$1(/87,/,=$7,21with balanced matched panels.
Mismatch at corner or flitch change

14” )
mm 46”
(356 (116
) 8m
9 mm m)
8” (121 142
” (3
4 607
m) m

3m 48”
01 (121 m)
” (4 ) 9m
158 219 mm m)
(1
48”
48”
(121
) 9m
mm m)
(1219 tch
48” o ma e
N th
h
wit or
sh
flu rail
nd
ea
stil door

158”
(4013 mm)
142”
Plan View (3607 mm)
FIGURE: 8-006

SECTION8
35(0$18)$&785('SEQUENCED SETS (continued)
SELECTIVELY REDUCED 3$1(/87,/,=$7,21 with balanced matched panels.
Some loss of continuity at every

panel joint, corners, or at flitch change.
14” )
mm 35”
) (356 (889
14 mm mm
)
(9 142
36” 36” ” (3
607
m) (914 mm
13m m) mm )

(40 4m )
8 ” (91
15 36” 36”
) (914
mm mm
(914 )
36” 35”
h (889
m) atc mm
(914 m No the
m )
36” h
wit or
h
flus rail
nd
tile a or
s do

158”
(4013 mm)
142”
Plan View (3607 mm)
FIGURE: 8-007

SECTION8
MADE TO ORDER SEQUENCED SETS (must be specified). Balance or balance and center matched panels are manufactured to exact sizes based
on the project’s net footage and height requirements.
Panels manufactured at 39.5” (1003 mm)

wide for the job in sequenced, numbered
set(s). Panel at corner of 142” (3607 mm)
wall cut to 23.5” (597 mm) with resulting
23 loss of grain pattern.
mm
) (597 .5”
003 mm
” (1 )

#5 39.5
39.5 # 4 ” (1
003 142”
m m) 3 mm) mm
)
(36
07 m
1 3 00 #6
8 ” (40 9.5” (1 39.5 m)
15 3 ” (1
) #3 003
m mm
3m
” (100 #7 )
5
39. 2 39.5
# ” (1
) 003
mm mm
003 tch )
” (1 ma #8
39.5 1 o
N the
h
# wit or
h
flus rail
nd
tile a or


s do
158”
(4013 mm)
142”
Plan View (3607 mm)
FIGURE: 8-008

SECTION8
MADE TO ORDER SEQUENCED BLUEPRINT SETS and COMPONENTS (must be specified). Balance and balance and center matched panels are
manufactured to the exact sizes the manufacturer determines from the contract drawings, clipping and matching each individual face to the project’s
specific needs. Each face will be in sequence with adjacent panels, doors, transoms, and cabinet faces as needed for continuity.
Components such as doors, windows, openings and cabinets plus overall room dimensions are the variables that determine panel width. Either balance
and/or balance and center matched panels may be used in conjunction with one another to achieve a blueprint sequence. Therefore, grain continuity is
maximized, which enhances the overall aesthetics.
14” ) 36”
mm

(357 5 (914
mm
) # mm
(914 #6 ) 142
36” r) 36” ” (3
m) (ove ( 60
013m )
#4 # 7 914 mm 7 mm)
”(4 mm (ove )
158 ” (914 r)
36 36”
#3 (
) # 8 914 m
mm (ove m)
” (914 r)
36 36”
#2 (914
) m
(914
mm
nce # 9 m)
36”
q ue
#1 Se tched
ma door
h 1
flus

r) 1
(doo
#4
#7
(und
er)
1
#8
(und
er)
158”
(4013 mm)
1
Cannot be sequenced, must be manufactured
from same flitch and well matched for color and grain.
142”
Plan View (3607 mm)
FIGURE: 8-009

SECTION8
FLITCH SELECTION 6LQFHLWZLOOWDNHDWOHDVWÀLWFKHVZLWKD VARIATIONS LQ1$785$/:22'352'8&76
gross square footage of 2,500 square feet
The design professional may choose to see each to meet the project needs, give careful Wood is a natural material, with variations in
VDPSOHVRIYHQHHUÀLWFKHVWRHYDOXDWHFRORU FRQVLGHUDWLRQWRWKHIROORZLQJNH\FULWHULD FRORUWH[WXUHDQG¿JXUH7KHVHYDULDWLRQVDUH
and grain characteristics for other than pre- LQÀXHQFHGE\WKHQDWXUDOJURZLQJSURFHVVDQGDUH
PDQXIDFWXUHGVHWV7KLVPXVWEHVSHFL¿HG /HQJWK - Is the length adequate for the uncontrollable by the manufacturer. The color of
8QOHVVVSHFL¿HGOD\XSLVGHWHUPLQHGE\WKH requirements? The flitch needs to be at wood within a tree varies between the “sapwood”
manufacturer. least 6” (152 mm) longer than the panel (the outer layers of the tree which continue to
requirements. transport sap), which is usually lighter in color than
When it is determined that the use of pre- the “heartwood” (the inner layers in which the cells
manufactured panel sets is not adequate for the :LGWK - What will the net yield for width be KDYHEHFRPH¿OOHGZLWKQDWXUDOGHSRVLWV9DULRXV
VFRSHRIWKHSURMHFWWKHQVHOHFWLQJVSHFL¿FYHQHHU from each flitch? VSHFLHVSURGXFHGLIIHUHQWJUDLQSDWWHUQV¿JXUHV
ÀLWFKHVLVDQRSWLRQWRFRQVLGHU ZKLFKLQÀXHQFHWKHVHOHFWLRQSURFHVV7KHUHZLOO
*URVVVTXDUHIRRWDJHRIHDFKIOLWFK - total be variations of grain patterns within selected

When sliced from a log, the individual pieces of yield must be 15,000 square feet. species. The architectural woodwork manufacturer
veneer are referred to as leaves. These leaves are cannot select solid lumber cuttings within a
&RORUDQGJUDLQFRPSDWLELOLW\ - While exact
kept in order as they are sliced and then dried. As species by grain and color in the same manner
matching is not possible, from flitch to flitch,
the leaves come out of the dryer, the log is literally in which veneers may be selected. Color, texture,
this is the opportunity to select the range
reassembled. This sliced, dried and reassembled and grain variations will occur in architectural
of color and grain compatibility that will
ORJRUSDUWLDOORJLVFDOOHGDÀLWFK7KHÀLWFKLVJLYHQ woodworking.
enhance the visual continuity of the entire
a number and the gross square footage of the
project.
ÀLWFKLVWDOOLHG HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATES
The reality of this process is that the square +3'/
7RVHOHFWVSHFLÀFYHQHHUÁLWFKHVIRUDSURMHFW IRRWDJHRILQGLYLGXDOÀLWFKHVRIYHQHHUZLOO
Determine the net square footage of face High pressure decorative laminate color
probably range from 1,200 square feet up to
veneer required for the project. This should and texture can be used in the manufacture
3,000 square feet. This means that one may
include paneling, casework, built-in furniture, of architectural panels and doors with the
HQGXSVHOHFWLQJRUÀLWFKHVLQVWHDGRI
and flush doors items when specifying a IROORZLQJFDXWLRQV
just 6. But the goal remains the same as in

blueprint sequenced project. WKHH[DPSOHVHOHFWLQJÀLWFKHVWKDWZLOOVDWLVI\ High gloss HPDL will highlight minor
WKHDHVWKHWLFQHHGVZKLOHIXO¿OOLQJWKHIDFH core and surface imperfections, often
Multiply the net square footage times three (this
veneer requirements for the project. unacceptably.
is the average ratio. Some species require a
KLJKHUPXOWLSOLHU([DPSOHQHWVTXDUH
,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWKDWVSHFL¿FDWLRQVEH HPDL panels and doors are not
IHHW[ VTXDUHIHHWWKLVLVWKHJURVV
written with the foregoing objective in mind. recommended for exterior use due to the
square footage that should be sampled for this
Then, when the project has been awarded to potential differentials in humidity between
project.
DTXDOL¿HGPDQXIDFWXUHUWDONGLUHFWO\WRWKH the faces.
While this may sound like a daunting quantity manufacturer and be involved in one of the
of veneer to look through, there is an most exciting aspects of bringing the design Some HPDLs utilize a WHITE BACKGROUND
established process that simplifies the task. concepts to reality. paper to achieve the high fidelity, contrast, and
When a numbered flitch is sampled, typically, depth of color of their printed pattern, while
three leaves of veneer are removed from the leaving a white line at exposed edges, which is
flitch and numbered sequentially. Starting from extremely noticeable with darker colors.
the top of the flitch, a leaf is removed from one-
STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM
quarter of the way down, then from one-half,
and from three quarters in the flitch. These Site-applied cornice, chair rail, base, trim, and
three sequentially numbered leaves of veneer mouldings are governed by the areas of the
form a representative sample of that flitch. Architectural Woodwork Standards covering
Standing and Running Trim.

SECTION8
FIRE RETARDANCE and TREATMENT ,QWXPHVFHQW&RDWLQJVIRU:RRG It is
SMOOTHNESS RI FLAT and MOLDED possible to reduce flammability by using
SURFACES 7KHQDWXUDO¿UHUHWDUGDQWTXDOLWLHVDQG intumescent coatings in either opaque or
acceptability of treatments vary among the transparent finishes. These are formulated to
3ODQHUVDQG0ROGHUV The smoothness of expand or foam when exposed to high heat,
species. Where certain items of architectural
surfaces that have been machine planed or and create an insulating effect that reduces
ZRRGZRUNDUHUHTXLUHGWRKDYHDÀDPHVSUHDG
moulded is determined by the closeness of the FODVVL¿FDWLRQWRPHHWDSSOLFDEOHEXLOGLQJDQG the speed of spread of flame. Improvements
knife cuts. The closer the cuts to each other safety codes, the choice of lumber species must are continually being made on these coatings.
(i.e., the more knife cuts per inch [KCPI]), the be a consideration. Additional data on various Consequently, the specifier must ascertain
closer the ridges, and therefore the smoother species may be available from U.S. Department whether they will be permitted under the code
the resulting appearance. of Agriculture Forest Service, Fire Safety of Wood governing the project, the relative durability of
Products Work Unit at (608) 231-9265. the finish, and the effect of the coating on the
6DQGLQJDQG$EUDVLYHV Surfaces can be desired color of the finished product.
further smoothed by sanding. Sandpapers

)ODPH6SUHDG&ODVVLILFDWLRQThis is the
come in grits from coarse to fine and are )LQLVKLQJ2I)LUH5HWDUGDQW7UHDWHG/XPEHU
generally accepted measurement for flame
assigned ascending grit numbers. The coarser Fire-retardant treatments may affect the
spread rating of materials. It compares the rate
the grit, the faster the stock removal. The finishes intended to be used on the wood,
of flame spread on a particular species with the
surface will show the striations caused by the particularly if transparent finishes are planned.
rate of flame spread on untreated Oak. Most
grit. Sanding with finer grit papers will produce The compatibility of finishes should be tested
authorities accept the following classes for
smoother surfaces. before they are applied.
IODPHVSUHDG
INSTALLATION FIRE RETARDANT PANEL PRODUCTS
Class I or A 0-25
The methods and skill involved in the installation Class II or B 26-75 &RUH - The flame spread rating of the core
of paneling and doors in large measure determine material determines the rating of the assembled
Class III or C 76-200
WKH¿QDODSSHDUDQFHRIWKHSURMHFW7KHGHVLJQ panel. Fire-retardant veneered panels must
detailing, and fabrication should be directed )LUH5HWDUGDQW7UHDWPHQWV Some species have a fire-retardant core. Particleboard core is
toward achieving installation with a minimum of available with a Class I (Class A) rating. Veneer
may be treated with chemicals to reduce


exposed face fastening. The use of interlocking flammability and retard the spread of flame core and MDF (Medium Density Fiberboard)
wood cleats or metal hanging clips combined with cores are available with a flame spread rating
over the surface. This usually involves
accurate furring and shimming will accomplish in some markets.
impregnating the wood, under pressure, with
this. Such hanging of panels has the additional salts suspended in a liquid. The treated wood
advantage of permitting panel movement that )DFH - The International Codes, except where
must be re-dried prior to fabrication. Consult
results from humidity changes or building with a manufacturer about the appearance
locally amended, provide that facing materials
movement. Depending upon local practice, many less than 0.036” (0.9mm) or thinner and applied
and availability of treated woods prior to
manufacturers will perform the wall preparation directly to the surface of the walls or ceilings
specification.
and installation of the paneling and related doors. are not required to be tested.
The sizes and species currently being treated
FINISHING If a Class I (Class A) panel assembly is
ÀDPHVSUHDGOHVVWKDQDUHYHU\OLPLWHG
specified with a decorative laminate face, the
and not available in all markets. Fire-retardant
Site conditions and air quality regulations for WUHDWPHQWGRHVDIIHFWWKHFRORUDQG¿QLVKLQJ
decorative laminate and the laminate balancing
¿QLVKLQJDUHUDUHO\FRQGXFLYHWRJRRGUHVXOWV3RRU characteristics of the wood.
sheet must be applied to a Class I (Class A)
lighting, dust-laden air, and techniques available core material, with the laminate manufacturer’s
are limiting factors. Depending upon local recommended adhesive. It is the responsibility
Subject to the authority having jurisdiction,
SUDFWLFHPDQ\PDQXIDFWXUHUVZLOOIDFWRU\¿QLVK of the specifier to indicate what flame spread
untreated wood and wood products may
yielding better results than can be achieved from rating, if any, is required for the paneling. In
be used. The location and quantity to be
¿HOG¿QLVKLQJ8QOHVVVSHFL¿HGLQWKH&RQWUDFW the absence of such a specified rating, the
determined by the design professional.
Documents, the manufacturer is not responsible manufacturer shall supply un-rated paneling.
IRUWKHDSSHDUDQFHRI¿HOG¿QLVKHGSDQHOVRU
doors.

SECTION8
EDGEBANDING EXAMPLES ),(/'&87&251(5DQG75$16,7,21 REVEALS DQG REVEAL JOINT EXAMPLES
EXAMPLES
9HQHHUHGJHEDQGHG
Butt - Outside Corner
,QVHW6ROLG:RRGHGJHEDQGLQJ
Figure: 8-020
Figure: 8-014

Figure: 8-011 Mitered - Outside Corner
$SSOLHG6ROLG:RRGZLWKFRUQHUMRLQWRSWLRQV
Figure: 8-021
Figure: 8-022
A
Figure: 8-015
Solid Wood - Outside Corner

B
Figure: 8-023
Figure: 8-024
Figure: 8-016
A - Lapped B - Mitered Butt - Inside Corner

Figure: 8-012
Figure: 8-025
For durability, the bottom edge of wall surfacing is To PREVENT TELEGRAPHING, inset solid
edgebanded. wood edging when used must have similar
moisture content as panel core, be glued
securely and calibrated with panel core
thickness prior to being laminated with a wood
veneer on both faces.
Figure: 8-017
Non-reveal - Transition
Figure: 8-018
Figure: 8-013

SECTION8
REVEALS DQG REVEAL JOINT (continued) )$&725<35(3$5('&251(5DQG Solid Wood - Outside Corner
TRANSITION EXAMPLES
Lock Mitered - Outside Corner
Figure: 8-032
Non-reveal Transition

Figure: 8-028
Splined - Outside Corner Figure: 8-033
Figure: 8-026
FACTORY PREPARED TRANSITION EXAMPLE

RIEXLOWXSVHFWLRQ
Loose joint fit in plant and sanded flush
Figure: 8-029
Miter Fold - Outside Corner


Figure: 8-034
Figure: 8-027
Figure: 8-030
Solid Wood - Outside Corner
Figure: 8-031

SECTION8
STILE DQG RAIL PANELING
Flat or raised panels with wood veneer faces or of solid lumber, combined with stiles and rails. Design may encompass face application of mouldings. Joints
between panels, stiles, rails, and other members to be as designed for functional or decorative purposes.
E;$03/(6RI:$//3$1(/6:,7+0,//:25.
Veneered stile and rail with concealed*

stile and rail edges and panel rim
* Likely to cause telegraphing through face veneer

FIGURE:8-036

Solid lumber stile and rail with
panel products and solid rims
Mortise and Tenon
construction
FIGURE:8-043
FIGURE:8-037
Solid stile and rail with lip moulding

and panel product with solid rim

FIGURE:8-038
Medium density fiberboard (MDF) for Doweled

stiles, rails and panels construction
FIGURE:8-044
FIGURE:8-039
Inside corner FIGURE:8-040
Outside corner - spline
FIGURE:8-041
Outside corner - lock miter
FIGURE:8-035 FIGURE:8-042

SECTION8
E;$03/(6RISTILE DQG RAIL PANELING
A C

B D
Section A Section B Section C Section D

Figure: 8-045

SECTION8
E;$03/(RI)/$73$1(/,1*:,7+5(9($/6:,7+,1$1,&+(
Plan Section B

B B

A
Section A
Figure: 8-046

SECTION8
(;$03/(RI3$1(/,1*)255(&(37,21:$//6:,7+FACTORY BUILT STRUCTURES

A
B

Plan Section A Section B
Figure: 8-047

SECTION8
Flame spread ratings. If FIELD FINISHED, include in Division 09 of

WKHVSHFLILFDWLRQV
Special code compliance.
%()25(),1,6+,1*, exposed portions
Special molding profile. of woodwork shall have handling marks or
:22'9(1((5 with a thorough, final sanding over all sur-
faces of the exposed portions and shall be
Speciesof veneer.
cleaned before applying sealer or finish.
Method of slicing (plain, quarter, rotary, or
At CONCEALED SURFACES - Architectural
rift).
woodwork that may be exposed to moisture,
Matching of veneer leaves (book, slip, or

such as those adjacent to exterior concrete
random) andveneer leaves within apanel walls, etc., shall be primed.
face (running, balance, or center-balanced).
Sequence of adjacent panels (non-
sequenced, sequenced, or blueprint panels
and components) and end-matching.
Grain direction, if other than vertical. used herein.
For selected flitches, the sources, gross
footage of flitches, and cost per square foot.
blocking, backing, furring, brackets, or other
Special figure, which is not a function of a anchorage which becomes an integral part of
species grade, must be specified. the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings, required
for the installation of architectural woodwork
62/,':22' are not to be furnished or installed by the archi-


Species of wood. tectural woodwork manufacturer or installer.
Method of cutting (plain, quarter or rift). COMPOSITE CORES (e.g., particleboard,
Grain direction, if other than vertical. medium-density fiberboard, agrifiber, or combi-
nation core products) are recommended in lieu
Special figure, which is not a function of a
of veneer core, because these cores produce a
species grade, must be specified.
smoother exposed face, vary less in thickness,
LAMINATE, SOLID SURFACE and SOLID and are less likely to warp.
PHENOLIC
SOLID SURFACE
Manufacturer.
Coordinate material applications within the
Pattern or Color. manufacturer’s guidelines.
Sheen. Use of the same batch of materials is
Special pattern direction - with lack of important at adjacent sheets to lessen color
specification, pattern direction will be vertical variations.
at panels and optional at joints. Thicknesses are nominal and may be a fab-
rication concern where thickness is critical.
SOLID PHENOLIC performs well in high mois-

ture and heavy use applications

SECTION8

,QFOXGLQJ:RRG9HQHHU6ROLG:RRG %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
6WLOHDQG5DLO:RRG'HFRUDWLYH 6 CONCEALED SURFACES

/DPLQDWH6ROLG6XUIDFHDQG6ROLG
6.1 All non-visible surfaces attached to and/or covered by
3KHQROLF:DOO&HLOLQJ6XUIDFLQJDQG another.
3DUWLWLRQ3URGXFWV 6.2 All non-visible blocking or spacers used for attachment.
7 When SOLID SURFACE is referenced in these standards, it

%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 refers to filled cast polymeric resin panels per Section 4.
1 GRADE 8 When SOLID PHENOLIC (compact laminate) is referenced in

these standards, it refers to panels of melamine impregnated

These standards are characterized in three Grades of quality decorative sheets over kraft phenolic core sheets per Section 4.
that might be mixed within a single project. Limitless design
possibilities and a wide variety of lumber and veneer species, 9 Use of +3'/%$&.(':22'9(1((56 is permitted, if so
along with overlays, high-pressure decorative laminates, specified or otherwise approved.
factory finishes, and profiles are available in all three Grades.
10 Use of CONTINUOUS PRESSURE LAMINATES (melamine and
1.2 ECONOMY GRADE defines the minimum quality polyester-based) as an alternative to HPDL is permitted, provided
requirements for a project’s workmanship, materials, or they conform to the same physical properties and thickness as
installation and is typically reserved for woodwork that is not required for HPDL.
in public view, such as in mechanical rooms and utility areas.
11 FURRING, when required, shall be in accordance with the
1.3 CUSTOM GRADE is typically specified for and adequately International Building Code (IBC), National Building Code of
covers most high-quality architectural woodwork, providing Canada (NBC)/or regional building code.
a well-defined degree of control over a project’s quality of
materials, workmanship, or installation. 12 BLEACHED VENEERS may cause finishing problems and are


not recommended.
areas of a project where the highest level of quality, materials, 13 +,*+*/266+3'/ may telegraph minor core and surface
workmanship, and installation is required. imperfections and are not recommended.
1.5 GRADE LIMITATIONS 14 To PREVENT TELEGRAPHING, inset solid wood edging when
1.5.1 SOLID SURFACE wall surfacing is only defined in Custom securely and calibrated with panel core thickness prior to being
and Premium Grade. laminated with a wood veneer on both faces.
1.5.2 SOLID PHENOLIC CORE wall surfacing is only defined in 15 INDUSTRY PRACTICES
Premium Grade.
15.1 STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, grounds, in wall blocking,
2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall govern if in conflict with these backing, furring, brackets, or other anchorage that are an
standards. integral part of the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings, that
are required for the installation of architectural woodwork
3 ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENTS of lumber and/or sheet are not furnished or installed by the architectural woodwork
products used within this woodwork product section are manufacturer or installer.
established by Sections 3 and 4, unless otherwise modified
herein. 15.2 :$//&(,/,1* and OPENING variations in excess of
1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in
4 AESTHETIC COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS apply only to 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb, level, flat, straight, square,
surfaces visible after fabrication and installation. or of the correct size are not acceptable for the installation
5 EXPOSED SURFACES installer to scribe or fit to tolerances in excess of such.
5.1 All visible surfaces of architectural wall surfacing.

SECTION8
E C P

%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)

15.4 RADIUS MOLDINGS are laminated and formed, preshaped,

or machined to the radius and fabricated in the longest
practical lengths to minimize field joints.
15.5 :$,16&27 is defined as being 48” (1219 mm) or less in

height above the finished floor.

15.6 :$//685)$&,1* with a defined grain and/or pattern is
installed vertically.

SECTION8

6&23( '()$8/767,38/$7,21
1 All decorative, solid or veneered wood, laminated plastic, solid 1 IF NO FINISH IS SPECIFIED, THE DEFAULT STIPULATION
phenolic composite and solid surface for architectural )2523$48(),1,6+$33/,(6
1.1 Wall Surfacing. 1.1 :22' SURFACING AT OPAQUE FINISH - unless otherwise
specified or detailed, work shall be CUSTOM GRADE, panels
1.2 Ceiling Surfacing. shall be Medium Density Fiberboard and where details show
solid wood components, shall be close grain hardwood.
1.3 Partitions.
1.2 :22' SURFACING AT TRANSPARENT FINISH - unless
2 7<3,&$/,1&/86,216 otherwise specified or detailed, work shall be CUSTOM
GRADE, panels shall be plain sliced hardwood veneer and
2.1 All decorative, solid or veneered wood, laminated plastic,
where details show solid wood components, shall be plain

solid phenolic composite and solid surface wall and ceiling
sawn hardwood.
surfacing.
2 DECORATIVE LAMINATE SURFACING - unless otherwise
2.2 All decorative, solid or veneered wood, laminated plastic,
specified or detailed, work shall be CUSTOM GRADE with
solid phenolic composite and solid surface partitions.
retention moldings at field joints. Colors to be selected from non
2.3 All doors required to be blueprint matched to wood paneling, premium priced standard patterns and texture.
QRWVSHFLILHGRWKHUZLVHDQG
3 SOLID SURFACE SURFACING - unless otherwise specified
2.3.1 If doors are specified to be furnished by others, the or detailed, work shall be CUSTOM GRADE, 1/4” (6.4 mm)
paneling supplier shall control matching. minimum thickness, directly applied, with 1/4” x 1” (6.4 mm x
25.4 mm) trim bats at vertical butt joints on continuous horizontal
2.4 If installed, furring, in wall blocking, shims, and methods of runs. Colors to be selected from non premium priced standard
attachment from the face of the wall and ceiling out. patterns.

2.5 All exposed decorative solid phenolic composite wall and SOLID PHENOLIC SURFACING - unless otherwise specified or
ceiling surface. detailed, work shall be PREMIUM GRADE, 1/8” (3 mm) minimum
thickness with 1/8” x 1” (3 mm x 25 mm) battens at vertical joints
2.6 Class I Flame Spread Rated HPDL wall and ceiling surfacing on continuous horizontal runs. Colors to be selected from the
assembly. manufacturer’s standard patterns and colors.
2.7 Class I Flame Spread Rated veneered wood wall and ceiling
surfacing assembly.
3 7<3,&$/(;&/86,216
3.1 Non climate controlled interior or exterior architectural wall

and ceiling surfacing.
3.2 Casework soffits, fascia or filler panels.
3.3 Room, closet, or access doors, unless sequence matched

and blueprint matched with paneling.
3.4 Any bucks or grounds.
3.5 Composition or plaster wallboards or coverings.
3.6 Site built framing or sheathing.
3.7 Exposed base other than wood, decorative laminate, or solid

surface.
3.8 Fabric wrapped and/or acoustic panels or partitions.

SECTION8
E C P

58/(6
%DVLF5XOHV
SPECIFIC PROFILE, if required, shall be specified or drawn.
For 75$163$5(17),1,6+(':22'LIWKHVSHFLHVLVQRWVSHFL¿HG
use of hardwood or softwood (panel product or solid stock) of one
www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall species for the entire project is permitted.
7$.(35(&('(1&(29(57+(6(58/(6, subject to their
date of posting and a project’s bid date. Where GLUING or LAMINATIONRFFXUV
Delamination or separation shall not occur beyond that which is

allowed in Sections 3 & 4.

%DVLF5XOHV
Use of CONTACT ADHESIVE is not permitted unless otherwise

AESTHETIC grade rules apply only to the faces visible after installation. LQGLFDWHGDQG
Complies with the Heat Resistance Test listed in the
LUMBER shall conform to the requirements established in Section 3. APPENDIX. a
Is not allowed at non phenolic backed wood veneer applications.
HOT MELT APPLIED HPDL edgebanding shall be primed before
Section 4.
DSSOLFDWLRQIRUSURSHUDGKHVLRQXQOHVV
Hot melt adhesive has been especially formulated for the primer
%$&.,1*6+((7 shall conform to the requirements established in
less application of HPDL.
Section 4.
CUT OUTSUHTXLUH
5 EXPOSED SURFACES include


At SOLID SURFACE or HPDL exposed surfaces have a minimum
5 All visible surfaces of wall and ceiling surfacing.
1/4” (6.4 mm) radius at inside corners.
6 CONCEALED SURFACES LQFOXGH

CATHEDRALW\SHILJXUHVKDOOEHDFKLHYHGE\
6 All non visible surfaces attached to and/or covered by another.
A single component in “AA” Face Grade.
6 All non visible blocking or spacers used for attachment.
7KHVSOLWKHDUWPHWKRGLQ)DFH*UDGHV³$'´DQG
7 FURRINGVKDOOEHXVHGDVUHTXLUHGDQG
component width requirements for Face Grade “B.”
It shall be in accordance with applicable codes and regulations for
7
PD[LPXPWKLFNQHVV¿UHEORFNLQJDQGYRLG¿OOV
SINGLE SOURCE is required at blueprint matched doors and panels.
DEFINED GRAIN and/or PATTERN of wall surfacing shall be installed

8 ),567&/$66:25.0$16+,3 is required in compliance with these
with the grain or pattern direction running vertically.
standards.
:$,16&27VKDOOEH´PPRUOHVVLQKHLJKWDERYHWKH¿QLVKHG

9
ÀRRU
MULTIPLE OPTIONS, when permitted, shall be the manufacturer’s

choice.
FLAME SPREAD RATING requirements shall be specified.

SECTION8

LUMBER, VENEERED PROFILE or SHEET PRODUCTS shall be of S From previous column

WKHVSHFLHVDQG*UDGHVSHFL¿HGDQG
7 )RU75$163$5(17),1,6+ VENEER (continued)
Shall not have defects, either natural or manufactured, that exceed
7 MATCHING AT ADJACENT LEAVESVKDOOEH
those permitted.
7 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P
NATURAL and MANUFACTURED DEFECTS are permitted, if covered
7 Book matching.
by adjoining members or otherwise concealed when installed. E C P
FIGURE is not a function of a species grade and must be specified in 7 0$7&+,1*:,7+,13$1(/)$&(VKDOOEH

the contract document. 7 Running match. E C P
3(50,76:$53 that can be held flat and straight with methods 7 Balance match. E C P

described in the Installation portion of this Section. 7 5 At ADJACENT PANELSVKDOOEH

7 5 Sequenced
PARTITION CORES of particleboard or medium density fiberboard
5 6SHFL¿HGZKHQend matching, made to order
0')RI
7 5 sequence sets and blueprint sequencing is E C P
Up to and including 48” (1219mm) in width or 84” (2137mm) in required.
5
height shall be a minimum 11/16” (17.5mm) in thickness.
Over 48” (1219mm) in width or 84” (2137mm) in height shall be a 8 (;326('685)$&(6
5
minimum 1” (25.4mm) in thickness. 8 Requires end grain to be kept to a minimum. E C P
Partition doors up to and including 36” (914mm) in width or 72” 8 Requires no end grain showing. E C P
5 (1829mm) in height shall be a minimum 11/16” (17.5mm) in
8 Permits medium density fiberboard (MDF) for opaque finish.
thickness.
8 For75$163$5(17),1,6+
Partition doors over 36” (914mm) in width or 72” (1829mm) in height
5 8 Permits hardwood or softwood.
shall be a minimum 1” (25.4mm) in thickness.
8 Permits only one species for the entire project. E C P


6 For 23$48(),1,6+ 8 5HTXLUHVDGMDFHQWYHQHHUDQGOXPEHUWREH
6 0HGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG0')LVSHUPLWWHG 8 Manufacturers’ choice species. E C P
6 9HQHHULVSHUPLWWHGKRZHYHU 8 Compatible for color and grain. E C P
SPECIES of manufacturer’s choice, closed grain hardwood 8 Well matched for color and grain. E C P
6 conforming to ANSI/HPV$+3ODWHVW(GLWLRQGH¿QLWLRQVDQG
FKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRU 07/31/15 9 &21&($/('685)$&(6
6 Grade - D E C P 9 Permits defects such as voids, wane, or unfilled knots.
6 Grade - C E C P Requires STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS for items such as
6 Grade - B E C P reception desk walls, die walls, podiums, benches, partitions etc.,
9
to be veneer core plywood, hardwood lumber, particleboard, MDF
7 For TRANSPARENT FINISH, VENEER or SCL.
07/31/15
SPECIES of manufacturer’s choice, hardwood conforming to ANSI/

7
HPV$+3ODWHVW(GLWLRQGH¿QLWLRQVDQGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRU :22'9(1((5
7 Grade - B E C P Requires CORES of particleboard or medium density fiberboard

7 Grade - A E C P 0')WREH
7 Grade - AA E C P A minimum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) in thickness. E C P
7 SLICINGRI A minimum of 7/16” (11.1 mm) in thickness. E C P
7 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P A minimum of 11/16” (17.5 mm) in thickness. E C P
7 Plain sliced. E C P &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T

SECTION8
E C P

:22'9(1((5 (continued) :22'9(1((5 (continued)
MATCHING, such as book match and end match, slip match and :,7+,1$3$1(/, shall have solid wood let into

end match, or special sketch faces, to be so specified and detailed. 5 7 the core before the veneer is applied where the E C P
For OPAQUEILQLVKIDFHVKDOO YHQHHULVPDFKLQHGWKURXJKKRZHYHU
NOT require the selection of color and/or grain. Reveals of 1/8” (3.2 mm) or less in width let into MDF to a
5 7 maximum depth of one third of the core thickness do not
PERMIT the use of paint grade hardwood, medium density
require solid wood if finished same as exposed finish.
ILEHUERDUG0')RUPHGLXPGHQVLW\RYHUOD\0'2DQG
5 8 Allows ),1*(5-2,176
If MDF is used, edgebanding is not required.

5 8 At manufacturers’ choice. E C P
Permit manufacturers’ choice of veneer slicing.
5 8 One per 96” (2440 mm) of length. E C P
NOT require matching of veneer leaves.
5 8 Not allowed. E C P
5 NOT require matching of adjacent panels.
Does not permit BLEED THROUGH of adhesive at veneer joints
6 Have visible REVEALS and SPLINESWKDWDUH 6
that visually affects an applied finish.
6 Full length.
7 At FLAME SPREAD RATEDSDQHOLQJ
6 Manufacturers’ choice of species.
Shall be of the construction standard of the panel manufacturer
7 Have EDGES 7
and conform to the requirements of applicable labeling agencies.
7 Filled and sanded. E C P
7 (GJHEDQGHGZLWKFORVHJUDLQPDWHULDOZLWK E C P SOLID STILE and 5$,/:22'685)$&,1*permits
7 FINGER JOINTS permitted. E C P No adhesive bleed through at joints.
For TRANSPARENTILQLVKVKDOO LUMBER be plain sawn only.
Have FACESWKDWDUH

VENEERED sheet products that comply with those requirements

Between ADJACENT PANELS of spelled out for Veneered Wall Surfacing within this section.
Manufacturers’ choice. E C P At OPAQUEILQLVK
Sequenced premanufactured sets. E C P Medium density fiberboard.
Balance matched, sequenced Paint grade hardwood or softwood at

E C P E C P
SUHPDQXIDFWXUHGVHWVH[FHSW manufacturer’s choice.
At trimmed ends of sequenced panel sets Paint grade hardwood. E C P
Balance matched when required to be end Finger joints. E C P
E C P
matched. 5 At TRANSPARENT finish, finger joints. E C P
Have visible EDGES, REVEALS, and/or SPLINES, when 6 3$1(/6
5
DSSURSULDWHWKDWDUH SHALL BE solid stock or veneered construction, at the
6
5 Full length. manufacturer’s choice.
5 MANUFACTURERS’ choice E C P 6 ,I)/$7VKDOOEH
5 MATCH species of panel face. E C P 6 62/,':22'
5 COMPATIBLE for color and grain. E C P Minimum 1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness and
5 5 :(//0$7&+(' for color and grain. 6 maximum 23-3/4” (603 mm) across the grain E C P
E C P
in width.
5 6 E C P Minimum 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness and
that precludes show through of core.
6 maximum 13-3/4” (350 mm) across the grain E C P
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T in width.
6 Not permitted. E C P

SECTION8

SOLID STILE and 5$,/:22'685)$&,1* DECORATIVE LAMINATE (continued)
(continued)
6 PANELS (continued) ADJACENT SHEETS be prematched by the manufacturer and/
or installer to minimize color variation within the scope of the
6 ,I)/$7VKDOOEH (continued)
PDQXIDFWXUHU¶VJXDUDQWHHDQG
6 SHEET352'8&7
Be fabricated from the longest sheet lengths available.
6 Minimum 1/4” (6.4 mm) in thickness. E C P If FLAME SPREAD RATED, be Class I and 04/29/16
6 Minimum 1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness. E C P
04/29/16
Shall be of the construction standard of the panel manufacturer
6 If RAISEDVKDOOEH and conform to the requirements of the local code authorities. Be
6 62/,':22' applied with a rigid set, Class I flame spread rated adhesive.

6 Permitted in any dimension. E C P 5 PATTERNED or :22'*5$,1
Minimum 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness and Shall MATCH VERTICALLY, provided the total height does not
5
6 maximum 13-3/4” (350 mm) across the grain E C P exceed the maximum length of the available sheet.
in width. 5 Is not required to 0$7&++25,=217$//<
6 Not permitted. E C P CORES of particleboard or medium density fiberboard (MDF) shall
6
6 VENEERED STILES and RAILS or SHEET PRODUCT EH
6 Minimum 1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness. E C P 6 A minimum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) in thickness. E C P
6 Minimum 11/16” (17.5 mm) in thickness. E C P 6 A minimum of 7/16” (11.1 mm) in thickness. E C P
6 EDGESRIYHQHHUHGFRQVWUXFWHGFRPSRQHQWVVKDOO 6 A minimum of 11/16” (17.5 mm) in thickness. E C P
Be veneer edgebanded with compatible 7 %$&.,1*6+((7VKDOOEH
6 E C P
species. A minimum of 0.020” (0.5 mm) thickness conforming to NEMA
7
Be veneer edgebanded with same species as /'ODWHVWHGLWLRQDQG


6 E C P
face. Applied to the backside of the core using the same adhesive
7
6 Not require mitering at corners. as the face lamination.
When If FLAME SPREAD RATED, a minimum of .028” (0.7 mm)
7
62/,':22' SURFACINGSHUPLWV HPDL, Class I Flame Spread Rated and 04/29/16
No adhesive bleed through. Shall be of the construction standard of the panel
At OPAQUEILQLVKXVHRI manufacturer and conform to the requirements of applicable
7
labeling agencies. Applied with a rigid set, Class I Flame
Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF).
Spread Rated adhesive. 04/29/16
Paint grade hardwood or softwood at
E C P Shall be applied in the same machine or grain direction as the
manufacturer’s choice. 7
face laminate.
Paint grade hardwood. E C P
8 VISIBLE SPLINES and REVEALSWKDWDUH
01/01/15
Finger joints. E C P
8 1/4” (6.4 mm) or less in anyIDFHGLPHQVLRQE\GHSWKUHTXLUH
TRANSPARENT finish, finger joints. E C P
8 MDF core. E C P
8 No treatment of sides or bottom. E C P
DECORATIVE LAMINATEUHTXLUHV
8 Edges and bottom painted to match face. E C P
CONFORMANCE to NEMA LD -3 (latest edition).
Greater than 1/4” (6.4 mm) in any face dimension by depth
Colors selected from non premium priced standard patterns and 8
UHTXLUH 01/01/15
WH[WXUHDQG
No minimum thickness.
Manufacturers’ choice edgebanding or painting
E C P
8 of edges and bottom to preclude show through E C P
Minimum 0.028” (0.7 mm) in thickness. E C P of core.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T Manufacturers’ choice edgebanding or painting
8 E C P
of bottom to preclude show through of core.
8 Matching edgeband of partial edges. E C P
SECTION8
E C P

S From previous column EXPOSED SURFACES shall comply with SMOOTHNESS

REQUIREMENTS (see SMOOTHNESS in TESTS), and
DECORATIVE LAMINATE (continued)
SHARP EDGES be eased.
9 EDGEBANDINGRIVTXDUHHGJHGSDQHOSDUWV
723)/$7:22' surfaces, those that can be sanded with a drum
9 Is required at exposed vertical and horizontal edges.
or wide belt sander, be
9 Shall be color matched to the exposed face.
Shall be HPDL or PVC, a minimum of 0.018” (0.5 mm) in 120 grit sanding. E C P
9
thickness.
9 Shall be applied before or after the face laminate.
PROFILED and 6+$3(':22'VXUIDFHVEH
9 5 Does NOTUHTXLUHPLWHULQJRIFRUQHUVDQG

9 5 If MITER FOLDED, they shall be machined with the core.
62/,'685)$&( 120 grit sanding. E C P
DIRECTLY applied to wall or ceiling surfaces shall be a minimum HPDL, PVC, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges shall be machined
ÀXVKDQG¿OHGVDQGHGRUEXIIHGWRUHPRYHPDFKLQHPDUNVDQG
RI
VKDUSHGJHVDQG
1/4” (6.4 mm) in thickness. C P
1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness. C P
JOINERYVKDOOEH F

BUTT JOINTED and caulked or covered with a trim F
C P
batten.
VKDOOQRWH[FHHG
HARD SEAMED, except at building expansion joints. C P
COLOR selection shall be from the manufacturer’s full range of E C P
(50.8 mm) in any 12” (305 mm) run.


colors available for the thickness required.
FINISH WREHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VVWDQGDUGPDWWH¿QLVKXQOHVVRWKHUZLVH E C P
(25.4 mm) in any 24” (610 mm) run.
VSHFL¿HG
E C P
(25.4 mm) in any 48” (1220 mm) run.
SOLID PHENOLICUHTXLUHV
CHIP OUT (See Test G illustrations in TESTS) such as,
7+,&.1(66 to be a minimum of 1/8” (3.2 mm).
G
COLOR to be selected from the manufacturer’s standard product

line.
FINISH to be selected from the manufacturer’s standard product

line.
PRIMING
When FACTORY FINISHING is specified, concealed
surfaces shall be factory sealed with two coats at E C P
2 mil dry. VKDOOEHLQFRQVSLFXRXVZKHQYLHZHGDW
72” (1829 mm). E C P
48” (1220 mm). E C P
24” (610 mm). E C P

SECTION8

S From previous column THESE STANDARDSGRQRWHVWDEOLVKJUDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVV
and or gap tolerances for woodwork products installed in a non climate
EXPOSED SURFACES (continued) FRQWUROOHGHQYLURQPHQWKRZHYHU
OVER MACHINED (See Test H illustrations in TESTS) removal of 3ULRUWRLQVWDOODWLRQWKHÀXVKQHVVDQGRUJDSWROHUDQFHVRIZRRGZRUN
color or pattern of face material such as, products intended for non climate controlled environments shall meet
the test requirements herein.
JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25.VKDOO

Be neatly and accurately made.
H Be SECURELY GLUEDZLWK

Adhesive residue removed from exposed and semi-exposed

surfaces.
VKDOOEHOLPLWHGWR Be REINFORCED with glue blocks where essential.
3/32” x 6” (2.4 mm x 152 mm) and may Utilize biscuit spline, butterfly, scarf, spline, dowel or
E C P
not occur within 48” (1220 mm) of a similar E C P miter fold joinery.
occurrence. Be MECHANICALLY FASTENED with nails or screws, where
5
1/32” x 4” (0.8 mm x 102 mm) and may SUDFWLFDOZLWKIDVWHQHUV
not occur within 60” (1524 mm) of a similar E C P 5 Countersunk.
occurrence.
5 Located in molding quirks or reliefs where possible. E C P
1/32” x 1-1/2” (0.8 mm x 38.1 mm) and may
Not permit VISIBLE FASTENERS at exposed surfaces of sheet
not occur within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar E C P 6
products.
occurrence.
Require FLUSHNESS VARIATIONS at exposed surfaces (See Test
5 7851(':22'VXUIDFHVEH


D illustrations in TESTS), when mitered or butted, such as,
5 Minimum 15 KCPI or 100 grit sanding. E C P
5 120 grit sanding. E C P
5 180 grit sanding. E C P 7
6 CROSS SANDINGH[FOXGLQJWXUQHGVXUIDFHV D
6 Is not a defect. E C P
TEAR OUTS, .1,)(1,&.6, or HIT OR MISS machining is not not to exceedDW
7
permitted. 7 :RRGWRZRRG
8 .1,)(0$5.6 not to be permitted where sanding is required. 7 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P
GLUE or FILLER, if used, to be inconspicuous and match the 7 0.007” (0.18 mm). E C P
9
7 0.005” (0.13 mm). E C P
At SOLID SURFACE, SOLID PHENOLIC, EPOXY RESIN,
7 1RQZRRGWRQRQZRRG
DQG1$785$/6721( shall be per the manufacturer’s
recommendations. 7 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P
7 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
7 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P

SECTION8
E C P

JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. (continued) JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. (continued)
Allow GAPS at exposed surface (see Test A illustrations in TESTS), Allows use of FILLERDQG
when mitered or butted, such as, If inconspicuous when viewed at 36” (914 mm). E C P
8 Not be allowed E C P
Shall be mitered.
6KDOOEHVSRWJOXHGDQGPHFKDQLFDOO\IDVWHQHG E C P
A
not to exceed 2QO\WRQRQSDQHOVXUIDFHVSDQHOLVUHTXLUHGWRÀRDW

8 0.025” (0.64 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P With a maximum of two positioning nails per 12”
E C P
8 0.015” (0.38 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P (300 mm) of length before a joint.
8 0.010” (0.25 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P :LWKQDLOVVHWDQG E C P
Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints of parallel members (See Test )LOOHGDQGVDQGHGLISUH¿QLVKHG
B illustrations in TESTS), such as, MITER JOINTSVKDOOEHZHOO¿WWHGDQGFOHDQHG
BUILT UP ITEMS shall be soundly fabricated with half lapped,
B mitered, miter fold, shoulder mitered, tonged, or equivalent
9 construction.
B B SHEET and LAMINATED LUMBER PANELS shall be allowed
WRPRYHÀRDWH[SDQGRUFRQWUDFWLQUHDFWLRQWRDPELHQWKXPLGLW\
changes.
not to exceed


0.025” x 9” (0.64 mm x 229 mm) shall not occur Requires FLATNESS or :$53 of installed and removable sheet
9 within 48” (1219 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P products (see Test E illustrations in TESTS) such as,
joint.
9 within 60” (1524 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P E E
joint.
9 within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P
joint.
Allow GAPS at exposed surface edge joints (See Test C illustrations
in TESTS) when mitered or butted, such as, not to exceed grade tolerance listed for 12” (303 mm) diagonal, width
and/or length or as lineal ratio (not geometric ratio) thereof. Example,
twice the grade tolerance listed for 24” (610 mm), three times the
WROHUDQFHIRU´PP

C 0.045” (1.1 mm) per 12” (305 mm). E C P
0.030” (0.8 mm) per 12” (305 mm). E C P
0.020” (0.5 mm) per 12” (305 mm). E C P
not to exceed &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P
0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P

SECTION8

:22'9(1((5 :22'9(1((5 (continued)
PANELSDUHWREHFXWWRVL]HE\WKH VENEER SEQUENCE (continued)
Installer. E C P Panels :,7+,1$5220 (continued)
0DQXIDFWXUHUDQGVFULEHGWR¿WE\LQVWDOOHU E C P :KHQYHQHHUÀLWFKTXDQWLW\GRHVQRWDOORZIRUVHTXHQFH
Requires VENEER SEQUENCE at PDWFKLQJIRUWKHHQWLUHURRPÀLWFKWUDQVLWLRQVKDOOEHDW

changes in plane (e.g. corners), and/or wall openings and shall
Premanufactured BALANCED MATCH panels with the width of
EH
RXWHUOHDYHVDIWHUWULPPLQJDWWKHHGJHVQRWWRH[FHHG
&RPSDWLEOHIRUFRORUDQG¿JXUH E C P
Unlimited. E C P

:HOOPDWFKHGIRUFRORUDQG¿JXUH E C P
1-1/2” (38.1 mm) less than the adjoining leaf. E C P
BUTT JOINTSVKDOO
3/4” (19 mm) less than the adjoining leaf. E C P
Not be factory prepared. E C P
Custom made to order SEQUENCE BALANCE MATCH panels
with the width of outer leaves after trimming at edges not to Be factory prepared with edges eased. E C P
H[FHHG Be factory prepared and grooved with splines
E C P
Unlimited. E C P furnished and edges eased.
1” (25.4 mm) less than the adjoining leaf. E C P REVEAL JOINTS and CORNERSVKDOO
1/2” (12.7 mm) less than the adjoining leaf. E C P NOT be factory prepared. E C P
Panels when divided with VENEER GRAIN aligned vertically and/ Be factory prepared with edges eased and
E C P
RUKRUL]RQWDOO\ZLWKLQDPD[LPXPRI articulation strip(s) furnished.
Unlimited. E C P Be factory prepared and machined for furnished
E C P
1/4” (6.4 mm) variance.
articulation strip(s) with edges eased.
E C P


5 INSIDE CORNERSWREHVKLSSHGRYHUVL]HIRU¿HOG¿WWLQJ
1/8” (3.2 mm) variance. E C P
6 MITEREDRXWVLGHFRUQHUVVKDOO
Panels :,7+,1$5220XWLOL]LQJ
6 NOT be factory prepared. E C P
The )8//:,'7+ of PREMANUFACTURED SETS, except
6 Be factory prepared and shipped loose. E C P
WKHWULPPHGVLGHRIDPDNHXSSDQHOWREH
Running match when panels are not end Be factory prepared, and if site conditions permit,
E C P 6 E C P
matched. glued and braced prior to shipping.
Balance match when end matched. E C P FIELD JOINERY shall be factory prepared to the
Balance match.
greatest extent possible with feature strips and joint
E C P 7 E C P
trim furnished oversize, where possible, to allow for
6(/(&7,9(/<5('8&(':,'7+of PREMANUFACTURED MREVLWH¿WWLQJ

SETS, are NOTUHTXLUHGWREHEDODQFHPDWFKHGKRZHYHU
EXPOSED CORNERS shall be shoulder mitered, lock mitered,
CUSTOM SEQUENCED panels are required 8 spline mitered, mitered with a biscuit spline, or miter folded unless
to be balance matched, including make up E C P VSHFL¿HGDQGRUGHWDLOHGRWKHUZLVH
panels.
9 MOLDINGSZLWKLQDQLQGLYLGXDOSDQHOIDFHVKDOOEH
BLUEPRINT SEQUENCED PANELS are
9 Shipped loose. E C P
required to be balance matched with veneer
E C P 9 Factory applied. E C P
alignment at common size panels, make up
panels, and components. VENEER JOINTSVKDOOEHSOXPEZLWKLQ
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T 1/4” (6.4 mm). E C P

3/16” (4.8 mm). E C P
1/8” (3.2 mm). E C P

SECTION8
E C P

:22'9(1((5 (continued) 6 DECORATIVE LAMINATEUHTXLUHV
VENEER LOSS, SIDE between sequenced adjacent panels shall not 6 ALIGNMENT VARIATIONS at special patterns not to exceed

H[FHHG 6 1/4” (6 mm). E C P
1-1/2” (38.1 mm). E C P 6 1/8” (3 mm). E C P
1” (25.4 mm). E C P 6 1/16” (1.5 mm). E C P
VENEER LOSS, END between sequenced adjacent end matched 6 PLUMBNESS at special patterns not to exceed

SDQHOVVKDOOQRWH[FHHG
6 3/8” (9 mm) in 96” (2440 mm). E C P
2” (50.8 mm). E C P
6 1/4” (6 mm) in 96” (2440 mm). E C P

1-1/2” (38.1 mm). E C P
6 1/8” (3 mm) in 96” (2440 mm). E C P
END MATCHED VENEER MISALIGNMENT between sequenced
Allow GAPS at butted edges glued to the same piece of core (See
DGMDFHQWSDQHOVVKDOOQRWH[FHHG
Test M illustrations in TESTS) such as,
3/8” (9.5 mm). E C P
3/16” (4.8 mm). E C P
6 M
FIGURE and/or heart progression shall be uniform and natural

EHWZHHQDGMDFHQWVHTXHQFHGSDQHOVDQGQRWH[FHHG
1” (25.4 mm). E C P
1/2” (12.7 mm). E C P not to exceed
Except at doors and other components that adjoin at blueprint 3 occurrences of 0.030” x 5” (0.76 mm x 127 mm) in
6 E C P
SDQHOVVKDOOQRWH[FHHG any 65 sq/ft (6 sq/m).
2” (50.8 mm). E C P 2 occurrences of 0.015” x 5” (0.38 mm x 127 mm) in
6 E C P
any 65 sq/ft (6 sq/m).

1-1/2” (38.1 mm). E C P
1 occurrence of 0.007” x 3” (0.18 mm x 76 mm) in
5 SOLID STILE and 5$,/:22'UHTXLUHV 6 E C P
any 65 sq/ft (6 sq/m).
PANELING shall be factory assembled in sections as
5 E C P Allow FLUSHNESS at butted edges (See Test N illustrations in
ODUJHDVSUDFWLFDOIRU¿HOGLQVWDOODWLRQ
TESTS) such as,
5 At FIELD JOINTS
N
5 Factory preparation is not required. E C P
6
Shall be factory preparation to the greatest extent
5 possible with feature strips and joint trim furnished E C P
RYHUVL]HZKHUHSRVVLEOHWRDOORZIRUMREVLWH¿WWLQJ
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T not to exceed
6 0.009” (0.23 mm). E C P
6 0.006” (0.15 mm). E C P
6 0.003” (0.08 mm). E C P
6 5 RETENTION MOLDINGSDUHSHUPLWWHGDW¿HOGMRLQWVDQG
6 5 Shall be secured to wall studs or in wall blocking.
6 6 VERTICAL or +25,=217$/-2,176VKDOOKDYHDVOLJKW³9´DQG
Be splined full length or have biscuit splines at a minimum of 12”
6 6
(305 mm) on center.

SECTION8

6 DECORATIVE LAMINATE (continued)
SOLID SURFACE (only available in Custom and Premium Grade)
6 7 PANELSVKDOO 7
UHTXLUHV
NOTEHIDFWRU\SUHSDUHGSDQHOVDUHWREHVKLSSHG BUTT JOINT components to be spaced approximately 1/8 “ (3.2
6 7 E C P 7
DVIXOOVL]HSDQHOVIRUFXWWLQJDQG¿WWLQJLQWKH¿HOG PPDSDUWWRDOORZVDWLVIDFWRU\FDXONLQJRUVHDPLQJ
%HIDFWRU\VL]HGH[FHSWZKHUH¿HOGDGMXVWPHQWLV Shall be &$8/.(' with compatible color matched
6 7 E C P 7 C P
required. sealant.
6 8 BUTT JOINTSVKDOO 7 Shall be SEAMED with compatible hard seam adhesive. C P
6 8 NOT be factory prepared. E C P 7 VERTICAL JOINTSLQKRUL]RQWDOSDQHOUXQVWREH

6 8 Be factory prepared with edges eased. E C P &$8/.(' or trimmed with an APPLIED 1/4” x 1”
Be factory prepared and grooved with splines 7 (6.4 mm x 25.4 mm) BATTEN using silicone or other C P
6 8 E C P
furnished and edges eased. manufacturer approved adhesive.
6 9 REVEAL JOINTS and CORNERSVKDOO HARD SEAMED with manufacturer approved hard seam
7 C P
6 9 NOT be factory prepared. E C P adhesive.
Be factory prepared with edges eased and EXPANSION joints where required by building design or
6 9 E C P 7
articulation strip(s) furnished. manufacturer recommendation.
Be factory prepared and machined for furnished
6 9 E C P 8 SOLID PHENOLICRQO\DYDLODEOHLQ3UHPLXP*UDGHUHTXLUHV
articulation strip(s) with edges eased.
6 INSIDE CORNERSWREHVKLSSHGRYHUVL]HIRU¿HOG¿WWLQJ -2,17:,'7+ shall be at least 1/8 “ (3.2 mm) to allow satisfactory
8
caulking penetration.
6 MITERED OUTSIDE CORNERSVKDOO 04/29/16 JOINTS shall provide for panel movement in both horizontal and
8
YHUWLFDOGLUHFWLRQVVXFKDVE\XVHRI
6 NOT be factory prepared. E C P

8 TRIMS or *$6.(76 made of aluminium, PVC, and neoprene.
6 Be factory prepared and shipped loose. E C P
At rabbeted or tongue and groove joints, panel thickness shall be a
Be factory prepared, and if site conditions permit, 8
6 E C P minimum of 3/8” (9.5 mm).
glued and braced prior to shipping.

SECTION8
E C P

PREPARATION AND QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS PREPARATION AND QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
(continued)
&$5(6725$*(DQG%8,/',1*&21',7,21S shall be in
compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 2 of these INSTALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR
standards.
3.1 Having adequate equipment and experienced craftsmen to
1.1 Severe damage to the woodwork can result from complete the installation in a first class manner.
noncompliance. 7+(0$18)$&785(5$1'25
,167$//(52)7+(:22':25.6+$//127%(+(/' 3.2 &KHFNLQJDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVSHFL¿HGDQGVWXG\LQJWKH
RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE THAT MIGHT DEVELOP BY appropriate portions of the contract documents, including
127$'+(5,1*727+(5(48,5(0(176 these standards and the reviewed shop drawings to
&2175$&725,65(63216,%/()25 VSHFL¿HGXQGHUVWDQGLQJWKDW

architectural woodwork shall be installed. to the color and the grain of the various woodwork pieces
to ensure they are installed in compliance with the Grade
2.1.1 In the absence of contract documents calling for the specified.
contractor to supply the necessary in wall blocking/
backing in the wall or ceilings, either through inadvertence 3.3 Verification that installation site is properly ventilated,
or otherwise, the architectural woodwork installer shall not protected from direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture,
proceed with the installation until such time as the in wall and that the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the
blocking/backing is installed by others. appropriate relative humidity and temperature.
2.1.2 Preparatory work done by others shall be subject to 3.4 Verification that required priming of woodwork has been

inspection by the architectural woodwork installer and
shall be accepted or rejected for cause prior to installation.
3.5 Verification that woodwork has been acclimated to the field
2.1.2.1 :$//&(,/,1* and/or OPENING VARIATIONS conditions for a minimum of 72 hours before installation is
in excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of commenced.
1/2” (12.7 mm) in 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb,
level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size are 3.6 Woodwork specifically built or assembled in sequence for
not acceptable for the installation of architectural match of color and grain is installed to maintain that same
woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the installer to sequence.
2.2 Installation site being properly ventilated, protected from

direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture, and that the
HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the appropriate
relative humidity and temperature.
2.3 Priming the architectural woodwork in accordance with the

FRQWUDFWGRFXPHQWVSULRUWRLWVLQVWDOODWLRQDQG
2.3.1 Building wall surfaces shall be primed where construction

adhesive is used for panelling installation.
2.4 If the architectural woodwork is factory finished, priming by the

factory finisher is required.

SECTION8

58/(6
%DVLF5XOHV
5 7 MITERED at outside corners.
control over a project’s quality of installation.
5 8 MITERED at inside corners. E C P
3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at 5 9 COPED at inside corners for shaped surfaces. E C P
www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall INSTALLEDSOXPEOHYHOVTXDUHDQGÀDWZLWKLQ´PPLQ´
7$.(35(&('(1&(29(57+(6(58/(6, subject to their 5
PPDQGZKHQUHTXLUHG
GROUNDS and HANGING SYSTEMS set plumb
5 E C P
and true.

%DVLF5XOHV 5 Installed FREE OF
5 Warp, twisting, cupping, and/or bowing that cannot be held true.

surfaces visible after installation. Open joints, visible machine marks, cross sanding, tear outs,
5
TRANSPARENT FINISHEDZRRGZRUNVKDOOEHLQVWDOOHG 1DWXUDOGHIHFWVH[FHHGLQJWKHTXDQWLW\RUVL]HOLPLWVGH¿QHGLQ
5
With CONSIDERATION of color and grain. E C P Sections 3 & 4.
COMPATIBLE in color and grain. E C P SMOOTH and SANDED without CROSS SCRATCHES in
5
conformance to the PRODUCT portion of this section.
:(//0$7&+('IRUFRORUDQGJUDLQZLWK E C P
5 SCRIBEDDW
SHEET PRODUCTS compatible in color with solid
E C P 5 Flat surfaces. E C P
stock.
5 Shaped surfaces. E C P
REPAIRS are allowed, provided they are neatly made and 6HDOHGZKHQLQFRQWDFWZLWKZDOOVDQGÀRRUVDQGRUZDOODQGÀRRU
5


inconspicuousZKHQYLHZHGDW anchorage.
72” (1830 mm). E C P
48” (1219 mm). E C P THESE STANDARDSGRQRWHVWDEOLVKJUDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVV
24” (610 mm). E C P
controlled environment.

GAPS DW¿HOGLQVWDOODWLRQ (see Test I illustrations in TESTS) such as,
and assembly rules within the PRODUCT portion of this section and the
applicable finishing rules in Section 5.
5 :22':25.VKDOOEH 7
5 SECURELYIDVWHQHGDQGWLJKWO\¿WWHGZLWKÀXVKMRLQWV
5 Joinery shall be CONSISTENT throughout the project.
5 Of MAXIMUM available and/or practical lengths. E C P DQG
TRIMMED EQUALLY from both sides when fitted for If caused by excessive deviations in the building’s walls and ceilings
5 E C P
width. being in excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm) in 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb,
SPLINED or '2:(/(' when miters are over 4” (100 7 level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size, or 1/2” (12.7 mm)
5 E C P
mm) long. IRUÀRRUVVKDOOQRWEHFRQVLGHUHGDGHIHFWRUWKHUHVSRQVLELOLW\RIWKH
PROFILED or SELF MITERED when trim ends are installer.
5 5 E C P
exposed. 7 Not exceed 30% of a joint’s LENGTHDQG
5 6 SELF MITERED when trim ends are exposed. E C P 7 Be allowed if filled or caulkedDQG E C P
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T 7 If color compatible. E C P

SECTION8
E C P

7 GAPS (see Test I illustrations in Tests) (continued) 8 FLUSHNESS of joinery (continued)
7 At :22' to :22'VKDOOQRWH[FHHG 8 At SHAPEDVXUIDFHV
7 At FLATVXUIDFHV 8 0.040” (0.97 mm). E C P
7 0.020” (0.51mm) in width. E C P 8 0.020” (0.51 mm). E C P
7 0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. E C P 8 Of :22' to 121:22'VKDOOQRWH[FHHG
7 At SHAPEDVXUIDFHV 8 At FLAT and SHAPEDVXUIDFHV
7 0.040” (1.02mm) in width. E C P 8 0.075” (1.91 mm). E C P

7 Of :22' to 121:22'VKDOOQRWH[FHHG Of 121:22' to 121:22' and/or ALL ELEMENTS shall not
8
7 At FLAT and SHAPEDVXUIDFHV H[FHHG
7 0.075” (1.91 mm) in width. E C P 8 At FLATVXUIDFHV

Of 121:22' to 121:22' and/or ALL ELEMENTS shall not 8 0.035” (0.89 mm). E C P
7 5
H[FHHG 8 At SHAPEDVXUIDFHV
7 5 At FLATVXUIDFHV 8 0.120” (3.05 mm). E C P
7 5 0.075” (1.91 mm) in width. E C P 8 0.075” (1.91 mm). E C P


7 5 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P 8 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P
7 5 0.035” (0.89 mm) in width. E C P
7 5 At SHAPEDVXUIDFHV REVEALS at ADJOINING PANELS (see Test K illustrations in TESTS),
such as,
7 5 0.120” (3.05 mm) in width. E C P
7 5 0.075” (1.91 mm) in width. E C P K
7 5 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P
9
FLUSHNESS of joinery (see Test J illustrations in TESTS), such as,
K
8
VKDOOQRWH[FHHGDPD[LPXPYDULDQFHRI
9 0.040” (1.02 mm). E C P
9 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P
9 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
DQG
8 Of :22' to :22'VKDOOQRWH[FHHG &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
8 At FLATVXUIDFHV
8 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P
8 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
8 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P

SECTION8

FLUSHNESS at ADJOINING PANELS (see Test L illustrations in REVEAL STRIPS that are grooved into paneling are to be left floating
TESTS) such as, and allowed to expand and contract in reaction to changing relative
L humidity.
EXPANSION JOINTS shall be provided equivalent to 3/16” (4.8 mm)

per 47” (1194 mm) of linear elevation.
The minimum reveal gap between panels shall be calculated as the

OHQJWKRIWKHSDQHOWLPHV
0.004 for particleboard core.

VKDOOQRWH[FHHGDPD[LPXPYDULDQFHRI
0.040” (1.02 mm). E C P IRUPHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG0')FRUH
0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P

PANELINGVKDOOEH
0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
Furred and installed in such a way as to avoid deflection when

normal pressure is applied.
FASTENINGVKDOO
)UHHRIZDUSH[FHHGLQJ
Use mechanical fasteners at wall panels installed at 108” (2743 mm)
1/16” (1.6 mm) per linear foot (305 mm). E C P
RUPRUHDERYH¿QLVKHGÀRRUDQGFHLOLQJSDQHOVUHJDUGOHVVRIKHLJKW
Use CONCEALED fastening wherever possible. 3/64” (1.2 mm) per linear foot (305 mm). E C P
,IH[SRVHGIDVWHQLQJLVUHTXLUHGWRFRPSOHWHWKHLQVWDOODWLRQ 1/32” (0.8 mm) per linear foot (305 mm). E C P
Fasteners shall be set in quirks or reliefs (where possible),
JOINTSVKDOOEH
countersunk, and kept to a minimum.
Smooth and flush to create a homogenous look.
PERMITXVHRIFRQVWUXFWLRQDGKHVLYH¿QLVKQDLOVWULPVFUHZV

and/or pins. Plumb within 1/16” (1.6 mm) in 96” (2438 mm).
Trim screws. E C P
Finish nails. E C P %$&.6 of wood wall and ceiling surfacing shall be sealed
E C P
at 2 mil dry.
Pins and/or construction adhesive. E C P
DO NOT PERMIT the use of drywall, bugle head, or case
Requires FLATNESS or :$53 of installed and removable sheet
hardened screws.
products (see Test E illustrations in TESTS) such as,
5HTXLUHH[SRVHGIDVWHQHUVWREHLQFRQVSLFXRXVDVGH¿QHGLQ

the glossary.
DO NOT PERMIT exposed fastening through decorative
5 E
laminate. E
Use of metal Z-clips or hanging cleats are acceptable for blind

installation.
A maximum of 3/4” (19 mm) reveal is permitted at the top of panels

to allow lift on clearance of the panel.
REQUIRE DOORZDEOHIDVWHQHUKROHVZKHQ
not to exceed grade tolerance listed for 12” (303 mm) diagonal, width
and/or length or as lineal ratio (not geometric ratio) thereof. Example,
3UH¿QLVKHGPDWHULDOVWREH¿OOHGE\WKHLQVWDOOHUZLWKPDWFKLQJ twice the grade tolerance listed for 24” (610 mm), three times the

¿OOHUIXUQLVKHGE\WKHZRRGZRUNVXSSOLHU WROHUDQFHIRU´PP
8Q¿QLVKHGRUSULPHGPDWHULDOVWREH¿OOHGDQGFDXONHGE\WKH 0.050” (1.3 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P

paint contractor or others. 0.036” (0.9 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T 0.027” (0.7 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P

SECTION8
E C P

%DVLF5XOHV 3URGXFW6SHFLÀF5XOHV
S From previous column VENEERED PANELS
GLUE and filler residue is not permitted on exposed faces. For TRANSPARENT FINISH, the installer shall pay special attention
to the COLOR and the GRAIN of the various panels and trim

pieces to ensure they are installed in compliance with the GRADE
specified.
out by the installer, provided needed templates are furnished prior to
PANELS shall be installed as specified.
installation, and
Shall be neatly cut and properly sized. GLUING with construction adhesive is permitted.
Cutouts in HPDL shall have radiused inside corners. CONCEALED FASTENINGVKDOOEHXVHGZKHUHYHUSRVVLEOHDQG

A maximum of 3/4” (19 mm) reveal is permitted at the top of

panels either under casework or at ceiling to facilitate such.

+$5':$5( VKDOOEH
Installed neatly without tear out of surrounding stock. EDGES of core that are not self edged shall have one coat sealer
5
applied before installation.
Installed per the manufacturer’s instructions.
6 9HQHHUMRLQWVVKDOOEHSOXPEZLWKLQ
Installed using furnished fasteners and fastener's provisions and
when fastener provisions are countersunk, fasteners shall be 6 1/4” (6.4 mm). E C P
countersunk. 6 3/16” (4.8 mm). E C P
Adjusted for smooth operation. 6 1/8” (3.2 mm). E C P
VENEER LOSS (side) between sequenced adjacent panels shall
7
AREAS of installation shall be left broom clean. QRWH[FHHG
Debris shall be removed and dumped in containers provided by the 7 1-1/2” (38.1 mm). E C P

contractor. 7 1” (25.4 mm). E C P
Items installed shall be cleaned of pencil or ink marks. VENEER LOSS (end) between sequenced adjacent panels at end
8
PDWFKVKDOOQRWH[FHHG


),567&/$66:25.0$16+,3 is required in compliance with these 8 2” (50.8 mm). E C P

standards.
8 1-1/2” (38.1 mm). E C P
End matched veneer alignment between sequenced adjacent
9
9 3/8” (9.5 mm). E C P
9 3/16” (4.8 mm). E C P
Figure and/or heart progression shall be uniform and natural

EHWZHHQDGMDFHQWVHTXHQFHGSDQHOVDQGQRWH[FHHG
1” (25.4 mm). E C P
1/2” (12.7 mm). E C P
Except at doors and other components that adjoin at blueprint

2” (50.8 mm). E C P
1-1/2” (38.1 mm). E C P

SECTION8

3URGXFW6SHFLÀF5XOHV 3URGXFW6SHFLÀF5XOHV
62/,':22'685)$&,1* 5 SOLID PHENOLIC (only available in Premium Grade)
FIELD JOINTSUHTXLUH SEALANTS and ADHESIVES shall be compatible with the
No preparation. E C P 5 individual manufacturer’s recommendations or specially developed
sealants to achieve the best color match.
Shall be factory prepared to the greatest extent
possible with feature strips and joint trim furnished E C P VERTICAL SURFACING shall be installed over suitable cores
5
oversize, where possible. based on the manufacturer’s recommendations.
EXPANSION CLEARANCE of at least 3/32” (2.4 mm) for every 120”
5
'(&25$7,9(/$0,1$7( (3048 mm) in length is required.

&$8/.('-2,176shall be approximately 1/8” (3.2 mm) wide to
01/01/15
EXPOSED FASTENINGLVQRWSHUPLWWHGH[FHSW 5
At removable panels.
allow satisfactory caulking penetration and expansion.
5 5 EXPOSED FASTENINGLVQRWSHUPLWWHGH[FHSW
PANELS shall be installed as specified.
5 5 At removable panels.
EDGES of core that are not self edged shall have one coat sealer
5 5 :KHUHGHFRUDWLYHIDVWHQHUVDUHVSHFL¿HG
applied before installation.
SCRATCHES and CHIP OUTVKDOOEHLQFRQVSLFXRXVEH\RQG 5 6 CONCEALED FASTENINGVKDOOEHXVHGZKHUHYHUSRVVLEOHDQG
72” (1830 mm). E C P A maximum of 3/4” (19 mm) reveal is permitted at the top of
5 6
48” (1220 mm).
panels either under casework or at ceiling to facilitate such.
E C P
5 7 SCRATCHES and CHIP OUTSVKDOOEHLQFRQVSLFXRXVEH\RQG
24” (610 mm). E C P
5 7 24” (610 mm).
5 PATTERN LINESVKDOOEHSOXPEZLWKLQ
6 5 1/4” (6.4 mm). E C P
6 5 3/16” (4.8 mm). E C P


6 5 1/8” (3.2 mm). E C P
SOLID SURFACE (only available in Custom and Premium Grade)

SEALANTS and ADHESIVES shall be compatible with the
individual manufacturer’s recommendations or specially developed
sealants to achieve the best color match.
VERTICAL SURFACING shall be installed over suitable cores

based on the manufacturer’s recommendations.
EXPANSION joints shall be furnished where required by building

design or manufacturer recommendations.
FIELD SEAMS
Shall be &$8/.(' with compatible color matched
C P
sealant.
Shall be SEAMED with compatible hard seam adhesive. C P
5 EXPOSED FASTENINGLVQRWSHUPLWWHGH[FHSW
5 At removable panels.
5 :KHUHGHFRUDWLYHIDVWHQHUVDUHVSHFL¿HG
6 SCRATCHES and CHIP OUTSVKDOOEHLQFRQVSLFXRXVEH\RQG
6 48” (1220 mm). C P
6 24” (610 mm). C P

SECTION8
E C P

%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
1 The tolerances typically found within the Architectural Woodwork 5.1.2 6$1',1* is checked for compliance by sanding a
6WDQGDUGVIDOOLQWRWZRFDWHJRULHV sample piece of the same species with the required grit of
DEUDVLYHDQG
1.1 Factory fabricated joinery, assembly and construction - found
in the PRODUCT portion. 5.1.2.1 Observation with a hand lens of the prepared sample
1.2 Field installation joinery and assembly - found in the the scratch marks of the abrasive grit.
5.1.2.2 Reasonable assessment of the performance of the
2 Most fabrication and installation assemblies include solid finished product will be weighed against absolute
wood to solid wood joints, solid wood to wood veneer joints, compliance with the standard.
solid wood to wood based products (decorative laminate Solid

Phenolic and panel products), solid wood to non-wood based 5.1.2.3 A product is sanded sufficiently smooth when knife cuts
products (which can be drywall, glass, metal, stone, acrylics, and are removed and remaining sanding marks are or will
other surfaces), and non-wood to non-wood joints. be concealed by applied finishing coats.
7ROHUDQFHVIRXQGLQWKH$:6LQFOXGH 5.1.2.4 Grain raise at unfinished wood, due to moisture or

humidity in excess of the ranges set forth in this
3.1 Flatness of wood based panel products. standard, shall not be considered a defect and must be
sanded prior to finishing.
6 7(676)256(48(1&('$1'%/8(35,170$7&+('
3.3 Solid wood to wood veneer joints and assemblies. 3$1(/6&20321(176$1'5(/$7(''2256
3.4 Wood veneer to wood veneer joints and assemblies. 6.1 These tests do not apply to flush doors specified under
Section 9 or specified using other standards, and they are in
addition to those requirements covered above.

6.2 At (1'0$7&+('-2,176
4 Because of the differences of expansion and contraction of
6.2.1 Tested by separating end-matched panels and visually
testing grain void for continuity.
products, the AWS does not apply tolerances regarding flatness
or joinery to these non-wood based products. 6.3 At6,'(0$7&+('-2,176
5 FABRICATED and INSTALLED woodwork shall be tested for 6.3.1 Tested by separating side-matched panels and visually
compliance to these standards as follows. testing grain void for continuity.
5.1 SMOOTHNESSRIH[SRVHGVXUIDFHV 6.4 HEART FIGURE PROGRESSION - The full heart figure
of plain-sliced veneer shall develop in uniform and natural
progression.
counting the visible ridges per inch, usually perpendicular 6.4.1 Split or cut hearts are permitted, provided they are used to
to the profile. maintain sequence or to achieve special effects.

DQGLQVWDOODWLRQ
Knife Cuts 7.1 Maximum gaps between exposed components shall be tested
with a feeler gauge at points designed to join, where members
contact or touch.

Figure: 8-048 1/16” (1 mm) divisions and calculations made accordingly.

SECTION8

%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
7 GAPS, FLUSHNESS, FLATNESS and ALIGNMENT

(continued)

ZKHUHFRPSOLDQFHWHVWLQJLVPHDVXUHG
I
J
C

B B
G
E E

H
Measured on the concave face K
N L
M
K
Figure: 8-049
A - Fabrication Gaps When Surfaces Are Mitered Or Butted H - Over Machining
B - Fabrication Gaps When Parallel Pieces Are Joined I - Installation Gaps
C - Fabrication Gaps When Edges Are Mitered Or Butted J - Installation Flushness
D - Fabrication Flushness Between Two Surfaces K - Installation Reveal At Adjacent Panels
E - Flatness Of Panel Product L - Installation Flushness At Adjacent Panels
F - Overlap (Flushness Of Laminate) M - Fabrication Gap At Laminate Butt Jointed On The Same Piece Of Core
G - Chip Out N - Fabrication Flushness At Butt Jointed Laminate

:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
'2256
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION9
Doors
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Door Construction Cutaway Examples ...............................................243
Guide Specifications ...........................................................................238 Wood Veneer Face, PC-7/PC-7 ...................................................243
Introduction .........................................................................................239 HPDL Face, PC-HPDL-3 or PC-HPDL-5 ......................................243
Exterior Doors .....................................................................................239 Wood Veneer Face, SLC-5 or SLC-7 ...........................................243
Code and Rule Requirements.............................................................239 Wood Veneer Face, SCLC-5 or SCLC-7 ......................................243
Face Material Selection ......................................................................239 Wood Veneer Face, FD-5 or FD-7 ...............................................243
Veneers for Transparent Finish ...........................................................239 HPDL Face, FD-HPDL .................................................................244
Materials for Opaque Finishes ............................................................239 Wood Veneer Face, HC-7 ............................................................244
High Pressure Decorative Laminates (HPDL) ....................................239 Construction Details ............................................................................244

General Molding Requirements....................................................244

Door Symbols and Abbreviations ........................................................240
Basic Core Types ................................................................................240 Horizontal or Transom Meeting Edge Options .............................244
Speciality Cores ..................................................................................241 Meeting Edge Options ..................................................................244
Fire Rated.....................................................................................241 Glazing Options ............................................................................244
Sound Resistant ...........................................................................241 Louver Options .............................................................................245
X-ray .............................................................................................241 Flashing Options ..........................................................................245
Bullet Resistant ............................................................................241 Dutch Door Options ......................................................................245
Electrostatic Shielded ...................................................................241 Blocking Options ..........................................................................245
Core to Edge Assembly ......................................................................241 Hand and Bevel of Doors ....................................................................246
Fire Ratings.........................................................................................241 Factory Finishing.................................................................................246
Code and Rule Requirements.............................................................241 Stile and Rail Door Components.........................................................246

Special Function Doors .......................................................................241 Stiles ........................................................................................246
Veneer Faces ......................................................................................241 Rails .........................................................................................246

Veneer Face Grade Summary ............................................................241 Mullions ....................................................................................246
Doors in Pairs or Sets .........................................................................242 Panels ......................................................................................246
Pair Match ....................................................................................242 Muntins and Bars .....................................................................247
Set Match .....................................................................................242 Stile and Rail Door Design ..................................................................247
Doors with Transoms....................................................................242 Stile and Rail Door Joinery Examples.................................................247
Continuous Match ....................................................................242 Sticking Profiles ..................................................................................247
End Match ................................................................................242 Thickness ............................................................................................247
No Match..................................................................................242 Grain Direction and Layout .................................................................247
Door Edge Construction and Types ....................................................242 Stile & Rail Door Panel Layout and Grain Patterns ............................248
Construction Definitions ......................................................................243 Stile & Rail Door Construction ............................................................248
Wood Face ...................................................................................243 Stile & Rail Panel Construction ...........................................................249
5 Ply .........................................................................................243 Panel and Glass Retention Illustrations ..............................................249
7 Ply .........................................................................................243 Design Ideas .......................................................................................249
HPDL Face ...................................................................................243 Specify Requirements For ..................................................................250
3 Ply .........................................................................................243 Recommendations ..............................................................................250
5 Ply .........................................................................................243

SECTION9
Doors
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS In Lieu of Testing ....................................................................255
Flush Veneered ...............................................................255
GENERAL
Stile and Rail ...................................................................255
Aesthetic Grade .....................................................................255
Grades ...................................................................................251
Lumber...................................................................................255
Exclusion .........................................................................251
Sheet Products ......................................................................255
Grade Limitations ............................................................251
Exposed .................................................................................255
Contract Documents ..............................................................251
Semi-Exposed .......................................................................255
Acceptable Requirements......................................................251
Balanced Panel......................................................................255
Aesthetic Compliance Requirements.....................................251
Cathedral ...............................................................................256

Phenolic Backed Wood Veneer .............................................251
Fire Rated Doors ...................................................................256
Exposed Surfaces..................................................................251
Sound Resistant Doors ..........................................................256
Semi-Exposed Surfaces ........................................................251
X-Ray Doors ..........................................................................256
NFPA 80 .................................................................................251
Bullet Resistant Doors ...........................................................256
Fire Rated Door .....................................................................251
Electrostatic Shielded Doors..................................................256
Methods of Construction ........................................................251
Pair and Set Matching ...........................................................256
WDMA Performance Duty......................................................252
Exposed Faces & Edges .......................................................256
Heavy Duty......................................................................252
Overall Door Size...................................................................256
Extra Heavy Duty ............................................................252
Bleed Through .......................................................................256
Standard Duty .................................................................252
Glass and Glazing .................................................................256

Duty Level .......................................................................252
Factory Finished ....................................................................256
Prevent Telegraphing .............................................................252
First Class Workmanship .......................................................256
Industry Practices ..................................................................252
Structural Members .........................................................252
Material Rules ..............................................................................257
Defects...................................................................................257
Wall, Ceiling and Floor Tolerances ..................................252
Figure.....................................................................................257
Warranty ..........................................................................252
Hardboard ..............................................................................257
Handing ...........................................................................253
Exposed .................................................................................257
PRODUCT
Concealed..............................................................................257
Scope ...........................................................................................254
Rules ............................................................................................254
Errata .....................................................................................254
Basic Rules ..................................................................................254
WDMA Performance Duty......................................................254
Flush Solid Core..............................................................254
Flush Hollow Core ...........................................................254
Stile and Rail ...................................................................254
Responsibility ..................................................................254

SECTION9
Doors
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Gap Test B ....................................................................266
Gap Test C ....................................................................267
PRODUCT (continued)
Flush Doors ...........................................................................267
Material Rules (continued)
Cores ............................................................................267
Flush Doors ...........................................................................257
Cutouts..........................................................................267
Veneer Faces ................................................................257
Transom Panels ............................................................267
For Opaque ............................................................257
Dutch Doors ..................................................................267
For Transparent ......................................................257
Vertical Edges ...............................................................268
Stand Alone HPVA Door Skin Face Tables ....257
Stile and Rail Doors ...............................................................268
Ash, Beech, Birch, Maple & Poplar .......258
If Solid Stock .................................................................268

Mahogany, Anigre, Makore, & Sapele...259
If Veneered....................................................................268
Oak, Red and White..............................260
With Panels ...................................................................269
Pecan and Hickory ................................261
Joinery ..........................................................................269
Walnut and Cherry ................................262
INSTALLATION
Crossband Veneers ......................................................263
Horizontal Edges...........................................................263
Stile and Rail Doors ...............................................................263
For Opaque ...................................................................263
Rules ............................................................................................270
For Transparent ............................................................263
Errata .....................................................................................270
Machine / Assembly Rules ...........................................................264
Basic Rules ............................................................................271

ANSI/HPVA Heavy Duty Performance Duty Level .................264
Aesthetic .........................................................................271
Flush and Stile & Rail Table ...................................................264
Installers ..........................................................................271
Type I or II Adhesive ..............................................................264
Applied Moldings ...................................................................265
Prefit and Premachined...................................................271
Glazing Material .....................................................................265
Blueprint ..........................................................................271
Exposed Surface ...................................................................265
Utility and Structural Strength .........................................271
Glue or Filler .................................................................265
FireDoor Assemblies .......................................................271
HPDL, PVC and Prefinished Wood ...............................265
Doors and their Accessories ...........................................271
Overlap ...................................................................265
When Installed ................................................................271
Chip Out .................................................................265
Over Machined .......................................................266
Door faces .......................................................................271
These Standards ...................................................................266
Fitting ..............................................................................271
Joints at Assembled Woodwork .............................................266
Clearance ........................................................................271
Securely Glued .............................................................266
Hardware.........................................................................271
Reinforced.....................................................................266
Leaf Hinges .....................................................................272
Mechanically Fastened .................................................266
Door Cutouts ...................................................................272
Not Permit .....................................................................266
Temporary Distortions .....................................................272
Flushness Variations Test D .........................................266
Repairs ............................................................................272
Gap Test A.....................................................................266

SECTION9
Doors
table of contents
Rules (continued)
Woodwork .......................................................................272
Flushness Test D .............................................................273
TESTS

Fabricated and Installed ...............................................................274
Smoothness .................................................................................274
KCPI.........................................................................................274
Sanding ....................................................................................274
Gaps, Flushness, Flatness and Alignment ...................................274
Illustrations ...............................................................................275


SECTION9
Doors
*XLGH6SHFLÀFDWLRQV

ZZZDZLQHWRUJ

:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH:,

SECTION9
Doors
INTRODUCTION Additionally, they should be protected from the sun Matching: Many different visual effects can be
and other weather elements by overhangs, deep obtained by face veneer matching.
Section 9 includes information on doors using recesses, etc.
flush and stile & rail construction with wood or Appearance and layout of individual pieces of
HPDL faces and their related parts. While wood stile and rail entry doors have veneer.
performed well for centuries, the selection of
In the past manufacturers have relied on the a wood door places a burden on the owner to Matching between pieces (leaves) of veneer.
natural strength of hardwood lumber and veneer maintain the door by keeping it painted or sealed,
to assure long term performance. Many new protected from moisture, and properly adjusted in Orientation of spliced veneer on a door face.
engineered wood products are now replacing the opening. Medium density overlay faced doors
traditional hardwoods; allowing cost reductions, Appearance of doors in pairs or sets.
are strongly recommended for severe exposure
LPSURYHGSURGXFWLRQHI¿FLHQF\DQGDOORZLQJWKH conditions and all surfaces should be primed with Appearance of doors with transoms.
manufacturers the ability to provide better doors. an exterior enamel primer, followed by a minimum

of two additional coats of exterior enamel. MATERIALS FOR OPAQUE FINISHES
However, there is a risk some nonconforming
products will not perform as well. The materials CODE and RULE REQUIREMENTS 0HGLXP'HQVLW\2YHUOD\0')RU+DUGERDUG
and construction methods used determine how These provide the optimum paintable surface for
well a door will resist high use and abuse. With The design professional shall be responsible for architectural doors.
the introduction of engineered wood products this contract documents which clearly detail products
becomes more important. Wood products, whether which will comply with local or national applicable &ORVH*UDLQ+DUGZRRG Extra preparation will be
natural or engineered, have a wide range of codes and rules including, but not limited to: UHTXLUHGE\WKH¿QLVKHUDVWKHUHZLOOEHJUDLQVKRZ
strength characteristics and it is important that the positive pressure requirements and labeling; through, open appearing veneer joints, and other
door material and construction method meets the JODVVRUJOD]LQJSUH¿WWLQJDQGRUPDFKLQLQJ wood characteristics when using this product for a
performance criteria of the project requirements. for hardware; prehanging and/or machining SDLQWHG¿QLVK
for weather stripping; priming, sealing and/or
Quality assurance can be achieved by adherence WUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKLQJDQGÀDVKLQJDQGRUPHWDO 0DQXIDFWXUHUV·RSWLRQ Face materials are
to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality edge guards. The door manufacturer is often a determined by the manufacturer.
product at competitive pricing. Use of a qualified valuable assistant in these matters.

Sponsor Member firm to provide your woodwork HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATES
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding Contract documents shall: +3'/
Section are not intended to be all inclusive. Other Specify neutral pressure or positive pressure Virtually any high pressure decorative laminate
engineered solutions are acceptable. In the compliance. color and texture can be used in the manufacture
absence of specifications; methods of fabrication of architectural doors with the following cautions:
shall be of the manufacturer’s choice. The design If positive pressure, specify the category of
professional, by specifying compliance to the AWS door: A or B assembly. High gloss and Vertical Grades of decorative
increases the probability of receiving the product laminate will highlight minor core and surface
Specify whether the smoke and draft label (S imperfections, often unacceptably.
quality expected.
label) is validated or not.
Decorative laminate doors are not
EXTERIOR DOORS FACE MATERIAL SELECTION recommended for use in non climate controlled
Wood doors are not recommended for exterior interior or exterior environment due to the
The panel face veneer standards of the Hardwood potential differences in lineal expansion
XVH0RVWÀXVKGRRUVQRORQJHUKDYHH[WHQGHG Plywood & Veneer Association HP-1, latest edition,
exterior use warranties and some have no between the faces and wood components when
is adopted as the minimum standard for face exposed to the elements.
warranty at all. Refer to manufacturers’ written YHQHHUV6SHFL¿HUVQHHGWRGHWHUPLQHDQGVSHFLI\
ZDUUDQW\IRUVSHFL¿FV the following:
Wood doors used in an exterior environment VENEERS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISHES

should be water repellent treated at the factory
after manufacturing. They should be protected Species: There are numerous foreign and
according to manufacturers’ requirements, which domestic species available. Involve your
PD\LQFOXGHÀDVKLQJRIWRSERWWRPDQGFXWRXWV manufacturer early in the design and selection
process.

SECTION9
Doors
DOOR SYMBOLS DQG ABBREVIATIONS FPC = Floating particleboard core, solid core BASIC CORE TYPES
placed within a stile and rail frame, bonded
Your door manufacturer is the best source of together by the faces, including: 7KHGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDORUVSHFL¿FDWLRQZULWHUKDV
specific guidance when writing door specifications. the opportunity to select the door core type. In the
The following short list of abbreviations applies to FPC-5 = Core with 2 layers on each side. DEVHQFHRIVSHFL¿FDWLRQ3&VKDOOEHIXUQLVKHG
some door companies: complying with particleboard standard ANSI
FPC-7 = Core with 3 layers on each side. A208.1 Particleboard, Grade LD-1 or LD-2.
ME = Matching edges; i.e., vertical edges same
as decorative faces. FSLC = Floating staved lumber core, solid core 7KH¿YHPRVWFRPPRQFRUHW\SHVDUH3&
placed within a stile and rail frame, bonded 6/&6&/&+&DQG¿UHUHVLVWDQWGRRUFRUH
CE = Compatible edges; i.e., vertical edges together by the faces, including: conforming to the minimum requirements of
selected for compatibility with decorative faces. WDMA - I.S. 1-A (latest edition).
FSLC-7 = Core with 3 layers on each side.
PC = Particleboard, MDF, or agrifiber core, Specify one, or a combination of, solid core, hollow

solid core door with stiles and rails bonded to FD = Fire resistant core, fire resistant materials
assembled to stiles and rails according to FRUHRU¿UHUHVLVWDQWFRUHDQGDFRXVWLFDOEDOOLVWLF
the core and abrasive planed flat prior to the resistant, or lead lining where and when required.
application of the faces, including: methods prescribed by the testing agency
based on rigorous smoke, flame, and pressure The requirements for each core type are illustrated
tests. Labeled fire doors are specified by their LQ6HFWLRQ,QWKHDEVHQFHRIFOHDUVSHFL¿FDWLRQV
PC-5 = Core with 2 layers on each side.
resistance ratings: the core shall be of the manufacturer’s choice.
PC-7 = Core with 3 layers on each side. 6&/&PD\EHVSHFL¿HGLQDQ\*UDGH
FD-5 = Core with 2 layers on each side.
PC-HPDL-3 = Core with laminate to each When solid core is selected, specify one of the
side. FD-7 = Core with 3 layers on each side. following: PC, SLC, or SCLC. When the weight
of the door is a design factor, consult the door
PC-HPDL-5 = Core with crossband and FD-HPDL-3 = Core with laminate to each manufacturer to determine the differences
laminate each side. side. between PC, SLC, and SCLC core types.
SCLC = Structural composite lumber core, FD-HPDL-5 = Core with crossband and When HC, specify the honey comb, with the

solid core door with stiles and rails bonded to laminate each side. minimum cell size required, grid core, or ladder
the core and abrasive planed flat prior to the construction.
application of the faces, including: IHC-7 = Institutional hollow core, honey comb,
ladder, or grid type cores inside stiles and rails, When fire resistant core is required beyond
SCLC-5 = Core with 2 layers on each side. bonded together by the faces. the 20 minute label level, consult your door
manufacturer for code compliant core types,
SCLC-7 = Core with 3 layers on each side. SHC-7 = Standard hollow core, honey comb, blocking options, metal edges, cut outs, and
ladder, or grid type cores inside stiles and rails, astragals.
SCLC-HPDL-5 = Core with crossband and bonded together by the faces.
laminate each side. The use of SCLC for top and/or bottom rails,
SR = Sound retardant doors, specified by their and blocking is acceptable. SCLC is proving to
SLC = Staved lumber core, solid core door performance characteristics. have excellent performance characteristics as a
with stiles and rails bonded to the core and replacement for stave core, as it often minimizes
abrasive planed flat prior to the application LL = Lead lined doors, designed to resist
or eliminates telegraphing of the lumber blocks
of the faces. penetration by radiation of various types, and
through the face veneers or overlays. When the
specified by their performance.
edge of an SCL core door will be visible after
SLC-5 = Core with 2 layers on each side.
ES = Electrostatic shielded doors. installation, design professionals may wish to
SLC-7 = Core with 3 layers on each side. VSHFLI\D¿OODQGSDLQWWUHDWPHQWRUWKHDSSOLFDWLRQ
BR = Ballistic resistant doors. of a veneer edgeband to conceal the coarse
SLC-HPDL-5 = Core with crossband and texture of the edge of the SCL material. It is the
laminate each side. responsibility of the design professional to make a
selection in the best interests of the client.

SECTION9
Doors
SPECIALITY CORES FIRE RATINGS VENEER FACES
Such as fire rated, sound resistant, x-ray, bullet 7KH0RGHO&RGHVKDYHHVWDEOLVKHGD¿UHGRRU At stand alone doors with face species of Anigre,
resistant, or electrostatic shielded doors shall be UDWLQJDQGRSHUDWLQJFODVVL¿FDWLRQV\VWHPIRU Ash, Beech, Birch, Cherry, Hickory, African
properly specified, including the fire rating, sound XVHLQSURWHFWLQJGRRURSHQLQJVLQ¿UHUDWHG Mahogany, American Mahogany, Makore, Maple,
class, lead thickness, and/or protection rating. wall constructions. Fire doors must meet certain Red Oak, White Oak, Pecan, Poplar, or Walnut
requirements and bear certifying labels of an shall conform to the HPVA Door Skin Face tables
At FIRE RATED doors, the type of construction, independent testing agency approved by the included within the Materials portion of this
core type, thickness, edgebands, moldings, EXLOGLQJRI¿FLDO section. Doors of a species not listed above shall
blocking, and use of intumescent coatings conform to the HPVA Door Skin Faces as agreed
shall be the standard of the door manufacturer, CODE AND RULE REQUIREMENTS on between buyer and seller.
conforming to the labeling authority granted to
them by their labeling agency. The design professional shall be responsible Doors adjacent to or that become a component
for contract documents which clearly detail of other architectural woodwork shall conform

At SOUND RESISTANT doors, the type of products which will comply with applicable codes to the applicable requirements of Section 4.
construction, thickness, edgebanding, applied and rules including, but not limited to, NFPA
moldings, special stops, stop adjusters, 80 requirements; ADA national and federal Stand alone, Center Balanced Matched doors,
gaskets, and automatic threshold closing guidelines; local, state/provincial and federal shall not have the width of outer leaves after
devices shall be the standard of the door building codes; positive pressure requirements trimming exceed 1” (25.4 mm) less than its
manufacturer conforming to the STC (Sound and labeling; glass or glazing; prefitting and/ adjoining leaf for Custom Grade, or 1/2” (12.7
Transmission Class) specified when tested as or machining for hardware; prehanging and/or mm) less than its adjoining leaf for Premium
an opening unit (rather than sealed in place). machining for weatherstripping; priming, sealing Grade.
and/or transparent finishing; and flashing and/
At ;5$<'2256, construction, thickness, or metal edge guards. The door manufacturer is Before specifying, check with the door
edgebands, and moldings shall be of the often a valuable assistant in these matters. manufacturer for availability.
manufacturer’s standard.
Special matching shall be so specified, such as:
Fire doors shall be installed per NFPA 80.
At BULLET RESISTANT doors, the type All doors on the same project are to be
manufactured using the same or similar flitches.

of construction, thickness, edgebands, and &ULWLFDOQRWH and ZDUQLQJ 7KHVWDWXVRI¿UH
moldings shall be of the manufacturer’s resistant doors and openings continue to change.
standard. Sequence matched face veneers required at pairs
The design professional shall verify that the total
or sets of doors and adjacent panels.
At ELECTROSTATIC SHIELDED doors, the
opening complies with both international and
ORFDOFRGHUHTXLUHPHQWVEHIRUH¿QDOL]LQJWKH
type of construction, thickness, edgebands, VENEER FACE GRADE SUMMARY
VSHFL¿FDWLRQIRU¿UHUDWHGGRRUVKDUGZDUHDQG
and moldings shall be of the manufacturer’s
openings. Read Section 4 for the complete description of
standard.
veneer face grades.
SPECIAL FUNCTION DOORS
Cores other than those enumerated herein are
manufactured to individual specifications and are Sound retardant (acoustical), lead lined (X-ray), When veneers are specified as “natural,” they may
not dealt with in these standards for that reason. ballistic resistant, and electrostatic shield doors contain any amount or combination of sapwood
are manufactured by some companies to meet and heartwood, with the resultant contrast in color
CORE TO EDGE ASSEMBLY in many species.
these special needs. Refer to manufacturer’s
These standards provide for multiple types of literature for details.
The industry recognizes that cost is an important
assembly between the core and the vertical and factor, and having lower veneer standards can
horizontal edges in doors: Transom panels and special function doors are
DYDLODEOHDQGVKRXOGEHVSHFL¿HGFDUHIXOO\ZLWK result in some savings. Specifying Architectural
particular attention to the meeting edge details, Woodwork Standards Custom Grade meets that
Stiles and rails securely bonded to core, prior need. However, when doors are a part of an
to application of faces. operational functions and accessories, and
veneer match options. In the absence of clear and overall design scheme and/or are adjacent to
FRPSOHWHVSHFL¿FDWLRQVIDEULFDWLRQGHWDLOVZLOOEH other architectural woodwork specified under
Stiles and rails NOT bonded to core prior to
of the manufacturer’s choice. these standards, the level of quality of those
application of faces.
doors must be consistent with other millwork
Stiles and rails placed (not bonded) around components.
hollow core inserts.

SECTION9
Doors
DOORS IN PAIRS OR SETS 'RRUVZLWK7UDQVRPV (QG0DWFKA single piece of veneer
extends from the bottom to the top of the
3DLU0DWFKTwo doors hung adjacent may The use of the transom increases the apparent door with a mirror image at the transom.
be (and in some Grades, must be) specified height of the door and often enhances the
as a Pair Match. Note to specifying authority: appearance of the opening. The type of match
Specifying Pair Matched only means the two should be specified, and a slight misalignment
doors are to be considered Pair Matched as of veneer grain may occur between the
per the AWS Grade specified, it does not mean transom and the door. Industry practice allows
the veneer is sequenced, nor does it designate a variation in grain alignment from side to
the veneer cut or layup. The Grade specified side of 3/8” (9.5 mm) on a single door, and
will determine the type of Match required. 1/2” (12.7 mm) on pairs of doors with a single
Sequencing, veneer cut and layup if different transom. If tighter tolerances are desired, they
from the Grade Rules must be specified. The must be specified.
illustration in Figure 9-001 shows flat or plain

cut, book matched, center matched faces. Grain pattern alignment between the door and
transom, even when cut from the same panel,
will vary to some extent. This is due to the
natural progression of the annual rings which
create the figure in the wood. Misalignment
will be more apparent in doors veneered with Figure: 9-004
open grain species than with close grain. 1R0DWFK
Misalignment of up to 3/8” (9 mm) is permitted
in every Grade. 04/29/16
&RQWLQXRXV0DWFKProvides optimum
veneer utilization as each single piece of
veneer extends from the top of the transom
to the bottom of the door. Available veneer

Figure: 9-001
length in the species may limit this option.
6HW0DWFKThree or more doors or two or
more Pair Matched doors hung adjacent may
be (and in some Grades, must be) specified
as a Set Match. Note to specifying authority:
Specifying Set Matched only means the
three or more doors are to be considered Set
Matched as per the AWS Grade specified, it
does not mean the veneer is sequenced, nor
does it designate the veneer cut or layup. The
Grade specified will determine the type of Figure: 9-005
Match required. Sequencing, veneer cut and

layup if different from the Grade Rules must be DOOR EDGE CONSTRUCTION AND TYPES
specified. The illustration in Figure 9-002 shows
flat or plain cut, book matched, center matched Edge construction is the manufacturer’s choice
faces. unless specified otherwise.
7\SH$ - Solid Wood edgeband, face, and
Figure: 9-003 cross band edges show.
Figure: 9-006
Figure: 9-002

SECTION9
Doors
7\SH% - Wood Veneer edgeband, face, and CONSTRUCTION DEFINITIONS :22'9(1((5)$&( with staved lumber
cross band edges covered. core (SLC-5 / SLC-7).
:RRG)DFH
Rail
3O\ consists of a center core on which
is applied to each side a wood veneer or Stile
composite cross band with a face veneer
Figure: 9-007 Core
applied over the cross band.
Back Veneer
7\SH& - HPDL or PVC edgeband, face, and 3O\ consists of a center core on which is Cross Band
cross band edges covered. applied to each side 3-ply face skins.
Face Veneer
+3'/)DFH
5 Ply 7 Ply

3O\ consists of a core with a plastic Figure: 9-014
Figure: 9-008 laminate face applied over both sides of the

core. :22'9(1((5)$&( with structural composite
7\SH' - Solid Wood edgeband, veneer face lumber (SCL) core (SCLC-5 / SCLC-7).
edge shows. 3O\ consists of a wood veneer or
composite cross band applied over the core
before application of the face laminate.
Stile
'225&216758&7,21&87$:$<(;$03/(6 Core
Figure: 9-009
Illustrations of grain direction is only applicable to Back Veneer
7\SH( - Solid Wood edgeband, veneer face wood veneer. Cross Band
edge shows.
:22'9(1((5)$&( with particleboard, Face Veneer
MDF, or agrifiber core (PC-5 / PC-7).

5 Ply 7 Ply
Rail Figure: 9-015
Figure: 9-010
Stile :22'9(1((5)$&( with fire resistant
To PREVENT TELEGRAPHING, inset solid Core
composite core (FD-5 / FD-7).
wood edging when used must have similar
moisture content as panel core, be glued Back Veneer
securely and calibrated with panel core Cross Band

Stile
thickness prior to being laminated with a wood Core

veneer on both faces. Face Veneer Back Veneer
5 Ply 7 Ply
7\SH) - Solid Wood edgeband, face, and Cross Band
Figure: 9-012
cross band edges covered.
HPDL FACE with particleboard, MDF, or
Face Veneer
agrifiber core (PC-HPDL-3 / PC-HPDL-5).
5 Ply 7 Ply
Rail
Figure: 9-016
Figure: 9-011 Stile
Core
Cross Band
HPDL Face
3 Ply 5 Ply
Figure: 9-013

SECTION9
Doors
'225&216758&7,21&87$:$<(;$03/(6 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 0HHWLQJ(GJH2SWLRQV
(continued)
*HQHUDO0ROGLQJ5HTXLUHPHQWV
HPDL with fire resistant composite core
(FD-HPDL). Species shall match or be compatible with
face veneer or laminate. No bevel Bevel
Rail
Specify transparent or opaque finish.
Stile
Molding shall be free of open defects, shake,
splits, or doze.
Core
Flat astragal Tee astragal
Molding must be smooth and free of visible
knife, saw, or sanding marks. Specify from Figure: 9-021

Cross Band
following options:
+RUL]RQWDORU7UDQVRP0HHWLQJ(GJH
HPDL Face
2SWLRQV
Rabbeted Parallel bevel
5 Ply Double egress
Figure: 9-017
:22'9(1((5+3'/)$&( with hollow core

(HC-7).
Rail
Non-rabbeted Metal edge guards Metal edge guards

Rabbeted
Stile and astragal
Figure: 9-019
Figure: 9-022

Core
*OD]LQJ2SWLRQV
Back Veneer

Cross Band
HPDL or Veneer
Transom Bar Flat Trim
Figure: 9-020
7 Ply
Figure: 9-018
Figure: 9-023

SECTION9
Doors
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS (continued) Fusible link (FL) louvers must be minimum %ORFNLQJ2SWLRQV
10” (254 mm) from the bottom of the door to
Glazing Options (continued) the bottom of the louver cutout, and 6” (152 For undercutting flexibility and specialized
mm) from the edge of the louver cutout to hardware applications, a number of internal
the edge of the door and/or other cutouts for blocking options are available from most
vision panels, locks, closers, or other hardware. manufacturers. When blocking is required it is
These minimum dimensions should be typically at particle core and fire resistant core
maintained or the fire rating label and warranty doors. Options such as 5” (127 mm) top rail,
Lip Moulding
may be voided. Sizes and details other than 5” (127 mm) bottom rail, 5” x 18” (127 x 457
those illustrated are available. mm) lock blocks (may be one side only), 2-1/2”
(64 mm) cross blocking are available, but there
)ODVKLQJ2SWLRQV are other options are available. Consult your
Flush Mouldings Metal vision frame manufacturer early in the design process to
determine requirements.

Figure: 9-024 Door
top
All cutouts for metal or wood vision panels Bottom of Top Block
typically should be a minimum of 6” (152 mm) cutout
from the edge of the door and/or other cutouts for
louvers, locks, closers, or other hardware.
Exterior Lock Blocks
Surface Door
This distance should be maintained or the fire bottom
label and warranty may be voided. Center Block
Figure: 9-026
/RXYHU2SWLRQV ,IWKHPDQXIDFWXUHULVWRÀDVKWKHWRSRIWKH
door or the bottom edge of cutouts for exterior
GRRUVLWPXVWEHVSHFL¿HG
Bottom Block
'XWFK'RRU2SWLRQV Figure: 9-028

Variety of sizes Hardware Blocking, if desired, shall be
specified from the following typical options:

One sideshelf Two sideshelf 20-Min. door w/ shelf
Wood slats Wood chevrons
HB-1 HB-2 HB-3

No shelf Rabbeted Rabbeted w/ shelf
Figure: 9-029
Figure: 9-027
Metal chevrons
Fusible link
Figure: 9-025
Generally, fusible link louvers installed in

45, 60, and 90 minute fire rated doors must
comply with individual fire door authorities. HB-5 HB-6 HB-7
Wood louvers are not allowed by NFPA 80
Figure: 9-030
in fire rated doors. All doors must comply to
Top Blocking may be full or partial width as
accessibility requirements.
required by its application.

SECTION9
Doors
HAND DQG BEVEL OF DOORS FACTORY FINISHING (when specified) STILE DQG RAIL DOOR COMPONENTS
The “hand” of a door is always determined from Firms differ in the variety of factory finishes 6WLOHV - are the vertical outside members. They
the outside. The outside of an exterior door is the offered. Some finishes may not be available may be solid wood or veneered. Stiles usually
street or entrance (key) side. The outside of an from all manufacturers. Finishes protect wood have solid sticking (solid stuck, solid molded).
interior room or auditorium door is the corridor or from moisture, handling, or harsh chemicals. Sticking is usually of three profiles: “ovolo”,
hall (key or imaginary key) side. The outside of The sooner moisture is restricted from entering “ogee” or “quarter round”. Other profiles may
a closet door is the side opposite the closet; the or leaving, the longer wood lasts and the finer it be used. The stiles are ploughed or grooved
room, corridor or hall side. The outside of a single looks. Transparent finishes without stain provide along the edge to receive the panels, rails,
communicating door is the side from which the a protective coating for the wood, maintaining and/or glass. If the door is to be assembled
butts are invisible when the door is closed. The its natural look. Transparent finishes with stain by dowelled construction, the stiles are bored
outside of twin communicating doors is the space provide the architect or designer an opportunity to to receive the dowels. If the door is to be
between the two doors. create a striking visual effect by modifying color, assembled by lag screw construction, the stiles
texture, and sheen. shall be solid hardwood lumber. The stiles will

Standard handed doors push away from the contain much of the hardware for the door, and
person standing on the outside/key side. Reverse Finishing Options must be sized and fabricated to fit the intended
handed doors pull toward the person standing on Section 5 of the AWS defines the finishing hardware, locks, and latches.
the outside/key side. systems and performance characteristics.
5DLOV - are the cross or horizontal members of
Carefully studying Section 5 with your the door. They may be solid wood or veneered.
manufacturer early in the design phase can result Rails are coped on both ends to fit the sticking
in both high quality and cost savings. of the stile. Tenons or dowels are machined
into the rails to fit mortises or dowel boring in
Factory finishing is generally specified when a the stiles.
project requires high quality performance and
superior appearance. The top and bottom rails are required, with
the addition of intermediate cross rails or
Hand of Door: Hand of Door: Factory finishing offers many benefits, including: lock rails as appropriate. The bottom rail is

Outside
right hand (RH)
KeySide
left hand (LH) usually the widest of the members, made of
State of the art equipment in a well lighted, edge glued lumber or veneered, depending
dust free environment (conditions normally not on the door construction. The top rail is often
the same face dimension as the stiles.
available in the field), which provides uniform
color, texture, and sheen.
The lock rail, if there is one, is usually a
Proper sanding prior to the application of stains wide member located at lock height. In the
and finishes. Field conditions often hinder case of narrow stiles or large hardware,
surface preparation resulting in a lack of clarity this rail serves to house the lock and latch
Outside and uniformity in finish and color. mechanisms.
KeySide
Hand of Door: Hand of Door:
right hand reverse (RHR) left hand reverse (LHR)
Protection from unfavorable relative humidity 0XOOLRQV - an upright or vertical member
conditions at the earliest possible time. between panels. It is similar to a cross rail in
Figure: 9-031
the way it is fit and machined.
Cost savings (in most cases) over the total
cost of field applied finishes by a separate 3DQHOV - are either solid lumber or panel
contractor. products that fill the frame formed by the stiles,
rails, and mullions. When the figure of the
Shorter installation time on the job site, wood is visible in the finished product, the grain
resulting in faster project completion. direction of the panels usually runs vertically.

SECTION9
Doors
STILE DQG RAIL DOOR COMPONENTS Door panels of either flush/flat or raised design
(continued) are typically of the same species as the stiles and
rails.
0XQWLQVDQG%DUV - Stile and rail door with
glass panels often utilize muntins and bars, STILE DQG RAIL DOOR JOINERY EXAMPLES
which are smaller in section than mullions.
A bar is a rabbeted molding, which extends +DXQFKHG0RUWLVHDQG7HQRQ
the total height or width of the glass opening.
Ovolo Figure: 9-037
A muntin is a short bar, either horizontal or
vertical, extending from a full bar to a stile, THICKNESS
rail, or another bar. Muntins and bars are
traditionally coped and mortised joinery. Stile and rail doors are usually 1-3/4” (44 mm )
thick. For doors over 3’-6” (1067 mm) in width or
STILE DQG RAIL DOOR DESIGN 8’-0” (2440 mm) in height, it is recommended they

Figure: 9-033
6ORW0RUWLVHDQG7HQRQ be 2 1/4” (57 mm) minimum thickness.
Custom stile and rail door design offer many
opportunities for creativity and choice. Some of the *5$,1',5(&7,21DQG/$<287
variables include:
Panel layout. 7UDGLWLRQDOO\WKHJUDLQGLUHFWLRQÀRZVZLWKWKH
longest dimension of the stile or rail. Panel grain
Grain patterns and relationships. typically runs vertical: however, it can be altered
Stile and rail construction. for design purposes. If raised panels are to be rim
Figure: 9-034 raised veneered construction, the grain of the rims
Molding details. /RRVH7HQRQ ZLOOÀRZDURXQGWKHSDQHOZLWKWKHORQJGLPHQVLRQ
Panel construction. of the rim material.
Joinery techniques.
There are a variety of methods of stile and rail
Selection among these variables requires fabrication. It is possible to fabricate stile and rail

some knowledge of their relative performance doors that will perform within the tests established
characteristics. The following drawings illustrate in this Standard using any of the illustrated
some of the options. Many manufacturers feel techniques and others. The illustrations are
Figure: 9-035
intended as guidelines for the design professional
veneered and laminated constructions offer the 'RZHO
and should not limit the potential for creative

lowest risk of warp for most species of wood.
Consult your manufacturer early in the design solutions. Glass cannot always be centered on
process for assistance in making selections. stiles and rails, depending on the thickness.
Moldings and stop are usually applied with small
The strength of a stile and rail door is primarily EUDGVRU¿QLVKQDLOV
dependent on the shoulders and joints between
the stiles and rails. A wide bottom rail will increase
significantly the strength and stability of a door far Figure: 9-036
beyond that of a narrow rail. 67,&.,1*352),/(6
Care should be taken to ensure that the design

of a door’s stiles and rails is large enough
to structurally accommodate the intended
hardware, provide a strong and stable door, and
accommodate the usage and size of the opening.
Because of warpage and twist characteristics of

04/29/16
Cove & Bead Ogee

heavy, one piece, solid hardwood members, that
method of construction is not recommended for
stile and rail door construction.

SECTION9
Doors
STILE AND RAIL DOOR PANEL LAYOUT and GRAIN PATTERNS
Top
Rail
Stile
Intermediate
Rail
Mullion
Panel

Optional
grain
direction
must be
specified
Figure: 9-038
STILE and RAIL DOOR CONSTRUCTION
Stile 04/29/16 Section A-A

(Recommend 5”
(127 mm) for interior
5-1/2” (140 mm) for
exterior minimum)
Low density lumber core, veneered Solid lumber

A A
04/29/16 Low density lumber core, 2-piece face

Bottom Rail veneered with crossband laminated solid
(Recommend 10”
(254 mm) for
interior & 11”
(280 mm) for SCL
exterior minimum
except as otherwise
required by ADA Structural Composite Lumber 3-piece face
(for interior use only) laminated solid
veneered with crossband
Figure: 9-039

SECTION9
Doors
STILE and RAIL PANEL CONSTRUCTION
Section A-A
Stile
Rim raised
grain direction
Panel product, flat panel 2-ply lumber raised panel
A A
Solid raised panel Rim raised veneer panel alternate

Rail
3-ply lumber raised panel Rim raised veneer panel alternate
Flat or Raised panel Other configurations may be available

Figure: 9-040
PANEL and GLASS RETENTION
Section A-A
Stile

A A Flat bead stop Moulded stop (One side applied)

Lipped moulding Inset moulding

Rail
Other configurations may be available

Figure: 9-041
DESIGN IDEAS
Includes examples of Stile and Rail door

di
FRQ¿JXUDWLRQV7KHVHGHVLJQLGHDVDUHQRW
comprehensive and are for the reader to use
as a starting guide.

SECTION9
Doors
SPECIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR RECOMMENDATIONS AtGLASS LIGHTS - To create the proper seal
against weather, wind, and rain, the finish coats
),5(5$7,1*6 If),(/'),1,6+(' include in Division 09 of on doors should be allowed to flow onto the
the specifications: glass area at least 1/16” (1.6 mm), and:
CODE or REGULATION compliance, and
BEFORE FINISHING, exposed portions of When cleaning, a razor should not be used
If they require certain design
woodwork shall have handling marks or to scrape the glass because it will destroy
accommodations, and it is the responsibility
effects of exposure to moisture, removed the seal; a broad blade putty knife should be
of the design professional to employ such
with a thorough, final sanding over all used to protect the seal between the paint
within their door designs and schedule.
surfaces of the exposed portions and shall and the glass. See illustration below showing
+$5':$5(such as kick plates, door closers, be cleaned before applying sealer or finish. the finish lapped on the glass.
hinges, panic hardware, locks, etc.
7+2528*+/<5(9,(:Sections 3
Prohibition of FINGER JOINTS, which are and 4, especially Basic Considerations,

otherwise allowed at edges. Recommendations, Acknowledgements, and
Industry Practices within GENERAL for an
At STILE and RAIL DOORS: overview of the characteristics and minimum
acceptable requirements of lumber and/or
Stile or rail widths and/or construction. sheet products that might be used herein.

Ornamental detail or joinery. 5(9,(: the GENERAL portion of Sections Figure: 9-042

Panel layout and grain direction. and the minimum acceptable requirements of
used herein.


installer.
For an excellent PAINT GRADE SURFACE

Medium Density Overlay (MDO), Medium
Density Fiberboard (MDF) or Hardboard should
be specified.
:22''2256 should be avoided in exterior

applications.
Figure: 9-043

SECTION9
Where the C, or P icon is not indicated,
C P
Doors
,QFOXGLQJ3DVVDJH'RRUVRI)OXVKDQG6WLOH 5DLO %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)

&RQVWUXFWLRQZLWK:RRGDQG+3'/)DFHV 7 6(0,(;326('685)$&(6 include:
7.1 Top and bottom edges of doors, unless:

%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216
7.1.1 The top edge is visible from above.
1 GRADES
8 NFPA 80 requires design accommodations, and:
1.1 These Standards are characterized in three Grades of quality
that may be mixed within a single project; however, only 8.1 Preparation of ),5(5$7(''225$66(0%/,(6 for
Custom and Premium are used in this door Section. Limitless locks, latches, hinges, remotely operated or monitored
design possibilities and a wide variety of lumber and veneer hardware, concealed closers, glass lights, vision panels,
species, along with overlays, high-pressure decorative louvers, astragals, and laminated overlays shall be performed

laminates, factory finishes, and profiles are available in both by the manufacturer or its agent in conformance with
Grades. the manufacturer’s LICENSING and LABEL SERVICE
$*5((0(17
1.2 CUSTOM GRADE is typically specified for and adequately
covers most high-quality architectural woodwork, providing 8.2 Preparation of 685)$&($33/,(' hardware, function
a well-defined degree of control over a project’s quality of holes for mortise locks, holes for labeled viewers, allowable
materials, workmanship, or installation. undercutting, and application of protection plates may be
performed at the jobsite.
areas of a project where the highest level of quality, materials, 8.3 Fire-rated wood doors to be glazed under license.
9 FIRE5$7(''2256
1.4 EXCLUSION, these standards do not cover the re-lamination/
UHVXUIDFLQJRIÀXVKGRRUVZLWKGHFRUDWLYHODPLQDWHRURWKHU 9.1 Are AVAILABLE in 20, 45, 60, and 90 minute labels.
surfacing.
9.2 Shall be of CONSTRUCTION STANDARD to the door

1.5 *5$'(/,0,7$7,216 manufacturer and conform with the requirements of applicable
labeling agencies.
01/01/15
1.5.1 Flush and Stile & Rail doors are offered only in Custom
and Premium grades. 9.3 Shall permit EDGES on 20, 45, 60, and 90 minute fire-rated
doors, regardless of the species of material on the door
2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS VKDOOJRYHUQLILQFRQIOLFWZLWK face and be the standard of the door manufacturer; and the
WKHVHVWDQGDUGV species, width, and fire-retardant treatment shall conform to
the requirements of the labeling agency acceptable to the
3 ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENTS of lumber and/or sheet authority with jurisdiction for the label specified.
products used within this woodwork product section are
established by Sections 3 and 4, unless otherwise modified 9.4 HANGING shall be compliant with the manufacturer’s
herein. requirements.
AESTHETICCOMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS apply only to 10 Specific METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION for flush, excluding
surfaces visible after fabrication and installation. hollow core, and stile and rail doors illustrated in this section
may not represent all types available. Variations of construction
5 Use of 3+(12/,&%$&.(':22'9(1((5 is permitted, if and materials are permitted, as long as the appropriate minimum
specified or otherwise approved. WDMA duty performance levels are met or exceeded.
6 EXPOSED SURFACES include:
6.1 Both visible faces of doors, including applied moldings, lights,

and louvers.
6.2 Both vertical edges of doors.
6.3 Top edge, if visible from above.

SECTION9
the rule applies to all Grades equally C P
Doors
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued) %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
11 ANSI/WDMA I.S. 1A (latest edition) PERFORMANCE DUTY 14 INDUSTRY PRACTICES

/(9(/6
11.1 HEAVY DUTY performance level has been adopted for these backing, furring, brackets, or other anchorage that becomes
Standards. an integral part of the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings, that
11.1.1 The heavy duty level typically involves doors for moderate are not furnished or installed by the architectural woodwork
usage and requires intermediate minimum performance manufacturer or installer.
standards.
14.2 :$//&(,/,1* and/or opening variations in excess of
11.1.2 Typical usage examples: 1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in

Assisted living room entry Storage or of the correct size are not acceptable for the installation
2I¿FH,QWHULRUSDVVDJHVWDLUZHOO Apartment/condo entry of architectural woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the
Mechanical service X-ray
Hallway Acoustic
Medical exam room Stairwell
14.3 :$55$17< shall be to the terms, conditions, and duration of
the door manufacturer, unless specified otherwise. Check with
11.1.3 If a higher or lower Performance Duty Level is desired, it
individual door manufacturers for warranty and fire approval
shall be so specified.
requirements.
11.2 EXTRA HEAVY DUTY level typically involves doors where
14.3.1 Warranties vary between manufacturers as to the:
use is considered heavy and frequent, and requires the high-
est minimum performance standards. 14.3.1.1 Coverage.
11.2.1 Typical usage examples: 14.3.1.2 Duration.

Classrooms Detention/correctional 14.3.1.3 Items and conditions that void it.
Patient rooms Bullet-resistant
Bathrooms - Public Gym/locker rooms 14.3.1.4 Extent of replacement and cost coverage.
Dorm rooms Surgical entry
Assembly areas Trauma centers 14.3.2 Typically, manufacturers do not warranty doors with:
Auditorium entry Hotel/motel room entry
14.3.2.1 Different Species, face materials, finishes, or laminates
11.3 STANDARD DUTY level typically involves doors where fre- on opposite sides.
quency of use is low and requires the lowest minimum perfor-
mance. 14.3.2.2 Different temperature and/or humidity conditions on
opposite sides.
Typical usage examples:
Closet Bath - Private 14.3.2.3 /(667+$1 5” (127 mm) between cutouts or a
Wardrobe 6PDOOORZXVDJHRI¿FH cutout and the edge of a door, or:
11.4 DUTY LEVELperformance requirements are spelled out 14.3.2.4 /(667+$1 ´PPDW¿UHUDWHGGRRUV
within the Product portion of this Section. between cutouts or a cutout and the edge of a door,
unless approved by authorities with jurisdiction.
12 7<3,&$/67,/(DQG5$,/'225
ILLUSTRATIONS are provided in DESIGN
IDEAS.
di
13 To PREVENT TELEGRAPHING, inset solid wood edging when
securely and calibrated with panel core thickness prior to being

SECTION9
C P
Doors
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (Continued)
14.4 HANDING of a door is always determined from the outside:
14.4.1 The key side is as symbolized below:
Left-Hand
Figure: 9-044

Right-Hand
Figure: 9-045
Left-Hand Reversed

Figure: 9-046
Right-Hand Reversed
Figure: 9-047
%RWWRP2I'UDZLQJV5HSUHVHQW2XWVLGH

SECTION9
Doors
6&23( '()$8/767,38/$7,21
1 All flush and stile and rail wood doors with corresponding and 1 If not otherwise specified or indicated in the contract documents,
adjacent transoms, fixed panels, and/or side lights. work shall be &86720*5$'(, solid core, with paint grade
faces and edges.
2 7<3,&$/,1&/86,216
1.1 Core selection is manufacturer’s choice.
2.1 Flush doors, solid, hollow, fire rated, sound resistant, x-ray, or
bullet resistant. 1.2 If transparent finish is specified, doors shall be factory clear
finished.
2.2 Stile and rail doors of veneered, solid, and/or laminated (solid)
construction with or without fire, sound, or bullet resistant 58/(6
ratings.

2.3 Accessories required to comply with the door manufacturer’s documents require otherwise.
fire rated door approval, including treated or metal edges at
pairs of fire rated doors as required. 2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of
control over a project’s quality of materials, workmanship, or
2.4 Accessories required to comply with the door manufacturer’s installation.
sound resistant certification, including gaskets and automatic
door bottoms. 3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at
www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com,
2.5 Glass stops. VKDOOWDNHSUHFHGHQFHRYHUWKHVHUXOHV, subject to
2.6 Wood louvers.
2.7 ,)63(&,),(' %DVLF5XOHV

2.7.1 Glass or glazing. These standards are primarily performance based rather than
prescriptive based, allowing a wide variance of construction methods

2.7.2 Pre fitting and machining for hardware. DQGRUFRPSRQHQWFRQ¿JXUDWLRQVSURYLGHGWKHHQGSURGXFWPHHWVRU
exceeds :'0$·V+($9<'87<3(5)250$1&(9$/8(6 contained
2.7.3 Pre hanging and machining for weather stripping. within these standards, and:
2.7.4 Priming, sealing, and/or finishing. FLUSH SOLID CORE¿UHUDWHGVRXQGUHVLVWDQWEXOOHWUHVLVWDQW
lead lined, and electrostatic shielded doors - ANSI/WDMA I.S. - 1A,
2.7.5 Flashing and/or metal edge guards. (latest edition), EXCEPT as MODIFIED HEREIN.
)/86++2//2:&25( doors shall comply with WDMA’s Standard
3 7<3,&$/(;&/86,216
Duty performance values.
3.1 Cabinet doors included with casework. For STILE and RAIL doors with or without fire, sound, or bullet
3 resistant ratings - ANSI/WDMA I.S. - 6A, (latest edition), EXCEPT
3.2 Wood cores for metal or vinyl clad doors. $602',),('+(5(,1
It is the RESPONSIBILITY of the door manufacturer to provide
3.3 Garage, metal, and fiberglass doors.
evidence of compliance upon request.
3.4 Access doors. &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
3.5 Metal grills or louvers.
3.6 LPDL or vinyl faced doors.

SECTION9
C P
Doors
IN LIEU OF TESTING for WDMA TM-7 (Slam Cycle) & 8 (Hinge IN LIEU OF TESTING (continued)
Loading), compliance to the following prescriptive requirements is STILE and RAIL doors (continued)
acceptable:
Be of dowel, mortise, and tenon joinery, and:
Composite cross bands shall have minimum 55 lbs (24.9 kgs)
Dowels shall be a minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in diameter by 5”
density.
(127 mm) long, spaced a maximum of 2-1/2” (63.5 mm) on
FACES on both sides of the door shall be of the same material and center.

construction detail.
Top and intermediate rails shall have a minimum of two dowels
3 FLUSH VENEERED, solid core door shall include:
per joint; and the bottom rail, a minimum of three per joint.

3 Bonded (stiles and rails securely glued to core) construction. +DYHÀDWRUUDLVHGSDQHOVDPLQLPXPRI´PP
&RUHVKDOOEH6&/&6/&SDUWLFOHERDUG0')RUDJUL¿EHUFRUH 5 in thickness at the tongue of solid lumber or M2 Grade
3
conforming to ANSI A208.1 Grade LD-1 or LD-2. particleboard.
Stiles and rails with minimum of 1” (25.4 mm) hardwood or
3 3 PDWHULDOWKDWKDVEHHQTXDOL¿HGLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK:'0$70 AESTHETIC GRADE RULES apply only to the faces visible after
3
(latest edition). installation.
3 Blocking for screw attached hardware, and:
3 Blocking is not required at SCLC or SLC. LUMBER shall conform to the requirements established in Section 3,

and:
3 5 Calibration (sanding) of core to uniform thickness.
+($57:22' or 6$3:22' is permitted in Ash, Birch, Maple,
3 6 For OPAQUE FINISH:
Cherry, Elm, and Red Oak; however:
3 6 Composite face requires minimum 3 ply construction.
If only +($57:22' or 6$3:22' is desired, it shall be so
3 6 Veneer face requires minimum 5 ply construction.
VSHFL¿HG

3 7 For TRANSPARENT FINISH:
3 7 Minimum 5 ply construction. SHEET PRODUCTS shall conform to the requirements established in
5
When veneer is applied to solid wood edge, cross band shall Section 4, and:
not be set back greater that 1/4” (6.4 mm) from door edge.
5
Use of +3'/%$&.(':22'9(1((56LVSHUPLWWHGLIVSHFL¿HG
or otherwise approved.
3 7
6 (;326('685)$&(6,1&/8'(
Both visible faces of doors, including applied moldings, lights, and
6
louvers.
3 8 For HPDL, minimum 5 ply construction. 6 Both vertical edges of doors.
STILE and RAIL doors with or without fire, sound, or bullet resistant 6 3 Top edge, if visible from above.

ratings shall:
Be of solid lumber, SCL, LVL, or staved block core construction, 7 6(0,(;326('685)$&(6,1&/8'(

with: 7 Top and bottom edges of doors, unless:
A minimum of 5/8” (15.9 mm) hardwood edgebands and lock 7 Top edge is visible from above.

and hinge edges, if not solid lumber.
Be a minimum of 5” (127 mm) wide stiles, top and intermediate For the purpose of this standard, a BALANCED PANEL is one that is
8
rails. free from warp that affects serviceability for its intended purpose.
3 Be a minimum of 10” (255 mm) wide bottom rail.

SECTION9
Doors
ELECTROSTATIC SHIELDED doors shall be:
Constructed to the manufacturer’s standard for type of construction,

9 A single component in “AA” Face Grade. thickness, edgebands, and moldings, and:
9 The split heart method in Face Grades “A - D”, and: +DYHWKHQXPEHUDQGORFDWLRQRIHOHFWULFDOOHDGVDVVSHFL¿HG
9
component width requirements for Face Grade “B”. PAIR and SET MATCHINGLVUHTXLUHGIRUÀXVKZRRGYHQHHUDQGVKDOO

be:
FIRE RATED doors shall be: COMPATIBLE for COLOR and GRAIN. C P

2IWKH¿UHUDWLQJVSHFL¿HG SEQUENCED and:(//0$7&+(' for COLOR and
C P
Constructed to the manufacturer’s standard, conforming with the GRAIN.

requirements of their applicable labeling service, with:
EDGES, regardless of face species, must conform to the PAIR and SET MATCHING cannot be achieved at STILE and RAIL and
3
manufacturer’s approved labeling service. is not required.
PREPARED, in accordance with NFPA 80, for locks, latches, hinges,
remotely operated or monitored hardware, concealed closures, glass EXPOSED FACES and EDGES shall be thoroughly sanded using a

lights, vision panels, louvers, astragals, and laminated overlays to minimum of 120 grit sandpaper, and:
be performed in conformance with the manufacturer’s licensing and All EDGES shall be slightly eased.
label service agreement; however:
Preparation for surface applied hardware, function holes for Overall DOOR SIZE for:
mortise locks, holes for labeled viewers, a maximum of 3/4” (19 NON PREFIT DOORS (blank) shall be furnished within plus or

mm) wood and composite door undercutting, and protection minus of 1/16” (1.6 mm) for HEIGHT, :,'7+, and THICKNESS.

plates may be performed at the jobsite.
07/31/15
PREFIT DOORS shall be furnished, sized in:

Furnished with the 0$18)$&785(5·6EDVLFKDQJLQJDQG¿QLVKLQJ
5 :,'7+ZLWKLQ´PPSOXVRUPLQXVRIWKHVSHFL¿HG
instructions.
FRAME size, less 1/4” (6.4 mm) in width with a 3 degree bevel on
both edges.
SOUND RESISTANT doors shall:
HEIGHTZLWKLQ´PPSOXVRUPLQXVWKHVSHFL¿HGVL]H
Be constructed to the manufacturer’s standard, conforming to the
less the undercut.
requirements for a minimum STC 50 (Sound Transmission Class)

RUDVVSHFL¿HGZKHQWHVWHGDVDQRSHQLQJXQLWYHUVXVVHDOHGLQ
BLEED THROUGH of glue at a veneer joint that visually affects an
place), and:
DSSOLHG¿QLVKLVQRWSHUPLWWHG
Include required special stops, stop adjusters, gaskets, and auto-

matic threshold closing devices of the manufacturer’s standard.
GLASS and GLAZING requires:
Wood glass stops to be manufacturer prepared and bundled in
;5$< doors shall be:
appropriately labeled sets or prefit and tacked in the appropriate light
Constructed to the manufacturer’s standard for the type of opening, and:

construction, thickness, edgebands, and moldings, and:
In the absence of specifications or detail, profile shall be manu-
LEAD thickness shall be a minimum of 1/16” (1.6 mm) or as
facturer’s choice.
VSHFL¿HG
FACTORY FINISHED, DOORS require both faces and vertical edges to
BULLET RESISTANT doors shall be:
EH¿QLVKHGDQG
Constructed to the manufacturer’s standard, conforming to the The top/bottom edges and hardware preparation areas shall be
requirements of UL 752 “Bullet Resisting Equipment” or NIJ
sealed.
(National Institute of Justice) 0108.01 Performance Standards, and:
Have a minimum NIJ Level 2 protection rating. ),567&/$66:25.0$16+,3 is required in compliance with these

&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T standards.

SECTION9
C P
Doors
Shall be free of DEFECTS, both natural and from manufacturing, in S From previous column

excess of those permitted herein. 6 FLUSH doors (continued)
6 VENEER FACES shall (continued)
FIGURELQFOXGLQJQR¿JXUHLVQRWDIXQFWLRQRIDVSHFLHVJUDGHDQG
6 TRANSPARENT (continued)
VSHFLDOUHTXLUHPHQWVPXVWEHVSHFL¿HG
6 7 Shall be HPVA “A” Grade, with: C P
HARDBOARD faces shall be standard grade, a minimum of 1/8” (3.2 Running match and end component less than the
3 6 7 C P
mm) in thickness. HPVA requirement.
6 8 Shall be HPVA “AA” Grade, with: C P
EXPOSED surfaces shall be: 6 8 Balanced center matched. C P

Compatible for color and grain. C P 6 9 Have visible edges and reveals, when appropriate, that are:
Well matched for color and grain. C P 6 9 Matched to species of face, except:
Maple may be used as an alternate when a Birch face is
CONCEALED surfaces shall allow non structural defects and voids; 6 9
VSHFL¿HG
5 blocking may be of a compatible species or material other than that of
6 9 Compatible for color and grain. C P
the exposed or semi-exposed surface.
6 9 3 Well matched for color and grain. C P
6 FLUSH door: A minimum of 0.020” (0.5 mm) nominal THICKNESS that
6 9
precludes show through of core.
VENEER FACESVKDOOEHRIWKHVSHFLHVDQG*UDGHVSHFL¿HGDQG
6 RIVXI¿FLHQWWKLFNQHVVVRDVQRWWRSHUPLWVKRZWKURXJKRIFURVV STAND ALONE doors, face species of Anigre, Ash, Beech,
EDQGLQJDIWHUVDQGLQJDQGRU¿QDO¿QLVKLQJ Birch, Cherry, Hickory, African Mahogany, American
Mahogany, Makore, Maple, Red Oak, White Oak, Pecan,
6 OPAQUE¿QLVKVKDOOEH 6
Poplar, or Walnut shall conform to the following HPVA DOOR
Sound close grain hardwood veneer, MDO, MDF or

6 C P SKIN FACE TABLES for the allowable veneer characteristics
hardboard at manufacturer’s choice, and: for the Grade required, and:
6 If veneer, it shall be: If not of a species listed above shall conform to HPVA
6 HPVA “C” Grade. C P 6 Door Skin Face Table as agreed on between the design
professional and the manufacturer.

6 HPVA “B” Grade. C P
6 MDO, MDF or hardboard, at manufacturer’s choice. C P 6 Including those in pairs and sets.
6 TRANSPARENT¿QLVKUHTXLUHV When balance matched, the width of the outer leaves after
6 3
6 Pairs or sets be compatible for color and grain. C P trimming shall not exceed:
6 3 1” (25.4 mm) less than its adjoining leaf. C P
6 Transoms be end matched for color and grain. C P
6 3 1/2” (12.7 mm) less than its adjoining leaf. C P
Pairs or sets be sequenced and well matched for
6 3 C P Table: 9-048$6+%((&+American or European)
color and grain. 6
6 Transoms be continuous match for color and grain.
%,5&+0$3/(and323/$5
C P
Table: 9-049MAHOGANY (African or American),
COMPATIBILITY in color and grain to the other door 6 5
6 5 C P $1,*5(0$.25(and6$3(/(
faces in the same room or area, and:
6 6 Table: 9-0505('2$.and:+,7(2$.
Coordination of compatibility is the responsibility of
6 5 C P 6 7 Table: 9-0513(&$1and+,&.25<
the door furnisher.
'RRUVWKDWDUHVSHFL¿HGDVDGMDFHQWWRRUDUHVSHFL¿HGDVD 6 8 Table: 9-052 :$/187and&+(55<
component of other architectural woodwork shall conform to &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
6 6
the applicable requirements of Section 4 and 8 for the Grade
VSHFL¿HG

SECTION9
Doors
Table: 9-048$6+%((&+E%,5&+0$3/(and POPLAR (ANSI/HPVA - HP1 - latest edition)
&XW 3ODLQ6OLFHG)ODW&XW4XDUWHU&XW5RWDU\&XW
*UDGH'HVFULSWLRQ AA A
+HDUW +HDUW
6DS 6DS
&RORUDQG0DWFKLQJ 5HG 1DWXUDO 5HG 1DWXUDO
:KLWH :KLWH
%URZQ %URZQ
Sapwood Yes No Yes Yes No Yes
Heartwood No Yes Yes No Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Slight Slight Yes
Color Variation Slight Yes Slight Yes
Sharp Color Contrast at Joints Yes, if Slip, Plank, or Random Matched Yes, if Slip, Plank, or Random Matched

Type of Matching
Book Matched Yes Yes
Slip Matched Specify Specify
Pleasing Matched Not applicable Not applicable
Nominal Minimum Width of Face Components a
Plain Sliced 5” (127 mm 4" (102 mm)
Quarter 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm)
Rotary 5” (127 mm 4" (102 mm)
1DWXUDO&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
Small Conspicuous Burls & Pin Knots, Combined Average Number 1 per 5 sq ft (2 per 1 m2) 1 per 3 sq ft (4 per 1 m2)
Conspicuous Burls, Maximum Size 1/4" (6.4 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm)
Conspicuous Pin Knots
Average Number 1 per 8 sq ft (4 per 3 m2)
No
Maximum Size: Dark Part 1/8" (3.2 mm)

Total 1/4" (6.4 mm)
Scattered Sound and Repaired Knots No No
Mineral Streaks No at Maple, Slight Slight
Bark Pockets No No
Worm Tracks Slight Slight
Vine Marks Slight Slight
Cross Bars Slight Slight
0DQXIDFWXULQJ&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
Rough Cut/Ruptured Grain No No
Two 1/32" x 3" (0.8 mm x 76 mm) on
Blended Repaired Tapering Hairline Splits Two 1/16" x 6" (1.6 mm x 152 mm)
ends only
Repairs Very small blending Small blending
6SHFLDO&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
1" in 12" (25.4 mm in 305 mm) maximum grain slope; 2-1/2" in 12" (63.5 mm in 305
Quartered
mm) maximum grain sweep
Unfilled worm holes, open splits, open joints, open bark pockets, shake, and doze are not allowed in the above grades.
a
b
American or European.

SECTION9
C P
Doors
Table: 9-049MAHOGANY (African or American), $1,*5(0$.25(and SAPELE (ANSI/HPVA - HP1 - latest edition)
Grade Description AA A
&RORUDQG0DWFKLQJ
Sapwood No No
Heartwood Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Slight Slight
Color Variation Slight Slight
Type of Matching

Pleasing Matched Not Applicable Not Applicable
Plain Sliced 4” (102 mm)
5” (127 mm)3” (76 mm)
Quarter 3” (76 mm)
5” (127 mm)
Rotary 4” (102 mm)
Conspicuous Burls, Maximum Size 1/4" (6.4 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm)
No
Maximum Size: Dark Part 1/8” (3.2 mm)
Total 1/4” (6.4 mm)

Mineral Streaks No Slight
Bark Pockets No No
Worm Tracks No No

Vine Marks Slight Slight
Cross Bars Occasional Occasional
Two 1/32” x 3” (0.8 mm x 76 mm) on
Blended Repaired Tapering Hairline Splits Two 1/16” x 6” (1.6 mm x 152 mm)
ends only
Repairs Very Small Blending Small Blending
1" in 12" (25.4 mm in 305 mm) maximum grain slope; 2-1/2" in 12" (63.5 mm in 305
Quartered
mm) maximum grain sweep
Unfilled worm holes, open splits, open joints, open bark pockets, shake, and doze are not allowed in the above grades.
a

SECTION9
Doors
Table: 9-0505('2$.and:+,7(2$. (ANSI/HPVA - HP1 - latest edition)
&XW 3ODLQ6OLFHG)ODW&XW4XDUWHU&XW5LIWDQG&RPE*UDGH5RWDU\&XW
5HG2DN :KLWH2DN 5HG2DN :KLWH2DN
&RORUDQG0DWFKLQJ
Sapwood No 5% a Yes a
Heartwood Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Yes Yes
Type of Matching

Nominal Minimum Width of Face Components a, b, c
Plain Sliced 5” (127 mm) 4” (102 mm)
Quarter 3” (76 mm) 3” (76 mm)
Rotary 5” (127 mm) 4” (102 mm)
Small Conspicuous Burls & Pin Knots, Combined Average Number 1 per 4 sq ft (3 per 1 m2) 1 per 2-2/3 sq ft (4 per 1 m2)
Conspicuous Burls - Maximum Size 1/4" (6.4 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm)
No
Maximum Size: Dark Part 1/8" (3.2 mm)
Total 1/4" (6.4 mm)

Mineral Streaks No Slight, Blending
Bark Pockets No No

Worm Tracks No No
Vine Marks No Slight
Cross Bars Slight Slight
Blended Repaired Two 1/32" x 3" on (0.8 mm x 76 mm) at
Two 1/16" x 6" (1.6 mm x 152 mm)
Tapering Hairline Splits ends only
Slight, Blending Slight, Blending
Ray Fleck (Flake)
Quarter Cut Unlimited Quarter Cut Unlimited
Slope and Sweep - Quarter & Rift 1 inch in 12 inches (25.4 mm in 305mm) max. grain slope, 2-1/2 inch in 12
inches (63.5 mm in 305mm) max. grain sweep
Comb Grain 1/2 inch in 12 inches (12.7 mm in 305mm) max. grain slope, 1/2 inch in 12
inches (12.7 mm in 305mm) max. grain sweep
8QILOOHGZRUPKROHVRSHQVSOLWVRSHQMRLQWVRSHQEDUNSRFNHWVVKDNHDQGGR]HDUHQRWDOORZHGLQWKHDERYHJUDGHV
D
6DSLVDOORZHGLQURWDU\RQO\XQOHVVRWKHUZLVHVSHFLILHG
E
VDSLVDOORZHGLQULIWFRPEDQGSODLQVOLFHGVDSLVDOORZHGLQURWDU\
F
2XWVLGHFRPSRQHQWVZLOOEHDGLIIHUHQWVL]HWRDOORZIRUWKHHGJHWULPORVVDQGFHUWDLQW\SHVRIPDWFKLQJ

SECTION9
C P
Doors
Table: 9-0513(&$1and HICKORY (ANSI/HPVA - HP1 - latest edition)

&RORUDQG0DWFKLQJ
Sapwood Yes Yes
Heartwood Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Yes Yes
Color Variation Yes Yes
Yes, if Slip, Plank, or Random Yes, if Slip, Plank, or Random
Sharp Color Contrast at Joints
Matched Matched
Type of Matching

Plain Sliced 5” (127 mm) 4” (102 mm)
Quarter 3” (76 mm) 3” (76 mm)
Rotary 5” (127 mm) 4” (102 mm)
Conspicuous Burls - Maximum Size 1/4" 3/8"
b
1 per 2 sq ft (6 per 1 m2) 2 per 1 sq ft (22 per 1 m2)
Average Number
1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm)
Maximum Size: Dark Part
1/4" (6.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm)"
Total

Mineral Streaks Slight Slight
Bark Pockets No Small, Occasional
Worm Tracks No Slight
Vine Marks Slight Occasional
Cross Bars Slight Occasional
Blended Repaired Two 1/32" x 3" (0.8 mm x 76 mm) Two 1/16" x 6" (1.6 mm x 152
Tapering Hairline Splits at ends only mm)
Bird Peck c No Slight
Knife Marks Knife marks might occur in these dense species.
1" in 12" (25.4 mm in 305 mm) maximum grain slope; 2-1/2" in 12"
Quartered
(63.5 mm in 305 mm) maximum grain sweep
8QILOOHGZRUPKROHVRSHQVSOLWVRSHQMRLQWVRSHQEDUNSRFNHWVDQGGR]HDUHQRWDOORZHGLQWKHDERYHJUDGHV
D
2XWVLGHFRPSRQHQWVZLOOEHDGLIIHUHQWVL]HWRDOORZIRUHGJHWULPORVVDQGFHUWDLQW\SHVRIPDWFKLQJ
E
)RU3HFDQDQG+LFNRU\FRQVSLFXRXVSLQNQRWVPHDQVRXQGNQRWV´PPRUOHVVLQGLDPHWHUZLWKGDUNFHQWHUVODUJHUWKDQ´PP%OHQGLQJSLQ
NQRWVDUHVRXQGNQRWV´PPRUOHVVLQGLDPHWHUZLWKGDUNFHQWHUV´PPRUOHVVDQGDUHDOORZHGLQDOOJUDGHV
F
7RDFKLHYHDPRUHUXVWLFDSSHDUDQFHELUGSHFNVKDOOEHVSHFLILHG

SECTION9
Doors
Table: 9-052 :$/187and CHERRY (ANSI/HPVA - HP1 - latest edition)
&RORUDQG0DWFKLQJ
Sapwood a No No a
Heartwood Yes Yes
Color Streaks or Spots Slight Slight
Sharp Color Contrast at Joints Yes if Slip, Plank, or Random Matched Yes if Slip, Plank, or Random Matched
Type of Matching

Pleasing Matched n/a n/a
Nominal Minimum Width of Face Components b
Plain Sliced 5" (127 mm) 4" (102 mm)
Quarter 3" (76 mm) 3" (76 mm)
Rotary 5" (127 mm) 4" (102 mm)
1DWXUDO&KDUDFWHULVWLFVH[FHSWDVOLVWHGEHORZQDWXUDOFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDUHQRWUHVWULFWHG
1 per 4 sq ft 1 per 1-1/3 sq ft
Small Conspicuous Burls & Pin Knots - Combined Average Number
(3 per 1 m2) (8 per 1 m2)
Conspicuous Burls - Maximum Size 1/4" (6.4 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm)
Conspicuous Pin Knots c 1 per 5 sq ft 1 per 2 sq ft
Average Number (3 per 1 m2) (6 per 1 m2)
Maximum Size: Dark Part 1/8" (3.2 mm) 1/8" (3.2 mm)
Total 1/4" (6.4 mm) 1/4" (6.4 mm)

Mineral Streaks Slight Slight
Bark Pockets No No
Worm Tracks No No
Vine Marks Slight Occasional
Cross Bars Slight Occasional
Two 1/32" x 3" Two 1/16" x 6"
Blended Repaired Tapering Hairline Splits
(0.8 mm x 76 mm) on panel ends only (1.6 mm x 152 mm)
6SHFLDO&KDUDFWHULVWLFVH[FHSWDVOLVWHGEHORZQDWXUDOFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDUHQRWUHVWULFWHG
Occasional Gum Spots permitted in Occasional Gum Spots permitted in
Gum Spots
Cherry Cherry
1" in 12" (25.4 mm in 305 mm) maximum grain slope; 2-1/2" in 12" (63.4 mm in
Quartered
305 mm) maximum grain sweep
Unfilled worm holes, open splits, open joints, open bark pockets, and doze are not allowed in the above grades.
a
Sapwood is allowed in Grades A and B; however, the percentage shall be agreed upon between the buyer and the seller.
b
c
For Walnut and Cherry, conspicuous pin knots mean sound knots 1/4” (6.4 mm) or less in diameter with dark centers larger than 1/16” (1.6 mm). Blending pin knots are sound knots 1/4” (6.4 mm) or
less in diameter with dark centers 1/16” (1.6 mm) or less and are allowed in all grades.

SECTION9
C P
Doors
0DWHULDO5XOHV
6 At FLUSH doors (continued)
CROSS BAND VENEERS shall be of wood veneer or composite,
6
and:
6 Particleboard cross band veneers are not permitted.
HORIZONTAL EDGES shall run the full width between stiles without
6 3
a gap.
7 67,/(DQG5$,L doors:
For OPAQUE¿QLVKIDFHDQGHGJHVVKDOOEHVROLGVWRFNRIFORVH

7 grain hardwood, veneer of sound close grain hardwood or MDO, at
the manufacturer’s choice.
7 For TRANSPARENT¿QLVKIDFHDQGHGJHVVKDOOEH
7 Solid VWRFNRIVSHFLHVVSHFL¿HG
7 Veneer of HPVA “A” Grade. C P
7 3 Veneer of HPVA “AA” Grade. C P


SECTION9
Doors
0DFKLQH$VVHPEO\5XOHV
$16,:'0$ HEAVY DUTY PERFORMANCE DUTY LEVEL is

required for both Flush and Stile and Rail doors, and:
If a higher Extra Heavy Duty or lower Standard Duty Performance

'XW\/HYHOLVUHTXLUHGLWVKDOOEHVSHFL¿HG
A minimum 1” (25.4 mm) hardwood or material that has been
TXDOL¿HGLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK:'0$70ODWHVWHGLWLRQLVUHTXLUHG
DWÀXVKGRRUVVWLOHVDQGUDLOV
FLUSH - Table: - 9-053- below sets out the Minimum WDMA Perfor-

mance Duty Values as published by ANSI/WDMA I.S. 1A (latest edition).
Table: 9-053- )/86+:22''2250,1,0803(5)250$1&(67$1'$5'6 - (Reprinted with permission from ANSI/WDMA I.S. 1A latest edition)

3HUIRUPDQFH'XW\/HYHO
3HUIRUPDQFH$WWULEXWH EXTRA HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY STANDARD DUTY
Adhesive Bond Durability, WDMA TM-6 Type I or Type II
Cycle Slam, WDMA TM-7 1,000,000 cycles 500,000 cycles 250,000 cycles
Hinge Loading, WDMA TM-8 550 lbs (2440 N) 475 lbs (2110 N) 400 lbs (1780 N)
TR-6 & OP-6 or equal * TR-4 & OP-4 or equal * TR-2 & OP-2 or equal *
Door Finish, Various ASTM test methods (Catalyzed Polyurethane (Conversion Varnish (Catalyzed Lacquer
AWS System -11) AWS System -5) AWS System -2 or 3)

Screwholding, WDMA TM-10
Door Face (blocked or unblocked) 550 lbs (2440 N) 475 lbs (2110 N) 400 lbs (1780 N)
Vertical Door Edge 550 lbs (2440 N) 475 lbs (2110 N) 400 lbs (1780 N)
Horizontal Door Edge ** 300 lbs (1330 N) 240 lbs (1060 N) 180 lbs (810 N)

Telegraph, Section T-1 See AWS Test N in TEST Maximum 0.010” in any 3” span (0.25 mm in any 76 mm span)
Maximum 0.25” per 3’6” x 7’0”
Warp Tolerance, Section T-2 See AWS Test E in TEST
(6.4 mm in any 1050 mm x 2100 mm) door section
Squareness, Section T-3 See AWS Test M in TEST Diagonal variance 1/8” (3.2 mm)
2WKHUIRUPXODWLRQVPD\H[KLELWVLPLODUSHUIRUPDQFHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVEXWPXVWPHHWRUH[FHHGWKHSHUIRUPDQFHOHYHOVIRUWKHV\VWHPVVSHFL¿HGWREHFRQVLGHUHGHTXDO
** Horizontal door edge screwholding applies when hardware is to be attached.
3 TYPE I or II ADHESIVE use at the manufacturer’s choice.

SECTION9
C P
Doors
0DFKLQH$VVHPEO\5XOHV 0DFKLQH$VVHPEO\5XOHV
APPLIED MOLDINGS require: 6 EXPOSED SURFACES (continued)
6ROLGVWRFNIUHHRI¿QJHUMRLQWV TEAR OUTSKNIFE NICKS, or HIT OR MISS machining is not
6 6
Securely and soundly attached, in contact with the adjacent surface. permitted.
For OPAQUE¿QLVK 6 7 KNIFE MARKS are not permitted where sanding is required.
To be &/26(*5$,1+$5':22' of a species of the GLUE or FILLER, if used, shall be inconspicuous and match the
6 8
manufacturer’s choice. adjacent surface for smoothness.
Require moldings to be PRIMED when the doors are factory HPDL, PVC, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges shall be machined
6 9 ÀXVKDQG¿OHGVDQGHGRUEXIIHGWRUHPRYHPDFKLQHPDUNVDQG
primed.

sharp edges, and:
For TRANSPARENT¿QLVK
To be of the SAME SPECIES and LUMBER or VENEER
F
GRADE as the face veneer, except:
Maple may be used as an alternate when a Birch face is 6 9
F
VSHFL¿HG
5HTXLUHPROGLQJWREHSUH¿QLVKHGLIGRRUVDUHIDFWRU\¿QLVKHG shall not exceed:
3 At HPDL faced doors: 0.005” (0.13 mm) for a maximum length of 1” (25.4
6 9 C P
To be &/26(*5$,1+$5':22' of the manufacturer’s mm) in any 24” (610 mm) run.
3
choice. 0.003” (0.08 mm) for a maximum length of 1” (25.4
6 9 C P
Require molding to be STAINED or PAINTED to match the mm) in any 48” (1220 mm) run.
3
IDFHLIVRVSHFL¿HG CHIP OUT (See Test G illustrations in TESTS) such as
G

GLAZING MATERIAL required be secured in place with mitered wood
5 glazing beads or clips with glass bedded in sealant that squeezes out
on both sides, and/or:
Sealant shall be a quality, elastic type compound, which is designed 6 9
5 for bedding glazing materials or is recommended for such use by the

sealant manufacturer.
5 Use of glazing gaskets, tape or high density foam is acceptable.
EXPOSED SURFACES shall comply with the following smoothness shall be inconspicuous when viewed at:
6
requirements (see Item 9.87.1 in TESTS): 6 9 48” (1220 mm). C P
6 SHARP EDGES shall be eased with a fine abrasive. 6 9 24” (610 mm). C P
TOP FLA7:22' surfaces; those that can be sanded with a drum &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
6
or wide belt sander:
6 120 grit sanding. C P
6 3 PROFILED and 6+$3(':22' surfaces:
6 3 120 grit sanding.
6 7851(':22' surfaces:
6 5 CROSS SANDING, excluding turned surfaces, is not allowed.

SECTION9
Doors
6 EXPOSED SURFACES (continued) 8 JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. (continued)
6 9 HPDL, PVC, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges (continued) Require FLUSHNESS VARIATIONS at exposed surfaces (See Test
OVER MACHINED (See Test H illustrations in TESTS) removal of D illustrations in TESTS), when mitered or butted, such as,
D
8 8
6 9 3

H
D
not to exceed at:
shall be limited to: 8 8 Wood to wood:
1/32” x 4” (0.8 mm x 102 mm) and may not occur 8 8 0.007” (0.18 mm). C P
6 9 3 C P
within 60” (1524 mm) of a similar occurrence. 8 8 0.005” (0.13 mm). C P
1/32” x 1-1/2” (0.8 mm x 38.1 mm) and may not occur 8 8 Non wood to non wood:
6 9 3 C P
within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar occurrence. 8 8 0.015” (0.38 mm). C P
THESE STANDARDSGRQRWHVWDEOLVKJUDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVV 8 8 0.010” (0.25 mm). C P
7 and or gap tolerances for woodwork products installed in a nonclimate
Allow GAPS at exposed surface (see Test A illustrations in TESTS),
controlled environment: however:
when mitered or butted, such as,
7 products intended for nonclimate controlled environments shall meet

the test requirements herein. A
A
8 9
8 JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. shall:
8 Be neatly and accurately made.
8 Be SECURELY GLUED, with:
8 not to exceed:
surfaces.
8 3 Be REINFORCED with glue blocks where essential. 8 9 0.015” (0.38 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. C P
Utilize clamp nail, biscuit spline, butterfly, scarf, or dowel 8 9 0.010” (0.25 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. C P
8 C P
joinery. Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints of parallel members (See Test
8 5 Utilize biscuit spline, butterfly, scarf, or dowel joinery. C P B illustrations in TESTS), such as,
Be MECHANICALLY FASTENED with nails or screws where
8 6 B
practical, with:
8 6 Fasteners at solid wood countersunk.
8
8 6
Fasteners at solid wood in molding quirks or reliefs where B
possible.
NOT PERMIT fasteners at exposed surfaces of decorative laminate
8 7
or overlay sheet products.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T not to exceed:
0.015” x 6” (0.38 mm x 152 mm) shall not occur within
8 C P
60” (1524 mm) of a similar gap in the same joint.

SECTION9
C P
Doors
8 JOINTS at ASSEMBLED :22':25. (continued) 9 FLUSH doors (continued)
8 Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints of parallel (continued) 9 3 Require CUTOUTS (continued)
0.010” x 4” (0.25 mm x 102 mm) shall not occur within 9 3 At RATED doors:
8 C P
72” (1829 mm) of a similar gap in the same joint. %HJRYHUQHGE\WKHLQGLYLGXDOPDQXIDFWXUHU¶V¿UHUDWHG
Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints (See Test C illustrations in 9 3 approval and/or NFPA 80 for the combined area and location
TESTS) when mitered or butted, such as, of cutouts for lights or louvers.
C At HPDL exposed surfaces have a minimum 1/4” (6.4 mm) radius
9 3 3
at all inside corners.

8 9 Require TRANSOM PANEL:
9 BOTTOM RAILS to be:
9 7<3(, which allows side rails to run through. C P
Compatible for color to the vertical edgeband of the
9 C P
not to exceed: door.
8 0.015” (0.38 mm). C P 9 3 7<3(, full width. C P
8 0.010” (0.25 mm). C P Well matched for color to the vertical edgeband of the
9 C P
8 Allows use of filler: door.
8 If inconspicuous when viewed at 24” (610 mm). 9 TOP RAILS of doors with rabbeted transoms to be:
C P
8 Not allowed C P Compatible in color to the vertical edgeband of the
9 C P
door.
9 FLUSH doors: Of the same species as the vertical edgeband of the
9 C P

door.
Shall be 3, 5, OR 7 PLY of the manufacturer’s choice, unless
9 9 3 FACESIRUWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKEH
VSHFL¿HGRWKHUZLVH
CORES, conforming to the minimum requirements of WDMA - I.S. 9 3 End matched to the door. C P
9
1-A (latest edition), at: 9 3 Continuous matched to the door. C P
6ROLGFRUHVKDOOEHSDUWLFOHERDUG0')DJUL¿EHUVWDYHGOXPEHU END MATCHED VENEER MISALIGNMENT between sequenced
9 9
6&/RU¿UHUHVLVWDQWFRPSRVLWH adjacent panels shall not exceed:
Hollow core, shall be honey comb or expandable paper core, and 3/8” (9.5 mm). C P
9
the: 01/01/15 3/16” (4.8 mm). C P
6WLOHDQGRUUDLOZLGWKVUHPDLQLQJDIWHUVL]LQJRUSUH¿WWLQJWREH Requires DUTCH DOORS without an applied shelf to have the
9
no less than: 9 5 top edge of the bottom leaf and the bottom edge of the top leaf, if
9 1” (25.4 mm) at lock and hinge stiles. rabbeted:
6” (152.4 mm) at Top and bottom, and intermediate lock For OPAQUE¿QLVKWREHFORVHJUDLQKDUGZRRGRIDVSHFLHVRI
01/01/15
9 5
9 railsKRUL]RQWDOHGJHVVKDOOEHDVVSHFL¿HGRUDVQHHGHGWR the manufacturer’s choice.
PHHW:'0$3HUIRUPDQFH'XW\/HYHOVSHFL¿HGDQG 9 5 For TRANSPARENT¿QLVKWREH 01/01/15
01/01/15
9 %ORFNLQJVL]HDQGORFDWLRQWREHDVVSHFL¿HG 01/01/15 9 5 Of a species compatible in color with the face veneer. C P

9 3 Require CUTOUTS: 9 5 The same species as the face veneer. 01/01/15 C P
At NON RATED doors to (unless allowed by individual For HPDL, to be close grain hardwood of a species of the
9 3 9 5 3
manufacturer’s warranty): manufacturer’s choice, and: 01/01/15
Not exceed 40% of the door area, for the combined area of all Painted or stained to match the face laminate, if edges are so
9 3 9 5 3
cutouts for lights or louvers. required.
9 3 Not exceed one half the door height.
Be at least 5” (127 mm) from door edges, adjacent cutouts, or
9 3 3
hardware mortises.
SECTION9
Doors
9 FLUSH doors (continued) STILE and RAIL doors:
9 6 Require VERTICAL EDGES: Shall be glued up with Type I or II Adhesive at the manufacturer’s

9 6 For OPAQUE¿QLVKHGGRRUV choice.
9 6 Be primed, if doors are factory primed. 6SHFLDOVWLOHRUUDLOUHTXLUHPHQWVWRDFFRPPRGDWHVSHFL¿HGKDUGZDUH

shall prevail.
Be close grain hardwood lumber, veneer, or MDO over backer
9 6 3 Of softwood shall be solid stock or veneer construction.
of the manufacturer’s choice.
3HUPLWRQH¿QJHUMRLQWDWHLWKHUYHQHHUHGJHWKDWLVWLJKW Of hardwood shall be:
9 6 3 not raised, or not visible from a distance of 48” C P Solid stock or veneer construction. C P

(1219 mm).
Veneer construction. C P
9 6 Finger joints are not permitted. C P
5 The construction of the STILES and RAILS:
9 6 For TRANSPARENT¿QLVKHGGRRUV
5 If SOLID STOCK requires:
3HUPLWRQH¿QJHUMRLQWDWHDFKHGJHWKDWLVWLJKW
not raised, uniform in color and grain, without 5 One piece solid stock. C P
9 6 C P
discoloration, or not visible from a distance of 48” Two piece balanced lamination for thickness, with opposing
5
(1219 mm). grain.
9 6 Finger joint are not permitted. C P Three piece lamination for thickness, balanced outer pieces,
5 3
Be hardwood lumber or veneer over backer, compat- with opposing grain, and:
01/01/15
9 6 3 C P
ible in color with the face veneer. 5 Face veneers laminations shall be uniform in thickness.
$OORZÀDWJUDLQ'RXJODV)LUDW9*'RXJODV)LUIDFHG 5 1R¿QJHUMRLQWV
9 6 C P
doors. 5 5 Edge gluing in accordance with Section 3.
9 6 5 Be the same species as the face veneer. C P 5 If VENEERED requires:

9 6 6 Be SUH¿QLVKHG,LIWKHGRRUVDUHSUH¿QLVKHG
CORESRIHLWKHU0')PHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG6&/
,IWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶V¿UHUDWHGGRRUDSSURYDOSUHYHQWV (structural composite lumber), edge glued wood blocks/strips
9 6 7 the use of matching vertical edges, then the species C P 5 VWDYHGFRUHSDUWLFOHERDUGDJUL¿EHUODPLQDWHGYHQHHUOXPEHU
permitted under their approval shall be allowed. FRUH¿UHUHVLVWDQWFRPSRVLWHFRUHDQGVSHFLDOW\GRRUFRUH
Require VG Grain Douglas Fir at VG Douglas Fir types, and:
9 6 8 C P
faced doors. If STAVED CORE (edge glued wood block/strips), it shall
9 6 3 For HPDL FACED doors: 5 be of one species in any one door, and the staves (block/
%HXQ¿QLVKHG close grain hardwood of manufacturer’s strips):
9 6 3 C P 5 Shall not exceed 2” (50.8 mm) in width.
choice, and:
$WRSDTXH¿QLVKSHUPLW¿QJHUMRLQWVDWHLWKHUHGJH 5 May be of any length.
that are tight, not raised, or not visible from a 5 3 Shall have staggered end joints in adjacent rows.
9 6 3 C P
distance of 48” 5 Shall not permit voids between end joints.
(1219 mm).
5 5 Shall not permit open surface defects.
$WWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKSHUPLWRQH¿QJHUMRLQWDW
5 6 Shall be bonded together under pressure.
either edge that is tight, not raised, uniform in color
9 6 3 C P
and grain, without discoloration, and not visible &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
from a distance of 24” (610 mm).
Be HPDL or PVC to match the face laminate or
9 6 3 KDUGZRRGVWDLQHGSDLQWHGDQG¿QLVKHGWRPDWFKWKH C P
face laminate at the manufacturer’s choice.

SECTION9
C P
Doors
0DFKLQH$VVHPEO\5XOHV
STILE and RAIL (continued)
6 With PANELS require:
7KH\EH¿QLVKHGWRDXQLIRUPWKLFNQHVVDQG¿WVQXJJO\LQWRWKH
6
stile and rail retention groves, and that:
6 7KH\ÀRDWLQWKHLUPHWKRGRIUHWHQWLRQDQGWKDW
6 Mechanical fastening is not permitted.
0')PHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUGPD\EHXVHGIRURSDTXH¿QLVK
04/29/16
6
and:

6 3 Grain shall run vertically.
6 $WÀDWW\SHWKH\EHDWOHDVW
6 1/4” (6.4 mm) in thickness at 1-3/8” (35 mm) thick doors.
6 1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness at 1-3/4” (44 mm) thick doors.
6 3 5/8” (16 mm) in thickness at 2-1/4” (57 mm) thick doors.
6 5 At RAISED type, they shall be:
At least 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness at 1-3/8” (35 mm) thick
6 5
doors.
At least 1-1/8” (28.6 mm) in thickness at 1-3/4” (44 mm) thick
6 5
doors.
At least 1-1/2” (38.1 mm) in thickness at 2-1/4” (57 mm) thick
6 5 3
doors.

6 5 Constructed of either:
Solid stock in opening widths not to exceeding 14”
6 5
(356 mm).
Rim banded or membrane- pressed panel construction,
6 5
and:
6 5 Mitered when rim banded.
7 Require JOINERY:
To be either mortise and tenon or doweled and glued under pres-
7 sure so that the stiles, rails, mullions, and muntins are bonded
together.
$WIDFHVWR¿QLVKWUXHZLWKVWLOHDQGUDLOLQWHUVHFWLRQVDQGRWKHU
7
FRSHVZHOO¿WWHG
7 3 Stickings to be clean cut and smooth.

SECTION9
Doors
3UHSDUDWLRQDQG4XDOLILFDWLRQ5HTXLUHPHQWV 3UHSDUDWLRQDQG4XDOLILFDWLRQ5HTXLUHPHQWV (continued)
&$5(6725$*(DQG%8,/',1*&21',7,216 shall be in 3 INSTALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR

standards,and doors shall be: 3.1 Having adequate equipment and experienced craftsmen to
1.1 Sealed at earliest possible moment. Edge sealing is
particularly important. 3.2 &KHFNLQJDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVSHFL¿HGDQGVWXG\LQJWKH
appropriate portions of the contract documents, including
1.2 Lift or carry door. Do not drag one door against another. these standards and the reviewed shop drawings to
1.3 Handle doors with clean hands or clean gloves. VSHFL¿HGXQGHUVWDQGLQJWKDW
1.4 Severe damage to the woodwork can result from 3.2.1 Appearance requirements of Grades apply only to surfaces

noncompliance. The manufacturer and/or installer of the visible after installation.
woodwork shall not be held responsible for damage that might
develop by not adhering to the requirements. 3.2.2 For transparent finish, special attention needs to be given
to the color and the grain of the various woodwork pieces
&2175$&725,65(63216,%/()25 to ensure they are installed in compliance with the Grade
specified.
2.1 Furnishing and installing structural members, grounds, in
wall blocking, backing, furring, brackets, or other anchorage 3.3 Verification that installation site is properly ventilated,
required for architectural woodwork installation that protected from direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture,
becomes an integral part of walls, floors, or ceilings to which and that the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the
architectural woodwork shall be installed. appropriate relative humidity and temperature.

2.1.1 In the absence of contract documents calling for the
contractor to supply the necessary in wall blocking/backing

in the wall or ceilings, either through inadvertence or 3.5 Verification that woodwork has been acclimated to the field
otherwise, the architectural woodwork installer shall not conditions for a minimum of 72 hours before installation is
proceed with the installation until such time as the in wall commenced.
3.6 Woodwork specifically built or assembled in sequence for
2.1.2 Preparatory work done by others shall be subject to match of color and grain is installed to maintain that same
inspection by the architectural woodwork installer, and may sequence.
be accepted or rejected for cause prior to installation.
2.1.2.1 :$//&(,/,1* and/or OPENING VARIATIONs

in excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of
level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size are 58/(6
woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the installer to 1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract
scribe or fit to tolerances in excess of such. documents require otherwise.
2.1.3 Installation site being properly ventilated, protected from 2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of
direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture, and that control over a project’s quality of materials, workmanship, or
the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the installation.
2.2 Priming the architectural woodwork in accordance with the www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com,
contract documents prior to its installation. VKDOOWDNHSUHFHGHQFHRYHUWKHVHUXOHV, subject to

SECTION9
C P
Doors
AESTHETIC Grade rules apply only to exposed and semi-exposed S From previous column

FITTING for:
INSTALLERS shall be furnished with an approved: :,'7+ requires the door to be trimmed equally from both sides;

however, on:
Hardware schedule and required templates.
FIRE RATED DOORS, in order to preserve the label, they shall
Set of metal frame shop drawings, including the locations of the
be trimmed per the manufacturer’s requirements.
hardware preparations.
HEIGHT prohibits trimming top or bottom rails more than 3/4” (19

mm), and:
PREFIT and PREMACHINED doors are to be installed in accordance
3 FIRE RATED DOORS shall only be trimmed on the bottom rail
with the manufacturer’s data.
only.

TRANSPARENT FINISH doors insets or with transoms shall be When cutting to length, extreme care shall be used to prevent

installed: chipping of veneer.
Compatible in color and grain. C P
CLEARANCE between the door and frame members shall be a
Well matched for color and grain. C P
maximum of 1/8” (3.2 mm) on the hinge and lock sides, the top of the
door, and between the meeting edges of doors in pairs, and:
5 BLUEPRINT matched doors and panels shall be single sourced.
Installer shall not be responsible for clearances in excess of these
GLPHQVLRQVLIWKHGRRUPDQXIDFWXUHUPDGHDQHUURURQSUH¿WZLGWKV
UTILITY or STRUCTURAL STRENGTH of doors shall not be impaired or locations for mortise hardware.
6 LQ¿WWLQJWKHPWRWKHRSHQLQJDSSO\LQJKDUGZDUHSUHSDULQJIRUOLJKWV
&OHDUDQFHDWWKHERWWRPRI¿UHUDWHGGRRUVVKDOOFRQIRUPWR1)3$
louvers, plant ons, or other detailing.
and at non rated doors shall be a minimum of 1/4” and a maximum

of 5/8” measured from the bottom of the door to the highest point of
FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLIES, including 20, 30, 45, 60, and 90 minute WKH¿QLVKÀRRUWKDWWKHGRRUVZLQJVRYHU
rated, shall be prepared for locks, latches, hinges, remotely operated

7 or monitored hardware, concealed closers, glass lights, vision panels,
+$5':$5( shall be installed:
louvers, astragals, and laminated overlays in conformance to the
manufacturer’s Label Service requirements, and: In locations and by methods of attachment appropriate for the

7 LABELS are prohibited from being removed.
VSHFL¿FGRRUFRQVWUXFWLRQ
7HPSODWHVIRUVSHFL¿FKDUGZDUHSUHSDUDWLRQDQGLQVWDOODWLRQDUH
typically available from the manufacturer or the Door Hardware
DOORS and their ACCESSORIES shall be hung plumb and level within
8 Institute (DHI).
1/16” (1.6 mm) of the height and width of the door assembly.
With appropriate fasteners, and:
:+(1,167$//(', doors shall operate smoothly and easily without Operate as intended.
9
binding, and: Preferably use threaded to the head wood screws on nonrated

PAIRSRIGRRUVZKHQFORVHGVKDOOEHZLWKLQ´PPRIÀXVK doors.
9
at the meeting edge. 3 8VHWKUHDGHGWRWKHKHDGZRRGVFUHZVRQ¿UHUDWHGGRRUV
Require pilot holes to be drilled for screws.
INSTALLER MODIFICATIONS shall comply to the material, machining, Installed using furnished fasteners or fastener provisions and
and assembly rules within the PRODUCT portion of this section and the 5 when fastener provisions are countersunk, fasteners shall be
applicable finishing rules in Section 5. countersunk.
Door FACES shall not extend more than:

1/16” (1.6 mm) beyond the face of the jamb.
1/8” (3.2 mm) behind the face of the jamb.

SECTION9
Doors
LEAF HINGES on: :22':25. such as APPLIED TRIM (continued)
SOLID CORE doors shall require: 9 INSTALLED FREE OF:
A minimum of two hinges for doors up to 60” (1524 mm) in height. 9 Warp, twisting, cupping, and/or bowing that cannot be held true.
A minimum of three hinges for doors over 60” (1524 mm) in Open joints, visible machine marks, cross sanding, tear outs,
9
height, and: 01/01/15 nicks, chips, and/or scratches.
An additional hinge for each additional 30” (762 mm) or portion 1DWXUDOGHIHFWVH[FHHGLQJWKHTXDQWLW\DQGRUVL]HOLPLWVGH¿QHG
9 3
thereof in door height. in Sections 3 and 4.
3 Space between hinges be equal. SMOOTH and SANDED without cross scratches in conformance to


+2//2:&25( doors weighing less than 50 lbs the Product portion of this section.
(22.7 kg) and not exceeding 90” (2286 mm) in height shall require
only two hinges. 7KHVHVWDQGDUGVGRQRWHVWDEOLVK*UDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVVDQG
or gap tolerances for woodwork products installed in a non climate
DOOR CUTOUTS for lights or louvers, if applicable, shall be protected controlled environment.
from water entering the door core by a satisfactory method such as
PHWDOÀDVKLQJDWWKHERWWRPRIWKHFXWRXW GAPS (see Test I illustrations in TESTS) such as,
TEMPORARY DISTORTIONS (warp) will usually disappear when I

humidity is equalized, and doors seldom need to be replaced.
I
REPAIRS are allowed, provided they are made neatly and are

inconspicuous when viewed at:
and:

48” (1219 mm). C P
Shall NOT EXCEED 30% of a joint’s length, and:
24” (610 mm). C P
FILLER or CAULKING is allowed, if color compatible.
Of :22' to :22' shall not exceed:
:22':25. such as APPLIED TRIM shall be:
At FLAT surfaces:
SECURELYIDVWHQHGDQGWLJKWO\¿WWHGZLWKÀXVKMRLQWV
0.020” (0.51 mm) in width. C P
Joinery shall be consistent throughout the project.
0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. C P
Of MAXIMUM available and/or practical lengths.
At SHAPED surfaces:
PROFILED or SELF MITERED when trim ends are
3 C P 0.025” (0.64 mm) in width. C P
exposed.
SELF MITERED when trim ends are exposed. C P 0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. C P
5 MITERED at outside corners. &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
6 MITERED at inside corners. C P
7 COPED at inside corners. C P
INSTALLEDSOXPEOHYHOVTXDUHDQGÀDWZLWKLQ´PPLQ´
8
(2438 mm).
8 Grounds and hanging systems set plumb and true.

SECTION9
C P
Doors
%DVLF5XOHV
FLUSHNESS of joinery (see Test J illustrations in TESTS), such as,
J

and:
Of :22' to :22' shall not exceed:

At FLAT surfaces:
0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. C P
0.010” (0.25 mm) in width. C P
At SHAPED surfaces:
0.025” (0.65 mm) in width. C P
0.030” (0.51 mm) in width. C P
AREAS of installation shall be left broom clean.


general contractor.
Items installed shall be cleaned of pencil or ink marks.


standards.

SECTION9
Doors
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
1 The tolerances typically found within the Architectural Woodwork 5 FABRICATED and INSTALLED (continued)
Standards fall into two categories:
5.1.2 6$1',1* is checked for compliance by sanding a sample
1.1 Factory fabricated joinery, assembly and construction found in piece of the same species with the required grit of abrasive.
the PRODUCT portion.
1.2 Field installation joinery and assembly found in the and the material in question will offer a comparison of the
INSTALLATION portion. scratch marks of the abrasive grit.
2 Most fabrication and installation assemblies include solid wood 5.1.2.2 Reasonable assessment of the performance of the finished
to solid wood joints, solid wood to wood veneer joints, solid wood product will be weighed against absolute compliance with
to wood based products (HPDL, LPDL, Solid Phenolic and panel the standard.

products), solid wood to non wood based products (which can
be drywall, glass, metal, stone, acrylics, and other surfaces), and 5.1.2.3 A product is sanded sufficiently smooth when knife cuts
non wood to non wood joints. are removed and remaining sanding marks are or will be
concealed by applied finishing coats.
5.1.2.4 Grain raise at unfinished wood, due to moisture or
3.1 Flatness of wood based panel products. humidity in excess of the ranges set forth in this standard,
shall not be considered a defect and must be sanded prior
3.2 Solid wood to solid wood joints and assemblies. to finishing.
3.3 Solid wood to wood veneer joints and assemblies. 6 *$36)/86+1(66FLATNESS and ALIGNMENT of product
and installation:
3.5 Solid wood to wood based product joints and assemblies. with a feeler gauge at points designed to join where members

contact or touch.
non wood products compared to solid wood and wood based
products, the AWS does not apply tolerances regarding flatness 6.3 Reasonable assessment of the performance of the finished
or joinery to these non wood based products. product will be weighed against absolute compliance with the
standards.
5 FABRICATED and INSTALLED woodwork shall be tested for
5.1 60227+1(66of exposed surfaces:

to the profile.
Knife Cuts
Figure: 9-054

SECTION9
C P
Doors
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
6 *$36)/86+1(66FLATNESS and ALIGNMENT

(continued)

where testing is measured:
C
A
B
D B

E E
N
I H a c
J

G
F
d b
F
Test M
a-b must equal c-d
Figure: 9-055
$)DEULFDWLRQ*DSV:KHQ6XUIDFHV$UH0LWHUHG2U%XWWHG *&KLS2XW
%)DEULFDWLRQ*DSV:KHQ3DUDOOHO3LHFHV$UH-RLQHG +2YHU0DFKLQLQJ
&)DEULFDWLRQ*DSV:KHQ(GJHV$UH0LWHUHG2U%XWWHG ,,QVWDOODWLRQ*DSV
')DEULFDWLRQ)OXVKQHVV%HWZHHQ7ZR6XUIDFHV -,QVWDOODWLRQ)OXVKQHVV
()ODWQHVV2I3DQHO3URGXFW 06TXDUHQHVV
)2YHUODS)OXVKQHVV2I/DPLQDWH 16KRZ7KURXJK2U7HOHJUDSKLQJ

notes
SECTION9
Doors


&$6(:25.
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION10
Casework
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Cabinet and Door Interface Style Terminology ...................................288
Guide Specifications ...........................................................................284 Flush Overlay ...............................................................................288
Introduction .........................................................................................285 Overlay .........................................................................................288
Casework Categories..........................................................................285 Face Frame Construction .............................................................288
Wood Casework ...........................................................................285 Flush Inset ....................................................................................288
Decorative Laminate Casework ...................................................285 Layout Requirements of Grained or Patterned Faces by Grade.........289
Solid Phenolic Casework..............................................................285 Stile and Rail ................................................................................289
Contract Documents ...........................................................................285 Flush Panel ..................................................................................289
Design Professional’s Responsibility ............................................285 Economy Grade .......................................................................289

Custom Grade..........................................................................289

Complaince to Seismic Requirements .........................................285
Chemical and Stain Resistance ...................................................285 Premium Grade........................................................................289
Abrasion Resistance ....................................................................285 Door and Applied Drawer Front Profiles .............................................289
Unless Specified Otherwise ................................................................285 Edge Profiles ................................................................................289
Corners.........................................................................................285 Retention Profiles .........................................................................289
Finished Ends...............................................................................285 Cabinet Design Series..................................................................290
Base/Toe ......................................................................................285 Casework Integrity........................................................................290
Storage, Janitor Closet and Utility Room Cabinets ......................285 Cabinet Hardware ........................................................................290
Presentation Panels .....................................................................285 Drawer Slide Selection Guide ......................................................290
Toe Base Height Variance ............................................................285 Degree of Extension ................................................................290
Surface Terminologies ........................................................................285 Static Load Capacity ................................................................290

Exposed Exterior Surfaces ...........................................................285 Dynamic Load Capacity ...........................................................290
Exposed Interior Surfaces ............................................................286 Removal ...................................................................................290
Semi-Exposed Surfaces ...............................................................286 Closing .....................................................................................290
Concealed Surfaces .....................................................................286 Metal Sided Drawer Systems...................................................290

Hinge Selection Guide ........................................................................291
Surface Terminology by Illustration .....................................................286
Surface Finish Requirements..............................................................287 European style hinge....................................................................291
Exposed Exterior Surfaces ...........................................................287 Wraparound hinge ........................................................................291
Exposed Interior Surfaces ............................................................287 Butt hinge .....................................................................................291
Premium Grade ............................................................................287 Adjustable Shelf Loading and Deflection ............................................291
Semi-Exposed Surfaces ..............................................................287 Construction Detail Nomenclature................................................292
Concealed Surfaces .....................................................................287 Stub Tenon ...................................................................................292
Construction Terminology ...................................................................288 Haunch Mortise and Tenon Joint ..................................................292
Frameless.....................................................................................288 Conventional Mortise and Tenon Joint .........................................292
Face Frame ..................................................................................288 Dowel Joint ...................................................................................292
Selection.......................................................................................288 French Dovetail Joint....................................................................292

Conventional Dovetail Joint ..........................................................292
Drawer Lock Joint.........................................................................292
Exposed End Details ....................................................................292

SECTION10
Casework
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION (continued) COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS
Butt Joint ..................................................................................292 GENERAL
Shoulder Mitered Joint .............................................................292 Basic Considerations....................................................................295
Pocket Screw Joint ..................................................................292 Grades .....................................................................................295
Through Dado ..............................................................................293 Economy ..........................................................................295
Blind Dado ....................................................................................293 Custom ..............................................................................295
Stop Dado ....................................................................................293 Premium ............................................................................295
Dowel Joint ...................................................................................293 Grade Limitations ..............................................................295
Dowel Screw Joint ........................................................................293 Contract Documents ................................................................295

Edgebanding ................................................................................293 Acceptable Requirements ........................................................295
Miter/Miter Fold Joint ....................................................................293 Aesthetic Requirements ...........................................................295
Spline Joint ...................................................................................293 Surface Categories ..................................................................295
Paneled Door Details ...................................................................293 Cabinet Surface Terminology Illustrations .........................295
Specify Requirements For ..................................................................294 Exposed Exterior ...............................................................296
Construction .................................................................................294 Exposed Interior ................................................................296
Door and drawer front Interface ...................................................294 Semi-exposed ...................................................................296
Door and drawer front edge profile...............................................294 Concelaed .........................................................................296
Toe base finish .............................................................................294 Solid Phenolic ..........................................................................296
Grain direction ..............................................................................294 Cabinet Construction ...............................................................296

Inside clearance ...........................................................................294 Frameless..........................................................................296
Seismic Fabrication and/or installation .........................................294 Face Frame .......................................................................297
Flame Spread ...............................................................................294 Cabinet and Door Interface ......................................................297
Moisture resistance ......................................................................294 Overlay ..............................................................................297
Insulation from adjacent heating cooling sources ........................294 Flush Inset .........................................................................297
Hardware ......................................................................................294 Flush Overlay ....................................................................297
Laboratory features ......................................................................294 Casework Integerity .................................................................297
Recommendations ..............................................................................294 Hardware .................................................................................297
If Field Finished ............................................................................294 Cabinet Design Series .............................................................297
Before Finishing .......................................................................294 Casework Concept Drawings...................................................297
Concealed Surfaces.................................................................294 To Prevent Telegraphing ..........................................................297
Review..........................................................................................294 Industry Practices ....................................................................298
Structural Members ......................................................................294 Structural Members ...........................................................298
Wall Ceiling and Floor .......................................................298
Priming ..............................................................................298
Surfacing ...........................................................................298

SECTION10
Casework
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Exposed Interior ................................................................302
GENERAL (continued) Semi-Exposed ...................................................................302
Basic Considerations (continued) Concealed ................................................................................303
Industry Practices ....................................................................298 Hardware .................................................................................303
Casework Dimension Ranges ...........................................298 Conform To ......................................................................303
Base............................................................................298 Furnished and Installed ...................................................303
Wall Hung ...................................................................298 Uniform Plated / Power Coated.......................................303
Tall Storage .................................................................298 Manufacturer’s Name ......................................................303
Reception....................................................................298 First Class Workmanship ................................................303

Locks ...............................................................................303

Tellers Counter............................................................298
Base Cabinet, Stretcher, Layout and Construction ...........299 Drawer Slides ..................................................................303
Corners..............................................................................299 Shelf Rests ......................................................................303
Finish Ends........................................................................299 Pocket Door Hardware ....................................................303
Base/Toe ...........................................................................299 Base Adjusters ................................................................304
Storage, Janitors Closet and Unility Room Cabinets ........299 Multiple Hardware Options ..............................................304
Presentation Panels ..........................................................299 Casework .................................................................................304
Toe Base Height Variances ...............................................299 Panel Components ..................................................................304
Layout................................................................................300 Frameless Construction ...........................................................304
Stile and Rail...............................................................300 Separately Applied Countertops ..............................................304
Flush Panel .................................................................300 Storage ....................................................................................304

PRODUCT Cabinets over 72”.....................................................................304
Scope ...........................................................................................301 Sliding Presentation Boards.....................................................304
Typical Inclusions .....................................................................301 Hot Melt Applied .......................................................................304
Typical Exclusions....................................................................301 Prefinishing ..............................................................................304

Cut Outs ...................................................................................304
Exposed Knuckle Hinges ........................................................302 Cathedral .................................................................................304
Reveal Overlay ........................................................................302 Cabinet Doors with Glass Lights ..............................................304
Rules ............................................................................................302 First Class Workmanship .........................................................304
Errata .......................................................................................302 Material Rules ..............................................................................305
Basic Rules ..............................................................................302 Grain or Directional Patterned .................................................305
Aesthetic............................................................................302 Light Valance ...........................................................................305
Woodwork..........................................................................302 Vinyl .........................................................................................305
Lumber ..............................................................................302 Glass Shelves ..........................................................................305
Sheet Products ..................................................................302 Opaque Finish..........................................................................305
Backing Sheet ...................................................................302 Transparent Finish, Veneer ......................................................305
All Materials .......................................................................302 Semi-Exposed..........................................................................305
Surface Categories ..................................................................302 Concealed ................................................................................305
Exposed Exterior ...............................................................302

SECTION10
Casework
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Machining Rules ...........................................................................309
Exposed Surfaces and Semi-exposed...................................309
PRODUCT (continued)
Smoothness ....................................................................309
Material Rules (continued)
Sharp Edges .............................................................309
Wood Casework .......................................................................306
Top Flat .....................................................................309
Exposed Exterior .............................................................306
Profiled .....................................................................309
Turned ......................................................................309
Opaque Finish ..........................................................306
Cross Sanding ..........................................................309
Exposed Interior ..............................................................306
Tear Outs, Knife Nicks ..............................................309
Knife Marks...............................................................309

Opaque Finish ..........................................................306
Glue or Filler .............................................................309
Semi-Exposed .................................................................306
HPDL, PVC, and Prefinished Wood ................................309
Drawer Box .....................................................................306
Overlap .....................................................................309
Surfaces ...................................................................306
Chip Out ...................................................................309
Dividers.....................................................................306
Over Machined .........................................................309
Sides, Backs and Subfront .......................................307
Assembly Rules............................................................................310
Cores .................................................................307
These Standards ...................................................................310
Minimum Thickness ...........................................307
Joints at Assembled Woodwork .............................................310
Bottoms ....................................................................307
Flushness Horizontal.......................................................310
Cores .................................................................307
Fixed Horizontal ..............................................................310

Gap Test A .......................................................................310
Decorative Laminate Casework ...............................................307
Gap Test B....................................................................... 311
Gap Test C ...................................................................... 311
Joinery............................................................................. 311
Semi-Exposed .................................................................307
Bottom Edges.................................................................. 311
Drawer Box .....................................................................307
Visible Edges................................................................... 311
Surfaces ...................................................................307
Adjustable Shelves ................................................... 311
Dividers.....................................................................308
Bottom Edge ............................................................. 311
Sides, Backs and Subfront .......................................308
Top Edge .................................................................. 311
Cores .................................................................308
Edgebanding ............................................................ 311
Dadoes or Lock Joints .............................................. 311
Bottoms ....................................................................308
Tee Banding.............................................................. 311
Cores .................................................................308
Drawers .................................................................................312
Sides ...............................................................................312
Solid Phenolic Casework .........................................................308
Flush Overlay ..................................................................312
Semi-Exposed .................................................................308

SECTION10
Casework
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Shelves ..................................................................................318
Thickness ........................................................................318
PRODUCT (continued)
Grain and Directional Pattern ..........................................318
Assembly Rules (continued)
Dividers ...........................................................................318
Drawers (continued)
Uniform Thickness...........................................................318
Joints ...............................................................................312
HardboardCabinets over 72” ...........................................318
Slides ..............................................................................312
Glass ...............................................................................318
File Drawers ....................................................................312
Fixed Shelves..................................................................318
Locks ...............................................................................312
Adjustable Shelves..........................................................318
Trays, Bins ......................................................................312
Conformance in Thickness .......................................318

Fronts and False Fronts ..................................................312
Length.......................................................................321
Bottoms ...........................................................................313
Depth ........................................................................321
Doors .....................................................................................313
Supported .................................................................321
Flush Overlay ..................................................................313
Metal Shelf Standards ..............................................321
Back Beveled ..................................................................313
Bored Hole Shelf Rest System .................................321
Core Thickness ...............................................................313
Pullout Shelves ......................................................................321
Maximum door size .........................................................313
Bread/Cutting Boards ......................................................321
Door Thickness ...............................................................313
Writing and Utility Shelves...............................................321
Stop Silencers .................................................................313
Clothes Poles or Rods ...........................................................321
Core ................................................................................313
Wardrobes .............................................................................321
Locks ...............................................................................313

Anchor Strips .........................................................................321
Glass ...............................................................................313
Moveable Cabinets ................................................................322
Hinged .............................................................................313
Glides ..............................................................................322
Stile and Rail ...................................................................315
Casters ............................................................................322
Panel ........................................................................315
Metal Frame or Diagram Type Double Bottom ................322
Sliding .......................................................................315
Lock Joint Corners ..........................................................322
Frameless Glass .............................................................316
Joinery ...................................................................................322
Aprons ...................................................................................316
Securely Fastened ..........................................................322
Ends and Divisions ................................................................316
Assembled Square and True...........................................322
Tops and Bottoms ..................................................................316
Securely Glued................................................................322
Security and Dust Panels ......................................................317
Scribing ..................................................................................323
Stretchers ..............................................................................317
None................................................................................323
Backs .....................................................................................317
Furnished ........................................................................323
Toe Bases, Kicks, and Sleepers ............................................317
Fillers and Molds .............................................................323
Levelers...........................................................................317
Trim Members .................................................................323
Moveable Toes ................................................................318
Soffit and Facia Panels ...................................................323
Options ............................................................................323
Closure.....................................................................................323

SECTION10
Casework
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) INSTALLATION
PRODUCT (continued)
Contractor is Responsible For ......................................................327
Installer is Responsible For ..........................................................327
Clearance and Tolerances .....................................................323
Rules ............................................................................................328
Edge Alignment and Flushness.......................................323
Errata .......................................................................................328
Maximum Uniform Gap ...................................................324
Basic Rules ..............................................................................328
Reveal Overlay Frameless .......................................324
Aesthetic............................................................................328
Flush Overlay Frameless ..........................................324
Transparent Finished.........................................................328
Reveal Overlay Face Frame .....................................324
Repairs ..............................................................................328

Warp and Twist ......................................................................325
Installer Modifications ........................................................328
Wood Casework ....................................................................325
Casework ..........................................................................328
Visible Edges...................................................................325
These Standards ...............................................................328
Drawers ...........................................................................325
Gaps Test I ........................................................................328
Doors...............................................................................325
Flushness Test J ................................................................329
Face Frames ...................................................................326
Gaps, Edge Alignment and Flushness ..............................329
Tops and Bottoms ...........................................................326
Scribing .............................................................................329
Flush Inset Doors ............................................................326
Closure ..............................................................................330
For Decorative Laminate Casework ......................................326
Exposed Fasteners ...........................................................330
Exposed Edges ...............................................................326
Casework Wall Anchorage ................................................330

Drawers ...........................................................................326
Nail Holes ..........................................................................331
Doors...............................................................................326
Glue ...................................................................................331
Solid Phenolic Casework .......................................................326
Caulking ............................................................................332
Edgebanding ...................................................................326
Require allowable fastener holes ......................................332
Drawer.............................................................................326
Equipment Cutouts ............................................................332
Door ................................................................................326
Hardware ...........................................................................332
Aprons .............................................................................326
Areas of Installation ...........................................................332
Shelves ...........................................................................326
7(676
Tops and Fixed Bottoms..................................................326
Basic Considerations ..........................................................................333
Ends and Divisions..........................................................326
Fabricated and Installed ...............................................................333
Security and Dust Panels ................................................326
Smoothness .................................................................................333
Stretchers ........................................................................326
KCPI.........................................................................................333
Bread/Cutting Boards ......................................................326
Sanding ....................................................................................333
Joinery.............................................................................326
Gaps, Flushness, Flatness and Alignment ...................................333
Illustrations ...............................................................................334

SECTION10
Casework
*XLGH6SHFLÀFDWLRQV

ZZZDZLQHWRUJ


:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH:,

SECTION10
Casework
INTRODUCTION $Q\CHEMICALRUSTAIN RESISTANTVXU TOE BASE HEIGHT VARIANCEGXHWRIORRU
IDFHUHTXLUHPHQWVPXVWEHVSHFL¿HG YDULDWLRQVLVQRWFRQVLGHUHGDGHIHFW
Section 10 includes information on Wood, Consider the chemical and staining agents &DVHZRUNLVUHTXLUHGWREHLQVWDOOHG
Decorative Laminate, and Solid Phenolic Faced that might be used on or near the surfaces. OHYHOVKLPPLQJRIWKHWRHEDVHQRWWR
Casework and their related parts. Chemical resistance and stain resistance are H[FHHG´PPLVDFFHSWDEOH
Quality assurance can be achieved by adherence affected by concentration, time, temperature, )ORRUYDULDWLRQVH[FHHGLQJ´
to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality humidity, housekeeping, and other factors. It is PPVKDOOEHFRUUHFWHGEHIRUHFDELQHWV
SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOL¿HG recommended that actual samples are tested in DUHLQVWDOOHGKRZHYHUFRUUHFWLRQRI
a similar environment with those agents. VXFKLVQRWWKHUHVSRQVLELOLW\RIWKH
FDELQHWLQVWDOOHU
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding $Q\ABRASION RESISTANTVXUIDFH
of the quality level required. Illustrations in this UHTXLUHPHQWVPXVWEHVSHFLILHG SURFACE TERMINOLOGIES
Section are not intended to be all inclusive. Other Consider the abrasive elements that might be
engineered solutions are acceptable. In the used on or near the surfaces. Common guide- &DELQHWVXUIDFHVDUHGH¿QHGLQIRXUGLVWLQFW

DEVHQFHRIVSHFL¿FDWLRQVPHWKRGVRIIDEULFDWLRQ lines can be found at: categories, three for exposed surfaces with very
shall be manufacturer’s choice. The design VSHFL¿FPLQLPXPVXUIDFHUHTXLUHPHQWVDQGRQH
professional, by specifying compliance to the AWS ASTM C501 (latest edition). for concealed surfaces subject to manufacturer’s
increases the probability of receiving the product choice, as follows:
quality expected. NEMA LD3-3.13 (latest edition).
EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACESGHILQHG
&$6(:25.&$7(*25,(6 NEMA LD3.7 (latest edition).
DVDOOH[WHULRUVXUIDFHVH[SRVHGWR
This section addresses three distinct categories of 81/(6663(&,),('27+(5:,6( YLHZLQFOXGLQJ
casework based on the exterior exposed face: $OOVXUIDFHVYLVLEOHZKHQGRRUVDQG
CORNERSFUHDWHGE\WDOOZDOORUEDVH GUDZHUVDUHFORVHGLQFOXGLQJNQHH
:22'&$6(:25.ZLWKZRRGIDFHVIRU
FDVHZRUNZLOOFUHDWHQRQXVDEOHVSDFH VSDFHV
WUDQVSDUHQWRURSDTXHILQLVK
'(&25$7,9(/$0,1$7(&$6(:25.ZLWK FINISHED ENDSVKDOOEHLQWHJUDOQRW 8QGHUVLGHRIFDELQHWERWWRPVRYHU
+3'/RU/3'/IDFHV DSSOLHGVHFRQGDULO\H[FHSW ´PPDERYHWKH¿QLVKHG
ÀRRULQFOXGLQJFDELQHWERWWRPV

62/,'3+(12/,&&$6(:25.ZLWKVROLG APPLIED END PANELSDUHDOORZHG EHKLQGOLJKWYDODQFHVDQGWKHERWWRP
SKHQROLFIDFHV DW6ROLG3KHQROLFFDVHZRUNDQGDW HGJHRIOLJKWYDODQFHV
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WHDFKLQJZDOODVVHPEOLHV
&DELQHWWRSVXQGHU´PP
Shall clearly indicate or delineate all material, %$6(72(VKDOOEHLQWHJUDOFRQVWUXFWHG DERYHWKH¿QLVKHGÀRRURULI´
fabrication, installation, and applicable building DVDQLQWHJUDOSDUWRIWKHFDELQHWERG\ PPDQGRYHUDQGYLVLEOHIURP
code/regulation requirements, and: RUVHSDUDWHFRQVWUXFWHGDVDVHSDUDWH DQXSSHUEXLOGLQJOHYHORUÀRRU
,WLVWKHGHVLJQSURIHVVLRQDO¶VUHVSRQVL PHPEHUDWPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH )URQWHGJHVRIVWUHWFKHUVHQGVGLYL
ELOLW\WRHYDOXDWHWKHIDVWHQLQJPHWKRGV VLRQVWRSVDQGERWWRPV
UHTXLUHGDQGPRGLI\DVDSSURSULDWHWR STORAGE, JANITOR CLOSETDQGRU
HQVXUHDGHTXDWHLQZDOOEORFNLQJDQG UTILITY ROOM CABINETSVKDOOEHEXLOW 6ORSLQJWRSVRIFDELQHWVWKDWDUHYLV
IDVWHQHUVDUHXVHGIRUWKHSURMHFWFRQ LQFRQIRUPDQFHWR(FRQRP\*UDGH LEOH
GLWLRQV UHJDUGOHVVRIWKHRYHUDOOSURMHFW¶V
*UDGHUHTXLUHPHQWXQOHVVVSHFL¿HG
&RPSOLDQFHWRSEISMICUHTXLUH RWKHUZLVH
PHQWVIRUFDVHZRUNIDEULFDWLRQDQG
UHVWUDLQWZKHUHUHTXLUHGVKDOOEHVR 6XUIDFHVEHKLQGPRESENTATION PANELS
VSHFL¿HG:LWKLQWKH8QLWHG6WDWHV VXFKDVZKLWHERDUGRUWDFNERDUG
WKH,QWHUQDWLRQDO%XLOGLQJ&RGH,%& DUHWUHDWHGDV
HVWDEOLVKHVWKHVHPLQLPXPUHTXLUH
PHQWVKRZHYHUVRPHVWDWHVKDYH 6HPL([SRVHGDW(FRQRP\*UDGH
H[SDQGHGRQWKH86UHTXLUHPHQWV DQG&XVWRP*UDGH
:LWKLQ&DQDGDWKH1DWLRQDO%XLOGLQJ
&RGH1%&HVWDEOLVKHVWKHVHPLQL ([SRVHGDW3UHPLXP*UDGH
PXPUHTXLUHPHQWVKRZHYHUVRPH
SURYLQFHVDQGFLWLHVKDYHH[SDQGHGRQ
WKH&DQDGLDQUHTXLUHPHQWV

SECTION10
Casework
SURFACE TERMINOLOGIES (continued) 7KHXQGHUVLGHRIFRXQWHUWRSVNQHH 7KHWKUHHQRQYLVLEOHHGJHVRI
VSDFHVDQGGUDZHUDSURQV DGMXVWDEOHVKHOYHV
EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACESGHILQHG
DVDOOLQWHULRUVXUIDFHVH[SRVHGWRYLHZ 7KHÀDWWRSVRIFDELQHWV´ 7KHIDFHVRIFDELQHWHQGVRIDGMRLQ
LQRSHQFDVHZRUNRUEHKLQGWUDQVSDU PPRUPRUHDERYHWKH¿QLVKHG LQJXQLWVWKDWEXWWWRJHWKHU
HQWGRRUVLQFOXGH ÀRRUH[FHSWLIYLVLEOHIURPDQXSSHU
ÀRRURUEXLOGLQJOHYHO
6KHOYHVLQFOXGLQJHGJHEDQGLQJ
'LYLVLRQVDQGSDUWLWLRQVIURQWHGJH
LVDQH[SRVHGVXUIDFH
SURFACE TERMINOLOGY BY ILLUSTRATION
,QWHULRUIDFHRIHQGVVLGHVEDFNV
DQGERWWRPVLQFOXGLQJSXOORXWV
$OVRLQFOXGHGDUHWKHLQWHULRUVXU
IDFHVRIFDELQHWWRSPHPEHUV´

PPRUPRUHDERYHWKH¿Q
LVKHGÀRRU ([SRVHG([WHULRU
,QWHULRUIDFHRIGRRUDQGDSSOLHG ([SRVHG,QWHULRU
GUDZHUIURQWV 6HPLH[SRVHG
6(0,(;326('685)$&(6GHILQHGDV
&RQFHDOHG
WKRVHLQWHULRUVXUIDFHVRQO\H[SRVHG
WRYLHZZKHQGRRUVRUGUDZHUVDUH
RSHQHGLQFOXGH
7RSVDQGERWWRPVRIVKHOYHVLQFOXG
LQJIURQWHGJHEDQGLQJIURQWHGJHLV
DQH[SRVHGVXUIDFH
'LYLVLRQVDQGSDUWLWLRQVIURQWHGJH
LVDQH[SRVHGVXUIDFH

,QWHULRUIDFHRIHQGVVLGHVEDFNV
DQGERWWRPVLQFOXGLQJDEDQNRI
GUDZHUV$OVRLQFOXGHGDUHWKHLQWH
ULRUVXUIDFHVRIFDELQHWWRSPHPEHUV
´PPRUPRUHDERYHWKH
¿QLVKHGÀRRU
'UDZHUVLGHVVXEIURQWVEDFNVDQG
ERWWRPV
7KHXQGHUVLGHRIFDELQHWERWWRPV
EHWZHHQ´PPDQG´
PPDERYHWKH¿QLVKHGÀRRU
6HFXULW\DQGGXVWSDQHOVRUGUDZHU
VWUHWFKHUV
CONCEALED SURFACESGHILQHGDV
WKRVHH[WHULRURULQWHULRUVXUIDFHVWKDW
DUHFRYHUHGRUQRWQRUPDOO\H[SRVHG
WRYLHZLQFOXGLQJ
7RHVSDFHXQOHVVRWKHUZLVHVSHFL
ILHG
6OHHSHUVVWUHWFKHUVDQGVROLGVXE
WRSV
7KHXQGHUVLGHRIFDELQHWERWWRPV
OHVVWKDQ´PPDERYHWKH
¿QLVKHGÀRRU Figure: 10-001

SECTION10
Casework
SURFACE FINISH REQUIREMENTS EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACESIRU 6(0,(;326('685)$&(6IRU
EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACESIRU ECONOMY GRADEDW :22'FDVHZRUNUHTXLUHIRUERWK
:22'FDVHZRUNUHTXLUHV :22'FDVHZRUNUHTXLUHV TRANSPARENTDQGOPAQUEILQLVKDW
)RUTRANSPARENTILQLVKZRRGRI )RUTRANSPARENTILQLVK/3'/ ECONOMY GRADEZRRGRIWKH
VSHFL¿HGVSHFLHVFXWDQGPDWFK RUZRRGRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶V PDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHRIVSH
FKRLFH
)RUOPAQUEILQLVKDW FLHV0'20')SDUWLFOHERDUGRU
)RUOPAQUEILQLVKDW /3'/RIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH
ECONOMY GRADE3DUWLFOHERDUG
3DUWLFOHERDUG0')0'2 RIFRORU
0')0'2VRIWZRRGSO\ZRRG
VRIWZRRGSO\ZRRGKDUGZRRG
KDUGZRRGSO\ZRRGRUVROLG
SO\ZRRGRUVROLGVWRFNRIPDQX CUSTOM GRADEZRRGRIWKHPDQ
VWRFN
IDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH XIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHRIVSHFLHVRU
CUSTOM GRADE0')0'2 /3'/RIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH
DECORATIVE LAMINATEFDVHZRUN

FORVHJUDLQKDUGZRRGSO\ZRRG RIFRORU
UHTXLUHV/3'/RIWKHPDQXIDF
RUVROLGVWRFN
WXUHU¶VFKRLFH PREMIUM GRADEZRRGRIDFRP
PREMIUM GRADE0')DQG
CUSTOM GRADEDW SDWLEOHVSHFLHVWRWKHH[SRVHG
0'2
:22'FDVHZRUNUHTXLUHV DECORATIVE LAMINATEFDVHZRUN
UHTXLUHVDW )RUTRANSPARENTILQLVKZRRG DWDOOJUDGHVUHTXLUHV/3'/RIWKH
RIWKHVDPHVSHFLHVDVWKH PDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHRIFRORU
ECONOMY GRADE/3'/RIVSHFL
H[SRVHGH[WHULRUVXUIDFH
¿HGFRORURUSDWWHUQ SOLID PHENOLICFDVHZRUNUHTXLUHV
)RUOPAQUEILQLVKDW0') VROLGSKHQROLFRIWKHPLOO¶VFKRLFHRI
CUSTOMDQGPREMIUM GRADE
0'2FORVHJUDLQKDUGZRRG FRORU
+3'/RIVSHFL¿HGFRORURUSDWWHUQ
SO\ZRRGRUVROLGVWRFNRIPDQX
SOLID PHENOLICFDVHZRUNUHTXLUHV IDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH CONCEALED SURFACESIRUDOOJUDGHVDW
IRUPREMIUM GRADEVROLGSKHQROLFRI GHFRUDWLYHODPLQDWHZRRGDQGVROLG
VSHFL¿HGFRORURUSDWWHUQ SKHQROLFFDVHZRUNUHTXLUHWKHPDQX

UHTXLUHV+3'/RU/3'/FRPSDW
LEOHWRH[SRVHGH[WHULRUVXUIDFHLQ IDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH
FRORUJUDLQRUSDWWHUQRIPDQXIDF
WXUHU¶VFKRLFH
PREMIUM GRADEDW
:22'FDVHZRUNUHTXLUHV
)RUTRANSPARENTILQLVKZRRG
RIVDPHWKHVSHFLHVDQGFXWDV
WKHH[SRVHGH[WHULRUVXUIDFH
)RUOPAQUEILQLVKXVHRI0')
DQG0'2RIPDQXIDFWXUHU¶V
FKRLFH
UHTXLUHV+3'/WKHVDPHDVWKH
H[SRVHGH[WHULRUVXUIDFH
SOLID PHENOLICFDVHZRUN
UHTXLUHVVROLGSKHQROLFWKHVDPH
DVWKHH[SRVHGH[WHULRUVXUIDFH

SECTION10
Casework
CABINET CONSTRUCTION TERMINOLOGY CABINET AND DOOR INTERFACE )$&()5$0(&RQVWUXFWLRQ
TERMINOLOGY
FRAMELESS construction where the front edge
of the cabinet body components are edgebanded. FLUSH OVERLAY is the default for either
FRAMELESS or FACE FRAMEcasework:
OVERLAYLQFOXGLQJIOXVKUHYHDORU
OLSSHGDVLOOXVWUDWHGEHORZ
)5$0(/(66&RQVWUXFWLRQ
Figure: 10-008
)OXVK2YHUOD\

Figure: 10-005
)OXVK2YHUOD\
Figure: 10-009
Figure: 10-003
5HYHDO2YHUOD\
FACE FRAME construction where the front edge

of the cabinet body components are overlaid with
a frame.
Figure: 10-006
5HYHDO2YHUOD\

Figure: 10-010
Lipped
FLUSH INSETDVLOOXVWUDWHGEHORZ
Figure: 10-007
Lipped
Figure: 10-011
)UDPHOHVV&RQVWUXFWLRQ
Figure: 10-004
SELECTION shall be manufacturer’s choice,

unless specified otherwise.
Figure: 10-012
)DFH)UDPH&RQVWUXFWLRQ

SECTION10
Casework
LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS OF GRAINED OR CUSTOM GRADEGRRUVGUDZHU 5DGLXVHGJHZLWKWKLFNDSSOLHG
PATTERNED FACES BY GRADE IURQWVDQGIDOVHIURQWVVKDOOUXQ HGJHEDQG
DQGPDWFKYHUWLFDOO\ZLWKLQHDFK
STILEDQGRAILGRRUVDQGGUDZHUIURQWV
FDELQHWXQLW
IRUDOO*UDGHVGUDZHUIURQWVVKDOOUXQ
HLWKHUYHUWLFDOO\RUKRUL]RQWDOO\DWWKH 8QLW
PDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHIRUWKHHQWLUH Figure:10-019
SURMHFW'RRUVVKDOOEHYHUWLFDO
Square edge with thick applied HGJHEDQG:
LW8QLW
Figure: 10-020

Figure: 10-016 Square edge with inset HGJHEDQG.
PREMIUM GRADEGRRUVGUDZHU
IURQWVDQGIDOVHIURQWVVKDOO
UXQDQGPDWFKYHUWLFDOO\DQGEH
Figure: 10-013 VHTXHQFHGKRUL]RQWDOO\ZLWKLQHDFK
8QLW8QLW
FDELQHWXQLWDQGDWFDWKHGUDOJUDLQ Figure: 10-021
WKHFURZQVKDOOEHSRLQWLQJXS
DQGUXQLQWKHVDPHGLUHFWLRQIRU
Lipped edge with inset HGJHEDQG:
WKHHQWLUHSURMHFW'RRUVGUDZHU
IURQWVDQGIDOVHIURQWVVKDOOEHZHOO
PDWFKHGIRUFRORUDQGJUDLQDFURVV
PXOWLSOHFDELQHWIDFHVLQRQHHOHYD
WLRQ5HTXLUHPHQWIRUEOXHSULQWRU Figure: 10-022
VHTXHQFLQJEHWZHHQFDELQHWXQLWV 7RPREVENT TELEGRAPHINGLQVHWVROLG

PXVWEHVRVSHFLILHG ZRRGHGJLQJZKHQXVHGPXVWKDYH
Figure: 10-014 VLPLODUPRLVWXUHFRQWHQWDVSDQHOFRUH
8QLW8QLW
EHJOXHGVHFXUHO\DQGFDOLEUDWHGZLWK
FLUSH PANELGRRUVDQGGUDZHUIURQWV
SDQHOFRUHWKLFNQHVVSULRUWREHLQJ
(&2120<*5$'(GUDZHUIURQWVVKDOO ODPLQDWHGZLWKDZRRGYHQHHURQERWK
UXQHLWKHUYHUWLFDOO\RUKRUL]RQWDOO\ IDFHV
DWWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHIRUWKH
HQWLUHSURMHFW'RRUVVKDOOEHYHUWL
Common RETENTION PROFILES:
FDO0LVPDWFKLVDOORZHG )L[HGSDQHO
8QLW
Figure: 10-017
'225$1'$33/,(''5$:(5)5217
Figure: 10-023
PROFILES
5HPRYDEOHVWRS
For illustration purposes only and are not intended
to be duplicated exactly:
Common('*(352),/(6
6TXDUHHGJHZLWKWKLQDSSOLHG
HGJHEDQG
5HPRYDEOHVWRSDW+3'/IDFH
Figure: 10-018
Figure: 10-025

SECTION10
Casework
'225$1'$33/,(''5$:(5)5217 &$6(:25.,17(*5,7< STATIC LOAD CAPACITY
PROFILES (continued) 50 pounds, residential and light commercial.
These standards have adopted a portion of
5HPRYDEOHVWRSV\QWKHWLF SEFA’s (Scientific Equipment and Fixture 75 pounds, commercial.
Association) methods of testing and acceptable
results as the minimum acceptable level 100 pounds, heavy duty.
of integrity for casework, as found in the
APPENDIX
a Over 100 pounds, special conditions, extra
heavy duty.
Figure: 10-026 DYNAMIC LOAD CAPACITY
&$%,1(7+$5':$5(
30 pounds for 35,000 cycles, residential and
5HPRYDEOHUHWDLQHUV\QWKHWLF
These standards have adopted ANSI/BHMA light commercial.
Standards (latest edition), Grade 2, as the basic 50 pounds for 50,000 cycles, commercial.
minimum requirement. For more specific details,
75 pounds for 100,000 cycles, heavy duty.

see the PRODUCT portion of this Section. Choice
Figure: 10-027
of product should be made on the basis of utility, 5(029$/
aesthetics, security objectives, and the end use
3DVVLYHGLVFRQQHFW- A means of drawer
5HPRYDEOHFOLSV desired. As a general guide:
removal that does not require active discon-
GRADE 1 is the highest and is suitable for necting.
most institutional applications. 3RVLWLYHGLVFRQQHFW- A means of removing
a drawer that requires active disconnection
Figure: 10-028
GRADE 2 is used in most other applications. or removal of hardware.
&/26,1*
&$%,1(7'(6,*16(5,(6&'6 '5$:(56/,'(6(/(&7,21*8,'(
6HOIFORVLQJVWD\FORVHG drawer slides
Details were developed by the industry and The following serves as both a checklist and a starting will self close with the related dynamic load
represent a series of numbered cabinet designs point for the discussion of a wide variety of drawer when the drawer is 2” (50.8 mm) from the
that are available for ease of specification slide systems. While by no means exhaustive, the fully closed position and not bounce open

and drawing. A numerical/elevation key to
the CDS may be found in DESIGN IDEAS.
di characteristics described below are often considered
the most important by the client, the design
when properly adjusted.
0(7$/6,'(''5$:(56<67(06PXVWEH
professional, and the woodwork manufacturer. The VSHFLILHGDQGVKRXOGUHTXLUH
CADdetails are available in both Autodesk selection of the slide characteristics will affect the
Revit Families and AutoCAD “.dwg / .dxf” files 3RVLWLYHVWRS drawer must stop within itself
usefulness of the cabinets. Careful consideration
of the elevations may be found on the Sponsor and not rely on the drawer front to stop it.
should be given to avoid “over specifying” for the
Associations’ websites: purpose intended: 3XOORXWVWUHQJWK system must demonstrate
Architectural Woodwork Institute - '(*5((2)(;7(16,21 sufficient strength of attachment of front to
sides, design professional should evaluate
www.awinet.org.
STANDARD EXTENSION all but 4” - 6” and approve individually.
Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers (101.6 - 152.4 mm) of drawer body extends
Association of Canada - www.awmac.com. out of the cabinet.
Woodwork Institute - FULL EXTENSION entire drawer body
www.woodworkinstitute.com. extends out to the face of cabinet.
Thesecabinets may be specified by number FULL EXTENSION with over travel, entire
to a specific size requirement on the plan view drawer body extends beyond the face of
drawings without having to draw elevations. cabinet.
They are drawn as Frameless Construction, flush
overlay Interface’, with integral finished ends and
scribes at wall to wall installations not exceeding
1-1/2” (38.1 mm) in width.

SECTION10
Casework
HINGE SELECTION GUIDE %XWWKLQJH typically used in conventional $'-867$%/(6+(/)/2$',1*DQG
flush with face frame application, offering high DEFLECTION
Architectural cabinet hinges will usually be strength, low cost, moderate ease of installation
furnished from the manufacturer’s stock unless Proper specification can balance aesthetic needs
DQGDGMXVWPHQWKRZHYHUFDQUHTXLUHPRUWLVLQJ
RWKHUZLVHVSHFL¿HG7KHWKUHHPRVWFRPPRQ with load requirements.
and shows an exposed knuckle.
hinge types are illustrated below. Load is the total applied weight, uniformly
European hinges with the screws set in synthetic dispersed on an individual shelf, not to exceed
inserts are an established industry standard. 200 lbs (90.7 Kg) on any one shelf. These
These hinges have been found to be cost standards have adopted the following load
effective alternatives to the more traditional capacities:
Figure: 10-031
hinges shown below. Follow hinge manufacturers’ OEVSHUVTIWNJPIRU
recommendations on number and spacing of VFKRROKRVSLWDODQGOLEUDU\RUERRN
hinges. There are conditions, however, in which VKHOYLQJ

the use of butt or wraparound hinges will continue OEVSHUVTIWNJPIRUDOO
to be the best solution. Pivot hinges often require RWKHUVKHOYLQJ
a cut in center hinge. Consult manufacturer’s
recommendations: Shelving specification requires consideration of
deflection, the measured distance from a straight
(XURSHDQVW\OHKLQJH, typically used in con- line that a shelf will deflect under load. L/144 (the
ventional flush without face frame and reveal length of the shelf divided by 144) is the industry
or flush overlay application offering moderate
standard for the maximum acceptable deflection
strength, full concealment, moderate cost, ease
of a shelf, which permits 1/4” (6.4 mm) deflection
of installation and adjustment.
in a 36” (914 mm) shelf.
Creep is the increase in deflection over time,
which fluctuates with temperature, humidity, and
ORDGVWUHVV&UHHSLVQRWFRQVLGHUHGDGHIHFWLILW
is a concern, it can be reduced by:

Reduced loading of shelves.
Use of material with a higher (stiffer) modulus
of elasticity (MOE).
Use of alternate construction (support) tech-
Figure: 10-029
niques.
:UDSDURXQGKLQJH NQXFNOH, typically
Use of a decreased factor of acceptable deflec-
used in flush and reveal overlay applications
tion.
offering very high strength, moderate cost,
ease of installation and moderate ease of
DGMXVWPHQWKRZHYHUFDQUHTXLUHPRUWLVLQJDQG
shows an exposed knuckle and hinge body.
Frame
Door
Figure: 10-030

SECTION10
Casework
CONSTRUCTION DETAIL NOMENCLATURE '2:(/-2,17 - Alternative joinery method '5$:(5/2&.-2,17 - Another joinery method for
serving same function as Conventional Mortise joining drawer sides to fronts. Usually used for
Familiarity with the labeled details on this and
and Tenon. flush type installation, but can be adapted to lip
following pages will facilitate communication
or overlay type drawers.
EHWZHHQDUFKLWHFWVGHVLJQHUVVSHFL¿HUVDQG
woodwork manufacturers by establishing common
technical language:
678%7(121 - Joinery method for assembling
stile and rail type frames that are additionally
supported, such as web or skeleton case
frames.
Figure: 10-035

)5(1&+'29(7$,/-2,17- Method for joining
drawer sides to fronts when fronts conceal Figure: 10-038
metal extension slides or overlay the case
faces. (;326('(1''(7$,/6 - Illustrates attachment of
finished end of case body to front frame using:
Figure: 10-032
%877-2,17
+$81&+0257,6($1'7(121-2,17 - Joinery
method for assembling paneled doors or stile
and rail type paneling.
Figure: 10-039

Figure: 10-036
&219(17,21$/'29(7$,/-2,17 Traditional
6+28/'(50,7(5('-2,17
method for joining drawer sides to fronts or
backs. Usually limited to flush or lipped type
Figure: 10-033 drawers.

&219(17,21$/0257,6($1'7(121-2,17Joinery
method for assembling square edged surfaces
Figure: 10-040
such as case face frames.
32&.(76&5(:-2,17
Figure: 10-037
Figure: 10-034
Figure: 10-041

SECTION10
Casework
7+528*+'$'2Conventional joint used for '2:(/-2,17- An established industry standard SPLINE JOINT: Used to strengthen and align
assembly of case body members. Dado not assembly method, this versatile joinery faces when gluing panels in width or length,
concealed by application of case face frame. technique is often based on 1-1/4” (32 mm) including items requiring site assembly.
spacing of dowels.
Figure: 10-049
3$1(/(''225'(7$,/6- Joinery techniques

when paneled effect is desired. Profiles are
optional as is the use of flat or raised panels.

Figure: 10-045 Solid lumber raised panels may be used
Figure: 10-042
when width does not exceed Custom Grade
'2:(/6&5(:-2,17 An alternative to the dowel standard. Rim raised panels are required
%/,1''$'2 - Variation of Through Dado with
joint above. for Premium Grade or when widths exceed
applied edge “stopping” or concealing dado
groove. Custom Grade or when transparent finish is
used.
Stile Solid Raised Panel

or Membrane-
wrapped veneer
over stable
Solid Ovolo panel product
Sticking
Rail
Figure: 10-046
Figure: 10-050

('*(%$1',1*- Method of concealing plies or
Figure: 10-043 inner cores of plywood or particleboard when Stile Rim Raised
Panel
edges are exposed. Thickness or configuration
6723'$'2 - Another method of concealing will vary with manufacturers’ practices.
Solid Sticking
dado exposure. Applicable when veneer edging
or solid lumber is used. Exposed end detail Rail

illustrates attachment of finished end of case
body to front frame using butt joint. Figure: 10-051
Varies From
0.017" to 0.118"
(0.45 mm to 3 mm) Stile Flat or Raised
Panel
Figure: 10-047
0,7(50,7(5)2/'-2,17
Applied Raised
Molding Rail
Figure: 10-052
Figure: 10-044
Figure: 10-048

SECTION10
Casework
Construction type. ,I FIELD FINISHED, include in Division 09 of

the specifications:
Door and drawer front Interface style.
BEFORE FINISHING, exposed portions of
Door and drawer front edge profile. woodwork shall have handling marks or
Toe base finish. with a thorough, final sanding over all sur-
faces of the exposed portions and shall be
Grain direction, if other than vertical.
cleaned before applying sealer or finish.
Inside clearance.
$WCONCEALED SURFACES- Architectural
Seismic fabrication and/or installation. woodwork that may be exposed to moisture,

Flame spread rating. walls, etc., shall be primed.
Moisture resistance. 5(9,(:WKHGENERALportion of Sections

Insulation from adjacent heating cooling and the minimum acceptable requirements
sources. of lumber and/or sheet products that might
be used herein.
Hardware.
Laboratory features, such as: blocking, backing, furring, brackets, or other
Pipe chase allowance and/or removable anchorage which becomes an integral part
backs behind base cabinets. of the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings,
Removable top at countertop splash. woodwork are not to be furnished or installed

Moisture resistant base. by the architectural woodwork manufacturer
or installer.
Chemical resistant finish or surfaces.
At wood casework:
Species of veneer.
Method of slicing (plain, quarter, rift, or
rotary).
Matching of veneer leaves (book, slip, or
random).
Matching of veneer leaves within the face of
a cabinet unit.
Matching between doors, drawers, and adja-
cent panels
(non sequenced, sequenced, or blueprint).
End matching.
Grain direction, if other than vertical.

SECTION10
Where the E, C, or P icon is not indiFDWHG
E C P the rule applies to all Grades equally
Casework
,QFOXGLQJ:RRG'HFRUDWLYH/DPLQDWHDQG %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
6ROLG3KHQROLF)DFHG&DVHZRUN 5 685)$&(&$7(*25,(6
5.1 &$%,1(7685)$&(7(50,12/2*<,//8675$7,216
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216
1 GRADE

that may be mixed within a single project. Limitless design
possibilities and a wide variety of lumber and veneer species,
along with decorative laminates, factory finishes, and profiles

are available in all three Grades.
1.2 ECONOMY GRADE defines the minimum quality

requirements for a project’s workmanship, materials, or
in public view, such as in mechanical rooms and utility areas.
1.3 CUSTOM GRADE is typically specified for and adequately

covers most high quality architectural woodwork, providing
a well defined degree of control over a project’s quality of
materials, workmanship, or installation.

Exposed Exterior

Figure: 10-053
1.5 *5$'(/,0,7$7,216 Exposed Interior
Semi-exposed
1.5.1 SOLID PHENOLIC Iaced Casework is only offered in Concealed
35(0,80*5$'(
2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTSVKDOOJRYHUQLILQFRQIOLFWZLWK
WKHVHVWDQGDUGV

4 AESTHETIC COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS APPLY ONLY TO

SURFACES VISIBLE AFTER MANUFACTURE AND INSTALLA
7,21
Figure: 10-054

SECTION10
Casework
5 SURFACE CATEGORIES (continued) 5 SURFACE CATEGORIES (continued)
5.2 EXPOSED EXTERIOR surfaces, defined as all exterior 5.5 CONCEALED surfaces, defined as those exterior or interior
surfaces exposed to view, include: surfaces that are covered or not normally exposed to view,
include:
5.2.1 All surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed,
including knee spaces. 5.5.1 Toe space unless otherwise specified.
5.2.2 Underside of cabinet bottoms over 42” (1067 mm) above 5.5.2 Sleepers, stretchers, and solid sub tops.
the finished floor, including cabinet bottoms behind light
valances and the bottom edge of light valances. 5.5.3 The underside of cabinet bottoms less than 24” (610 mm)
above the finished floor.

5.2.3 Cabinet tops under 80” (2032 mm) above the finished
floor, or if 80” (2032 mm) and over and visible from an 5.5.4 The flat tops of cabinets 80” (2032 mm) or more above
upper building level or floor. the finished floor, except if visible from an upper floor or
building level.
5.2.4 Front edges of stretchers, ends, divisions, tops, and
bottoms. .5.5 The three non visible edges of adjustable shelves.
5.2.5 Sloping tops of cabinets that are visible. .5.6 The underside of countertops, knee spaces, aprons and
drawer boxes that are less than 36” (914 mm) above the
5.3 EXPOSED INTERIOR surfaces, defined as all interior finished floor.
surfaces exposed to view in open casework or behind
transparent doors, include: .5.7 The faces of cabinet ends of adjoining units that butt
together.
5.3.1 Shelves, including edgebanding.
6 When SOLID PHENOLIC (compact laminate) is referenced in
5.3.2 Divisions and partitions (front edge is an exposed surface). these standards, it refers to panels of melamine impregnated

decorative overlay sheets over a kraft phenolic core sheets per
5.3.3 Interior face of ends (sides), backs, and bottoms (including Section 4.
pull outs). Also included are the interior surfaces of cabinet
top members 36” (914 mm) or more above the finished 7 CABINET CONSTRUCTION terminology is defined as:
floor.
7.1 FRAMELESS construction where the front edge of the cabinet
5.3.4 Interior face of door and applied drawer fronts. body components are edgebanded.

5.4 6(0,(;326(' surfaces, defined as those interior surfaces
only exposed to view when doors or drawers are opened,
include:
5.4.1 Tops and bottoms of shelves, including front edgebanding

(front edge is an exposed surface).
5.4.2 Divisions and partitions (front edge is an exposed surface).
5.4.3 Interior face of ends (sides), backs, and bottoms (including

a bank of drawers). Also included are the interior surfaces
of cabinet top members 36” (914 mm) or more above the
finished floor.
Figure: 10-055
5.4.4 Drawer sides, sub fronts, backs, and bottoms.
5.4.5 The underside of cabinet bottoms between 24” (610 mm)

and 42” (1067 mm) above the finished floor.
5.4.6 Security and dust panels or drawer stretchers.

SECTION10
Casework
7.2 FACE FRAME construction where the front edge of the 8 CABINET and DOOR INTERFACE terminology (continued)
cabinet body components are overlaid with a frame.
8.2 FLUSH INSET, as illustrated below:

FRAMELESS Construction FACE FRAME Construction

8.3 FLUSH OVERLAY is the default for either FRAMELESS or
FACE FRAME casework, except:
Figure: 10-056
8.3.1 At (;326('.18&./(+,1*(6, defaulting to REVEAL
7.3 CONSTRUCTION shall be the manufacturer’s choice, unless
OVERLAY is at the option of the manufacturer, and:
specified otherwise.
8.3.1.1 If reveal overlay, the reveal shall be determined by the
8 CABINET and DOOR INTERFACE terminology is defined as:
hinge overlay.
8.1 OVERLAY including flush, reveal, or lipped, as illustrated
9 &$6(:25.,17(*5,7< - These standards have adopted a
below:
portion of SEFA’s (Scientific Equipment and Fixture Association)
8.1.1 FRAMELESS &216758&7,21 methods of testing and acceptable results as the
minimum acceptable level of integrity for casework, as
a

found in the APPENDIX.
10 +$5':$5( - These standards have adopted ANSI/BHMA

Standards (latest edition), Grade 2, as the basic minimum
requirement for casework hardware.
11 &$%,1(7'(6,*16(5,(6&'6
Figure: 10-057 Figure: 10-058 Figure: 10-059
Flush Overlay Reveal Overlay Lipped 11.1 The Sponsor Associations have developed a series of
numbered cabinet designs that are available for ease of
8.1.2 FACE FRAME&216758&7,21 specification and drawing.
11.1.1 A numerical/elevation key to the drawings may

be found in DESIGN IDEAS.
di
11.1.2 Autodesk Revit Families and AutoCad “.DWG/
DXE /.DXF” files of the elevations may be found on each
of the Sponsor Associations’ ZHEVLWHVDWZZZDZLQHW
RUJZZZDZPDFFRPZZZZRRGZRUNLQVWLWXWHFRPRU
Figure: 10-060 Figure: 10-061 Figure: 10-062
DWZZZDZVHUUDWDFRP
Flush Overlay Reveal Overlay Lipped
12 &$6(:25.&21&(37'5$:,1*6 may be found in
DESIGN IDEAS. di
13 To PREVENT TELEGRAPHING, inset solid wood
edging when used must have similar moisture content as panel
core, be glued securely and calibrated with panel core thickness
prior to being laminated with a wood veneer on both faces.

SECTION10
Casework
14 INDUSTRY PRACTICES 14 INDUSTRY PRACTICES (continued)

14.1 STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, grounds, in wall blocking, 14.5 &$6(:25.',0(16,215$1*(6 (continued)

backing, furring, brackets, or other anchorage that becomes
an integral part of the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings, that 14.5.2 :$//+81*
are not furnished or installed by the architectural woodwork 14.5.2.1 HEIGHT - including the light apron ranges from 12”
manufacturer or installer. (305 mm) to 48” (1219 mm).
14.2 :$//&(,/,1*, and/or opening variations in excess of 14.5.2.2 DEPTH - from the front of the cabinet door to the face
1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in of the wall ranges from 12-1/2” (318 mm) to 14” (356
144” (3658 mm) of being plumb, level, flat, straight, square, mm).

or of the correct size are not acceptable for the installation
14.5.3 7$//6725$*(
installer to scribe or fit to tolerances in excess of such. 14.5.3.1 HEIGHT - from the finished floor to the cabinet top
ranges from 72” (1829 mm) to 96”
14.3 PRIMING of architectural casework is not the responsibility of
(2438 mm).
furnished prefinished. 14.5.3.2 DEPTH - from the front of the cabinet door to the
face of the wall ranges from 12-1/2” (318 mm) to 30”
14.4 SURFACING with a defined grain and/or pattern is installed
(762 mm).
vertically, unless otherwise specified.
14.5.4 5(&(37,21&2817(5
14.5 &$6(:25.',0(16,215$1*(6 have developed
over time with consideration of materials, ergonomics, 14.5.4.1 HEIGHT - from the finished floor to the top of the
construction techniques, and general intended usage. It is countertop deck ranges from:
the responsibility of the design professional to coordinate

accessibility requirements, appliance and equipment sizes, 14.5.4.1.1 34” (864 mm) to 42” (1067 mm) at the standing side.
and/or storage requirements with the casework manufacturer
and adjust the following dimensions accordingly: 14.5.4.1.2 28” (711 mm) to 32” (812 mm) at the sit down side,
providing a clear knee space height of 24-1/2” (622
14.5.1 %$6( mm).
14.5.1.1 HEIGHT - from the finished floor to the top of the 14.5.4.1.3 25-1/4” (641 mm) to 28” (711 mm) at the sit down
countertop deck ranges from: keyboard recesses, providing a clear knee space
height of 24-1/2” (622 mm).
14.5.1.1.1 34” (864 mm) to 36” (914 mm) at stand up counters.
14.5.4.2 '(37+
14.5.1.1.2 31” (787 mm) to 38” (965 mm) at vanities.
14.5.4.2.1 24” (610 mm) to 30” (762 mm) overall countertop on
14.5.1.1.3 28” (711 mm) to 32” (812 mm) at sit down counters, the sit down side, plus an additional 8” (203 mm) of
providing a clear knee space height of 24-1/2” (622 countertop at the stand up side.
mm).
14.5.5 7(//(5&2817(5
14.5.1.1.4 25-1/4” (641 mm) to 28” (711 mm) at keyboard
recesses, providing a clear knee space height of 14.5.5.1 HEIGHT - from the finished floor ranges from:
24-1/2” (622 mm).
14.5.5.1.1 50” (1270 mm) to 54” (1372 mm) on the customer
14.5.1.2 DEPTH - from the front of the cabinet door/drawer to side at the security hood.
the face of the wall ranges from
22” (559 mm) to 30” (762 mm). 14.5.5.1.2 40” (1016 mm) to 42” (1067 mm) on the teller’s side
transaction countertop.

SECTION10
Casework
14 INDUSTRY PRACTICES (continued) 14 INDUSTRY PRACTICES (continued)
14.5 &$6(:25.',0(16,215$1*(6 (continued) 14.7 CORNERS created by adjoining casework will create non
usable space.
14.5.5 TELLER COUNTER (continued)
14.8 FINISHED ENDS shall be INTEGRAL, not applied
14.5.5.2 '(37+ secondarily, except:
14.5.5.2.1 24” (610 mm) to 32” (813 mm) at the countertop on 14.8.1 Applied end panels are allowed at Solid Phenolic
the teller side, plus: casework.
14.5.5.2.1.1 An additional 8” (203 mm) of countertop at the 14.9 %$6(72( shall be INTEGRAL (constructed as an integral
customer side.

part of the cabinet body) or SEPARATE (constructed as a
separate member) at the option of the manufacturer.
14.6 BASE CABINET, STRETCHER, LAYOUT, and
&216758&7,21 14.10 STORAGE, JANITOR CLOSET, and/or UTILITY ROOM
CABINETS shall be built in conformance to ECONOMY
14.6.1 &$6(:25.0$18)$&785(5 is responsible GRADE, regardless of the overall project’s Grade
for coordinating the following with the countertop requirement, unless specified otherwise, except:
manufacturer, and:
14.10.1 If specified material is SOLID PHENOLIC, PREMIUM
14.6.2 COUNTERTOP MANUFACTURER is responsible for fur- GRADE shall be provided.
nishing wall cleating necessary for proper setting of their
countertops where there is no casework for support. 14.11 Surfaces behind PRESENTATION PANELS (such as white
board or tack board) are treated as:
14.6.3 At FRAMELESS CONSTRUCTION doors, drawer fronts,
and false fronts creating a 1/8” (3.2 mm) to 1/4” (6.4 mm) 14.11.1 6(0,(;326(' at Economy Grade and Custom Grade.
horizontal reveal with the countertop’s bottom edge, shall

be consistent across elevations, except: 14.11.2 EXPOSED at Premium Grade.
14.12 TOE BASE HEIGHT VARIANCE due to floor variations is

Filler not considered a defect. Casework is required to be installed
Reveal OHYHOVKLPPLQJRIWKHWRHEDVHQRWWRH[FHHG´PP
is acceptable. Floor variations exceeding 1/2” (12.7 mm) shall
EHFRUUHFWHGEHIRUHFDELQHWVDUHLQVWDOOHGKRZHYHUFRUUHFWLRQ
Figure: 10-065 of such is not the responsibility of the cabinet installer.

14.6.4 At FACE FRAME CONSTRUCTION, reveal shall be 1/4”
(6.4 mm) to 1” (25.4 mm) and shall be consistent across
elevations.
Variable Reveal
Figure: 10-066
14.6.5 At LABORATORY APPLICATION, reveal shall be 1/4” (6.4

mm) to 1” (25.4 mm) and shall be consistent across eleva-
tions.
Variable Reveal
Figure: 10-067

SECTION10
Casework
4 INDUSTRY PRACTICES (continued) 14 INDUSTRY PRACTICES (continued)

14.13 LAYOUT requirements of grained or patterned faces by 14.13 LAYOUT requirements of grained or patterned (continued)
Grade: 14.13.2 FLUSH PANELdoors and drawer fronts (continued)
14.13.1 STILEandRAIL doors and drawer fronts for all Grades, 14.13.2.2 CUSTOM GRADE - doors, drawer fronts, and false
drawer fronts shall run either vertically or horizontally at fronts shall run and match vertically within each cabinet
the manufacturer’s choice for the entire project. Doors unit:
shall be vertical.
8QLW8QLW
8QLW8QLW

Figure: 10-068
Figure: 10-071
8QLW8QLW
14.13.2.3 PREMIUM GRADE - doors, drawer fronts, and false
fronts shall run and match vertically and be sequenced
horizontally ZLWKLQHDFKFDELQHWXQLWDQGDWFDWKHGUDO
grain, the crown shall be pointing up and run in the

same direction for the entire project. Doors, drawer
fronts, and false fronts shall be well matched for
color and grain across multiple cabinet faces in one
elevation. Requirement for blueprint or sequencing
between cabinet units must be so specified.
8QLW8QLW
Figure: 10-069
14.13.2 FLUSH PANELdoors and drawer fronts:
14.13.2.1 (&2120<*5$'(drawer fronts shall run either
vertically or horizontally at the manufacturer’s choice
for the entire project. Doors shall be vertical. Mismatch
is allowed.
8QLW8QLW
Figure: 10-072
Figure: 10-070

SECTION10
Casework
6&23( 6&23( (continued)
1 All wood, high pressure decorative laminate (HPDL), and/or 2 TYPICAL INCLUSIONS (continued)
solid phenolic casework, cabinets, and components of face
frame or frameless construction, fabricated complete in the 2.24 Die walls that become integral to millwork.
manufacturer’s facilities to field dimensions, as qualified below.
2.25 Soffit or fascia panels constructed from cabinet material.
7<3,&$/,1&/86,216
7<3,&$/(;&/86,216
2.1 Altars.
3.1 Field installation, unless specified to be included in this scope
2.2 Bars and back bars. of work.
2.3 Bulletin boards, built up. 3.2 Cutting of holes for field applied vents, weeps, or grills, unless
part of the cabinet.

2.4 Bookcases, cabinets, carrels, counters, display cases,
lecterns, and pulpits. 3.3 Fillers, build up, or sub tops for countertops, including tile and
natural stone.
2.5 Shelving, built up or machined and knocked down.
3.4 Cutting for field applied hardware, unless part of the cabinet.
2.6 Wardrobes.
3.5 Vinyl, rubber, or carpet base.
2.7 Modular cabinets.
3.6 Metal support brackets and fittings that are part of the building
2.8 Cabinet doors. structure.
2.9 Clothes poles and supports. 3.7 Security panels, unless so specified.
2.10 Shelf standards and rests. 3.8 Tote trays (except at Cabinet Design Series) and base
leveling adjusters, unless so specified.

2.11 Track and hardware for sliding doors.
3.9 Furring, stripping, in wall blocking, grounds, or stub walls.
2.12 Casters.
3.10 Mirrors, glass, or glazing, unless part of the cabinet.
2.13 File drawer rods and followers.
3.11 Plumbing, electrical fixtures, and telephone equipment.
2.14 Hinges.
3.12 Metal or ceramic tile for countertops.
2.15 Drawer guides and slides.
3.13 Sink rims.
2.16 Pulls or knobs.
3.14 Special equipment housed in cabinets.
2.17 Glass, mirrors, and glass doors (including hardware) that is
integral to millwork. 3.15 Work not directly associated with the casework.
2.18 Filler panels, scribe strips, trim and moldings necessary for 3.16 Sliding presentation boards.
cabinet installation.
3.17 Metal grills.
2.19 Rough and finish hardware, which is part of the cabinet.
3.18 Chalkboards and tack boards that are a part of the cabinet,
2.20 Metal brackets and fittings, which are an integral part of the with the necessary trim and trays.
cabinet, unless specified elsewhere.
3.19 Easel trays of plastic or metal.
2.21 Cut outs for sinks or similar units.
3.20 Caulking of casework to work of others.
2.22 Linoleum, vinyl, cork, or resilient covering integral to cabinet.
2.23 Prefinishing, priming, painting, or sealing if so specified.

SECTION10
Casework
'()$8/767,38/$7,21
%DVLF5XOHV
1 If not otherwise specified or indicated, all work shall be Custom
Grade, frameless construction with adjustable shelves and Flush S From previous column
Overlay doors of unfinished close grain hardwood intended for
7 SURFACE CATEGORIES Include:
an opaque finish, non premium priced standard pattern, color,
and finish decorative laminate or solid phenolic, as covered by EXPOSED EXTERIOR surfaces, defined as all exterior surfaces
7 1
Sections 3 and 4, except: exposed to view, including:
All surfaces visible when doors and drawers are closed, including
1.1 At (;326('.18&./(+,1*(6, defaulting to REVEAL 7 1 1
knee spaces.
OVERLAY is manufacturer’s choice, and:
Underside of cabinet bottoms over 42” (1067 mm) above the
7 1 2 finished floor, including cabinet bottoms behind light valances and
1.1.1 If reveal overlay the reveal shall be determined by the
hinge overlay. the bottom edge of light valances.

Cabinet tops under 80” (2032 mm) above the finished floor, or if
58/(6 7 1 80” (2032 mm) and over and visible from an upper building level
or floor.
7 1 4 Front edges of stretchers, ends, divisions, tops, and bottoms.
7 1 Sloping tops of cabinets that are visible.
2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of EXPOSED INTERIOR surfaces, defined as all interior surfaces
control over a project’s quality of materials, workmanship, or 7 2 exposed to view in open casework or behind transparent doors,
installation. include:
7 2 1 Shelves, including edgebanding.
www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall 7 2 2 Divisions and partitions (front edge is an exposed surface).
7$.(35(&('(1&(29(57+(6(58/(6, subject to their Interior face of ends (sides), backs, and bottoms (including
date of posting and a project’s bid date. 7 2 pull outs). Also included are the interior surfaces of cabinet top
members 36” (914 mm) or more above the finished floor.

7 2 4 Interior face of door and applied drawer fronts.
%DVLF5XOHV
AESTHETIC grade rules apply only to exposed and semi-exposed 6(0,(;326('surfaces, defined as those interior surfaces only
1 7
surfaces visible after installation. exposed to view when doors or drawers are opened, include:
Tops and bottoms of shelves, including front edgebanding (front
7 1
:22':25. not addressed herein shall be manufactured from solid edge is an exposed surface).
2
stock, laminated stock, veneered stock, or a combination thereof. 7 2 Divisions and partitions (front edge is an exposed surface).
Interior face of ends (sides), backs, and bottoms (including a bank
LUMBER shall conform to the requirements established in Section 3.
7 of drawers). Also included are the interior surfaces of cabinet top
members 36” (914 mm) or more above the finished floor.
SHEET PRODUCTS shall conform to the requirements established in 7 4 Drawer sides, sub fronts, backs, and bottoms.
4
Section 4.
The underside of cabinet bottoms between 24” (610 mm) and 42”
7
(1067 mm) above the finished floor.
%$&.,1*6+((7 shall conform to the requirements established in
7 6 Security and dust panels or drawer stretchers.
Section 4.
6 ALL MATERIALS shall be securely attached/fastened/bonded.

SECTION10
Casework
7 SURFACE CATEGORIES (continued) 8 +$5':$5( shall (continued)
CONCEALED surfaces, defined as those exterior or interior surfaces Be of a UNIFORM PLATED BHMA 626 or similar 32:'(5
7 4 8
that are covered or not normally exposed to view, include: COATED finish on exposed surfaces and:
7 4 1 Toe space unless otherwise specified. 8 1 Conform to applicable ANSI/BHMA standards (latest edition).
7 4 2 Sleepers, stretchers, and solid sub tops. Powder coat finish shall be of a chemical family with sufficient
The underside of cabinet bottoms less than 24” (610 mm) above chemical/solvent resistance to not be affected by a rubdown of
7 4 8 2
the finished floor. the solvents or cleaning materials used for final cleanup of the
fabricated product, including removal of over spray, glue.
The flat tops of cabinets 80” (2032 mm) or more above the
7 4 4

finished floor, except if visible from an upper floor or building level. Finishes will vary between manufacturers, and it can be expected
to see variations from the same manufacturer between different
7 4 The three non visible edges of adjustable shelves.
8 production runs. These variations are not considered a defect, as
The underside of countertops, knee spaces, aprons and drawer long as they are compatible with the overall finish of the installed
7 4 6
boxes that are less than 36” (914 mm) above the finished floor. hardware.
7 4 7 The faces of cabinet ends of adjoining units that butt together. Have the MANUFACTURER’S NAME or unique brand marking
8 4
stamped on hinges, slides, and locks for identification purposes.
8 +$5':$5( shall:
Be of ),567&/$66:25.0$16+,3, free of manufacturing
CONFORM TO ANSI/BHMA Standards (latest edition), Grade 2 8 imperfections (such as tool or machine marks), and consistent in
8 1 requirements with the exception of requiring “dynamic” load testing exposed finish appearance.
for a minimum of 50,000 cycles, and: At /2&.6, be furnished when indicated on the contract documents,
8 6
SCHOOLS and HOSPITAL hinges shall be of all metal and:
8 1 1 construction, meeting or exceeding the ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 8 6 1 Be keyed differently, only if so specified.
“performance” and “permanent set” test requirements..

8 6 2 Be master keyed, only if so specified.
'5$:(5 6/,'( TESTING shall be based on a drawer slide
At '5$:(5 6/,'(6 shall conform to the following minimum load
nominal length of 22” or 550 mm mounted on a drawer box 22” 8 7
8 1 2 (550 mm) in depth with a minimum width of 18” (457 mm) for load
capacity requirements:
ratings up to 125 lbs (56.7 kg) and 24” (610 mm) for load ratings 8 7 1 50 lbs (22.7 kg) at pencil drawers.
of 125 lbs (56.7 kg) and above, and: 8 7 2 75 lbs (34 kg) at general purpose drawers.
Slides not manufactured in lengths up to 22” (559 mm) shall be 8 7 100 lbs (45.4 kg) at file drawers, except:
8 1 2 1
tested in their longest production length.
8 7 1
150 lbs (68 kg) at lateral file drawers wider than 24” (610 mm)
.(<%2$5' 75$<6 shall conform to section 4.13 (Test 12, and less than 30” (762 mm).
8 1
Drawers and Trays) of ANSI/BHMA A156.9 (latest edition). 8 7 4 200 lbs (68 kg) at lateral file drawers wider than 30” (762 mm).
HINGESVKDOOKDYHDPLQLPXPGHJUHHRIRSHQLQJ 8 7 0HWDO6LGHG6OLGH6\VWHPVPXVWEHVSHFLILHG
8 1 4
FDSDFLW\
At SHELF RESTS for bored holes, either include a minimum of
Be FURNISHED and INSTALLED per manufacturer’s 8 8 0.1969” (5 mm) metal pin or double 0.1969” (5 mm) plastic pins
recommendations and as required to provide a complete casework (meeting ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 requirements) and:
8 2
assembly without impairment of the cabinet’s structural integrity and/ Meet or exceed these standards’ maximum shelf load requirement
or functionality, and: 8 8 1
of 200 lbs (90.7 91 kg).
When fastener provisions are countersunk, fasteners shall be At 32&.(7'225+$5':$5( cabinet doors shall be a maximum
8 2 1
countersunk. 8 9 of 23-5/8” (600 mm) in width and the maximum door height and
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T weight shall be within the manufacturer’s listed capacity.

SECTION10
Casework
8 +$5':$5( shall (continued) HOT MELT APPLIED decorative laminate edgebanding shall be primed
At BASE ADJUSTERS shall be of the adjustable screw type, having before application for proper adhesion, unless the hot melt adhesive
16
8 10 a floor bearing surface of at least 1-1/8” (28.6 mm) in diameter at used has been specially formulated for the application of decorative
each foot, and: laminate without requiring pre-application of a primer.
Shall provide for leveling the cabinet from inside of the case
8 10 1
through holes in the cabinet bottom with cover caps. PREFINISHING of wood faced casework requires wall
17 abutting surfaces shall be factory sealed with two coats E C P
08/7,3/(+$5':$5(237,216ZKHQVSHFL¿HGVKDOOEHWKH
8 11 at 2 mil dry.
manufacturer’s choice.

18 CUT OUTS require:
9 &$6(:25. shall be:
At HPDL exposed surfaces have a minimum 1/4” (6.4 mm) radius at
Assembled complete by the manufacturer, with doors, drawers, and 18 1
9 1 inside corners.
hardware installed.
9 2 Assembled with mechanical fasteners and adhesive.
19 CATHEDRALW\SHILJXUHVKDOOEHDFKLHYHGE\
9 Free of adhesive over spray, fabrication marks, and debris.
19 1 $VLQJOHFRPSRQHQWLQ³$$´)DFH*UDGH
19 2 7KHVSOLWKHDUWPHWKRGLQ)DFH*UDGHV³$'´DQG
10 PANEL COMPONENTS shall be:
(DFKKDOIRIDVSOLWKHDUWVKDOOEHVXEMHFWWRWKH
10 1 Constructed of particleboard, MDF, or a non telegraphing core.
19 2 1 PLQLPXPFRPSRQHQWZLGWKUHTXLUHPHQWVIRU)DFH
Of balanced construction, constructed in such a way as not to warp *UDGH³%´
10 2
in its intended use.
At cabinet doors with GLASS LIGHTS, the exposed groove the glass
FRAMELESS CONSTRUCTION requires self edging of adjoining units 20
sits in is considered an Exposed Interior Surface.

11 be beveled a maximum of 15o for the thickness of the edgebanding, and
if adjoined, the total beveled “V” shall not exceed 30o.
21
standards.
SEPARATELY APPLIED COUNTERTOPS are required at base
12
cabinets 48” (1219 mm) or less in height.
STORAGE, JANITOR, CLOSET, and UTILITY ROOM

CABINETS shall be of hardboard, particleboard, MDF, or E C P
decorative laminate, at the manufacturer’s choice.
CABINETS OVER 72” (1829 mm) high (excluding wardrobe cabinets)

14 QRWDEXWWLQJDVWUXFWXUDOZDOORUDQRWKHUFDELQHWVKDOOKDYHD¿[HGVKHOI
approximately mid height, and:
$WVHLVPLFFRPSOLDQWFRQVWUXFWLRQKDYHD¿[HGVKHOIDQGDQFKRU
14 1
strip approximately mid height, and:
$QFKRUVWULSDQGEDFNVKDOOEHVHFXUHO\IDVWHQHGWRWKH¿[HGVKHOI
14 1 1 with #10 x 2-1/2” (50.8 mm) screws a maximum of 7” (178 mm)
on center.
SLIDING PRESENTATION BOARDS require an integral stop be

provided within the top and bottom track to prevent their stopping
against the casework.

SECTION10
Casework
1 GRAIN or DIRECTIONAL PATTERNED sheet products: S From previous column
Shall run either vertically or horizontally at the 6 )RU75$163$5(17),1,6+VENEERFRQWLQXHG
1 1 E C P
manufacturer’s choice, and: 6 2 SLICING of:
Drawer fronts shall run either vertically or 6 2 1 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P
1 1 1 E C P
horizontally for the entire project.
6 2 2 Plain sliced, except Rotary for Birch. 04/29/16 E C P
Shall run and match vertically within each cabinet unit,
6 MATCHING ADJACENT LEAVES be:
1 2 LQFOXGLQJGRRUVGUDZHUVIDOVHIURQWVDQG¿QLVKHG E C P
ends. 6 1 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P
Shall run and match vertically and horizontally within 6 2 Book matching. E C P
1 each cabinet unit, including doors, drawers, false E C P 6 4 0$7&+,1*:,7+,13$1(/)$&( be running match.

fronts, and: 6 0$7&+,1*%(7:((1$'-$&(173$1(/6 be:
Cathedral grain shall have the crown pointing up 6 1 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P
1 1 E C P
and run the same direction for the entire project. 6 2 Compatible for color and grain. E C P
Shall be well matched for color and grain across 6 Well matched for color and grain.
1 2 E C P E C P
multiple cabinet faces in each room.
END MATCH, BLUEPRINT and SEQUENCING shall be
Wood veneer blueprint or sequencing requirement for cabinet 6 4
1 VSHFL¿HG
HOHYDWLRQPXVWEHVRVSHFL¿HG
At STILE and RAIL DOOR and '5$:(5)5217 panels shall run 7 6(0,(;326(' surfaces, require:
1 4
either vertically or horizontally at the manufacturer’s choice.
7 1 Consistent color or species to be used throughout entire project.
7 2 0DWFKLQJWRH[SRVHGVXUIDFHLVRQO\UHTXLUHGLIVRVSHFL¿HG
LIGHT VALANCE bottom edge shall be considered an exposed
2 Vinyl overlay is acceptable at cabinet backs if matched in color to
surface. 7
other semi-exposed materials.

VINYL covered material is acceptable for cabinet Hardboard used as vertical or horizontal shelves and/
E C P 7 4 or dividers shall be tempered and smooth on both E C P
construction.
sides, and:
GLASS SHELVES shall be tempered or laminated safety glass, with all Painted to match other semi-exposed portions is
4 7 4 1 E C P
four edges polished. RQO\UHTXLUHGLIVRVSHFL¿HG
Vertical or horizontal shelves and/or dividers shall
7 E C P
)RU23$48(),1,6+ match other semi-exposed surfaces.
1 0HGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG0')LVSHUPLWWHG
2 9HQHHULVSHUPLWWHGKRZHYHU 8 CONCEALED surfaces shall be the manufacturer’s choice:
SPECIES of manufacturer’s choice, closed grain hardwood ,IVSHFL¿FDWLRQVUHTXLUHDPRLVWXUHUHVLVWDQWEDVHEDVH

2 1
FRQIRUPLQJWR+39$GH¿QLWLRQVDQGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRU 8 1 components shall be material complying with the base
cabinet submersion test, as explained in the APPENDIX.
a
2 1 1 Grade' E C P
2 1 2 Grade& E C P &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
2 1 Grade% E C P
6 )RU75$163$5(17),1,6+VENEER
SPECIES of manufacturer’s choice, hardwood conforming to HPVA
6 1
6 1 1 Grade% E C P
6 1 2 Grade$ E C P
6 1 Grade$$ E C P

SECTION10
Casework
10.4.5 Material Rules 10.4.5 Material Rules

9 At WOOD CASEWORK: 9 At WOOD CASEWORK (continued)
9 1 EXPOSED EXTERIOR surfaces: SEMI-EXPOSEDVXUIDFHVIRUERWKWUDQVSDUHQWDQGRSDTXH¿QLVKHV
9 3
9 1 1 Requires wood of the specified species, cut, and match. require:
9 1 2 TRANSPARENT FINISH requires: Solid wood, veneer of manufacturers’ choice of
9 3 1 species, MDO, MDF, particleboard, or LPDL of the E C P
9 1 2 1 Use of one species for the entire project.
manufacturer’s choice of color.
Solid stock and/or plywood to be COMPATIBLE
9 1 2 2 E C P Solid wood, veneer of minimum HPVA Grade C of
in color and grain.
9 3 2 manufacturer’s choice of species or LPDL of the E C P
Solid stock to be WELL MATCHED for color and manufacturer’s choice of color.

grain; plywood shall be COMPATIBLE in color
9 1 2 3 E C P Solid wood, veneer of minimum HPVA Grade C of
with solid stock; and adjacent plywood panels 9 3 3 E C P
compatible species to the exposed surface.
shall be WELL MATCHED for color and grain.
9 3 4 DRAWER BOX
9 1 3 OPAQUE FINISH permits:
9 3 4 1 SURFACES to be:
Use of particleboard, MDF, MDO, softwood
9 1 3 1 E C P Consistent color or species to be used throughout entire
plywood, hardwood plywood, and solid stock. 9 3 4 1 1
project.
Use of MDF, MDO, close grain hardwood
9 1 3 2 E C P Solid hardwood, veneer of manufacturers’
plywood, and solid stock.
9 3 4 1 1 1 choice of species, MDO, MDF, or LPDL of E C P
9 1 3 3 Use of MDF and MDO. E C P
the manufacturer’s choice of color.
EXPOSED INTERIOR surfaces, except at doors and drawer fronts,
9 2 Solid hardwood, veneer of minimum
requires:
HPVA Grade C of manufacturer’s species
9 2 1 TRANSPARENT FINISH requires: 9 3 4 1 1 2 E C P
choice or LPDL of the manufacturer’s color

9 2 1 1 LPDL or wood of the manufacturer’s choice. E C P choice.

Wood, the same species as the exposed exterior Solid hardwood, veneer of minimum HPVA
9 2 1 2 E C P
surface. 9 3 4 1 1 3 Grade C of compatible species to the E C P
Wood, the same species and cut as the exposed exposed surface, and:
9 2 1 3 E C P
exterior surface, and be: For OPAQUE FINISHVKDOOEHSUH¿QLVKHG
9 2 1 3 1 HPVA Grade C. E C P 9 3 4 1 1 3 and of solid wood or veneer of E C P
manufacturer’s choice of species or MDO.
9 2 1 3 2 HPVA Grade B. E C P
For TRANSPARENT FINISH shall be
9 2 1 3 3 HPVA Grade A. E C P
SUH¿QLVKHGDQGRIVROLGZRRGRUYHQHHURI
9 2 2 OPAQUE FINISH permits: 9 3 4 1 1 4 minimum HPVA Grade C of manufacturer’s E C P
Use of particleboard, MDF, MDO, softwood choice of species compatible to exposed
9 2 2 1 E C P
plywood, hardwood plywood, and solid stock. surface. .
Use of MDF, MDO, close grain hardwood 9 3 4 2 DIVIDERS:
9 2 2 2 E C P
plywood, and solid stock. If hardboard, to be tempered, smooth on both
9 2 4 3 Use of MDF and MDO. E C P
9 3 4 2 1 E C P
sides, and:
9 2 3 At INSIDE FACE of door and drawer fronts permits: Matching other drawer box surfaces is only
9 3 4 2 1 1 E C P
9 2 3 1 Manufacturers’ choice of species. E C P UHTXLUHGLIVRVSHFL¿HG
HPVA Grade B face of the same species and cut 9 3 4 2 2 To match other drawer box surfaces. E C P
9 2 3 2 E C P
as the exposed exterior surface. &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
HPVA Grade A face of the same species and cut
9 2 3 3 E C P
as the exposed exterior surface.

SECTION10
Casework
9 At :22'&$6(:25. (continued) 10 $W'(&25$7,9(/$0,1$7(&$6(:25.
9 6(0,(;326(' (continued) 10 1 EXPOSED EXTERIOR surfaces require:
9 4 '5$:(5%2; (continued) 10 1 1 /3'/RIVSHFL¿HGFRORURUSDWWHUQ E C P
9 4 SIDES, %$&.DQGSUB FRONTS with: 10 1 2 +3'/RIVSHFL¿HGFRORURUSDWWHUQ E C P
9 4 1 CORES of: 10 1 0DWHULDOSDWWHUQDQGFRORUWREHDVVSHFL¿HGDQG
Solid wood, minimum 7-ply hardwood ,IQRWVSHFL¿HGWREHDQRQSUHPLXPSULFHGVWDQGDUGSDWWHUQ
10 1 1
plywood with no inner core voids of or color of manufacturer’s choice.
9 4 1 1 E C P
manufacturer’s choice of species, MDO, Decorative laminate, to be a minimum VGS or VGP HPDL

MDF, particleboard. 10 1 2
type, and:
Solid wood, minimum 7-ply hardwood To be of one color or pattern per room, with a maximum of
plywood with no inner core voids of 10 1 2 1
9 4 1 2 E C P ¿YHGLIIHUHQWFRORUVRUSDWWHUQVSHUSURMHFW
manufacturer’s choice of species, MDF,
EXPOSED INTERIOR surfaces, except at doors and drawer fronts,
particleboard. 10 2
require:
Solid wood or minimum 7-ply hardwood
10 2 1 LPDL of the manufacturer’s choice. E C P
9 4 1 plywood with no inner core voids of E C P
manufacturer’s choice of species. HPDL or LPDL compatible to exposed exterior
10 2 2 E C P
surface in color, grain, or pattern.
9 4 2 0,1,0807+,&.1(66of:
10 2 HPDL, the same as the exposed exterior surface. E C P
9 4 2 1 7/16” (11.1 mm). E C P
10 2 4 Inside face of solid door and drawer fronts to be:
9 4 2 2 15/32” (12 mm), except: E C P
10 2 4 1 The same material and thickness as the face. E C P
5/8” (16 mm) at drawer boxes wider
The same material, pattern, color, and thickness
9 4 2 2 1 than 30” (762 mm) when constructed of E C P 10 2 4 2 E C P

as the door face.
particleboard or MDF core.
10 2 Inside face of framed glass doors to be:
9 4 4 BOTTOMS with:
10 2 1 The same material and thickness as the face. E C P
9 4 4 1 CORES of:
The same material, pattern, color, and thickness
Veneer core plywood, tempered 10 2 2 E C P
9 4 4 1 1 E C P as the door face.
hardboard, or MDF.
10 6(0,(;326(' surfaces require:
9 4 4 1 2 Veneer core plywood. E C P
10 1 LPDL or HPDL of the manufacturer’s choice of color.
9 4 4 2 0,1,0807+,&.1(66of:
10 2 '5$:(5%2;
9 4 4 2 1 13/64” (5.2 mm), except:
10 2 1 SURFACES to be:
9 4 4 2 1 1 1/4” (6.4 mm) at MDF.
10 2 1 1 Consistent color to be used throughout entire project.
3/8” (9.5 mm) at drawers boxes wider than
9 4 4 2 2 E C P MDO, HPDL or LPDL of the manufacturer’s
30” (762 mm). 10 2 1 2 E C P
color choice.
HPDL or LPDL of the manufacturer’s color
10 2 1 E C P
choice.
HPDL or LPDL matching the color of other
10 2 1 4 E C P
semi-exposed surfaces.
Allows vinyl overlay at drawer bottoms if matched in color to
10 2 1
other drawer surfaces.

SECTION10
Casework
10 $W'(&25$7,9(/$0,1$7(&$6(:25. (continued) At 62/,'3+(12/,&&$6(:25.(Only applicable to Custom and
11
10 6(0,(;326(' surfaces (continued) Premium Grade):
10 2 '5$:(5%2; (continued) 11 1 EXPOSED EXTERIOR surfaces require:
10 2 2 DIVIDERS: 11 1 1 0DWHULDOSDWWHUQDQGFRORUWREHDVVSHFL¿HGDQG
If hardboard, be tempered, smooth on both ,IQRWVSHFL¿HGWREHDQRQSUHPLXPSULFHGVWDQGDUGSDWWHUQ

10 2 2 1 E C P 11 1 1 1
sides, and: minimum 3/8” (9.5 mm) thick at the manufacturer’s choice.
Matching other drawer box surfaces is only 7REHRIRQHFRORUSHUURRPZLWKDPD[LPXPRI¿YHGLIIHUHQW
10 2 2 1 1 E C P 11 1 1 2
UHTXLUHGLIVRVSHFL¿HG colors per project.

10 2 2 2 Match other drawer box surfaces. E C P EXPOSED INTERIOR surfaces shall be the same as the exposed
11 2
exterior surface.
10 2 SIDES, %$&.DQGSUB FRONTS with:
6(0,(;326(' surfaces, including drawer boxes, require
10 2 1 CORES of: 11
manufacturers’ choice color, and:
Minimum 7-ply hardwood plywood with no
'5$:(5 sides, back, and sub fronts, a minimum thickness of
10 2 1 1 inner core voids of manufacturer’s choice E C P 11 1
1/2” (12.7 mm).
of species, MDO, MDF, particleboard.
11 2 Drawer bottoms shall be a minimum of 1/4” (6.3 mm).
10 2 1 2 inner core voids of manufacturer’s choice E C P
of species, MDF, particleboard.
10 2 1 inner core voids of manufacturer’s choice E C P
of species.
10 2 2 0,1,0807+,&.1(66of:

10 2 2 1 7/16” (11.1 mm). E C P
10 2 2 2 15/32” (12 mm), except: E C P
5/8” (16 mm) at drawer boxes wider
10 2 2 1 1 than 30” (762 mm) when constructed of E C P
particleboard or MDF core.
10 2 4 BOTTOMS with:

10 2 4 1 CORES of:
Veneer core plywood, tempered
10 2 4 1 1 E C P
hardboard, or MDF.
10 2 4 1 2 Veneer core plywood. E C P
10 2 4 2 0,1,0807+,&.1(66of:
10 2 4 2 1 13/64” (5.2 mm), except:
10 2 4 2 1 1 1/4” (6.4 mm) at MDF.
3/8” (9.5 mm) at drawers boxes wider than
10 2 4 2 2 E C P
30” (762 mm).

SECTION10
Casework
1 Of EXPOSED and 6(0,(;326(' surfaces shall comply with: S From previous column
1 1 SMOOTHNESS requirements (see Item 5.1 in Tests) for:
1 2 HPDL, PVC, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges (continued)
1 1 1 SHARP EDGES to be eased with fine abrasive. E C P CHIP OUT, (See Test G illustrations in TESTS) at areas such as,
TOP FLAT ZRRGVXUIDFHVWKRVHWKDWFDQEHVDQGHGZLWKDGUXP
1 1 2 G
or wide belt sander:
1 1 2 150 grit sanding. E C P 1 2 2
1 1 PROFILED and shaped wood surfaces:

1 1 1 Minimum 15 KCPI or 100 grit sanding. E C P
1 1 2 Minimum 20 KCPI or 120 grit sanding. E C P
1 1 120 grit sanding. E C P shall be inconspicuous when viewed at:
1 1 4 TURNED wood surfaces: 1 2 2 1 72” (1829 mm). E C P
1 1 4 1 Minimum 15 KCPI or 100 grit sanding. E C P 1 2 2 2 48” (1220 mm). E C P
1 1 4 2 120 grit sanding. E C P 1 2 2 24” (610 mm). E C P
1 1 4 180 grit sanding. E C P OVER MACHINED (See Test H illustrations in TESTS) removal of
1 1 CROSS SANDING, excluding turned surfaces: color or pattern of face material such as,
1 1 1 Is not a defect. E C P
1 1 2 Is not permitted. E C P
TEAR OUTS, .1,)(1,&.6, or HIT OR MISS machining is not
1 1 6 1 2
permitted.

.1,)(0$5.6 are not to be permitted where sanding is H
1 1 7
required.
GLUE or FILLER, if used, to be inconspicuous and match the
1 1 8
shall be limited to:
HPDL, PVC, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges shall be machined
1 2 ÀXVKDQG¿OHGVDQGHGRUEXIIHGWRUHPRYHPDFKLQHPDUNVDQG 1 2 1 E C P
sharp edges, and:
OVERLAP (See Test F illustrations in TESTS) such as 1 2 2 E C P
F 1/32” x 1-1/2” (0.8 mm x 38.1 mm) and may
1 2 1
1 2 not occur within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar E C P
F occurrence.
shall not exceed:
1 2 1 1 E C P
(50.8 mm) in any 12” (305 mm) run.
1 2 1 2 E C P
(25.4 mm) in any 24” (610 mm) run.
1 2 1 E C P
(25.4 mm) in any 48” (1220 mm) run.

SECTION10
Casework
THESE STANDARDSGRQRWHVWDEOLVK*UDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVV S From previous column
2 JOINTS (continued)
2 4 FIXED HORIZONTAL (continued)
1 1 products intended for non climate controlled environments shall meet 2 4 1 Radius or square edges and ends (continued)
the test requirements herein. The “V” or gap that is formed where a member with a square
end meets a member with a radius
2 JOINTS at assembled woodwork shall:
2 1 Be neatly and accurately made.
2 4 1 1
2 2 Be securely glued, with:

Vertical Horizontal

2 2 1 End Member
surfaces.
Require FLUSHNESS VARIATIONS at exposed and semi-exposed does not exceed:
surfaces (see Test D illustrations in Tests) when mitered or butted 2 4 1 1 1 0.031” (0.78 mm). E C P
such as, 2 4 1 1 2 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
2 4 1 1 0.007” (0.17 mm). E C P
2 4 1 2 The core of the square edge member is not visible.
2
2 4 1 The “V” or gap is uniform throughout the room.
Require GAPS at exposed and semi-exposed surfaces (see Test A
illustrations in Tests) when mitered or butted such as:
D
not to exceed: A

2 1 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P 2
A
2 2 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
2 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P
FIXED HORIZONTAL cabinet members, including tops and bottoms,
VKDOOEHHLWKHUÀXVKRUVHWEDFNDPD[LPXPRI´PPDWWKHLU
at:
intersection with vertical members and shall be uniform throughout
the room, 2 1 0.025” (0.64 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P
Maximum 2 2 0.015” (0.38 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P
5/64” (2.0 mm) 2 0.010” (0.25 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P
2 4
and:
Radius, beveled or square edges and ends are allowed at
KRUL]RQWDODQGYHUWLFDOPHPEHUV
2 4 1
Vertical Horizontal
End Member
provided:

SECTION10
Casework
2 JOINT (continued) Require FLATNESS of installed and removable sheet products (see Test
Require GAPS at exposed and semi-exposed surfaces (see Test B E illustrations in Tests)
illustrations in Tests) at parallel members such as:
B
E
2 6 E


not to exceed:
0.025” x 9” (0.64 mm x 229 mm) and shall not occur
2 6 1 within 48” (1219 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P not to exceed: Measured on the concave face
joint. 1 0.045” (1.1 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P
0.015” x 6” (0.38 mm x 152 mm) and shall not occur 2 0.030” (0.8 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P
2 6 2 within 60” (1524 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P
joint.
JOINERY, other than that provided for within Section 10, is permitted,
0.010” x 4” (0.25 mm x 102 mm) and shall not occur
2 6 within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar gap in the same
provided it is fully documented in a text/illustration explanation, and each
E C P
4 material application has been independently tested to show
joint.
Require GAPS at exposed and semi-exposed surfaces (see Test C
compliance to the minimum requirements of the Cabinet
Structural Integrity Tests within the APPENDIX, and:
a
illustrations in Tests) when mitered or butted such as,

BOTTOM EDGES of drawer fronts and aprons at knee
E C P
spaces shall be edgebanded.
C VISIBLE EDGES requires (see Doors and Drawer Fronts, within this
2 7 6
Product portion, for additional requirements), and:
6 1 At adjustable shelves, only the front edge to be edgebanded.
6 2 The bottom edge of the end of upper cabinets to be edgebanded.
The TOP EDGE of the cabinet ends, when visible from
6 above, shall be edgebanded to match the exposed E C P
not to exceed: exterior surface.
2 7 1 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P EDGEBANDING to run parallel to the long direction of the edge
6 4
2 7 2 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P regardless of grain and/or pattern.
2 7 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P DADOES or /2&.-2,176 shall not run through the
6 E C P
2 8 Allows use of FILLER: edgeband.
2 8 1 If inconspicuous when viewed at 36” (914 mm). E C P 6 6 TEE BANDINGPXVWEHVRVSHFL¿HG
2 8 2 If inconspicuous when viewed at 24” (610 mm). E C P &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T

2 8 127$//2:('. E C P
SHEET and LAMINATED LUMBER PANELS shall be allowed
2 9 WRPRYHÀRDWH[SDQGRUFRQWUDFWLQUHDFWLRQWRDPELHQWKXPLGLW\
changes.

SECTION10
Casework
7 '5$:(56 (including trays and sliding bins) requires: 7 '5$:(56 (continued)
Components to be of the same material and color for the entire
7 1 7 7 SLIDES to operate smoothly.
project, and:
7 1 1 Bottoms may be vinyl if matching in color. CLOSING STOPS to be provided at the rear of both drawer sides,
7 8 unless such is built into the slides to prevent the drawer front from
7 2 SIDES to be manufacturer’s choice, and shall be:
impacting the cabinet body.
7 2 1 Nailed to sub fronts and backs. E C P
635,1*/2$'('7,3'2:167236 to be provided (design
7 2 2 Rabbeted to the fronts or sub fronts and backs. E C P 7 9 permitting) to prevent the drawer from pulling out of the cabinet,
Miter folded sides, back, front, and bottom, with: unless such is built into the drawer slides.

7 10 ),/('5$:(56require:
7 10 1 Full extension slides.
7 2 E C P 7 10 2 CLEAR INSIDE HEIGHTVXI¿FLHQWIRUKDQJLQJ¿OHIROGHUWDEV
7 10 File direction of manufacturer’s choice.
7 10 4 System stand or rails shall be at option of the manufacturer, and:
At legal sized drawers they shall accommodate both legal and
7 10 4 1
OHWWHUVL]HG¿OHV
7 2 1 &RUHRISDUWLFOHERDUGRUPHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG
/2&.6 to be furnished only where shown on contract documents,
7 2 2 Side directional grain or pattern running horizontal. 7 11
XQOHVVVSHFL¿FDWLRQVGHQRWHVSHFL¿FORFDWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWVDQG
Multiple dovetailed, which is limited to solid wood
They shall withstand a minimum of 50 lb (22.7 kg) pull force in the
or minimum 7-ply hardwood veneer core plywood 7 11 1
7 2 4 E C P locked position, or:
with exposed core, without additional mechanical
fasteners. 7 11 1 1 Strikes are required.

7 2 Doweled or Dowel screwed. E C P 7 11 2 Strikes are required at spring loaded latches.
7 2 6 Biscuit splined. E C P Security or dust panels are required at locked banks of drawers
7 11
when each drawer is keyed differently.
7 2 7 Lock jointed and nailed. E C P
7 12 TRAYS, BINS and similar items shall be similarly constructed.
At FLUSH OVERLAY construction without sub front, sides to be blind
7 7 FRONTS and FALSE FRONTS shall:
dovetail dadoed to the front.
7 1 Match the cabinet doors, except:
7 4
Minimum of two mechanical fasteners (dowels, biscuit splines, nails,
screws) per joint, and: Where the drawer and false fronts are too small to allow a
7 1 1
A maximum of 3” (76 mm) on center for biscuit splines, nails, or match.
7 4 1
screws. Be securely attached to drawer sub front with pan/binder head,
A maximum of 1-1/4” (32 mm) on center for joints up to 4” (102 FRXQWHUVXQNÀDWKHDGRURYDOKHDGVFUHZVZLWKDPLQLPXPRIWZR
7 4 2 mm) in length and 2-1/2” (64 mm) on center for joints over 4” (102 7 2 screws at each end a maximum of 1-1/2” (38.1 mm) from the
mm) in length for dowels. inside corners of the drawer box and a maximum of 12” (305 mm)
on center, and:
7 JOINTS to be securely glued.
Fasteners used to attach drawer pulls or knobs through both
To be PROPERLY FITTED to the cabinet without excessive play, 7 2 1
7 6 the sub front and drawer front shall be considered a fastener.
and:
7 At false fronts, be securely attached to the cabinet body.
Fit front to back, less a maximum of 2” (50.8 mm) of interior
7 6 1
cabinet depth. &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
Fill opening top to bottom to the greatest extent possible, while
7 6 2
remaining fully functional.

SECTION10
Casework
7 '5$:(56 (continued) 8 DOORS requires (continued)
7 14 BOTTOMS, excluding integral miter folded, shall: CORE to be of an approved particleboard or medium density
8 7
7 14 1 Be plowed into sides, fronts, or sub fronts, and: ¿EHUERDUGDQG
7 14 1 1 Be securely glued or glue blocked to form a rigid unit. Veneer, OSB, or lumber cores are not guaranteed against
8 7 1
warping, telegraphing, or delamination.
If 1/2” (12.7 mm) or greater in thickness, they are not required
7 14 1 2 to be plowed into drawer fronts or sub fronts with the use of /2&.6 to be furnished ONLY where shown on cabinet elevations
integral metal drawer side/slide systems. 8 8 RIFRQWUDFWGRFXPHQWVXQOHVVVSHFL¿FDWLRQVGHQRWHVSHFL¿FORFDWLRQ
requirements, and:
Plow to be a minimum of 3/8” (9.5 mm) from the bottom of the
7 14 1

drawer sides, front, or sub front. Shall withstand a minimum of 50 lb (22.7 kg) pull force in the
8 8 1
locked position, or:
Be securely attached to the drawer box back, either
7 14 2 by plow or if run through, by mechanical fastening E C P 8 8 1 1 Strikes are required.
(maximum of 4” [102 mm] on center) . 8 8 2 Strikes are required at spring loaded latches.
If surface applied, be mechanically fastened 8 9 GLASS shall be clear laminated or tempered.
7 14 (maximum of 4” [102 mm] on center) to the entire E C P 8 9 1 Stops shall:
box.
8 9 1 1 Be continuous, removable, on inside only, and:
Glass clips are permitted, with a minimum of 6 per door.
8 DOORS requires:
FLUSH OVERLAY is the default for either FRAMELESS or 8 9 1 1 1
8 1
FACE FRAME casework, except:
At (;326('.18&./(+,1*(6, defaulting to REVEAL
8 1 1 )RURSDTXH¿QLVKEHV\QWKHWLFRUVROLGVWRFNRIWKH
OVERLAY is at the option of the manufacturer, and: 8 9 1 2

If reveal overlay, the reveal shall be determined by the hinge
8 1 1 1 )RUWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKEHV\QWKHWLFRUVROLGVWRFNRIFRPSDWLEOH
overlay.
8 9 1 species to adjacent surface and compatible color to the
8 2 At %$&.%(9(/(''2256, edgebanding: Exposed Interior surface.
8 2 1 Is not required. E C P For decorative laminate, be synthetic or solid stock and
8 9 1 4
8 2 2 Is required. E C P compatible color to Interior Exposed surface.
8 &25(7+,&.1(66 to be a minimum of 11/16” (17.5 mm). ([SRVHGUDEEHWVKDOOEHFRPSDWLEOHFRORUSDLQWHGRU¿QLVKHGWR
MAXIMUM CABINET DOOR SIZE shall be 24” (610 mm) in width
8 9 1
the Interior Exposed surface.
8 4
and 84” (2134 mm) in height, and: 8 10 When HINGED:
Larger doors are more susceptible to warp, which shall not be the Doors shall stop, as applicable, against the cabinet body at the
8 4 1
responsibility of the manufacturer/installer. 8 10 1 ERWWRPH[FHSWDWKDQGLFDSSHGXQLWVVLGHVDQGWRSVWUHWFKHU
'2257+,&.1(66 of 1-3/8” (34.9 mm) or greater be governed by however:
8
Section 9. Flush inset doors, a positive stop or hardware member acting
8 10 1 1
STOP SILENCERS to be installed at the top and as such is permitted, and:
8 6 bottom of hinged cabinet doors (on the closing edge) to E C P Stops shall be provided at both sides of the
8 10 1 1 1 E C P
properly align the door and silence its closing. door opening.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T Paired doors below a drawer require a rail,
8 10 1 2 E C P
stretcher, or partition (full or partial) be provided.

SECTION10
Casework
8 DOORS (continued) 8 DOORS requires (continued)
8 10 When HINGED (continued) 8 10 When HINGED (continued)
8 10 2 Hinges shall be installed by the manufacturer, and shall: 8 10 2 Hinges shall be installed (continued)
8 10 2 1 Operate properly without binding. REVEAL OVERLAY construction, wrap around hinges are not
8 10 2 2 Align horizontally, when adjacent and exposed. required to be let into the edge of the door,
8 10 2 Be self closing or provided with a catch. E C P
8 10 2 4 At *UDGH, hinges, doors:
Under 48” (1219 mm) in height shall have a minimum of two

8 10 2 4 1 8 10 2 7
hinges.
48” (1219 mm) to 84” (2134 mm) height shall have a
8 10 2 4 2
minimum of three hinges.
Over 84” (2134 mm) in height shall have a minimum of four
8 10 2 4
hinges.
8 10 2 At *UDGH,, hinges, doors: and:
Under 40” (1016 mm) in height shall have a minimum of two The reveal shall be determined by the hinge overlay.
8 10 2 1
hinges.
40” (1016 mm) to 60” (1524 mm) in height shall have a 8 10 2 7 1
8 10 2 2
minimum of three hinges.
60” (1524 mm) to 80” (2032 mm) in height shall have a
8 10 2
minimum of four hinges.
CONCEALED CUP HINGE assembly installation, when

2YHU´PPLQKHLJKWVKDOOKDYHDPLQLPXPRI¿YH 8 10 2 8 required to be installed with screws, requires dowel/euro
8 10 2 4 hinges and an additional hinge for every 18” (457 mm) of
screws or screws recommended by the manufacturer.
additional height.
8 10 /2&.,1*3$,56:
At FLUSH OVERLAY construction, wrap around hinges shall
be let into the edge of the door to maintain proper gap Shall be equipped with an elbow catch/latch and a stop block
8 10 1
on the inactive leaf, and:
7DOOVWRUDJHFDELQHWVZLWKIXOOKHLJKWGRRUVDQG¿[HGPLGKHLJKW
8 10 2 shelf shall be equipped with elbow catch/latch and stop block
RQWKHLQDFWLYHOHDIDWWKH¿[HGVKHOI
7DOOVWRUDJHFDELQHWVIXOOKHLJKWGRRUVKRZHYHU
8 10 2 6 ZLWKRXW¿[HGPLGKHLJKWVKHOIVKDOOEHHTXLSSHG
8 10 E C P
with elbow with spring actuated chain bolt with
shelf depth adjusted accordingly

Stop block shall be adequate to prevent the latch of the elbow

8 10 4 catch/latch from being defeated by applying vertical pressure on
the door.
tolerance, and:
Exposed door edges resulting from the
8 10 2 6 1 notching for hinges are not required to be E C P
¿QLVKHG
Exposed door edges resulting from the
8 10 2 6 2 notching for hinges are required to be painted E C P
or stained to match.

SECTION10
Casework
8 DOORS requires (continued) 8 DOORS requires (continued)
When STILE and RAIL CONSTRUCTION (see the Hinged and 8 11 When STILE and RAIL CONSTRUCTION (continued)
8 11
Sliding sub headings for additional requirements as applicable): 8 11 2 PANEL (continued)
8 11 1 STILES and RAILS: :KHQÀDWVKDOOEHDPLQLPXPRI´PPLQWKLFNQHVV
8 11 2 4
0ROGHGSUR¿OHVWLFNLQJVKDOOEHWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH and:
8 11 1 1
XQOHVVVSHFL¿HGRWKHUZLVH Edge glued solid lumber is permitted if at least
8 11 1 2 Solid lumber shall be a minimum of 2-1/2” (63.5 mm) in width. 8 11 2 4 1 1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness and width across E C P
8 11 1 Shall be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness, and: grain is 13-3/4” (350 mm) or less.

8 11 1 1 7RDWROHUDQFHRI´PPRIVSHFL¿HGWKLFNQHVV 8 11 2 4 2 Solid lumber is not permitted. E C P
Veneered or overlaid construction shall be MDF or When raised shall be a minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in
8 11 2
8 11 1 4 particleboard core a minimum of 3-1/2” (88.9 mm) in width, thickness, and:
and: Edge glued solid lumber is permitted for
With approval, framed glass doors may be manufactured 8 11 2 1 panels less than 13-3/4” (350 mm) in width E C P
8 11 1 4 1 IURPÀXVKSDQHOVZLWKRXWVWLOHDQGUDLOFRQVLGHUDWLRQV across grain.
provided all other door requirements are met, and: 8 11 2 2 Solid lumber is not permitted for panels. E C P
$OOH[SRVHGHGJHVVKDOOEHHGJHEDQGHGRU¿QLVKHGWR Solid lumber is permitted for rimming
8 11 1 4 1 1 8 11 2
match adjacent surfaces. panels if mitered and glued under pressure.
Doors over 60” (1524 mm) in height shall have an intermediate Regardless of retention method, shall have the freedom and
8 11 1
rail. 8 11 2 6 room to expand and contract in reaction to ambient humidity
8 11 1 6 Stiles shall run the full height of the door, and: changes.
Rails, including top, cross, and bottom shall 8 11 2 7 $SSOLHGPROGLQJVVKDOOEHVSRWJOXHGDQG¿QLVKQDLOHG

8 11 1 6 1 E C P
run between stiles. 8 12 When SLIDING:
8 11 1 6 2 Mullions shall run between rails. E C P 8 12 1 Thickness to be a minimum of:
Grain or directional pattern shall run vertically on stiles and 8 12 1 1 1/4” (6.4 mm) for doors 24” (610 mm) and under in height.
8 11 1 7
horizontally on rails. 8 12 1 2 3/4” (19 mm) for doors over 24” (610 mm) in height.
Clearance shall be a minimum of 3/8” (9.5 mm) between 8 12 2 Vertical edges are considered exposed.
8 11 1 8
hardware machining and glass cutout.
8 11 1 9 Joinery shall be: 8 12
Top and bottom edges are concealed and not required to be
HGJHEDQGHGRU¿OOHG
8 11 1 9 1 The manufacturer’s choice. E C P Doors more than 1.5 times as tall as they are wide shall be
Mating male/female sticking glued under 8 12 4 mounted with overhead metal track and roller hanger to prevent
8 11 1 9 2 E C P
pressure. tipping and binding.
Mortise and tenon, dowels or loose tenon At hanging track systems, exposed track is acceptable and door
8 11 1 9 E C P 8 12
glued under pressure. heights of:
8 11 2 PANEL: 36” (914 mm) or less shall be equipped with
Direction of grain or pattern shall be the adequate top and/or bottom guides or runs.
8 11 2 1 E C P 8 12 1 Sliding doors in excess of 36” (914 mm) in height E C P
Direction of grain or pattern shall run vertically, shall be installed on hardware of a type optional
8 11 2 2 E C P with the manufacturer.
and:
$GMDFHQWGRRUSDQHOVIRUWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVK 34” (864 mm) or less shall be installed on the
8 12 2 E C P
8 11 2 2 1 shall have a pleasing match for color and E C P DSSURSULDWH¿EHURUPHWDOWUDFNZLWKWRSJXLGH
grain. &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
8 11 2 Core shall be covered by veneer, overlay, or rim banding.

SECTION10
Casework
8 DOORS requires (continued) 10 ENDS and DIVISIONS (continued)
8 12 When SLIDING (continued) 10 6 Bottom edges of wall cabinet ends shall be edgebanded with:
8 12 At hanging track systems (continued) 10 6 1 Material compatible to the exposed faces. E C P
Over 34” (864 mm) shall be installed on either the 10 6 2 The same material as the exposed surfaces. E C P
overhead metal track with nylon roller hangers, Solid divisions behind vertical face frame members or
8 12 E C P 10 7 E C P
or the metal bottom track with sheaves and top hanging stiles.
guide.
'5$:(5&203$570(176 to be separated from shelf or open
At FACE FRAME CONSTRUCTION, a continuous 10 8 compartments by a solid vertical division unless prevented by design

YHUWLFDO¿OOHUVWULSVKDOOEHSURYLGHGLQWKHRSHQLQJ or usage.
8 12 6 E C P
behind the face frame and in front of the rear sliding
PANELED CONSTRUCTION, stiles and rails be a minimum of 3/4”
door. 10 9
(19 mm) thickness, with:
8 When FRAMELESS GLASS:
10 9 1 Minimum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) panel thickness.
8 1 Be a minimum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) thick.
10 9 2 +DUGERDUGLVQRWSHUPLWWHGIRUWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVK
8 2 Be clear tempered glass, with:
FREE STANDING end panels shall be installed with
8 2 1 Exposed edges ground. E C P 10 10 E C P
concealed fasteners.
8 2 2 ([SRVHGHGJHVÀDWSROLVKHG E C P
8 /DPLQDWHGJODVVPXVWEHVSHFL¿HG TOPS and BOTTOMS requires: (Note: Base cabinets with separate
11
8 4 Carriers with metal track and top guide, and: FRXQWHUWRSVDUHQRWFRYHUHGZLWKLQWKLVKHDGLQJVHH³6WUHWFKHUV´
If needed to prevent sagging, bottoms of upper cabinets shall 11 1 Minimum thickness of 3/4” (19 mm), design permitting.
be increased in thickness, provided with a hardwood track 11 2 BOTTOMS of wall hung cabinets, and:
8 4 1
PHPEHURIVXI¿FLHQWWKLFNQHVVRUSURYLGHGZLWKDVWURQJEDFN

11 2 1 When unsupported, not to exceed 46-1/2” (1181 mm) in width.
support screwed and glued to the underside.
-RLQWVDUHSHUPLWWHGZKHUHHQGVDUHÀXVKZLWKERWWRPVLQHDFK
11 2 2
unit.
9 APRONS require:
Cores be subject to a 40 lb (18.1 kg) per sq ft (195.3
9 1 Minimum thickness of 3/4” (19 mm), and: 11 2 kg/m2) load capacity of the manufacturer’s choice, E C P
9 1 1 Edgebanding of bottom edge. E C P with:
A 50 lb (22.7 kg) per sq ft (244.1 kg/m2) load
10 ENDS and DIVISIONS require: 11 2 1 capacity at schools, hospitals, and library E C P
10 1 Cabinet ends are required, including: bookshelves.
10 1 1 Against walls. 11 2 4 Be secured to ends, divisions, and back. E C P
10 2 Minimum thickness of 3/4” (19 mm), except: Thickness of at least 1” (25.4 mm) when made of
11 2 particleboard or MDF core and 42” (1067 mm) or E C P
10 2 1 1/2” (12.7 mm) at face frame construction. E C P
more in length.
Exposed ends be of integral construction, rabbeted or plowed to
10 receive backs, and horizontal members (excluding countertops) shall
If cabinet ends extend below the bottom, the interior exposed
11 2 6
surface of the end shall be:
not extend beyond the exposed end.
11 2 6 1 Material compatible to the exposed surface. E C P
10 4 Concealed ends allow tops and bottoms to extend past, if applicable.
11 2 6 2 The same material as the exposed surface. E C P
10 Top edges of the end of cabinets:
11 2 7 ,IWKLFNHUFRUHLVGHVLUHGGXHWRKHDY\ORDGVLWVKDOOEHVSHFL¿HG
If exposed or visible from above be edgebanded with material of
10 1 At exposed interior shall be uniform in thickness for
matching color and pattern to exposed exterior surface. 11 2 8 E C P
the entire elevation or connected elevations, except:
,IRSHQDERYHKRZHYHUQRWYLVLEOHDW´PPRUPRUH
10 2 DERYHWKHÀRRUEHHGJHEDQGHGZLWKWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFHRI When concealed behind a minimum 1-1/2”
11 2 8 1 E C P
edge material. (38.1 mm) face frame member.

SECTION10
Casework
10.4.7 Assembly Rules 10.4.7 Assembly Rules

11 TOPS and BOTTOMS requires (continued) 14 BACKS (continued)
11 3 TOPS of wall hung and tall cabinets: 14 2 Are required and: E C P
11 3 1 Are not considered load bearing. 14 2 1 Shall be a minimum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) in thickness. E C P
FRAMELESS CONSTRUCTION, permit joints where exposed 14 2 2 Shall be of an approved semi-exposed material. E C P
11 3 2
HQGVDUHÀXVKZLWKWRSVDQG Vinyl is permitted, provided it is of the same color as the other
14 2 3
Cabinet end shall be edgebanded to match other exposed semi-exposed surfaces.
11 3 2 1
surfaces. At exposed exterior shall be a minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in
14 4
thickness.

12 SECURITY and DUST PANELS shall: Where non plowed/dadoed in shall be screwed to the case body and
Be furnished above locked doors and drawers, only if each drawer or 14 5 nailed or stapled to GLYLVLRQVDQGRU¿[HGVKHOYHVDWDPD[LPXPRI´
12 1
door is keyed differently. (101.6 mm) on center.
Be a solid piece of plywood, particleboard, MDF, or solid phenolic, a Where plowed/dadoed in, with a minimum shoulder of 1/2” (12.7

12 2
minimum of 1/2” (12.7 m) in thickness, and: mm), shall be securely nailed or stapled to the case body and
14 6
If front and rear stretchers are used, a 1/4” (6.4 mm) panel may be GLYLVLRQVDQGRU¿[HGVKHOYHV at a maximum of 4” (101.6 mm) on
12 2 1 center.
let into the stretchers.
Attachment of base, tall, and wall hung cabinet backs by other than
STRETCHERS shall be: (Note: This is only applicable to base cabinets the above requirements for non plowed/dadoed or plowed/dadoed in
13 14 7 is permitted, provided it has been independently tested
with separate countertops):
13 1 Provided at both the front and the back of the cabinet body, except:
to show compliance to the Structural Integrity (Test-Wall
Cabinet) as shown in the APPENDIX. a
13 1 1 At sink compartments, they may run front to back.
14 8 Are not required to be glued.
Solid stock or veneer core plywood a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in

13 2 14 9 Shall be rabbeted or dadoed into exposed ends. E C P
thickness and 2” (50.8 mm) in width.
14 10 6KDOOEHUHPRYDEOHLIVRVSHFL¿HG
Particleboard or MDF a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness and
13 3 5” (127 mm) in width and reinforced as necessary to support the VISIBLE JOINTS are not permitted at exposed interior or semi
14 11
countertop. exposed interior cabinet backs.
In lieu of stretchers, a panel member a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in
13 4 thickness, the full length and depth of the cabinet opening may be 15 TOE BASES, KICKS, and SLEEPERS:
used.
15 1
Shall be either separate from or integral to the cabinet body at the
At drawer banks, when the total drawer opening height manufacturer’s choice.
13 5 exceeds 30” (762 mm), an intermediate front stretcher E C P 15 2 Shall be a minimum of 4” (101.6 mm) high.
is required. 15 3 Shall be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness.
Sleepers shall be provided at separate toe bases a maximum of 48”
14 BACKS: 15 4
(1219 mm) on center.
Are required only where the cabinet will be set in an 0RLVWXUHUHVLVWDQWEDVHLIVSHFL¿HGUHTXLUHVEDVH
14 1 XQ¿QLVKHGUHFHVVRUZKHUHWKHEDFNZRXOGEHH[SRVHG E
to view, and:
C P 15 5 components be material complying with the Base
Cabinet Submersion Test, as explained in the APPENDIX.
a
Be hardboard or plywood a minimum of 1/8” (3.2 15 6 LEVELERS:
14 1 1 E C P
mm) in thickness.
15 6 1 May be used at the manufacturer’s choice.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T At cabinets over 15-1/2” (394 mm) in depth, shall require four
15 6 2 levelers per unit up to 37-1/2” (953 mm) in width and six per unit
up to 48” (1219 mm) in width.

SECTION10
Casework
72(%$6(6.,&.6, and SLEEPERS (continued) 16 SHELVES require (continued)
6 LEVELERS (continued) 16 9 At$'-867$%/(6+(/9(6
At cabinets less than 15-1/2” (394 mm) in depth, levelers are only &21)250$1&(,17+,&.1(66 to the following maximum
16 9 1
required at the front and shall require two levelers per unit up to adjustable shelf length listings, based on:
6
37-1/2” (953 mm) in width and three per unit up to 48” (1219 mm) 16 9 1 1 Length and grain direction running left to right.
in width. 16 9 1 2 Creep not taken into consideration or considered a defect.
MOVEABLE TOES at ADA base cabinets shall not have a vertical
Information and ratings represented in calculations are
7 gap exceeding that allowable for the doors above that is the minimum
EHOLHYHGWREHUHOLDEOHKRZHYHUGXHWRYDULDWLRQVLQXVHQRW
16 9 1

width as to operate without binding or contact. known or out of our control, no warranties or guarantees are
made as to the end results.
16 SHELVES require:
/DPLQDWLRQVRIDULJLGJOXHOLQHFRQWDFWDGKHVLYHLVQRW
16 1 7+,&.1(66 be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm), and: 16 9 1 4
permitted unless otherwise indicated, and:
16 1 1 ,IWKLFNHUVKHOILVGHVLUHGGXHWRKHDY\ORDGVLWVKDOOEHVSHFL¿HG
16 2
GRAIN or DIRECTIONAL PATTERN of the face to run the length of
16 9 1 4 1
Contact adhesive shall comply with the Heat
Resistance Test listed in the APPENDIX. a
the shelf.
Total applied weight uniformly dispersed on an individual shelf
DIVIDERS, vertical or horizontal, to match the exposed 16 9 1 not exceeding 200 lbs (90.7 kg) on any one shelf while being
16 E C P
or the semi-exposed surface, as applicable. subject to load capacities of:
81,)2507+,&.1(66 at each elevation or connected 16 9 1 1 OEV per sq ft (195.3 kg/m2) for commercial shelving.
16 4 E C P
elevations at open casework.
OEVper sq ft (244.1 kg/m2) for schools, hospitals, and
HARDBOARD used for shelves or vertical/horizontal 16 9 1 2
16 E C P library book shelves.
dividers be tempered and smooth on both sides.
The formula below is used to determine the shelf spans,

CABINETS OVER 72” (1829) high, not immediately abutting a subject to a maximum 1/4” (6.4 mm) deflection, in the table on
16 6 VWUXFWXUDOZDOORUDQRWKHUFDELQHWDWERWKHQGVVKDOOKDYHD¿[HG the following pages:
shelf at approximate mid height.
16 7 GLASSVKHOYLQJVKDOOEHVXSSOLHGDVVSHFL¿HG, and: E C P
'(:W V 4
L =
16 7 1 Have all four edges polished. E C P
:
16 8 At),;('6+(/9(6
Thickness of 1” (25.4 mm) minimum when made 16 9 1 6 L = lbs/SF of uniformly distributed load
16 8 1 with particleboard or MDF core and are unsupported E C P D = deflection (inches)
for 42” (1069 mm) or more. E = MOE (psi)
Cores to be subject to a 40 lb per sq ft (195.3 kg/ t = thickness (inches)
16 8 2 m2) load capacity of the manufacturer’s choice, E C P
except requires: W = width (front to back) of shelf (inches)
50 lb per sq ft (244.1 kg/m2) load capacity at s = span of shelf (inches)
16 8 2 1 E C P
schools, hospitals, and library bookshelves.
MOE (Modulus of Elasticity) figures are referenced in the
16 8 Be secured to ends and divisions, and: 16 9 1 7
following table.
When over 48” (1219 mm) in length, be secured
16 8 1 E C P &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
to back.
16 8 2 Be secured to back. E C P
16 8 When over 48” (1219 mm) have a center support. E C P

SECTION10
Casework
$VVHPEO\5XOHV
16 SHELVES require (continued)
16 9 At ADJUSTABLE SHELVES (continued)
16 9 1 &21)250$1&(,17+,&.1(66 (continued)
0$;,080$//2:$%/($'-867$%/(6+(/)/(1*7+ based on material compositions.
Capacity Legend: 40 lbs/sf 50 lbs/sf

44

42 42

41
16 9 1 8

´´ ´´ ´´ ´´ ´´ ´´
7KLFNQHVV 7KLFNQHVV 7KLFNQHVV 7KLFNQHVV 7KLFNQHVV 7KLFNQHVV
0 0 0 MDF MDF MDF

3DUWLFOHERDUG 3DUWLFOHERDUG 3DUWLFOHERDUG 0HGLXP'HQVLW\ 0HGLXP'HQVLW\ 0HGLXP'HQVLW\
ZLWK/3'/WZR ZLWKKDUGZRRG ZLWKYHUWLFDOJUDGH )LEHUERDUGZLWK )LEHUERDUGZLWK )LEHUERDUGZLWK
VLGHV YHQHHUWZRVLGHV +3'/WZRVLGHV /3'/WZRVLGHV KDUGZRRGYHQHHU YHUWLFDOJUDGH
02( 02( 02( 02( WZRVLGHV +3'/
02( WZRVLGHV
02(

SECTION10
Casework
$VVHPEO\5XOHV
16 SHELVES require (continued)
16 9 At ADJUSTABLE SHELVES (continued)
16 9 1 &21)250$1&(,17+,&.1(66 (continued)
0$;,080$//2:$%/($'-867$%/(6+(/)/(1*7+ based on material compositions (continued)
Capacity Legend: 40 lbs/sf 50 lbs/sf

46 46 46

44 44 44 44

42

41
16 9 1 8

´´ ´´ ´´ ´´ ´´
7KLFNQHVV 7KLFNQHVV 7KLFNQHVV 7KLFNQHVV 7KLFNQHVV
&RPELQDWLRQ&RUH &RPELQDWLRQ&RUH 9HQHHU&RUH 9HQHHU&RUH 6ROLG1RUWKHUQ

ZLWK/3'/WZR ZLWKYHUWLFDOJUDGH ZLWKKDUGZRRG ZLWKYHUWLFDOJUDGH 5HG2DN
VLGHV +3'/WZRVLGHV YHQHHUWZRVLGHV +3'/WZRVLGHV 02(
02( 02( 02( 02(

SECTION10
Casework
16 SHELVES require (continued) 17 PULLOUT SHELVES require:
16 9 At ADJUSTABLE SHELVES (continued): %5($'&877,1*%2$5'6 to be solid stock a minimum of 3/4” (19
17 1
Length be a maximum of 1/8” (3.2 mm) less than mm) in thickness, with:
the inside cabinet width plus any additional offset Tongue and groove edgebands front and back, securely glued
17 1 1
created by the shelf rests used, with type I adhesive.
17 1 2 Use of exterior plywood is permitted. E C P
Dimension Point
:5,7,1*RU87,/,7<6+(/9(6 be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in
17 2
16 9 2 E C P thickness, and:

17 2 1 Be edgebanded three edges.
Extend a minimum of 15” (381 mm) in cabinets 22” (559 mm) or
Dimension Point
17 2 2
greater, or 2/3 of the cabinet depth in shallower cabinets.
17 2 Be a smooth compatible material to the exposed interior surface.
and: 17 2 4 Operate smoothly in channels or other rigid guides.
If the gap between the end of a shelf and the

16 9 2 1 inside cabinet body exceeds 1/4” (6.4 mm) both 18 CLOTHES POLES or RODS require:
E C P
ends of the shelf must be edgebanded. Wood, a minimum of 1-1/4” (31.8 mm) in diameter, or metal, a
18 1 minimum of 1-1/16” (27 mm) diameter, at the manufacturers’s choice,
Depth be a maximum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) less than the
16 9 E C P and supported at:
inside cabinet depth.
18 1 1 Each end by rosettes or hook strips with bored holes.
Be supported on evenly spaced, cleanly bored holes a maximum
16 9 4 of 2” (50.8 mm) on center with shelf rests or on metal shelf 18 1 2 A maximum of 48” (1219 mm) on center.
standards with metal shelf rests, and:

Center line of rests shall not exceed a minimum of 1” (25.4 19 :$5'52%(6
16 9 4 1 mm) to a maximum of 4” (102 mm) from the front and back of 60” (1524 mm) or wider require a horizontal member at the top rail of
the interior cabinet body. sliding doors rigidly supported with a vertical 1-3/8” (28.6 mm) round
19 1
16 9 4 2 Support placement shall not conflict with hinge placement. pole or two strips a minimum of 3/4” x 1-1/4” (19 mm x 31.8 mm)
forming a “T” member securely positioned behind the door lap.
The dimension between the center line of the rests shall not be
16 9 4
less than 60% of the shelf’s depth.
Require three rests at each end of shelves over 29-3/4” (756
20 ANCHOR STRIPS (nailers) are required and:
16 9 4 4 Shall be of solid stock, plywood, particleboard, or medium density
mm) deep.
20 1 ¿EHUERDUGDPLQLPXPRI´PPLQWKLFNQHVV´
METAL SHELF STANDARDS shall extend vertically the entire mm) in width, and:
16 9
interior length of the cabinet body side member, and:
Be securely glued and mechanically fastened at 4” (101.6 mm) on
Be recessed in a plow, slightly proud of the face with the core 20 1 1
16 9 1 center.
not visible.
Top anchor strip must be mechanically fastened at a maximum of 4”
BORED HOLE SHELF REST SYSTEMS shall extend vertically 20 1 2
(101.6 mm) on center at the top long edge.
16 9 6 to within 6” (152.4 mm) of the interior top or bottom of the cabinet
Where backs, 1/2” (12.7 mm) or thicker are used, anchor strips are
shelf space. 20 2
not required.
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T Cabinet heights over 60” (1524 mm) require an intermediate anchor
20
strip.
Shall be provided at the top and bottom of the wall side of the cabinet
20 4
back, or:
At the inside if semi-exposed material is used,
provided they are attached to the cabinet body as
20 4 1 E C P
ZHOODVWKHEDFNDQGWKH\DUHÀXVKZLWKWKHWRS
bottom, and ends of the cabinet body.
SECTION10
Casework
21 MOVEABLE CABINETS require: 22 JOINERY requires (continued)
21 1 GLIDES to be metal and adjustable. 22 All joints be securely glued (continued)
CASTERS to have a minimum weight capacity of 90 lbs (40.8 kg) per 22 1 Mechanical fasteners (continued):
21 2
caster. 22 1 At '2:(/ joints (continued):
METAL FRAME or DIAPHRAGM TYPE DOUBLE BOTTOM 3-25/32” (96 mm) Maximum
(see DESIGN IDEAS, CDS drawings) at cabinets over 42”
21
PPLQKHLJKWZLWKGRRUVDQGZLWKRXW¿[HGYHUWLFDO
or horizontal stabilizing partitions. 22 1

/2&.-2,17&251(56 at bottoms or tops be reinforced with a 5/16” (8 mm) X 1-3/16” (30 mm) Minimum Dowels
21 4 continuous metal angle or wood cleat securely screwed and set with 2” (50.8 mm) Maximum
adhesive into the inside of both corner sides.
22 1 6 At '2:(/6&5(: joints (see end view diagram below):
22 JOINERY requires:
Cabinet members to be SECURELY FASTENED together, using 22 1 6 1 Dowel screw to be a minimum
22 1 one or more of the approved methods, at the manufacturer’s choice,
of 9/32” x 2” (7 mm x 50 mm).
including:
First dowel screw shall be spaced a maximum of 2”
Dadoes, lock joints, plows, rabbets, dowels, dowel screws, or 22 1 6 2
22 1 1 (51 mm) from the front.
biscuit splines.

Subsequent dowel screws shall be spaced a maximum of 5”

Casework be ASSEMBLED SQUARE and TRUE, within a tolerance 22 1 6 (127 mm) on center, unless joint is less than 12” (305 mm)
22 2 not to exceed 1/32” (0.8 mm) difference in measurement at top
maximum spacing shall not exceed 4” (101.6 mm).
versus bottom, and 1/16” (1.6 mm) diagonally.
22 1 6 4 Glue is not required.

22 All joints be SECURELY GLUED, with:
5” (128 mm) Maximum
Mechanical fasteners for cabinet body, back, and/or drawer
22 1 construction, a maximum of 4” (101.6 mm) on center with a
minimum of two fasteners per joint, except: 22 1 6
At face frames, a maximum of 8” (203 mm) on center is 9/32” (7 mm) X 2” (51 mm) Minimum Dowel Screw
22 1 1
permitted. 2” (50.8 mm) Maximum
Exposed fasteners are not permitted at exposed exterior
22 1 2
surfaces. At BISCUIT SPLINE
22 1 Exposed fasteners, where permitted, shall be plated, and:
22 1 1 Bugle drywall screws are not permitted. 22 1 7
22 1 2 Are permitted for access panels. E C P

Mechanical fasteners are not required at dovetail, miter fold, joints:
22 1 4
mortise and tenon, and lock miter joints. Biscuits shall be a minimum #20 or equal, located a
22 1 At '2:(/ joints (see end view diagram below): 22 1 7 1 maximum of 2” (51 mm) from each edge or end to the
Dowel to be a minimum of 5/16” x 1-3/16” (8 mm x 30 mm), center of the plate, and:
22 1 1
and: 22 1 7 1 1 Be glued and clamped.
22 1 1 1 Be glued and clamped. Subsequent plates shall be spaced a maximum of 6” (152
22 1 7 2
22 1 2 Minimum of two dowels per joint. mm) on center.
6SDFHGZLWK¿UVWGRZHODPD[LPXPRI´PPIURPWKH Joinery other than that provided for within Section 10 is permitted
22 1 provided it is fully documented in a text/illustration explanation, and
front.
22 4 each material application has been independently tested to show
If less than 9-1/2” (241.3 mm) wide than maximum spacing shall
22 1 4 compliance to the minimum requirements of the Cabinet Structural
not exceed 2-1/2” (63.5 mm).
Integrity Tests within the $33(1',;

SECTION10
Casework
S From previous column &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
SCRIBING: S From previous column
1 Is NOT required. E C P SCRIBING (continued)
2 Shall be FURNISHED by the manufacturer, and: E C P 8 OPTIONS (continued)
Scribe FILLERS shall not exceed 1-1/2” (38.1 mm)
2 1 E C P
in width.
Scribe MOLDS shall not exceed 1-1/2” (38.1 mm) in 8
2 2 E C P
width, and:
Scribe
2 2 1 Are127$//2:(' E C P

Allowance.
Match exposed surfaces.
Be furnished in maximum available lengths, joints not allowed in

CLOSURE provision is required at voids or open spaces between

material less than 96” (2438 mm). Up to 8/0 in length requires one 24 cabinets and walls, such as at the top of tall and upper cabinets and the
4
piece, up to 16/0 in two equal lengths, or up to 24/0 in three equal bottom of upper cabinets caused by scribing or angle turns, and:
lengths, and so on. At non visible voids, 1-1/2” (38 mm) or less in width, a piece of
Permits&2/25&203$7,%/(&$8/.,1* not to standard grade laminate may be used as a closure cap.
E C P
exceed 1/8” (3.2 mm).
Requires TRIM MEMBERS used at the inside corner of the adjoining 24 1
angled cabinets (which is not a scribe or subject to the 1-1/2” [38.1
6
mm] maximum scribe allowance) be equal and not exceed 2” (50.8
mm) beyond the cabinet front and/or drawer pull.
Requires SOFFIT or FASCIA PANELS to be furnished At non visible voids, exceeding 1-1/2” (38 mm) in width, a minimum
in maximum available lengths, joints not allowed in

´PPFORVXUH¿OOHUVKDOOEHSURYLGHGRIPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VFKRLFH
7 material less than 96” (2438 mm) at horizontal grain or E C P
directional pattern and 48” (1219 mm) at vertical grain
24 2
or directional pattern, and:
7 1 Be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness.
Grain direction (if any) shall run vertical, or be manufacturer’s
7 2
choice if less than:
7 2 1 12” (305 mm) tall. E C P 24
$WYLVLEOHYRLGVDPLQLPXP´PPFORVXUH¿OOHUVKDOOEH
provided matching the adjacent surface.
7 2 2 1-1/2” (38.1 mm) tall. E C P
8 OPTIONS: CLEARANCES and TOLERANCES requires:
EDGE ALIGNMENT and FLUSHNESS of doors and drawers (see
Test I illustrations in Tests) in both the vertical and horizontal plane,
8 1 such as,

N
1
Scribe Filler.
N
8 2
shall not exceed:
1 1 1/16” (1.6 mm). E C P
1 2 1/32” (0.8 mm). E C P
Scribe Mold.

SECTION10
Casework
CLEARANCES and TOLERANCES (continued) CLEARANCES and TOLERANCES (continued)
Doors and drawers shall be on the same plane as one another, and The MAXIMUM UNIFORM GAP variance (continued)
2
shall not exceed: 2 At FLUSH OVERLAY FRAMELESS construction (continued)
2 1 1/8” (3.18 mm). E C P 2 1 “A” shall not exceed 1/8” (3.2 mm).
2 2 1/16” (1.59 mm). E C P 2 2 “B” shall not exceed 1/16” (1.6 mm).
2 1/32” (0.79 mm). E C P 2 “A” and “B” are subject to a maximum uniform variance of:

The MAXIMUM UNIFORM GAP variance (see Test H illustrations in 2 1 ´ (2.4 mm). E C P
Tests) within a cabinet elevation, between doors hung in pairs, shall
2 2 +/- 1/16” (1.6 mm). E C P
be based on the following elevations:
2 +/- 1/32” (0.8 mm). E C P
At REVEAL OVERLAY FRAMELESS construction, the maximum
uniform reveal (see Test H illustrations in Tests) within a cabinet “C” varies from 1/8” (3.2 mm) to 1/4” (6.4 mm) and shall be
2 4
elevation, between any edge of a door and/or drawer and another consistent across elevations, except:
GRRUDQGRUGUDZHURU¿QLVKHGHQGDQGGRRUVKXQJLQSDLUV At laboratory countertops, reveal may be as much as 1”
2 4 1
(25.4 mm) to allow attachment of laboratory equipment.
C
At REVEAL OVERLAY FACE FRAME construction, the maximum
1 A uniform reveal (see Test H illustrations in Tests) within a cabinet
B Bx2 elevation, between any edge of a door and/or drawer and another
door and/or drawer or cabinet member, and doors hung in pairs,
A
C

B
VKDOOEHDVVSHFL¿HGLQGLFDWHGRU
B B
“A” shall be 1/8” (3.2 mm), subject to a maximum uniform vari-
1 1
ance of:
A
B
1 1 1 ´ (2.4 mm). E C P
1 1 2 +/- 1/16” (1.6 mm). E C P
DQGVKDOOEHDVVSHFL¿HGRULQGLFDWHGH[FHSW
1 1 +/- 1/32” (0.8 mm). E C P
“A” shall not exceed 1/8” (3.2 mm), subject to a maximum
1 2 “B” shall be determined by the hinge overlay. 1
uniform variance of:
“C” varies 1/8” (3.2 mm) to 1/4” (6.4 mm) and shall be consis- 1 1 ´ (2.4 mm). E C P
1
WHQWDFURVVHOHYDWLRQVKRZHYHU
1 2 +/- 1/16” (1.6 mm). E C P
At laboratory countertops reveal may be as much as 1”
1 1 1 +/- 1/32” (0.8 mm). E C P
(25.4 mm) to allow attachment of laboratory equipment.
2 “B” shall be as specified, indicated or agreed.
At FLUSH OVERLAY FRAMELESS construction, the maximum
uniform reveal (see Test H illustrations in Tests) within a cabinet “C” varies from 1/4” (6.2 mm) to 1” (25.4 mm) and shall be

elevation, between any edge of a door and/or drawer and another consistent across elevations.
GRRUDQGRUGUDZHURU¿QLVKHGHQGDQGGRRUVKXQJLQSDLUV
2 A
B A
VKDOOEHDVVSHFL¿HGLQGLFDWHGRU

SECTION10
Casework
CLEARANCES and TOLERANCES (continued) 27 For :22'&$6(:25. (continued)
The MAXIMUM UNIFORM GAP variance (continued) 27 1 6 Finger joints to be:
At INSET FACE FRAME construction, the maximum uniform 27 1 6 1 Unlimited. E C P
reveal (see Test H illustrations in Tests) within a cabinet elevation, Permitted if adjoining pieces are compatible for
between any edge of a door and/or drawer and another door and/ 27 1 6 2 E C P
color and grain.
or drawer or cabinet member, and doors hung in pairs,
Permitted if well matched for color and grain with
27 1 6 E C P

C a maximum of one in 96” (2438 mm) of length.
4 27 2 '5$:(56 require (including trays and sliding bins):
A B
:RRGVKDOOEH¿QLVKHGZLWKD¿QLVKLQJV\VWHPVHH6HFWLRQDW
B 27 2 1
A A B the manufacturer’s choice.
At solid stock, top edges of sides shall be stop
A B 27 2 2 E C P
shaped.
27 2 Permits horizontal grain at stile and rail door cabinets.
shall be:
27 2 4 Permits horizontal grain at solid wood drawer fronts.
“A” shall not exceed 1/8” (3.2 mm), subject toDPD[L
4 1 27 2 FRONT and FALSE FRONT:
PXPXQLIRUPYDULDQFHRI: 27 2 1 Be EDGEBANDED at all four edges, except:
4 1 1 ´ (2.4 mm). E C P 27 2 1 1 When back beveled.
4 1 2 +/- 1/16” (1.6 mm). E C P 27 2 1 2 When of solid wood.

4 1 +/- 1/32” (0.8 mm). E C P 27 2 2 For OPAQUE¿QLVKKDYH
4 2 “B” DQG³&´ shall be as specified, indicated or agreed. Filled and sanded edges at minimum 7-ply
27 2 2 1 E C P
hardwood plywood and particleboard.
:$53 and 7:,67 of cabinet doors shall not exceed that indicated No edgebanding at medium density
26 27 2 2 2 E C P
below or a maximum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) in any single door: ¿EHUERDUG
26 1 Tolerance shall not exceed the following per lineal foot: (GJHEDQGLQJDWPHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG
27 2 4 2 E C P
26 1 1 0.0625” or 1/16” (1.6 mm). E C P shall be at the option of the manufacturer.
27 2 At TRANSPARENT¿QLVKKDYH
26 1 2 0.0469” or 3/64” (1.2 mm). E C P
26 1 0.0313” or 1/32” (0.8 mm). E C P Filled and sanded edges at minimum 7-ply
27 2 1 E C P
hardwood plywood and particleboard.
27 For :22'&$6(:25.: 27 2 2 Edgebanding matched to exposed surfaces. E C P
27 1 VISIBLE EDGES require: 27 DOORS require:
27 1 1 9RLGVWREH¿OOHGDQGVDQGHG 27 1 Solid lumber not be permitted, except at stile and rail doors.
E C P
27 1 2 NOHGJH¿OOLQJDWPHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG E C P $WWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKHGJHEDQGLQJRQDOOIRXUHGJHVPDWFKLQJ
27 2
exposed surfaces.
27 1 Sheet products be edgebanded. E C P
*ODVVVWRSVIRUWUDQVSDUHQW¿QLVKEHRIWKHVDPH
8QOHVVVSHFL¿HGRWKHUZLVHWKHVHTXHQFHRIHGJHIDFHODPLQDWLRQ 27 E C P
27 1 4 species and grade as the exposed surfaces.
shall be the manufacturer’s choice.
27 4 When sliding interior faces shall be of balancing species.
Door and drawer front edges showing more than
27 1 E C P
1/4” (6.4 mm) on face shall be mitered, except:
At the ends of wall hung cabinets, the sequence of edges shall
27 1 1
EHWKHERWWRPHGJH¿UVW

SECTION10
Casework
27 For :22'&$6(:25. (continued) 28 For '(&25$7,9(/$0,1$7(&$6(:25. (continued)
FACE FRAMES require (not applicable to decorative laminate 28 DOORS require:
27 4
casework): Edgebanding on all four edges matching exposed
27 4 1 Thickness, a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm).
28 1 E C P
surfaces.
27 4 2 Solid stock. Glass stops to be hardwood solid stock painted to match plastic or
28 2
27 4 Grain to run vertically on stiles and horizontally on rails. DV\QWKHWLFYLQ\OQHRSUHQHSODVWLFJDVNHWUHWDLQHUKRZHYHU

Joints to be mortised and tenoned, doweled, metal dowel 28 2 1 Synthetic stops are acceptable on the inside only.
27 4 4
screwed, pocket screwed or biscuit splined, and: 28 When SLIDING:
27 4 4 1 To be securely glued. 1/4” (6.4 mm) hardboard painted to match
28 1 E C P
27 4 Frames to be securely glued to cabinet bodies, and: adjacent laminate is permitted.
27 4 1 May be face nailed. E C P INTERIOR FACES shall be of the same thickness and material
28 2
27 4 2 Exposed nailing is not permitted. E C P as the exterior faces.
Exposed corners shall be shoulder mitered, lock
27 4 mitered, spline mitered, or mitered with a biscuit E C P For 62/,'3+(12/,&&$6(:25.(Only applicable to Custom and
29
spline. Premium Grade):
27 TOPS and BOTTOMS: 29 1 EDGEBANDING is not required.
27 1 Minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm). E C P '5$:(5 front and false front thickness to be a minimum of 1/2”
29 2
27 2 Minimum of 3/4” (19 mm).
(12.7 mm).
E C P
29 DOOR thickness to be a minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm), and:

27 6 At FLUSH INSET DOORS:
29 1 Glass clips are permitted.
Use of a bottom member of the face frame is the
27 6 1 E C P 29 4 APRONS require a minimum thickness of 1/2” (12.7 mm).
Use of a bottom member of the face frame is 29 SHELVES require a minimum thickness of 3/8” (9.5 mm).
27 6 2 E C P
required. TOPS and FIXED BOTTOMS require a minimum thickness of 1/2”
29 6
(12.7 mm).
28 For '(&25$7,9(/$0,1$7(&$6(:25.:
29 7
END and DIVISIONS require a minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in
28 1 EXPOSED EDGES require: thickness, and:
29 7 1 Applied ends are permitted.
8QOHVVVSHFL¿HGRWKHUZLVHWKHVHTXHQFHRIWKHHGJHIDFH
28 1 1
lamination shall be the manufacturer’s choice. SECURITY and DUST PANELS require a minimum thickness of 1/4”
29 8
HPDL or PVC a minimum of 0.018” (0.5 mm) and maximum of (6.4 mm).
28 1 2 0.12” (3 mm) at the manufacturer’s choice, well matched to the STRETCHERS require a minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in thickness and
29 9
exposed face. 2” (50.8 mm) in width.
PVC and ABS edgebanding thicker than 0.04” (1 mm) be radiused %5($'&877,1*%2$5'6 require a minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in
28 1 29 10
on edges and corners. thickness.
28 2 '5$:(56 require: For JOINERY, use of a 9/32” x 1-1/4” (7 mm x 32 mm) sheet metal
29 11 screw is permitted with the first screw 1-15/16” (37 mm) from each
28 2 1 Front and false front:
edge or end and subsequent screws 5” (128 mm) on center, and:
To be edgebanded at all four edges, except when back
28 2 1 1 29 11 1 Glue is not required.
beveled.

SECTION10
Casework
35(3$5$7,21DQG QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS PREPARATION DQG QUALIFICATION (continued)
1 CARE, STORAGE, and BUILDING CONDITIONS shall be in ,167$//(5,65(63216,%/()25

complete the installation.
noncompliance. The manufacturer and/or installer of the 3.2 &KHFNLQJDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVSHFL¿HGDQGVWXG\LQJWKH
woodwork shall not be held responsible for damage that appropriate portions of the contract documents, including
might develop by not adhering to the requirements. these standards and the reviewed shop drawings to
2 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VSHFL¿HGXQGHUVWDQGLQJWKDW

architectural woodwork shall be installed. to the color and the grain of the various woodwork pieces
to ensure they are installed in compliance with the Grade
2.1.1 In the absence of contract documents calling for the specified.
contractor to supply the necessary in wall blocking/
backing in the wall or ceilings, either through inadvertence 3.3 Verification that installation site is properly ventilated,
or otherwise, the architectural woodwork installer shall not protected from direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture,
proceed with the installation until such time as the in wall and that the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the
blocking/backing is installed by others. appropriate relative humidity and temperature.
2.1.2 Preparatory work done by others shall be subject to 3.4 Verification that required priming of woodwork has been
inspection by the architectural woodwork installer and may completed by others before woodwork is installed.

2.1.2.1 :$//&(,/,1* and/or opening variations in conditions for a minimum of 72 hours before installation is
excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of commenced.
level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size are 3.6 Woodwork specifically built or assembled in sequence for
not acceptable for the installation of architectural match of color and grain is installed to maintain that same
woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the installer to sequence.
2.2 Installation site being properly ventilated, protected from
HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the appropriate
relative humidity and temperature.
2.3 Priming architectural woodwork in accordance with the

contract documents prior to its installation:
2.3.1 If the architectural woodwork is factory finished, priming


SECTION10
Casework
58/(6
4%DVLF5XOHV
&$6(:25. or related items (continued)
control over a project’s quality of installation. 4 Shall be Installed free of (continued):
1DWXUDOGHIHFWVH[FHHGLQJWKHTXDQWLW\RUVL]HOLPLWVGH¿QHGLQ
ERRATASXEOLVKHGRQWKH6SRQVRU$VVRFLDWLRQV¶ 4
Sections 3 and 4.
ZHEVLWHVDWZZZDZLQHWRUJZZZDZPDFFRPRU
4 4 Exposed fasteners at exposed exterior surfaces.
ZZZDZVHUUDWDFRPVKDOO7$.(35(&('(1&(29(5
THESE RULESVXEMHFWWRWKHLUGDWHRISRVWLQJDQG Shall be smooth and sanded without cross scratches in conformance

DSURMHFW¶VELGGDWH to the Product portion of this section.
6 Shall be SCRIBED at:

6 1 Flat surfaces. E C P
4%DVLF5XOHV
6 2 Shaped surfaces. E C P
1
surfaces visible after installation. THESE STANDARDSGRQRWHVWDEOLVKJUDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVV
2 For TRANSPARENT finish, woodwork shall be installed: controlled environment.
2 1 With consideration of color and grain. E C P
2 2 &203$7,%/( in color and grain. E C P GAPS (see Test I illustrations in TESTS) such as,
2 :(//0$7&+(' for color and grain. E C P
REPAIRS are allowed, provided they are neatly made and

inconspicuous when viewed at: 7
1 72” (1830 mm). E C P

I
2 48” (1219 mm). E C P
24” (610 mm). E C P
and:
INSTALLER MODIFICATIONS shall comply to the material, machining, If caused by excessive deviations in the building’s walls and ceilings
4 and assembly rules within the PRODUCT portion of this section and the being in excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm) in 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb,
7 1 level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size, or 1/2” (12.7 mm)
IRUÀRRUVVKDOOQRWEHFRQVLGHUHGDGHIHFWRUWKHUHVSRQVLELOLW\RIWKH
&$6(:25. or related items: installer.
6KDOOEHVHFXUHO\IDVWHQHGDQGWLJKWO\¿WWHGZLWKÀXVKMRLQWWROHUDQFHV 7 2 Shall not exceed 30% of a joint’s length, with:
1
as set forth in these standards. 7 2 1 Be allowed if filled or caulked, and: E C P
1 1 Joinery shall be consistent throughout the project. 7 2 1 1 If color compatible. E C P
Such as scribe molds shall be of maximum available and/or practical 7 Of :22' to :22' shall not exceed:
2
lengths and:
7 1 At FLAT surfaces:
2 1 Mitered at outside corners.
7 1 1 0.030” (0.76 mm) in width. E C P
6KDOOEH,QVWDOOHGSOXPEOHYHOVTXDUHÀDWDQGLQSODQHZLWKLQ´
7 1 2 0.020” (0.51 mm) in width. E C P
(3.2 mm) in 96” (2438 mm), and when required:
7 1 0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. E C P
1 Grounds and hanging systems set plumb and true.
7 2 At SHAPED surfaces:
4 Shall be Installed free of:
7 2 1 0.040” (1.02 mm) in width. E C P
4 1 Warp, twisting, cupping, and/or bowing that cannot be held true.
7 2 2 0.025” (0.64 mm) in width. E C P
Open joints, visible machine marks, cross sanding, tear outs,
4 2 7 2 0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. E C P

SECTION10
Casework
4%DVLF5XOHV 4%DVLF5XOHV

7 GAPS (continued) 8 FLUSHNESS (continued):
7 4 Of :22' to 121:22' shall not exceed: 8 2 Of :22' to 121:22' shall not exceed:
7 4 1 At FLAT and SHAPED surfaces: 8 2 1 At FLAT and SHAPED surfaces:
7 4 1 1 0.075” (1.91 mm) in width. E C P 8 2 1 1 0.075” (1.91 mm). E C P
7 4 1 2 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P 8 2 1 2 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P
7 4 1 0.035” (0.89 mm) in width. E C P 8 2 1 0.035” (0.89 mm). E C P
Of 121:22' to 121:22' and/or ALL ELEMENTS shall not Of 121:22' to 121:22' and/or ALL ELEMENTS shall not
7 8
exceed: exceed:

7 1 At FLAT surfaces: 8 1 At FLAT surfaces:
7 1 0.035” (0.89 mm) in width. E C P 8 1 0.035” (0.89 mm). E C P
7 2 At SHAPED surfaces. 8 2 At SHAPED surfaces:
7 2 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P 8 2 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P
FLUSHNESS of joinery (see Test J illustrations in TESTS), such as, GAPS, EDGE ALIGNMENT and FLUSHNESS of doors and drawers
9 shall be uniform and within the tolerances set forth in the Product
portion of this section, and:

9 1 Door and drawer fronts shall align vertically and horizontally, and:
9 1 1 Be flush (on the same plane) to one another.
9 1 2 Minor adjustments are the responsibility of the installer.
8
J SCRIBING shall be provided where cabinets contact finished walls or
10 ceiling as elaborated below and in the Product portion of this section,
and:
10 1 Is not required. E C P
and: 10 2 Shall be FURNISHED by the manufacturer, and: E C P
8 1 Of :22' to :22' shall not exceed: Scribe FILLERS shall not exceed 1-1/2” (38.1 mm)
10 2 1 E C P
8 1 1 At FLAT surfaces: in width.
8 1 1 1 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P Scribe MOLDS shall not exceed 1-1/2” (38.1 mm)
10 2 2 E C P
8 1 1 2 0.015” (0.38 mm).
LQZLGWKDQG
E C P
10 2 2 1 End joints may be butt jointed. E C P
8 1 1 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P
10 2 2 2 End joints shall be beveled, and: E C P
8 1 2 At SHAPED surfaces:
10 2 2 2 1 Corners shall be mitered or coped. E C P
8 1 2 1 0.040” (0.97 mm). E C P
10 2 2 Are not127$//2:(' E C P
8 1 2 2 0.025” (0.65 mm). E C P
10 Match exposed surfaces.
8 1 2 0.020” (0.51 mm). E C P
Be furnished in maximum available lengths, joints not allowed in
&RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T 10 4
material less than 96” (2438 mm).

SECTION10
Casework

10 SCRIBING (continued): CLOSURE provision is required at voids or open spaces between
Permits&2/25&203$7,%/(&$8/.,1* not to 11 cabinets and walls, such as at the top of tall and upper cabinets and the
10 E C P bottom of upper cabinets caused by scribing or angle turns, and:
exceed 1/8” (3.2 mm).
Fillers at inside corners where two elevations of casework meet must At non visible voids, 1-1/2” (38 mm) or less in width, a piece of
10 6 standard grade laminate may be used as a closure cap.
be equal in width, and:
Not to exceed a maximum of 3” in width unless required for
10 6 1 11 1
hardware clearance during operation.
Requires SOFFIT or FASCIA PANELS to be furnished

in maximum available lengths, joints not allowed in
10 7 material less than 96” (2438 mm) at horizontal grain or E C P
directional pattern and 48” (1219 mm) at vertical grain At non visible voids, exceeding 1-1/2” (38 mm) in width, a minimum
or directional pattern, and: ´PPFORVXUH¿OOHUVKDOOEHSURYLGHGRIPDQXIDFWXUHU¶V
10 7 1 Be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness. choice.
Grain direction (if any) shall run vertical, or be manufacturer’s 11 2
10 7 2
choice if less than:
10 7 2 1 12” (305 mm) tall. E C P
10 7 2 2 1-1/2” (38.1 mm) tall. E C P
10 8 TYPICAL SCRIBING OPTIONS:
EXPOSED FASTENERS are not permitted at exposed
12 E C P
exterior surfaces, except:
12 1 At access panels.
10 8 1

&$6(:25.:$//$1&+25$*(, except for peninsula/island or
Scribe Filler. base casework with mechanical spacing allowances (because of the
need to be engineered on an individual basis), requires:
CONTINUOUS ,1:$//%/2&.,1* or %$&.,1* of at least 2” x 6”
10 8 2 (51 mm x 152 mm) nominal wood or 6” x 16 ga (152 mm x 1.4 mm)
1
sheet metal, installed by others, shall be appropriately located in all
wood or metal stud walls as shown below:
Scribe Mold.
6" X 16 ga. (0.0538”)
continuous sheet
metal by others
10 8
Scribe
Allowance.
At tall and wall hung cabinets, closure panels shall be 1 1
10 9 E C P
provided at top and bottom voids. 2X6 flat blocking
Allowable gap at the back bottom edge of wall hung by others
cabinets shall not exceed that listed below and, when

10 10 E C P
scribing is necessary, the use of a separate scribe
mold is permitted:
10 10 1 1/2” (12.7 mm). E C P
10 10 2 1/4” (6.4 mm). E C P

SECTION10
Casework

&$6(:25.:$//$1&+25$*( (continued): &$6(:25.:$//$1&+25$*( (continued):

MANUFACTURER to provide appropriate location layouts on their Each cabinet unit or undivided span shall have a minimum of four
shop drawings for in wall blocking or backing for all tall, base, and DQFKRUDJHIDVWHQHUVWZRDWWKHWRSDQGWZRDWWKHERWWRPVXEMHFW
2
wall hung casework for both top and bottom runs of fasteners, as to:
shown below: Horizontally, within 3” (76.2 mm) of the outside end and equally
1
spaced, at:
1 1 A maximum spacing of 16” (406 mm) on center, except:
Wall cabinet units over 48” (1,219 mm) in height shall be
1 1 1

12” (305 mm).
Wall
Cabinet Vertically, within 3” (76.2 mm) of the outside top or bottom of the
2
cabinet unit and must penetrate the anchor strip.
A locking hanging cleat, or other concealed method of installation
Intermediate Anchor
may be used, provided it has been independently tested
2 1
a
Strip required when
cabinet is over 60”
to show compliance to the Wall Cabinet Structural
(1524 mm) tall Integrity Test shown in the APPENDIX.
Tall
Cabinet
Base
Cabinet
1

ADJACENT cabinet units to be fastened together at the front with
a minimum of two #8 x 1-1/4” (31.7 mm) flat, oval, or pan head
screws, a maximum of 30” (762 mm) on center, and:
1 Binder head sex bolts are permitted.
At exposed interior surfaces, cover caps of compat-
2 E C P

ible color to interior are required.
4
ANCHORAGE FASTENERS to be neatly installed through the back 6 %DVHVRUWRHVDUHQRWUHTXLUHGWREHDQFKRUHGWRWKHIORRUKRZHYHU
and anchor strip, at the top and bottom at each cabinet body, and: Separate bases or toes are required to be mechanically fastened
4 1 At the intermediate height of cabinets over 60” (1524 mm) tall. 6 1 in the field to the cabinet bottom with flat head screws set flush or
slightly recessed, to prevent their movement.
A minimum of 3” (76.2 mm) x #10 (4.6 mm) diameter screw with
4 2
a surface bearing head.
NAIL HOLES through semi-exposed surfaces shall be countersunk
Achieve a minimum penetration of 1-1/2” (38.1 mm) into the wall 14
4 and filled with color matched to the adjacent surface.
studs, in wall blocking, or masonry walls.
4 4 Use of drywall or bugle head screws is prohibited.
GLUE and filler residue is not permitted on exposed faces.
At Exposed Interior surfaces, cover caps of
4 E C P &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
compatible color to interior are required.

SECTION10
Casework
4%DVLF5XOHV
&$8/.,1*, when used to fill gaps and/or voids, shall be color
16
compatible and installed neatly.
17 REQUIRE allowable fastener holes, when:

3UH¿QLVKHGPDWHULDOVWREH¿OOHGE\WKHLQVWDOOHUZLWKPDWFKLQJ¿OOHU
17 1
furnished by the manufacturer.
17 2 8Q¿QLVKHGPDWHULDOVWREH¿OOHGE\WKHSDLQWFRQWUDFWRURURWKHUV

18 out by the installer, provided templates are furnished prior to installation,
and:
Shall be neatly cut and properly sized to be covered by standard
18 1
cover plates or rosettes.
18 2 Cutouts in HPDL shall have radiused inside corners.
19 +$5':$5( shall be installed:

19 1 Neatly without tear out of surrounding stock.
19 2 Per the manufacturer’s instructions.
Using all furnished fasteners or fastener provisions and when
19
fastener provisions are countersunk, fasteners shall be countersunk.
19 4 Properly, fitted and adjusted to ensure correct and smooth operation.

20 AREAS of INSTALLATION shall be left broom clean of:
20 1
contractor.
20 2 Items installed shall be cleaned of pencil or ink marks.
21
Entire installation shall present),567&/$66:25.0$16+,3 in
compliance with these standards.

SECTION10
Casework
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216
1 The tolerances typically found within the Architectural Woodwork 5 FABRICATED and INSTALLED woodwork shall be tested for
Standards fall into two categories: compliance to these standards as follows:
1.1 Factory fabricated joinery, assembly and construction found 5.1 60227+1(66of exposed surfaces:
1.2 Field installation joinery and assembly found in the surfaced board at an angle to a strong light source and
INSTALLATION portion. counting the visible ridges per inch, usually perpendicular
to the profile.
to solid wood joints, solid wood to wood veneer joints, solid

panel products), solid wood to non wood based products (which
Knife Cuts
can be drywall, glass, metal, stone, acrylics, and other surfaces),
and non wood to non wood joints.

Figure: 10-073
5.1.2 6$1',1* is checked for compliance by sanding a sample
3.2 Solid wood to solid wood joints and assemblies. piece of the same species with the required grit of abrasive:
3.3 Solid wood to wood veneer joints and assemblies. 5.1.2.1 Observation with a hand lens of the prepared sample
and the material in question will offer a comparison of the
scratch marks of the abrasive grit.
5.1.2.2 Reasonable assessment of the performance of the finished

3.6 Solid surface to solid surface joints and assemblies. product will be weighed against absolute compliance with
the standard.
non wood products compared to solid wood and wood based 5.1.2.3 A product is sanded sufficiently smooth when knife cuts
products, the AWS does not apply tolerances regarding flatness are removed and remaining sanding marks are or will be
or joinery to these non wood based products. concealed by applied finishing coats.

humidity in excess of the ranges set forth in this standard,
shall not be considered a defect and must be sanded prior
to finishing.

and installation:

contact or touch.


product will be weighed against absolute compliance with the
standards.

SECTION10
Casework
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216
6 GAPS, FLUSHNESS, FLATNESS and ALIGNMENT

(continued)

where testing is measured:
D B A
E
E

A C
C
D
F
F
N

G
I
J

Figure: 10-074
A - Gaps when surfaces are mitered or butted G - Chip Out
B - Gaps when parallel pieces are joined H - Over Machining
C - Gaps when edges are mitered or butted I - Installation Gaps
D - Flushness between two surfaces J - Installation Flushness
E - Flatness of panel product N - Alignment of doors and drawer fronts
F - Overlap (flushness of laminate)

&2817(57236

:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
SECTION11
Countertops
table of contents
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Recommendations ..............................................................................349
If Field Finished ............................................................................349
Guide Specifications ...........................................................................341
Review..........................................................................................349
Introduction .........................................................................................342
Structural Members ......................................................................348
Typical Countertop Configurations ......................................................342
At HPDL Sink Tops .......................................................................349
Guidelines for Fabrication/Installation of HPDL Tops ..........................343
Typical Problems at HPDL countertops - Causes and Prevention ......344
Chemical or Stain Resistance .............................................................345
Abrasion Resistance ...........................................................................345
HPDL Countertops ..............................................................................345

Assembly - 1 ..........................................................................345
Assembly - 2 ..........................................................................345
White Background Paper .......................................................345
Flame Spread Rated..............................................................345
Countertop Configuration Options .........................................345
Options at Top of Splash ........................................................346
Deck Options at Splash .........................................................346
Front Edge Option .................................................................346
Typical Mechanical Tight Joint Fastener ................................347
Solid Surface Countertops ..................................................................347

Color and Pattern Match ..............................................................347
Repairs .........................................................................................347
Precautions ..................................................................................347
Machinability.................................................................................347
Configuration Options...................................................................347
Top Options at Splash ..................................................................347
Deck Options at Splash ................................................................347
Edge Options................................................................................347
Solid Phenolic, Epoxy Resin, and Natural/Engineered Stone
Countertops ........................................................................................348
Top and Deck Option sat Splash ..................................................348
Edge Options................................................................................348
Wood Countertops ..............................................................................348
To Prevent Telegraphing .....................................................................349
Specify Requirements For ..................................................................349

SECTION11
Countertops
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS Rules ............................................................................................352
Errata .....................................................................................352
GENERAL
Basic Rules ............................................................................352
Aesthetic .........................................................................352
Grade .....................................................................................350
Lumber ............................................................................352
Economy Grade ..............................................................350
Sheet Products................................................................352
Custom Grade .................................................................350
Backing Sheet .................................................................352
Premium Grade ...............................................................350
Grade Limitations ............................................................350
Contract Documents ..............................................................350
Balanced Panel ...............................................................352

Acceptable Requirements......................................................350
Grain or Pattern Surfacing ..............................................352
Aesthetic Compliance Requirements.....................................350
Exposed Fastening .........................................................352
Exposed Surfaces..................................................................350
Fire Retardant or Moisture Resistant ..............................352
Concealed Surfaces ..............................................................350
HPDL edgebanding .........................................................353
Solid Surface .........................................................................350
Gluing or Lamination .......................................................353
Solid Phenolic ........................................................................350
Epoxy Resin...........................................................................350
Material Rules ........................................................................353
Natural Stone .........................................................................350
Factory Finishing .............................................................353
Engineered Stone ..................................................................350
Opaque Finish .................................................................353
To Prevent Telegraphing ........................................................350
Transparent Finish Veneer ..............................................353

Industry Practices ..................................................................350
Species .....................................................................353
Structural Members .........................................................350
Slicing .......................................................................353
Wall, Ceilings and Floor Tolerances ................................351
Matching Adjacent Leaves........................................353
Priming ............................................................................351
Matching within a Panel Face ...................................353
Build Up...........................................................................351
Matching Between Adjacent Panels .........................353
Grain and Pattern ............................................................351
Horizontal Reveals ..........................................................351
Transparent Finished Wood .....................................353
PRODUCT
Scope ...........................................................................................351
Wood ...............................................................................353
Typical Inclusions...................................................................351
Core ..........................................................................353
At Sink Tops .......................................................354
HPDL...............................................................................354
HPDL Countertop...................................................................352
Core ..........................................................................354
Wood Countertop ...................................................................352
At Sink Tops .......................................................354
Solid Surface Countertop.......................................................352
Solid Surface ...................................................................354
Solid Phenolic, Epoxy resin, Natural/Engineered Stone
Solid Phenolic .................................................................354
Countertop .............................................................................352
Epoxy Resin ....................................................................354
Natural/Engineered Stone ...............................................354

SECTION11
Countertops
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Cutouts ............................................................................356
Scribing ...........................................................................356
PRODUCT (continued)
Fillers...............................................................................356
Rules (continued)
Edge Application Sequence ............................................356
Machining Rules ....................................................................354
Back Splashes ................................................................356
Removable Ledges and/or Access Panels......................356
HPDL, PVC and Prefinished Wood ..........................354
Joints, excluding Soild Phenolic, Epoxy Resin and Natural/
Overlap, Test F ...................................................354 Engineered Stone ...........................................................356
Chip Out, Test G.................................................354 Flushness Variations, Test D ....................................357
Over Machined - Test H .....................................354 Gaps, Test A..............................................................357

Cutouts ............................................................................355 Gaps, Test B .............................................................357
Tear Outs, Knife Nicks, or Hit or Miss .............................355 Gaps, Test C .............................................................357
Knife Marks .....................................................................355 Flatness, Test E ........................................................358
Sharp Edges ...................................................................355 Overhang ........................................................................358
At Wood...........................................................................355 Unsupported Span ..........................................................358
Occasional Patches ..................................................355 Wall Hung or Cantilever Countertops ..............................358
Finger Joints .............................................................355 Exposed Edges ...............................................................358
Smoothness Requirements ......................................355 Metal Trim Rings .............................................................358
At HPDL ..........................................................................355 At Wood...........................................................................358
Cutouts .....................................................................355 Joints ........................................................................358

Coves .......................................................................355 Wide Width Glue Up .................................................358
Drip Groove ..............................................................355 Solid Wood Edges ....................................................358
Miter Fold..................................................................355 Built up Members......................................................359
At Solid Surface ..............................................................355 At HPDL ..........................................................................359
Manufactured Joints .................................................355 Backing Sheets.........................................................359
Edge .........................................................................355 Laminations ..............................................................359
Cove .........................................................................355 Flame Spread Rated ................................................359
At Solid Phenolic .............................................................356 Joints ........................................................................359
Joints ........................................................................356 Bottom of Edge .........................................................359
Front Edges ..............................................................356 Built up Members......................................................359
At Epoxy Resin................................................................356 Assembly 1 ...............................................................359
Exposed Edges ........................................................356 Assembly 2 ...............................................................359
Lipped Top ................................................................356 Prefinished End Caps ...............................................359
At Natural or Engineered Stone ......................................356 Cantilever .................................................................360
Assembly Rules .....................................................................356 Removable Components ..........................................360
These Standards .............................................................356
Adhesive or Joint Filler ....................................................356
Squareness .....................................................................356

SECTION11
Countertops
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) Back Splashes ..........................................................363
Cantilever .................................................................363
PRODUCT (continued)
INSTALLATION
Rules (continued)
Contractor is Responsible For ......................................................364
At Solid Surface ..............................................................360
Installer is Responsible For ..........................................................364
Flushness Variations, Test D ....................................360
Rules ............................................................................................364
Gaps, Test A, B and C ..............................................360
Basic Rules ............................................................................365
Flatness ....................................................................360
Aesthetic Grade Rules ....................................................365
Joints ........................................................................360
Installed ...........................................................................365

Exposed Finish .........................................................360
Transparent ....................................................................365
Seam Joints ..............................................................360
Repairs ............................................................................365
Expansion Clearances..............................................360
Sealants and Adhesives ...........................................360
Build Up...........................................................................365
Cantilever .................................................................360
Horizontal Reveal ............................................................365
At Solid Phenolic .............................................................361
Countertops.....................................................................365
Securely Fastened....................................................365
Gaps, Test A..............................................................361
Installed ....................................................................365
Gaps, Test B .............................................................361
Smooth .....................................................................365
Gaps, Test C .............................................................361
Scribed .....................................................................365

Flatness, Test E ........................................................361
Glue.................................................................................365
Edge Finish...............................................................361
Cutouts and Holes...........................................................365
Lipped Tops ..............................................................361
Mirrors .............................................................................365
Back Splashes ..........................................................361
These Standards .............................................................365
Cantilever .................................................................361
Gaps, Test A, B, and C ....................................................366
At Epoxy Resin................................................................362
Flushness, Test D ............................................................366
Fastening ........................................................................366
Gaps, Test A, B and C ..............................................362
Flatness, Test E ........................................................362
Hardware.........................................................................367
Back Splashes ..........................................................362
Cantilever .................................................................362
At Natural and Engineered Stone ...................................362
At Solid and Veneered Wood ..........................................367
Edges .......................................................................367
Gaps, Test A..............................................................362
Waterproof Caulk ......................................................367
Gaps, Test B .............................................................362
Installer Assembled Joints ........................................367
Gaps, Test C .............................................................363
Sink Cutouts .............................................................367
Thickness .................................................................363
Cutouts .....................................................................367
Flatness, Test E ........................................................363

SECTION11
Countertops
table of contents
COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) TESTS
Rules (continued)
Smoothness ...........................................................................370
KCPI ................................................................................370
At HPDL ..........................................................................367
Sanding ...........................................................................370
Countertops ..............................................................367
Waterproof Caulk ......................................................367
Illustrations ......................................................................371
Assembly 1 ...............................................................367
Assembly 2 ...............................................................368

Cutouts .....................................................................368
At Solid Surface ..............................................................368
Sealants and Adhesives ...........................................368
Expansion .................................................................368
Support .....................................................................368
Joints ........................................................................368
Cutout Corners .........................................................368
Back and End Splashes ...........................................368
Countertop Adhesion ................................................368
Hard Seams..............................................................368

At Solid Phenolic .............................................................369
Countertop ................................................................369
Joints ........................................................................369
Sinks .........................................................................369
At Epoxy Resin, and Natural/Engineered Stone .............369
Countertop ................................................................369
Overhang ..................................................................369
Cantilever .................................................................369
Back and End Splashes ...........................................369
Hard Seams..............................................................369
Scribing.....................................................................369
Sinks .........................................................................369

SECTION11
Countertops
*XLGH6SHFLÀFDWLRQV

ZZZDZLQHWRUJ

:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH:,

SECTION11
Countertops
INTRODUCTION Solid Surfacing Materials - This type of top
requires special fabrication techniques,
Section 11 includes information on Countertops depending upon the composition of the product.
and Window Sills manufactured of Wood, High Many manufacturers fabricate and install the
Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL), Solid products. Must be specified by brand name and
Surface, Engineered Stone, Epoxy Resin, Solid manufacturer. Typically only available in 1/2”
Phenolic and Natural Stone Products and their nominal (11-13 mm) thickness.
related parts.
Miter Fold
to the AWS and will provide the owner a quality
SURGXFWDWFRPSHWLWLYHSULFLQJ8VHRIDTXDOL¿HG
will help ensure the manufacturer’s understanding

of the quality level required. Illustrations in this Figure: 11-002
Section are not intended to be all inclusive. Other
Post formed high pressure decorative
engineered solutions are acceptable. In the
laminated tops - This type of top consists of
plastic laminate formed with heat and pressure
shall be the manufacturer choice. The design
over a stable core typically with a coved
integral backsplash and must be specified.
quality expected. Figure: 11-005
TYPICAL COUNTERTOP CONFIGURATIONS Solid Laminated Tops - This type of top consists of
narrow strips of wood, face glued together, similar
Wood Veneer Tops - This type of top consists to “butcher block,” but custom manufactured to
of wood veneer laid up over a stable core, contract documents.
veneer edged, solid wood edged or with an

applied decorative edge of another material as
specified.
HPDL Tops - This type of top consists of plastic

laminate over a stable core, self edged or with
an applied decorative edge of another material
as specified.
Figure: 11-003
Combination Material Tops - This type of top

may consist of a mixture of materials, such
as wood, high pressure decorative laminate,
inlays, etc.
Figure: 11-006
Self Edge
Figure: 11-001
Figure: 11-004

SECTION11
Countertops
TYPICAL COUNTERTOP CONFIGURATIONS
(continued)
Solid Wood Tops - This type of top consists of 3

boards edge glued to a desired width. In this 5
1
kind of top there is no assurance of matching
grain or color at the edges or individual ends of
4
the boards. 1 2

1 Radius these corners
2 Make this area as wide as possible and avoid seams
3 Seam this area as broken line indicates or radius if
one-piece laminate top. Avoid edgeband across countertop joints.
4 Support long spans well
5 At L-shaped non-wood grain or non-directional pattern countertops,
Figure: 11-007
butt joints are permitted.
Figure: 11-008
Epoxy Resin Laboratory Tops and Splashes All chips, saw marks, and hairline cracks
- Specially formulated resin tops designed to should be removed from cuts by filing, sanding,
resist harsh chemicals. Must be specified by or routing.
brand name and manufacturer.

Backsplash seam areas on countertops which
*8,'(/,1(6)25)$%5,&$7,21 are exposed to spilled water or other fluids
INSTALLATION OF HPDL COUNTERTOPS should be sealed with caulking to ensure a tight
seal.
The following was taken in part from the National
When laminate is bonded to a core, precaution
Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).:
should be taken to prevent warping of the
When making a cutout (as for electrical assembly. Laminates used on shelves or in
receptacles, ranges, sinks, grills, windows, long unsupported spans should make use of a
chopping blocks, L shaped counter tops, and backer. A thick backer (approximately the same
07/31/15
so forth), inside corners should be smoothly thickness as the face sheet), can provide more
rounded using a minimum comer radius of 1/8” stability than a thin backer. Thicker laminates
(3 mm). A router is an ideal tool for making can offer better dimensional stability and
cutouts. resistance to stress (corner) cracking.
Paint, varnish, vinyl film, and fiber
When removing large areas from a sheet of backers will not balance HPDL.
laminate (e.g., a sink cutout), the connecting
strips between the remaining areas should be Before using nails or screws,
left as wide as possible. oversized holes should be drilled
through the laminate with a sharp
Factory-trimmed sheet edges and saw-cut drill bit.
edges should be routed and filed. Original
edges on factory cut laminates are not finished
edges since oversized laminates are supplied
to allow for proper fabrication.

SECTION11
Countertops
TYPICAL PROBLEMS AT HPDL %OLVWHULQJRU%XEEOLQJ of the laminate Cantilevered overhangs in excess of 6”

&2817(57236&$86(6$1'35(9(17,21 surface away from the core can be caused by (152mm) should be designed with appropriate
excessive heat, starved glue line, improper supports.
Some of the problems that may arise after conditioning, and inadequate pressure or
laminates have been fabricated and installed are drying. Use of a PVA glue line and pressure
the following: over clean, conditioned laminates and core
might have prevented the problem.
&UDFNLQJRIWKHODPLQDWHDWFRUQHUVDQG
DURXQGFXWRXWV may be caused by improper
climate control, improper bonding and, some-
times, poor planning, or combination of
these reasons. Cracking may be caused by
Figure: 11-013
VKULQNDJHSURSHUFOLPDWHFRQWUROKHOSVWR

prevent it. Rough edges, inside corners that
Long, unsupported spans are generally
have not been rounded, binding and/or forced
avoided. Most manufacturers limit spans to
fits can contribute to cracking. If the seams are
between 30 - 36” (760 - 915 mm) before the
properly placed in the layout of the laminate, Figure: 11-011
addition of a support of some type. A wide
stresses can be minimized.
The forming of a blister or bubble over a small variety of engineering solutions are available.
area, often accompanied by a darkening of the
:DUSLQJRIWKHDVVHPEO\ may be generally
laminate can be caused by continual exposure
caused by unbalanced construction or
to a source of heat. Electrical appliances which
unbalanced glue lines. Proper HPDL backer
produce heat and light bulbs should not be
sheets should be chosen and aligned so that
placed in contact with or close proximity to
their grain direction is parallel to that of the face
laminate surfaces.
laminate. Proper gluing is also important. If the
5HSHDWHG+HDWLQJ may cause the laminate core is secured to a framework, the framework
and adhesive to react and finally deteriorate should be designed to hold the assembly to a

Figure: 11-009
after continual exposure to temperatures above flat plane. Conditioning is also helpful.
6HSDUDWLRQRIWKHODPLQDWH from the core may
Û)&
generally be caused by a poor adhesive bond.
The bonding procedure should be reviewed
with close attention to uniform glue line, uniform
pressure and cleanliness of mating surfaces. If
the edges fail to bond, extra adhesive may be
applied and the product re-clamped.
Some cleaning agents, excess heat, and

moisture can contribute to bond failure at joints Figure: 11-014
and edges. Figure: 11-012
&UDFNLQJRIWKHODPLQDWHLQWKHFHQWHURI
WKHVKHHWmay be caused by flexing of the
core when it covers a wide span or by spot
gluing. Wide spans call for sturdy framework,
and special attention should be given to the
Figure: 11-010
uniformity of glue lines and gluing pressures.
Also, care should be taken to avoid trapping
foreign objects between the laminate and the
core.

SECTION11
Countertops
CHEMICALor STAIN RESISTANCE $66(0%/<'HFN0RXQW COUNTERTOP CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
0DQXIDFWXUHU$VVHPEOHG
5HTXLUHPHQWVPXVWEHVSHFL¿HG&RQVLGHUWKH Self Edged w/ No Splash
chemical and staining agents that might be used
on or near the surfaces. Chemical and stain
resistance is affected by concentration, time,
Figure: 11-017
temperature, humidity, housekeeping, and other
IDFWRUVLWLVUHFRPPHQGHGWKDWDFWXDOVDPSOHVDUH Self Edged w/ Butt Splash
tested in a similar environment with those agents.
Common guidelines can be found by referring to:
NEMA LD3 (latest edition) for chemical Figure: 11-016

resistance. A B C

:+,7(%$&.*5281' PAPER is utilized Figure: 11-018
ASTM D3023 and C1378 (latest editions) for in some HPDLs to achieve the high fidelity,
stain resistance. contrast, and depth of color of their printed Self Edged w/ Coved Splash
pattern, leaving a white line at exposed edges
SEFA #3 - Recommendations for work
that is extremely noticeable with darker colors.
surfaces.
)/$0(635($'5$7(' - Class I Flame
SEFA #8 - PH, PL and W - Recommendations
Spread Architectural HPDL countertops are
for phenolic, plastic laminate and wood
available. Countertops desired to be certified as
casework. Figure: 11-019
a flame spread rated assembly (versus simply
ABRASION RESISTANCE having been built with a flame spread rated
Post Formed Edge w/ No Splash
laminate surface) shall be specified as a “Class
5HTXLUHPHQWVPXVWEHVSHFL¿HG:KHQDEUDVLRQ I Flame spread Rated HPDL Countertop.”
resistance requirements are a concern, users
should consider the abrasive elements that might The term “Class I Flame spread Rated

Figure: 11-020
be used on or near the countertop surfaces. HPDL Countertop” shall mean that the entire
Common guidelines can be found in: countertop assembly, including surface HPDL, Post Formed Edge w/ Butt Splash
backer, core, and adhesive, has been tested
ASTM C501 (latest edition) DQGFHUWL¿HGDVWRLWV&ODVV,)ODPHVSUHDG
Rating by an authorized organization, such
NEMA LD3-3.13 (latest edition) as Underwriters Laboratories, and must be
manufactured by an approved company of the A B C
NEMA LD3.7 (latest edition) certifying agency.
Figure: 11-021
+,*+35(6685('(&25$7,9(/$0,1$7(
Manufacturers of “Class I Flame Spread Post Formed Edge w/ Coved Splash
+3'/ COUNTERTOPS
Rated Countertop Assemblies” require
HPDL BACK AND END SPLASH VSHFL¿FPHWKRGVRILQVWDOODWLRQDQGWULPPLQJ
in order to label and certify their product.
CONSTRUCTION TYPES - if not otherwise
Design professionals desiring to use a “Class
specified, shall be manufacturer’s choice:
I Flame Spread Countertop Assembly” should
$66(0%/<:DOO0RXQW-REVLWH coordinate with an approved manufacturer
$VVHPEOHG during the design stage. Figure: 11-022
Fully Formed w/ Coved Splash
Figure: 11-023
Figure: 11-015

SECTION11
Countertops
+,*+35(6685('(&25$7,9(/$0,1$7( '(&.237,216$763/$6+ Waterfall

+3'/ COUNTERTOPS (continued)
Horizontal Butt
COUNTERTOP CONFIGURATION OPTIONS
(continued)
No Drip Edge w/ Coved Splash Figure: 11-035
No Drip
Figure: 11-029
Vertical Butt
Figure: 11-024

Wood Edge w/ No Splash
Figure: 11-036
Figure: 11-030 Full Round

Figure: 11-025 Coved
237,216$77232)63/$6+
Waterfall w/ Scribe
Figure: 11-037
Figure: 11-031
Solid Wood Edgeband w/ V Groove
)5217('*(237,216

Figure: 11-026
Self Edgeband w/ Wide Build Up
Square w/ Scribe
Figure: 11-038
Figure: 11-032 Solid Wood Edgeband w/o V Groove

Figure: 11-027
Self Edgeband Narrow Build Up
Square
Figure: 11-039
Figure: 11-033 Solid Wood Edgeband w/ Overlaid Laminate

Figure: 11-028
Self Edgeband w/ Drip Groove

SECTION11
Countertops
+,*+35(6685('(&25$7,9(/$0,1$7( SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOPS Square
+3'/ COUNTERTOPS (continued)
COLOR and 3$77(510$7&+ Some slight
FRONT EDGE OPTIONS (continued) color variation may exist from sheet to sheet,
sheet to bowl, or sink products. In sheet stock,
Miter Fold use of the same batch material will reduce
these variations. Figure: 11-049
5(3$,56 When allowed, repairability varies '(&.237,216$763/$6+
from material to material and may be visible.
Butt
35(&$87,216 Product dimensions are
Figure: 11-041 nominal. If tolerances are critical, review them
with your manufacturer and/or installer.

Thick PVC Edgeband
MACHINABILTY is an issue with some
materials and shall be taken into consideration
on selection.
Figure: 11-050
&21),*85$7,21237,216
Coved
Built Up Edge
Figure: 11-042
T Mold Edgeband
Figure: 11-045
Built Up Edge w/ Butt Splash

Figure: 11-051

('*(237,216
Figure: 11-043
Waterfall
7<3,&$/0(&+$1,&$/7,*+7 Figure: 11-046
-2,17)$67(1(5
Built Up Edge w/ Coved Splash
Figure: 11-052
No Drip

Figure: 11-047
Figure: 11-044
723237,216$763/$6+
Waterfall
Figure: 11-053
Build Up w/ Drip Groove
Figure: 11-048
Figure: 11-054

SECTION11
Countertops
62/,'3+(12/,&(32;<5(6,1 5HPRYDEOH/HGJH :22' COUNTERTOPS

AND 1$785$/(1*,1((5('6721(
COUNTERTOPS &21),*85$7,21237,216
&21),*85$7,21237,216 Solid Butcher Block
Butt Splash
Figure: 11-061
('*(237,216
Drip Groove Figure: 11-066

Figure: 11-055

Build Up Solid Wide Width
Figure: 11-062
Figure: 11-056 Marine Edge
Build Up w/ Butt Splash
:DWHUIDOO Solid, Splined Wide Width
Figure: 11-057

723$1''(&.237,216$763/$6+
:DWHUIDOO Figure: 11-064

Champher Edge Figure: 11-068
Veneer Edgebanded
Figure: 11-058
Figure: 11-064
6TXDUH Bull Nose Edge

Solid Edgebanded
Figure: 11-059 Build Up w/ Drip Groove
%XWW
Figure: 11-065
Figure: 11-070
Figure: 11-060

SECTION11
Countertops
:22' COUNTERTOP (continued) SPECIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR RECOMMENDATIONS
Solid Edgebanded w/ Overlaid Veneer Back and end-splash ASSEMBLY type. If ),(/'),1,6+('INCLUDE IN THE
',9,6,212)7+(63(&,),&$7,216
Flame Spread requirements.
BEFORE FINISHING, exposed portions of
Laboratory use, such as: woodwork shall have handling marks or
effects of exposure to moisture removed with
Chemical-resistant work-surface material a thorough, final sanding over surfaces of
requirements or finish. the exposed portions and shall be cleaned
before applying sealer or finish.
Figure: 11-071 Abrasion-resistant work-surface material
requirement. CONCEALED SURFACES - Architectural
To35(9(177(/(*5$3+,1*, inset solid

wood edging when used must have similar Removable splash ledger.
moisture content as panel core, be glued
Special splash/deck or top or edge profiles. walls, etc., shall be primed.
securely and calibrated with panel core
thickness prior to being laminated with a wood The underside of wood countertops shall be
veneer on both faces. sealed with at least one coat of primer or
sealer.

used herein.

installer.
At HPDL SINK TOPS, use of under-mount

sinks is not recommended because of the
potential for moisture problems, even with
proper preparation and installation, and:
Use of veneer core plywood with Type II
adhesive, industrial-grade particleboard or
fiberboard with a 24 hour thickness swell
factor of 5.5% or less.
Either self-rimming sinks or sinks with

surface-mounted metal retention rings are
recommended.

SECTION11
Countertops
,QFOXGLQJ7RSV:DOO&DSV6SODVKHVDQG6LOOVRI %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued)
+LJK3UHVVXUH'HFRUDWLYH/DPLQDWH:RRG 6 CONCEALED SURFACES
6ROLG6XUIDFH6ROLG3KHQROLF(SR[\5HVLQDQG
6.1 The underside surface 42” (1067 mm) or less off the finished
1DWXUDO(QJLQHHUHG6WRQH
floor.
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 6.2 All non-visible surfaces attached to and/or covered by
another.
1 GRADE
6.3 All non-visible blocking, spacers, etc., used for attachment.
that may be mixed within a single project. Limitless design 7 When SOLID SURFACE is referenced in these standards, it
possibilities and a wide variety of lumber and veneer species, refers to filled cast polymeric resin panels per Section 4.

along with overlays, high-pressure decorative laminates,
factory finishes, and profiles are available in all three Grades. 8 When SOLID PHENOLIC (compact laminate) is referenced in
these standards, it refers to panels of melamine impregnated
1.2 (&2120<*5$'( defines the minimum quality decorative overlay sheets over kraft phenolic core sheets per
requirements for a project’s workmanship, materials, or Section 4.
in public view, such as in mechanical rooms and utility areas. 9 When (32;<5(6,1 is referenced in these standards, it refers
to homogenous, nonabsorbent, heat cured composite of panels
1.3 &86720*5$'( is typically specified for and adequately per Section 4.
covers most high-quality architectural woodwork, providing
a well-defined degree of control over a project’s quality of 10 When NATURAL STONE is referenced in these standards,
materials, workmanship, or installation. it typically refers to granite, marble, slate, soapstone, and
limestone. Natural stone countertops are cut directly from the
1.4 35(0,80*5$'( is typically specified for use in those earth and have little processing besides smoothing and shape
areas of a project where the highest level of quality, materials, formation, and will often need to be sealed because natural

workmanship, and installation is required. materials are porous (soapstone is a notable exception to this
generalization).
15 GRADE LIMITATIONS
11 When ENGINEERED STONE is referenced in these standards,
1.5.1 SOLID SURFACE countertops are offered only in custom it typically refers to quartz (a man made substance derived from
grade and premium grade. mineral dust) or quartz based and is entirely a man-made surface
designed to mimic the beautiful appearance of natural stone.
1.5.2 62/,'3+(12/,&(32;<5(6,1and 1$785$/ Engineered stone does not have natural defects and is a more
ENGINEERED STONE countertops are offered only in uniform design.
premium grade.
12 To 35(9(177(/(*5$3+,1*, inset solid wood edging when
2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall govern if in conflict with these used must have similar moisture content as panel core, be glued
standards. securely and calibrated with panel core thickness prior to being
3 ACCEPTABLE REQUIREMENTS of lumber and/or sheet
products used within this woodwork product section are 13 INDUSTRY PRACTICES
established by Sections 3 and 4, unless otherwise modified
herein. 13.1 STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, grounds, in wall blocking,
4 AESTHETIC COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS apply only to an integral part of the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings,
surfaces visible after manufacturer and installation. required for the installation of architectural woodwork is
not furnished or installed by the architectural woodwork
5 (;326('685)$&(6
5.1 All visible surfaces of an installed countertop.
5.2 The exposed underside surface over 42” (1067 mm) off the
finish floor.

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 (continued) SCOPE
13 INDUSTRY PRACTICES (continued) 1 All decorative laminate, including Class I Flame Spread-Rated
and Chemical-Resistant, Solid Surface, Natural/Engineered
13.2 :$//&(,/,1*, and/or opening variations in excess of Stone, Epoxy Resin, Solid Phenolic, and wood facings, tops,
1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in splashes, sills, and ledges.
or of the correct size are not acceptable for the installation 1.2 TYPICAL INCLUSIONS
installer to scribe or fit to tolerances in excess of such. 1.2.1 HPDL, Class I Flame Spread-Rated HPDL, Chemical-
Resistant HPDL, Solid Surface, Natural/Engineered Stone,
13.3 PRIMING of architectural woodwork is not the responsibility of Epoxy Resin, Solid Phenolic, and Wood Countertops with
the manufacturer and/or installer, unless the material is being approved backing sheet, as applicable.

1.2.2 Splashes, sills, and ledges.
13.4 %8,/'83 or spacing materials required for installation
of a countertop are the responsibility of the countertop 6ROLGOXPEHUPHWDORUVHOIHGJHWULPFXWRXWVIRUVLQNV
manufacturer. HOHFWULFDOER[HVDQGIL[WXUHVLQGLFDWHGRQGUDZLQJV
13.5 Defined GRAIN and/or PATTERN are installed running with 1.2.4 Installation, if specified.
the length of the countertop.
1.2.5 Solid surface and/or epoxy sinks.
13.6 The +25,=217$/5(9($/ between the lower edge of
the countertop and the upper edge of the adjacent door or 1.2.6 Window sills.
drawer front shall be consistent. Coordination of such is the
responsibility of the cabinet manufacturer. 1.2.7 Support members that are surface-mounted.
1.3 7<3,&$/(;&/86,216

1.3.1 Stripping, furring, in wall blocking, or grounds.
1.3.2 Furnishing or installation of sink rims or sinks not listed

above.
1.3.3 In-wall support members.
1.3.4 All grounds, backing members, or other items unrelated to

the furnishing and installation of countertops and sinks.
1.3.5 Fixtures, plumbing, and data equipment.
1.3.6 Sink outlets and fittings, except at epoxy sinks.

1.3.7 Welded metal support material or structure.

SECTION11
Countertops
DEFAULT STIPULATION RULES
1 If not otherwise specified or indicated in the contract documents: 1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract
1.1 HPDL COUNTERTOPS - shall be CUSTOM GRADE
(unless the related casework is premium grade, then the 2 These rules are intended to provide a well-defined degree of
countertops shall be PREMIUM GRADERIGHVLUHG+3'/ control over a project’s quality of materials, workmanship, or
colors selected from the manufacturer’s non-premium-priced
installation.
VWDQGDUGSDWWHUQVDQGUHDGLO\DYDLODEOHVKHHWVL]HVZLWK
standard self-edge, square butt splash a minimum of 4” (102 3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at
mm) above deck of Assembly Type 1 or 2 with square self- www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall
edge. 7$.(35(&('(1&(29(57+(6(58/(6, subject to their
1.2 :22'&2817(57236 - shall be CUSTOM GRADE

(unless the related casework is Premium Grade, then the
countertops shall be PREMIUM GRADE) hardwood plywood %DVLF5XOHV
intended for an opaque finish.
AESTHETIC grade rules apply only to exposed surfaces visible after

1.3 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOPS - shall be CUSTOM installation.
GRADEof the manufacturer’s choice of brand name and
edge treatment. Desired colors to be selected from the LUMBER shall conform to the requirements established in Section 3.
manufacturer’s standard, non-premium-priced line with
VWDQGDUGPDWWHILQLVKDPLQLPXPRI´QRPLQDOPP SHEET PRODUCTS shall conform to the requirements established in
WKLFNZLWKDPLQLPXPRID´PPKLJKVSODVKDERYHWKH
Section 4.
deck surface.
1.4 62/,'3+(12/,&(32;<5(6,1DQG1$785$/ BACKER MATERIAL shall conform to the requirements established in

ENGINEERED STONE COUNTERTOPS - shall be Section 4.
PREMIUM GRADE of manufacturer’s choice of brand

QDPHDQGHGJHWUHDWPHQWFRORUVWREHVHOHFWHGIURP 5 (;326('685)$&(6include
the manufacturer’s standard, non-premium-priced line 5 All visible surfaces on an exposed countertop.
with standard satin finish, and with compatible sink and The exposed underside surface over 42” (1067 mm) off the finish
accessories. 5
floor.
6 CONCEALED SURFACES include

6 The underside surface 42” (1067 mm) or less off the finished floor.
6 All non-visible surfaces attached to and/or covered by another.
6 All non-visible blocking, spacers, etc., used for attachment.

A %$/$1&('3$1(/for the purpose of this standard, is one that is
7
free from warp that affects serviceability for its intended purpose.
GRAIN and/or PATTERN SURFACING shall be installed with the grain

8
or pattern direction running length-wise.
(;326(')$67(1,1*is prohibited, except for access panels.
Where ),5(5(7$5'$17 or 02,6785(5(6,67$17 core is

required, documentation shall be furnished, if requested.

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
)RU75$163$5(17),1,6+ 9(1((5: (continued)
If HPDL EDGEBANDING is not applied with a hot-melt adhesive
IRUPXODWHGIRULWVDSSOLFDWLRQWKHODPLQDWHVKDOOEHSULPHGEHIRUH 5 0$7&+,1*%(7:((1$'-$&(173$1(/6 be:
application. 5 Manufacturer’s choice. E C P
5 Compatible for color and grain E C P
Where GLUING or LAMINATION occurs:
5 Well matched for color and grain E C P
DELAMINATION or SEPARATION shall not occur beyond what is (1'6(48(1&(and BLUEPRINT MATCHING shall be
5
allowed in Sections 3 & 4. VSHFL¿HG

At (;326('685)$&(6
standards.
Shall be free of manufacturing defects.
75$163$5(17),1,6+(':22'
Permits hardwood or softwood.
Permits only one species for the entire project. E C P
0DWHULDO5XOHV
Adjacent veneer and lumber shall be:
When FACTORY FINISHINGLVVSHFL¿HGFRQFHDOHG Manufacturers’ choice of species. E C P
E C P
surfaces shall be factory sealed with one coat at 2 mil dry. Compatible for color and grain. E C P
Well-matched for color and grain. E C P
For23$48(),1,6+
Have visible edges, reveals, and/or splines that:
0HGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUG0')LVSHUPLWWHG
Are full length.
9HQHHULVSHUPLWWHGKRZHYHU
Are manufacturers’ choice. E C P

SPECIES of manufacturer’s choice, closed grain hardwood
Match the species of the panel face. E C P
FRQIRUPLQJWR+39$GH¿QLWLRQVDQGFKDUDFWHULVWLFVIRU
Grade D Are COMPATIBLE for color and grain. E C P
E C P
Grade C 5 Are :(//0$7&+(' for color and grain. E C P
E C P
Grade B E C P Are a minimum of 0.020” (0.5 mm) nominal
6 THICKNESS that precludes show-through of E C P
core.
)RU75$163$5(17),1,6+ 9(1((5:
SPECIES of manufacturer’s choice, hardwood conforming to HPVA
5 At CONCEALED SURFACES shall allow defects, and:
5 %ORFNLQJ¿OOHUVDQGVKLPVWRFNPD\EHRIDQ\VRXQGPDWHULDO
Grade B E C P
Grade A E C P
6 At :22' shall be:
Grade AA E C P
3/4” (19 mm) minimum thickness hardwood (plywood or solid stock)
SLICING of: 6
of one species for the entire project, and:
Manufacturer’s choice. 01/01/15 E C P CORE at veneer faced, shall be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm)
Plain-sliced. 01/01/15 E C P 6 SDUWLFOHERDUGPHGLXPGHQVLW\¿EHUERDUGYHQHHUFRUHRU
MATCHING $'-$&(17/($9(6 be: otherwise approved engineered core, and:
Manufacturer’s choice. E C P At SINK TOPS and their splashes, use of veneer core plywood
with Type II adhesive, industrial-grade particleboard or
Book matching. E C P 6
¿EHUERDUGwith a 24-hour thickness swell factor of 5.5% or less
0$7&+,1*:,7+,13$1(/)$&( be: is required.
Running E C P
Balance E C P

SECTION11
Countertops
S From previous column (;326('685)$&(6 shall comply with:
7 At HPDL: HPDL, 39&, and 35(),1,6+(':22' edges shall be machined
7 Shall be HPDL, a minimum of .039” (0.99 mm) in thickness, or: ÀXVKDQG¿OHGVDQGHGRUEXIIHGWRUHPRYHPDFKLQHPDUNVDQG
sharp edges, and:
Use of continuous-pressure laminates (melamine and polyester-
based) as an alternative to HPDL is permitted, provided that they 29(5/$3 (See Test F illustrations in TESTS) such as,
7
conform to the same physical properties and thickness as required F
for HPDL.
CORE shall be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) particleboard, medium- F
7 GHQVLW\¿EHUERDUGYHQHHUFRUHRURWKHUZLVHDSSURYHGHQJLQHHUHG shall not exceed:
core, and: 0.005” (0.13 mm) for a maximum length of 2”

E C P
At SINK TOPS and their splashes, use of veneer core plywood (50.8 mm) in any 12” (305 mm) run.
7 ZLWK7\SH,,DGKHVLYHLQGXVWULDOJUDGHSDUWLFOHERDUGRU¿EHUERDUG 0.005” (0.13 mm) for a maximum length of 1”
with a 24-hour thickness swell factor of 5.5% or less is required. E C P
(25.4 mm) in any 24” (610 mm) run.
FLAME SPREAD RATED countertops require Class I Flame Spread 0.003” (0.08 mm) for a maximum length of 1”
7 E C P
Rated HPDL and: (25.4 mm) in any 48” (1220 mm) run.
CORE, a minimum of 11/16” (17.5 mm) thick, Class I Flame &+,3287(See Test G illustrations in TESTS) such as,
7
Spread.
BACKING SHEET, a minimum of 0.028” (0.7 mm) high-pressure G
7
phenolic Class I Flame Spread Rated.
8 At SOLID SURFACE shall be:

Nominal 1/4” (6-7 6.4 mm) minimum thickness for use as wall
8
panels, tub enclosures, or other vertical surfaces. 01/01/15

Nominal 1/2” (11-13 12.7 mm) minimum thickness for countertops
8
and back splashes. 01/01/15
shall be inconspicuous when viewed at:
72” (1829 mm). E C P
At SOLID PHENOLIC shall be:
48” (1220 mm). E C P
Minimum 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness.
24” (610 mm). E C P
At (32;<5(6,1 shall be: 29(50$&+,1('(See Test H illustrations in TESTS) removal of
Minimum 1” (25.4 mm) in thickness.
At 1$785$/(1*,1((5('6721( shall be:

Minimum 2 cm (13/16” (20 mm)) thick material.

H
shall be limited to:

E C P
E C P

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
(;326('685)$&(6: (continued) 7 At HPDL:
1/32” x 1-1/2” (0.8 mm x 38.1 mm) and may CUTOUTS shall have a minimum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) radius at inside
7
not occur within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar E C P corners, and:
occurrence. Edges subject to excessive moisture shall be sealed with a color-
7 WRQHGIRUYHUL¿FDWLRQZDWHUUHVLVWDQWVHDOHUEHIRUHWULPRUVLQN
Of CUTOUTS within a top, shall be made by either manufacturer or rims are installed.

installer, and: 7 &29(6 at splashes of:
Sink cutouts shall not fall within 18” (457 mm) of a joint. 1/4” (6.4 mm) radius permits a square cove stick the same

7 WKLFNQHVVDVWKHFRUHPDWHULDOZLWKYRLGV¿OOHGZLWKJOXHEHWZHHQ
7($52876KNIFE NICKS, or +,7250,66 machining is not permit-
the HPDL and the cove stick.
ted.
3/4” (19 mm) radius requires a molded cove stick glued and
KNIFE MARKS not to be permitted where sanding is required. mechanically fastened a maximum of 12” (305 mm) on center,
7
with no voids permitted between the HPDL or core and the cove
5 Requires SHARP EDGES be eased. stick.
'5,3*5229(ZKHQVSHFL¿HGVKDOOEHcontinuous and 1/8” x
6 At :22': 1/8” (3.2 mm x 3.2 mm) approximately 3/8” (9.5 mm) from the front
7
6 OCCASIONAL PATCHES are allowed. E C P HGJHDQGVHDOHGZLWKDFRORUWRQHGIRUYHUL¿FDWLRQZDWHUUHVLVWDQW
FINGER JOINTS are permitted in solid lumber for sealer:
6 E C P 7 Groove edges shall be smoothly sanded.
opaque or transparent finish.
6 SMOOTHNESS REQUIREMENTS (see Item 7.1 in TESTS) require: 7 0,7(5)2/' self edge is acceptable.
723)/$7:22'VXUIDFHVWKRVHWKDWFDQEHVDQGHGZLWKD
6

drum or wide belt sander: 8 At SOLID SURFACE (only available in Custom and Premium Grade):
03/02/16
6 Minimum of 15 KCPI or 100-grit sanding. E C P 8 Shall conform to the manufacturer’s recommendations.

6 120-grit sanding. E C P MANUFACTURED JOINTS shall be precision-machined and glued
8
6 150-grit sanding. E C P with the manufacturer’s hard seaming material or equal:
6 PROFILED and 6+$3(':22' surfaces: 8 Silicone is not permitted at joints, except:
6 Minimum of 15 KCPI or 100-grit sanding. 8 Where hot areas meet cold areas.
E C P
6 Minimum of 20 KCPI. 8 EDGE detail requires a:
E C P
6 120-grit sanding. E C P Single drop or build-up with manufacturers’ choice of
8 C P
SUR¿OHDPLQLPXPRI´PPWKLFN
6 &52666$1',1*:
6 Is not a defect. E C P 8
%XLOGXSZLWKPDQXIDFWXUHUV¶FKRLFHRISUR¿OHD
C P

minimum of 1-1/2” (38.1 mm) thick.
0LWHUIROGZLWKPDQXIDFWXUHUV¶FKRLFHRISUR¿OHDPLQLPXPRI
&859(' front edges shall be solid machined, steam bent, bent solid 8
6 1-1/2” (38.1 mm) thick.
OXPEHURUODPLQDWHGSOLHVDWWKHRSWLRQRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHUDQG 8 &29('VSODVKLVRQO\UHTXLUHGZKHQVRVSHFL¿HGZLWK
In full compliance with all other applicable requirements of the 8 Ends sent loose without cove.
6
AWS including Section 6.

SECTION11
Countertops
S From previous column THESE STANDARDSGRQRWHVWDEOLVKJUDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVV
and or gap tolerances for woodwork products installed in a non-climate
03/02/16
At SOLID PHENOLIC (only available in Premium Grade):

JOINTS shall be precision-machined with tight joint fasteners and 3ULRUWRLQVWDOODWLRQWKHÀXVKQHVVDQGRUJDSWROHUDQFHVRIZRRGZRUN
sealed with a biocide silicon prior to tightening (producing an almost
products intended for non-climate controlled environments shall
invisible joint). meet the test requirements herein.
FRONT EDGES shall be a minimum of 3/4” (19 mm) in thickness.
$'+(6,9( or JOINT FILLER material, if used, shall be inconspicuous

03/02/16
At (32;<5(6,1(only available in Premium Grade): and match the adjacent surface for smoothness.
(;326('('*(6VKDOOEHVPRRWKO\PDFKLQHGDQG¿QLVKHGWREH


compatible with the top face. SQUARENESS shall be within ±1/64” (0.4 mm) for each 12” (305 mm).
LIPPED TOPS shall be raised a minimum of 3/16” (4.8 mm) above

the work surface, and: CUTOUTS shall be within ±1/8” for locations and +1/8” to 0” (3.2 to 0

Drip groove is not required. mm) for size.
03/02/16
At NATURAL and ENGINEERED STONE: (only available in Premium 5 For SCRIBING, countertop shall be provided with extra length.

Grade):
(;326('('*(6VKDOOEH¿QLVKHGWKHVDPHDVWKHWRSVXUIDFH Tops requiring more than one sheet of surface material
6 shall be prematched to minimize color variation within the E C P
scope of the manufacturer’s guarantee and:
6 Shall be fabricated from the longest lengths available. E C P
Top widths exceeding product availability shall have manufacturer-
6
assembled joints.

7 FILLERS shall be furnished by the countertop manufacturer.
EDGE APPLICATION SEQUENCE shall be the manufacturer’s choice,

8
except at HPDL.
BACK SPLASHES require end splashes at wall ends.
5(029$%/(/('*(6 and/or ACCESS PANELS shall be attached

ZLWKÀDWKHDGVFUHZVVHWÀXVKDQG
If chemical resistance is required, screws shall be stainless steel.
Of JOINTS at assembled work, (;&/8',1*62/,'3+(12/,&

(32;<5(6,1and1$785$/(1*,1((5('6721(, shall:
Be neatly and accurately made.
Be securely glued, with:
Adhesive residue removed from exposed surfaces.
Be reinforced with glue blocks where essential.
Not permit fasteners at exposed surfaces of decorative laminate.

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
Of JOINTS at assembled work (continued) Of JOINTS at assembled work (continued)
Require )/86+1(669$5,$7,216 at exposed surfaces (See Test Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints of parallel members (See Test
D illustrations in TESTS), when mitered or butted, such as, B illustrations in TESTS), such as,
B B
5 D D D 7

not to exceed at: not to exceed: B
5 Wood to wood: 0.025” x 9” (0.64 mm x 229 mm) shall not occur
5 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P 7 within 48” (1219 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P
5 0.007” (0.18 mm). E C P joint.
5 0.005” (0.13 mm). E C P 0.015” x 6” (0.38 mm x 152 mm) shall not occur
7 within 60” (1524 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P
5 Non-wood to non-wood:
joint.
5 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P
5 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P 7 within 72” (1829 mm) of a similar gap in the same E C P
5 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P joint.
Allow GAPS at exposed surface (see Test A illustrations in TESTS), Allow GAPS at exposed surface joints (See Test C illustrations in

when mitered or butted, such as, TESTS) when mitered or butted, such as,
C
A
A 8
6
C
A
C
A
not to exceed: C
not to exceed:
6 0.025” (0.64 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P 8 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P
8 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P

6 0.010” (0.25 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. E C P 8 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P
Allows use of FILLER:
127$//2:(' E C P
SHEET and LAMINATED LUMBER PANELS shall be allowed
WRPRYHÀRDWH[SDQGRUFRQWUDFWLQUHDFWLRQWRDPELHQWKXPLGLW\
changes.

SECTION11
Countertops
Requires FLATNESS of installed and removable sheet products (see :$//+81* (countertops not supported by cabinets) or &$17,/(9(5

COUNTERTOPS (continued)
&$17,/(9(5, with or without a sub-top, such as
E E

xx

Test E illustrations in TESTS) such as, not to exceed

shall not exceed 12” (305 mm) from a support, whether in the front,
0.045” (1.1 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P back, or end.
0.020” (0.5 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. E C P (;326('('*(6:
Shall be neatly and entirely covered.
29(5+$1* shall be: Shall be eased.
Consistent within a minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm) and a maximum of Front edges shall be built up to a minimum of 1-1/4” (31.8 mm) in

1-1/4” (31.8 mm) over the outer most cabinet face, and: thickness, except at epoxy.
Be parallel with the cabinet face within +/- 3/16” (4.7 mm) per Edges shall be of one piece of the longest length possible restricted

elevation. by material availability up to 144” (3658 mm).
At finished end, consistent within a minimum of 1/2” (12.7 mm) and a

maximum of 1-1/4” (31.8 mm) over face of the cabinet end. METAL TRIM RIMS (furnished by others) at sinks or self-rimming sinks
At appliance end, a maximum of 1/4” (6.4 mm). must overlap the countertop and/or sink by a minimum of 3/16” (4.8

,IVSHFL¿HGDFRQWLQXRXVdrip groove 1/8” x 1/8” (3.2 x 3.2 mm), mm).
approximately 3/8” (9.5 mm) in from the front edge, shall be
provided. At :22':
JOINTS
UNSUPPORTED SPANS of countertops such as, $W/VKDSHGWRSVVKDOOKDYHDQDSSUR[LPDWHGLDJRQDOMRLQW

butt joints are not permitted.
Installation jointsVKDOOEH¿WWLJKWDQGÀXVKZLWKWKHXVHRIVSOLQHV

xx dowels, or biscuit splines for alignment, and:
Be securely fastened with draw-bolt-type mechanical

fasteners, if practical.
shall not exceed 48” (1219 mm), and they shall be reinforced to 8WLOL]HFODPSQDLOELVFXLWVSOLQHEXWWHUÀ\VFDUIRU
E C P
SUHYHQWGHÀHFWLRQLQH[FHVVRI´PPXQGHUDOEVNJ dowel joinery.
per square foot (kgs per 305 mm square) load, and: 8WLOL]HELVFXLWVSOLQHEXWWHUÀ\VFDUIRUGRZHO
E C P
joinery.
:$//+81* (countertops not supported by cabinets) or &$17,/(9(5 :,'(:,'7+*/8(83 requires, boards exceeding 3” (76 mm) in
COUNTERTOPS shall resist a 50 lbs (22.7 kg) per square foot (kgs per
width be alternately set with crown up and crown down.
PPVTXDUHORDGDQGQRWGHÀHFWLQH[FHVVRI´PPLQDQ\
62/,':22'('*(6 and applied moldings shall be:
48” (1219 mm) span or portion thereof.
Nailed. E C P
*OXHGDQG¿QLVKQDLOHG E C P
Pressure glued and splined, biscuit splined, or
doweled without the use of fasteners through the E C P
exposed face.

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
At :22' (continued): At HPDL (continued)
%8,/7830(0%(56 shall be of acceptable core At $66(0%/< (wall mount) back and end-splash construction,
E C P
material with backing sheet applied, or:
The use of moisture-resistant core or a color-coded,
water-resistant sealer may be substituted for E C P
backing sheet. 8
At HPDL:

BACKING SHEET shall cover the underside of countertops, the
and:
backside of splashes and be the same for the entire project.
LAMINATIONS shall be made securely to the core with Type II 8 Top edge to be edgebanded.
adhesive applied as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer, 8 Front edge of end splash to be edgebanded.
and: 8 Splash members to be bundled and shipped loose to project.

Contact adhesive shall comply with the Heat Resistance
Test listed in the $33(1',;. 04/29/16
a 8
Mechanical fasteners are required between splash
members and deck.
E C P
Adhesive for solid color core laminate application shall conform to At $66(0%/< (deck mount) back and end-splash construction,

the manufacturer’s recommendation.
)/$0(635($'5$7(' countertops require:
Non-formed self-edged.
Screwed-on back splash.
Minimum custom grade conformance.

Adhesive be rigid set with Class I Flame Spread.
Self-edge:
and:
Applied after top laminate. E C P
Raw core at joint between the countertop deck and end splash or
Applied before top laminate. E C P
butt joint-applied back splash shall be sealed before assembly.
5 JOINTS: End splashes at cove or butt back splashes shall be butt-jointed

At L-shaped wood grain or directional pattern countertops shall and securely attached with mechanical fasteners, and:
5 have an approximate 45º diagonal joint, butt joints are not Mechanical fasteners are not required at wall or cabinet
permitted, except:
abutments that are not as deep as the countertop return.
At L-shaped non-wood grain or non-directional pattern
5
countertops, butt joints are permitted.
Shall be caulked with clear or compatible color waterproof
caulking so as to leave a visual bead not exceeding 1/8” (3.2
Installation jointsVKDOOEH¿WWLJKWDQGÀXVKZLWKWKHXVHRIVSOLQHV mm).
5
dowels, or biscuit splines for alignment, and: Scribe allowance shall be provided, as appropriate, and:
Be securely fastened with draw-bolt-type mechanical Un-backed scribe span shall not exceed 1/2” (12.7 mm) at
5
fasteners, if practical. ends and back walls.
BOTTOM OF EDGING and its build-up shall be free of dents, torn FINISHED END CAPS may be applied after top laminate.
6
grain, glue, and sanded smooth with sharp edges removed.
%8,/7830(0%(56 shall be of acceptable core
7 E C P
material with backing sheet applied, or:
The use of moisture-resistant core or a color-coded,
7 water-resistant sealer may be substituted for E C P
backing sheet.

SECTION11
Countertops
At HPDL (continued) At SOLID SURFACE (continued)
&$17,/(9(5, with or without a sub-top, such as, FLATNESS of installed and removable sheet products (See Test E
illustrations in TESTS) such as,
xx
E E
shall not exceed 12” (305 mm) from a support, whether in the front,

back, or end.
5(029$%/(&20321(176VKDOOEHDWWDFKHGZLWKÀDWKHDG

VFUHZVVHWÀXVKDQG
not to exceed:
If chemical resistance is required, the screws shall be stainless
0.036” (0.9 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. C P
steel.
0.027” (0.7 mm) per 12” (305 mm) or portion thereof. C P
At SOLID SURFACE (only available in Custom and Premium Grade): JOINTS
)/86+1(669$5,$7,216 at exposed surfaces when L-shaped tops with a grain or pattern appearance shall have an

mitered or butted (see Test D illustrations in TESTS) such as, DSSUR[LPDWHGLDJRQDOMRLQWEXWWMRLQWVDUHQRWSHUPLWWHG
5 (;326('),1,6+VKDOOEHWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VVWDQGDUGPDWWH¿QLVK
SEAM JOINTS shall be joined with a compatible color-matched
6
adhesive and/or sealant.
D D D
(;3$16,21 CLEARANCES of at least 1/8” (3.2 mm) shall be

7
D provided.
SEALANTS and/or $'+(6,9(6, as recommended by individual
8 manufacturers, shall be used to achieve the best performance and
color match.
VKDOOEHÀXVK &$17,/(9(5 with or without a sub-top, such as
GAPS at exposed surfaces when mitered or butted (see Test A, B,
and C illustrations in TESTS) such as,
B B
xx

A
A

shall not exceed 12” (305 mm) for 3/4” (19 mm) thick or 6” (152 mm)
for 1/2” (12.7 mm) thick material, whether in the front, back, or end.
C &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
C
shall be gap-free.

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
At SOLID PHENOLIC (only available in Premium Grade): At SOLID PHENOLIC (continued)
)/86+1(669$5,$7,216 at exposed surfaces when mitered or GAPS at exposed surfaces when mitered or butted (see Test C
butted (see Test D illustrations in TESTS) such as, illustrations in TESTS), such as,
D D D

D

C
C
shall not exceed 0.001” (0.03 mm). shall not exceed 0.015” (0.4 mm).
GAPS at exposed surfaces when edge is mitered or butted (see Test FLATNESS (see Test E illustrations in TESTS) such as
A illustrations in TESTS) such as,
A E E
A 5


shall be held within ±1/32” (0.8 mm) per 120” (3048 mm) span.
shall not exceed 0.015” (0.4 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length. EDGE FINISH shall be the standard black core with a machined
6
GAPS at exposed surfaces at parallel members (see Test B VDWLQVKHHQSROLVKHGHGJHVVKDOOEHVRVSHFL¿HG
illustrations in TESTS) such as, LIPPED TOPS shall be raised a minimum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) above
B B 7 WKHZRUNVXUIDFHWKHZLGWKRIWKHUDLVHGDUHDVKDOOEHGHWHUPLQHGE\
the manufacturer.
8 BACK SPLASHESVKDOOEHVHSDUDWHÀDWEXWWHG
&$17,/(9(5 with or without a sub-top, such as,

xx

shall not exceed 0.015” x 3” (0.4 mm x 76 mm) and shall not occur
within 12” (1829 mm) of a similar gap.
shall not exceed12” (305 mm) for 3/4” (19 mm) thick or 6” (152 mm)
for 1/2” (12.7 mm) thick material, whether in the front, back, or end.

SECTION11
Countertops
At (32;<5(6,1(only available in Premium Grade): At NATURAL and ENGINEERED STONE (only available in Premium

)/86+1(669$5,$7,216 at exposed surfaces when mitered or Grade):
butted (see Test D illustrations in TESTS) such as, FLUSHNESS or LIPPAGE 9$5,$7,216 at exposed surfaces when
mitered or butted (see Test D illustrations in TESTS) such as,
D D D

D D D

D

D
shall not exceed 0.050” (0.8 mm).

GAPS at exposed surfaces when edge is mitered or butted shall be shall not exceed 1/32” (0.8 mm) at the center of the joint.
SHUWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VUHFRPPHQGDWLRQDQGVKDOOEHQHDWO\¿OOHG GAPS at exposed surfaces when mitered or butted (see Test A
ZLWKUHFRPPHQGHG¿OOHUPDWHULDOVHH7HVW$%DQG&LOOXVWUDWLRQVLQ illustrations in TESTS) such as,
TESTS) such as,
B B
A
A A
A

C
C
shall be gap-free. shall not exceed 0.015” (0.4 mm) wide by 20% of the joint length.
FLATNESS (see Test E illustrations in TESTS) such as, GAPS at exposed surfaces at parallel members (see Test B
B B
E E

shall be held within ±1/16” (1.6 mm) for each 36” (914 mm) span.
BACK SPLASHESVKDOOEHVHSDUDWHÀDWEXWWHG shall not exceed 0.015” x 3” (0.4 mm x 76 mm) and shall not occur
&$17,/(9(5 with or without a sub-top, such as, within 12” (1829 mm) of a similar gap.
xx
5
shall not exceed 12” (305 mm) for 1” (25.4 mm) thick or 6” (152 mm)
for 3/4” (19 mm) thick material, whether in the front, back, or end.

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
$VVHPEO\5XOHV
At NATURAL and ENGINEERED STONE (continued)
GAPS at exposed surfaces when mitered or butted (see Test C


C
C
shall not exceed 0.015” (0.4 mm).
THICKNESS of the material used throughout a project shall not vary
5
in excess of 1/8” (3.2 mm).
FLATNESS (see Test E illustrations in TESTS) such as,
E E
6

shall be held within ±1/16” (1.6 mm) for each 48” (1219 mm) span.
7 BACK SPLASHESVKDOOEHVHSDUDWHÀDWEXWWHG
&$17,/(9(5 with or without a sub-top, such as,
xx
8

shall not exceed 6” (152 mm) for 2 cm (13/16” (20 mm)) thick mate-
rial or 10” (254 mm) for 3 cm (1-3/16” 30 mm)) thick material,
whether in the front, back, or end.

SECTION11
Countertops
3UHSDUDWLRQDQG4XDOLILFDWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWV 3UHSDUDWLRQDQG4XDOLILFDWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWV (continued)
&$5(6725$*(DQG%8,/',1*&21',7,216shall be in ,167$//(5,65(63216,%/()25

noncompliance. 7+(0$18)$&785(5$1'25 3.2 &KHFNLQJDUFKLWHFWXUDOZRRGZRUNVSHFL¿HGDQGVWXG\LQJWKH
,167$//(52)7+(:22':25.6+$//127 appropriate portions of the contract documents, including
%(+(/'5(63216,%/()25'$0$*(7+$7 these standards and the reviewed shop drawings to
0,*+7'(9(/23%<127$'+(5,1*727+( familiarize themselves with the requirements of the Grade
5(48,5(0(176 VSHFL¿HGXQGHUVWDQGLQJWKDW

2 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR 3.2.1 Appearance requirements of Grades apply only to surfaces
visible after installation.
2.1 Furnishing and installing structural members, grounds, in
wall blocking, backing, furring, brackets, or other anchorage 3.2.2 For transparent finish, special attention needs to be given
required for architectural woodwork installation that to the color and the grain of the various woodwork pieces
becomes an integral part of walls, floors, or ceilings to which to ensure they are installed in compliance with the Grade
architectural woodwork shall be installed. specified.
2.1.1 In the absence of contract documents calling for the 3.3 Verification that installation site is properly ventilated,
contractor to supply the necessary in wall blocking/ protected from direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture,
backing in the wall or ceilings, either through inadvertence and that the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the
or otherwise, the architectural woodwork installer shall not appropriate relative humidity and temperature.
proceed with the installation until such time as the in wall

completed by others before woodwork is install.
inspection by the architectural woodwork installer and may
commenced.
2.1.2.1 :$//&(,/,1*, and/or opening variations in
excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm) or )/2256 in excess of 3.6 Woodwork specifically built or assembled in sequence for
1/2” (12.7 mm) in 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb, match of color and grain is installed to maintain that same
level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size are sequence.
woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the installer to 58/(6
2.2 Installation site being properly ventilated, protected from documents require otherwise.
HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the appropriate 2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of
relative humidity and temperature. control over a project’s quality of installation.
2.3 Priming the architectural woodwork in accordance with the 3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at
contract documents prior to its installation. www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall
7$.(35(&('(1&(29(57+(6(58/(6, subject to their
2.3.1 If the architectural woodwork is factory finished, priming date of posting and a project’s bid date.

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
AESTHETIC GRADE RULES apply only to exposed surfaces visible S From previous column

after installation.
COUNTERTOPS shall be:
INSTALLEDSOXPEOHYHOVTXDUHDQGÀDWZLWKLQ´PPLQ´ Installed within 1/4” (6.4 mm) plus or minus the industry standard for
KHLJKWVSHFL¿HGVHH6HFWLRQH[FHSWZKHUH$'$FRPSOLDQFHLV
required.
GROUNDS and hanging systems set plumb and true.
SECURELY FASTENEDDQGWLJKWO\¿WWHGZLWKÀXVKMRLQWV
TRANSPARENT finished woodwork shall be installed: The manufacturer’s recommended CAULK and SEALANTS shall

be used to achieve the best performance and color match.
With consideration of color and grain. E C P
Joinery shall be consistent throughout the project.
COMPATIBLE in color and grain. E C P

Of 0$;,080 available and/or practical lengths. E C P
:(//0$7&+(' for color and grain. E C P
INSTALLED free of:
Sheet products shall be compatible in color with
E C P Warp, twisting, cupping, and/or bowing that cannot be held true.
solid stock.
Adjacent sheet products shall be well matched for Open joints, visible machine marks, cross sanding, tear outs,
E C P
color and grain. nicks, chips, and/or scratches.
1DWXUDOGHIHFWVH[FHHGLQJWKHTXDQWLW\DQGRUVL]HOLPLWVGH¿QHG

in Sections 3 and 4.
01/01/15

inconspicuous when viewed at: SMOOTH and sanded without cross scratches in conformance to the
5
72” (1829 mm). E C P product portion of this section.
48” (1220 mm). E C P 6 SCRIBED at:
24” (610 mm). E C P 6 Flat surfaces. E C P

6 Shaped surfaces. E C P

5 and assembly rules within the PRODUCT portion of this section and the GLUE and filler residue is not permitted on exposed faces.
DSSOLFDEOH¿QLVKLQJUXOHVLQ6HFWLRQ
CUTOUTS and HOLES shall be provided for as indicated on the plans.
BUILD UP or spacing materials required for installation of a countertop
6
are the responsibility of the countertop manufacturer. MIRRORS, that are wall mounted, shall not be supported by the

countertop or back splash.
HORIZONTAL 5(9($/ between the lower edge of the countertop and
the upper edge of the adjacent door or drawer front at base cabinets THESE STANDARDSGRQRWHVWDEOLVKJUDGHUXOHVIRUMRLQWÀXVKQHVV
7
with countertops shall be a consistent 1/4” (6.4 mm) +/- 1/8” (3.2 mm), and or gap tolerances for woodwork products installed in a non climate
except: controlled environment.
At laboratory casework, it shall be 1/4” (6.4 mm) to 1” (25.4 mm) and &RQWLQXHVQH[WFROXPQ T
7
shall be consistent across elevations, except:
7 At sink locations.
7 Coordination of such is the responsibility of the cabinet manufacturer.
01/01/15
&859(' front edges shall be solid machined, steam bent, bent solid
8
OXPEHURUODPLQDWHGSOLHVDWWKHRSWLRQRIWKHPDQXIDFWXUHUDQG
In full compliance with all other applicable requirements of the AWS
8
including Section 6.

SECTION11
Countertops
GAPS (see Test A illustrations in TESTS) such as, FLUSHNESS of joinery (see Test D illustrations in TESTS), such as
A
A

A D
and:
and:

If caused by excessive deviations in the building’s walls and ceilings
Of :22' to :22' and HPDL to HPDL shall not exceed:
being in excess of 1/4” [6.4 mm] in 144” (3658 mm) of being plumb,
level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size, or 1/2” (12.7 mm) At FLAT surfaces:
IRUÀRRUVVKDOOQRWEHFRQVLGHUHGDGHIHFWRUWKHUHVSRQVLELOLW\RIWKH 0.025” (0.64 mm). E C P
installer. 0.015” (0.38 mm). E C P
Shall not exceed 30% of a joint’s LENGTH and: 0.010” (0.25 mm). E C P
Be allowed if filled or caulked, and: E C P At SHAPED surfaces:
if color compatible. E C P 0.040” (0.97 mm). E C P
Of :22' to :22' shall not exceed: 0.025” (0.65 mm). E C P
At FLAT surfaces: 0.020” (0.51 mm). E C P
0.030” (0.76 mm) in width. E C P Of :22' to 121:22' shall not exceed:
0.020” (0.51 mm) in width. E C P At FLAT and SHAPED surfaces:
01/01/15
01/01/15

0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. E C P 0.075” (1.91 mm). E C P
At SHAPED surfaces: 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P
0.025” (0.64 mm) in width. 01/01/15 E C P Of 121:22' to 121:22' and/or all elements excluding HPDL

0.015” (0.38 mm) in width. 01/01/15 E C P to HPDL shall not exceed:
Of :22' to 121:22' shall not exceed: At FLAT surfaces:
At FLAT and SHAPED surfaces: 0.075” (1.9 mm). E C P
0.035” (0.89 mm) in width. E C P At SHAPED surfaces:
Of 121:22' to 121:22' and/or all elements shall not 0.120” (3.05 mm). E C P
5
exceed: 0.075” (1.9 mm). E C P
5 At FLAT surfaces: 0.050” (1.27 mm). E C P
5 0.075” (1.91 mm) in width. E C P
5 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P FASTENING shall:
5 0.035” (0.89 mm) in width. E C P IncludeWKHXVHRIFRQVWUXFWLRQDGKHVLYH¿QLVKQDLOVWULPVFUHZV

5 At SHAPED surfaces: and/or pins.
5 0.120” (3.05 mm) in width. E C P Not permit the use of drywall or bugle head screws.
5 0.075” (1.91 mm) in width. E C P Not permit exposed fastening through HPDL, except at removable

panels.
5 0.050” (1.27 mm) in width. E C P

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
EQUIPMENT CUTOUTS shall be neatly cut out by the installer, At HPDL:

provided templates are furnished in a timely manner. COUNTERTOPS shall be scribed to walls, and:
Cutouts in HPDL shall have radiused inside corners. Securely anchored to base cabinets with proper length screws,

and:
+$5':$5( shall be: Properly aligned with uniform front edge overhang.
Installed neatly without tear out of surrounding stock. INSTALLER ASSEMBLED JOINTS shall be glued and
Installed per the manufacturer’s instructions. fastened together with a mechanical tightening system either

Installed using all furnished fasteners and fasteners’ provisions routed into or surface mounted on the bottom side of the

and when fastener provisions are countersunk, fasteners shall be countertop.
countersunk. EDGES , both Front and leading of countertop to withstand a 75

Adjusted for smooth operation. lb (34 kg) pull up pressure.
:$7(53522)&$8/. shall be used at square butt joints including

AREAS OF INSTALLATION shall be left broom clean. splashes and return ends, and:
Debris shall be removed and dumped in containers provided by the Shall not exceed 1/4” (6.4 mm). E C P

contractor. Shall not exceed 1/8” (3.2 mm). E C P
Items installed shall be cleaned of pencil or ink marks. Shall be furnished by installation contractor, unless otherwise

01/01/15
VSHFL¿HG
01/01/15
),567&/$66:25.0$16+,3 is required in compliance with these At ASSEMBLY (wall mount) back and end splash (wall mount)

standards. construction, splash components shall be securely adhered to the
wall, butt joined to the countertop,
At SOLID or 9(1((5(':22':

EDGES , both Front and leading of countertop to withstand a 75 lb

(34 kg) pull up pressure.
:$7(53522)&$8/. shall be used at square miter and butt joints

including splashes and return ends, and:
Shall not exceed 1/16” (6.4 mm). 01/01/15
Shall be furnished by installation contractor, unless otherwise
and:
VSHFL¿HG
INSTALLER ASSEMBLED JOINTS shall be fastened together with Shall be caulked with clear or compatible color waterproof
a mechanical tightening system either routed into or mounted on the caulking (furnished by installer), so as to leave a visual bead not

bottom side of the countertop. exceeding 1/8” (3.2 mm) between the bottom of the splash and
the countertop.
SINK CUTOUTS shall not fall within 18” (457 mm) of discretionary
Variation in building walls in excess of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in 144”
installer joints.
(3658 mm) may result in gaps between splash and walls and shall
CUTOUTS, subject to excessive moisture, shall have edges sealed
not be considered a defect or the responsibility of the installer.
5 ZLWKDFRORUWRQHGIRUYHUL¿FDWLRQZDWHUUHVLVWDQWVHDOHUEHIRUHWULP
or sink rims are installed. Mechanical fasteners are required between splash
8 E C P
members and deck. 07/31/15

SECTION11
Countertops
At HPDL (continued) At SOLID SURFACE (continued)
At $66(0%/< (deck mount) back and end splash (deck mount) JOINTS shall be:
construction, exposed top and ends shall be scribed to the wall Square (butt) rather than mitered near corners to minimize
FRQ¿JXUDWLRQ
material and facilitate installation.
Be fully supported.
Edges to be joined shall be straight, smooth, and clean.

All joints shall be made using the manufacturer’s

recommended adhesive.

L and U shaped corners shall have smooth, rounded inside

corners, and:
Seams shall be offset a minimum of 3 times the inside corner

radius.
Unbacked scribe spans shall not exceed 1/2” (12.7 mm) at ends
CUTOUT CORNERS shall be rounded, 1/4” (6.4 mm) minimum
and back walls, and gaps shall: 5
radius, with edges smoothed, and:
Not exceed 1/16” (1.6 mm) and be caulked. E C P
01/01/15
At heat producing areas, corners shall be reinforced per the

Not exceed 1/32” (0.8 mm) and be caulked. E C P 5 manufacturer’s requirements and protected with approved heat
CUTOUTS shall have a minimum of 1/4” (6.4 mm) radius at inside UHÀHFWLYHWDSH
5
corners, and: BACK and END SPLASHES shall be securely adhered to the wall,
6
01/01/15
Sink cutouts shall not fall within 18” (457 mm) of discretionary butt joined to the countertop, and shall be:
5
installer joints. CAULKED with clear or compatible color waterproof caulking
Cutouts, subject to excessive moisture, shall have edges sealed (furnished by the installer) so as to leave a visual bead not

6
5 ZLWKDFRORUWRQHGIRUYHUL¿FDWLRQZDWHUUHVLVWDQWVHDOHUEHIRUH exceeding 1/8” (3.2 mm) between the bottom of the splash and
trim or sink rims are installed. the countertop.
At SOLID SURFACE (only available in Custom and Premium Grade): 6 (3658 mm) may result in gaps between splash and walls and shall
SEALANTS and $'+(6,9(6 shall be compatible with the individual not be considered a defect or the responsibility of the installer.
manufacturer’s recommendations or specially developed sealants to &29('63/$6+(6,IIVSHFL¿HGVKDOOEHKDUGVHDPHGDQG
6
achieve the best color match. integral to the countertop.
(;3$16,21 joints shall be furnished where required by building COUNTERTOP ADHESION shall be made using a clear silicone
7
design or manufacturer recommendations. sealant placed a maximum of 12” (12.7 mm) on center.
SUPPORT shall be adequately furnished to minimize stresses, and:
8 HARD SEAMS shall be water tight and gap free.
Minimum full perimeter and joint support is required on horizontal
applications, with:
A maximum on center separation between supports of 30” (750

mm) for acrylic and 24” (610 mm) for non acrylic materials.
A maximum unsupported and unloaded overhang of 12” (305
mm) for 3/4” (19 mm) and 6” (152 mm) for 1/2” (12.7 mm)
sheet thickness.

SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
At SOLID PHENOLIC (only available in Premium Grade): At (32;<5(6,11$785$/ENGINEERED STONE (only available in

COUNTERTOP shall be secured to supports with silicone cement Premium Grade):
or appropriately sized machine screws applied to each corner and COUNTERTOP shall be secured to supports with epoxy cement
along the perimeter edge at not more than 48” (1219 mm) on center. applied to each corner and along the perimeter edge at not more
JOINTS shall be precision machined with tight joint fasteners and than 48” (1219 mm) on center, and:

sealed with a biocide silicone prior to tightening. 07/31/15 SUPPORTPXVWEHDGHTXDWHWRSUHYHQWGHÀHFWLRQLQH[FHVVRI
1/4” (6.4 mm) with a 50 lb (22.7 kg) per square foot load or 250 lb
01/01/15
SINKSVKDOOEHVWDLQOHVVVWHHOSRO\SURS\OHQHRUHSR[\UHVLQHLWKHU
(113 kg) at any given point.
lipped or under mount, and:

LIPPED shall be set in a rabbeted cutout in the countertop. UNSUPPORTED SPANS shall not exceed 48” (1219 mm), unless

RWKHUZLVHVSHFL¿HG
UNDER MOUNT shall be installed using adjustable metal sink
supports for underside installation or fastened directly to the JOINTSVKDOOEHEXWWHGDQG¿OOHGZLWKDFRORUPDWFKHGHSR[\

underside of the countertop using machine screws and silicone cement. 01/01/15
adhesive. 29(5+$1* shall be provided on the front and ends of 1” (25.4 mm)

A biocide silicone adhesive shall be used at the juncture of the nominal.

sink and countertop to produce a leak proof joint. &$17,/(9(5, of unsupported and unloaded overhang shall not
BACK and END SPLASHES shall be securely adhered to the wall, exceed 12” (305 mm) for 3/4” (19 mm) and 6” (152 mm) for 1/2”
(12.7 mm) sheet thickness.
butt joined to the countertop, and shall be: 07/31/15
CAULKED with clear or compatible color waterproof caulking BACK and END SPLASHES shall be securely adhered to the wall,
01/01/15

(furnished by the installer) so as to leave a visual bead not butt joined to the countertop, and:

exceeding 1/8” (3.2 mm) between the bottom of the splash and Shall be caulked with clear or compatible color waterproof
the countertop. 07/31/15 caulking (furnished by the installer) so as to leave a visual bead

not exceeding 1/8” (3.2 mm) between the bottom of the splash

07/31/15
(3658 mm) may result in gaps between splash and walls and shall and the countertop.
not be considered a defect or the responsibility of the installer. Variation in building walls in excess of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in 144”
(3658 mm) may result in gaps between the splash and the walls
and shall not be considered a defect or the responsibility of the
installer.
5 HARD SEAMS shall be water tight and gap free.
6 SCRIBING is not required.
7 SINKS shall be either lipped or under mounted, and:
8 LIPPED shall be set in a rabbeted cutout in the countertop.

UNDER MOUNT shall be installed using adjustable metal sink
8
supports, and:
An epoxy cement is required at the juncture of the sink and
8
countertop to produce a leak proof joint.
The maximum gap between the countertop edge of the sink
8 and underside of the countertop shall not exceed 3/16” (4.8
mm).

SECTION11
Countertops
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 %$6,&&216,'(5$7,216
1 The tolerances typically found within the Architectural Woodwork 5 FABRICATED and INSTALLED woodwork shall be tested for
Standards fall into two categories: compliance to these standards as follows:
1.1 Factory fabricated joinery, assembly and construction found 5.1 SMOOTHNESS of exposed surfaces:
5.1.1 KCPI (Knife Cuts Per Inch) is determined by holding the
1.2 Field installation joinery and assembly found in the surfaced board at an angle to a strong light source and
INSTALLATION portion. counting the visible ridges per inch, usually perpendicular
to the profile.
to solid wood joints, solid wood to wood veneer joints, solid

panel products), solid wood to non wood based products (which
can be drywall, glass, metal, stone, acrylics, and other surfaces), Knife Cuts
and non wood to non wood joints.
Figure: 11-072
5.1.2 SANDING is checked for compliance by sanding a sample
3.2 Solid wood to solid wood joints and assemblies. piece of the same species with the required grit of abra-
sive.
3.3 Solid wood to wood veneer joints and assemblies.

3.4 Wood veneer to wood veneer joints and assemblies. and the material in question will offer a comparison of
the scratch marks of the abrasive grit.
5.1.2.2 Reasonable assessment of the performance of the fin-
3.6 Solid surface to solid surface joints and assemblies. ished product will be weighed against absolute compli-
ance with the standard.
non wood products compared to solid wood and wood based 5.1.2.3 A product is sanded sufficiently smooth when knife cuts
products, the AWS does not apply tolerances regarding flatness are removed and remaining sanding marks are or will
be concealed by applied finishing coats.
or joinery to these non wood based products.

humidity in excess of the ranges set forth in this stan-
dard, shall not be considered a defect and must be
sanded prior to finishing.
6 *$36)/86+1(66FLATNESS and ALIGNMENT of product

and installation:

contact or touch.


SECTION11
E C P
Countertops
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216 6.4 The following is intended to provide examples of how and where
compliance testing is measured:
6 *$36)/86+1(66FLATNESS and (continued)

product will be weighed against absolute compliance with
the standards.
B A
C B

D
C D D
D
A
A C
B C
I
I

E
E I J
M
Measured on the concave face G

F
H
F
Figure: 11-073
A - Gaps when surfaces are mitered or butted G - Chip Out
B - Gaps when parallel pieces are joined H - Over Machining
C - Gaps when edges are mitered or butted I - Installation Gaps
D - Flushness between two surfaces J - Installation Flushness
E - Flatness of panel product M - Show through or telegraphing
F - Overlap (flushness of laminate)

notes
SECTION11
Countertops


:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
5(6725$7,21
+,6725,&
SECTION
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
:25.
SECTION12
Historic Restoration Work
table of contents

Resources and References ................................................................377 Grades ...................................................................................379
Design Ideas .......................................................................................377 Acceptable Requirements......................................................379
Specify Requirements For ..................................................................378 Contract Documents ..............................................................379
Recommendations ..............................................................................378 Aesthetic Compliance ............................................................379
If Field Finished ...............................................................378 PRODUCT
Review ............................................................................378 Scope ...........................................................................................380

Structural Members .........................................................378 Typical Inclusions...................................................................380
Rules ............................................................................................380
Errata .....................................................................................380
Basic Rules ............................................................................380
Aesthetic .........................................................................380
Material Rules ........................................................................380
Wood ...............................................................................380

Comply with Section 3 - 11 ..............................................380
Members .........................................................................380
Defects ............................................................................380
Machining Rules ....................................................................380
Machine...........................................................................380
Existing Moldings ............................................................380
Assembly Rules .....................................................................380
Plywood Backing .............................................................380
Repair Rules ..........................................................................381
Match Existing .................................................................381
At Transparent Finish ......................................................381
Carpentry Methods..........................................................381
Fasteners ........................................................................381
Wood Patches .................................................................381

SECTION12
PRODUCT (continued)
Rules (continued)
Stripping Rules ......................................................................381
Coating Strippers ............................................................381
Before Stripping ..............................................................381
Completely Remove ........................................................381
Stripping Residuals .........................................................381
Sand ................................................................................381

Seal .................................................................................381
Finishing Rules ......................................................................381
Comply with Section 5.....................................................381
Require............................................................................381
INSTALLATION
Rules ............................................................................................382
Errata .....................................................................................382

Basic Rules ............................................................................383
Aesthetic .........................................................................383
Match Existing .................................................................383
Transparent .....................................................................383
Repairs ............................................................................383


SECTION12
*XLGH6SHFLÀFDWLRQV

ZZZDZLQHWRUJ

:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH:,


SECTION12
INTRODUCTION New additions, exterior alterations, or related Three others which offer good illustrations are:
new construction will not destroy historic Colling, James K. Medieval Decorative
The United States Department of the Interior materials and spatial relationships that Ornament, New York, (Reprint of 1874 edition);
(www.doi.gov/), the National Park Service (www. characterize the property. The new work shall Dover Publications, Inc. 1995
nps.gov/), and the Historic Sites and Monuments be differentiated from the old and will be
Board of Canada (www.parkscanada.gc.ca/) compatible with the historic materials, features, Griesbach, C.B. Historic Ornament: A Pictorial
publish documents related to work under their size, scale, proportion, and massing to protect Archive, New York, Dover Publications, Inc.,
jurisdiction. The most recent publications from the historic integrity of the property and its 1975.
these entities will provide valuable information environment. Speltz, Alesander. The Styles of Ornament,
for the design professional and the woodwork (Reprint of German Edition of 1906), New York,
New additions and adjacent or related new
fabrication, finishing, and installation. Dover Publications, Inc., 1959.
construction will be undertaken in such
a manner that if they are removed in the Several books explaining in detail the orders of
The rationale and intent of this section is to assist
future, the essential form and integrity of the architecture are:
in compliance with the U.S. Secretary of the

historic property and its environment will be
Interior’s “STANDARDS FOR THE TREATMENT Adam, Robert. Classical Architecture: A
unimpaired.
OF HISTORIC PROPERTIES (The Standards) Comprehensive Handbook to the Tradition of
with Guidelines for Preserving, Rehabilitation, Acceptable requirements of lumber and/or Classical Style, New York: Harry N. Abrams,
Restoring, and Reconstructing Historic Buildings sheet products used within this woodwork Inc., Publishers, 1990.
(The Guidelines)” or the STANDARDS AND product section are established by Sections 3
GUIDELINES FOR THE CONSERVATION OF and 4, unless otherwise modified herein. Chitham, Robert. The Classical Orders of
HISTORIC PLACES IN CANADA which spell out Architecture, New York: Rizzoli International
Contract documents, furnished by the Publications, Inc., 1985 (may be out of print).
requirements such as: design professional, shall clearly indicate or
The historic character of a property will be delineate all material, fabrication, installation, Ware, William R. The American Vignola: A
retained and preserved. The removal of and applicable building code/regulation Guide to the Making of Classical Architecture,
distinctive materials or alterations of features, requirements. New York: Dover Publications, Inc., 1994.
spaces, and spatial relationships that A definitive history of architecture is:
characterize a property will be avoided. RESOURCES AND REFERENCES Fletcher, Sir Banister. A History of Architecture

Each property will be recognized as a physical on the Comparative Method, 20th edition ed.,
0XVHXPVZLWKSHULRGURRPV - There are many Dan Cruickshank and Andrew Saint, Oxford:
record of its time, place, and use. Changes that historic houses around the country which are
create a false sense of historical development, Architectural Press, 1996.
open to the public. Eighteenth Century homes
such as adding conjectural features or such as Gunston Hall in VA, and Drayton Hall, For carving classical architectural elements:
elements from other historic properties, will not near Charleston, SC, along the Eastern Seaboard Wilbur, Frederick. Carving Architectural Detail in
be undertaken. and Neoclassical houses as one moves West. Wood: the Classical Tradition, Lewes, UK: Guild of
Changes to property that have acquired historic There are museums with period rooms as Master Craftsmen Publications, Ltd. 2000.
significance in their own right will be retained well. The Metropolitan Museum in New York,
and preserved. Distinctive materials, features, the Philadelphia Museum of Art, and Colonial DESIGN IDEAS
Williamsburg are only a few.
finishes, and construction techniques or
examples of craftsmanship that characterize a Includes Architectural Ornamentation di
historic property will be preserved. 3XEOLFDWLRQVDover Publications, Inc., 31 East terminology, discussion and illustrations
Second Street, Mineola , NY 11501.
Deteriorated historic features will be repaired
rather than replaced. Where the severity
Dover Publications has an incomparable listing

of deterioration requires replacement of a
of books which, for the most part, are reprintings
distinctive feature, the new feature will match
of older publications; from Andrea Palladio’s Four
the old in design, color, texture, and, where
Books of Architecture to Augustus Charles Pugin’s
possible, materials. Replacement of missing
Gothic Ornament as well as handbooks and
features will be substantiated by documentary
specialized subjects.
and physical evidence.
Chemical or physical treatments, if appropriate, One invaluable Dover handbook is Illustrated
will be undertaken using the gentlest means Dictionary of Historic Architecture by Cyril M.
possible Treatments that cause damage to +DUULV,WLVIURP+DUULVWKDWWKHGH¿QLWLRQVDQG
historic properties will not be used. many of the illustrations in the Glossary have been
used with permission.

SECTION12
SPECIFY REQUIREMENTS FOR RECOMMENDATION
Flame spread ratings. ,I),(/'),1,6+(',1&/8'(,17+(

',9,6,212)7+(63(&,),&$7,216
Special code compliance.
%()25(),1,6+,1*, all exposed portions
of woodwork shall have handling marks or
effects of exposure to moisture removed with
a thorough, final sanding over all surfaces of
the exposed portions using an appropriate
grit sandpaper, and shall be cleaned before
applying sealer or finish.
At CONCEALED SURFACES - Architectural

walls, etc., shall be primed.

used herein.

anchorage which becomes an integral part of
the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings, required
for the installation of architectural woodwork

are not to be furnished or installed by the archi-
tectural woodwork manufacturer or installer.
EXPOSED SURFACES shall include those

defined within Sections 6 - 11, as applicable.
6(0,(;326('685)$&(6shall include
those delineated within Sections 6 - 11, as
applicable.
CONCEALED SURFACES shall include those

define within Sections 6 - 11, as applicable.


SECTION12
,QFOXGLQJ6WULSSLQJ5HSDLUVDQG)LQLVKLQJ
%$6,&&216,'(5$7,216
1 GRADE
1.1 Because of the nature of historic woodwork, a specific grade

classification is not applicable to this section.


3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS shall govern if in conflict with these
standards.
4 $(67+(7,& COMPLIANCE requirements apply only to surfaces

visible after manufacture and installation.
5 Historic woodwork restoration, including stripping, repairs, recon-

struction, materials, new fabrication, installation, and finishing,
shall be of a SINGLE SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY.

an integral part of the building’s walls, floors, or ceilings, that
are not furnished or installed by the architectural woodwork
6.2 :$//&(,/,1*, and/or opening variations in excess of

1/4” (6.4 mm) or FLOORS in excess of 1/2” (12.7 mm) in
or of the correct size are not acceptable for the installation


SECTION12
SCOPE
%DVLF5XOHV
1 All restoration, fabrication, installation, and finishing of all existing
$(67+(7,&grade rules apply only to exposed and semi-exposed
and/or new historic architectural woodwork. 1
2 TYPICAL INCLUSIONS
2
standards.
2.1 Shall include those delineated within Sections 6 - 11, as
applicable.
3 TYPICAL EXCLUSIONS
0DWHULDO5XOHV

3.1 Shall include those delineated within Sections 6 - 11, as
applicable. :22' shall match the species, grain, general pattern, and cut of
1 H[LVWLQJVLPLODUDQGRUDGMDFHQWZRRGZRUNDQGVKDOOVREHLGHQWL¿HG
by the designer.
DEFAULT STIPULATION
2 Shall COMPLY with SECTIONS , as applicable.
all specified or detailed, all work shall match existing.
MEMBERSVKDOOEHRIWKHVDPHSUR¿OHDQGGLPHQVLRQDVH[LVWLQJ

however, they may be glued up to achieve this.
1.1 It is the responsibility of the manufacturer to observe the
project before bid and match all materials for species, grain,
DEFECTS, either natural or manufactured, shall not exceed those
and overall appearance.
permitted by the contract documents.
RULES

documents require otherwise. 0DFKLQLQJ5XOHV
1 Shall COMPLY with SECTIONS , as applicable.
control over a project’s quality of materials, workmanship, or
installation. 0$&+,1( new and replacement woodwork to dimensions, profiles,
2
and details to match existing.
www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall EXISTING MOLDINGS, when hand made and not necessarily
uniform in profile, replacement moldings shall be profiled to an agreed
7$.(35(&('(1&(29(57+(6(58/(6, subject to their
date of posting and a project’s bid date. representative sample.

$VVHPEO\5XOHV
1 Shall COMPLY with SECTIONS 6 - 11, as applicable.
3/<:22'%$&.,1*, if approved, may be used in the fabrication of

built up panel assemblies, door and/or window frames, and stacked
2
base trim, provided the exposed profile and configuration matches
existing.

SECTION12
5HSDLU5XOHV 6WULSSLQJ5XOHV
0$7&+(;,67,1* for recommended methods of repair by governing S From previous column
1
authorities.
SAND all surfaces by hand with steel wool and the appropriate grit

sandpaper to remove all signs of raised grain.
At 75$163$5(17),1,6+, be made with wood of the same species,
2
grade, cut, color tone, and grain pattern.
SEAL all exposed surfaces with an approved sanding sealer.
&$53(175<0(7+2'6 shall be the same as exhibited in the existing

work.
FASTENERS shall be nonferrous, and: )LQLVKLQJ5XOHV

1 Dissimilar metals shall be isolated from one another.
Shall COMPLY with SECTIONS as modified by the plans and
1
specifications.
:22'3$7&+(6 of boat and/or diamond shape shall be used so as
to minimize those joint surfaces at 90 degrees to the member’s grain
REQUIRE use of applications and techniques best suited to match the
direction. 2
existing and/or desired finish.
6WULSSLQJ5XOHV
1 COATING STRIPPERS shall be environmentally approved, and:
BEFORE STRIPPING procedures begin, all surfaces shall be tested

2 (with the process and results recorded) to provide the least intrusive
and damaging methods, and:
Approval by the design professional or conservator is required for
2 1
the selected method.
Heat based methods of coating removal are permitted, provided the
recommendations found in the National Park Service - Preservation
2 2
Brief 10 Exterior Paint Problems On Historic Woodwork are followed
or as allowed by the Historic Sites and Monuments Board of Canada.
COMPLETELY REMOVE H[LVWLQJILQLVK using multiple applications of

stripper and hand scrapers without gouging, splintering, or otherwise
damaging sound wood.
STRIPPING RESIDUALS shall be thoroughly removed, including wax.

STRIPPED SURFACES shall be tested for evidence of acid and
1
alkali, and:
All stripped surfaces found not to be pH neutral shall be
1 1
neutralized and retested.
A written summary report, including before and after pH levels,
1 2
shall be submitted to the design professional.

SECTION12
3UHSDUDWLRQDQG4XDOLILFDWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWV 3UHSDUDWLRQDQG4XDOLILFDWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWV (continued)
&$5(6725$*(DQG%8,/',1*&21',7,216shall be in ,167$//(5,65(63216,%/()25

noncompliance. The manufacturer and/or installer of the 3.2 Checking all architectural woodwork specified and studying
woodwork shall not be held responsible for damage that the appropriate portions of the contract documents, including
might develop by not adhering to the requirements. these standards and the reviewed shop drawings, to
2 CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR specified, understanding that:

2.1 Furnishing and installing structural members, grounds, in 3.2.1 For transparent finish, special attention needs to be given
wall or ceiling blocking, backing, furring, brackets, or other to the color and grain of the various woodwork pieces to
anchorage required for architectural woodwork installation ensure they are installed in compliance to match existing.
that becomes an integral part of walls, floors, or ceilings to
which architectural woodwork shall be installed. 3.2.2 Installation site is properly ventilated, protected from
2.1.1 In the absence of contract documents calling for the the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the
contractor to supply the necessary blocking/backing in the appropriate relative humidity and temperature.
wall or ceilings, either through inadvertence or otherwise,
the architectural woodwork installer shall not proceed with 3.3 Verification that installation site is properly ventilated,
the installation until such time as the in wall or ceiling protected from direct sunlight, excessive heat and/or moisture,
blocking/backing is installed by others. and that the HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the

inspection by the architectural woodwork installer and may 3.4 Verification that required priming of woodwork has been
be accepted or rejected for cause prior to installation. completed by others before woodwork is installed.

2.1.2.1 :$//&(,/,1*, and/or opening variations in
excess of 1/4” (6.4 mm) or )/2256 in excess of
commenced.
level, flat, straight, square, or of the correct size are
not acceptable for the installation of architectural 3.6 Woodwork specifically built or assembled in sequence for
woodwork, nor is it the responsibility of the installer to match of color and grain is installed to maintain that same
scribe or fit to tolerances in excess of such. sequence.
2.2 Installation site being properly ventilated, protected from RULES
HVAC system is functioning and maintaining the appropriate 1 The following rules shall govern unless a project’s contract
relative humidity and temperature. documents require otherwise.
2.3 Priming the architectural woodwork in accordance with the 2 These rules are intended to provide a well defined degree of
contract documents prior to its installation. control over a project’s quality of materials, workmanship, or
installation.
2.3.1 If the architectural woodwork is factory finished, priming
by the factory finisher is required. 3 ERRATA, published on the Sponsor Associations’ websites at
www.awinet.org, www.awmac.com, or www.aws-errata.com, shall
7$.(35(&('(1&(29(57+(6(58/(6, subject to their

SECTION12
%DVLF5XOHV
$(67+(7,& grade rules apply only to exposed and semi-exposed
1
2 0$7&+ of EXISTING installation methods is required, in:

2 1 Compliance with Sections 3 - 11, as applicable.
Where new materials are required to be distressed to blend seamlessly

with original, mock ups shall be approved by the design professional or
conservator before proceeding.

GROUNDSBUCKS, or +$1*,1*6<67(06 shall be installed plumb

and true.
TRANSPARENT finished woodwork shall be installed:

1 Well matched for color and grain.
1 1 Sheet products shall be compatible in color with solid stock.
1 2 Adjacent sheet products shall be well matched for color and grain.
Installer shall pay special attention to the color and the grain of the
2 various trim pieces to ensure they are installed in compliance with
Premium Grade.

inconspicuous when viewed at 24” (610 mm).

and assembly rules within the Product portion of this section and the

standards.

$SSOLFDEOH7(676PD\EHIRXQGLQ
6HFWLRQVKRZHYHUWKHVHWHVWVDUHRQO\
DSSOLFDEOHWRWKHH[SRVHGDQGVHPLH[SRVHG
SRUWLRQVRILQVWDOOHGPLOOZRUNSURGXFWV

notes
SECTION12

$33(1',;
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
APPENDIX
introduction & table of contents

INTRODUCTION
This APPENDIX is provided as additional resources to the manufacturer,

design professional, educator, user, or certifying organization and
is only part of the standards (compliance requirements) when
referenced. For your convenience where referenced it is flagged by a
the following icon:
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reference Source Directory ......................................................................387
Reference Source Listings ........................................................................388
Preservative & Water Repellent Treatments..............................................390
Fire Retardant Coatings ............................................................................390
Fire Codes .................................................................................................390
ADA Requirements ....................................................................................390
Rated Fire Door Assemblies ......................................................................390
Building Code Requirements .....................................................................390
Seismic Fabrication & Installation Requirements ......................................390
Adhesives Guidelines ................................................................................391

Specific Gravity & Weight Of Hardwoods ..................................................392
Joinery Details ...........................................................................................394
Chemical And Stain Resistance (Adapted From SEFA) ............................396
Casework Integrity (Adapted From SEFA) ................................................398
Casework Refinishing/Refacing/Refurbishing Guidelines .........................403
Fraction/Decimal/Millimeter Conversion Table ..........................................404
Miscellaneous Conversion Factors............................................................405

APPENDIX
reference source directory

CONTINUING EDUCATION SUSTAINABLE BUILDING
AIA - American Institute of Architects CaGBC - Canada Green Building Council
AIBD - American Institute of Building Design FSC - Forest Stewardship Council - U.S.
BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association Green Globes:
CRA - California Redwood Association USA - The Green Building Initiative
IDC - Interior Design of Canada Canada - ECD Energy and Environment
IIDA - International Interior Design Association Rainforest Alliance
RAIC - Royal Architectural Institute of Canada SAW - Sustainable Architectural Woodwork
SFI - Sustainable Forestry Initiative Inc.
STANDARDS & REGULATION TFF - Tropical Forest Foundation
ANSI - American National Standards Institute USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council
ARE - Association for Retail Environments
ASID - American Society of Interior Designers SPECIALIZED PRODUCT

AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association
AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of LMA - Laminating Materials Association, Inc.
Canada MMPA - Moulding and Millwork Producers Association
BIFMA - Business + Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association
CPA - Composite Panel Association WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association
CSC - Construction Specifications Canada WRCLA - Western Red Cedar Lumber Association
CSI - Construction Specifications Institute
DHI - The Door and Hardware Institute
HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
ICC - International Code Council
IWPA - International Wood Products Association
NFPA - National Fire Protection Association
NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association

NIST - National Institute of Standards & Technology
SEFA - Scientific Equipment & Furniture Association
SFI - Sustainable Forest Initiative
UL - Underwriters’ Laboratories
WI - Woodwork Institute
WWPA - Western Wood Products Association
MANUFACTURING
AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association
AHFA - American Home Furnishings Alliance
NAM - National Association of Manufacturers
NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association
WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association
TESTING AND GRADING

APA - The Engineered Wood Association
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials
ITS - Intertek Testing Services/Warnock Hersey
$

APPENDIX
reference source listings

AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute DHI - The Door and Hardware Institute
1111 19th Street NW, Suite 800 46179 Westlake Drive, Suite 120 14150 Newbrook Drive, Suite 200
Washington, DC 20036 Potomac Falls, VA 20165 Chantilly, VA 20151-2223
Ph: 800-878-8878 - Fax: 202-463-2700 Ph: 571-323-3636 - Fax: 571-323-3630 Ph: 703-222-2010 - Fax: 703-222-2410
www.afandpa.org www.awinet.org www.dhi.org
AHFA - American Home Furnishings Alliance AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers FSC - Forest Stewardship Council
Box HP-7 Association of Canada USA:
High Point, NC 27261 Unit 02A 4803 Centre Street NW 212 Third Avenue North, Suite 445
Ph: 336-884-5000 - Fax: 336-884-5303 Calgary, AB T2E 2Z6 Minneapolis, MN 55401
www.ahfa.us Ph: 403-652-7685 Ph: 612-353-4511 - Fax: 612-208-1565
www.awmac.com www.fscus.org
AIA - American Institute of Architects Canada:

1735 New York Avenue NW BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers 70 The Esplanade, Suite 400
Washington, DC 20006 Association Toronto, ON M5E 1R2
Ph: 800-242-3837 - Fax: 202-626-7547 355 Lexington Avenue, 15th Floor Ph: 514-394-1137
www.aia.org New York, NY 10017 www.fsccanada.org
Ph: 212-297-2122 - Fax: 212-370-9047
AIBD - American Institute of Building Design www.buildershardware.com GREEN GLOBES:
529 14th Street, NW, Suite 750 USA:
Washington, DC 20045 BIFMA - Business + Institutional Furniture The Green Building Initiative
Ph: 800-366-2423 - Fax: 855-204-0293 Manufacturers Association 2104 SE Morrison,
www.aibd.org 678 Front Avenue, NW Suite 150 Portland, Oregon 97214
Grand Rapids, MI 49504-5368 Ph: 877-424-4241 - Fax: 503-961-8991
ANSI - American National Standards Institute Ph: 616-285-3968 - Fax: 616-265-3765 www.thegbi.org
25 West 23rd Street, 4th Floor www.bifma.org Canada:
New York, NY 10036 ECD Energy and Environment
165 Kenilworth Avenue

Ph: 212-642-4900 - Fax: 212-398-0023 CPA - Composite Panel Association
www.ansi.org 19465 Deerfield Avenue, Suite 306 Toronto, ON M4L 3S7
Leesburg, VA 20176 Ph: 416-699-6671
APA - The Engineered Wood Association Ph: 703-724-1128 - Fax: 703-724-1588 www.greenglobes.com
7011 South 19th Street www.compositepanel.org
Tacoma, WA 98466 HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
Ph: 253-565-6600 - Fax: 253-565-7265 CRA - California Redwood Association 1825 Michael Faraday Drive
www.apawood.org 818 Grayson Road, Suite 201 Reston, VA 20190
Pleasant Hill, CA 94523 Ph: 703-435-2900 - Fax: 703-435-2537
ARE - Association for Retail Environments Ph: 925-935-1499 - Fax: 925-935-1496 www.hpva.org
4651 Sheridan Street, Suite 407 www.calredwood.org
Hollywood, FL 33021-3657 ICC - International Code Council
Ph: 954-893-7300 - Fax: 954-893-7500 CSC - Construction Specifications Canada 500 New Jersey Avenue NW, 6th Floor
www.nasfm.org 120 Carlton Street, Suite 312 Washington, DC 20001-2070
Toronto, ON, M5A 4K2, Canada Ph: 888-422-7233 - Fax: 202-783-2348
ASID - American Society of Interior Designers Ph: 416-777-2198 - Fax: 416-777-2197 www.iccsafe.org
608 Massachusetts Avenue NE www.csc-dcc.ca
Washington, DC 20002-6006 IDC - Interior Design of Canada
$ Ph: 202-546-3480 - Fax: 202-546-3240 CSI - Construction Specifications Institute C 536-43 Hanna Avenue
www.asid.org 99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Toronto, Ontario, M6K 1X1, Canada
Alexandria, VA 22314 Ph: 416-649-4425 - Fax: 416-921-3660
ASTM - American Society for Testing and Ph: 800-689-2900 - Fax: 703-684-8436 www.idcanada.org
Materials www.csinet.org
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
Ph: 610-832-9585 - Fax: 610-832-9555
www.astm.org

APPENDIX
reference source listings

IIDA - International Interior Design Association NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers 5$,1)25(67$//,$1&(
13-122 Merchandise Mart Association 233 Broadway, 28th Floor
Chicago, IL 60654-1104 1300 North 17th Street, Suite 1752 New York, NY 10279
Ph: 312-467-1950 - Fax: 312-467-0779 Rosslyn, Virginia 22209 Ph: 212-677-1900 - Fax: 212-677-2187
www.iida.org Ph: 703-841-3200 - Fax: 703-841-5900 www.rainforest-alliance.org
www.nema.org
ITS - Intertek Testing Services SAW - Sustainable Architectural Woodwork
Ph: 800-967-5352 NFPA - National Fire Protection Association PO Box 980248
www.intertek.com 1 Batterymarch Park West Sacramento, CA 95798-0248
Quincy, MA 02169-7471 Ph: 916-372-8242 - Fax: 916-372-9950
IWPA - International Wood Products Association Ph: 617-770-3000 - Fax: 617-770-0700 www.sawcertified.org
4214 King Street West www.nfpa.org
Alexandria, VA 22302 TFF - Tropical Forest Foundation

Ph: 703-820-6696 - Fax: 703-820-8550 NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association 2121 Eisenhower Avenue, Suite 200
www.iwpawood.org 6830 Raleigh-Lagrange Road Alexandria, VA 22314
Memphis, TN 38184-0518 Ph: 703-518-8834 - Fax: 703-518-8974
KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Assoc. Ph: 901-377-1818 - Fax:901-382-6419 www.tropicalforestfoundation.org
1899 Preston White Drive www.nhla.com
Reston VA 20191-5435 UL - Underwriters’ Laboratories
Ph: 703-264-1690 - Fax: 703-620-6530 NIST - National Institute of Standards & 333 Pfingsten Road
www.kcma.org Technology Northbrook, IL 60062-2096
100 Bureau Drive, Stop 3460 Ph: 847-272-8800 - Fax: 847-272-8129
LEED® - Leadership in Energy and Environmental Gaithersburg, MD 20899-3460 www.ul.com
Design Ph: 301-975-6478 - Fax: 301-926-1630
USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council www.nist.gov WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers
2101 L Street, NW, Suite 500 Association
Washington, DC 20037 RAIC - Royal Architectural Institute of Canada 2025 M Street, NW, Suite 800
Washington DC, 20036-3309

Ph: 800-795-1747 - Fax: 202-828-5110 330-55 Murray Street
www.usgbc.org Ottawa, Ontario, K1N 5M3, Canada Ph: 800-223-2301 - Fax: 847-299-1286
CaGBC - Canada Green Building Council Ph: 631-241-3600 - Fax: 613-241-5750 www.wdma.com
47 Clarence Street, Suite 202 www.raic.org
Ottawa, ON K1N 9K1 WI - Woodwork Institute
Ph: 866-941-1184 - Fax: 613-241-4782 SEFA - Scientific Equipment & Furniture P.O. Box 980247
www.cagbc.org Association West Sacramento, CA 95798
65 Hilton Avenue Ph: 916-372-9943 - Fax: 916-372-9950
LMA - Laminating Materials Association Garden City, NJ 11530 www.woodworkinstitute.com
116 Lawrence Street Ph: 877-294-5424 - Fax: 516-294-4765
Lillsdale, NJ 07642-2730 www.sefalabs.com WRCLA - Western Red Cedar Lumber
Ph: 201-664-2700 - Fax: 201-666-5665 Association
www.lma.org SFI - Sustainable Forest Initiative, Inc. 1501-700 West Pender Place 1, Business Building
USA: Vancouver, BC, Canada V6C 1G8
MMPA - Moulding and Millwork Producers 900 17th street, NW, Suite 700 Ph: 866-778-9096
Association Washington, DC 20006 www.realcedar.org.
507 First Street Ph: 202-596-3450 - Fax: 202-596-3451
Woodland, CA 95695 www.sfiprogram.org WWPA - Western Wood Products Association
Ph: 530-661-9591 - Fax: 530-661-9586 Canada: Yeon Building, 522 SW Fifth Avenue $
www.wmmpa.com 1309 Carling Ave., PO Box 35043 Portland, OR 97204-2122
Westgate Ph: 503-224-3930 - Fax: 503-224-3934
NAM - National Association of Manufacturers Ottawa, ON K1Z 1A2 www2.wwpa.org
733 10th Street, NW, Suite 700 Ph: 613-722-8734 - Fax: 613-792-1470
Washington, DC 20001 www.certificationcanada.org/
Ph: 800-814-8468 - Fax: 202-637-3182
www.nam.org

APPENDIX
miscellaneous
PRESERVATIVE & WATER REPELLENT TREATMENTS SEISMIC FABRICATION & INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Within the U.S., preservative and water repellent treatments are governed Within the U.S., seismic fabrication and installation requirements are gov-
under I.S. - 4, latest edition, as published by the Window and Door Manufac- erned by the International Building Code (IBC), subject to any applicable
turers Association (WDMA), www.wdma.com, subject to any applicable EPA state or local requirements that might be more stringent for the project loca-
or local Air Quality Management District’s restrictions on what may be used tion. Within Canada, they are governed by the National Building Code of
for the project location. Within Canada, they are governed by the National Canada, Section 3.8, Appendix A. Contact the National Research Council
Building Code of Canada, Section 3.8, Appendix A. Contact the National Canada at www.nrc.ca.
Research Council Canada at www.nrc.ca.
FIRE RETARDANT COATINGS
Fire retardant coatings are typically subject to listing by an accredited testing

laboratory and require a registration number for approval recognized by fire

inspectors.
FIRE CODES
Within the U.S., fire codes are primarily governed by the International Code
Council, Inc. (ICC), www.iccsafe.org, and the National Fire Protection As-
sociation (NFPA), www.nfpa.org. Within Canada, they are governed by the
National Building Code of Canada, Section 3.8, Appendix A. Contact the
National Research Council Canada at www.nrc.ca.
ADA REQUIREMENTS
Within the U.S., ADA requirements are governed by the Federal Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA) subject to any applicable state or local require-

ments that might be more stringent for the project location. For further
information regarding national regulations: a) in the U.S., contact the Access
Board at www.access-board.gov, and b) in Canada, see the National Building
Code of Canada, Section 3.8, Appendix A. Contact the National Research
Council Canada at www.nrc.ca.
RATED FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLIES
Within the U.S., rated fire door assemblies are governed in accordance with
the National Fire Protection Association’s Publication NFPA 80, “Standard
for Fire Doors and Fire Windows,” subject to any applicable state or local
requirements that might be more stringent for the project location. Within
Canada, governance is by the National Building Code of Canada, Section
3.8, Appendix A, which can be reviewed at www.nrc.ca.
BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS
Within the U.S., building code requirements are governed by the Internation-
$ al Building Code (IBC), subject to any applicable state or local requirements
that might be more stringent for the project location. Within Canada, they are
governed by the National Building Code of Canada, Section 3.8, Appendix A.
Contact the National Research Council Canada at www.nrc.ca.

APPENDIX
adhesive guidelines
PERFORMANCE RATINGS:
Type I Fully Waterproof (Exterior) Two Cycle Boil/Shear Test
Type II Water Resistant (Interior) Three Cycle Soak Test
GENERAL INFORMATION:
GENERIC NAME BONDING RATING CHARACTERISTICS
Non toxic; non flammable; non staining;

ALIPHATIC (Carpenter's Glue) Wood to wood Type II
water resistant.

CASEIN Wood to wood Type II Water resistant.
HPDL and wood

CONTACT ADHESIVE Type II Water resistant.
veneer to wood
Wide range;
EPOXY wood; wood to Type I Two part system; fully waterproof.
metals
HOT MELT Wide variety of Liquefies when heated; bonds in a liquid state;
*
Polyurethane Reactive (PUR) materials solidifies as it cools.
Wood to wood
PVA (Polyvinyl Acetate) * General purpose.
Wood to HPDL
PVA (Polyvinyl Acetate - Catalyzed) Wood to wood Type I Fully waterproof.

Wide variety of
PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) * Crystal clear; fast drying.
materials
Wood to wood Fully waterproof; purple glue line; two part
RESORCINOL RESIN Type I
and laminates system; limited pot life (3 hours).
Mixes with water; must be clamped;
UREA RESIN Wood to wood Type II
3 to 7 hours of drying time at 70o F (21.1o C).
Plastic epoxy base; liquid state; dries fast;
Wide variety
PANEL/CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE Type II difficult to remove; can be used to set
of materials
adjustment screws in European type hinges.
&KHFNPDQXIDFWXUHU¶VUDWLQJ
HEAT RESISTANCE TEST:

A sample of the laminated plastic approximately 12” x 12” (305 x 305 mm), glued to the substrate for a minimum of 21 days shall be used for this test. A hot $
air gun rayed at 14 amperes, 120 volts, with a nozzle temperature of 500O F or 274O C shall be directed at the test panel. A thermometer set at the panel
surface shall register 356O F or 180O C for an exposure time of 5 minutes. The formation of a blister or void between the overlay and the substrate shall
constitute a failure of the adhesive. A metal straightedge shall be used to determine if a blister has occurred. This determination shall be made within 30
seconds of heat removal.

APPENDIX
VSHFL¿FJUDYLW\DQGZHLJKWRIKDUGZRRGV
SPECIFIC SPECIFIC
SPECIES WEIGHT 2 SPECIES WEIGHT 2
GRAVITY 1 GRAVITY 1
ALDER, RED .37 28 DOGWOOD, FLOWERING .64 51
Alnus rubra Cornus florida
ASH, WHITE .54 41 EBONY (NIGERIAN) n/a 63

Average of 4 species Diospyros crassiflora
ASPEN .35 27 ELM, AMERICAN .46 36

Populus tremuloides Ulmlus Americana
AVODIRE n/a 36 SWEETGUM (RED AND SAP) .44 34

Turraeanthus africanus Liquidambar styraciflua

BASSWOOD .32 26 TUPELO, WATER .46 35
Tilia americana Nyssa aquatica
BEECH .56 45 HACKBERRY .49 37

Fagus grandifolia Celtis occidentalis
BIRCH, SWEET .60 46 HICKORIES, TRUE .65 51

Betula lenta Average of 4 species
BIRCH, YELLOW .55 43 HOLLY .50 40

Betula alleghaniensis Ilex opaca
BUBINGA n/a 55 LIMBA .45 34

Guibourtia demeusil Terminalia superba
BUTTERNUT .36 27 LOCUST, BLACK .66 48

Juglans cinerea Robinia pseudoacacia
CATALPA, NORTHERN .38 29 MAHOGANY, AFRICAN .43 31

Catalpa speciosa Khaya ivorensis
CATIVO .40 29 MAHOGANY, CUBAN .57 41

Prioria copaifera Swietenia mahogany
CHERRY, BLACK .47 35 MAHOGANY, CENTRAL AMERICAN .45 32

Prunus serotina Swietenia species
CHESTNUT .40 30 MAKORE 40

Castanea dentata Tieghemella heckelii
$ COTTONWOOD, EASTERN .37 28 MAPLE, RED .49 38

Populus deltoides Acer rubrum
CUCUMBER TREE, YELLOW . 44 34 MAPLE, SILVER .44 33

Magnolia acuminata Acer saccharinum
CYPRESS (BALD CYPRESS) .42 32 MAPLE, SUGAR .57 44

Taxodium distichum Acer saccharum

APPENDIX
VSHFL¿FJUDYLW\DQGZHLJKWRIKDUGZRRGV
SPECIFIC SPECIFIC
SPECIES WEIGHT 2
SPECIES GRAVITY 1 WEIGHT 2 GRAVITY 1
MYRTLE .51 39 ROSEWOOD (BRAZIL) n/a 50
Umbellularia Californica Dalbergia nigra
NARRA .52 42 SAPELE .54 40

Pterocarpus indicus Entandrophragma cylindricum
OAK, COMMERCIAL RED .56 44 SATINWOOD (EAST INDIAN) .83 67

Average of 9 species Chloroxylon swientenio
OAK, COMMERCIAL WHITE .59 47 SONORA (MANGGASINORO) .42 31

Average of 6 species Shorea philippinensis

ORIENTAL WOOD n/a 44 SYCAMORE .46 35
Endiandro palmerstoni Platanus accidentalis
OSAGE ORANGE .76 n/a TEAK .60 43

Maclura pomifera Tectona grandis
PADUAK (AFRICAN) n/a 43 TIGERWOOD .45 34

Pterocarpus soyauxii Lavoa klaineana
PADUAK (ANDAMAN) .62 45 WALNUT, AMERICAN (BLACK) .51 39

Pterocarpus dalbergioides Juglans nigra
PADUAK (BURMA) .75 54 WILLOW, BLACK .34 26

Pterocarpus macrocarpus Salix nigra
PALDAO .59 44 ZEBRAWOOD .62 48

Dracontomelum dao Microberlinia brazzavillensis
PECAN .60 47 7KHGDWDIRUQDWLYHVSHFLHVDVIXUQLVKHGRQWKLVFKDUWDUHIURP

Carya illinoensis WKH86)RUHVW3URGXFWV/DERUDWRU\¶V7HFKQLFDO%XOOHWLQ

%DVHGRQJUHHQYROXPHDQGRYHQGU\ZHLJKW

PEARWOOD (EUROPEAN) n/a 43 %DVHGRQSRXQGVSHUFXELFIRRWDWPRLVWXUHFRQWHQW
Purus communis
PHILIPPINE HARDWOODS
RED LAUAN .40 36
Shorea negrosensis
WHITE LAUAN n/a 36
Pentacme contorta
TANGUILE .53 39 $
Shorea polysperma
POPLAR, YELLOW (TULIPTREE) .38 28

Liriodendron tulipifera
PRIMAVERA .40 30
Cybistax donnell-smithii

APPENDIX
joinery details

Butt Tongue & Groove Spline

Half Lap Half Lap Scarf

Finger Doweled Slotted Mortise & Tenon

Stub Mortise & Tenon Blind Mortise & Tenon Through Mortise & Tenon

Biscuit Spline Pocket Screw Plowed In

APPENDIX
joinery details

Rabbet Lock Shoulder Dovetail

Dovetail (French) Dado Blind Dovetail Dado

Dado, Blind Or Stopped Dado, Blind Or Stopped Miter

Splined Miter Shoulder Miter Lock Miter

APPENDIX
chemical and stain resistance

If chemical and/or stain resistance is a concern, users should consider the LEVEL 2 - Slight surface etching or severe staining.
chemical and staining agents that might be used on or near casework or
countertop surfaces. Common guidelines can be found in NEMA LD3 (latest LEVEL 3 - Pitting, cratering, swelling, or erosion of coating; obvious and
edition) for chemical resistance and ASTM D3023 and C1378 (latest editions) significant deterioration.
for stain resistance. Because chemical and stain resistance is affected by
concentration, time, temperature, humidity, housekeeping, and other factors, ACCEPTANCE LEVEL: Results will vary from product to product, and
it is recommended that actual samples are tested in a similar environment suitability for a given application is dependent upon the chemicals used in a
with those agents that are of concern. given laboratory setting. Without contract documents requiring otherwise, an
acceptable level of chemical and stain resistance for products requiring such
In lieu of actual sample testing to evaluate the resistance a finish has in accordance with these standards and a project’s contract documents shall
to chemical spills, the SEFA 8-1999 (Scientific Equipment and Fixture be finishes with test results SHOWING NO MORE THAN four of the Level 3
Association) standard list of 49 chemicals/concentrations, their required Result Classifications.
methods of testing, and their minimum acceptable results have been
adapted for use in these standards as the means of establishing a minimum &+(0,&$/5($*(17 7(670(7+2'

acceptable chemical resistance for exposed and semi-exposed surfaces Acetate, Amyl A
where required by contract documents.
Acetate, Ethyl A
REQUIREMENT: Exposed horizontal surfaces, such as countertops, are Acetic Acid, 98% B
required to pass a 24 hour exposure test, whereas exposed vertical surfaces Acetone A
and semi-exposed surfaces are required to pass a 1 hour exposure test.
Acid Dichromate, 5% B
TEST PROCEDURE: Obtain one sample panel measuring 14” x 24” (356 Alcohol, Butyl A
mm x 610 mm) and test for chemical resistance as described herein: Alcohol, Ethyl A
Alcohol, Methyl A
Place the panel on a flat surface, clean with soap and water, and blot dry.
Condition the panel for 48 hours at 73o ±3o F (20o ±2o C) and 50% ±5% Ammonium Hydroxide, 28% B
relative humidity. Test the panel for chemical resistance using the following Benzene A
49 different chemical reagents by one of the following methods: Carbon Tetrachloride A

Chloroform A
METHOD A - Test volatile chemicals by placing a cotton ball saturated
with reagent in the mouth of a 1 oz. (29.574 cc) bottle and inverting the Chromic Acid, 60% B
bottle on the surface of the panel. Cresol A
Dichlor Acetic Acid A
METHOD B - Test non volatile chemicals by placing five drops of the
reagent on the surface of the panel and covering with a 24 mm watch Dimethylformanide A
glass, convex side down. Dioxane A
For both of the above methods, leave the reagents on the panel for a period Ethyl Ether A
of: Formaldehyde, 37% A
Formic Acid, 90% B
One (1) hour for exposed vertical surfaces and semi-exposed surfaces.
Furfural A
Twenty four (24) hours for exposed horizontal surfaces such as Gasoline A
countertops. Hydrochloric Acid, 37% B
Wash off the panel with water, clean with detergent and naphtha, and rinse Hydrofluoric Acid, 48% B
$ with deionized water. Dry with a towel and evaluate after 24 hours at 73o Hydrogen Peroxide, 3% B
±3o F (20o ±2o C) and 50% ±5% relative humidity using the following rating
Iodine, Tincture of B
system:
Methyl Ethyl Ketone A
RESULT CLASSIFICATIONS: Methylene Chloride A
Mono Chlorobenzene A
LEVEL 0 - No detectable change.
Naphthalene A
LEVEL 1 - Slight change in color or gloss.

APPENDIX
chemical and stain resistance

Nitric Acid, 20% B
Nitric Acid, 30% B
Nitric Acid, 70% B
Phenol, 90% A
Phosphoric Acid, 85% B
Silver Nitrate, Saturated B
Sodium Hydroxide, 10% B
Sodium Hydroxide, Flake B

Sodium Sulfide, Saturated B
Sulfuric Acid, 33% B
Sulfuric Acid, 77% and Nitric Acid, 70%
B
- equal parts
Toluene A
Trichloroethylene A
Xylene A
Zinc Chloride, Saturated B

$

APPENDIX
casework integrity
To evaluate the overall integrity of casework, portions of SEFA 8-1999 The cabinet shall be free standing, squared, and set level. A piece of 1”
(Scientific Equipment and Fixture Association) methods of testing and (25.4 mm) thick medium density fiberboard shall be positioned on the cabi-
acceptable results have been adapted for use in these standards as the net without glue or fasteners of any kind, of such dimensions that it will over-
minimum acceptable level of integrity for casework conforming to all grades. hang the cabinet perimeter by 1” (25.4 mm), and its weight shall be included
in the test as live load. Doors and the drawer should be free moving, and
TEST LISTING the door shall latch properly.
Structural Integrity - Base Cabinet
Concentrated Load - Base Cabinet
Torsion - Base Cabinet
Base Submersion

Structural Integrity - Wall Cabinet
Door and Door Hinge Durability
Door Impact
Drawer Bottom Impact
Drawer Support
Drawer and Door Pull
Drawer Rolling Load

WALL CABINET TEST UNIT - Shall be 48” (1219 mm) wide, 36” (914 mm)
Shelf Load high, and 12” (305 mm) deep with two swinging doors and one shelf, and
shall be designed in such a way that when the doors are open, access to

Structural Integrity - Table the cabinet is unobstructed.
SHELF TEST UNIT - Shelves, both fixed and/or adjustable, regardless of

material or application, shall be tested using the following procedure. This is
inclusive of shelves in wall cabinets, base cabinets, full height cabinets, wall
mounted shelves, and free standing shelves.
TABLE TEST UNIT - Shall be 48” (1219 mm) long, 24” (610 mm) deep, and
36” (914 mm) high. A top of 1” (25.4 mm) thick medium density fiberboard
shall be positioned on the table so that it will overhang the frame perimeter
by 1” (25.4 mm), and its weight shall be included in the test as live load.
Tables are represented by a large range of styles and designs, including
free standing tables, desks, aprons mounted between two fixed areas (such
as a wall or casework), mobile tables (free standing tables on wheels or
casters), and mobile under counter units.
BASE CABINET TEST UNIT - Shall be 48” (1219 mm) wide, 36” (914 mm)
$ high, and 22” (559 mm) deep with one full width drawer (approximately
one fourth the height of the cabinet’s face opening) and two doors. Cabinet
shall be designed to provide unobstructed entry into the cabinet interior with
the doors open and shall contain one adjustable shelf. For LABORATORY
USE, the cabinet back shall be removable and tested with the cabinet back
removed.

APPENDIX
casework integrity
STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY TEST - BASE CABINET TORSION TEST - BASE CABINET
CHALLENGES the load bearing capability of a cabinet’s construction. CHALLENGES the structural integrity of the cabinet construction when
subjected to a torsional load.
PROCEDURE - Load the cabinet top by using 2000 lbs (907 kg) of solid
steel bars stacked eight high and evenly spaced for a time period of 10 PROCEDURE - The cabinet shall be tested in its normal upright position,
minutes, then unload the cabinet. raised not less than 4” (101.6 mm) off the floor, and supported on both
rear corners and one front corner. The area of support under the cabinet
shall be located not more than 6” (152.4 mm) in from each supported
corner. Secure the cabinet diagonally from the unsupported corner with
seven solid steel bars (350 lbs [159 kg]) on the top of the cabinet to
prevent overturning. Apply four solid steel bars (200 lbs [90.7 kg]) to the
unsupported corner for a period of 15 minutes. Remove the weight, and
place the cabinet on the floor in its normal upright position. Observe the

cabinet joinery. Level the cabinet and measure the face and back of the
cabinet across the diagonal corners.
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - Cabinet shall have no signs of permanent fail-

ure. If used, inspect the levelers; any deformation shall not interfere with
the function of the leveling system.

CONCENTRATED LOAD TEST - BASE CABINET
CHALLENGES the functional characteristics of the cabinet when sub-
jected to a concentrated load on the center of the cabinet top.
PROCEDURE - Using solid weights or 10 lb (4.53kg)sand bags, apply a

total of 200 lbs (90.7 kg) to the top of the cabinet along the cabinet cen- ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - When returned to the normal position, the
terline. Operate the doors and the drawer. operation of the cabinet shall be normal without any signs of permanent
damage. The difference between the two measurements taken from mea-
suring the diagonal corners shall be no more than 1/8” (3.2mm).
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - Door and drawer operation shall be normal

under condition of test load and there shall be no signs of permanent
distortion to the front rail, cabinet joinery, doors, or the drawer after load
is removed.

APPENDIX
casework integrity
SUBMERSION TEST - BASE CABINET (Only applicable to casework DOOR and DOOR HINGE DURABILITY TEST
specified for moisture resistant or laboratory use) CHALLENGES the durability of the door and its hardware (hinge leaf,
CHALLENGES the cabinet’s resistance to standing water and is only screws, etc.) to an applied load of 200 lbs (90.7 kg).
applicable to cabinets whose bases are within 2” (50.8 mm) of the fin-
ished floor. PROCEDURE - Remove the shelf for this test. With the unit and top
set, add sufficient weight to the top in order to prevent overturning. With
PROCEDURE - The material thickness along the perimeter of the cabinet the cabinet door open 90 degrees, hang a sling made up of two 100 lb
shall be measured on 6” (152.4 mm) increments. Record the thickness of (45.4 kg) weights (shot bags or solid weights) over the top of the door
the material to be submerged in water. Calculate the arithmetic mean of at a point 12” (305 mm) out from the hinge center line. Slowly move the
the data taken. Place the entire test cabinet in its upright position so that door through the full cycle of the hinge, up to a 160 degree arc. Remove
the cabinet is submerged in a pan filled with 2” (50.8 mm) of water. After the weight, swing the door through its full intended range of motion, and
4 hours, remove the unit from the water and immediately measure the close the door.
thickness of the material at the same points measured initially. Calculate

the new arithmetic mean. After the unit has been allowed to dry, inspect
for other damage.
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - The cabinet will show no signs of permanent

deformation or deterioration. Any increase in thickness of the base mate-
rial shall not exceed 4% of the initial mean measurements.
STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY TEST - WALL CABINET

CHALLENGES the strength of the back of the wall cabinet as well as
the joinery of the cabinet and the function of the doors when the wall
mounted unit is subjected to load.
PROCEDURE - Using sand or shot bags weighing 10 lbs (4.5 kg) each,
load the cabinet bottom, shelf, and top uniformly to a maximum of 200 lbs
(90.7 kg) each, with the maximum load not exceeding 600 lbs (272 kg).

ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - The open door shall withstand a load of 200 lbs
(90.7 kg) when applied at a point 12” (305 mm) from the hinge centerline
without significant permanent distortion that will cause binding of the door
or hinges or that will adversely affect the operation of the catch.
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - With weights in place, operate the doors

$ through full travel to verify the normal operation of the doors. Remove the
weights and operate the doors to verify normal operation. Verify that there
is no significant permanent deflection of the cabinet top, cabinet back,
cabinet bottom, or shelf. After the weights are removed, the cabinet shall
show no permanent damage to the cabinet, cabinet bottom, or shelf.

APPENDIX
casework integrity
DOOR IMPACT TEST DRAWER AND DOOR PULL TEST
CHALLENGES the resistance of a 240 inch pound impact to the door CHALLENGES the strength of the pull hardware.
face and is applicable only to cabinet doors that extend below the work
surface, excluding glass doors. PROCEDURE - Pulls are to be installed in accordance with the manu-
facturer’s practice, using the specified attaching hardware and method.
PROCEDURE - With the unit and top set, add sufficient weight to the top Block the door and the drawer closed. Using a cable pulley and weight
in order to prevent overturning. A 20 lb (9 kg) sand bag shall be suspend- assembly, apply a force of 50 lbs (22.7 kg) perpendicular to each pull.
ed and dropped to provide an impact of 240 inch pounds at the center of Revise the setup to hang weight from each pull.
the closed door.

ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - After the test, the door and catch shall operate
normally and show no signs of permanent damage.

DRAWER BOTTOM IMPACT TEST
CHALLENGES the resistance to impact of the drawer bottom and slide
mechanism.
PROCEDURE - Open the drawer to 13” (330 mm) of travel. Drop a 10 lb

(4.5 kg) sand or shot bag from a height of 24” (610 mm) into the bottom
of the drawer at the center of the width of the drawer and 6” (152 mm) ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - The pulls shall resist force and support weight
back from the inside face of the drawer. Remove the sand or shot bag. without breakage. After completion of the test and removal of the weight,
there shall be no significant permanent distortion. Some pull designs will
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - Operate the drawer through the full cycle. The require variations to set up apparatus. These pulls shall be tested in con-
drawer shall operate normally. Any deformation will not cause binding or formance to the applied pull forces.
interfere with the operation of the drawer.
DRAWER SUPPORT TEST

CHALLENGES the ability to support a point load given to the front of
the drawer and will challenge the attachment of the drawer head to the
drawer.
$
PROCEDURE - With the unit and top set, add sufficient weight to the
top in order to prevent overturning. Open the drawer to 13” (330 mm) of
travel and hang 150 lbs (68 kg) from the drawer head at the centerline
of the drawer for 5 minutes. Remove the weight and operate the drawer
through the full cycle.
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - There shall be no interference with the normal

operation of the drawer.

APPENDIX
casework integrity
DRAWER ROLLING LOAD TEST TABLE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY TEST
CHALLENGES the strength of the drawer head, bottom, and back as a CHALLENGES the table components to a normal load.
result of opening and closing the drawer with a rolling load.
PROCEDURE - Load the table top with an evenly distributed load of no
PROCEDURE - Position the drawer on a table at a 45 degree angle. less than 300 lbs (136 kg) for mobile, 600 lbs (272 kg) for free standing,
Place a 2” (50.8 mm) diameter by 12” (305 mm) long steel rod (approxi- and 2000 lbs (907 kg) for fixed. Include the weight of the working surface
mately 10 lbs [4.5 kg]) 13” (330 mm) from the target impact area (so that as a live load by using solid steel bars, each weighing 50 lbs (22.7 kg).
the rod will roll freely to impact the back) of the drawer. Subject the back
to three impacts, and reverse the drawer to subject the front to three
additional impacts.

ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - No structural breakage shall occur, and the
apron rails shall not deflect more than 1/8” (3.2 mm). In the case of a
table with a drawer, the deflection of the rail shall not interfere with the
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - The drawer shall show no signs (other than function of the drawer.
minor scratches and dents) of permanent damage. All joinery shall be
intact, and the drawer, when replaced in the unit, shall operate normally.

Minor scratches and dents are acceptable.
SHELF LOAD TEST

CHALLENGES the ability of a shelf and its mounting hardware to support
normal loads.
PROCEDURE - The shelf shall be mounted as designed. Measure the

distance from the underside of the shelf to a reference point perpendicu-
lar to the center of the shelf. Using shot or sand bags weighing 10 lbs
(4.5 kg) each, uniformly load the shelf to a maximum of 200 lbs (90.7
kg). Measure the deflection on the shelf by measuring the distance to the
reference point and calculating the difference between the two measure-
ments.
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL - The maximum deflection shall be 1/180 of the

span, not to exceed 1/4” (6.4 mm).

APPENDIX
FDVHZRUNUH¿QLVKLQJUHIDFLQJUHIXUELVKLQJJXLGHOLQHV
THIS TYPE OF WORK is typically required to be done in the field and REFACING is usually more involved and very field labor intensive, and
without specific contract document requirements to the contrary: existing surfaces, including doors, drawer fronts, cabinet face, and finished
ends:
Will not update any seismic fabrication and/or installation deficiencies.
If HPDL, shall be removed with any damaged core areas repaired and
Lead and/or toxic material abatement shall not be the responsibility of the core surface suitably prepared for proper adhesion of the new surface
woodwork manufacturer/installer. material.
SPECIFICATIONS shall clearly indicate whether refinishing, refacing, If paint, shall be stripped to the original surface with any damaged areas
refurbishing, or a combination thereof is required. repaired and resurfaced with the specified material.
ARCHITECTURAL PLANS shall clearly indicate all casework to be Does not include the replacement of hardware, unless so specified.
refinished, refaced, and/or refurbished. The casework elevations shall also
indicate any unusual or special requirements (such as structural repair or REFURBISHING includes either the refinishing or refacing of the exterior

component replacement). cabinet body, replacement of the cabinet doors and drawer fronts, and
replacement of all exposed cabinet hardware, including hinges, pulls,
It is the design professional’s responsibility to specify any and all catches, and locks; however:
modifications required for code compliance.
It does not include the repair or replacement of interior components such
Including the means, methods, and materials required to retrofit casework as shelves, drawer boxes, or drawer slides unless so specified.
for UBC Title 24 or other national compliance code(s).
New components, such as doors, drawer fronts, drawer boxes, and shelves,
The requirement for reinstallation of existing casework (if needed to be shall be compliant to these standards.
removed), in a manner other than the original, shall be so specified.
Gaps and tolerances shall match that of the existing casework within an
If new or additional wall blocking is required, it shall be so specified and be elevation and within a room.
the responsibility of the contractor.
Hardware replacement for refurbished casework, or when specified to be
All refinishing, refacing, and/or refurbishing of casework governed by included with refinishing or refacing, shall include door hinges, door and

these standards shall generally be in accordance with these standards as drawer pulls, and locks (keying requirement to be as specified).
applicable, with the following exception:
Drawer slide replacement is not included unless specifically required in the
Repair or modification of existing casework shall be in compliance with contract documents.
accepted methods of joinery as contained in these standards.
Match of existing hardware is contingent on the availability of such from a
The method of repair used shall be optional with the manufacturer/installer. manufacturer’s current stock.
REFINISHING can be as simple as the application of a new finish over the The method of repair or patching of tear outs used for proper hardware
existing cabinet surfaces or as extensive as the removal of the existing replacement shall be optional with the manufacturer/installer.
finish, repair or patch of all physical defects, and the application of a new
finish; however: does not include the replacement of hardware, unless so All work shall meet the requirements of first class workmanship.
specified.

APPENDIX
fraction/decimal/millimeter conversions
FRACTION DECIMAL MILLIMETER FRACTION DECIMAL MILLIMETER
1/64 0.01563 0.3969 33/64 0.51563 13.0969
1/32 0.03125 0.7938 17/32 0.53125 13.4938
3/64 0.04688 1.1906 35/64 0.54688 13.8906
1/16 0.06250 1.5875 9/16 0.56250 14.2875
5/64 0.07813 1.9844 37/64 0.57813 14.6844
3/32 0.09375 2.3813 19/32 0.59375 15.0813
7/64 0.10937 2.7781 39/64 0.60938 15.4781

1/8 0.12500 3.1750 5/8 0.62500 15.8750
9/64 0.14063 3.5719 41/64 0.64063 16.2719
5/32 0.15625 3.9688 21/32 0.65625 16.6688
11/64 0.17188 4.3656 43/64 0.67188 17.0656
3/16 0.18750 4.7625 11/16 0.68750 17.4625
13/64 0.20312 5.1594 45/64 0.70313 17.8594
7/32 0.21875 5.5563 23/32 0.71875 18.2563
15/64 0.23438 5.9531 47/64 0.73438 18.6531
1/4 0.25000 6.3500 3/4 0.75000 19.0500

17/64 0.26563 6.7469 49/64 0.76563 19.4469
9/32 0.28125 7.1438 25/32 0.78125 19.8438
19/64 0.29688 7.5406 51/64 0.79688 20.2406
5/16 0.31250 7.9375 13/16 0.81250 20.6375
21/64 0.32813 8.3344 53/64 0.82813 21.0344
11/32 0.34375 8.7313 27/32 0.84375 21.4313
23/64 0.35938 9.1281 55/64 0.85938 21.8281

3/8 0.37500 9.5250 7/8 0.87500 22.2250
25/64 0.39063 9.9219 57/64 0.89063 22.6219
13/32 0.40625 10.3188 29/32 0.90625 23.0188
27/64 0.42188 10.7156 59/64 0.92188 23.4156

$ 7/16 0.43750 11.1125 15/16 0.93750 23.8125
29/64 0.45313 11.5094 61/64 0.95313 24.2094
15/32 0.46875 11.9063 31/32 0.96875 24.6063
31/64 0.48438 12.3031 63/64 0.98438 25.0031
1/2 0.50000 12.7000 1 1.00000 25.4000

APPENDIX
miscellaneous conversions
:+(1.12:1 08/7,3/<%< 72),1'

,QFKHV &HQWLPHWHUV
,QFKHV 0LOOLPHWHUV
6TXDUH,QFKHV 6TXDUH&HQWLPHWHUV
)HHW &HQWLPHWHUV
6TXDUH)HHW 6TXDUH0HWHUV
<DUGV 0HWHUV
6TXDUH<DUGV 6TXDUH0HWHUV

0LOHV .LORPHWHUV
6TXDUH0LOHV 6TXDUH.LORPHWHUV
$FUHV +HFWDUHV
2XQFHV *UDPV
3RXQGV .LORJUDPV
3UHVVXUH %DU
5DGLXV 'LDPHWHU
'LDPHWHU 5DGLXV
'LDPHWHU &LUFXPIHUHQFH

'LDPHWHU 6LGHRIDQ(TXDO6TXDUH
&LUFXPIHUHQFH 'LDPHWHU
&LUFXPIHUHQFH 5DGLXV
&LUFXPIHUHQFH 6LGHRIDQ(TXDO6TXDUH
6TXDUHRI'LDPHWHU $UHDRI&LUFOH

6TXDUHRI'LDPHWHU 6TXDUHRI6SKHUHRI*OREH
6TXDUHRI&LUFXPIHUHQFH $UHDRI&LUFOH
6TXDUHRI5DGLXV $UHDRI&LUFOH
72),1' ',9,'(%< :+(1.12:1
:+(1.12:1 08/7,3/<%< 72),1' $

)DKUHQKHLW DIWHUVXEWUDFWLQJ &HOVLXV
&HOVLXV DQGDGG )DKUHQKHLW

QRWHV
APPENDIX
$
'(6,*1,'($6
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
DESIGN IDEAS
introduction & table of contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION
Base and Base Cap Patterns ....................................................................409 This section of the Architectural Woodwork Standards contains valuable
content that will assist the design professional in the use and specification
Picture Mold Patterns ................................................................................412
of fine woodworking. Much more than ideas, it contains comprehensive
Casing Patterns .........................................................................................413 sets of drawings for mouldings, stile and rail doors, custom casework and
Panel Mold Patterns ..................................................................................416 ornamental woodwork as well as the complete Casework Design Series.
All casework drawings shown are diagrammatic only. This information will
Crown Mold Patterns .................................................................................417 assist even the most seasoned specifier in the application of an extensive
Bed Mold Patterns .....................................................................................419 array of wood products. Moulding profiles and door designs are numbered
for call outs in architectural drawings. The Cabinet Design Series has been
Handrail Patterns .......................................................................................420
used for years as a system to identify cabinet types and configurations. The
Chair Rail Patterns ....................................................................................421 ornamental woodwork portion of this section gives a history and a primer,

Architectural Ornamentation ......................................................................423 tracking the classic architectural elements used throughout the ages and
extensively today.
Terminology.........................................................................................423
These standards are meant to be a tool to enhance and empower the
Historic Woodwork Glossary ...............................................................424 creative use of architectural woodwork and this section uniquely provides
Classic Orders ....................................................................................428 applicable drawings and terminology to support and contribute to the design
process.
Stile & Rail Door Design Examples ...........................................................436
Casework Design Examples......................................................................440
For your convenience where referenced it is flagged by the following
'(6,*1,'($6icon:
di
Schools and Libraries .........................................................................440
Banks and Courts ...............................................................................444
Judge’s Bench ....................................................................................447
Corporate Woodwork ..........................................................................448

Furniture and Fixtures .........................................................................453
Reception ............................................................................................461
Church Fittings ....................................................................................466
Basic Cabinetry ...................................................................................467
Cabinet Design Series (CDS) ....................................................................469
CDS Overview ....................................................................................469
General Notes .....................................................................................469
Special Base Casework Heights .........................................................469
100 Series - Base Cabinets w/o Drawers ...........................................470
200 Series - Base Cabinets w/ Drawers .............................................473
300 Series - Wall Hung Cabinets ........................................................475
400 Series - Tall Storage Cabinets .....................................................477
500 Series - Wardrobe Cabinets .........................................................481
600 Series - Library Cabinets .............................................................483
700 Series - Moveable Cabinets .........................................................485
'

DESIGN IDEAS
VWDQGLQJ UXQQLQJWULPGHVLJQH[DPSOHV
BASE AND BASE CAP PATTERNS
BAS-1000 BAS-1001 BAS-1002 BAS-1003 BAS-1004 BAS-1005


'

Figure: DE-001

DESIGN IDEAS
BAS-1028 BAS-1029

BAS-1024 BAS-1025 BAS-1026 BAS-1027

'
Figure: DE-002

DESIGN IDEAS


'
Figure: DE-003

DESIGN IDEAS

BAS-1072 BAS-1073 BAS-1074 BAS-1075
Figure: DE-004
PICTURE MOLD PATTERNS

PIC-7000 PIC-7001 PIC-7002 PIC-7003 PIC-7004
PIC-7005 PIC-7006 PIC-7007 PIC-7008 PIC-7009 PIC-7010

' Figure: DE-005

DESIGN IDEAS
CASING PATTERNS

CAS-2000 CAS-2001 CAS-2002 CAS-2003 CAS-2004 CAS-2005
CAS-2006 CAS-2007 CAS-2008 CAS-2009 CAS-2010 CAS-20 1 1

'

Figure: DE-006

DESIGN IDEAS
CASING PATTERNS


'

Figure: DE-007

DESIGN IDEAS
CASING PATTERNS


CAS-2108 CAS-2109 CAS-2 110 CAS-2 111 CAS-2 112 CAS-2 113
'
CAS-2 114 CAS-2 115 CAS-2 116 CAS-2 117 CAS-2 118 CAS-2 119
Figure: DE-008

DESIGN IDEAS
CASING and PANEL MOLDING PATTERNS

CAS-2126 CAS-2727 CAS-2728

PNL-3000 PNL-3001 PNL-3002 PNL-3003 PNL-3004 PNL-3005
'
PNL-3006 PNL-3007 PNL-3008 PNL-3009 PNL-3010 PNL-30 11

Figure: DE-009

DESIGN IDEAS
CROWN MOLD PATTERNS

CRN-4001 CRN-4002 CRN-4003 CRN-4004
CRN-4005 CRN-4006 CRN-4007 CRN-4008 CRN-4009

CRN-4010 CRN-4011 CRN-4012 CRN-4014
'
CRN-4015 CRN-4016 CRN-4017 CRN-4018

Figure: DE-010

DESIGN IDEAS
CROWN MOLD PATTERNS

CRN-4025 CRN-4026 CRN-4027 CRN-4028

' CRN-4036 CRN-4037 CRN-4038 CRN-4039
Figure: DE-011

DESIGN IDEAS
BED MOLD PATTERNS

BED-4000 BED-4013 CRN-4019

CRN-4034 Figure: DE-012
CRN-4035
'

DESIGN IDEAS
HANDRAIL PATTERNS

HRL-5000 HRL-5001 HRL-5002 HRL-5003 HRL-5005

HRL-5011
HRL-5015
HRL-5010
HRL-5013 HRL-5014
HRL-5012
' These two are Secondary Rails,

customarily placed
under balusters
HRL-5021 HRL-5022 HRL-5023

Figure: DE-013

DESIGN IDEAS
CHAIR RAIL PATTERNS

CHR-6000 CHR-6001 CHR-6002 CHR-6003 CHR-6004 CHR-6005

'

Figure: DE-014

DESIGN IDEAS
CHAIR RAIL PATTERNS


'

Figure: DE-015

DESIGN IDEAS
DUFKLWHFWXUDORUQDPHQWDWLRQ
ARCHITECTURAL ORNAMENTATION A Gothic cathedral when viewed from any angle few terms which indicate use, location or size.
except frontally does not seem to have much
Discussing ornamental style is a difficult endeavor order, with flying buttresses and pinnacles and 7KHFXUYLQJSUR¿OHVDUHRIWHQVHSDUDWHGRURIIVHW
because it is historically complex and subject windows complicating one’s perception of the form E\DUHODWLYHO\VPDOOÀDWFDOOHGD¿OOHW
to interpretation. North America is made up of the building.
of ethnic groups from around the world and The small half round is an astragal, often
each has brought its own cultural history to the Reacting to Gothic embellishments, Renaissance decorated with beads or bead and billet. A larger
mix. The notes here do not intend to exclude architects rediscovered classicism, but in time half round, usually associated with the base of
any style of ornamentation, but concentrate the Classical tenets were corrupted (Mannerism) a column or base of a structure is called a torus
on the predominant influence of Western Art and the Baroque, which emphasized undulating (plural tori) molding, sometimes decorated with
and Architecture. Risking over simplification, surfaces, complicated interior spaces and ribbon bundled Bay Laurel, Oak leaves, or reeds.
style tends to vacillate over time between two dramatic decoration, permeated Europe. As
extremes: a reaction to the flamboyance of the Baroque, The ovolo is a quarter ellipse (Greek) or quarter
Formal, restrained classicism, and interest in Classicism reemerged in the 18th URXQG5RPDQSUR¿OHPRVWRIWHQFDUYHGZLWKHJJ

Century. But in this era the Rococo style and and dart design, but many other possibilities make
Emotional and vivacious Romanticism. the “Chinese” style‚ (Chinoiserie), especially in it a very popular molding.
furniture, were also in vogue. The 19th Century
Much of Western Architecture derives from
saw continued C Lunch: Tuesday – Saturday The cyma recta is a double curved molding with
the art and architecture of ancient Greece and
11:00-2:30 Bar Menu: Tuesday – Saturday 2:30- the concave curve on the outside of the molding,
Rome. Classicism is based on symmetry and
5:00 Dinner: Monday – Sunday 5:00-10:30 pointing toward the viewer as if reaching‚ outward.
proportion providing mathematical relationships
Classicism, but also an eclectic mix of revivals - The cyma reversa is the opposite, the convexity
among all elements of the building. One
Romanesque, Gothic and Eastern styles. nearer the viewer and seems to support or bolster
characteristic is the use of columns for support,
01/01/15 WKHHOHPHQWWRZKLFKLWLVDWWDFKHG%RWKSUR¿OHV
though engaged columns and pilasters were
TERMINOLOGY are often carved with foliage, generically termed
used, sometimes in conjunction with arches.
DFDQWKXVOHDI%RWKRIWKHVHSUR¿OHVDVZHOODV
The orders of architecture‚ have been codified A rudimentary explanation of some carving the ovolo often have the curved portion separated
and reinterpreted ever since Vitruvious wrote a terms will assist the design professional in IURPWKH¿OOHWE\GHHSYDOOH\VRUTXLUNV
treatise on architecture in 30 BCE. In reality there communicating with the custom carver:

was wide variation and great adaptability over a
Medieval moldings were often made of a number
thousand years of evolution in many disparate There are four methods of depicting a design in RIFORVHO\SODFHGSUR¿OHVRIWHQZLWKGHHSKROORZV
geographical areas. The Parthenon in Athens, the wood. and repeated rounds.
Maison Carrée in Nîmes, France, or the Pantheon
in Rome are familiar examples. In succeeding
revivals an abundance of government and Incised: Incised designs are simply made by Romanesque architecture continued many of the
shallow grooves in the surface of the material. same principles of classical architecture, though
academic buildings reflect these archetypes - the
much of the decoration; such as column capitals
United States Capitol building, many state and
Relief: Most architectural carving is carved in became more idiosyncratic and depicted the
county courthouses, and Jefferson’s University of
relief. The degree to which the design is lifted profusion of natural foliage. The innovation of
Virginia.
off the surface is described as low or high the pointed arch (loosely called the Gothic arch),
relief. ubiquitous in Gothic architecture, allowed buildings
Romanticism, on the other hand, is subjective,
to soar to great heights and to redistribute weight.
derived from the randomness of nature, spiritual‚ Pierced: Some voids in the design are literally This allowed larger windows and the lacy stone
and introduces asymmetry, exuberance, and cut through the material and are termed work termed tracery. The designs of this tracery
complex lines. Many designs are eclectic, fantastic pierced carvings. are geometrically derived from, for the most part,
and mix a number of exotic motifs. Though there
overlapping and intersecting circles. The circular
are many of the same mathematical concerns in Sculpture: Carving in the round or sculptural
voids are called foils and the pointed intersections
Romanesque and Gothic buildings as there are works are also incorporated into architectural
cusps; thus a three lobbed design is a trefoil,
in Classical buildings, the ornamentation conveys surroundings.
ZKLOHRQHRIIRXULVDTXDWUHIRLORQHRI¿YHLVD
a different feeling. The achievement of Gothic
Moldings have multiple uses but one important cinquefoil. Tracery was found incorporated into the
architecture was the introduction of the pointed
one is to visually set apart various elements. woodwork of choir stalls, paneling and memorial
arch which solved some structural limitations of
Romanesque vaulting. While Classicism appears For instance, they are transitions between the structures. '
to be simple in concept, romanticism seems to parts of the entablature. They accentuate the
trim (architrave) around doors and windows, and TERMINOLOGY (continued)
relish complexity.
around an arch (archivolt). The various terms
GHSHQGSULPDULO\RQWKHSUR¿OHVEXWWKHUHDUHD

DESIGN IDEAS
Much decoration was derived from nature in is more correctly used to describe the classical design forms seen edge on.
depictions of vines and animals. Of course, molding decorated with a string of beads or bead
UHOLJLRXV¿JXUHVDQGV\PEROVZHUHDOVRDSULPDU\ and reel shapes. A small molding of half round billet - A molding made of several bands of raised
motif. Foliage climbing the edges of pinnacles and section, often carved with beads; often referred to cylinders or rectangular segments.
spires consists of the leaves, called crockets, and as a bead by furniture makers.
WKHWHUPLQDWLQJOHDYHVD¿QLDORUHVSHFLDOO\RQ bolection molding - A molding which projects
pew ends) poppyhead. Moldings were made of baguette - A simple, narrow, convex molding. beyond the face of a panel or frame usually found
PXOWLSOHSUR¿OHVDQGFRPELQHGZLWKUXQQLQJYLQHV LQSDQHOLQJGRRUVDQG¿UHSODFHVHVSHFLDOO\ZKHQ
DQGFUHVWLQJVRUVW\OL]HGOHDYHV6TXDUHÀRZHUV bead - the meeting surfaces are at different levels.
DQGEDOOÀRZHUVZHUHRIWHQVSDFHGDORQJPROGLQJV A bead molding.
cable molding - Carved spirally to resemble a
At intersections of the ribbed vaults were bosses, A narrow wood strip, moulded on one edge,
rope or cable.
ZKLFKGHSLFWIROLDJHOLNHDURVHWWH¿JXUHVRU against which a door or window sash closes; a
heraldic devises. A selected partially illustrated stop bead. capital - The topmost member, usually decorated,
glossary related to ornament and architecture

A pearl shaped carved decoration on moldings of a column or pilaster, etc., it provides a larger
follows. bearing surface for the architrave; different in
or other ornaments, usually in a series, or in
conjunction with other shapes; a beading. appearance according to the order of the building.
HISTORIC WOODWORK GLOSSARY
bead and reel - A semi-round convex molding cavetto$FRYHDPROGLQJSUR¿OHZKRVHDUFLV
abacus - The uppermost member of the capital DVHJPHQWRIDFLUFOHXQOLNHVFRWLDZKRVHSUR¿OH
carved with a pattern of disks alternating with
of a column; often a plain square slab, but has two centers).
round or elongated beads.
sometimes moulded or carved. The plate or
bearing surface at the top of a column upon which cinquefoil$¿YHOREHGSDWWHUQGLYLGHGE\FXVSV
the architrave rests. Figure: DE-016 LQ*RWKLFWUDFHU\DJHRPHWULFGHVLJQZLWK¿YH
round open areas.
acanthus - An indigenous plant of the belt and base courses - Horizontal flat members,
Mediterranean area depicted on the Corinthian either decorative or protective, on the exterior of a column -
capital and used as a decorative motif on many building. Typically, a belt course is approximately In structures, a relatively long, slender
objects throughout history. Today nearly a generic mid range in height and a base course is at the structural compression member such as a post,

WHUPIRUDQ\PXOWLOHDÀHWHGIROLDJH bottom of the siding. pillar, or strut; usually vertical, supporting a
load which acts in (or near) the direction of its
angle bead - A vertical molding that protects bolection molding - A molding which covers the longitudinal axis.
or decorates the projecting angle of a wall or joint between panel and stile and projects above In classical architecture, a cylindrical support
partition. WKHVXUIDFHRIVWLOHDPROGLQJDSSOLHGWRDÀDW of the entablature, consisting of a base (except
ground. Greek Doric), shaft, and capital.
arch - A curved construction which spans an
opening; usually consists of wedge shaped blocks boss - (continued)
called voussoirs and a keystone, or a curved or A projecting, usually richly carved ornament,
pointed structural member which is supported at decorative rosette, portrait, heraldic devise or Composite order2QHRIWKH¿YHFODVVLFDORUGHUV
the sides or ends (often contrasted to trabeated similar motif, placed at the intersection of ribs, A Roman order of classical architecture which
construction of post and lintel). groins, beams, etc., or at the termination of a has proportions close to the Corinthian order, but
molding. the capital is a combination of the Ionic and the
architrave - Corinthian capitals. The entablature is also similar
In masonry, a roughly shaped stone set to
In the classical orders, the lowest members or identical with the Corinthian entablature.
project for carving in place.
of the entablature; the beam that spans from
column to column, resting directly on their bracket - A general term for an element projecting
capitals. from a wall or other surface to support another The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, ©
1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor &
The ornamental moldings around the faces element such as a beam or cornice. Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-017
of the jambs and lintel of a doorway or other
opening. brattishing - An ornamental crest along the top console - A scrolled bracket used to support
of a cornice or screen, often carved with leaves an architectural element such as a cornice,
' archivolt - The face molding of an arch (the and flowers. entablature over a door, mantel shelf or in
architrave of an arch).
furniture, a table top.
bead and reel -$PROGLQJZLWKDSUR¿OHRIKDOI
astragal$EHDGXVXDOO\KDOIURXQGZLWKD¿OOHW a circle or more, in which beads form alternate corbel - A projection from a wall which supports a
on one or both sides. It may be plain, but the term
beam, arch or vault ribbing.

DESIGN IDEAS
Corinthian order - One of the Greek orders Composite orders. elaborated beam member carried by the columns,
characterized by slender proportions; the column horizontally divided into architrave (below), frieze,
VKDIWLVÀXWHGZLWKDFDSLWDOGHSLFWLQJDFDQWKXV dentil molding - Composed of a series of small and cornice (above).
leaves and scrolled sprouts (caulicoli) and with rectangular blocks.
an entablature with dentil course and medallions entasis - The intentional slight convex curving
XQGHUWKHVRI¿W5RPDQDGDSWDWLRQVRIWHQKLJKO\ doric order - One of the Greek orders; the RIWKHYHUWLFDOSUR¿OHRIDWDSHUHGFROXPQXVHG
decorated. sturdiest order with stout proportions; the column to overcome the optical illusion of concavity that
KDVQREDVHLVÀXWHGDQGKDVDUHODWLYHO\VLPSOH characterized straight sided columns.
Cornice - ÀDULQJFDSLWDOWKHIULH]HRIWKHHQWDEODWXUHLV
A moulded projection which crowns or finishes divided into triglyphs and metopes. Example is the ÀOOHW$PROGLQJFRQVLVWLQJRIDQDUURZÀDWEDQG
the parts to which it is affixed. Parthenon. often square in section; the term is loosely applied
to rectangular molding used to visually separate
The third or uppermost division of an PROGLQJSUR¿OHV
entablature, resting on the frieze consisting of

corona and cymatium. ÀQLDO - An ornament which terminates the point
An ornamental molding, usually of wood or of a spire, pinnacle, etc., often turned or carved
plaster, running round the walls of a room just (downward pointing decorations are called drops).
below the ceiling; a crown molding; the molding
forming the top member of a door or a window foil - In tracery, any of several lobes, circular or
frame. nearly so, tangent to the inner side of a larger arc,
as of an arch, and meeting each other in points,
corona - The overhanging vertical member of a called cusps, projecting inward from the arch, or
cornice. circle. Five foils make a cinquefoil.
crockets - Regularly spaced leaves projecting frieze -

along the gable of a Gothic arch, spire, or The middle horizontal member of a classical
The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, ©
pinnacle. Sometimes as terminations of the interior 1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor & entablature, above the architrave and below
cusps of an arch or trefoil, quarterfoil, etc. Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-018 the cornice.

cusp - In Gothic tracery, the intersection or dovetail molding - Carved with interlocked A similar decorative band near the top of an
WHUPLQDWLRQRIDUFVZKLFKGH¿QHIROLDWLRQVRU triangles. interior wall below the cornice.
spaces.
echinus7KHEXOJLQJRUÀDULQJRIDFDSLWDORI A broad horizontal band near the top of the wall
elliptical section as in the Doric order, often an or element (such as a mantelpiece).
cyma molding -+DVDQ6VKDSHGSUR¿OH ovolo molding.
fret - An essentially two dimensional geometric
cyma recta - A molding with an S curve section; egg and dart - The egg-shaped ornament design consisting of shallow bands; example is
orientation is with concave curve foremost toward alternating with a dart-like ornament, used to Greek key.
viewer. Example is cymatium of cornice; opposite enrich ovolo and other moldings.
of cyma reversa. fretwork - A repeated, symmetrical, interlaced
design of small bars.
cyma reversa - A molding with a S curve section;
The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, ©
orientation is with convex curve foremost toward 1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor & gadroon - Elongated bulbous shapes in series,
viewer. Example is panel (bolection) molding. Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-019
as on decorative urns and turnings; a molding of
egg and anchor molding - Composed of repeated tear drop shaped elements, often on a
cymatium - The top molding of the cornice;
alternating oval and anchor like shapes. WKXPEQDLOSUR¿OH
XVXDOO\DF\PSUR¿OHEXWFDQEHDQRYRORRU
(rarely) a cavetto.
egg and dart molding - Composed of alternating HISTORIC WOODWORK GLOSSARY
dart - A conventionalized arrowhead shape, often egg and arrowhead shapes. (continued)
alternating with egg or other forms in moldings.
egg and tongue molding - Composed of gothic arch - A loose term denoting a pointed arch
dentil - One of a band or small, square, tooth alternating egg and pointed elements '
like blocks forming part of the characteristic
ornamentation of the Ionic, Corinthian, and entablature - In classical architecture, the

DESIGN IDEAS
consisting of two (or more centers) as opposed to three dimensional affect similar to folded fabric. the flat surfaces facing the viewer.
Roman or Romanesque arch which is semicircular.
marquetry - An inlaid mosaic pattern or picture pilaster - An engaged pier or pillar, often with
made of various multicolored veneers, sometimes capital and base.
interspersed with other materials, such as mother
of pearl. poppyhead - A carved foliage ornament generally
XVHGIRUWKH¿QLDOVRISHZHQGVDQGVLPLODUSLHFHV
metopes - The panel between the triglyphs in the of church furniture.
Doric frieze, often carved.
plinth -
modillions - A horizontal bracket or console, A square or rectangular base for column,
usually in the form of a scroll with acanthus, pilaster, or door framing.
supporting the corona under a cornice. A solid monumental base, often ornamented
with moldings, etc.

mutule$VORSLQJÀDWEORFNRQWKHVRI¿WRIWKH
Doric cornice quatrefoil - A four lobed pattern divided by cusps.
order -
Figure: DE-020 An arrangement of columns with an
groin - The ridge, edge, or curved line formed by entablature.
the intersection of the surfaces of two intersecting In classical architecture, a particular style
vaults. of column with its entablature, having
standardized details. The Greek orders were
guilloche - Shallow design of overlapping circles, the Doric, Ionic, and Corinthian; the Romans
VRPHWLPHVLQ¿OOHGZLWKURVHWWHV added the Tuscan and Composite orders.
inlay - A surface decoration composed of small ovolo - A convex molding, less than a semicircle
pieces of contrasting woods or other materials set LQSUR¿OHXVXDOO\DTXDUWHURIDFLUFOHRU
flush with a wood surface. DSSUR[LPDWHO\DTXDUWHUHOOLSVHLQSUR¿OHRIWHQ

decorated with egg and dart design. Figure: DE-023
intarsia: A surface decoration of wood consisting
of solid wood inlays or projections in various colors pediment - quirk - An indentation separating one element
(see marquetry). In classical architecture, the triangular gable from another, as between moldings; a valley
end of the roof above the horizontal cornice, EHWZHHQ¿OOHWDQGSUR¿OHRIDPROGLQJEHWZHHQ
Ionic order - The classical order originated by the abacus and echinus of Doric capital.
often filled with sculpture.
Ionian Greeks, characterized by its capital with
large volutes, a fasciated entablature, continuous In later work, a surface used ornamentally over reed, reeding - A molding made of closely
frieze, usually dentils in the cornice, and by its doors or windows; usually triangular but may VSDFHGSDUDOOHOKDOIURXQGFRQYH[SUR¿OHV
elegant detailing. be curved.
reglet - 'H¿QHVDÀDWQDUURZPROGLQJXVHG
FKLHÀ\WRVHSDUDWHWKHSDUWVRUPHPEHUVRI
compartments or panels from one another.
rope molding -Carved to imitate the twisted

strands of cordage.
roundel - One of the series of elements in a bead

molding.
Romanesque - The style emerging in Western

Europe in the early 11th century, characterized by
The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, © The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, © massive articulated wall structures, round arches,
' 1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor &
Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-021
Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-022
leaf and dart molding - Composed of alternating pearl molding - Carved to imitate a string of
leaf like and arrowhead shapes. pearls.
lininfold - A carved wood surface that may give a pellet molding - Carved in a series of discs, with

DESIGN IDEAS
and powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent trabeated - cornice; sometimes referred to as a “barge board”.
of Gothic architecture in the middle of the 12th Descriptive of construction using beams or
century. lintels, following the principle of post and lintel Volutes -
construction, as distinguished from construction A spiral scroll, as on Ionic, Corinthian, or
using arches and vaults. Composite capitals, etc.
Furnished with an entablature. A stair crook having an easement with a spiral
section of stair rail.
tracery - The pierced designs of window mullions
in the Medieval period consisting of geometrically voussoir - A wedge shaped masonry unit in an
derived curving shapes; the same designs on arch or vault whose converging sides are cut as
furniture panels, walls and the decorative arts. radii of one of the centers of the arch or vault.
trefoil - A three lobed pattern divided by cusps.

treenail - A hardwood pin, peg, or spike used to
fasten beams and planking, usually made of dry
compressed lumber so that it will expand when
moistened; sometimes pronounced and spelled
“trunnel.”
triglyph - The characteristic ornament of the Doric

frieze, consisting of slightly raised blocks of three
vertical bands separated by V shaped grooves. The
triglyphs alternate with plain or sculptured panels
called metopes.
Tuscan order - $VLPSOL¿HGYHUVLRQRIWKH5RPDQ

Doric order, having a plain frieze and no mutules in
the cornice.

Figure: DE-026
Figure: DE-024
Cymatium
rosette -
A round pattern with a carved or painted Corona
conventionalized floral and/or foliage design
where petals/leaves radiate from center. Bed Mold
A circular or oval decorative wood plaque used

in joinery, such as one applied to a wall to
receive the end of a stair rail.
Taenia
scotia$GHHSFRQFDYHPROGLQJGH¿QHGE\
two varying arcs, especially one at the base of a
column in Classical architecture.
Abacus
shaft - The portion of a column or pilaster between Echinus
the base and the capital. Necking

Astragal
VRIÀW - The exposed undersurface of an overhead
component of a building, such as an arch, balcony, The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, ©
beam, cornice, lintel, etc. Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-025
stylobate7KHÀRRURIFODVVLFDOWHPSOHWRSVWHS verge board - An exposed member attached '

of crepidoma. along the rake of a gable end roof open cornice;
also implies the larger rake member of an exterior
torus, tori - A bold projecting molding, convex in
shape, generally forming the lowest member of a
base over the plinth.

DESIGN IDEAS
CLASSICAL ORDERS The Corinthian order proportionally is similar
to the Ionic though some examples have very
The orders of architecture refer to the slender proportions. The column is similar, but
configurations and relationship of parts of Greek the capital has acanthus leaves, and volutes
and Roman buildings. (See illustrations on spring like sprouts from the foliage. The
the following pages.) Over the centuries, the entablature is similar to the Ionic, but the use of
relationship of parts of the classical building have medallions or brackets in the eaves (separating
been systematized, but one should keep in mind rosettes in the soffit) sets this order apart.
that Greek and Roman architecture had many
variations and evolved through time. Generally, Two Roman orders:
the orders refer to the proportions of the building; The Tuscan column is derived from native
some being squarish or heavy, while others are antecedents and is a relatively plain style with
taller and therefore lighter. The trabeated or post unfluted columns, simply echinus capital and
and lintel system of building consists of columns entablature like the Ionic without the dentil

and a superstructure supporting the roof. This course.
entablature is made up of the architrave, the
The Composite column has a capital, which is
frieze and the cornice. The architrave is the beam,
an amalgamation of the Ionic volutes, and the
which spans from column to column. The frieze
Corinthian acanthus leaves. The entablature
is derived from the band covering the joist ends,
is similar to the Corinthian. The Romans
while the cornice creates the eaves. The columns
introduced several building innovations, but
have base moldings (except the Doric order) a
the use of the arch (the arcuated system),
shaft, plain or fluted, and a capital, which supports
and therefore vaults and domes, changed
the architrave. Because the capitals are very
architecture immeasurably.
different in appearance for each order it is an easy
way to distinguish among them. Because the roof The columns of the classical orders of Greek and
line ran the length of the building the triangular Roman architecture are often adapted for modern
area above the entablature is called the pediment. construction. These orders are Tuscan, Doric,
Ionic, Corinthian, and Composite. The following

Three Greek orders: FRPSRVLWH¿JXUHVQDPHVWKHEDVLFIHDWXUHVRID
The Doric column has no base but rests classical order and gives some of the proportions
directly on the stylobate or floor‚ of the building, of the column in relation to the shaft diameter
is fluted and has a simple turned bowl-like as a basic unit of measurement. Pilasters are
capital. The bulging shape is the echinus. rectangular in plan, without taper from top to
The frieze of the Doric is divided into triglyphs bottom. If used structurally they are usually
and metopes; the latter often decorated with referred to as piers, but are treated architecturally
sculptural figures (as on the Parthenon). This as columns. The typical pilaster extends a third or
order appears sturdy and well planted, having a less of its width from the wall surface behind it.
horizontal appearance.
The Ionic order has a column which has
several rounds of base moldings, usually
consisting of two tori or half-round moldings,
divided by a scotia or concave recess, a shaft
which is fluted and a capital with distinctive
scrolls or volutes. The frieze is relatively
plain, or contains sculptural figures in an
uninterrupted procession. Above the frieze is
the characteristic dentil molding.
'

DESIGN IDEAS
Corona
Cornice
Dentils
Bed Mould,
often Egg and Dart
1/4 Column
2 1/2 Dia.
Frieze
Entablature

Architrave
Volutes
Composite
Capital
Ancanthus
Column 10 dia.

8 1/3 Dia.
Shaft
Lower 1/3 of Shaft
is straight
Tori Base
Cap Corona
1/9 of Ped. Bed Mould
Pedestal - 1/8 of Col.
Die
Base
2/9 of Ped.
Base Mould
Plinth
'
Figure: DE-027

DESIGN IDEAS

The Five Orders - The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, © 1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor & Francis Books UK Figure: DE-028
'

DESIGN IDEAS

'
The Ionic Capital and Entablature - The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, © 1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor & Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-029

DESIGN IDEAS

'
Ionic Capital detail - The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, © 1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor & Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-030

DESIGN IDEAS

'
Corinthian Order proportions - The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, © 1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor & Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-031

DESIGN IDEAS

'
Ionic Capital detail - The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, © 1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor & Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-032

DESIGN IDEAS

'
Corinthian Entablature detail - The Classical Orders of Architecture, Second Edition, Robert Chitham, © 1985, 2005, Architectural Press. Reproduced by permission of Taylor & Francis Books UK. Figure: DE-033

DESIGN IDEAS
VWLOH UDLOGRRUVGHVLJQH[DPSOHV
D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4

D-5 D-6 D-7 D-8

D-9 D-10 D-11 D-12
' D-13 D-14 D-15 D-16

Figure: DE-034

DESIGN IDEAS
D-17 D-18 D-19 D-20

D-21 D-22 D-23 D-24

D-25 D-26 D-27 D-28
D-29 D-30 D-31 D-32 '

Figure:DE-035

DESIGN IDEAS
D-33 D-34 D-35 D-36

D-37 D-38 D-39 D-40

D-41 D-42 D-43 D-44
' D-45 D-46 D-47

Figure: DE-036

DESIGN IDEAS
D-48 D-49 D-50 D-51

D-52 D-53 D-54 D-55
Figure: DE-037
'

DESIGN IDEAS
FDVHZRUNGHVLJQH[DPSOHV
Schools and Libraries

'
Figure: DE-038

DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-039
Figure: DE-041
Figure: DE-042 '

Figure: DE-040

DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-043
'
Figure: DE-044

DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-045

Figure: DE-046
'

DESIGN IDEAS
%DQNVDQG&RXUWV
Waste

Figure: DE-047
Figure: DE-048
'
Figure: DE-049

'
DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-050
%DQNVDQG&RXUWV
DESIGN IDEAS
%DQNVDQG&RXUWV

Figure: DE-051 Figure: DE-052
'

DESIGN IDEAS
-XGJH¶V%HQFK
Bullet Proof No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Sheathing
'
Figure: DE-053

DESIGN IDEAS
&RUSRUDWH:RRGZRUN

Figure: DE-054
'

DESIGN IDEAS
&RUSRUDWH:RRGZRUN

'
Figure: DE-057

DESIGN IDEAS
&RUSRUDWH:RRGZRUN


'

DESIGN IDEAS
&RUSRUDWH:RRGZRUN

Figure: DE-062
Figure: DE-063
'

DESIGN IDEAS
&RUSRUDWH:RRGZRUN


Figure: DE-066
'

DESIGN IDEAS
)XUQLWXUHDQG)L[WXUHV

Figure: DE-066
'

DESIGN IDEAS

' Figure: DE-071 Figure: DE-073

DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-074
'

DESIGN IDEAS

'

DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-079
'

DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-082
' Figure: DE-083

DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-084
'
Figure: DE-085

DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-086
'

'
DESIGN IDEAS

Figure: DE-087
5HFHSWLRQ
DESIGN IDEAS
5HFHSWLRQ


Figure: DE-090
'

DESIGN IDEAS
5HFHSWLRQ

Figure: DE-091
Figure: DE-092 Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.
'

DESIGN IDEAS
5HFHSWLRQ


'

DESIGN IDEAS
5HFHSWLRQ

Figure: DE-097

Figure: DE-098
'

DESIGN IDEAS
&KXUFK)LWWLQJV

Figure: DE-099

Figure: DE-100
'

DESIGN IDEAS
%DVLF&DELQHWU\

Figure: DE-101

'

Figure: DE-104
DESIGN IDEAS
%DVLF&DELQHWU\
'
DESIGN IDEAS
cabinet design series (CDS)

CDS illustrations are provided to assist design professionals and casework :DOO+XQJ&DELQHWV 6HULHV
users in selecting typical designs. These illustrations are not intended to limit
or restrict creativity, or to be all inclusive. 7DOO6WRUDJH&DELQHWV 6HULHV
When utilizing the CDS numbering system, it is not necessary to show 7DOO:DUGUREH&DELQHWV 6HULHV
casework elevations in your contract documents. However, it is necessary
/LEUDU\&DELQHWV 6HULHV
to show a plan view with each CDS number indicated along with the width,
height, and depth in inches or millimeters (example: 102-36”x 30”x 18” 0RYHDEOH&DELQHWV 6HULHV
[102-914 mm x 762 mm x 457 mm]). Cabinet dimensions indicate the
nominal outside dimension (floor to top of countertop for height and face of GENERAL NOTES:
finished wall to face of cabinet door for depth). Manufacturers are permitted a
tolerance of plus/minus 1/2” (12.7 mm) in width only. 100 or 200 Series cabinets may be converted into moveable cabinets by
prefixing a “7” to the number. (Example: 7-102-36”x 30”x 18” [7-102-914
When designs other than those provided for in the CDS system are mm x 762 mm x 457 mm]).

desired, they may be indicated by selecting the CDS number most closely
representing the desired design, followed by the letter “M” and a description Moveable cabinets shall be equipped with adequate approved casters for
or illustration of the design modification (example: 102M - 2 shelves - 36”x the intended load capacity.
30”x 18” [102M - 2 shelves - 914 mm x 762 mm x 457 mm] or 102M - no
shelves -36”x 30”x 18” [102M - no shelves -914 mm x 762 mm x 457 mm]). CDS #’s 728, 729, 735, 736, 737, 738, and 739 require metal angle
It is suggested that a standard number/dimension convention similar to that reinforced corners.
shown below, is used.
Carts and rolling tall storage cabinets with doors, lacking any horizontal
and/or vertical stabilizing dividers, require a diaphragm bottom;
If the CDS numbering system is used in conjunction with cabinet elevations
specifically CDS #’s 702, 712, 716, 722, 743,744, 746, 747, 750, and
on contract documents, the cabinet elevations shall govern on any conflict
751.
between the requirements of the elevation and the CDS number.
Wardrobe cabinets (500 Series) with doors require a framed mirror on
300M 300 302 302 one door, and cabinets # 533 and 534 require a paper roller/cutter and
30 30 12
12 30 12 30 12
slide out tilting paper shelves.

30 30 30 30
Extra Shelf
150”
Cart storage cabinets are required to have hardwood side guides,
specifically CDS #’s 160, 161, and 162.
Ceramics drying cabinets are required to have galvanized metal frame

shelves with wire mesh, specifically CDS #’s 198 199, and 459.
120”
File drawers require full extension slides and a file hanging system,
specifically CDS #’s 223, 224, 230, 231, 240, 242, 253, 255, 531, 532,
and 533.
Wardrobe cabinets are required to have a shelf, pole, and framed mirror
when closed with hinged doors, specifically CDS #’s 501, 511, 512, 522,
530, 531, 532, and 552.
100 100M 102 102 402
30 24 30 24 30
36 36
30
36
24
36
24 30
84
24
SPECIAL BASE CASEWORK HEIGHTS, the following are recommended
Extra Shelf
for various school grades, subject to ADA requirements:
CDSFDELQHWVDUHLQWHQGHGIRU7<3($FRQVWUXFWLRQZLWKLQWHJUDO¿QLVKHG
Kindergarten - Grade 1 24” (610 mm)
ends and scribes at wall to wall installations not exceeding 1-1/2” (38.1
mm) in width. Hardware and accessories shall be as provided for in these Grades 2 - 3 27” (686 mm)
standards.
Grades 4 - 6 30” (762 mm) '
CDS are subdivided as follows:
Grades 7 - 9 33” (838 mm)
%DVH&DELQHWVZR'UDZHUV 6HULHV
Grades 10 and above 36” (914 mm)
%DVH&DELQHWVZ'UDZHUV 6HULHV

DESIGN IDEAS

100 SERIES - BASE CABINETS w/o DRAWERS

100 101 102 106

107 110 111 112


116 117 120 121

122 130 131 132

136 140 141 142
Removable Back Removable Back Removable Back
'

DESIGN IDEAS

(continued)

146 148 150 151
Removable Back Removable Back

152 153 154 155
Removable Base/Toe

156 160 161
Removable Back Cart Storage Cart Storage

162 170 171 172
Cart Storage
'

176 177 178 179
Retractable Towel Rack

DESIGN IDEAS

(continued)

180 182 186 187
Sliding Tray & Lift Shelf

188 189 190 191
Drawing Board Rack

192 193 194 195

196 197 198 199
'

DESIGN IDEAS

200 SERIES - BASE CABINETS w/ DRAWERS

210 211 212 220

222 223 224 230


231 240 242 250

251 252 253 254

255 260 261 262
'

DESIGN IDEAS

200 SERIES - BASE CABINETS w/ DRAWERS
(continued)

270 271 272 290

291 292
'

DESIGN IDEAS

300 SERIES - WALL HUNG CABINETS

300 301 302 306

307 308 309 310
Angle Corner Blind Corner

311 312 316 317

318 320 321 322

323 324 325 326
'

DESIGN IDEAS

300 SERIES - WALL HUNG CABINETS
(continued)

336 340 341 342
Open Back

343 350 351 352
Open Back Open Back

353
Open Back
'

DESIGN IDEAS

400 SERIES - TALL STORAGE CABINETS

400 401 402 406

407 408 410 411
'
412 413 414 416

DESIGN IDEAS

(continued)

417 418 419 420

421 422 423 424
'

425 426 427 42
Dust Panel, Integral or Separate Hutch w/ Fixed Shelves

DESIGN IDEAS

(continued)

430 431 432 434

435 438 439 440
Hutch Hutch
'

441 443 444 445
Hutch Hutch Hutch Hutch

DESIGN IDEAS

(continued)

446 447 448 449
Hutch Hutch Hutch Hutch

454 459 460 461
'

DESIGN IDEAS

500 SERIES - WARDROBE CABINETS

500 501 502 510

511 512 520 522
'
530 531 532 533
See General Notes

DESIGN IDEAS

500 SERIES - WARDROBE CABINETS
(continued)

534 540 541 552
See General Notes Pole w/ Wall Hooks
'

DESIGN IDEAS

600 SERIES - LIBRARY CABINETS

600 601 602 620
605 w/o Back 606 w/o Back 607 w/o Back 625 w/o Back

621 622 614 624
626 w/o Back 627 w/o Back Library of Congress Shelf Newspaper Rack
'

634 640 641 644
Display Shelf Charge Desk Book Return

DESIGN IDEAS

600 SERIES - LIBRARY CABINETS
(continued)

651 654 664 671a

Book Cart 671b w/ Lateral Bracing

672 673 674 681
Gate

682 / 692 683 684 693
' Magazine Rack Dictionary Stand

DESIGN IDEAS

700 SERIES - MOVEABLE CABINETS

700 702 703 704

707 710 712 714

715 716 720 721
Slide Out Tilting Paper Shelves
'

DESIGN IDEAS

(continued)

722 724 725 726


728 729 730 731
Toy Cart Toy Cart

732 734 735 736
' Clay Cart, Tin NIC Metal Lined Clay Cart

DESIGN IDEAS

(continued)

737 738 739 742
Block Cart Block Cart Ball & Bat Cart Lab Demonstration Cart

743 744 746 747
Two Sided Easel Single Sided Easel Cooking Demonstration Cart Nature Demonstration Cart

750 751 752 753
'

DESIGN IDEAS

(continued)

754 755 760
Study Carrel

Typical Diaphragm Bottom Detail
'

*/266$5<
:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
*/266$5<
,1752'8&7,21 ADJACENT: When one surface is directly next to ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: Custom
or touching another surface with no other surfaces woodworking, so varied in design and complexity
The Glossary portion of the Architectural in between the two. that it becomes difficult to define; specified for
Woodwork Standards provides definitions of special applications and functions by design
words and is intended to clarify terms and usage ADJACENT PANEL: When one panel surface is professionals and created by manufacturers.
with regard to specific application within the within 6” (152 mm) of another panel surface on It includes all exterior and interior woodwork
standards. The Design Ideas portion includes an the same plane within a room. exposed to view in a finished building (except
additional Historic Woodwork Glossary, listing specialty items of flooring, shingles, exposed roof
terms and definitions relating to ornamental ADJUSTABLE SHELVES: Generally decking, ceiling, siding, structural wood trusses
woodwork and architectural moldings. accomplished through the use of multiple holes and rafters, and overhead type doors), including
with either plastic or metal pins to hold the all exposed wood, plywood, high and low
shelves. Some metal or plastic shelf standards pressure decorative laminates, and doors. Items
1 MIL: A mil is 1/1000” or 0.001” (0.00254 mm). are still in use. The adjustment method is the made of other materials are included only if called

manufacturer’s option unless otherwise specified. for in the specifications. Finishing may be included
ABRASION RESISTANCE: Resistance to friction if specified. Site installation may also be included
wear. AGROFIBER: Refers to core products made from if specified.
the residual material from a grain crop similar in
ABS: Abbreviation for “Acrylonitrile butadiene composition to particleboard. ARRIS: In architecture, a sharp edge formed by
styrene,” a synthetic decorative coating or the meeting of two flat or curved surfaces.
edgebanding. AIR DRIED: Seasoned by controlled exposure
to the atmosphere, in the open or under cover, ARTICULATED JOINT: In architectural paneling,
ACRYLIC LACQUER: In finishing, a high quality without artificial heat. joint details that allow for field variations.
clear system for finishing furniture.
ALL HEART: Of heartwood throughout; free of ASSEMBLY-1: A wall mounted method of
ADHESION: The degree of attachment between a sapwood. decorative laminate back and end splash
finish step and the underlying material. countertop construction.
ANCHOR STRIPS: Used to mount woodwork;
other names include nailers, mounting cleats, ASSEMBLY-2: A deck mounted method of back

ADHESIVE: A substance capable of bonding
materials together by surface attachment. It is a hanging strips, and wall cleats. and end splash countertop construction.
general term and includes all cements and glues.
ANCHORAGE FASTENER: Installation screws B-STAGE CURING: Is a process that utilizes
ADHESIVE, COLD PRESS AND HOT PRESS: used to attach casework to walls. Screw heat or UV light to remove the majority of solvent
“Cold press” means no heat is applied to the requirements are as described in section 10. from a substance, thereby allowing application to
press and will include the use of pinch rollers. be “staged.” In between application, coating and
“Hot press” means heat is applied at the time the ANILINE DYE: A synthetic dye often used to curing can be held for a period of time, without
press is in operation. impart enhanced clarity of color to wood. sacrificing performance.
ADHESIVE, TYPE I FULLY WATERPROOF: APRON: For purposes of these standards, means BACK: The side reverse to the face of a panel,
Forms a bond that will retain practically all of a horizontal trim member below the countertop or the poorer side of a panel in any Grade of
its strength when occasionally subjected to a typically at knee spaces or open sink areas. plywood calling for a face and a back.
thorough wetting and drying; bond shall be of
such quality that specimens will withstand shear BACK PRIMING: A finish coating typically applied
and the two cycle boil test specified in ANSI/HPVA to concealed surfaces of architectural woodwork
HP (latest edition). to minimize moisture penetration.
ADHESIVE, TYPE II WATER RESISTANT: Forms BACK VENEER: The veneer placed on the semi-
a bond that will retain practically all of its strength exposed or concealed face of a veneered panel
when occasionally subjected to a thorough wetting construction to balance the construction. Also, the
and drying; bond shall be of such quality that side reverse to the face of a panel, or the poorer
specimens will withstand the three cycle cold soak side of panel in any Grade calling for a face and
test specified in ANSI/HPVA HP (latest edition). a back.

*/266$5<
BACKED OUT: Wide, shallow area machined on BALUSTER: One of the repetitive vertical BLEACHING: The chemical process used to
the back surface of wide solid moldings and some members below a handrail or guardrail to provide remove color or whiten solid wood or wood
frames. Allows the item to span irregular surfaces. support and a functional barrier. veneered panels. This process may be used to
lighten an extremely dark wood or to whiten a
BACKER MATERIAL: A sheet product with BALUSTRADE: The assembly of newels, lighter colored wood. Most woods do not turn
performance properties determined by its material balusters, and rails that make up the safety barrier completely white when bleached.
composition. Because material composition types along balconies and open sides of stairways and
vary then backer sheet types accordingly vary ramps. BLEEDING: When the color of one coating
in performance properties. Which backer sheet material migrates up through the finishing layer
material is used should be based on overall BANDED: Usually refers to the application of a to the succeeding coat, imparting some of its
product demands. When used as a balancing similar material to the edge of a built up member characteristics.
sheet a backer must have performance properties to cover or hide the otherwise exposed core, such
equal to an opposing surface with a similar as on plywood. BLENDING: Color change that is detectable at

adhesive and application process as the face a distance of 6’ to 8’ (1829 mm to 2438 mm) but
sheet. (See BALANCING SHEET) Otherwise BARBER POLE: An effect in book matching of that does not detract from the overall appearance
a backer sheet need not have performance veneers resulting from tight and loose sides of of the panel.
properties equal to an opposing surface. veneers causing different light reflections when
finished. BLIND CORNER: The space created by abutting
BALANCED CONSTRUCTION: To achieve cabinets at an approximate 90 degree angle.
balanced construction, panels should be BARK POCKET: Bark around which normal wood
absolutely symmetrical from the center line; i.e., has grown. BLISTERING: The formation of bubbles on the
use materials on either side that contract or surface of a coating, caused by trapping air
expand, or are moisture permeable, at the same BEDDING IN PUTTY: Glazing whereby a thin or vapors beneath the surface; an area where
rate. Balanced finishing coats on the back of layer of putty or bedding compound is placed in veneer does not adhere; a figure resembling an
veneered panels are also highly recommended. the glass rabbet, and the glass is inserted and uneven collection of rounded or blister like bulges
Balancing sheet requirements for decorative pressed onto this bed. caused by the uneven contour of annual growth
laminate fabrication vary with the product. Doors rings.
and panels should have a balancing sheet on the BEVEL: A machine angle other than a right angle;

back side and be applied in the same machine e.g., a 3 degree bevel, which is equivalent to a BLOCKING: Commonly understood as the
direction. Countertops or cabinet members, on 1/8” (3.2 mm) drop in a 2” (50.8 mm) span. Also, wooden support material placed within or upon
the other hand, merely require some form of in flooring or wall paneling, a V shaped groove gypsum board and plaster walls to support
balancing backer material. 01/01/15 between strips, planks, or panels. casework.
BALANCED MATCH: A common term in book BEVELED EDGE: An edge of the door that forms BLUEPRINT SEQUENCED PANELS AND
matching that uses two or more leaves of uniform an angle of less than 90 degrees with the wide COMPONENTS: Each panel for walls and
width on the face of a panel, wherein the two face of the door, such as a 3 degree beveled components (e.g., desk, doors) is custom
outermost leaves in a panel or face are of the edge. manufactured to the specific size required. All
same width. panels are balance matched and sequenced to
BIRD’S EYE: Decorative figure due to small the adjacent panels.
BALANCING SHEET: A sheet product with conical depressions in the outer annual rings,
performance properties equal to an opposing which appear to follow the same contour in BLUSHING: The whitish, cloud like haze that
surface. A balancing sheet is laminated to the subsequent growth rings, probably for many occurs in fast drying finishes, especially lacquer,
secondary surface of a core with the same years. Rotary slicing cuts the depressions when they are sprayed in very humid conditions.
adhesive and application process as the primary crosswise, exposing a series of circlets called Blushing is most often due to moisture (water
surface material (i.e., face material) to maintain bird’s eyes. vapor) trapped in the film or to resin precipitating
the panel’s flatness. Typically a balance sheet is out of solution.
used to balance a panel that will not be captured BISCUIT SPLINE: A concealed oblong shaped
or restrained (e.g., doors). spline used to join adjacent members. BOARD: A piece of lumber before gluing for width
or thickness.
BALANCING SPECIES: A species of similar
density to achieve balance by equalizing the rate
of moisture absorption or emission.
*

*/266$5<
BOARD FOOT: A unit of measurement of lumber BURL, BLENDING: A swirl, twist, or distortion in CASEWORK: Base and wall cabinets, display
represented by a board 12” (305 mm) long, the grain of the wood which usually occurs near fixtures, and storage shelves. The generic term
12” (305 mm) wide, and 1” (25.4 mm) thick. a knot or crotch but does not contain a knot and for both “boxes” and special desks, reception
Abbreviated BF, Bf, bf. When stock is less than does not contain abrupt color variation. A blending counters, nurses stations, and the like. Generally
1” (25.4 mm) thick, it is usually calculated as if it burl is detectable at 1.8 m to 2.4 m (6 feet to 8 includes the countertops and work surfaces.
were a full 1” (25.4 mm) thick. feet) as a swirl or roundel.
CATALYZED: In finishing, an ingredient added to
BOOK MATCH: Matching between adjacent BURL, CONSPICUOUS: A swirl, twist, or a basic product to provide additional performance
veneer leaves on one panel face. Every other distortion in the grain of the wood which usually characteristics.
piece of veneer is turned over so that the adjacent occurs near a knot or crotch. A conspicuous burl
leaves are “opened” as two pages in a book. The is associated with abrupt color variation and/or a CATHEDRAL GRAIN: A grain appearance
fibers of the wood, slanting in opposite directions cluster of small dark piths caused by a cluster of characterized by a series of stacked and inverted
in the adjacent leaves, create a characteristic light adventitious buds. “V” or cathedral type of springwood (early wood)/

and dark effect when the surface is seen from an summerwood (late wood) patterns common in
angle. BUTCHER BLOCK: Generally refers to face plain sliced (flat cut) veneer.
laminate hardwoods (usually Maple) forming a
BOW: A deviation, flatwise, from a straight line work surface in which the edge grain is exposed CAULK: Either the action of making a watertight
drawn from end to end of a piece. It is measured to wear. or airtight seal between two adjacent surfaces
at the point of greatest distance from the straight by filling the area between the surfaces with a
line. BUTT JOINT: A joint formed by square edged sealant, or the sealant itself.
surfaces (ends, edges, faces) coming together;
BOX STRINGER: See closed stringer. end butt joint, edge butt joint. CENTER MATCHED: A form of veneer matching
that uses two or more even numbered leaves of
BRASHNESS: Condition of wood characterized CABINET FACE: The outermost surface of a equal width, matched with a joint occurring in the
by low resistance to shock and by abrupt failure cabinet unit that allows access to the interior of center of the panel. A small amount of the figure
across the grain without splintering. the cabinet unit, including door faces, drawer is lost.
faces or false front faces. Does not include ends,
BUCKS: In wall blocking used for the installation sides, top, bottom or back. If the cabinet is an CHAIN OF CUSTODY: A method of tracking the

of door/window jambs and other woodwork in open cabinet the cabinet face is the outermost handling of a wood product from forest to delivery
conjunction with metal framing and/or block walls. front exposed edges of the cabinet box. of a finished product. Each step of transportation
and manufacturing is documented for verification
BUGLE HEAD SCREW: Is similar to countersunk; CABINET LINER: As used within these of the handling process.
however, there is a smooth progression from the standards, shall describe 0.020” (0.5 mm) high
shaft to the angle of the head, similar to the bell of pressure decorative laminate (HPDL). CHAMFER: To cut away the edge where two
a bugle. This term is generally used in referencing surfaces meet in an exterior angle, leaving a bevel
drywall screws. CABINET UNIT: A single manufactured case at the junction.
typically consisting of two ends, a top, a bottom,
BULLNOSE: A convex, rounded shape such as and may include back, stretchers, anchor strips, CHARACTER MARK: As an element of nature, a
the front edge of a stair step. shelves, doors, drawer fronts, drawers, dividers, distinctive feature in a hardwood surface produced
and hardware. by minerals and other elements that are absorbed
BURL: A figure created by abnormal growth or as a tree grows.
response to injury that forms an interwoven, CANTILEVER: A projecting structure that is
contorted, or gnarly mass of dense woody attached or supported at only one end, such as an CHARACTERISTICS: The natural irregularities
tissue on the trunk or branch of the tree. Burls extended countertop. found in wood, whether solid or veneered. Their
are usually small and characterized by eye like acceptance is a function of each particular Grade.
markings surrounded by swirls and clusters of CANT STRIP: A triangular shaped or beveled
distorted tissues. The measurement of the burl strip of material used to ease the transition from a CHATTER: Lines appearing across the panel
is the average of the maximum and minimum horizontal plane to a vertical plane. or board at right angles to the grain, giving the
dimensions of the burl. appearance of one or more corrugations resulting
CAPTURED: A component whose perimeter from bad setting of sanding equipment or planing
is mechanically fastened or joined to other knives.
components so that it’s not allowed to warp
* independent of those attached components.

*/266$5<
CHECKING: Cracks that appear in a finishing COMBINATION CORE: Panels are a hybridization CHORD SEGMENTATION: The process of cutting
film due to lack of cohesion, often caused by too of veneer and composition cores offering the short lengths of straight molding and joining them
heavy of a coat being applied or a poor grade of advantages of both. Typically these cores around a curve core which is not permitted under
finish being used. Also called cold checking. have internal layers which are constructed of these standards.
three or five plies of veneer or a center layer
CHECKS: Small slits running parallel to the grain of wafer board (randomly oriented wafers) or CORE: The material (typically, veneer, lumber,
of wood, caused chiefly by strains produced in other wood fiber which are sandwiched between particleboard, medium density fiberboard, or
seasoning and drying. thin laminations of a composite product like a combination of these) on which an exposed
MDF, particleboard, hardboard, etc. Typically surface material (typically, veneer or decorative
CHIP MARKS: Shallow depressions or these products result in stronger, lighter weight, laminate) is applied.
indentations on or in the surface of dressed dimensionally stable panels with increased screw
lumber caused by shavings or chips getting holding ability and superior surface flatness. CORE, HOLLOW: A core assembly of strips or
embedded in the surface during dressing. other units of wood, wood derivative, or insulation

board with intervening hollow cells or spaces that
CLIMATE Conditions found inside or outside a COMPATIBLE FOR COLOR AND GRAIN: For support the outer faces.
building that include temperature, humidity and purposes of these standards, means members
barometric pressure. shall be selected so that: CORE, MINERAL: A fire resistant core material
Lighter than average color members will generally used in doors requiring fire rating of 3/4
CLIMATE CONTROLLED: Referring to the inside not be adjacent to darker than average hours or more.
areas of a building where heat or air conditioning color members, and there will be no sharp
systems are installed and actively used for contrast in color between the adjacent mem- CORE, SOLID: The innermost layer or section in
environmental controls. bers, and flush door construction. Typical constructions are
The grain of adjacent members shall not as follows:
CLOSED GRAIN AND OPEN GRAIN: The size vary widely or be dissimilar in grain, charac- PARTICLEBOARD - A solid core of wood
and distribution of the cellular structure of the ter, and figure. or other lignocellulose particles bonded
wood influences the appearance and uniformity. together with a suitable binder, cured under
Open grain hardwoods, such as Elm, Oak, Ash, heat, and pressed into a rigid panel in a flat
and Chestnut, are “ring porous” species. These COMPATIBLE SPECIES: For purposes of these

standards, means different species which are able platen press.
species have distinct figure and grain patterns.
Close grain hardwoods, such as Cherry, Maple, to exist in a harmonious combination of color and STAVE - A solid core of wood blocks or
Birch, and Yellow Poplar, are “diffuse porous” grain. strips.
species. Most North American diffuse porous :OOD BLOCK, LINED - A solid core
woods have small, dense pores resulting in less CONCEALED SURFACE: Surface not normally
of two parts; a central wood block core
distinct figure and grain. Some tropical diffuse visible after installation. bonded to two core liners of wood or other
porous species (e.g., Mahogany) have rather lignocellulose materials.
large pores. CONSPICUOUS: Detectable; readily visible with
the naked eye when observed in normal light at a
CLOSED STRINGER: In stairwork, a stringer that distance stated within these standards. CRATERING: The formation of small depressions
boxes in the treads and risers. in a finish, sometimes called fish eye. Often
CONTACT ADHESIVE: Normally used for bonding caused by the contamination of the finish material
COFFER: A sunken, decorative panel in a ceiling. high pressure decorative laminates to a core. or the core with silicone, oil, or other substances.
COMB GRAIN: A quality of rift cut veneer with CONTRACTOR: A general contractor, normally CREEP: The deflection over time of loaded or
exceptionally straight grain and closely spaced holding the legal agreement for construction of an unloaded adjustable shelves, which fluctuates with
growth increments resembling the appearance of owner’s building project. temperature, humidity and load stress.
long strands of combed hair.
CONVERSION VARNISH: In finishing, a class CROOK: A deviation, edgewise, from a straight
of coatings that are tough and exhibit excellent line drawn from end to end of a piece. It is
resistance to household chemicals. measured at the point of greatest distance from
the straight line.
COPE/COPED: To cut the end of one member to
match the profile of another molded member.
*

*/266$5<
CROSSBANDING: A ply placed between the core DADO JOINT: A rectangular groove across the DIMENSION LUMBER: Material that is precut in
and face veneer in 5 ply construction, or a ply grain of a wood member into which the end of width and thickness to a standard size.
placed between the back and face of a 3 ply skin the joining member is inserted; also a housed
in 7 ply construction. When the crossbanding has joint. Variations include “mortise and tenon” and DIRECTIONAL PATTERN OR VENEER GRAIN
directional grain, it is placed at right angles to the “stopped or blind dado” joints. MATCH: (see Veneer Grain or directional pattern
grain of the face veneer. When used with laminate Match).
face doors, crossbanding may consist of more DECAY: Disintegration of wood due to the action
than one ply. of wood destroying fungi; “doze”, “rot”, and DISCOLORATIONS: Stains in wood substances.
“unsound wood” mean the same as “decay.” Common veneer stains are sap stains, blue
CROSS BAR: Irregularity of grain resembling a stains, stains produced by chemical action
dip in the grain running at right angles, or nearly DECORATIVE COMPOSITE PANELS: For the caused by the iron in the cutting knife coming
so, to the length of the veneer. purposes of these standards, a thermally fused in contact with the tannic acid of the wood, and
panel flat pressed from a thermoset polyester those resulting from exposure of natural wood
extractives to oxygen and light, to chemical action

CROSS GRAIN: Applied to wood in which the or melamine resin impregnated paper (minimum
grain is not running lengthwise of the material in 30%); see low pressure decorative laminates. of vat treatments or the adhesive components,
one direction. The irregularity is due to interlocked and/or to the surface finish.
fiber, uneven annual rings, or to the intersection of DEFECT: Fault that detracts from the quality,
branch and stem. appearance, or utility of the piece. Handling marks DISTRESSING: In finishing, either a mechanical
and/or grain raising due to moisture shall not be or chemical special effect.
CROTCH:Comes from the portion of a tree just considered a defect.
below the point where it forks into two limbs. The DISTRIBUTOR: A person or organization that
grain is crushed and twisted, creating a variety of DEFECT, OPEN: Open joints, knotholes, cracks, provides products on a wholesale basis to a
plume and flame figures, often resembling a well loose knots, wormholes, gaps, voids, or other manufacturer of woodwork.
formed feather. The outside of the block produces openings interrupting the smooth continuity of the
a swirl figure that changes to full crotch figure as wood surface. DIVISION: A cabinet component that is not one of
the cutting approaches the center of the block. the two sides, top or bottom. A division divides a
DEFLECTION: When weight is applied to a cabinet into sections. Divisions may be horizontal
CUP: A deviation in the face of a piece from a flat panel supported at two opposing ends in or vertical.

straight line drawn from edge to edge of that a horizontal position, such as a shelf, and the
piece. It is measured at the point of greatest weight causes the shelf surface to become DOOR FURNISHER: As used in PRODUCT of
distance from the straight line. concave. Deflection is affected by the weight section 09, is defined as the party responsible for
applied as well as the shelf core and finish the taking off, ordering and supplying of the doors
CURB STRINGER: See closed stringer. materials. to a project.
CURING: The complete drying of a finish to the DELAMINATION: Separation of plies or layers DOVETAIL JOINT: A joint formed by inserting a
ultimate development of its properties. of wood or other materials through failure of the projecting wedge shaped member (dovetail tenon)
adhesive joint. into a correspondingly shaped cut out member
CURLY: Figure that occurs when the fibers are (dovetail mortise); variations include the “dovetail
distorted, producing a wavy or curly effect in the DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: An architect, interior dado” and the “blind dovetail dado.”
lumber or veneer. Primarily found in Maple or designer, specification writer, or other individual
Birch. qualified by virtue of education and/or training DOWEL: Cylindrical peg used to strengthen a
to provide services for the design of buildings, wood joint.
CUSTOM GRADE: The middle or normal Grade interiors, and furnishings.
in both material and workmanship, and intended DOWELED JOINT: A joint using “dowels”
for high quality, conventional work. DIE WALL: A millwork assembly, typically vertical, (doweled construction); also “doweled edge joint.”
that includes sub framing and a finish face on
CUT HEART: See split heart. one or more sides. Die walls are commonly used
at reception desks, nurse stations and low walls
DADO, BLIND, OR STOPPED JOINT: A dado dividing areas within a larger room. They are
that is not visible when the joint is completed. typically self supported or attached to floors or
walls. A die wall typically allows other millwork
items to be attached, such as countertops,
* transaction countertops and casework.

*/266$5<
DOUG FIR: Referring to Douglas Fir. Douglas EFFECT: The final result achieved in a finished EXTERIOR (Building): That portion of the
fir is a common name for softwood evergreen wood surface, after the application of a clearly structure that is outside of the weather proofing of
coniferous trees of the genus Pseudotsuga in the specified series of finishing procedures (steps) the building, including the weather proofing (non
family Pinaceae. Also known as Douglas Tree, have been completed. Successfully achieving a climate controlled).
False Hemlock and Oregon Pine. The heartwood specified “effect” requires the active participation
of Doug Fir is moderately resistant to decay and of the design professional and the woodwork FACE: The better side of any panel in which
is often used in exterior applications that require finisher. the outer plies are of different veneer grades;
a smooth finish. The grain is typically straight also either side of a panel in which there is no
and used as small parts for millwork where ELEVATION: As used within these standards, a difference in veneer grade of the outer plies.
straightness is a consideration. view of the front, back or end of an assembly or
grouping of architectural woodwork components. FACE FRAME CONSTRUCTION: A type of
DOZE: A form of incipient decay characterized construction, where the front edge of the cabinet
by a dull and lifeless appearance of the wood, END BUTT JOINT: When: body components is overlaid with a frame.
One end is glued to an edge or face of

accompanied by a loss of strength and softening
of the wood substance. another board to form an angle (e.g., stiles FACE VENEER: The outermost exposed wood
and rails of a face frame) veneer surface of a veneered door, panel, or other
DRAWINGS: Part of a project’s design documents component exposed to view when the project is
The end of one board is fastened to the end
which, in combination with written specifications, completed.
of another to increase its length (e.g., run-
define the scope, quality assurance, requirements, ning trim).
submittals, dimensions, product handling, and FASTENER, MECHANICAL: The generic term for
product specifications to the manufacturer. See securing devices that are used in the fabrication
Shop Drawings. END GRAIN: The grain seen in a cut made at a and/or installation of architectural woodwork, such
right angle to the direction of the fibers in a board. as dowels, dowel screws, splines, nails, screws,
EASED EDGES: For the vast majority of work, a bolts, shot pins, etc.
sharp arris or edge is not permitted. Such edges END MATCH: Butting adjacent veneer leaves on
are traditionally “eased” by lightly striking the edge one panel end to end in sequence. Veneer leaves FEW: A small number without regard to their
with a fine abrasive. Less often, or as a design are book matched end to end. Generally used for arrangement in the panel.
element, such edges are machined to a small very long panels or for projects in which only short

radius. length veneers are available. FIBER: One of the long, thick walled cells that
give strength and support to hardwoods.
EASEMENTS: Short curved segments of handrail EQUILIBRIUM MOISTURE CONTENT: The
that provide for changes in pitch, elevation, or moisture content at which wood neither gains nor FIBERBOARD CORE: Manufactured from wood
direction. loses moisture when surrounded by air at a given reduced to fine fibers mixed with binders and
relative humidity and temperature. formed by the use of heat and pressure into
ECONOMY GRADE: The lowest Grade in both panels.
material and workmanship, and intended for work ESCUTCHEON: A protective fitting around a
where price outweighs quality considerations. keyhole; also a shield like ornament. FIDDLEBACK: A fine, strong, even ripple figure
as frequently seen on the backs of violins. The
EDGEBANDING: The process of attaching a EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACES: For purposes figure is found principally in Mahogany and Maple,
finished material to the edge of panels. Typically of these standards, specifically casework, means but occurs sometimes in other species.
machine applied with hot melt glue, however hand all exterior surfaces exposed to view.
attachment is allowed. Edgeband application is FIELD: With reference to work location, meaning
subject to tolerances found in these Standards. EXPOSED FASTENERS: Any mechanical in the field or jobsite versus in the manufacturing
fastening device, filled or unfilled, that can be plant or shop.
EDGE GRAIN (EG) OR VERTICAL GRAIN (VG): seen on exposed or semi-exposed surfaces of
A piece or pieces sawn at approximately right woodwork. FIGURE: The natural pattern produced in the
angles to the annual growth rings so that the rings wood surface by annual growth rings, rays, knots,
form an angle of 45 degrees or more with the EXPOSED INTERIOR SURFACES: For purposes and natural deviations from the normal grain,
surface of the piece. of these standards, specifically casework, means such as interlocked and wavy grain, and irregular
all interior surfaces exposed to view in open coloration.
EDGE JOINT: When the edges of boards are casework or behind transparent doors.
glued together to increase the width.
EXPOSED SURFACES: Surfaces normally visible *
after installation.

*/266$5<
FILLER: In finishing, ground inert solids FLAME SPREAD: Fire retardant particleboard is FRAMELESS CONSTRUCTION: A type of
specifically designed to fill pores or small cavities available with an Underwriters’ Laboratory (UL) construction, where no frame is attached to the
in wood as one step in the overall finishing stamp for Class 1 Flame Spread 20 (Smoke front edge of the cabinet body components which
process. In casework, paneling, ornamental work, Developed 25). Fire Rated doors are available are typically edgebanded.
stairwork, frames, and some other architectural with particleboard and mineral cores for ratings
woodwork applications, an additional piece of trim up to 1-1/2 hours. It is the responsibility of FRENCH CLEAT: A method of concealed panel
material between woodwork members or between the specifier to indicate which fire retardant or trim hanging where one component is screwed
woodwork and some other material used to create classification is required for a particular product. to the wall and the other component is screwed
a fill or transition between the members. In the absence of such a specified rating, the to the back of a millwork product. Each cleat
manufacturer may supply unrated product. has an opposing 45 degree edge, causing the
FINGER JOINT: When the ends of two pieces two pieces to interlock. French cleats may be
of lumber are cut to an identically matching set. FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION: The used for cabinet hanging provided it has been
Used most commonly to increase the length of generally accepted measurement for flame spread independently tested to show compliance to the

the board. A series of interlocking fingers are rating of materials. It compares the rate of flame Wall Cabinet Structural Integrity Test shown in
precision cut on the ends of two pieces of wood spread on a particular species with the rate of Appendix.
that mesh together and are held rigidly in place flame spread on untreated Red Oak.
with adhesive. FURRING: Material added to a building surface
FLAT GRAIN (FG) OR SLASH GRAIN (SG): A to create a true plane in order to install woodwork
FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT: Only a few piece or pieces sawn approximately parallel to plumb and level.
species are treated with chemicals to reduce the annual growth rings so that all or some of the
flammability and retard the spread of flame over rings form an angle of less than 45 degrees with GABLE: Aside from the traditional usage referring
the surface. This usually involves impregnation the surface of the piece. to the end of a building, in casework the end or
of the wood, under pressure, with salts and other side of a cabinet.
chemicals. White Oak is untreatable. FLAT SLICING: See “Plain Slicing”.
GAP: An unfilled opening in a continuous surface
FIRE RATED DOOR: A door that has been FLATNESS: A panel face having an even or or between adjoining surfaces.
constructed in such a manner that when installed smooth surface in one plane without depressions
in an assembly and tested will pass ASTM E-152 or projections. GENERAL CONTRACTOR: See contractor.

“Fire Test of Door Assemblies,” and can be rated
as resisting fire for 20 minutes (1/3 hour), 30 FLECK, RAY: Portion of a ray as it appears on GLAZING: In finishing, an added step for
minutes (1/2 hour), 45 minutes (3/4 hour) (C), the quartered or rift cut surface. Fleck is often a achieving color or to heighten grain appearance.
1 hour (B), or 1-1/2 hours (B). The door must dominant appearance feature in Oak.
be tested and carry an identifying label from a GLOSS: See sheen.
qualified testing and inspection agency. FLITCH: A hewn or sawn log made ready for
veneer production or the actual veneer slices GLUE BLOCK: A wood block, usually triangular
FIRST CLASS WORKMANSHIP: For of one half log, kept in order, and used for the in cross section, securely glued to an angular joint
architectural woodwork, the finest or highest class production of plywood panels. between two members for a greater glue bond
of workmanship for the Grade specified, and shall area.
be free of manufacturing and natural defects FLUSH INSET: Cabinet construction in which
covered under grading rules in these standards. the door and drawer faces are set within and GLUE SPOTS: The discoloration or barrier to
flush with the body members or face frames of finish penetration caused by the bleed through or
FLAKE: See “Fleck, Ray”. the cabinet with spaces between face surfaces unremoved glue on an exposed or semi-exposed
sufficient for operating clearance. wood surface.
FLAKEBOARD: See “particleboard.”
FLUSH OVERLAY: Cabinet construction in which GLUED, SECURELY: The bonding of two
door and drawer faces cover the body members members with an adhesive forming a tight
of the cabinet with spaces between face surfaces joint with no visible delamination at the lines of
sufficient for operating clearance. application.
FLUTE: One of a series of parallel, lengthwise GRADE: Unless otherwise noted, this term
channels or grooves in a column, cornice molding, means Grade rules for Economy, Custom, and/or
band, or furniture leg. Premium Grade.
*

*/266$5<
GRADING RULES: Most hardwoods are graded QUARTERED GRAIN - is a method of GRAIN SWEEP: Expression of the angle of the
utilizing the rules established by the National sawing or slicing to bring out certain figures grain to the long edges of the veneer component
Hardwood Lumber Association. Softwoods, on produced by the medullary or pith rays, over the area extending one-eighth of the length
the other hand, are graded by several grading which are especially conspicuous in Oak. of the piece from the ends.
associations. The three primary softwood grading The log is flitched in several different ways
associations are Western Wood Products to allow the cutting of the veneer in a radial GROOVE: Rectangular slot of three surfaces cut
Association, Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, direction. Rift or comb grain is lumber parallel with the grain of the wood.
and Redwood Inspection Service. or veneer that is obtained by cutting at
an angle of about 15 degrees off of the GROUND: A narrow strip of wood that serves
Although lumber must be purchased by the
quartered position. Twenty-five percent as a guide for plaster as well as a base to which
manufacturer according to these grading
(25%) of the exposed surface area of each trim members are secured. Grounds are applied
rules, these rules should not be used to
piece of veneer may contain medullary ray to rough interior openings especially doors and
specify lumber for architectural woodwork.
flake. windows; along interior walls at the finish floor
Specify the Grade of Work for the fabricated

OPEN GRAIN AND CLOSED GRAIN - The line; and wherever wainscot may be installed. The
products under these standards.
thickness of a ground is that of the combined lath
size and distribution of the cellular structure
Softwood plywood is graded by the and plaster, while the width varies from 1”
of the wood influences the appearance
American Plywood Association (APA, The (25.4 mm) to 3” (76.2 mm), which is often called
and uniformity. Open grain hardwoods,
Engineered Wood Association). Grade plaster grounds (around interior or exterior
such as Elm, Oak, Ash, and Chestnut are
markings are stamped on the back or edge openings) and base grounds (when used around
“ring porous” species. These species have
of each sheet. base of rooms).
distinct figure and grain patterns. Close grain
Hardwood plywood is made under the hardwoods, such as Cherry, Maple, Birch,
standards of the Hardwood Plywood and GROWTH RINGS: The layer of wood added by a
and Yellow Poplar, are “diffuse porous”
Veneer Association (HPVA). These Grades tree in a single growing season, the markings of
species. Most North American diffuse porous
are rarely marked on the panels. which contribute to the figure in finished woods.
woods have small, dense pores resulting in
Annual growth rings include both summer and
GRAIN: The fibers in wood and their direction, less distinct figure and grain. Some tropical
winter growth.
size, arrangement, appearance, or quality. When diffuse porous species (e.g., Mahogany)
severed, the annual growth rings become quite have rather large pores.
GUM POCKETS: Well defined openings between

pronounced and the effect is referred to as “grain”: GRAIN RAISE - When moisture in a finish rings of annual growth, containing gum or
FLAT GRAIN (FG) or SLASH GRAIN (SG) swells and lifts wood fibers away from the evidence of prior gum accumulations.
- lumber or veneer is a piece sawn or sliced surface of the wood being finished. The
approximately parallel to the annual growth wood surface should be further sanded to GUM SPOTS AND STREAKS: Gum or resinous
rings so that some or all of the rings form eliminate grain raise. material or color spots and streaks often dark
an angle of less than 45 degrees with the RAISED GRAIN - Roughened condition brown, black or golden, caused by prior resin
surface of the piece. of the surface of dressed lumber on which accumulations sometimes found on veneer or
hard summerwood is raised above the softer lumber surfaces.
MIXED GRAIN (MG) - is any combination
of vertical or flat grain in the same member. springwood, but is not torn loose from it.
HAIRLINE: A thin, perceptible line showing at the
Vertical grain lumber or veneer is a piece
joint of two pieces of wood.
sawn or sliced at approximately right angles GRAIN CHARACTER: A varying pattern produced
to the annual growth rings so that the rings by cutting through growth rings, exposing various
HALF LAP JOINT: A joint formed by extending
form an angle of 45 degrees or more with layers. It is most pronounced in veneer cut
(lapping) the joining part of one member over the
the surface of the piece. tangentially or rotary.
joining part of another.
GRAIN FIGURE: The pattern produced in a wood
HALF ROUND: A method of cutting veneers
surface by annual growth rings, rays, knots, or
on an off center lathe that results in modified
deviations from natural grain, such as interlocked
characteristics of both rotary and plain sliced
and wavy grain and irregular coloration.
veneers; often used in Red and White Oak.
GRAIN RAISE: See Grain.
GRAIN SLOPE: Expression of the angle of the

grain to the long edges of the veneer component. *

*/266$5<
HALF ROUND SLICING: A method of veneer HIGH DENSITY OVERLAY: The standard grades HUMIDITY: The common term for relative
cutting similar to rotary cutting, except that the of high density overlay shall be as listed in PS 1, humidity; the amount of moisture in an
piece being cut is secured to a “stay log,” a device latest edition. The surface of the finished product atmosphere in relation to temperature.
that permits the cutting of the log on a wider shall be hard, smooth, or uniformly textured,
sweep than when mounted with its center secured although some evidence of underlying grain may INCONSPICUOUS: Not readily visible without
in the lathe to produce rotary sliced veneer. A appear. The surface shall be of such a character careful inspection (as a measurement of natural or
type of half round cutting is used to achieve plain that further finishing by paint or protective coating machining characteristics).
sliced or flat cut veneer. is not necessary.
INDENTATIONS: Areas in the face that have
HANDLING MARKS: Scratches, dents, HIGH PRESSURE CABINET LINER: Conforms to been compressed as the result of residue on
blemishes, mars, or scuffs left or created by NEMA LD-3 (latest edition), has a color or pattern the platens of the hot press or handling damage
physical handling or packaging. sheet to enhance its appearance, and is intended through the factory.
for use in cabinet interiors.

HANDRAIL: See “Molding”. INNER PLIES: Plies other than face or back plies
HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE in a panel construction. Crossbands and centers
HAND RUBBED FINISH: In finishing, a manual (HPDL): Laminated thermosetting decorative are classed as inner plies (see core).
step performed to smooth, flatten, or dull the sheets intended for decorative purposes. The
topcoat. sheets consist essentially of layers of a fibrous INSTALLER: A person or organization that
sheet material, such as paper, impregnated regularly engages in the practice of installing
HARDBOARD: A generic term for a panel with a thermosetting condensation resin and architectural woodwork.
manufactured primarily from inter felted consolidation under heat and pressure. The top
lignocellulose fibers consolidated under heat and layers have a decorative color or a printed design. INTERIOR (Building): That portion of a building
pressure in a hot press and conforming to the The resulting product has an attractive exposed that is inside the building weather proofing, not
requirements of ANSI/AHA A 135.4 (latest edition). surface that is durable and resistant to damage including the weather proofing (can be climate
from abrasion and mild alkalies, acids, and controlled).
HARDBOARD, TEMPERED: Hardboard that has solvents, meeting the requirements of the National
been coated or impregnated with an oil and then Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) LD-3 INTUMESCENT COATINGS: Can be applied
baked to give it more impact resistance, hardness, (latest edition). to the surface of flammable products to reduce

rigidity, tensile strength, and more resistance to flammability.
scratches and moisture. Tempered hardboard is HOLE: Applies to holes from any cause.
typically smooth on both sides and may have a JOINT: The line of juncture between the edges or
dark smooth finish. HOLES, WORM: Holes resulting from infestation ends of two adjacent pieces of lumber or sheets
by worms greater than 1/16” (1.6 mm) in diameter. of veneer, such as butt, dado (blind, stopped),
HARDNESS (in finishing): The property of dovetail, blind dovetail, finger, half lap, lock, miter
a coating that causes it to resist denting or HONEYCOMB DOOR CORE: A method of using (shoulder, lock, spline), mortise and tenon (blind
penetration by a hard object. lightweight paper, wood or other material based slotted, stub, or through), rabbet, scarf, spline,
products to form a door core. The honeycomb and tongue and groove joint.
HARDWOOD: General term used to designate provides some structural integrity and is a base
lumber or veneer produced from temperate for attachment of back bands or cross bands. JOINT, OPEN: Joint in which two adjacent pieces
zone deciduous or tropical broad leaved trees in of lumber or veneer do not fit tightly together.
contrast to softwood, which is produced from trees HONEYCOMB IN RED OAK: A structural defect
that are usually needle bearing or coniferous. found in Red Oak caused by bacterial heartwood JOINTS TIGHT, FACTORY: Any joints or a
The term does not imply hardness in its physical infection resulting in abnormal odors in kiln dried combination of joints and/or mechanical fasteners,
sense. lumber and an appearance of voids within the that are used to join two members in the shop.
lumber. Distance between members shall not exceed
HEARTWOOD: The non active or dormant center those set forth in these standards.
of a tree, generally distinguishable from the outer HOUSED CABINET BACK: When a cabinet back
portion (sapwood) by its darker color, sometime is set in a three sided groove such as a plow or JOINTS TIGHT, FIELD: Any joints or a
referred to as heart. groove. combination of joints and/or mechanical fasteners
that are used to join two members in the field.
HEAT RESISTANCE TEST: See “Appendix.” HPDL: See “high pressure decorative laminate.” Distance between members shall not exceed
those set forth in these standards.
* HPDL COMPACT: See “Solid Phenolic”.

*/266$5<
KCPI: Stands for “knife cuts per inch”; generally LIFTING: In finishing, the softening of a dried MAHOGANY: The term “Mahogany” should not
used when describing the result of molded profiles film by the solvents of a succeeding coat, which be specified without further definition. It must be
or S4S materials. causes raising and wrinkling of the first coat. understood that there are different species of
Mahogany that should be specified.
KERF: The groove or notch made as a saw LIGHTS (LITES): In door construction, openings
African, Central and South American, or Tropical
passes through wood; also the wood removed by to receive glazing.
American, including American Mahogany,
the saw in parting the material. are genuine and true Mahoganies. American
LIPPAGE: Variation in the height of adjoining
Mahogany varies in color from light pink to light
KILN DRIED: Lumber dried in a closed chamber stone or epoxy resin counter top joints. The
red; reddish brown to golden brown or yellowish
in which the removal of moisture is controlled by differences in elevation between edges of
tan. Some Mahogany turns darker and some
artificial heat and usually by controlled relative adjacent tile modules.
lighter in color after machining.
humidity.
LISTING: A tabular method of describing materials The figure or grain in American Mahogany runs
from plain sliced, plain stripe to broken stripe,

KNIFE MARKS: The imprints or markings of the or methods that do not require drawings.
machine knives on the surface of dressed lumber. mottled, fiddleback, swirl, and crotches. As
LOCK BLOCK: A concealed block the same uniform color is not a natural characteristic of
KNOCKED DOWN (KD): Unassembled, as thickness as the door stile or core that is adjacent this species, if a uniform color is desired it is
contrasted to assembled. to the stile at a location corresponding to the lock recommended that the finishing specification
location and into which a lock is fitted. include a statement that toner or tint must be
KNOT: Cross section of tree branch or limb with applied so that color variation shall be kept to a
grain usually running at right angles to that of the LOCK JOINT: Interlocking machine joint between minimum.
piece of wood in which it occurs two members. Lauan White and Red, Tanguile, and other
CONSPICUOUS PIN - Sound knots 6.4 mm species are native to the Philippine Islands
LOOSE SIDE (of leaf): In knife cut veneer, that and are sometimes referred to as Philippine
(1/4 inch) or less in diameter containing dark
side of the leaf that was in contact with the knife Mahogany. Those species are not a true
centers.
as the veneer was being cut, and containing Mahogany.
HOLES - Openings produced when knots cutting checks (lathe checks) because of the
drop from the wood in which they were bending of the wood at the knife edge. When only the word “Mahogany” is specified, it

embedded. usually (but not always) means a true Mahogany
LOUVER: A slat or slats installed in a panel or as selected by the manufacturer unless a specific
OPEN - Opening produced when a portion of species is called for in the specifications. When
the wood substance of a knot has dropped door at an angle to the panel allowing various
degrees of light, air or sound passage. May be Philippine Mahogany is specified, it nearly
out or where cross checks have occurred to always means Lauan, Tanguile, and other natural
produce an opening. constructed as adjustable.
Philippine species of wood.
SOUND TIGHT - Knots that are solid across LOW PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE: A
WKHLUIDFHDQG¿[HGE\JURZWKWRUHWDLQWKHLU general term referring to a variety of melamine MANUFACTURER: A person or organization
place. or polyester enhanced surface papers and foils that regularly engages in the practice of
laminated to a core, typically referred to as manufacturing, prefinishing, and/or installing
SPIKE - Knots cut from 0º to 45º to the long
melamine or polyester overlays. architectural woodwork.
axis of limbs.
LACQUER: A coating composed of synthetic MATCHING EDGEBAND: See “self edge.”
LPDL: See “low pressure decorative laminate.”
film forming materials such as nitrocellulose,
ethylcellulose, natural and synthetic resins, which MECHANICAL FASTENER: The generic term for
LUMBER: Pieces of wood no further
are dissolved in organic solvents and are dried by securing devices that are used in the fabrication
manufactured than by sawing, planing,
solvent evaporation. and/or installation of architectural woodwork such
crosscutting to length, and perhaps edge
machining. as dowels, dowel screws, splines, biscuit splines
LEAF: The individual pieces of wood veneer that nails, screws, bolts, pins, etc.
make up a flitch.
LUSTER: See “Sheen”.
MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF): See
®
LEED : An environmental building rating particleboard for a basic description. As used
MADE TO ORDER SEQUENCED PANELS: All
system created by United States Green Building in these standards, whether as MDF alone
panels are manufactured to width and/or height
Council (USGBC) to encourage and certify the or as core material, the MDF shall meet the
according to each elevation. All panels are
environmental and energy saving attributes of a
balanced matched and sequenced to the adjacent requirements of ANSI A-208.2 (latest edition). *
building and its operations.
panels.

*/266$5<
MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY (MDO): A panel MITERFOLD: Made from a single panel in one BACK BAND - Used in conjunction with
product particularly well suited for opaque (paint) machining process; includes placement of tape, casing or baseboard to create a wide
finishes; most versions are highly weather machining, application of adhesive, folding, glue, variety of trim options for windows and
resistant. clamp, and clean. doors. Generally backband moldings create
thicker or wider moldings than single piece
MEDIUM DENSITY PARTICLEBOARD: Generally MITER JOINT: The joining of two members at an components.
refers to particleboard manufactured to an angle that bisects the angle of junction. BASE BLOCK - The square block
approximate density of 45 lbs per cubic foot terminating a molded baseboard at a
(20.41 kg per cubic cm); the type of particleboard MITER, LOCK JOINT: A miter joint employing a doorway; a plinth block.
used for architectural woodworking cores. tongue and groove to further strengthen it.
BASE CAP - A molding applied to the top
MEDULLARY RAY: Extends radially from the MITER, SHOULDER JOINT: Any type of miter edge of a base molding to add aesthetic
center of a log toward the outer circumference. joint that presents a shoulder, such as a lock miter affect.

These rays serve primarily to store food and or a splined miter. BASE RU BASEBOARD - Moldings used to
transport it horizontally. These rays vary in height trim the intersection of a wall or cabinet and
from a few cells in some species to an excess of MOCK UP: A sample made by the manufacturer the floor.
4” (102 mm) in Oaks. In Oak, it produces the flake to demonstrate materials, assembly, finish and/or
effect common to quarter sawn lumber. tolerances proposed for a project. A mock up does BASE SHOE - A small molding combined
not eliminate the requirements found in section 1 with a base molding to complete the
MELAMINE: Resin impregnated paper used for shop drawings. Mock ups, if approved, may be trimming of the wall and floor intersection.
in decorative composite panel products (see allowed to become part of the finished project. BEAD MOLDING - A narrow half round
thermally fused decorative laminate panel). molding that is continuous or divided into
MODULAR CASEWORK: Casework produced bead like forms.
MEMBER: An individual piece of solid stock or from a manufacturer’s standard details adapted to
CASING - Generally, a molding placed
plywood that forms an item of woodwork. use for a particular project.
around a door frame or window frame.
METAMERISM: An apparent change in color MODULUS OF ELASTICITY (MOE): As BED MOLDING - A molding or group of
when exposed to differing wavelengths of light; referenced in this standard, the theoretically moldings used immediately beneath a

the human perception of color (see Barber Pole recoverable longitudinal deflection value of a projection.
and Book Match). material from an applied load. CHAIR RAIL - Applied along a wall for
protection or as a design element between
MILL RUN: Molding run to pattern only, not MODULUS OF RUPTURE (MOR): The maximum wall treatments, such as paneling, wallpaper,
assembled, machined for assembly, or cut to load carrying capacity of a member under bending or paint. Traditionally placed at the horizontal
length. The terms “material only” and “loose and load. location on the wall at a height that would be
long” mean the same as “mill run.” rubbed by a chair back, to protect the wall.
MOISTURE CONTENT: The weight of the water
MILLWORK: See “architectural woodwork.” in the wood expressed in percentage of the weight CORNICE - A wood or composite wood
of the oven dry wood. molding detail along the top edge of a piece
MINERAL STREAK: An olive to greenish black of a millwork assembly or a building. May be
or brown discoloration of undetermined cause in MOLDED EDGE: Edge of piece machined to any built up of several moldings or components
hardwoods. profile other than a square or eased edge. to create one large profile.
COVE - Similar to crown moldings, often
MIRROR POLISH FINISH: In finishing, several MOLDING (MOULDING): A decorative strip, smaller in size and less decorative.
steps of wet sanding, mechanical buffing, and usually having a curved or projecting surface.
CROWN - Used to accent ceiling
polishing. Some common moldings used are listed below.
intersections and traditional pediments and
(Additional ornamental and architectural moldings
casework tops.
MISMATCH: An uneven fit in worked lumber when are listed in the Design Ideas Section under
adjoining pieces do not meet tightly at all points of Historic Woodwork Glossary): FILLET - A thin molding used to separate or
contact or when the surfaces of adjoining pieces decorate larger moldings and also refers to
ASTRAGAL - A molding attached to one
are not in the same plane. the infill strip that fits between the balusters
door of a pair of doors covering the gap
on a stair case.
between the doors.
*

*/266$5<
HANDRAIL - A molding used along a NAILED: Members secured together with nails, OCCASIONAL: A small number of characteristics
hallway or corridor designed to be grasped including power driven nails or staples. On that are arranged somewhat diversely within the
by the hand to provide stability or support. exposed surfaces, staples and tee nails shall run panel face.
parallel to the grain.
LATTICE - A thin, flat molding, rectangular
OPAQUE FINISH: A paint or pigmented stain
in cross-section, used to build decorative
NATURAL: When referring to color and matching, finish that hides the natural characteristics and
screening or conceal joinery.
veneers containing any amount of sapwood and/ color of the grain of the wood surface and is not
OGEE A molding with reverse curved face or heartwood. transparent.
that is concave above and convex below.
QUARTER ROUND - A molding with a NEWEL POST: In stairwork, an upright post that OPEN GRAIN AND CLOSED GRAIN: See Grain.
convex, quarter cylindrical shape. supports or receives the handrail at critical points
of the stair, such as starting, landing, or top; the ORANGE PEEL: The description of a coating that
PANEL MOLDING - A decorative molding central vertical support of a spiral staircase. does not flow out smoothly, exhibiting the texture
used to trim out raised or recessed wall

of an orange.
panels. NGR STAINS: Refers to non grain raising stains.
SHOE - A small molding with a concave ORIENTED STRAND BOARD (OSB): is an
channel and a square back. NOMINAL: The average sizes (width and engineered wood product formed by layering
thickness) of lumber just out of the sawmill strands (flakes) of wood in specific orientations. In
TRANSITION MOLDING - A molding that
before being processed into usable board stock. appearance it may have a rough and variegated
conceals the joint between uneven surfaces.
Always larger than “finished” dimensions. Also, surface with the individual strips lying unevenly
a term that designates a stated dimension as across each other.
MORTISE AND TENON, BLIND JOINT: A mortise being approximate and subject to allowances for
and tenon joint in which the tenon does not variation. OVER FILING: In manufacturing, rough edges are
extend through the mortise and does not remain required to be filed or sanded smooth. Over filing
visible once the joint is completed; also “blind NON CLIMATE CONTROLLED: Referring to exposes the core of the decorative laminate or
tenoned.” the inside or outside areas of a building where otherwise causes defects in the finished product.
heat or air condition systems are not used for
MORTISE AND TENON, SLOTTED JOINT: A environmental controls. OVERLAP: A condition where the veneers

mortise and tenon right angle joint in which the comprising plywood are so misplaced that one
tenon is visible on two edges once the joint is NON HOUSED CABINET BACK: When a cabinet piece overlaps the other and does not make a
completed. back is set in a rabbet or is plant on back style. smooth joint.
MORTISE AND TENON, STUB JOINT: A short NON WOOD: As used in INSTALLATION sections OVERLAY: To superimpose or laminate a wood
tenon inserted in a plow or groove. of this Standard refers to components made of veneer of various species or a decorative item,
material other than wood and that are subject to such as melamine, polyester, or high pressure
MORTISE AND TENON, THROUGH JOINT: A this Standard’s tolerance threshold values. decorative laminate to one or both sides of a
mortise and tenon joint in which the inserted tenon given core, such as plywood, particleboard, or
extends completely through the mortise and the NON WOOD BASED PRODUCTS: Any material medium density fiberboard.
end of the tenon remains visible once the joint is that is not made of wood, veneer or paper based
completed. materials. Common non wood based products OVERSPRAY: The dry, pebble like surface
include: solid surface, stone, metals, fabrics, caused when the sprayed finish begins to dry in
MOTTLE: Broken wavy patches across the drywall, and masonry. the air before it hits the surface.
face of the wood that give the impression of an
uneven, although smooth, surface caused by NON WOOD TO NON WOOD: A two or more
a twisted interwoven grain with irregular cross component joint or assembly containing products
figure, which is the mottle. The effect is due to that are not made of wood or wood based
reflected light on the uneven arrangement of the products.
fibers. Other terms used to describe variations
include bee’s wing, fiddle, peacock, plum, ram, NOSING: A rounded convex edge, as on a stair
block, or stop mottle. step.

*/266$5<
OXIDATION: The effect on the appearance PARTITION: A panel that is securely attached to PILASTER: A fluted or carved, flat, decorative
of exposed wood faces caused by exposure floor, ceiling, walls or a supported frame used to column vertically attached to a building or
to atmosphere. This is analogous to browning divide room spaces. furniture.
reactions in freshly cut fruit; for instance, apples.
Hardwoods can develop deep yellow to reddish PATCH: A repair made by inserting and securely PIN HOLES: All circular or nearly circular holes in
brown discolorations on the surface of the wood gluing a sound piece of wood of the same species the exposed surface.
when exposed to air immediately after sawing in place of a defect that has been removed. The
or peeling. These discolorations are especially edges shall be cut clean and sharp and fit tight PITCH: An accumulation of resin that occurs
noticeable on Cherry, Birch, Red Alder, Sycamore, with no voids. “Boat” patches are oval shaped in separations in the wood or in the wood cells
Oak, Maple, and Sweet Gum. Some species, such with sides tapering in each direction to a point themselves.
as Alder, Oak, Birch, and Maple, develop these or to a small rounded end; “router” patches have
discolorations during air seasoning. A related parallel sides and rounded ends; “sled” patches PITCH POCKET: A well defined opening between
gray stain on several varieties of Southern Oaks are rectangular with feathered ends. the annual growth rings that contains pitch.

also appears to be oxidative in nature. Proper
VHOHFWLRQVDQGLQJDQG¿QLVKLQJFDQPLQLPL]HWKH PECKY: Pockets of disintegrated wood caused by PITCH STREAK: A well defined accumulation of
effects of oxidation. Care should be taken when localized decay or wood areas with abrupt color pitch in the wood cells in a more or less regular
XVLQJ¿OOHUDVLWPLJKWQRWFKDQJHWKHVDPHDV change related to localized injury such as bird streak.
the wood. peck. Peck is sometimes considered a decorative
effect, such as bird peck in Pecan and Hickory or PITH: A small, soft core occurring in the center of
PAIR MATCH: Relating to passage doors, means pecky in Cypress. the log.
doors are adjacent to each other or are next
to each other with only a door frame member PEDIMENT: A triangular ornament above a PLAIN SAWN: A hardwood figure developed by
separating the two doors. cornice. sawing a log lengthwise at a tangent to the annual
growth rings. It appears as U shaped or straight
PANEL: Panels are consistent in thickness, with PENETRATING OIL: In finishing, an oil based markings in the board’s face.
edges that are at right angles to the face and are material designed to penetrate the wood.
either homogeneous or made up of three or more PLAIN SLICING: Most commonly used for
layers. PERFORMANCE BASED: With reference to hardwood plywood. The log is cut in half, and one

these standards, and in contrast to prescriptive half is placed onto a carriage and moved up and
PANEL MATCH: Establishes the leaf layout in based, refers to the lack of dictated or specifically down past a fixed knife to produce the veneers.
each individual panel. required technical processes in lieu of a concept Veneer is sliced parallel to the pith of the log
04/29/16 that allows innovation as long as the required and approximately tangent to the growth rings to
PANEL REVEAL, see lower right corner outcomes are achieved. achieve flat cut veneer. Each piece is generally
placed in a stack and kept in order. One half log,
PARTICLEBOARD: A generic term for a panel PHENOL FORMALDEHYDE RESIN: Typically sliced this way, is called a “flitch.”
manufactured from lignocellulosic materials used for exterior type construction. Plywood and
(usually wood), primarily in the form of discrete doors bonded with this adhesive have a high PLANK: A board, usually between 1-1/2” to 3-1/2”
pieces of particles, as distinguished from fibers, resistance to moisture. The most common types (38.1 to 88.9 mm) thick and 6” (152 mm) or more
combined with a synthetic resin or other suitable require high temperatures during pressing to aid wide, laid with its wide dimension horizontal and
binder, and bonded together under heat and in the curing process. used as a bearing surface.
pressure in a hot press by a process in which the
entire interparticle bond is created by the added PHOTODEGRADATION: The effect on the PLANT ON BACK: When a cabinet back is
binder, and to which other materials may have appearance of exposed wood faces caused by applied and fastened to the back edges of a
been added during manufacturing to improve exposure to both sun and artificial light sources. cabinet box. The back is not set in grooves, plows
certain properties. Particles are further defined Obviously, if an entire face is exposed to a light or rabbets.
by the method of pressing. When pressure is source, it will photodegrade somewhat uniformly
applied in the direction perpendicular to the faces and hardly be noticeable; whereas partially PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH: See “high pressure
as in a conventional multi platen hot press, they exposed surfaces or surfaces with shadow lines decorative laminate.”
04/29/16
are defined as flat platen pressed; and when the may show nonuniform photodegradation. Some
applied pressure is parallel to the faces, they are woods, such as American Cherry and Walnut, are PANEL REVEAL: A detail used in wall and ceiling
defined as extruded. more susceptible than others to photodegradation. surfacing panel design that allows for expansion
and contraction between adjacent panels. The
* PARTICLEBOARD, FIRE RETARDANT reveal is a space between adjacent panels or
TREATED: Particleboard treated to obtain Class I other architectural features that allows for panel
or Class II flame spread. expansion and contraction.
*/266$5<
PLEASING MATCHED: A face containing PREMANUFACTURED SETS: Each panel, QUARTER SAWN (QUARTERED LUMBER):
components that provide a pleasing overall usually 4’ x 8’ (1219 mm x 2438 mm) or 4’ x 10’ Refers to solid lumber cutting. Available in limited
appearance. The grain of the various components (1219 mm x 3048 mm), is part of a sequenced set amounts in certain species. Yields straight grain,
need not be matched at the joints, but will not be of balanced matched, premanufactured panels narrow boards with “flake” or figure in some
widely dissimilar in character and/or figure. Sharp to be installed full width with the sequencing species (particularly in Red and White Oak).
color contrasts at the joints of the components maintained. The panel’s balanced match becomes
are not permitted. Members are selected so unequal at the start, end, and any other opening QUARTER SLICING: Produces a striped grain
that lighter than average color members are not or change in plane when trimmed. pattern, straight in some woods, varied in others.
placed adjacent to darker than average members. Veneer produced by cutting in a radial direction
PREMIUM GRADE: The highest Grade available to the pith to the extent that fleck or ray flake is
PLOW: A rectangular groove or slot of three in both material and workmanship intended for the produced, and the amount may be unlimited. In
surfaces cut parallel to the grain of a wood finest work. This is naturally the most expensive some woods, principally Oak, fleck results from
member, in contrast to a dado, which is cut across Grade. cutting through the radial medullary rays.

the grain.
PRESCRIPTIVE BASED: With reference to these QUARTERS: The commercial thicknesses usually
PLY: A single sheet of veneer or several strips standards, and in contrast to performance based, associated with the purchase or specification
laid with adjoining edges that may or may not be refers to the manner in which regulations are of hardwoods, such as “five quarter” (5/4 of 1”),
glued, which forms one veneer laminate in a glued expressed that dictate the technical processes by meaning 1-1/4” (31.8 mm) in thickness.
panel (see layer). In some constructions, a ply is which the required outcomes are to be achieved.
used to refer to other wood components such as QUIRK: For purposes of these standards, means
particleboard or MDF. PRESERVATIVE: (n.) A treating solution that a sharp incision or kerf in moldings or trim that
prevents decay in wood; (adj.) having the ability to can hide the use of mechanical fastener.
PLYWOOD: A panel composed of a crossbanded preserve wood by inhibiting the growth of decay
assembly of layers or plies of veneer, or veneers fungi. RABBET: Rectangular cut on the edge of a
in combination with a lumber core or particleboard member; a “rabbet” has two surfaces, and a
core, that are joined with an adhesive. Except for PRESSED: As in panel layup, hot, cold, vacuum “plow” has three.
special constructions, the grain of alternate plies or mechanical requires pressure until glue sets
is always approximately at right angles, and the and becomes rigid. RABBET JOINT: A groove cut across the grain of

thickness and species on either side of the core the face of a member at an edge or end to receive
are identical for balanced effect. An odd number PROFILE: A trim that has a shaped detail along the edge or end thickness of another member.
of plies is always used. one or more edges. Eased edges are included in
profiles. Ends or faces may also have profiles. RAIL: The cross or horizontal pieces of a stile
POCKET SCREW: Pocket screw joints are and rail assembly or the cross pieces of the core
created by aligning two pieces perpendicular, PUR: Is a general adhesive with polyurethane assembly of a wood flush door or panel.
drilling angled pocket and pilot holes and then as its primary component used in the woodwork
driving cabinet assembly screws to connect the industry. It is also referred to as PU and RAILING: In stairwork, the member that follows
pieces. These screws are used in concealed polyurethane reactive. the pitch of the stair for grasping by the hand.
surface locations only.
PUTTIED: See “fill.” RAISED GRAIN: See “Grain”.
POLYESTER: In finishing, a very high solids
content plastic coating, leaving a deep, wet look. PVA: Is a wood adhesive with polyvinyl acetate as RAISED PANEL: Traditional door or wall panel
its primary component and is commonly referred with a bevel edge captured in a stile and rail
POLYURETHANE: A very hard and wear resistant to as wood glue, white glue, carpenter’s glue, or frame.
finish, which is very difficult to repair. Most PVA glue.
commonly used as a two component system, RANDOM MATCH: Matching between adjacent
comprising multifunctional isocyanate or moisture PVC: Abbreviation for “polyvinyl chloride,” a veneer leaves on one panel face. Random
cured urethane, with a higher solids content synthetic decorative coating or edgebanding. selection in the arrangement of veneer leaves
than lacquers. Single component (excluding from one or more flitches producing a deliberate
moisture cured) products are usually composed of PVC EDGING: A polyvinyl chloride edging, mismatch between the pieces of veneer.
precatalyzed urethane. usually in seamless rolls, typically applied by
edgebanding machines using hot melt adhesives. RAY: One of the radial structures in a tree that
PREFINISHED: Product that is delivered with Available in a variety of solid colors, patterns, and stores nourishment and transports it horizontally
finish as opposed to field finishing. wood grain designs, in both textured and smooth through the trunk. In quarter sawn Oak, the rays *
finish. form a figure called fleck.

*/266$5<
RECONSTITUTED VENEER: Logs that are first REVEAL, PANEL: Renamed PANEL REVEAL RUNNING TRIM: Generally combined in the term
sliced into veneer leaves, the leaves may be and move to page 502. “standing and running trim” and refers to random,
04/29/16
dyed, then glued under pressure in a mold to longer length trims delivered to the jobsite (e.g.,
produce a large laminated block. The laminated baseboard, chair rail, crown molding). Running
block is then sliced across the glue line to create trim is generally installed horizontally. Standing
a faux grain with a designed appearance that is trim installed vertically.
highly repeatable.
REVEAL OVERLAY: Cabinet construction in RUNS: The result of spraying a heavier coat on
RED/BROWN: When referring to color and which the door and drawer faces partially cover a vertical, or nearly vertical, surface than the
matching, veneers containing all heartwood, the body members or face frames of the cabinet viscosity of the finish will allow to hold without
ranging in color from light to dark. with spaces between face surfaces creating movement; when in close multiples are also called
decorative reveals. “sags.”
RED BIRCH: The heartwood of the Yellow Birch

tree. RIFT CUT: A straight grain appearance achieved RUPTURED GRAIN: A break or breaks in the
through the process of cutting at a slight angle, grain or between springwood and summerwood
RELIEF: Defined as the difference in elevation approximately 15 degrees, to the radial on the half caused or aggravated by excessive pressure
between the high and the low parts of an area or round stay log or through the use of veneer cut on the wood by seasoning, manufacturing, or
where a form is raised (or alternatively lowered) in any fashion that produces a straight grain with natural processes. Ruptured grain appears as a
from a flattened background without being minimal ray fleck. single or series of distinct separations in the wood
disconnected from it. such as when springwood is crushed leaving the
RING, ANNUAL GROWTH: The growth layer put summerwood to separate in one or more growth
REPAIRS: A patch, shim, or filler material inserted on in a growth year. increments.
and/or glued into veneer or a panel to achieve a
sound surface. RISER: The board at the back of a tread that S4S: Means “Surfaced Four Sides,” and generally
“rises” to the bottom of the next tread above. In an refers to the process of reducing nominal sized
REPAIRS, BLENDING: Wood or filler insertions “open riser” stair, this element is left out, and the rough lumber to finished widths and thicknesses.
similar in color to adjacent wood so as to blend gap between the treads is open. Open riser stairs
SAGS: In finishing, partial slipping of finish film

well. are prohibited by code in many circumstances.
creating a “curtain” effect.
RESORCINOL FORMALDEHYDE RESIN: For ROOM MATCH: Refers to the matching of panel
woodworking, formulated into water resistant faces within a room. SAND THROUGH: A defect on the exposed
glues. visible surface, such as depressions, bumps,
ROTARY SLICING: Most common method for marks, or core usually caused by thin veneers or
RESTRAINED: See “Captured”. preparing veneers for softwood plywood. The over sanding.
log is placed in a lathe and rotated against a
RETENTION MOLDING: A molding used to stationary knife. This produces a more or less SANDED, CROSS: Sanded across, rather than
capture or hold in place another material such as continuous sheet of veneer, similar to pulling a parallel to, the grain of a wood surface.
a panel, glass, metal or other millwork product. long sheet off a roll of paper towels.
SANDED, MACHINE: Sanded by a drum or
RETURN: Continuation in a different direction of a ROUGH CUT: Irregular shaped areas of generally equivalent sander to remove knife or machine
molding or projection, usually right angles. uneven corrugation on the surface of veneer, marks.
differing from the surrounding smooth veneer
REVEAL, CABINET: The space between and occurring as the veneer is cut by the lathe or SANDED, SMOOTHLY: Sanded sufficiently
door edges and inset frames. The amount of slicer. smooth so that all machining, machine sanding
viewable case edge when a door is in the closed marks, cross sanding, and other sanding
position in flush overlay or reveal overlay cabinet RUNNING MATCH: Each panel face is assembled imperfections will be concealed by the painter’s
construction. from as many veneer leaves as necessary. Any applied finish work. The proper sanding grit varies
portion left over from one panel may be used to with the species of material; however, it generally
start the next. runs in the 120 to 150 grit range and grade of
workmanship specified.

*/266$5<
SAPWOOD: The living wood of lighter color SELF EDGE: Application of an edge that matches SHOW THROUGH: Irregular surfaces visible
occurring in the outer portion of a tree, sometimes the face. on the face of a veneered panel (such as
referred to as sap. depressions, bumps, mechanical marks, or core
SEMI-EXPOSED SURFACES: Surfaces that are or frame outlines).
SASH: A single assembly of stiles and rails into only visible under closer examination.
a frame for holding glass, with or without dividing SKIN: The hardwood plywood (usually 3 ply),
bars, to fill a given opening. It may be either open SET MATCH - Relating to passage doors, means hardboard, or composition panel, whether flat or
or glazed. three or more doors that are adjacent to each configured, that is used for facings for flush doors,
other or are next to each other with only a door bending laminations, finished end panels, and the
SCARF JOINT: When the ends of two boards are frame member separating any of the doors. like.
cut on an angle and glued together to increase
the length of the board. SHADING: In finishing, transparent color used for SKIRT BOARD: A trim member similar to base,
highlighting and uniform color. run on the rake along the wall adjoining a

SCL: See “Structural Composite Lumber”. stairway. The skirt board covers the joint between
SHAKE: A separation or rupture along the grain the treads and risers and the wall. Also, the
SCRIBE: To mark and cut an item of woodwork of wood in which the greater part occurs between similar member below the treads at the open side
so that it will abut an uneven wall, floor, or other the rings of annual growth (see ruptured grain). of a stairway. A wall routed to receive the treads
adjoining surface. See Filler, Mold and Allowance and risers may replace a skirt board.
on page 509. 04/29/16 SHARP CONTRAST: For the purpose of this
standard, this term applies to woodwork such as SLEEPER: A support member, usually vertical in
SEALING: The process of applying a moisture veneer of lighter than average color joined with placement, between the front and rear members
resistant finish to the edges of sink cut outs. The the veneer of darker than average color. Two of a non integral toe base or kick assembly.
process of applying a finish to concealed areas adjacent pieces of woodwork should not be widely
of factory finished millwork. Sealing is a part of dissimilar in grain, figure, and natural character SLICED (SLICE): See “Veneer, Sliced”.
proper factory finished panel balancing. markings.
SLIGHT: Visible on observation, but does not
SEALERS: Compounds that provide a sandable SHEEN: Finish shine or brightness; luster, patina, interfere with the overall aesthetic appearance
coating and a smooth surface for final topcoat and radiance. The sheen or gloss level of a cured with consideration of the applicable grade of the

application, provide system toughness and finish is traditionally measured with a 60 degree panel.
moisture resistance, and contribute to build and gloss meter. The words used to describe various
clarity. sheens are not standardized between companies. SLIP MATCHED: Each leaf from a flitch is laid
out in sequence from their place in the bundle,
SEASONING: The process of allowing new cut SHELF CLEAT: A piece of wood or other solid all faces in one direction. The result is that all the
wood to release moisture and achieve optimal material attached directly to in wall blocking just faces are either loose or tight, therefore reflect
moisture content without the aid of mechanical below the bottom edge of a shelf. light the same minimizing the barber pole or
drying processes such as kiln drying. metamerism effect.
SHELF DEFLECTION: Shelf deflection is the
SECURELY ATTACHED: The attachment of deviation from true flat of a shelf when placed SMOOTH, TIGHT CUT: Veneer cut to minimize
one member to another by means of approved under load. lathe checks.
joinery, adhesive, mechanical fasteners, or by
a combination of these means. Members shall SHELF LOAD: The amount of weight a shelf is SMOOTHNESS: The degree to which a surface
not be considered securely attached if they designed to carry based on shelf core material, has had machining and handling effects
disassemble during standard usage and stress. Modulus of Elasticity and surface materials. removed. Typically accomplished by sanding with
progressively finer sanding grits until the required
SECURELY FASTENED OR BONDED: See SHELLAC: A coating made from purified lac, a surface texture is achieved.
“securely attached.” secretion from an insect (laccifera lacca) that is
dissolved in alcohol and often bleached white. SOFT CONVERSION: An inch measurement is
SELECT:A lumber grading term. Also, in mathematically converted to its exact, or nearly
architectural specifications, the term “select” is SHOP DRAWINGSShop drawings are exact metric equivalent. Inches are multiplied by
frequently used to describe, clarify, or qualify detailed engineering drawings produced by 25.4 to determine millimeters. Example: 48” x 25.4
specific characteristics of the hardwood lumber the manufacturer for the fabrication of the = 1219.2 mm, commonly rounded to 1219 mm.
being specified; for example, Select White Maple architectural woodwork products, and are often
or Select White Birch, by using “select” as a submitted to the design professional for review *
descriptor, Natural, Brown, and Red Maple/Birch and comment. See Drawings.
are excluded.
*/266$5<
SOFTWOOD: General term used to describe SPLINE JOINT: A joint formed by the use of a STILE AND RAIL CONSTRUCTION: A technique
lumber or veneer produced from needle and/or “spline.” Splines customarily run the entire length often used in the making of doors, wainscoting,
cone bearing trees (see hardwood). of the joint. and other decorative features for cabinets and
furniture. The basic concept is to capture a panel
SOLID PHENOLIC: A composite of solid phenolic SPLIT: Separations of wood fiber running parallel within a frame, and in its most basic form it
resins molded with a homogenous core of to the grain. consists of five members: the panel and the four
organic fiber reinforced phenolic and one or more members that make up the frame. The vertical
integrally cured surfaces of compatible thermoset SPLIT HEART: A method of achieving an inverted members of the frame are called stiles, while the
nonabsorbent resins. “V” or cathedral type of springwood (earlywood)/ horizontal members are known as rails.
summerwood (latewood), plain sliced (flat cut)
SOLID STOCK: Solid, sound lumber (as opposed figure by joining two face components of similar STILES AND VERTICAL EDGES: The upright
to plywood), that may be more than one piece color and grain. or vertical pieces of stile and rail assemblies; the
of the same species, securely glued for width or vertical members of the core assembly of a wood

thickness. STAIN: A variation (normally blue or brown) from flush door.
the natural color of the wood. It should not be
SOLID SURFACE: Filled cast polymeric resin confused with natural red heart. In finishing, STOPS: Generally a molding used to “stop” a
panel. The fillers enhance both its performance produces the desired undertone color with proper door or window in its frame.
properties and aesthetics. With a homogeneous distribution, depth, and clarity of grain. Selection
composition throughout its thickness, solid surface of the type of stain used is governed by the STREAKS, MINERAL: Sharply contrasting
requires no finish coat and is capable of being desired artistic result. In natural wood, a variation elongated discolorations of the wood substance.
fabricated with inconspicuous seams and repaired in the color tending toward blue or brown, but not
to its original finish. to be confused with naturally occurring heartwood. STRETCHER: An upper support member of base
cabinet fabrication, used in lieu of a solid cabinet
SOUND: In reference to lumber or veneer, the STAINING: An optional operation in wood top, to space the end panels.
absence of decay, pith, shake, doze and wane. finishing to achieve the desired undertone color
and complement the wood with proper distribution STRINGER: A diagonal element supporting the
SP: See “Solid Phenolic”. of color, depth of color, and clarity of grain. treads and risers in a flight of stairs.

SPANDREL: The triangular element in a staircase STAIRWORK: Wood material to form a stair or STRINGER TURNOUT: In stairwork, that portion
between the stringer and the baseboard. to clad stair parts constructed of materials other of a stringer that curves or angles away from the
than wood, and that are custom manufactured to basic run, typically used at the beginning tread.
SPECIES: A distinct kind of wood. a design for a particular project.
STRIPE: Stripe figure is a ribbon grain:
SPECIFIC GRAVITY: The ratio of the weight of a STANDING TRIM: Generally combined in the BROKEN STRIPE - A modification of ribbon
certain volume of a substance to the weight of an term “standing and running trim” and refers stripe. The figure markings taper in and out,
equal volume of water, the temperature of which is to vertically installed moldings of fixed length due to twisted or interlocked grain, so that
39.2 degrees Fahrenheit (4 degrees Celsius). delivered to the jobsite (e.g., door jambs and the ribbon stripe is not continuous as it runs
casings, premachined window stools). more or less the full length of the flitch.
SPECIFICATION: Directions provided by the PLAIN STRIPE - Alternating darker and
design professional and found within a given STAPLED: Members secured together with
lighter stripes running continuously along the
project’s contract documents, or addendum. nails, including power driven nails or staples. On
length of a piece, due to cutting wood with
Specifications may be modified by agreements exposed surfaces, staples shall run parallel to the
definite growth rings on the quarter.
such as change orders or field directives from the grain.
Design Professional. RAINDROP - When the waves of the fibers
STAVED CORE: Typically refers to a core used occur singly or in groups with considerable
SPECIFIED: See “Specification”. in flush doors made up of end and edge glued intervals between, the figure looks like
wood blocks. streaks made by raindrops striking a window
SPECIFY: See “Specification”. pane at a slant.
STICKING: A term used to describe shaped or RIBBON STRIPE - In some wood with
SPLINE: A thin narrow strip forming a key molded solid wood members. interwoven grain, such as Mahogany, wide
between two members, usually of plywood, unbroken stripes can be produced by cutting
inserted into matching grooves that have been on the quarter.
* machined in abutting edges of panels or lumber to
ensure a flush alignment and a secure joint.

*/266$5<
ROE - Also called “roey.” Short, broken TELEGRAPH OR TELEGRAPHING: In veneer or TRANSPARENT FINISH: A stain or a clear finish
ribbon or stripe figure in quarter sliced laminated work, the variations in surface refraction that allows the natural characteristics and color
or sawn wood, due to the spiral formation as a result of the stile, rail, core, core laps, of the grain of the wood surface to show through
of the fibers, or interlocked grain, in the glue, voids, or extraneous matter show through the finish.
growth rings. The irregular growth produces to the face of a panel or a door. The selection
alternate bands of varying shades of color of high gloss laminates and finishes should be TREAD: The horizontal surface of a staircase
and degrees of luster. avoided because they tend to accentuate natural step.
telegraphing.
TREAD RETURN: A narrow piece of tread stock
STRIPPING: For purposes of these standards,
TENON: The projecting tongue like part of a wood applied to the open end of a tread so that the end
means the process of removing an old or existing
member to be inserted into a slot (mortise) of grain is not exposed. The leading corner of the
finish from a surface.
another member to form a mortise and tenon joint. return is mitered to the leading edge of the tread
with a shoulder miter.
STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER (SCL): A

TEXTURE: A term used to describe relative size
man made composite that utilizes stranded wood
and distribution of the wood elements. Coarse TWIST: A distortion caused by the turning or
fibers from a variety of tree species, providing
texture in veneer is associated with fast growth winding of the edges of the surface, so that the
an alternative to dimension lumber. The material
and harder, more difficult wood to cut. Soft or fine four corners of any face are no longer in the same
is engineered for strength and stability. While
texture in veneer is associated with slower growth plane.
not really “lumber”, it is marketed as a lumber
and with less summerwood, resulting in wood
substitute to be used in place of stave lumber
fibers that are easier to cut. UREA FORMALDEHYDE RESIN: Commonly
core materials.
used for Type I assemblies; relatively water
THERMALLY FUSED DECORATIVE resistant. Often requires curing by heat, but will
SUB FRONT: A front drawer box member over
LAMINATE PANEL: A polyester or melamine cure at room temperature over time.
which another front is placed.
resin impregnated paper, thermally fused under
pressure to a composite core. V GROOVED: Narrow and shallow V or U
SUBTOP: A separate support member for
shaped channels machined on a surface to
countertops.
THICK PHENOLIC: See solid phenolic. achieve a decorative effect. V grooving is most
commonly encountered in mismatched or random

SURFACE BEARING HEAD: A screw with a
TIGHT: Set together so that there is no opening matched wall panels as the grooves fall on the
homogeneous head that has a flat bottom surface
between members. edge joints of the pieces of veneer, making the
at least two times the diameter of the screw
face appear as planking.
shaft and when tightened applies distributed
TIGHT SIDE (of leaf): In knife cut veneer, that
pressure on the surfaces being screwed. Screws
side of the leaf that was farthest from the knife VARNISH: An oil based finish used to coat a
and washers are not considered surface bearing
as the veneer was being cut and containing no surface with a hard, glossy film.
heads for the purpose of this Standard.
cutting checks (lathe checks).
VENEER: A thin layer of wood, rotary cut or sliced
SURFACE CHECK: The separation of a wood,
TONGUE: Projection on the edge or end of a from a log or flitch. Thickness may vary from
normally occurring across the rings of annual
wood member that is inserted into the groove or 1/100” (0.3 mm) to 1/4” (6.4 mm).
growth; usually as a result of seasoning, and
plow of a similar size to form a joint.
occurring only on one surface of the piece.
VENEER CORE: Plywood constructed using a
TONGUE AND GROOVE JOINT: A joint formed core of an odd number of veneer plies, with face
SWIRL: Figure obtained from that part of a tree
by the insertion of the “tongue” of one wood and back veneers of overlays adhered thereto.
where the crotch figure fades into the figure of the
member into the “groove” of the other.
normal stem.
VENEER GRAIN OR DIRECTIONAL PATTERN
TOPCOAT: The final protective film of a finish MATCH: Produced by cutting one or more
TAMBOUR: A rolling top or front in casework
system. There are various topcoats with different components from the same panel and assembled
enclosing a storage space. It consists of narrow
properties. maintaining grain or pattern alignment.
strips of wood fastened to canvas or a similar
material.
TOP FLAT SURFACE: The flat surface that can VENEER, RIFT CUT: Veneer in which the rift or
be sanded with a drum sander. comb grain effect is obtained by cutting at an
angle of about 15 degrees off of the quartered
TORN GRAIN: A roughened area caused by position. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the
machine work in processing. exposed surface area of each piece of veneer *
may contain medullary ray flake.

*/266$5<
VENEER, ROTARY CUT: Veneer in which the WARP: Any deviation from a true or plane WELL MATCHED FOR COLOR AND GRAIN:
entire log is centered in a lathe and is turned surface, including bow, crook, cup, twist, or any For the purpose of these standards, means that
against a broad cutting knife that is set into the log combination thereof. Warp restrictions are based the members that make up the components of
at a slight angle. on the average form of warp as it occurs normally, an assembly and components of an adjacent
and any variation from this average form, such assembly are:
VENEER, SLICED: Veneer in which a log or sawn as short kinks, shall be appraised according to its Similar and nearly uniform in color, and
flitch is held securely in a slicing machine and is equivalent effect. Pieces containing two or more
Have similar grain, figure, and character.
thrust downward into a large knife that shears off forms of warp shall be appraised according to
Adjacent members must be of the same
the veneer. the combined effect in determining the amount
grain type whether flat grain (plain sliced),
permissible.
vertical grain (quarter cut), rift grain, or
VERTICAL GRAIN: Produced by cutting BOW - A deviation flatwise from a straight mixed grain.
perpendicular to a log’s growth rings, where the line drawn from end to end of a piece. It is
member’s face is no more than 45 degrees to the measured at the point of greatest distance
WHITE: When referring to color and matching,

rings. This produces a pleasing straight grain line. from the straight line.
Vertical grain is defined as having no less than veneers containing all sapwood ranging in color
an average of five growth rings per inch on its CROOK - A deviation edgewise from a from pink to yellow.
exposed face. straight line drawn from end to end of a
piece. It is measured at the point of greatest WHITE BIRCH: Term used to specify the
VINE MARK: Bands of irregular grain running distance from the straight line. sapwood of the Yellow Birch tree.
across or diagonally to the grain which are caused CUP - A deviation in the face of a piece from
by the growth of climbing vines around the tree. a straight line drawn from edge to edge of a WINDOWS: In architectural woodwork, all frames
piece. It is measured at the point of greatest and sashes for double hung, casement, awning,
VINYL: Heavy film, minimum of 4 mils in distance from the straight line. sidelights, clerestory, and fixed windows. Stock
thickness, opaque or reverse printed. and name brand units are not included.
TWIST - A deviation flatwise, or a
VINYL LACQUERS: In finishing, catalyzed combination of flatwise and edgewise, in the WIPING STAINS: Refers to pigmented oils or
lacquers with a plastic rather than a nitrocellulose form of a curl or spiral, and the amount is solvents applied to wood.
base. the distance an edge of a piece at one end

is raised above a flat surface against which WOOD BASED PRODUCTS: Products made of
VISCOSITY: The property of resistance to flow in both edges at the opposite end are resting wood, veneer or paper based materials such as
a fluid or semi fluid. snugly. In passage doors, any distortion plastic laminate and engineered panels.
in the door itself and not its relationship to
VOLUTE: The spiral decorative element the frame or jamb in which it is to be hung, WOOD FILLER: An aggregate of resin and
terminating the lower end of a stair rail. measured by placing a straight edge or a strands, shreds, or flour of wood, which is used
taut string on the concave face. to fill openings in wood and provide a smooth,
WAFERBOARD: See “particleboard.” durable surface.
WASH COATS: Thin solutions applied as a barrier
WAINSCOT: A lower interior wall surface that coat to wood. Used prior to wiping stains for color WOOD FLUSH DOOR: An assembly consisting
contrasts with the wall surface above it. uniformity. of a core, stiles and rails, and/or edgebands, with
two or three plies of overlay on each side of the
WANE: Defect in lumber defined as bark or lack WATER REPELLENT: A wood treating solution core assembly. All parts are composed of wood,
of wood from any cause on the edge or corner, that deposits waterproof or water resistant solids wood derivatives, or high pressure decorative
except eased edges. on the walls of wood fibers and ray cells, thereby laminates.
retarding their absorption of water; having the
quality of retarding the absorption of water by WOOD TO NON WOOD: A two or more
wood fibers and ray cells. component joint or assembly containing wood or
wood based products being installed next to non
WAVY: Curly grain with large undulations; wood based components.
sometimes referred to as “finger roll” when the
waves are about the width of a finger. WOOD TO WOOD: A two or more component
joint or assembly containing wood or wood based
WELL HOLE: In stairwork, the open space in products.
* which the stair is set.
WOODWORK: See “Architectural Woodwork”.

*/266$5<
WOODWORKER: See “Manufacturer”.
WORKMANSHIP: See f”First Class

Workmanship”.
WORMHOLES: Holes resulting from infestation

of worms.
WORM TRACK: Marks caused by various types

of wood attacking larvae. Often appear as sound
discolorations running with or across the grain in
straight to wavy streaks. Sometimes referred to as
“pith flecks” in certain species of Maple, Birch and

other hardwoods because of a resemblance to the
color of pith.
The following belongs on page 505 however, are

placed here for efficiency. 04/02296
SCRIBE FILLER: $VFULEH¿OOHULVXVHGWR¿OOWKH

space between a base or wall cabinet and an adja-
FHQWZDOO7KHIDFHRIWKHVFULEH¿OOHULVW\SLFDOO\
VHWÀXVKRUDPD[LPXPRI´PPVHWEDFN
from the face edge of the cabinet box.
SCRIBE MOLD: A scribe mold is used to cover

the space between a base or wall cabinet and an

adjacent wall. The face of the scribe mold is typi-
cally set on top of the face edge of the cabinet box
and not interfering with the door opening.
SCRIBE ALLOWANCE: A scribe allowance is an

amount added to the wall side of a cabinet face
frame allowing the installer material to cut in order
WRDFKLHYHDWLJKW¿WWRWKHZDOO

*/266$5<
notes


:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
,1'(;
$UFKLWHFWXUDO
INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
1 mil, 490 Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers table structural integrity test, 402
Association of Canada (AWMAC), 21 est unit, 398
A Architectural Woodwork Standards (AWS), 18–19 torsion test, 399
Abacus, 424 Architrave, 424 without drawers (100 series), 470f–472f
Abrasion resistance, 490 Archivolt, 424 Base cap, 500
Abrasive planing, 132 Arris, 490 Base cap patterns, 409f–412f
ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene), 490 Articulation joint, 490 Base patterns, 409f–412f
Acanthus, 424 Artisans, 143–144 Base shoe, 500
Acrylic lacquer, 113t–115t, 122, 490 Ash, White, 49 Baseboard, 500
Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS), 490 Assembly-1, 490 Basswood, 49
Adhesion, 490 Assembly-2, 490 Bead, 424
Adhesives Astragal, 424, 500 Bead and reel, 424
cold press, 490 Bead molding, 500
B

contact, 493 Bed mold patterns, 419f
defined, 490 Back, 490 Bed molding, 500
guidelines, 391 Back band, 500 Bedding in putty, 491
hot press, 490 Back priming, 490 Beech, American, 49
lumber, 60 Back veneer, 490 Beech, European, 49
panel, 77 Backed out, 491 Belt and base courses, 424
type I fully waterproof, 490 Backer, 105 Bevel, 491
type II water resistant, 490 Backer material, 491 Beveled edge, 491
wall/ceiling surfacings and partitions, 230 Backing sheet, 85, 176 Billet, 424
Adjacent, 490 Baguette, 424 Birch, Yellow, 49
Adjacent panel, 490 Balance match, 82 Bird’s eye, 491
Adjustable shelves, 490 flitch selection, 203 Biscuit spline, 322, 394f, 491
Agrifiber/agrofiber, 74 wall/ceiling surfacings and partitions, 196f Bleaching, 491
Agrofiber, 490 Balance sheet, 105 Bleeding, 491
Air dried, 490 Balanced construction, 491 Blending, 491

Alder, Red, 49 Balanced end match, 197f Blind corner, 491
Alignment, 334 Balanced match, 491 Blind dado, 293
All heart, 490 Balancing sheet, 491 Blind dovetail joint, 395f
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), 390 Balancing species, 491 Blind mortise and tenon joint, 394f
Anchor strips, 321, 490 Baluster, 491 Blinds, 142, 152, 155
Anchorage, 330–331 Balustrade, 491 Blistering, 344, 491
fasteners, 331 Bamboo, 75 Block laminated woodwork, 136, 154
Anchorage fastener, 490 Banded, 491 Block lamination, 178
Angle bead, 424 Barber pole, 111, 491 Blocking, 491
Anigre, 49 Bark pocket, 491 Blue stain, 112
Aniline dye, 490 Base, 500 Blueprint sequenced panels, 202, 231, 491
Annual rings, 46, 47f built up moldings, 139 Blushing, 491
Antistatic laminates, 86 Base adjusters, 304 Board, 491
Approvals, 25 Base block, 500 Board foot, 492
Aprons, 316, 326, 490 Base cabinet Bolection molding, 424
Arch, 424 concentrated load test, 399 Book and butt match, 84
Architectural ornamentation, 423–428, 429f–435f door and door hinge durability test, 400 Book matching, 81, 492
Architectural woodwork door impact test, 401 Bored hole shelf rest systems, 321
care and storage, 37–42 drawer and door pull test, 401 Boss, 424
defined, 490 drawer bottom impact test, 401 Bow, 492, 508
drawing guidelines, 21 drawer rolling load test, 402 Box match, 83
moisture, 20 with drawers (200 series), 473f–474f Box stringer. see Closed stringer
specifications, 20 shelf load test, 402 Boxed stringer, 179
Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI), 20 structural integrity test, 399 Bracket, 424
submersion test, 400 Brashness, 492
, $UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV $:,_$:0$&_:,QG(GLWLRQ2FWREHULQFOXGLQJ(UUDWDWKURXJK$SULO

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
Brattishing, 424 compliance requirements, 32 joinery, 322

Bread/cutting board, 321, 326 assembly rules, 310–326 joints, 310
Broken stripe, 506 general, 295–301 layout, 298–300
B-stage curing, 490 installation, 326–332 layout requirements of grained or patterned by
Bubbling, 344 machining rules, 309 grade, 289
Bucks, 492 material rules, 305–308 modular, 500
Bugle head screw, 492 product, 300–326 moveable cabinets, 322
Building code requirements, 390 test, 333–334 opaque finish, 306
Bullet resistant doors, 241, 256 concealed surfaces, 285–286, 294, 296, 303, overlay, 288
Bullnose, 492 305 overlays, 297
Burl concept drawings, 298 panel components, 304
blending, 492 construction details, 292–293 premium grade, 300
conspicuous, 492 construction types, 21 pullout shelves, 321

defined, 492 contract documents, 285, 295 refinishing/refacing/refurbishing, 22, 403
Butcher block, 492 contractor, 327 scribing, 323
Butt hinge, 291 decorative laminate, 285, 307–308, 326 semi-exposed surfaces, 285–286, 296, 302,
Butt joint, 222, 224, 292f, 394f, 492 default stipulation, 302 305–307
Butt matching, 81 defined, 492 shelves, 318–321
design examples, 440f–468f solid phenolic, 326
C banks and courts, 444f–446f solid phenolic laminates, 296
Cabinet design series, 290, 469f–488f basic cabinetry, 467f–468f specifications, 285, 294
base cabinets with drawers (200 series), church fittings, 466f stretcher, 299
473f–474f corporate woodwork, 448f–452f surface categories, 295–296
base cabinets without drawers (100 series), furniture and fixtures, 453f–460f surface finish requirements, 287
470f–472f judge’s bench, 447f tolerances, 323–325
library cabinets (600 series), 483f–484f reception, 461f–465f tops and bottoms, 316–317
movable cabinets (700 series), 485f–488f schools and libraries, 440f–443f transparent finishes, 306
special base casework heights, 469 design series, 21 twist, 325

tall storage cabinets (400 series), 477–480f dimension ranges, 298–299 typical inclusions/exclusions, 301
wall hung cabinets (300 series), 475f–476f door and applied drawer front profiles, wall anchorage, 330–331
wardrobe cabinets (500 series), 481f–482f 289–290 wardrobes, 321
Cabinet face, 492 doors, 313–316 warp, 325–326
Cabinet liner, 85, 492 drawer box, 306 wood, 285, 325–326
Cabinet unit, 492 drawer selection guide, 290 Casing, 500
Cable molding, 424 drawers, 310–312, 326 Casing patterns, 413f–416f
Cant strip, 492 economy grade, 300 Casters, 322
Cantilever, 492 ends and divisions, 316 Catalyzed, 492
Cantilever countertops, 358 exposed edges, 326 Cathedral, 177, 256, 304
Capital, 424 exposed exterior, 296, 302, 306 Cathedral grain, 492
Captured, 492 exposed interior surfaces, 286, 296, 302, 306 Caulk, 492
Care, 37 exposed surfaces, 285 Caulked joints, 230
Casework, 277–334 face frame, 288, 297, 297f, 299, 324 Caulking, 323, 330, 332, 367
adjustable shelf loading/deflection, 291 finishing, 119 Cavetto, 424
anchor strips, 321 flush inset door, 326 Cedar, Western Red, 49
base cabinets, 299 flushness, 329 Ceilings, built up moldings, 138
cabinet and door interface, 288, 297 frameless construction, 288, 296, 297f, 299, Center match, 82, 492
cabinet construction, 296 304 Chain of custody, 492
cabinet design series, 290, 297 grade, 295 Chair rail patterns, 421f–422f
categories, 285 hardware, 303–305 Chair rails, 138, 500
cathedral, 304 hinge selection guide, 291 Chamfer, 492
clearances, 323–325 industry practices, 298–300 Character mark, 492
clothes poles/rods, 321 installer, 327 Characteristics, 492
integrity, 290, 297, 398–402 Chatter, 492

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
Checking, 493 chemical/stain resistance, 345 waterproof caulk, 367

Checks, 493 combination material, 342 wood, 348–349, 352–353, 358–359
Chemical resistance, 396–397 compliance requirements, 32 wood veneers, 342
Cherry, American Black, 50 general, 350–351 Cove, 500
Chip marks, 493 installation, 364–369 Cover sheet, 28
Chord segmentation, 493 product, 352–363 Coves, 355
Cinquefoil, 424 test, 370–371 Cratering, 493
Classical order, 428 concealed surfaces, 350, 353 Creep, 493
Clearances, 323–325 configurations, 342–343 Crockets, 425
Climate, 493 construction types, 21 Crook, 493, 508
Climate controlled, 493 contract documents, 350 Cross bar, 494
Closed grain, 53, 493, 497 contractor, 364 Cross grain, 136, 494
Closed stringer, 177, 493 edge application sequence, 356 Cross sanding, 179, 504

Closet, 152–153 epoxy resin, 348, 350, 352, 354, 356, 362, Crossbanding, 494
Clothes poles/rods, 321 369 Crotch, 494
Coffer, 493 equipment cutouts, 367 Crown, 500
Cold press adhesive, 490 exposed edges, 358 Crown mold patterns, 417f–418tf
Color, compliance requirements, 27 exposed surfaces, 350, 353–355 Cup, 494, 508
Color through decorative laminates, 86 factory finishing, 353 Curb stringer, 179
Column, 424 fastening, 366 Curing, 110, 494
Comb grain, 493 flatness, 358 Curly, 494
Combination core, 74 flushness, 366 Cusp, 425
Combination grain, 493 gaps, 366 Custom grade, 145, 175, 289, 295, 350, 494
Compatible for color and grain, 493 grade, 350 Cut heart, 494
Compatible species, 493 HPDL, 342, 352, 354, 359–360, 367–368 Cut outs, 177
Composite column, 428 fabrication/installation of, 342 Cutouts, 332, 355
Concealed surfaces, 151, 176, 179, 493 problems, causes and prevention, 344 Cyma molding, 425

Concentrated load test, 399 industry practices, 350–351 Cyma recta, 425
Console, 424 installer, 364 Cyma reversa, 425
Conspicuous, 493 joints at assembled woodwork, 356–357 Cymatium, 425
Contact adhesive, 493 machining rules, 354–356
Contractor, 160, 183, 493 material rules, 352–353 D
Conversion varnish, 493 metal trim rims, 358 Dado, 293
Conversions, 404t–405t natural/engineered stone, 348, 350, 352, 356, blind, 494
Cope/coped, 493 362–363, 369 stop, 293
Corbel, 425 opaque finish, 353 stopped joint, 494
Core overhang, 358 through, 293
defined, 493 post formed HPDL, 342 Dado joint, 395f, 494
hollow, 493 recommendations, 349 Damages, 42
mineral, 493 scribing, 356 Dart, 425
primary core materials, 73–75 solid laminated, 342 Decay, 494
solid, 493 solid phenolic, 348, 350, 352, 354, 356, 361, Decimal conversion, 404t
Core veneered woodwork, 136 369 Decorative composite panels, 494
Corinthian order, 425, 428 solid surface, 347, 350, 352, 354–355, 360, Decorative face, 75
Cornice, 140f, 425, 500 368 Defect, 494
Corona, 425 solid surfacing material, 342 open, 494
Countertops, 335–371 solid wood, 343 Deflection, 494
abrasion resistance, 345 specifications, 349 Delamination, 494
adhesives/joint filler, 356 transparent finish, veneer, 353 Delivery, 41
assembly rules, 356–363 typical inclusions/exclusions, 351 Dentil molding, 425
back splashes, 356 unsupported spans, 358 Design ideas, 407–485
cantilever, 358 wall hung, 358 Design professional, 494

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
Diamond match, 83 fire ratings, 241 Drawer box, 306

Die wall, 494 fire-rated, 251, 256 Drawer lock joint, 292
Dimension lumber, 494 first class workmanship, 273 Drawer rolling load test, 402
Dimensional change, 19, 37 flush, 257, 267–268 Drawers, 326
Directional pattern match. see Veneer grain match glazing material, 265 Drawing sheets, 28
Discolorations, 494 grades, 251 Drawings, 29, 495
Distressing, 494 guidelines, 21 Drip groove, 355
Division, 494 hand and bevel of, 243, 246 Dust panels, 326
Door, 264–269 handing, 253 Dutch door, 245f
acceptable requirements, 251 hinged, 313–316 Dynamic load capacity, 290
aesthetic compliance requirements, 251 HPDL, 239
aesthetic grade, 255 HPDL face, 243 E
applied moldings, 265 industry practices, 252–253 Eased edges, 495

basic core types, 240 installer, 270 Easements, 495
bleed through, 256 joints at assembled woodwork, 266–267 Echinus, 425
built up moldings, 139 materials for opaque finishes, 239 Economy grade, 145, 175, 289, 295, 350, 495
bullet-resistant, 241, 256 methods of construction, 251 Edge grain, 495
cathedral, 256 pair match, 242 Edge joint, 495
code/rule requirements, 239, 241 performance duty levels, 252 Edge profiles, 289
compliance requirements, 31 recommendations, 250 Edgebanding, 293, 495
general, 251–253 repairs, 272 Edges, exposed, 326
installation, 270–273 semi-exposed surfaces, 251, 255 Effect, 495
machine/assembly rules, 258 set match, 242 Egg and anchor molding, 425
material rules, 257 sheet products, 255 Egg and dart molding, 425
product, 254–269 size, 256 Egg and tongue molding, 425
test, 274–275 sliding, 316 Electrostatic shielded doors, 241, 256
construction cutaways, 243–244 special function, 241 Elevation, 495

construction definitions, 243 speciality cores, 241 End butt joint, 495
construction details, 244–245 specifications, 250 End grain, 495
blocking options, 245f stile and rail, 246, 268–269, 315 End grain box match, 83
Dutch door options, 245f symbols/abbreviations, 240 End match, 495
flashing options, 245f temporary distortions, 272 End matching, 81
glazing options, 244–245f with transoms, 242 Endangered species, 52
horizontal or transom meeting edge veneer faces, 241 End-matched joints, 231
options, 244f veneers for transparent finishes, 239 Engineered stone, 105
louver options, 245f warranty, 252–253 Engineered wood, 58
meeting edge options, 244f wood face, 243 Entablature, 425
continuous match, 242 x-ray doors, 256 Entasis, 425
contract documents, 251 Door frames, 141f, 151, 157 Epoxy resin, 105
contractor, 270 Door furnisher, 494 Equilibrium moisture content, 495
core to edge assembly, 241 Door impact test, 401 Escutcheon, 495
cutaway examples, 243 Door/door hinge durability test, 401 Exposed end, 292
cutouts, 272 Doric order, 425, 428 Exposed exterior surfaces, 495
decorative laminate casework, 326 Doug fir, 50, 495 Exposed fasteners, 495
design ideas, 249f Dovetail joint, 292, 395f, 494 Exposed interior surfaces, 495
edge construction and types, 242–243 Dovetail molding, 425 Exposed surfaces, 150–151, 153–154, 176,
end match, 242 Dowel, 494 178–180, 495
exposed surfaces, 251, 255, 265–266 Dowel joint, 292–293, 322, 394f, 494 Exterior (building), 495
exterior, 239 Dowel screw joint, 293, 322 Exterior doors, 239
face material selection, 239 Doze, 495
factory finishing, 246 Drawer and door pull test, 401
finishing, 119 Drawer bottom impact test, 401

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
F Fire retardant coatings, 390 Grades

Face, 495 Fire retardant treatment, 56, 112, 204, 496 compliance requirements, 27
Face frame, 325–326 Fireplaces, 139 countertops, 350
Face frame construction, 495 Fire-rated doors, 251, 256 defined, 496
Face veneer, 495 First class workmanship, 29, 120, 149, 273, 303, millwork, 145
Factory finishing, 110, 179 496 stairwork and rails, 175
Factory priming, 121 Flake. see Fleck, ray Grading rules, 497
Fascia panel, 323, 330 Flakeboard. see Particleboard Grain, 53, 111, 497
Fasteners, mechanical, 495 Flame retardant, 85 Grain character, 497
Few, 495 Flame spread, 56t, 496 Grain figure, 497
Fiber, 495 Flame spread classifications, 55, 204, 496 Grain raise. see Grain
Fiberboard core, 495 Flat grain, 496–497 Grain slope, 497
Fiddleback, 495 Flat slicing. see Plain slicing Grain sweep, 497
Field, 495 Flatness, 496 Greek orders, 428

finishing, 110 Fleck, ray, 496 Groin, 425
joinery, 222 Flitch, 496 Groove, 497
joints, 230 Flush door, 257, 267–268 Ground, 497
Figure, 495 Flush inset, 496 Growth rings, 497
Filler, 496 Flush inset door, 326 Guarantee language, 22
Fillet, 425, 500 Flush overlay, 496 Guardrail
Finger joint, 394f, 496 Flushness, 333 components, 174f
Finial, 425 casework, 329 fabrication, 174f
Finish maintenance, 37 Flute, 496 joinery, 174f
Finisher, 118 Forming core, 74 nomenclature, 173f
Finishing, 108–125 Fraction conversion, 404t Guilloche, 425
AWS finishing systems, 112, 113t–115t Frame joinery, 141f Gum pockets and streaks, 497
blotchy appearance, 111 Frameless construction, 288, 496
color match/consistency, 111 French cleat, 496 H

compliance requirements, 117–125 French dovetail joint, 292 Hairline, 497
application rules, 121 Fret, 425 Half lap joint, 394f, 497
general, 117 Fretwork, 425 Half round, 497
material rules, 120 Frieze, 425 Half round slicing, 498
product, 117–124 Full extension, 290 Hand rubbed finish, 498
tests, 125 Furring, 496 Handling, 41
curing, 110 Handling marks, 498
defects, 119 G Handrails, 501
factory, 110 Gable, 496 components, 174f
field, 110 Gadroon, 425 fabrication, 174f
fire retardant treatment, 112 Gaps, 324, 333, 362, 496 joinery, 174f
general performance characteristics, 113t General contractor. see Contractor nomenclature, 173f
generic coating schedule, 121 Glass, 153 patterns, 420f
sheen, 111 Glass shelves, 305 Hardboard
sheen testing, 125 Glazing. see Contractor compliance requirements, 104
specific performance characteristics, 114t Glides, 322 defined, 74, 498
system coating schedule, 122–124 Gloss. see Sheen tempered, 498
techniques, 111–112 Glue, 265 Hardness, 498
touch up, 124 block, 496 Hardwood, 46
transparent, 111 spots, 496 compliance requirements, 60–65
worksmanship, 119–120 Glued, securely, 265, 496 defined, 498
Fir, Douglas, 50, 495 Gluing, 60–61, 66, 177 material rules, 61–64
Fire codes, 390 Gothic arch, 425 specific gravity/weight of, 391t–393t
Fire rated doors, 241, 496 veneer, 73–74
Fire retardance, 77

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
Hardwood veneer, 76 (HPDL) Knife cuts per inch (KCPI), 231, 274, 333, 499
compliance requirements, 92–99 HPDL countertops, 342 Knife marks, 355, 499
material rules, 91–99 assembly, 345 Knife nicks, 355
species and cuts, 78t–80t compliance requirements Knocked down, 499
Haunch mortise and tenon joint, 292 assembly rules, 359–360 Knot, 499
Heartwood, 46–47, 53, 255, 498 installation, 367–368 conspicuous pin, 499
Herringbone match, 83 machining rules, 354 holes, 499
Hickory, Pecan Group, 50 product, 352 open, 499
Hickory, True Group, 50 configuration options, 345–347f sound tight, 499
High density overlay, 85, 498 fabrication/installation of, 342–343 spike, 499
High pressure cabinet liner, 498 flame spread classifications, 345
High pressure decorative laminates (HPDL), 85, mechanical tight joint faster, 347f L
203 problems, causes and prevention, 344 Lacquer, 113t–115t, 122, 499
compliance requirements, 103 blistering/bubbling, 344 Laminated, 177

defined, 498 cracking, 344 Laminated plies woodwork, 136
doors, 239 repeated heating, 344 Laminates, 85–86
standing and running trim, 203 separation of laminate, 344 chemical-resistant, 87
Hinges, 313–316 warping, 344 flame-spread rating, 87
Historic restoration work, 350 white background paper, 345 metal-faced, 87
acceptable requirements, 379 Humidity, 37, 498 natural wood, 87
assembly rules, 380 Lattice, 501
compliance requirements, 33 I Leaf, 499
installation, 382–383 Incised design, ornamental woodwork, 143 Leaf and dart molding, 426
product, 380–381 Inconspicuous, 498 Leaf hinges, 272
concealed surfaces, 378 Indentation, 498 Leed, 499
contract documents, 379 Inlay, 426 Level of details, 25
contractor, 382 Inner plies, 498 Library cabinets (600 series), 483f–484f
default stipulation, 380 Installation, 42 Lifting, 499

exposed surfaces, 378 Installer, 160, 183, 498 Light valance, 305
field finishing, 378 Intarsia, 426 Lights, 499
finishing rules, 381 Interior (building), 498 Lininfold, 426
grade, 379 International Wood Products Association (IWPA), Lippage, 362, 499
industry practices, 379 22 Listing, 499
installers, 382 Intumescent coatings, 498 Lock block, 499
machining rules, 380 Ionic order, 426, 428 Lock joint, 499
material rules, 380 Iron stain, 112 Lock joint corners, 322
priming, 379 Lock miter joint, 395f
recommendations, 378 J Lock shoulder joint, 395f
repair rules, 381 Jamb, 141f Loose side, 499
semi-exposed surfaces, 378 Janitor closet, 299 Louver, 499
specifications, 378 Joinery, 322 Low pressure decorative laminates, 85
stripping rules, 381 details, 394f–395f compliance requirements, 104
structural members, 378 Joints, 155–156 defined, 499
typical inclusions/exclusions, 380 defined, 498 LPDL. see Low pressure decorative laminates
Hit-or-miss machining, 355 open, 498 Lumber, 43–68, 74
Hole, 498 Joints tight, factory, 498 adaptability for exterior use, 55
Holes, worm, 498 Joints tight, field, 498 aesthetic characteristics, 53
Honeycomb, in Red Oak, 498 availability, 54
Honeycomb door core, 498 K compliance requirements
Hot melt laminates, 304 Kerf, 499 general, 58–59
Hot press adhesive, 490 Kerfed woodwork, 136 product, 60–68
Housed cabinet back, 498 Kicks, 317–318 defined, 499
HPDL. see High pressure decorative laminates Kiln dried, 499 dimensional stability, 54–55

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
door, 255 assembly rules, 155–159 Modulus of rupture, 500

engineered products, 53 general, 145–146 Moisture, 20, 37–40
flame retardant, 56 installation, 160–163 Moisture content, 38–40, 38f, 38t, 500
flame spread classification, 55 material rules, 149–155 compliance requirements, 41–42
hardwood, 46 product, 147–159 Moisture resistant MDF, 73
moisture content, 54–55 test, 164–165 Molded edge, 500
preservative treatments, 55 concealed surfaces, 148 Molding, 500
reclaimed timber, 52 contract documents, 145 astragal, 500
relative humidity, 54–55 cutouts, 149 back band, 500
sawing methods, 53–54 design and use of resources, 132 base, 500
size limitations, 54 design ideas, 144 base block, 500
softwood, 46 door frames, 156 base cap, 500
specie descriptions, 49–52 exposed surfaces, 145, 148 base shoe, 500
veneered construction, 54 first class workmanship, 149 baseboard, 500
Luster. see Sheen flat surfaces, 132 bead molding, 500

gluing, 149 bed molding, 500
M grades, 145 casing, 500
Machine sanded, 504 joints at assembled woodwork, 155 chair rails, 500
Made to order sequenced products, 499 miter joints and caps, 156 cornice, 500
Mahogany, 499 molded surfaces, 132 cove, 500
Mahogany, African, 50 ornamental woodwork, 142–144, 156 crown, 500
Makore, 50 production methods, 132 fillet, 500
Manufactured defects, 149 radius moldings, 136 handrails, 501
Manufacturer, 499 rail, 133f, 135f lattice, 501
Maple, Hard Group, 50 running trim, 133f–135f, 156 ogee, 501
Maple, Soft Group, 50 sash, 156 panel molding, 501
Marquetry, 426 screens, 142, 156 quarter round, 501
Matching edgeband. see Self edge semi-exposed surfaces, 145, 148 shoe, 501
Material list, 28 sheet products, 156 transition molding, 501

Measurement systems, 22 shutters, 156 Mortise and tenon joint, 292, 394f
Mechanical fastener, 495, 499 solid lumber paneling patterns, 137 blind joint, 501
Medium density fiberboard, 73, 499 specifications, 144 slotted joint, 501
Medium density overlay, 85, 500 standing, 156 stub joint, 501
compliance requirements, 104 standing trim, 133f–135f through joint, 501
Medium density particleboard, 500 stile and rail assemblies, 156 Mottle, 501
Medium-density fiberboard, compliance thermal integrity, 141f Movable cabinets (700 series), 485f–488f
requirements, 105 typical inclusions/exclusions, 148 Movable slats, 155
Medullary rays, 47, 500 window frames, 156 Moveable cabinets, 322
Melamine, 85, 500 Milter joints, 182 Mullions, 246
Member, 500 Mineral streak, 500 Muntins, 247
Metal frame, 322 Mirror polish finish, 500 Mutule, 426
Metal shelf standards, 321 Mismatch, 500
Metal sided drawer systems, 290 Miter N
Metamerism, 500 lock joint, 500 Nailed, 501
Metopes, 426 shoulder joint, 500 Natural, 501
Mill run, 500 Miter joint, 293, 395f, 500 Natural defects, 149
Millimeter conversion, 404t Mitered outside corners, 224 Natural stone, 105
Millwork, 127–165 Miterfold, 355, 500 Natural/engineered stone countertops, 348, 350,
applied moldings, 156 Mixed grain, 497 352, 356, 362–363, 369
blinds, 142, 156 Mock up, 29, 500 Newel post, 501
built up items, 156 Modillions, 426 NFPA 80, 251
built up moldings for larger profiles, 138 Modular casework, 500 Nominal, 501
compliance requirements, 30, 145–165 Modulus of elasticity, 500 Non climate controlled, 501

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
Non grain raising stains, 501 Pecky, 502 Purchase order, 503
Non housed cabinet back, 501 Pediment, 426, 502 PVA, 503
Non wood, 501 Pellet molding, 426
Non wood based products, 501 Penetrating oil, 502 4
Non wood to non wood, 501 Performance based, 502 Quarter round, 501
Nosing, 501 Phenol formaldehyde resin, 502 Quarter sawing, 54, 503
Philippine mahogany, 60 Quarter slicing, 77, 503
2 Photodegradation, 47, 77, 502 Quartered grain, 497
Oak, English Brown, 51 Picture mold patterns, 412f Quartered lumber, 503
Oak, Red, 51 Pierced design, ornamental woodwork, 143 Quarters, 503
Oak, White, 51 Pilaster, 426, 502 Quatrefoil, 426
Occasional, 501 Pin holes, 502 Quirk, 426, 503
Ogee, 501 Pine, Eastern White, 51
Opaque finish Pine, Southern Yellow, 51 R
casework, 305–306 Pine, Sugar, 51 Rabbet, 503

defined, 501 Pitch, 502 Rabbet joint, 395f, 503
lumber, 63, 66 Pitch pocket, 502 Radius moldings, 136, 176
millwork, 150 Pitch streak, 502 Radius woodwork, 149–150, 177
stairwork and rails, 177 Pith, 502 Rail, 133f, 135f, 246, 503
stile and rail door, 263 Plain sawing, 53, 502 Railing, 503
wall/ceiling surfacings and partitions, 190 Plain slicing, 77, 502 Raindrop stripe, 506
Open grain, 53, 493, 497 Plain stripe, 506 Raised grain, 497
Open joints, 498 Planing, 132 Raised panel, 503
Orange peel, 501 Plank, 502 Random matching, 81, 503
Order, 426 Plant on back, 502 Ray, 503
Oriented strand board, 501 Plastic laminate finish. see High pressure Reclaimed timber, 52
Ornamental woodwork, 142–144, 155, 158 decorative laminates (HPDL) Reconstituted veneer, 76, 504
Over filing, 501 Pleasing matched, 503 Reconstituted wood, 58
Overlap, 179, 501 Plinth, 426 Red birch, 504

Overlay, 83–86, 288, 297, 324, 501 Plow, 503 Red/brown, 504
Overspray, 501 Plowed in joint, 394f Redwood, 52
Ovolo, 426 Ply, 503 Reed, 426
Oxidation, 19, 37, 47, 77, 502 Plywood, 73 Reeding, 426
defined, 503 Refacing, 403
P panel types, 76f Reference source directory/listings, 387–389
Pair match, 256, 502 Pocket door hardware, 303 Refinishing, 37, 403
Panel, 502 Pocket screw, 503 Refurbishing, 403
Panel adhesives, 77 Pocket screw joint, 292f, 394f Reglet, 426
Panel match, 502 Polyester, 85, 113t–115t, 123–124, 503 Relative humidity, 38–40, 38f, 38t
Panel molding, 501 Polyurethane, 113t–115t, 123–124, 503 compliance requirements, 41–42
Panel molding patterns, 416f Polyvinyl chloride edging, 503 Relief, ornamental woodwork, 143
Paneled door details, 293 Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), 503 Restrained. see Captured
Panels, 73 Poplar, Yellow, 51 Retention profiles, 289
Parquet match, 84 Poppyhead, 426 Reveal, 324
Particleboard, 73, 493 Prefinished, 503 Reveal joints, 222, 224
compliance requirements, 105 Prefinished panels, 110 Reveal overlay, 504
defined, 502 Premanufactured sets, 503 Reverse box match, 83
fire retardant, 73, 502 Premium grade, 145, 175, 289, 295, 350, 503 Reverse diamond match, 84
industrial, 73 Prescriptive based, 503 Ribbon stripe, 506
moisture resistant, 73 Preservative, 55, 390, 503 Rift cut, 504
Partition, 502 Pressed, 503 Rift sawing, 54
Patch, 502 Profile, 503 Rift slicing, 78
Pearl molding, 426 Pullout shelves, 321 Ring, annual growth, 504

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
Riser, 179, 504 Seismic requirements, compliance to, 285 Smooth, tight cut, 505
Roey, 507 Select, 505 Smoothness, 505
Romanesque, 427 Self edge, 505 Soffitt, 177, 323, 330, 427
Room match, 504 Semi-exposed surfaces, 151, 505 Soft conversion, 505
Rope molding, 426 Set match, 256, 505 Softwood, 46, 506
Rosette, 427 Shading, 505 compliance requirements, 66–68
Rotary slicing, 78, 504 Shaft, 427 material rules, 66
Rough cut, 504 Shake, 505 veneer, 73–74
Roundel, 426 Sharp contrast, 505 Softwood veneer, 76
Running match, 82, 196f, 504 Sheen, 505 compliance requirements, 100–102
Running trim, 133f–135f, 154, 176 Sheen testing, 125 material rules, 100–102
design examples, 409f–422f Sheet products, 69–106 Solid machined woodwork, 136, 154
guidelines, 21 assembly rules, 158 Solid phenolic, 506
wall/ceiling surfacings and partitions, 203 compliance requirements, 89–107, 149 Solid phenolic core, 74
Runs, 504 core materials, 73–75 Solid phenolic countertops, 348, 350, 352, 354,

Ruptured grain, 504 door, 255 356, 361, 369
laminates, 85–86 Solid phenolic laminates, 86
S overlays, 85–86 casework, 326
S4S (surfaced four sides), 504 panel types, 73–75 compliance requirements, 106
Sags, 504 plywood, 73 Solid stock, 506
Samples, 29 prefinished panels, 85–86 Solid surface, 106, 506
Sand through, 504 specialty, 77 Solid surface countertops, 347, 350, 352,
Sanding wood veneers, 76–81 354–355, 360, 368
casework, 333 Shelf cleat, 505 Sound, 506
cross sanded, 504 Shelf deflection, 291, 505 Sound resistant doors, 241, 256
door, 274 Shelf load, 291, 505 SP. see Solid phenolic
finishing, 111–112, 121 Shelf load test, 402 Spandrel, 506
machine sanded, 504 Shelf rests, 303 Spandrel panel, 177
smoothly sanded, 504 Shelf test unit, 398 Special base casework heights, 469
stairwork and rails, 187 Shellac, 505 Species, 506

wall/ceiling surfacings and partitions, 231 Shelves, 318 Specific gravity, 391t–393t, 506
Sapwood, 47, 53, 121, 255, 505 adjustable, 318–321 Specification, 506
Sash, 151, 154, 158, 505 fixed, 318 Spine joint, 506
Sash joinery, 141f metal, 321 Spline, 506
Sawing pullout, 321 Spline joint, 293, 394f
lumber, 53–54 Shoe, 501 Splined miter joint, 395f
millwork, 132 Shop drawings, 25, 505 Split, 506
Scarf joint, 394f, 505 Shoulder mitered joint, 292f, 395f Split heart, 506
Scheduling, 25 Shutters, 152, 155 Sponsor Associations, 22
SCL. see Structural composite lumber Side-matched joints, 231 Stain, 506
Scotia, 427 Sink tops, 353 Stain resistance, 396–397
Screens, 142, 152, 154–155, 158 Skin, 505 Staining, 506
Scribe, 505 Skirt board, 505 Stairwork, 506
Scribing, 232, 329–330, 356, 505 Slash grain, 496–497 Stairwork and rails, 179
Sculpture, ornamental woodwork, 143 Slats, 155 advisory, 172
Sealants, 230 Sleepers, 317–318, 505 assembly rules, 181–183
Sealers, 505 Sliced. see Veneer, sliced compliance requirements
Sealing, 505 Sliding doors, 316 assembly rules, 181–182
Seasoning, 505 Slight, 505 general, 175
Securely attached, 505 Slip matching, 81, 505 installation, 183–187
Securely fastened or bonded, 505 Slotted mortise and tenon joint, 394f machining rules, 179–181
Security panels, 326 Slow through, 505 material rules, 177–179
Seismic fabrication/installation requirements, 390 Smoke developed index, 56t product, 176–182
test, 187–188

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
concealed surfaces, 175–176 Stops, 506 Title sheet, 28

contract documents, 172, 175 Streaks, mineral, 506 Toe bases, 317–318
cross grain, 172 Stretchers, 317, 326, 506 Tolerances, 19
curved member, 172 Stringer, 179, 506 casework, 323–325
custom designed stairs, 172 Stringer turnout, 506 Tongue, 507
design, 172 Stripes, 506–507 Tongue and groove joint, 394f, 507
designer, 172 broken stripe, 506 Top flat surface, 507
edges, 172 plain stripe, 506 Topcoat, 507
exposed surfaces, 175–176 raindrop, 506 Tori, 427
flame spread classifications, 176 ribbon stripe, 506 Torn grain, 507
grades, 175 roey, 507 Torsion test, 399
industry practices, 175 Stripping, 507 Torus, 427
machining rules, 179–181 Structural composite lumber, 507 Touch up, 124
material rules, 177–179 Structural integrity test, 399–400 Trabeated, 427
nomenclature, 173f Structured composite lumber, 53 Tracery, 427

ornamental details, 176 Stub mortise and tenon joint, 394f Transition molding, 501
recommendations, 174 Stub tenon, 292 Transparent finishes
run and riser dimension points, 172 Stylobate, 427 casework, 306
sheet products, 176 Sub front, 507 defined, 507
solid wood edges, 175 Submersion test, 400 hardwood, 63
specification, 174 Submittals, 23–33 lumber, 58
stair runs, 172f–173f compliance requirements, 25, 27 millwork, 150
typical stair runs, 172 general, 27 softwood, 66
Standard extension, 290 product, 27–33 stairwork and rails, 176–177, 179
Standing trim introductory information, 25–26 stile and rail door, 263
defined, 506 Subtop, 507 veneer, 305
design examples, 409f–422f Sunburst match, 83 wall/ceiling surfacings and partitions, 190
guidelines, 21 Surface bearing head, 507 Tread, 507
millwork, 133f–135f, 154, 157 Surface check, 507 Tread return, 507
stairwork and rails, 176 Surfaced four sides (S4S), 504 Treenail, 427

wall/ceiling surfacings and partitions, 203 Swing match, 84 Trefoil, 427
Stapled, 506 Swirl, 507 Triglyph, 427
Static load capacity, 290 Synthetic penetrating oil, 113t–115t Tuscan order, 427
Stationary slats, 155 Systems of measurement, 22 Tuss, 428
Stave, 493 Twist, 325, 507–508
Staved core, 506 T
Sticking, 506 Table structural integrity test, 402 U
Stile and rail construction, 506 Table test unit, 398 Urea formaldehyde resin, 507
Stile and rail door, 246–247 Tall storage cabinets (400 series), 477–480f Utility room cabinets, 299
assembly rules, 315 Tambour, 507 Utility shelving, 152–153
components, 246–247 Teak, 52
construction, 248f Tear-outs, 355 V
design, 247 Telegraph/telegraphing, 145, 507 V book match, 83
design examples, 436f–439f Tenon, 507 V grooved, 507
grain direction and layout, 247, 248f Tenon joint, 292 Varnish, 113t–115t, 122–123, 507
joinery, 247 Texture, 507 Veneer, 73–74, 507
machine/assembly rules, 268–269 Thermally fused decorative laminate panel, 507 cutting, 77–78
thickness, 247 Thermoplastic sheet, 85 reconstituted, 76, 504
Stile and rail panel, construction, 249f Thick phenolic. see Solid phenolic rift cut, 507
Stiles, 246 Through dado, 293 rotary cut, 508
Stiles and vertical edges, 506 Tight, 507 sliced, 508
Stop dado, 293 Tight side, 507 Veneer core, 507
Stopped joint, 494 Timber, reclaimed, 52 Veneer faces, 241

INDEX
I ¿JXUHW WDEOH
Veneer grain match, 494, 507 grades, 212 Wiping stains, 508
Veneer joints, 222 high pressure decorative laminates, 203 Wood, 19
Veneer lamination, 178 industry practices, 212–213 engineered, 58
Veneer loss, 223 installation, 204 fire retardant, 56
Veneered profile, 149 joints at assembled woodwork, 220–221 as plant, 46
Ventilation, 121 opaque finishes, 195 reconstituted, 58
Verge board, 427 panel sequencing, 196f–197f Wood based products, 508
Vertical grain, 495, 508 paneling for receptions walls with factory built Wood block, lined, 493
Vine mark, 508 structures, 210f Wood casework, 325–326
Vinyl, 508 recommendations, 211 Wood countertops, 348–349, 352–353, 358–359
Vinyl films, 85 repairs, 226 Wood filler, 508
compliance requirements, 104 reveal strips, 228 Wood flush door, 508
Vinyl lacquer, 113t–115t, 122–123, 508 reveals and reveal joint, 205f–206f Wood panels, prefinished, 110
Viscosity, 508 reveals at adjoining panels, 227 Wood products, variations, 19
Volutes, 427, 508 sequencing of panels within room, 197–202 Wood species, comparative values, 48t

Voussoir, 427 smoothness of flat and molded surfaces, 204 Wood to non wood, 508
solid phenolic, 230 Wood to wood, 508
W solid stile and rail wood, 223 Wood veneers, 76
Waferboard, 508 solid surface, 223, 230 adjacent leaves, matching, 81
Wainscot, 508 solid wood surfacing, 230 specialty/sketch matches, 83–84
Wall anchorage, 330–331 specifications, 211 wall/ceiling surfacings and partitions, 222–223
Wall cabinet stile and rail paneling, 208f Woodwork. see Architectural woodwork
structural integrity test, 400 transparent finishes, 195, 226 Woodwork Institute (WI), 21
test unit, 398 typical inclusions/exclusions, 214 Woodworker. see Manufacturer
Wall hung cabinets (300 series), 475f–476f variations in natural wood products, 203 Workmanship. see First class workmanship
Wall hung countertops, 358 veneered panels, 229 Worm track, 509
Wall surfacing, 21 wall panels with millwork, 207f Wormholes, 509
Wall trims, 140f wood veneers, 222 Wraparound hinge, 291
Wall/ceiling surfacings and partitions, 21, 182 woodwork, 226 Writing/utility shelves, 321
aesthetics, 226 Walls surfacing and partitions, compliance

compliance requirements, 31 requirements, 31 X
assembly rules, 220–224 Walnut, American Black, 52 X-ray doors, 241, 256
general, 212–213 Wane, 508
installation, 225–230 Wardrobe cabinets (500 series), 481f–482f
machining rules, 219–220 Wardrobes, 321
material rules, 216–220 Warp, 149, 177, 325
product, 214–224 bow, 508
test, 231–232 crook, 508
concealed surfaces, 212 cup, 508
contract documents, 195, 212 defined, 508
decorative laminate, 222–223, 230 twist, 508
default stipulation, 214 Warping, 344
edgebranding, 205f Warranty, 252–253
expansion joint, 228 Warranty language, 22
factory-prepared corner and transition, 206f Wash coat, 111–112, 508
fastening, 228 Water repellent, 390, 508
field-cut corner and transition, 205f Well matched for color and grain, 508
finishing, 204 White, 508
fire retardant treatment, 204 White birch, 508
flat paneling with reveals within niche, 209f Window frames, 151, 157
flushness, 227 Window sash, 141f
flushness at adjoining panels, 228 Windows, 508
gaps, 226–227 built up moldings, 139

The Joint Standards Committee (JSC)
requests your comments and suggestions.
Electronic submittal forms are available from any of the
Sponsor Associations
)RURIILFLDOXVHRQO\
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
QG(GLWLRQ$:6,PSURYHPHQW6XJJHVWLRQ)RUP
,EHOLHYHWKDWWKHIROORZLQJVXJJHVWLRQZLOOLPSURYHWKH$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV
3OHDVHORRNDW6HFWLRQBBBBBBBBBBB3DJHBBBBBBBBBB,WHPBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB

6XJJHVWLRQSOHDVHIXOO\GHVFULEHWKHDGGLWLRQGHOHWLRQDQGRUUHYLVLRQ\RXIHHOZLOOLPSURYHWKHVHVWDQGDUGV
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
le
mp
3OHDVHLQFOXGHDQ\DGGLWLRQDOGHVFULSWLYHVKHHWVGUDZLQJVRUSURGXFWGDWDWKDWPD\EHQHHGHGWR
IXOO\H[SODLQ\RXUVXJJHVWLRQ
Sa

6XEPLVVLRQ'DWHBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
)RUIXUWKHUFODULILFDWLRQRULQSXW\RXPD\FRQWDFWPHDW
&RPSDQ\ 1DPH BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
B
0\ 1DPH BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB

$GGUHVV BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
&LW\BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB6WDWH3URYLQFHBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB=LSBBBBBBBBBBB
3KRQHBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB)D[BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB(PDLOBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB
6HQG\RXUFRPSOHWHGVXJJHVWLRQIRUP
WRRQHRIWKHIROORZLQJ6SRQVRU$VVRFLDWLRQV
$:, $:0$& :,
$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH $UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN :RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH
:HVWODNH'ULYH6XLWH 0DQXIDFWXUHUV$VVRFLDWLRQRI&DQDGD 32%R[
3RWRPDF)DOOV9$ 8QLW$&HQWUH6WUHHW1: :HVW6DFUDPHQWR&$
ZZZDZLQHWRUJ &DOJDU\$OEHUWD7(=&DQDGD ZZZZRRGZRUNLQVWLWXWHFRP
ZZZDZPDFFRP
6XEPLWVXJJHVWLRQVWR 6XEPLWVXJJHVWLRQVWR
KHOS#DZLQHWRUJ 6XEPLWVXJJHVWLRQVWR DZVHUUDWD#ZRRGLQVWFRP
HUUDWDVXJJHVWLRQV#DZPDFFRP
AWI AWMAC WI
Architectural Woodwork Institute Architectural Woodwork Woodwork Institute
46179 Westlake Drive, Suite 120 Manufacturers Association of Canada P. O. Box 980247
Potomac Falls, VA 20165 Unit 02A, 4803 Center Street NW West Sacramento, CA 95798-0247
www.awinet.org Calgary, Alberta T2E 2Z6, Canada www.woodworkinstitute.com
www.awmac.com
Submit suggestions to: Submit suggestions to:
help@awinet.org Submit suggestions to: aws-errata@woodinst.com
errata-suggestions@awmac.com
6/2/16 6:23 PM
ArchitecturAl WoodWork StAndArdS Ed.2 Redline Version 2014

AWI Ed2 Wchanges 2016 PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

AWI Ed2 Wchanges 2016 PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Copyrighted material licensed to Joseph Eklund on 2018-01-15 for licensee's use only. No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

d. Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

Includes all Errata through April 29, 2016

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

AWS 2nd Edition Cover

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

©MRLQWO\E\WKH$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH $:, $UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN0DQXIDFWXUHUV$VVRFLDWLRQRI&DQDGD $:0$& DQG

Including Errata Through April 29, 2016

INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT DISCLAIMERS ,IDFRQIOLFWLVIRXQGLQWKHVHVWDQGDUGVLWVKDOO

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI)

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

Woodwork Institute (WI)

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

THE AWS IS SUBDIVIDED (continued)  INSTALLATION  Table of Contents

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

THE AWS IS SUBDIVIDED (continued) FORMAT WITHIN EACH SECTION:

 Historic Restoration Work (continued) The Introductory Information portion is in triple

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

referenced. For your convenience SURGXFWTXDOLW\H[SHFWHG

where the APPENDIX is referenced '(6,*16800$5<

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

 Design Ideas - Provides additional QRWRIIHUWKLVGDWDDVDGYLFHRQFRGHFRPSOLDQFH

Example: User’s Guide - 002

$:,_$:0$&_:,QG(GLWLRQ6HSWHPEHU $UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV 

Example: User’s Guide - 003

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

 The Product portion is divided into Basic,    0$7&+,1*$'-$&(17/($9(6EH

the understanding that the more general rules     5XQQLQJ ( & 3

contractual compliance requirements for  Unique to Sections 10 and 11, additional

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Variations in Natural Wood Products ..................................................19 Table of Contents ..............................................................................108

Moisture and Architectural Woodwork ................................................20 Introductory Information .................................................................... 110

Architectural Woodwork Specifications...............................................20 AWS Finishing Systems ........................................................... 112

Architectural Woodwork Drawings ......................................................21 Compliance Requirements ............................................................... 117

Systems of Measurement ...................................................................22 General .................................................................................... 117

Forest Management Certification........................................................22 Product..................................................................................... 118

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

Warranty/Guarantee Language ..........................................................22

SECTION 1 - Submittals Table of Contents ..............................................................................128

Table of Contents ................................................................................24 Guide Specifications .........................................................................131

Introductory Information ......................................................................25 Introductory Information ....................................................................132

Compliance Requirements .................................................................27 Compliance Requirements ...............................................................145

General ......................................................................................27 General ....................................................................................145

No further reproduction or networking is permitted.

Distributed by Clarivate Analytics (US) LLC, www.techstreet.com.

©MRLQWO\E\WKH$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN,QVWLWXWH$:,$UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN0DQXIDFWXUHUV$VVRFLDWLRQRI&DQDGD$:0$&DQG

INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT DISCLAIMERS ,IDFRQIOLFWLVIRXQGLQWKHVHVWDQGDUGVLWVKDOO

THE AWS IS SUBDIVIDED (continued) INSTALLATION Table of Contents

Historic Restoration Work (continued) The Introductory Information portion is in triple

referenced. For your convenience SURGXFWTXDOLW\H[SHFWHG

Design Ideas - Provides additional QRWRIIHUWKLVGDWDDVDGYLFHRQFRGHFRPSOLDQFH

$:,_$:0$&_:,QG(GLWLRQ6HSWHPEHU $UFKLWHFWXUDO:RRGZRUN6WDQGDUGV

The Product portion is divided into Basic, 0$7&+,1*$'-$&(17/($9(6EH

the understanding that the more general rules 5XQQLQJ ( & 3

contractual compliance requirements for Unique to Sections 10 and 11, additional

Required details not shown in these

MOCK-UPS That only TWO SETS of shop drawings are